Etrm Us
Etrm Us
Etrm Us
Introduction
ADDRESSABLE INITIATION
Device Compatibility
TrueAlarm Addressable Detection Products
TrueAlarm Addressable Accessories
IDNet I/O and Beam Detector Devices
IDNet or MAPNET II I/O Devices
MAPNET II I/O Devices
NOTIFICATION PERIPHERALS
TrueAlert Addressable Appliances
Non-Addr. V/O, A/V, & S/V Appliances
Horns & Speakers
Buzzers
SYSTEM ACCESSORIES
LCD Annunciators
LED Annunciators
Printers & PC Annunciator
Firefighter Telephones
Batteries, Cabinets, & Chargers
Door Holders
DACT Devices
Circuit Protection & Intrinsically Safe
Misc. Devices & Spare Parts Kits
For additional product information, please visit the website home page at:
https://simplex-fire.com/en/us/Pages/default.aspx
Under the “Contact Us” section you can locate your local Simplex product
supplier who can provide personalized advice, solutions, and support tailored to
your application.
Fire Control Panel Accessories
FM Approved; CSFM Listed* 4120 Network TCP/IP Physical Bridge Modules for 4100ES,
4010ES, 4100U, and 4100 Fire Alarm Control Panels
Features
Compatible with Simplex 4120 Network
Interconnect Simplex® 4120 Network nodes using
facility Ethernet LAN (Local Area Network)
communications:
4100ES Panel
Converts 4120 network fire alarm communications into Fire Control
Distributed Remote
Ethernet converter(s), power and communications Node Locations
cables, and mounting plate for the NET232 converter(s)
4120 Network with TCP/IP Interconnection
Two media modules are required, order separately as
of Hub Node to Star Connection
wired or fiber optic
Mounts into Simplex 4100ES, 4010ES, and Legacy Description (Continued)
4100U/4120/4100 Series Fire Alarm Control Panels: Class X (Style 7) Hub Node (Star) Connections.
Mounting requires 2 slots (4”) of module space, one 2” When connecting from a Hub Node to Remote Nodes with
slot for the TCP/IP Physical Bridge and one 2” slot for Class X communications, the connections function as a
the NET232 converter mounting plate (see page 3 for primary and secondary and only one would be in use at a
4010ES mounting information) time, typically the primary. The secondary is monitored for
The TCP/IP Physical Bridge connects to a standard integrity by the bridge.
Simplex 4120 network interface card (ordered separately System Size Considerations:
if not already present) Each TCP/IP Physical Bridge Interface Kit provides a
Description connection between one fire alarm network node and the
LAN; two kits are required for a complete bridge
Enhanced Connection Flexibility. TCP/IP physical link; multiple kits are required for multiple connections
bridge modules provide a network interface link that
System Size Considerations:
increases the flexibility of Simplex 4120 networks.
The maximum TCP/IP bridge links allowed per network
Communications pass from the node’s network interface
is twelve (12); this requires 24 Interface Kits
card to the TCP/IP module and then to a NET232
Ethernet interface module powered by the local fire alarm The maximum number of fire alarm network nodes
control panel. Class X pathway connections use two, allowed on a remote bridge loop is fifteen (15)
NET232 modules for redundant Ethernet links. For systems requiring more than 23 total nodes
connected via TCP/IP bridges to the main loop, please
Physical Bridge Function. Each physical bridge
coordinate system details with Simplex Product Sales
module functions as a “proxy” for its Remote Node
Engineering Support
information to maintain overall network performance.
* Use of this product is subject to approval of the Local Authority Having Jurisdiction. This
Application Types. Connection options include linking product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section
13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7165-0026:0251
of 4120 network loops into one network, creating hub (4100ES) or 7165-0026:0369 (4010ES) for allowable values and/or conditions concerning
nodes to form star configuration systems, and material presented in this document. It is subject to re-examination, revision, and possible
cancellation. This product was not listed by UL or ULC as of document revision date. MEA
combinations of these connections, providing convenient (NYC) Acceptance is not applicable for this product category. Additional listings may be
networking flexibility. applicable, contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status.
S4100-0029-12 3/2018
Local IP Address Requirements Network Utilization Reference (Continued)
Obtaining Addresses. Before installation of the TCP/IP Test Details. The test conducted consisted of 150 points
Physical Bridge, Static or Reserved IP addresses and possibly being activated to repeatedly change state which resulted
Netmasks will be required from the facility IT department. in approximately 10,000 point state changes being
This will not be necessary if an Isolated Network is used. initiated over a 15 minute period. Measured results are
Contact your local IT department. The facility IT listed in the table below under Measured Peak Utilization
department will make the decision as to whether a Static or a and Measured Average Utilization.
Reserved address is required. If a Static IP address, or Utilization versus Data Rates. Based upon the
possibly a Netmask is required, those addresses will have to measured test results, extrapolated Peak and Average
be manually programmed into the NET232 module. If a Utilization for higher data rates was calculated and are
Reserved IP address is assigned, the DHCP (Dynamic Host listed in the table below. These results illustrate that use of
Configuration Protocol) server will automatically assign and
TCP/IP Physical Bridge Modules requires minimal LAN
track the required addresses.
resource allocation.
For more information, refer to Instructions 579-818.
Appendix A contains a configuration worksheet that defines (Please note that calculated Worst Case information is
the information required for the facility IT department. based upon a constant data transmission condition which
would not be a normal fire alarm network communication
Network Utilization Reference condition but is presented for reference.)
Network utilization is a measurement of how much Network Utilization Reference Table
bandwidth is used during a specific time period. Utilization is Calculated Worst
commonly specified as a percentage of capacity. For Measured Measured
Network Case Utilization
Peak Average
example, a network-monitoring tool might state that network Speed (constant data
Utilization Utilization
utilization on an Ethernet segment is 30%, meaning that 30% transmission)
of the capacity is in use. 512 kbps 7.5% 0.9% 0.09%
Communications Reference. TCP/IP physical bridge Calculated Worst
modules communicate with the fire alarm Network at Extrapolated Extrapolated
Network Case Utilization
9600 bps and communicate with the LAN at 38.4 kbps. To Peak Average
Speed (constant data
Utilization* Utilization*
gather network utilization data, a corporate network system transmission)
operating at 512 kbps was measured with TCP/IP physical 10 Mbps 0.38% 0.05% 0.005%
bridge modules connected. 100 Mbps 0.038% 0.005% 0.0005%
* Extrapolated from measurements taken at 512 kbps.
Product Selection
Modules for 4100ES and 4100U; 4120 Network TCP/IP Physical Bridge Interface Kits for 4100ES and 4100U
Mounting Space Alarm/Supv.
Model Description Additional Details
Requirements
Includes: TCP/IP Physical Bridge module with motherboard, Requires 2 slots (4”) of 198 mA
Class B
4100-9863 NET232 Ethernet Interface with programming CD, and module space; module
Operation
mounting hardware requires up to two media
cards ordered separately. 236 mA
Class X The same as above for 4100-9863 except includes two Physical bridge typically uses
4100-9864 wired media cards (see
Operation NET232 Ethernet Interfaces and mounting hardware
below).
4120 Network Modular Interface Card and Media Cards for 4100ES and 4100U (one required per Node)
Model Description Mounting Space Requirements
Modular Network Interface card (requires two media cards Mount in Slot 3 of Master Controller bay; single 46 mA
4100-6078
ordered separately, see below) 2” slot module
Fire Alarm Network Media Cards and Accessories for 4100ES and 4100U
Model Media Type Additional Details
Select as required; mounts on modular network interface card and physical bridge modules 55 mA
4100-6056 Wired listed above. Maximum of 2 media cards per modular network interface or physical bridge
module.
Left port, single-mode 4120 Mounts on modular network interface card and physical 55 mA
4100-6301
duplex fiber media card bridge modules listed above. Maximum of 1 left port and 1
Right port, single-mode 4120 right port duplex fiber media card per modular network 55 mA
4100-6302 interface card or physical bridge module. Field
duplex fiber media card
Fiber Right port, multi-mode 4120 connections require left port to right port pairing. Order 55 mA
4100-6303 fiber media service kits for retrofit jobs where ST
duplex fiber media card
connectors are already installed (refer to data sheet
Right port, multi-mode 4120 55 mA
4100-6304 S4100-0056 for full fiber media module specifications and
duplex fiber media card retrofit information)
8 V DC-DC Converter Module; required when using more than (3) 4100-9863 Class B Bridges, or (3) 4100- N/A
4100-0156
9864 Class X Bridges; or if required for adequate 8 VDC power; (not applicable for 4010ES applications)
2 S4100-0029-12 3/2018
Product Selection (Continued)
Modules for 4010ES; 4120 Network TCP/IP Physical Bridge Interface Kits for 4010ES
Model Description Additional Details Mounting Space Alarm/Supv.
Includes: TCP/IP Physical
Bridge module with
Class B
4010-9926 motherboard, NET232 Ethernet 196 mA
operation
Interface with programming CD, Requires 3 Block “L” Shape (2 vertical, one next to bottom);
and mounting hardware module requires up to two media modules ordered
The same as above for separately. Physical bridge typically uses wired media
4010-9926, except includes modules (see below)
Class X
4010-9927 two NET232 Ethernet 236 mA
operation
Interfaces and mounting
hardware
Fire Alarm Network Modular Interface Card for 4010ES (one required per Node)
Model Description Mounting Space
Modular network interface card (requires two media cards ordered separately, see Requires 2 vertical
4010-9922 30 mA
below) blocks
Fire Alarm Network Media Cards for 4010ES
Model Media Type Additional Details
Select as required, mounts on modular network interface card and physical bridge modules
4010-9818 Wired listed above. Maximum of 2 media cards per modular network interface or physical bridge
module.
Left port, single-mode 4120 Mounts on modular network interface card and physical
4010-6301 bridge modules listed above. Maximum of 1 left port and 1
duplex fiber media card
Right port, single-mode 4120 right port duplex fiber media card per modular network
55 mA
4010-6302 duplex fiber media card interface card or physical bridge module. Field connections
Fiber require left port to right port pairing. Order fiber media
Left port, multi-mode 4120 service kits for retrofit jobs where ST connectors are
4010-6303
duplex fiber media card already installed (refer to data sheet S4100-0056 for full
Right port, multi-mode 4120 fiber media card specifications and retrofit information)
4010-6304
duplex fiber media card
Specifications
3 S4100-0029-12 3/2018
Multiple 4120 Network Loop Connection Application Diagram
Multiple Loop Considerations. Multiple 4120 network loops can be connected using TCP/IP Physical Bridges (see
example below). TCP/IP bridge connections must all originate from the same loop (the Main Loop).
This diagram also shows a Hub Node in the Main Loop with Class X star configuration connections, and a second Hub Node
connected to both a Remote Node and connected to a typical remote loop, both using separate TCP/IP Bridges.
LAN
Fire Co ntrol
Main Loop
Hub Hub Typical Remote
(where bridges Node Node Loop
Fire Con tro l
originate) Fire Co ntrol
Hub
TrueSite Workstation
Node
Fire Co ntrol
LAN #2
Fire Control
4 S4100-0029-12 3/2018
TCP/IP Physical Bridge Basic Connection Reference
Node B
(connect per dotted
Node A
line if only one node)
Local Area
W (Right Port) Network (Right Port) W
Communications
(Class B)
TCP/IP Bridge Module TCP/IP Bridge Module
Fire Alarm Fire Alarm
Network Loop 1 Network Loop 2
W (Left Port) (Left Port) W
N N
4100-9863 or 4010-9926 4100-9863 or 4010-9926
Fire Control
Legend:
W = Wired media module (4100-6056 or 4010-9818)
M = Wired or fiber optic media module (4100-6057 or 4010-9819)
per application requirement
N = NET232 Ethernet Interface (supplied with TCP/IP module)
W (Left Port)
4100-9864 or
4010-9927 LAN #1
M (Right Port)
N
Star Connection # 3, Class X
N
LAN #2
(redundant LAN)
Legend:
W = Wired media module (4100-6056 or 4010-9818)
M = Wired or fiber optic media module (4100-6057 or 4010-9819)
per application requirement
N = NET232 Ethernet Interface (supplied with TCP/IP module)
5 S4100-0029-12 3/2018
Additional 4120 Network Product Reference
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.
PULL
ALARM
DOWN
network points:
The basic Network Display Unit (NDU) is a special Fire Control
(VCC) provides an additional separate Network node Node 3 (4100ES) PULL DOWN
PULL DOWN
Event More
Ent er C/Exit
Time Info Pre vious
Menu
On N e xt
Enable
Arm
Of f Lamp
Di sabl e Auto
Disarm Test
Off
Auto
On
Of f
Auto
Off Of f
Auto Auto
On On
Off Of f
Auto Auto
Off Of f
Auto Auto
S4100-0036-20 3/2018
Introduction (Continued)
4120 Network Overview. When connected to other
4120 network nodes, individual fire alarm control panels Slot 1 Slot 2 Slot 3 Slot 4 Slot 5 Slot 6 Slot 7 Slot 8
Master Controller
Slot 1
Board
NDU Master IDNet
Slot 2
Controller Bay
called a network “node” and is capable of performing Slot 3
System Power
(SPS)
connected devices but has the ability to inform the Master Controller Board: Btry
+
-
Aux
4100ES NDU (as well as other network control panels) of Slot 4 is Master Controller
point status and panel condition. This allows system System power supply
information to reach the proper location for appropriate Slot 1 Slot 2 Slot 3 Slot 4 Slot 5 Slot 6 Slot 7 Slot 8
4100 Option
4100 Option
4100 Option
Multiple 4100ES NDUs (separately packaged) can be
4x5 Module
(Block E)
(XPS)
I/O Wiring
Master Controller
NDU with VCC
Board
IDNet
(SPS)
modules. Slots 1 and 2 are available for single slot panel Aux Pwr
Aux
Relay
Btry
+
-
mounted modules.
The NDU with VCC includes an expansion bay with
separate master controller board, 4120 modular network
Battery Compartment
interface card, and a standard SPS. This results in two
separate network nodes residing within the same cabinet.
In this bay (typically the second expansion bay), Slots 1
and 2 are available for single slot panel mounted modules
and optional LED/switch modules can also be mounted. NDU with VCC Internal Module Bay Reference (exact
layout is determined by specific system requirements)
The Battery Compartment (bottom) accepts two
batteries, up to 50 Ah, to be mounted within the cabinet
without interfering with module space. Packaging Availability
Refer to the NDU with VCC internal module bay Modules are power-limited (unless specifically noted
reference illustration for typical three bay cabinet module otherwise)
location. Enclosure are available for one, two, or three bay sizes
or for cabinet rack mounting
Operator Interface Detail Reference Additional cabinets can be mounted close-nippled for
module expansion
The following illustration identifies the primary functions NEMA 1/IP30 boxes, doors with tempered glass
of the operator interface. inserts, and dress panels are available in platinum or
red (ordered separately)
Cabinet assembly design has been seismic tested and is
certified to IBC and CBC standards as well as to
ASCE 7 categories A through F, requires 4100-7912
option for additional legacy card stabilizer brackets and
battery brackets as detailed on data sheet S2081-0019
Refer to data sheet S4100-0037 for enclosure details
Software Feature Summary
Selectable service override allows authorized operators
to clear alarm conditions during System Reset even if
status has gone to trouble before reset occurred
Duplicate address error detection
Convenient PC programming using a Microsoft
Windows user interface based program
2 S4100-0036-20 3/2018
Operator Interface Operator Interface Features
Convenient Status Information. With the locking Convenient and extensive operator information is
door closed, the glass window allows viewing of the provided using a logical, menu-driven display
display, status LEDs, and available operator switches. Multiple automatic and manual diagnostics for
Features include a two-line by 40-character, wide viewing maintenance reduction
angle (super-twist) LCD with status LEDs and switches as
shown in the illustration below. Alarm and Trouble History Logs (up to 1250 entries
for each, 2500 total events) are available for viewing
LED indicators describe the general category of activity from the LCD, or capable of being printed to a
being displayed with the LCD providing more detail. For connected printer, or downloaded to a service computer
the authorized user, unlocking the door provides access to Convenient PC programmer label editing
the control switches and allows further inquiry by
scrolling the display for additional detail. Password access control
Menu
On Next
Enable
Arm
Off Lamp
Disable Auto
Disarm Test
3 S4100-0036-20 3/2018
Standard Module Details
Both the VCC master controller RUI+ output and RUI
NDU (top bay) master controller & motherboard expansion modules are compatible with the following
includes a master controller, master controller equipment: miniplex transponders, 4603-9100 series LCD
motherboard, 4120 Modular NIC, and SPS power annunciators, 4100-9400 series remote InfoAlarm command
supply centers, 4100 series 24 I/O and LED/switch modules and
4602 series status command units (SCU), remote command
The master controller mounts in slot 4 of a two slot units (RCU) and graphic I/O modules (4602 series equipment
motherboard (slots 3 and 4 of the master controller bay) and requires un-isolated output).
provides one RUI+ communications channel (Class B or System power supply (SPS) is rated for 9 A total; includes
Class A), available at slot 4. A 4120 modular network battery charger, auxiliary power, auxiliary relay, on-board
interface card is mounted in slot 3. IDNet communications channel for 250 points, three on-
The NDU bay RUI+ communications output (configurable board NACs, and provisions for either an optional city
for isolated or un-isolated operation) supports up to 31 connect module or an optional alarm relay module (see data
devices per master controller at up to 2500 ft (762 m) for sheet S4100-0031 for details)
single run, or 10,000 ft (3048 m) total if wiring is Class B Battery charger is dual rate, temperature compensated, and
and T-tapped. If more distance is required, up to four total charges up to 50 Ah sealed lead-acid batteries mounted in the
RUI channels are supported per master controller (up to three battery compartment (33 Ah for single bay cabinets); also is
4100-1291 RUI expansion modules may be added). 4100- UL listed for charging up to 110 Ah batteries mounted in an
1291 provides un-isolated RUI communications. external cabinet (see data sheet S2081-0012 for details)
Both the NDU master controller RUI+ output and RUI Battery and charger monitoring includes battery charger
expansion modules support the following remote LCD status and low or depleted battery conditions; status
annunciators: 4603-9100 series LCD annunciators and 4100- information provided to the master controller includes analog
9400 series remote InfoAlarm command centers. values for: battery voltage, charger voltage and current,
Optional service modem 4100-6030 mounts onto the master actual system voltage and current, and individual NAC
controller board with its own on-board connections currents
System power supply (SPS) is rated for 9 A total; includes Low battery cutout is selectable for each SPS power supply,
battery charger, one 2 A aux power output selectable for Canadian models are shipped selected, other models are
detector reset, door holder, or coded output operation and shipped unselected
expansion slot for one city circuit (4100-6031 or 4100-6032) Outputs are power-limited, except for the battery charger
or alarm/supv/tbl relay (4100-6033) option. See data sheet 2 A auxiliary power output selectable for detector reset, door
S4100-0031 for details. holder, or coded output operation
Outputs are power-limited, except for the battery charger Optional SPS modules (select one)
Note: SPS IDNet channel, NACs and aux relay are disabled
Optional city connect module (4100-6031, with disc.
in NDU bay.
switches, or 4100-6032, without disc. switches) can be
VCC (expansion bay) includes a master controller, selected for conventional dual circuit city connections
master controller motherboard, 4120 Modular NIC Optional alarm relay module (4100-6033) provides three C
and SPS power supply with IDNet communication type relays for alarm, trouble, and supervisory, rated 2 A
channel resistive @ 32 VDC
The master controller mounts in slot 4 of a two slot
motherboard (slots 3 and 4 of the master controller bay) and
provides one RUI+ communications channel (Class B or
Class A), available at slot 4. A 4120 modular network
interface card is mounted in Slot 3.
The VCC bay RUI+ communications output (configurable
for isolated or un-isolated operation) supports up to 31
devices per master controller at up to 2500 ft (762 m) for
single run, or 10,000 ft (3048 m) total if wiring is Class B
and T-tapped. If more distance is required, up to four total
RUI channels are supported per master controller (up to three
4100-1291 RUI expansion modules may be added). 4100-
1291 provides un-isolated RUI communications.
4 S4100-0036-20 3/2018
Media Cards for 4120 Modular Network Interface Cards
For additional information on 4120 fire alarm products and specifications refer to data sheet S4100-0056.
Model Description Size Supv. Alarm
Select per network connection requirements; mounts on the
supplied modular network interface card(s); up to two media
4100-6056 Wired network media card N.A. 55 mA 55 mA
cards are required per network interface card; supports Class
B or X operation
Left port, single-mode 4120 Select per network connection requirements; mounts on the
4100-6301 N.A. 55 mA 55 mA
duplex fiber media card supplied modular network interface card(s); up to two media
Right port, single-mode cards are required per network interface card; supports Class
4100-6302 N.A. 55 mA 55 mA
duplex 4120 fiber media card B or X operation. Maximum of 1 left port and 1 right port
Left port, multi-mode 4120 duplex fiber media card per modular network interface card;
4100-6303 field connections require left port to right port pairing. Order N.A. 55 mA 55 mA
duplex fiber media card
fiber media service kits for retrofit jobs where ST connectors
Right port, multi-mode 4120 are already installed (refer to data sheet S4100-0056 for full
4100-6304 N.A. 55 mA 55 mA
duplex fiber media card fiber media module specifications and retrofit information)
Network access dial-in service modem, mounts to supplied network interface card, requires
4100-6055 N.A. 60 mA 60 mA
telephone line connection
5 S4100-0036-20 3/2018
VCC, Emergency Voice/Alarm Communications Selection*
6 S4100-0036-20 3/2018
VCC, Emergency Voice/Alarm Communications Selection*
Digital Emergency Voice/Alarm Communications Equipment*
Model Description Details
Basic Digital Audio Operation with microphone, requires Includes: Expansion Bay, 4100-1311 Digital Controller Board,
4100-9621
dedicated expansion bay Microphone Module, and Audio Expansion Bay Kit
Eight Channel Digital Controller Board only; order
4100-1311 Controller board mounts in Blocks A and B
expansion bay and audio expansion bay kit separately
4100-1363 25 VRMS output Flex-35, 35 W Amplifier, Includes three on-board NAC rating = 1.4 A 35 W, or 100
4100-1364 70.07 VRMS output constant supervision compatible Class B audio NACs; NAC rating = 0.5 A speakers
4100-1326 25 VRMS output Flex-50, 50 W Amplifier, power is supplied from an NAC rating = 2 A 50 W, or 100
4100-1327 70.7 VRMS output constant supervision compatible XPS, RPS, or SPS NAC rating = 0.707 A speakers
100 W Digital Amplifiers with Power Supply, Constant Supervision Compatible*
Model/Output Voltage
Power Supply Input/Listing Description Details
25 VRMS 70.7 VRMS
4100-1328 4100-1329 120 VAC, 60 Hz UL Includes six, Class B audio NACs;
Primary ULC
NAC rating = 50 W or 100 speakers
4100-1330 4100-1331 120 VAC, 60 Hz ULC 100 W models
maximum; 2 A @ 25 VRMS;
4100-1332 4100-1333 220/230/240 VAC, 50/60 Hz UL Amplifier have low
1.4 A @ 70.7 VRMS
battery
4100-1334 4100-1335 120 VAC, 60 Hz UL Backup
Uses the six Class B NACs of primary dropout
4100-1336 4100-1337 120 VAC, 60 Hz ULC 100 W circuit
amplifier
4100-1338 4100-1339 220/230/240 VAC, 50/60 Hz UL Amplifier
Options for use with either Analog or Digital Amplifiers*
Model Description Model Description
Flex-35/50 NAC Expansion Module; (Adds 3 100 W Amplifier NAC Expansion Module; (Adds six
4100-1245 4100-1248
Class B, 1.5 A NACs) Class B, 2 A NACs)
4100-1246 Flex-35/50 Class A Adapter for 3 NACs 4100-1249 100 W Amplifier Class A Adapter Module for 6 NACs
* Refer to document S4100-0034 for additional audio module information.
Options for either Analog or Digital Systems (refer to data sheet S4100-0034 for additional module details)
Model Description Model Description
4100-1259 Constant Supervision Adapter for 25 VRMS Amplifiers 4100-5116 Expansion Signal Module; three, 1.5 A NACs
4100-1260 Constant Supervision Adapter for 70.7 VRMS Amplifiers 4100-1266 NAC Extender Options for use with
4100-1240 Auxiliary Audio Input Module; four additional inputs 4100-1267 Class A Adapter Expansion Signal
4100-1241 8 Minute Message Expansion Module 4100-1268 Constant Supervision Adapter Module
4100-1242 32 Minute Message Expansion Module 4081-9018 End-of-line resistor for 70.7 VRMS NACs; 10 k, 1 W
4100-0623 Network Audio Riser Controller Module for control of analog (-0621) or digital (-0622) riser module, see S4100-0034 for details
7 S4100-0036-20 3/2018
NDU with VCC, LED/Switch Modules (refer to S4100-0032 for additional detail)
LED/Switch Modules, General Purpose (LED/switch controller and label kit is ordered separately)
Model LEDs per Switch LED Color(s) LED Quantity Switch Quantity
4100-1276 Red; pluggable 8
LEDs only LEDs only
4100-1277 Red on top, Yellow on bottom, pluggable 16
4100-1280 One Red
8
4100-1281 One Yellow
4100-1282 Two Red on top, Yellow on bottom
8
4100-1283 Two Yellow, top and bottom
16
4100-1284 Two Red on top, Green on bottom
4100-1296 Two Green on top, Yellow on bottom
4100-1285 One Red
16 16
4100-1278 One 8 Red on left, 8 Yellow on right
4100-1287 One Red 24 24
LED/Switch Modules, Special Purpose (LED/switch controller and label kit is ordered separately)
Model Operation
4100-1286 Eight function HOA (On, Off, Auto) Control Module with labeled switches; ON/OFF/Auto; Green/Red/Green LEDs
4100-1295 Eight function HOA (On, Off, Auto) Control Module, same as 4100-1286 except switches are unlabeled
LED/Switch Controller Modules and Accessories
Model Description
64 LED/64 Switch Controller Module with mounting plate; controls up to 64 NOTE: LED/switch controllers and their
4100-1288 LEDs and interfaces to up to 64 switches; mounts behind the LED/switch connected LED/switch modules must be in the
modules and has provisions for one 4100-1289 Controller Module same bay; refer to data sheet S4100-0032 for
64 LED/64 Switch Controller Module without mounting plate; mounts on extra additional LED/Switch module details when
4100-1289 Flex-35/50 amplifiers are in the same bay
space of 4100-1288; controls an additional 64 LEDs and 64 switches
4100-1294 LED/Switch Module Slide-in Labels, required when LED/switch modules are present; order one per cabinet
Model Color Model Color Model Color Description
4100-9843 Yellow 4100-9844 Green 4100-9845 Red Kits of 8 LEDs; order as required for 4100-1276/1277 modules
8 S4100-0036-20 3/2018
VCC – Additional Options
Model Description
4100-6034 Door Tamper Switch with built-in addressable IDNet IAM, one per cabinet assembly if required
4100-2320 Audio Bay-to-Bay Interconnection Harness Kit; order one for each audio bay addition
4100-0637 Audio Box Interconnection Harness Kit; order one for each close-nippled audio cabinet
4100-9835 Termination and Address Label Kit (for module marking); provides additional labels for field installed modules
4100-1290 24 Point I/O Module; I Slot (see data sheet S4100-0032 for details)
4100-1293 Panel Mount Thermal Printhead Printer, supplied with one roll of paper; requires 3 Slots; see S4100-0032 for details
4190-9803 Replacement Paper for 4100-1293 Printer, one roll
4100-6045 Coded Manual Station Decoder Module; 3 Slot module; 85 mA supervisory, 163 mA alarm; see S4100-0018 for details
4100-6048 VESDA Air Aspiration Interface; 1 Slot module; 132 mA supervisory or alarm, see S4100-0026 for details
Model* Description Model* Description Model* Description
8 Point Zone / Relay
4100-5013 4100-3102 127 Point MAPNET II Module 4100-3204 4 DPDT Relays w/feedback, 2 A
Module
4100-3109 250 Point IDNet 2 Module 4100-3103 MAPNET II Quad Isolator 4100-3206 8 SPDT Relays, 3 A
250 Point IDNet 2+2
4100-3110 4100-3202 4 DPDT Relays w/feedback, 10 A
Module
* See data sheet S4100-0031 for details
General Specifications
120 VAC Models 4 A maximum @ 102 to 132 VAC, 60 Hz
Input Power [System (SPS); Expansion (XPS);
Remote (RPS); and 100 W amplifiers] 2 A maximum @ 204 to 264 VAC, 50/60 Hz;
220-240 VAC Models
separate taps for 220/230/240 VAC
Total Power Supply Including module currents and auxiliary power outputs; 9 A total for Output
Power Supply Output
Output Rating “Special Application” appliances; 4 A total for “Regulated 24 DC” power switches to
Ratings for SPS, XPS,
Auxiliary Power Tap 2 A maximum @ nominal 28 VDC battery
and RPS (see data
during AC
sheet S4100-0031 for NACs Programmed for 2 A maximum per NAC;
Rated 19.1 to 31.1 VDC failure or
more detail) Auxiliary Power 5 A maximum total brownout
Battery Charger UL listed for battery charging of 6.2 Ah up to 110 Ah (batteries larger than 50 Ah require
Battery capacity range
Ratings for SPS and a remote battery cabinet); ULC listed for charging up to 50 Ah batteries
RPS (sealed lead-acid Charger characteristics Temperature compensated, dual rate, recharges depleted batteries within 48 hours per
batteries) and performance UL Standard 864, to 70% capacity in 12 hours per ULC Standard S527
Operating Temperature Range 32° to 120°F (0° to 49° C)
Environmental
Operating Humidity Range Up to 93% RH, non-condensing @ 90° F (32° C) maximum
Expansion Bay Module Loading Reference (exact locations are provided with shipped product)
Description Mounting
Slot 1 Slot 2 Slot 3 Slot 4 Slot 5 Slot 6 Slot 7 Slot 8
Terminal Block Module 4” x 5”, 1 block
Class B Physical Bridge 2”, 1 slot
Class X Physical Bridge 4”, 2 slots
Blocks E, F, G & H
System or Remote Power Supply
Block A Block C Block E Block G
ONLY
Expansion Power Supply Blocks G & H ONLY
Audio Controller Modules Blocks A & B
Blocks E & F; C & D; or
Flex-35 Amplifiers, 2 max/bay*
A&B
Flex-50 Amplifiers, 2 max/bay* Blocks E & F or C & D
100 W Amplifiers, 1 max/bay Blocks E, F, G & H
100 W Backup Amplifiers, 1 max.
Blocks A, B, C & D
Block B Block D Block F Block H
per bay with primary amplifier
Master Telephone Module Blocks A & B
Master Microphone Module (do Two vertical Blocks,
not mount next to telephone) any location
Expansion Bay Chassis Telephone Module 1 Block
Operator LED/Switch Modules 1 Slot
Size Definitions: Block = 4” W x 5” H (102 mm x 127 mm) card area * NOTE: When mounting dual Flex amplifiers on an
Slot = 2” W x 8” H (51 mm x 203 mm) motherboard with daughter card expansion bay, special mounting rules apply.
9 S4100-0036-20 3/2018
Wall Mounted Enclosure Installation Reference
NOTE: A system ground must be provided for Earth Detection and transient protection devices. This connection shall
be made to an approved, dedicated Earth connection per NFPA 70, Article 250, and NFPA 780.
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. Microsoft and Windows are trademarks
of Microsoft Corporation. VESDA is a trademark of Vision Products Pty Ltd.
Features
AUTOCALL TFXnet Networked fire alarm control
panels with 4100ES fire alarm control panels:
Customized information mapping allows 4100ES status
to be communicated to the TFX Network control panels
The TFX Network Master provides Acknowledge,
Silence, and Reset to the 4100ES
Point information is mapped between the 4100ES
and the AUTOCALL TFX on a point basis per the
following:
Functions include: Alarm, Trouble, Supervisory, and
Utility information
Total TFX Network Nodes + total 4100ES Network
Nodes with 4100-6106 TFXi Feature = 62
TFXnet Network Interface Feature 4100-6106
includes three internally mounted modules:
The 4100-6106 TFXi RS-232 Module provides
communications between the 4100ES and the TFXnet
Communications Module; this single slot module mounts
in the CPU bay or an expansion bay
IMPORTANT: The 4100-6106 card requires the use of
an existing TLI-530 TFXnet Communications Module.
Relocate the TLI-530 TFXnet Communications Module
from the TFX panel that is being upgraded to a 4100ES
panel. You must upgrade the TLI-530 firmware to the
TLT-530 firmware provided with the 4100-6106 for the
4100ES TFXnet communications interface. 4100ES TFX Network Interface Block Diagram
Power for the TFXnet Communications Module is
supplied by a dedicated power supply module Description
Both the TFXnet Communications Module and its power Point Mapping. TFX Network point groupings and
supply module are mounted on a common bracket general information is formatted differently from the
requiring a double wide 4100ES block space 4100ES. With the 4100-6106 TFXi Feature, events are
(4 x 10 horizontal) mapped by programming a table of 4100ES-to-TFX point
The 4100-6106 does not carry UL or other listings. status associations. Point status is then sent to the TFX
Network from the 4100ES.
Introduction 4100ES Module Considerations. The 4100-6106
TFXnet Network Expansion Flexibility. When a fire TFXi Feature is a unique card type whose function
alarm system using existing TFX Network fire alarm consumes one Computer Port Protocol resource. [For
control panels requires expansion, use of the 4100-6106 reference, the 4100ES can support up to five RS-232 type
TFXi Feature allows the expansion to include the ports; two are available for special features/modules such
capabilities of the 4100ES fire alarm control panel. as the 4100-6106, or a DACT, SafeLINC® Internet
TFXnet Node. Standard operation is for the 4100ES to Interface, or Computer Port Protocol device; the
be a TFXnet node capable of sending its point status remaining ports can be assigned for printer support up to
information to the network. Typically all programmed five total.]
4100ES points would go to the TFX Network. The TFX For additional information, refer to 4100-6106
Network Master provides Acknowledge, Silence, and Installation and Programming Guide 579-1269.
Reset. The 4100ES does not provide that control to the Additional TFXnet interconnection reference for the
TFX Network. AUTOCALL Line Interface Boards may be found in
[For special applications, with point capacity and control Installation Instructions 19700344.
limitations, the 4100-6106 TFXi Feature will allow the
4100ES to be configured either as a peer-to-peer member
node of the TFXnet Network or to be the TFXnet master
control panel. Contact your local SimplexGrinnell
representative for application guidance.] This product does not carry UL or other listings. Contact your local Simplex product supplier
for the latest status.
S4100-0154 5/2018
Specifications
System Information
System Software Revision TFX Network Network Interface Modules, revision 3.2
Requirements Panels Network Panels, revision 12.0 or higher
2 S4100-0154 5/2018
4100-6106 TFXi Feature Installation Reference
4100-6106 Interconnection
Reference
TFXnet Network
Communications Loop
(upgraded
TLI-530
Power module from
Module existing TFX
panel, not
supplied)
TFXi RS-232
Module
Single slot 2" wide TLI-530
motherboard
* Note: The TFXi RS-232 module, power supply interface module, all
required harnesses, and TLT-530 firmware are provided with the 4100-
6106 TFXi feature. TLT-530 card is not provided (the TLI-530 card in
the existing TFX panel must be reused with upgraded firmware)
3 S4100-0154 5/2018
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Simplex, the Simplex logo, AUTOCALL, and SafeLINC are trademarks of Tyco
International Ltd. and its affiliates and are used under license.
Features external cabinets are available. Please refer to data sheet S4100-0049
for details.
4120 network communications among system fire alarm control
panels provides:
• Support for up to 99 nodes per network loop to provide network
emergency voice broadcasts and centralized command center
operations
• Multiple network loops for campus and other high panel quantity
applications
• Network-wide initiation of alarm silence, acknowledge, and reset; and
investigation of status and details of system points and point lists
• Distributed system operation to ensure excellent survivability; during a
communications fault condition, Network nodes remaining connected
will regroup and continue communicating
• Flexible network annunciator options such as TrueSite workstations,
network display units (NDU) and NDUs with voice command center
(VCC)
• Use of InfoAlarm command center equipped nodes to provide
increased network information display capability
• Network level command and control provides manual point control for
on/off or disable/enable, as well as gathering specific point detail
Refer to individual product data sheets for specific product listing details.
Nodes
Each panel with direct communications into the network is defined as a node. Each node can be a large or small fire alarm control panel, TrueSite
Workstation, TrueSite Incident Commander, or Network System Integrator.
Communications process
Network information is sequentially transmitted from one node to another. At each node, the network message is captured and either retransmitted
as received, or modified before retransmission to provide the network with a status update. The ability of the message to circulate through the
network will define the network status and allow the nodes to respond accordingly.
Survivability
If a node goes "off-line" or if the connection between nodes either shorts, opens, or has any other form of communication problem, the nodes will
isolate that section of wiring. Nodes that cannot retransmit onto the next node of the network will transmit back to the previous node to maintain
communications and to notify the network of the node status. In the event of multiple wiring problems, the remaining nodes will effectively “regroup”
and establish new, smaller “sub-networks” that will maintain communications among the active nodes.
Communications options
Figure 2 shows a multiple node network interconnected with a variety of communications means for reference.
• Wired communications are compatible with a variety of new and retrofit wiring
• Duplex fiber optic media card communications use a single fiber (available for single mode or multi-mode fiber) and are dedicated to Network
communications
• Multiple communication modems use a single fiber (available for single mode or multi-mode fiber) and can carry multiple communications signals
such as network communications and network audio broadcasts
• TCP/IP physical bridge modem communications are also available, refer to Additional 4120 network reference for more information
NODE 1
Fire Control
NODE "N"
NODE 2
MODULAR CARD
MODULAR CARD
WIRED FIBER P P
Network communications WIRED WIRED
and Network audio are
on the same fiber
(separate Network Audio #18 twisted, shielded pair
Riser is not required)
Fire Control
Fire Control
NODE 4
MODULAR CARD
FIBER WIRED
Loop independence
New loops can be added without impacting existing loops
Additional Network
Connections, up to
seven (7) total
Network
Network
Loop 2
Loop 1
Network oversight
System activity recording occurs at both of the NDU locations with each capable of manually investigating and operating the same network points.
Access to the operation is pass-code controlled such that only authorized operators have access to override the automatic operation.
4100U Panel
= Wired connection
n = Node number
2
Wired connection
4100ES Panel Ring Topology
1
Network, 1 2 :
* * S Y S T E M
0 2 : 1 5 p m
I S N O R M A L * *
F I R E
C O
M
A L A R M
N T R O L
o n 8 - M a r - 9 9
3
F I R SE Y S TS EY MS TA EL MA RA M C
A L A S R U MP E T R R V OI S S UI O BL L EP
R EONY C WE DE R
A L A RS MU P V T R OA L U A B SR L YM E S T E M
A C K A C K A C K S I L ER NE CS EE T
C A U T I O N
D I S C O N N E C T
P O W E R B E F O R E
S E R V I C I N G
Style 7/Class A
Wired connection
4
TrueSite Workstation Star Topology
Connections
7
5
6
4010ES Panel
Node 4 Fiber Modems
Remote Node Locations
Node 4 Network
Interface Card
For Hub Node connections as
Fire Control
L R
From Node 3 shown, the single fiber is for Network
(assume from a communications; if audio is also
To
Network Left-Port ) required, an additional fiber is
Node 1 (L) (R) (L) (R)
needed.
R L R
Internal wiring pairs shown as one-line for typical reference,
Network wiring follows conventional left-port to right-port
connection requirements.
To Node 5
To Node 7
From Node 7
To Node 6
Figure 6: 4120 network connections using multiple signal fiber modem communications
Note: This arrangement is shown for reference only. Alternate interconnections are detailed in Installation Instructions 579-831.
Note: Refer to NFPA 70 (NEC) or other applicable codes for shielded wiring and protective device requirements when wiring enters and leaves a build-
ing.
Multiple 4120 network loop connections using TCP/IP physical bridge modules
For additional 4120 network connection flexibility, TCP/IP physical bridge modules are available. Bridging between network loops or to a star
configuration using these modules allows the connection to be via a local area network (LAN) connection.
Refer to data sheet S4100-0029 for additional TCP/IP physical bridge module details.
LAN
Fire Control Fire Control
Main Loop
Hub Hub Typical Remote
(where bridges Node Node Loop
originate) Fire Control
Hub
TrueSite Workstation
Node
Fire Control
LAN #2
Fire Control
Note: All media cards listed in Table 2 operate on 5 VDC at 220 mA max, or 24VDC at 55mA max.
Table 3: Duplex fiber media card service kits
Install type Order number Description
62.5/125 µm
650-2013 For retrofit jobs where multi-mode fibers with ST connectors are already installed. Includes (1) left port and
installations
(1) right port 4120 multi-mode duplex fiber media cards, (2) ST to SC 18 in (45.7 cm) multi-mode fiber media
50/125 µm
650-2014 patch cords, (2) ST-ST couplers, (2) wire clamps, and (2) insulating sleeves.
installations
Note: Fiber optic media cards must be of the same type on each end of the fiber link. When replacing a media card with a different type, the card on
the other side of the link should be replaced as well.
Table 4: 4120 network options
Model Panel Description Size Alarm/Supv.
Building network interface card (BNIC), refer to data sheet
4100-6047 4100ES 2 Blocks 291 mA
S4100-0061 for details
Network access dial-in service modem, mounts to 4100-6078
4100-6055 4100ES or 4100-6061 modular network interface card, requires N.A. 60 mA
telephone line connection
Building network interface card (BNIC), refer to data sheet
4010-9914 4010ES 2 Blocks 236 mA
S4100-0061 for details
Note: Shielded cable and circuit protection is required when wiring leaves the building.
© 2018 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision and are subject to change without
notice. Additional listings may be applicable, contact your local Simplex® product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co.
Simplex, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code are
registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
S4100-0056 Rev. 10 5/2018
Fire Alarm Network Reference
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved; Physical Bridge Modules for 4120 Network
MEA (NYC) Acceptance*
Features
Description
Network Connection Flexibility. Physical bridge
modules provide an intelligent network link that increases
the flexibility of Simplex 4120 Networks.
Communications between the physical bridge modules Physical Bridge Module Link Connected
use a proprietary, full duplex, two-wire modem protocol to a Single Remote Node
for efficient information transfer. Additionally, each
physical bridge module functions as a “proxy” for its
remote node information to maintain overall network
performance.
Multiple 4120 Network Loop Connections.
Connection options include linking of two 4120 network * This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
loops into one network, branching to single or multiple Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
7165-0026:251 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in
remote nodes using existing two-wire connections, this document. It is subject to re-examination, revision, and possible cancellation.
creating hub nodes to form Star configuration systems, Accepted for use – City of New York Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E. Additional
listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest
and combinations of these connections, providing status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of
convenient networking flexibility. Tyco Fire Protection Products.
** Refer to data sheet S4190-0016 for details on the Serial Line Interface (SLI) for
connection to multiple 2120 systems using a TrueSite workstation.
S4100-0057-6 3/2018
Product Selection
2 S4100-0057-6 3/2018
Additional Applications
The diagram below illustrates Network connection In the shaded section below, with three (3) Physical
flexibility using Physical Bridges. Network nodes can Bridge links, up to four (4) separate 4120 Network loops
communicate through up to three (3) physical bridge can be connected (without Star connections).
connections as indicated by the arrows. Star topology
bridges each link once back to the hub node and then
communicate using standard 4120 Network wired
connections.
3 S4100-0057-6 3/2018
Specifications (for additional information refer to Installation Instructions 579-184)
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.
Features
Node 4 (4100U)
Compatible with 4120 Network
NDU provides annunciation for up to 12,000 FIRE ALARM
network points:
PULL DOWN
Communications Equipment
NDU master controller equipment (top bay): Node 5 (4100ES)
Master controller assembly with operator interface
4100ES CPU with dual configuration programs, 4100ES NDU with VCC,
Node 1 and Node 2
convenient service port access, and capacity for up to
12,000 points
System power supply (SPS) and charger (9 A total) ALARMS
Fi re Alarm Prior it y2 Al arm
Fi re Alarm
Event
Time
Ack
Pri ori ty2
Ack
SY STEM WARNINGS
Superv isor y
Supv
Ack
More
Trouble
Info
Trouble
Ack
Al arm Silenced
Menu
Alarm
Si lence
Previous
A C P ower
System
Reset
ABC
Z ONE
1
JKL
FB
4
ST U
P
7
'SP' ( )
NET
DE F
SIG
2
M NO
IO
5
V WX
0
A
,0 :
ADDR
Enter
GH I
AU X
L
3
P QR
IDN et
6
YZ /
DEL
C/Exit
Off Lamp
Di sabl e Disarm Auto Test
Off
Auto
On
On
Off
Auto
On
Auto Auto
On On
Off Off
Auto Auto
On On
Off Off
Auto Auto
Enter C/Exit
Enable
On
Arm
More
Info
Menu
Previous
Next
Each panel that directly connects to the 4120 network is Press ACK located under flashing indicator.
Repeat operation until all events are acknowledged.
Local tone will silence.
Press System Reset.
Press Ack to silence tone device.
NDU with VCC Internal Module Bay Reference (exact layout is determined
by specific system requirements)
2 S4100-0102-11 3/2018
Operator Interface Operator Interface Features
Convenient Status Information. With the locking Convenient and extensive operator information is
door closed, the glass window allows viewing of the provided using a logical, menu-driven display
display, status LEDs, and available operator switches. Multiple automatic and manual diagnostics for
Features include a two-line by 40-character, wide viewing maintenance reduction
angle (super-twist) LCD with status LEDs and switches as
Alarm and Trouble History Logs (up to 1250 entries
shown in the illustration below. for each, 2500 total events) are available for viewing
LED indicators describe the general category of activity from the LCD, or capable of being printed to a
being displayed with the LCD providing more detail. For connected printer, or downloaded to a service computer
the authorized user, unlocking the door provides access to Convenient PC programmer label editing
the control switches and allows further inquiry by Password access control
scrolling the display for additional detail.
Menu
On Next
Enable
Arm
Off Lamp
Disable Auto
Disarm Test
3 S4100-0102-11 3/2018
Standard Module Details
NDU (top bay) master controller & motherboard
includes a master controller, master controller Enhanced power supply (EPS) is rated for 9 A total;
motherboard, 4120 Modular NIC, and SPS power includes battery charger, on-board electrically isolated
supply 250 point IDNet 2 SLC communications module, three
The master controller mounts in slot 4 of a two slot Class B IDNAC SLCs, one 2 A output configurable for
motherboard (slots 3 and 4 of the master controller bay) auxiliary power or simple NAC operation and expansion
and provides one RUI+ communications channel (Class slot for city circuit or alarm/supv/tbl relay option. The
B or Class A), available at slot 4. A 4120 network IDNet 2 SLC communications channel supports up to
interface card is mounted in slot 3. 250 addressable devices and comes with two short circuit
The NDU bay RUI+ communications output isolating loop outputs (Class B or Class A).
(configurable for isolated or un-isolated operation) Battery charger is dual rate, temperature compensated,
supports up to 31 devices per master controller at up to and charges up to 50 Ah sealed lead-acid batteries
2500 ft (762 m) for single run, or 10,000 ft (3048 m) total mounted in the battery compartment (33 Ah for single
if wiring is Class B and T-tapped. If more distance is bay cabinets); also is UL listed for charging up to 110 Ah
required, up to four total RUI channels are supported per batteries mounted in an external cabinet (see data sheet
master controller (up to three 4100-1291 RUI expansion S2081-0012 for details)
modules may be added). 4100-1291 provides un-isolated Battery and charger monitoring includes battery charger
RUI communications. status and low or depleted battery conditions; status
Both the NDU master controller RUI+ output and RUI information provided to the master controller includes
expansion modules support the following remote LCD analog values for: battery voltage, charger voltage and
annunciators: 4603-9100 series LCD annunciators and current, actual system voltage and current, and individual
4100-9400 series remote InfoAlarm command centers. IDNAC SLC currents
Optional service modem 4100-6030 mounts onto the Low battery cutout is selectable for each EPS power
master controller board with its own on-board supply, Canadian models are shipped selected, other
connections models are shipped unselected
System power supply (SPS) is rated for 9 A total; Outputs are power-limited, except for the battery charger
includes battery charger, one 2 A aux power output 2 A programmable output
selectable for detector reset, door holder, or coded output Select for conventional NAC operation to provide
operation and expansion slot for one city circuit (4100- supervised reverse polarity for sounder base power,
6031 or 4100-6032) or alarm/supv/tbl relay (4100-6033) suppression release peripheral (SRP) power, and other
option (see data sheet S4100-0100 for details) coded NAC operation requirements
Outputs are power-limited, except for the battery charger Select for auxiliary (AUX) operation for sounder base
Note: SPS IDNet channel, NACs and aux relay are disabled power, 4-wire detector power, or door holder; supervised
in NDU bay. AUX operation does not require an end-of-line relay to
provide power-limited operation
VCC (expansion bay) includes a master controller,
EPS power supply mounted optional modules
master controller motherboard, 4120 NIC and EPS
(select one)
power supply with IDNet 2 module
City connect module (4100-6031, with disconnect
The master controller mounts in slot 4 of a two slot
switches, or 4100-6032, without disconnect switches) can
motherboard (slots 3 and 4 of the master controller bay)
be selected for conventional dual circuit city connections
and provides one RUI+ communications channel (Class
B or Class A), available at slot 4. A 4120 network Alarm relay module (4100-6033) provides three Form C
interface card is mounted in Slot 3. relays that are used for Alarm, Trouble, and Supervisory,
rated 2 A resistive @ 32 VDC
The VCC bay RUI+ communications output
(configurable for isolated or un-isolated operation)
supports up to 31 devices per master controller at up to
2500 ft (762 m) for single run, or 10,000 ft (3048 m) total
if wiring is Class B and T-tapped. If more distance is
required, up to four total RUI channels are supported per
master controller (up to three 4100-1291 RUI expansion
modules may be added). 4100-1291 provides un-isolated
RUI communications.
Both the VCC master controller RUI+ output and RUI
expansion modules are compatible with the following
equipment: miniplex transponders, 4603-9100 series
LCD annunciators, 4100-9400 series remote InfoAlarm
command centers, 4100 series 24 I/O and LED/switch
modules and 4602 series status command units (SCU),
remote command units (RCU) and graphic I/O modules
(4602 series equipment requires un-isolated output).
4 S4100-0102-11 3/2018
Network Display Unit with Voice Command Center (VCC) Main Equipment Selection*
Model Voltage Description Supv. Alarm
Top Bay Equipment: LCD display and operator interface; modular network interface 880 mA 1.212 A
card (select media cards separately), standard CPU module with RUI output
4100- 120 VAC,
communications interface; 9 A system power supply (SPS) with battery charger, one 2
9342 50/60 Hz With 250 IDNet devices
A auxiliary power output and expansion slot for city circuit or Alarm/Supv/Tbl relay
option (NOTE: SPS IDNet channel, NACs and Aux relay are disabled). and 20 device LEDs in
Second Bay Equipment: Voice Command Center (VCC) bay includes standard CPU alarm; calculate other
module with RUI+ isolated output communications interface; modular network interface external loads separately
220-240 See next page for selected
4100- card (select media cards separately); 9 A enhanced power supply (EPS) with battery
VAC, Network Media Card
9542 charger, electrically isolated 250 point IDNet 2 module, three Class B IDNAC SLCs, one
50/60 Hz current
2 A output configurable for auxiliary power or simple NAC operation and expansion slot
for city circuit or Alarm/Supv/Tbl relay option.
System Option for Seismic Compliance
Model Description
4100-7912 System option for Seismic compliance, provides additional stabilizer brackets required for legacy style cards
* For InfoAlarm Command Center expanded content display products, refer to data sheet S4100-0101.
Four Loop IDNet Voice Command Center (VCC) Option
Model Description
Four Loop IDNet Voice Command Center; for the VCC Assemblies listed above, this option moves the standard IDNet 2 Module
4100- from the VCC EPS to an available block space in the VCC bay and adds 2, 4100-3111 IDNet Loop Output Modules; requires
3112 selection of Factory Built Option 4100-7905; current requirements remain the same (refer to data sheet S4100-0100 for IDNet
module details)
Communication Modules
Model Description Size Supv. Alarm
Select per network connection requirements; mounts on the
supplied modular network interface card(s); up to two
4100-6056 Wired network media card N.A. 55 mA 55 mA
media cards are required per network interface card;
supports Class B or X operation
Left port, single-mode 4120 Select per network connection requirements; mounts on the
4100-6301 N.A. 55 mA 55 mA
duplex fiber media card supplied modular network interface card(s); up to two media
Right port, single-mode 4120 cards are required per network interface card; supports
4100-6302 Class B or X operation. Maximum of 1 left port and 1 right N.A. 55 mA 55 mA
duplex fiber media card
Left port, multi-mode 4120 port duplex fiber media card per modular network interface
4100-6303 card; field connections require left port to right port pairing. N.A. 55 mA 55 mA
duplex fiber media card
Order fiber media service kits for retrofit jobs where ST
Right port, multi-mode 4120 connectors are already installed (refer to data sheet S4100-
4100-6304 0056 for full fiber media module specifications and retrofit N.A. 55 mA 55 mA
duplex fiber media card
information)
Network access dial-in service modem, mounts to supplied modular network interface card,
4100-6055 N.A. 60 mA 60 mA
requires telephone line connection
4100-1291 Remote Unit Interface Module (RUI); up to three maximum per control panel 1 Slot 85 mA 85 mA
Service Port Modem for local panel access only, mounts to Master Controller Module,
4100-6030 N.A. 70 mA 70 mA
requires telephone line connection, accesses same information as front panel port
4100-6031 Select one per City Circuit, with disconnect switches For use with EPS only, N.A. 20 mA 36 mA
4100-6032 EPS or RPS City Circuit, without disconnect switches not RPS N.A. 20 mA 36 mA
(Note: one city
4100-6033 circuit module Alarm/Supv/Tbl Relay, 3 Form C relays, 2 A @ 32 VDC; for EPS or RPS N.A. 15 mA 37 mA
per panel max)
4100-6046 Dual Port RS-232 standard interface (single block) 3 maximum RS-232 1 Block 60 mA 60 mA
4100-6038 Dual RS-232 with 2120 Interface (slot module) modules per panel 1 Slot 132 mA 132 mA
DACT, Point or Event Reporting; 1 shipped unless 4100-7908 is selected; 2 max. per Side
4100-6080 30 mA 40 mA
system; includes 2, 2080-9047 cables, 14 ft (4.3 m) long, RJ45 plug and spade lugs Mt.
4100-0156 8 VDC Converter, required for multiple Physical Bridge Modules; 3 A @ 8 VDC maximum 1 Block included with loads
4100-9816 Master Clock Interface Module with one standard RS-232 port (see S4100-0033) 1 Slot 132 mA 132 mA
Side
4190-6104 TrueInsight Remote Monitoring Module (refer to data sheet S4100-0063 for details) 62 mA 73 mA
Mt.
2
4100-6079 SafeLINC Internet Interface module 145 mA 145 mA
Blocks
5 S4100-0102-11 3/2018
NDU with VCC, LED/Switch Modules (refer to S4100-0032 for additional detail)
LED/Switch Modules, General Purpose (LED/switch controller and label kit is ordered separately)
Model LEDs per Switch LED Color(s) LED Quantity Switch Quantity
4100-1276 Red; pluggable 8
LEDs only LEDs only
4100-1277 Red on top, Yellow on bottom, pluggable 16
4100-1280 One Red
8
4100-1281 One Yellow
4100-1282 Two Red on top, Yellow on bottom
8
4100-1283 Two Yellow, top and bottom
16
4100-1284 Two Red on top, Green on bottom
4100-1296 Two Green on top, Yellow on bottom
4100-1285 One Red
16 16
4100-1278 One 8 Red on left, 8 Yellow on right
4100-1287 One Red 24 24
LED/Switch Modules, Special Purpose (LED/switch controller and label kit is ordered separately)
Model Operation
4100-1286 Eight function HOA (On, Off, Auto) Control Module with labeled switches; ON/OFF/Auto; Green/Red/Green LEDs
4100-1295 Eight function HOA (On, Off, Auto) Control Module, same as 4100-1286 except switches are unlabeled
LED/Switch Controller Modules and Accessories
Model Description
64 LED/64 Switch Controller Module with mounting plate; controls up to 64 NOTE: LED/switch controllers and their
4100-1288 LEDs and interfaces to up to 64 switches; mounts behind the LED/switch connected LED/switch modules must be in
modules and has provisions for one 4100-1289 Controller Module the same bay; refer to data sheet
S4100-0032 for additional LED/Switch
64 LED/64 Switch Controller Module without mounting plate; mounts on extra module details when Flex-35/50 amplifiers
4100-1289
space of 4100-1288; controls an additional 64 LEDs and 64 switches are in the same bay
4100-1294 LED/Switch Module Slide-in Labels, required when LED/switch modules are present; order one per cabinet
Model Color Model Color Model Color Description
Kits of 8 LEDs; order as required for 4100-1276/1277
4100-9843 Yellow 4100-9844 Green 4100-9845 Red
modules
6 S4100-0102-11 3/2018
VCC, Emergency Voice/Alarm Communications Selection (Continued)*
Analog Emergency Voice/Alarm Communications Equipment, Constant Supervision Compatible*
Model Description Details
Basic Analog Audio Operation with microphone, requires Includes: Expansion Bay, 4100-1210 Analog Controller Board,
4100-9620
dedicated expansion bay Microphone Module, and Audio Expansion Bay Kit
Analog Controller Board only; order expansion bay and
4100-1210 Controller board mounts in Blocks A and B
audio expansion bay kit separately
4100-1361 25 VRMS output Flex-35, 35 W Amplifier, NAC rating = 1.4 A 35 W, or 100
Includes three on-board
4100-1362 70.07 VRMS output constant supervision compatible Class B audio NACs; NAC rating = 0.5 A speakers
4100-1312 25 VRMS output Flex-50, 50 W Amplifier, power is supplied from an NAC rating = 2 A 50 W, or 100
constant supervision compatible XPS, SPS, or RPS speakers
4100-1313 70.7 VRMS output NAC rating = 0.707 A
100 W Analog Amplifiers with Power Supply, Constant Supervision Compatible*
Model/Output Voltage
Power Supply Input/Listing Description Details
25 VRMS 70.7 VRMS
4100-1314 4100-1315 120 VAC, 60 Hz UL Includes six, Class B audio NACs;
Primary
4100-1316 4100-1317 120 VAC, 60 Hz ULC NAC rating = 50 W or 100 speakers ULC
100 W
maximum; 2 A @ 25 VRMS; models
4100-1318 4100-1319 220/230/240 VAC, 50/60 Hz UL Amplifier
1.4 A @ 70.7 VRMS have low
4100-1320 4100-1321 120 VAC, 60 Hz UL battery
Backup dropout
Uses the six Class B NACs of primary
4100-1322 4100-1323 120 VAC, 60 Hz ULC 100 W circuit
amplifier
4100-1324 4100-1325 220/230/240 VAC, 50/60 Hz UL Amplifier
7 S4100-0102-11 3/2018
VCC, Emergency Voice/Alarm Communications Selection (Continued)
Options for either Analog or Digital Systems (refer to data sheet S4100-0034 for additional module details)
Model Description Model Description
4100-1259 Constant Supervision Adapter for 25 VRMS Amplifiers 4100-5116 Expansion Signal Module; three, 1.5 A NACs
4100-1260 Constant Supervision Adapter for 70.7 VRMS Amplifiers 4100-1266 NAC Extender Options for use with
4100-1240 Auxiliary Audio Input Module; four additional inputs 4100-1267 Class A Adapter Expansion Signal
4100-1241 8 Minute Message Expansion Module 4100-1268 Constant Supervision Adapter Module
4100-1242 32 Minute Message Expansion Module 4081-9018 End-of-line resistor for 70.7 VRMS NACs; 10 k, 1 W
4100-0623 Network Audio Riser Controller Module for control of analog (-0621) or digital (-0622) riser module, see S4100-0034 for details
Dual Class A IDNAC Isolator (DCAI), converts a single Class B IDNAC SLC input to two
Class A or two Class B SLC outputs; provides short circuit isolation between each Class A
or B output circuit; connect up to two DCAI modules per IDNAC SLC input up to a
4100-6103 1 Block 6.5 mA 6.5 mA
maximum of 6 DCAI modules per EPS; each isolated output SLC used requires one IDNAC
address; the total current remains controlled by the Class B input source SLC at 3 A
maximum
Model Voltage/Listing Description Size Supv. Alarm
4100-5101 120 VAC UL Expansion Power Supply (XPS); 9 A output, 3 built-in
120 VAC, Class A/B NACs, rated 3 A for Special Application appliances
4100-5103 ULC (2 A for Regulated DC); NACs can be selected as auxiliary 2 Blocks 50 mA 50 mA
Canadian
power outputs, derated to 2 A for continuous duty, total per XPS
4100-5102 220-240 VAC UL is 5 A; 4100-5103 has low battery cutout
4100-5115 NAC Expansion Module, 3 NACs, Class A/B, mounts on XPS only N.A. 25 mA 25 mA
Model Voltage/Listing Description Size Supv. Alarm
4100-5125 120 VAC UL Remote Power Supply (RPS); 9 A power supply/charger
120 VAC, similar to XPS except with battery charger; will accept one
4100-5126 ULC 4 Blocks 150 mA 185 mA
Canadian 4100-6033; Canadian model has low battery cutout; use to
4100-5127 220-240 VAC UL power Flex series amplifiers (page 5)*
8 S4100-0102-11 3/2018
General Specifications
9 S4100-0102-11 3/2018
Expansion Bay Module Loading Reference (exact locations are provided with shipped product)
Slot 1 Slot 2 Slot 3 Slot 4 Slot 5 Slot 6 Slot 7 Slot 8 Description Mounting
Terminal Block Module 1 block
Class B Physical Bridge 2”, 1 slot
Class X Physical Bridge 4”, 2 slots
Block A Block C Block E Block G System, Remote, or EPS Power Blocks E, F, G & H
Supply ONLY
Expansion Power Supply Blocks G & H ONLY
Audio Controller Modules Blocks A & B
Blocks E & F; C & D; or
Flex-35 Amplifiers, 2 max/bay*
A&B
Flex-50 Amplifiers, 2 max/bay* Blocks E & F or C & D
100 W Amplifiers, 1 max/bay Blocks E, F, G & H
Block B Block D Block F Block H 100 W Backup Amplifiers, 1 max.
Blocks A, B, C & D
per bay with primary amplifier
Master Telephone Module Blocks A & B
Master Microphone Module (do Two vertical Blocks,
Expansion Bay Chassis not mount next to telephone) any location
Telephone Module 1 Block
Size Definitions:
Operator LED/Switch Modules 1 Slot
1 Block = 4” W x 5.65” H (102 mm x 144 mm); (often called 4 x 5 modules) * NOTE: When mounting dual Flex amplifiers on an
expansion bay, special mounting rules apply.
Slot = 2” W x 8” H (51 mm x 203 mm) motherboard with daughter card
10 S4100-0102-11 3/2018
Wall Mounted Enclosure Installation Reference
Front view, box outline without door Side view with door attached
Door thickness
4-3/4" (121 mm)
3 Bay height =
56" (1422 mm)
1 Bay height =
22" (559 mm)
6" stud
Optional semi-flush
trim kit reference 4" stud
NOTE: A system ground must be provided for Earth Detection and transient protection devices. This connection shall
be made to an approved, dedicated Earth connection per NFPA 70, Article 250, and NFPA 780.
11 S4100-0102-11 3/2018
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. Microsoft and Windows are trademarks
of Microsoft Corporation. VESDA is a trademark of Vision Products Pty Ltd.
Refer to Product Selection tables for specific product listing details. CSFM Listing: 7300-0026:323. Accepted for use – City of New York Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E (does not include model
4190-8403). At the time of publication only UL and ULC listings are applicable to ES Net network products. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest
status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
and service report information, and print graphic screens Product image reference
• Compatible with IMS (Information Management Systems) and GCC
(Graphic Command Center) on the same fire alarm network
• 2120 Multiplex Serial Line Interface (SLI) allows connection to up to
eight, 2120 Multiplex systems
Selectable computer and monitor options
• Computers are available as desktop or rack mount with mouse
operation and/or touchscreen operation providing convenient user
interface
• Desktop LCD widescreen, high resolution LED backlit monitors are
22 inch class, 21.5 inch (546 mm) diagonal, provide 1920 x 1080
resolution, and are available with or without touchscreen
• Wall mount LCD widescreen, high resolution monitors are 42 inch
(1067 mm) diagonal, provide 1920 x 1200 resolution, and are available
with or without touchscreen
• Rack mount LCD high resolution monitors are 19 inch class 18.5" (470
mm) diagonal with touchscreen and provide 1366 x 768 resolution;
Description
Figure 2: 21.5" Desktop Monitor
Network Annunciation
TrueSite Workstations provide annunciation, status display, and control
for Simplex Fire Alarm Networks using a personal computer based
graphical interface with a high resolution, color display. Response
buttons with realistic icons provide control switches specific to the
operation being performed.
Remote Clients
For remote viewing of TrueSite Workstation Server information, Remote
Clients are available and connected using TCP/IP LAN/WAN Ethernet
communications. Remote Clients can be annunciation only, or capable of
system control when configured with Agency Listed hardware.
DACR Compatible
For systems requiring information from remote control panels via
DACTs (Digital Alarm Communicator Transmitters), workstations can
be equipped to communicate directly with a compatible DACR; refer to
DACR interface for details.
Figure 3: 42" Wall Mount Monitor
Password control
Multiple Access Levels
Operator access level is determined during log-in. Select functional
access to match the training and responsibility of the operator.
Operators with additional TrueSite Workstation and fire alarm network
training may be qualified for access to sensitive areas. For operators who
are primarily concerned with immediate facility security, a lower level
access will provide the information necessary for proper response but
will not allow access to key parameters that determine overall system/
network operation.
Network diagnostics
Graphical network status views
Automatic, built-in diagnostics are available to provide graphical views
of network topology and network status. Missing communications links
due to wiring breaks or shorts as well as inactive network nodes are
indicated clearly to guide in returning the system to normal. Information
screens are available to provide detail about each specific network node.
Network level functions such as timekeeper node and monitor node
are indicated as well as identification of the node being used for the
diagnostic.
Loop independence
• New loops can be added without impacting existing loops
Multi-Loop requirements
• Each loop requires a dedicated Network Interface Card
• Supports up to (7) 4120 network loops, or (1) ES Net network loop and
(6) 4120 network loops maximum
4120 network software compatibility Note: For UL 864 listed Fire Proprietary Supervising Station Opera-
4120 network product compatibility with TrueSite Workstation requires tion that uses a DACR, select the Bosch D6600 with CID format and
the following software versions: 4190-8403 (see Product selection). For ULC listed systems using IP Com-
municators use Sur-Gard System I, II, III, or IV DACR.
Table 1: Fire Alarm Network Interface
DACR Events
Network Interface Compatibility
The TrueSite Workstation handles DACR points as though they were
4190 GCC/IMS/NPU Master Version 2.07 (or later)
network points. Graphics can be displayed and point status changes
4100U Master Version 11.03 (or later)
can be easily acknowledged. Point acknowledgement occurs locally on
4100 Master Version 9.02 (or later) the workstation since communications between the DACT and DACR
4020 Master Version 9.02 (or later) are from DACT to DACR only. Remote panels need to be Acknowledged,
4010 Master Version 3.01 (or later) Silenced, or Reset at the individual panel. Point events are entered into
4002 Network Firmware Version 3.02.92 (or later) the workstation history log as part of its 500,000 event storage capacity.
Table 2: 2120 (SLI) Interface Supported DACR/DACT Formats
Network Interface Compatibility . Compatible DACRs support standard reporting formats including:
Master Version 5.44 (or later) Network ADEMCO CID (Contact ID format), SIA Level 1, BFSK; and 3/1 and 4/2.
2120
Interface Version 3.02 (or later) A CID account can be configured on the TrueSite Workstation to be
either panel event reporting or with individual point reporting. The other
Note: TSW 100,000 point capacity applies to ES series panels or DACR formats provide panel event reporting only.
points only. Other legacy 4000 series panels are limited to a capacity of
62,500 points on the TSW (can be mixed with ES series panels reporting TrueSite Workstation Points for DACR Accounts
above the 62,500 point range). A TSW with a 2120 SLI interface is limited Workstation points are associated with a DACR account number.
to 62,500 points for the entire system (including ES series panels and Standard event points have up to a 19 character label for each point. CID
DACR points). TSW 100,000 point capacity requires TSW Version 3.04 (or point reporting has up to a 40 character label. DACR event categories
higher) and ES Panels at Version 3.03.04 (or higher). include: Fire Alarm, Priority 2 Alarm, Supervisory Alarm, Trouble, Utility
Status, and Unknown Point (CID format only). An occurrence of these
ES Net software compatibility events will be prefixed with the 19 character account label.
ES Net product compatibility with TrueSite Workstation requires the Public Points
following software versions: The Workstation can be selected to make DACR associated points public
to the fire alarm network for monitoring by other network nodes if
Table 3: ES Net software requirements
required.
Software Required software version
Network Programmer 2.01 or above DACR Status Tracking
ES Programmer 4.01 or above The DACR connection to the workstation is supervised with the following
TrueSite Workstation 5.01 or above trouble conditions tracked by the workstation: Communications Loss,
BNIC Application 1.01.03 (between DACR and workstation), Initialization Failed (the workstation
to DACR connection did not successfully establish), Unknown DACR
Table 4: ES Net firmware requirements Message, (the DACR sent a message that was not understood by the
Component Required firmware version workstation), and Unknown DACR Account (the account information
4100ES panel 4.01 or above received does not correlate to an workstation point).
4010ES panel 4.01 or above DACT Supervision
TrueSite Workstation 5.01 or above The workstation is programmed to expect and log periodic supervisory
TrueSite Incident transmissions from the DACTs via the DACR. Failure to receive a
5.01 or above
Commander supervisory transmission will cause a trouble event on the TrueSite
BNIC EOS 1.01.03 Workstation.
Event Restoration
DACR interface
When the workstation receives an event restoration from the DACR,
DACR Support it restores that point's status record to normal. The workstation has
For control panels that are not network compatible or may be too the ability to manually restore a point to normal in the event that a
remote for a network connection, the TrueSite Workstation can restoration occurred that was not forwarded to the workstation
communicate to a compatible DACR (Digital Alarm Communicator
Receiver) via an RS-232 port (requires DACR Interface software option
4190-5060, see compatibility list below). Remote control panels
equipped with DACTs communicate their local event status (or individual
point status if capable) to the DACR using dial-up telephone and optional
TCP/IP connections. The DACR forwards the individual panel status to
the workstation for information processing and history logging.
Compatible DACRs
Compatibility includes:
• Bosch Model D6600*, D6100i, and D6100Ipv6
• Sur-Gard Model System I, II, III, and IV
• AES Intellinet 7705i Wireless-to-Internet receiver
• Sur-Gard Model MLR2-DG (legacy product)
Operation
When fire alarm network status changes occur, the screen displays the type and location of the alarm (or other activity) and the appropriate header
buttons appear. In the historical log screen above in Figure 8, Fire, Priority 2, Supervisory, and Trouble buttons are shown with an active Trouble
indicated.
Sample Screens
Figure 8 is representative of historical log screen detail. Screen choices can be configured per system preference. However, when using multiple
optional monitors, multiple windows can be visible simultaneously for operator convenience.
Ease of Operation
With touchscreen monitors, the operator touches the screen area in alarm (or uses the mouse control) to access a more detailed view of the alarmed
zone or device. With the proper password access, the operator has the ability to acknowledge alarm and trouble conditions, activate signal silence, and
perform system reset directly from the workstation screens.
Customized Response
Custom alarm and trouble messages can be added and field edited to provide operator response assistance. Point specific information, such as
hazardous material storage and lists of people to notify, can be automatically or selectively displayed.
Graphics screens
Site and floor plan details
Graphics screens can provide easily recognizable site plan and floor plan information. The level of detail can be customized for the specific facility to
easily and accurately direct the operator to the immediate area of interest.
Action messages
In addition to screen text or graphic information, the operator can be presented with specific action messages that provide emergency response
information and directions. These action messages are easily field edited for local requirements. The appropriate action message in the screen below
would be located in the Acknowledge dialog box.
Figure 9: TrueSite Workstation Sample Graphic Screen with Detail Enlargement and Acknowledge Box
Product selection
Note: Equipment and specifications may vary due to equipment design changes.
Table 5: Hardware product selection
Category Model Description Listings
TrueSite Workstation Annunciator UL ULC
Listings: For use as an Annunciator under: UL 864 and ULC-S527 Control Units and
Accessories for Fire Alarm Systems; UL 2572 Control and Communication Units for Mass
4190-8401 Notification Systems, UL 1076 Proprietary Burglar Alarm Units and Systems; and UL 1610
Yes Yes
Central Station Burglar Alarm Units.
Note: The TrueSite Workstation PC has 2 Ethernet ports. On ES Net networks, the ES Net
4190-8410 NIC connection uses (1) Ethernet port leaving (1) Ethernet port available for a connection to Yes Yes
either an agency listed (dedicated) Fire Alarm LAN or a customer's LAN (not both). Refer to
data sheet S4190-0018 for additional information on Fire Alarm Network Ethernet Switches.
Listings: For use as an Annunciator under: UL 864 and ULC-S527 Control Units and
Accessories for Fire Alarm Systems
1. Requires selection of computer, monitor, and software from list below
2. LAN/WAN connections require use of Transient Suppressor 4190-6010, see Table 10 for details.
Notes All above 3. A UL-1481 Listed Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) is required for secondary power per UL and ULC
requirements
4. ULC listing also requires use of 4190-6058 Mechanical Protection Kit (ordered separately)
Table 6: Software only and aftermarket additions product selection
Model Description
TrueSite Workstation software only package, refer to Table 17 for computer specifications reference (listings and approvals
are not applicable);
4190-8603
Note: Windows operating system is not provided. For software only packages purchase operating system locally as
required.
4190-8901 Aftermarket hardware addition
4190-8605 Aftermarket software addition
Note: 4190-5064 and 4190-5066 require a 579-1155 Software Customer Information Form be submitted with the order.
Note: The 4190 Series External NIC is required for TSW or Incident Commander UL 1610 Central Station Burglar Alarm Control Unit applications
Table 14: ES Net NIC cards for 4100ES, TrueSite Workstation, or Incident Commander
Model Card Type Description Size Alarm/Supv.
Mounts in 4100ES cabinet. Connects a 4100ES FACU, TrueSite
Workstation, or Incident Commander to an ES Net Network. Supports
4100-6104 Slot Class B or Class X operation. Includes (4) built in Ethernet ports, install to 2 vertical blocks 120 mA
a single slot in a 4100ES bay. Supports up to (2) additional media cards.
Ports A and C can be configured for earth fault detection.
Mounts in 4100ES cabinet. Connects a 4100ES FACU, TrueSite
Workstation, or Incident Commander to an ES Net Network. Supports
4100-6310 Flat Class B or Class X operation. Includes (4) built in Ethernet ports, install to 2 vertical blocks 120 mA
any (2) vertical block space in a 4100ES bay. Supports up to (2) additional
media cards. Ports A and C can be configured for earth fault detection.
Notes:
1. Network interface cards include built-in Ethernet network communication ports, order optional media cards as required.
2. TrueSite Workstation connection is Class B, for Class X networks TSW connection must be 20 ft (6 M) maximum in conduit.
3. For TSW or Incident Commander UL 1610 Central Station Burglar Alarm Control Unit applications use the 4190 Series External NIC.
Table 15: ES Net dual channel media modules for external NIC and 4100ES NICs
Model Description Size Alarm/Supv.
ES Net NIC Dual Select per network connection requirements; mounts on the supplied
Channel Single- ES NIC(s); (1) media card per external NIC network interface card.
4190-9858 N/A 135 mA
mode Fiber Media
Card Dual Channel Media Cards provide 2 ports for input and output
ES Net NIC Dual connections.
4190-9859 Channel Multi-mode N/A 135 mA
Field connections require proper port pairing, refer to 579-1258 ES
Fiber Media Card
Net Dual Channel Fiber, Ethernet, and DSL Media Card Installation
ES Net NIC Dual Instructions for additional information.
4190-9857 Channel DSL Media N/A 155 mA
Card
Note: DSL media cards are not ULC listed for fire alarm applications.
Note: Fiber optic media cards must be of the same type on each end of the fiber link. When replacing a media card with a different type, the card on
the other end of the link must be replaced with a fiber optic media card of the same type.
Note: Products listed in Table 17 and Table 18 are agency listed for 120 VAC. Computers and monitors are shipped with 120 VAC cord; NEMA 5-15P
plug to IEC-320 C-13 connector. For use with other voltages, locally obtain a cord in compliance with local safety standards.
Table 19: Computer minimum specifications reference
Specification Description
Server Passive backplane with: 7 PCI slots and 1 CPU slot; security features: key lock reset switch; fan monitor card; locked door protecting
Enclosure access to the CD/DVD R/W drives and one front mounted USB port
Compatible with Microsoft Windows 10 and Windows 7 32 and 64 bit operating systems; Intel i7 2.4 GHz CPU, or Core 2 Duo 2.1 GHz
Server CPU, 4 GB RAM, 160 GB minimum hard drive; 2 Serial ports, 1 Parallel port, 4 USB ports, dual Gigabit LAN ports, USB keyboard and
Computer mouse; SVGA video output with 16 MB VRAM, CD/DVD Drive, PCI and ISA slots (as required), integral audio and amplified speakers,
additional ports as required for custom features (e.g. USB, Serial, Parallel, etc.)
Remote Client specifications are similar to server except: also compatible with Microsoft Windows 10 Home and Windows 7 Home
Premium operating system (32-bit or 64-bit); Core 2 Duo CPU minimum, 4 GB RAM minimum; single Gigabit LAN, 160 GB hard drive,
Remote Client
SVGA video output with 16 MB VRAM, CD/DVD Drive, other ports as required (e.g. USB, Serial RS-232, Parallel, mouse and keyboard,
etc.)
Note: Simplex 4190 series computers are agency listed for use with TrueSite Workstation software. For applications where agency listings are not
required, TrueSite Workstation software should be compatible with most computers meeting the stated minimum specifications. However, due to
computer manufacturers potentially using unique and/or proprietary drivers, hardware, or other software not tested with TrueSite Workstation soft-
ware, there may be incompatibilities. If other computers are used, proper operation with TrueSite Workstation software may require technical adjust-
ments by a qualified computer technician and would be the sole responsibility of the computer supplier and computer manufacturer.
Table 20: Environmental specifications
Specification Rating
Operating Temperature 32° to 120° F (0° to 49° C)
Operating Humidity Up to 93% RH, non-condensing, at 90° F (32° C)
Table 21: Computer port reference (4190-7026, 4190-7027, 4190-7028, 4190-7029 and 4190-7030)
Port Description
RS-232 Serial Ports Two standard, up to 9 total with optional 4190-6034 Quad Serial Port Card
USB Serial Ports 7 total; 5 in the rear (one is used for Server Security Dongle), and 2 in the front behind the locked door
Other Ports Two Ethernet 7029 ports and one Parallel port
Table 21: Computer port reference (4190-7026, 4190-7027, 4190-7028, 4190-7029 and 4190-7030)
Port Description
For agency listed proprietary supervising station operation and for other operations, if an event printer is desired, a
Event Printing supervised and dedicated Simplex Model 4190-9013 agency listed dot matrix printer is recommended; connection is to
USB or Serial RS-232 Port of the Server PC (see data sheet S4190-0011 for printer details)
For report, screen, or graphics printing, a Windows compatible printer can be used. Connection can be USB, Serial RS-232,
Other Printing
or LAN/WAN connection via Ethernet
Event printing (with supervised and dedicated dot matrix printer 4190-9013 as explained above)
Auto-print of auto-jump graphics; prints to Windows default printer
Printable Information Reports: historical logs, system activity, TrueAlarm status, TrueAlarm service, analog monitor ZAM calibration, and active
list; displayed reports can print to a LAN connected (unsupervised) printer
Screen captures (configurable as negative images to reverse black backgrounds)
Note: Parallel port printer connection is supported on 32-bit operating systems only.
Server/client operation
TrueSite Workstation Computer
The TrueSite Workstation computer provides the functions of the server and the system configuration tools. To access the desired features, a system/
job specific security service dongle is supplied and is required. For systems not using Remote Clients, the setup of the TrueSite Workstation PC is
similar.
Remote Client
For access to TrueSite Workstation information at a remote location, a compatible computer, connected via a Local Area Network (LAN) is equipped
with Remote Client software. There are two types of Remote Clients, those with a restricted feature set (not capable of control); and those with a
password protected feature set (capable of control). Refer to Server/client interconnection reference and data sheet S4190-0018 for additional
information.
TCP/IP Networks
The minimum recommended connection speed for TrueSite Workstation Server or Remote Client to a TCP/IP local area network is 3 Mbps.
Anti-Virus Software
When either the TrueSite Workstation Server or Remote Client computer is connected to a TCP/IP network other than a dedicated Fire Alarm Network,
it is highly recommended that regularly updated anti-virus software protection be installed on each connected computer. The TrueSite Workstation has
been verified as compatible with Symantec EndPoint Protection 12.1.3 and McAfee Enterprise 8.8.
6. Exception: If a 4100ES/4100U Network Display Unit (NDU) is mounted adjacent to the TrueSite Workstation for network audio control with
microphone access, a second monitor may not be necessary if the audio control status is viewable. Review the application with the local authority
having jurisdiction (AHJ).
Note: The TrueSite Workstation PC has 2 Ethernet ports. On ES Net networks, the ES Net NIC connection uses (1) Ethernet port leaving (1) Ethernet
port available for a connection to either an agency listed (dedicated) Fire Alarm LAN or a customer's LAN (not both). Refer to data sheet S4190-0018 for
additional information on Fire Alarm Network Ethernet Switches.
Note: The monitor mounting plate attaches to the rack mounting rail and the monitor will extend 2.022" (51.4 mm) from the front of the mounting rail.
Review the specified rack enclosure to determine actual monitor extension beyond the rack frame and to ensure that a rack door (if used) has ade-
quate clearance.
Figure 12: Rear mounted mechanical protection - conduit entry bracket enclosure reference (required for ULC listing)
Additional reference
Table 22: Additional Network Product Reference
Description Document
4100ES Basic Panels with SPS Power Supplies S4100-0031
4120 Network Products and Specifications S4100-0056
ES Net Network Products and Specifications S4100-0076
4100ES Basic Panels with EPS Power Supplies S4100-0100
Fire Alarm Ethernet Switches for TrueSite Workstation S4190-0018
TrueSite Incident Commander S4190-0020
Truesite Mobile Client S4190-0024
© 2018 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision and are subject to change without
notice. Additional listings may be applicable, contact your local Simplex® product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co.
Simplex, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code are
registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
S4190-0016 Rev. 39 5/2018
Fire Alarm Network Products
FM Approved to ANSI/UL 864, 9th Edition, Control Unit Accessory; Network System Integrator
to CAN/ULC S527, and to FM Standards; CSFM Listed* for 4120 Network
Features
Compatible with Simplex 4120 Network
Provides flexible integration of fire alarm control
panels into Simplex® 4120 fire alarm networks:
Communication between the 4120 fire alarm network
and other fire alarm control panels is via isolated
contact closure connections
Typical compatible controls include Simplex fire
alarm control panel model series 4005, 4006, 4008,
etc., and non-Simplex fire alarm control panels
Operating power is provided by the host node control
panel using low voltage wiring connections
A wide input voltage range of 10 to 33 VDC allows
compatibility with either 24 or 12 VDC systems
4120 Network media modules are ordered separately
as wired or fiber optic connections, suitable for Class
B (Style 4) or Class X (Style 7) operation
Network System Integrator (NSI) inputs:
The host node control panel provides input to the
Network System Integrator (NSI) via eight (8)
polarized, optically coupled and isolated connections
Input voltage range is 10 VDC to 33 VDC
Network System Integrator (NSI) outputs:
The host node control panel receives network Network System Integrator Application Sample
information from the NSI via relay contact closures
Eight (8) contact closure outputs are available, one is
dedicated as the trouble contact (Output 2), the other Description
seven are system programmable per application
Output 1 has dual contacts, Outputs 2-8 are single Network System Integrators (NSI) provide a
contacts, each selectable as N.O. or N.C. gateway between a fire alarm control panel and a Simplex
4120 fire alarm network. This allows the network to
Contacts are rated 1 A @ 24VDC/25 VAC and
monitor voltage inputs from, and provide contact closure
0.5 A @ 70 VAC
information to, host node control panels not equipped for
Mechanical packaging: direct network communications. The integrated control
Small 13 ½” square (343 mm) cabinet size allows panel with NSI resides as a unique node on the 4120 fire
convenient mounting; alarm network.
Available with beige or red cabinet Connections. NSI power, input voltages, contact
Service mode: closure voltages, and battery backup are supplied by the
A technician activated network bypass mode is host node control. NSI network connections are similar to
available with temporary battery connection to allow other 4120 network products using a “left” and “right”
unpowered service of the host node control with the port provided by plug-in media cards, either wired or fiber
NSI remaining on-line to maintain network optic, Class B or Class X operation.
communications Information to the NSI. Information is received by the
Listing information: NSI from the host node panel via eight optically isolated
inputs capable of receiving 10 to 33 VDC from the host
FM tested and approved to UL Standard 864, 9th
panel. Since each input is optically isolated, the source of
edition, and NFPA 72, the National Fire Alarm and
the control can be either relay contact or transistor
Signaling Code for connection to agency
controlled circuits. Inputs can be from different sources.
listed/approved fire alarm control panel * This product was tested and approved by FM Approvals against standard FM testing
Due to the NSI input and output design, the NSI is referenced to NFPA 72, ANSI/UL Standard 864, 9th Edition, and CAN/ULC S527. This
also capable of compatibility with other building product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section
13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7300-0026:329 for
system controls including products used for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. It is
Emergency Communications Systems (ECS/Mass subject to re-examination, revision, and possible cancellation. Additional listings may be
applicable, contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and
Notification); subject to local authority having approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection
jurisdiction (AHJ) Products.
S4190-0017-6 3/2018
Description (Continued)
Information from the NSI. Information is transferred Mounting Considerations. Supervision of wiring
from the NSI to the host node panel using eight relay connections, if provided, is supplied by the host node
circuits. Relay 2 is dedicated to advise the host node control panel. For applications where connections are not
control of an NSI trouble and is held normally energized. supervised, the connections must be in conduit with a
Loss of power to the NSI, or other onboard NSI trouble distance no greater than 20 ft (6 M).
will transfer the trouble contact. The remaining seven Service Mode. For authorized service operation, the NSI
relay functions are programmable at the NSI. is provided with an optional battery input allowing the
Wiring connections between the NSI and the host node network loop to remain intact when the host node panel is
control panel are not supervised by the NSI. unpowered for servicing. The NSI does not provide
charging to this service battery connection. Normal battery
backup is provided by the host node control panel.
Synchronization of Notification Appliances.
The 4120 network can support synchronization of Additional Information. For additional information,
notification appliances across all nodes on the network. refer to Installation Instructions 579-876.
When an NSI is part of the network, synchronization of
notification appliances over the network is not supported.
However, there is synchronization of notification
appliances at the individual node level.
Product Selection
Model Description
4190-9830 Red Cabinet Network System Integrator cabinet assembly; up to 2 media cards
4190-9831 Beige Cabinet required, order separately (see below)
4100-6056 Wired network media card For direct mounting onto the NSI (up to 2 media cards required).
Left port, single-mode 4120 duplex fiber
4100-6301
media card For direct mounting onto the NSI (up to 2 media cards required).
Right port, single-mode 4120 duplex fiber Maximum of 1 left port and 1 right port duplex fiber media card per
4100-6302
media card NSI. Field connections require left port to right port pairing. Order fiber
Left port, multi-mode 4120 duplex fiber media service kits for retrofit jobs where ST connectors are already
4100-6303
media card installed (refer to data sheet S4100-0056 for full fiber media module
Right port, multi-mode duplex 4120 fiber specifications and retrofit information)
4100-6304
media card
Specifications
Electrical
Input Voltage Range 10 VDC to 33 VDC, 3.5 W maximum
Input Power with 12 VDC input 300 mA maximum input current @ 10 VDC
with 24 VDC input 175 mA maximum input current @ 20 VDC
Input type 8 optically isolated inputs
Input to NSI
from Host 10 to 33 VDC, voltage supplied by host node control panel or other compatible voltage
Input voltage range
Node Control source
Input requirements 1 mA minimum required for activation; input resistance = 9.5 kΩ
Eight (8) contact closure outputs: Contact 1 provides dual connections, Contacts 2-8
Output from Contact Details provide single connections; Contact 2 is dedicated as Trouble Indication; each contact
NSI to Host output is jumper selectable as N.O. or N.C.
Node Control 1 A @ 24 VDC or 25 VAC; 0.5 A @ 70.7 VAC, resistive; supply current protection externally
Contact Ratings
using listed in-line fuse and fuseholder or equivalent current limiting to contact ratings
Wiring Connections Between Host
Screw terminals 18 to 14 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 2.08 mm2)
Node Control Panel and NSI
Fiber optics or wired; wired connection terminals for 24 AWG to 18 AWG
Network Connection Wiring
(0.205 mm2 to 0.82 mm2 )
Wiring Parameter with 18 AWG, TSP* with 24 AWG, TP*
Network Connection
Reference Wired Network Maximum line-to-line capacitance 58 pF/ft (190 pF/m) 22 pF/ft (72 pF/m)
(refer to Installation Connections Maximum distance @ 57,600 bps 10,000 ft (3 km) 7000 ft (2.13 km)
Instructions 579-876 Maximum distance @ 9600 bps 17,000 ft (5.18 km) 12,000 ft (3.65 km)
for additional Maximum total
information) Fiber type Compatible fiber
attenuation
Maximum Distance
Duplex Fiber
Single-mode Nominal 9/125 μm 22 dB 82,000 ft (25 km)
* TSP = twisted, Optic Network
shielded pair; Connections 50/125 μm or
TP = twisted pair Multi-mode 62.5/125 μm 18 dB 16,400 ft (5 km)
graded index
S4190-0017-6 3/2018
2
Specifications (Continued)
Mechanical
13 ½” W x 13 ½” H x 3 5⁄16” D (343 mm x 343 mm x 84 mm), with locking door, lift-off hinge
Cabinet Specifications on left side; knockouts on left side, top, and bottom; refer to page 3 for additional
information
Environmental
Temperature 32° to 120° F (0° to 49° C) indoor operation only
Humidity Range Up to 90% RH at 90° F (32° C) non-condensing
Installation Reference
Interconnection Reference
S4190-0017-6 3/2018
3
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm
Code are trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
S4190-0018-5 3/2018
Description (Continued)
Earth Fault Detection. When an earth fault is detected Detailed Earth fault status is indicated by the on-board
by the Earth Detection Module, it triggers a general status LEDs (see list on page 4).
trouble for external monitoring. Monitoring is performed
by either communicating with the on-board IDNet IAM or
by monitoring the trouble relay contacts.
Product Selection
Note: Ethernet Switch equipment and accessories are ordered as options for use with TrueSite Workstation and Incident
Commander upper level product selection model numbers per the System Order Reference section below. For additional
product information, refer to data sheet S4190-0016 for TrueSite Workstation and S4190-0020 for TrueSite Incident
Commander.
Ethernet Switch Power Adapters (select one for each 4190-6051, 4190-6056, or 4190-6057; Power Adapters are NOT for use
with Fire Alarm Ethernet Switches 4190-6050, 4190-6054, or 4190-6055, they require connection to a fire alarm power supply)
Model Description Ratings Housing Size
Input: 120 VAC, 60 Hz, 20 W 2-1/4” W x 2-15/16” H x 1-7/8” D
4190-6052
Wall Mount Power Adapter Output: 24 VAC, 650 mA (56 mm x 74 mm x 48 mm)
with 6 ft (1.8 m) cord Input: 240 VAC, 50 Hz, 78 mA 2-5/16” W x 3-3/16” H x 1-15/16” D
4190-6053
Output: 24 VAC, 650 mA (58 mm x 80 mm x 49 mm)
2 S4190-0018-5 3/2018
Interconnection Reference
For additional information, refer to Installation Instructions 579-903.
Notes:
Arrangement shown for reference only. Wiring pairs shown as one-line for typical reference only. The TrueSite Workstation and
Incident Commander PCs have 2 Ethernet ports. For ES Network (ES Net) applications, the ES Net NIC connection uses (1) Ethernet
port, leaving (1) Ethernet port available for a connection to either an agency listed (dedicated) Fire Alarm LAN or a customer's LAN
(not both).
3 S4190-0018-5 3/2018
Specifications
Electrical
Input Voltage 24 VDC nominal, from listed fire alarm power supply
Input Power
Input Current 300 mA maximum
Common Trouble Relay Form C contact rated 0.3 A @ 125 VAC resistive; 1 A @ 30 VDC resistive
Wiring Connections for Power,
IDNet Communications, and Screw terminals for 18 to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2 )
Trouble Relay Contacts
Ethernet Cable Connections RJ-45 jacks
Ethernet Cable Data Rates 10 Mbps and 100 Mbps
Up to 328 ft (100 m) at 10 Mbps with Cat3 cable
Ethernet Cable Wiring Distance
Up to 328 ft (100 m) at 100 Mbps with Cat5 cable
Optical
Model Fiber and Distance Connection Details
Fiber Optic Cable Distance Budget
(for connection between Fire Alarm 4190-6054 Single-mode fiber up to 9.3 miles (15 km) 19 dB NOTE: Requires two
Ethernet Switches) fibers per connection;
4190-6055 Multimode fiber up to 1.24 miles (2 km) 13 dB Transmit and Receive
Fiber Optic Cable Connections Type SC connectors
Color Function Description
Green Power-on LED On when power is present
Flashes to indicate IDNet communications are being
Red IAM LED
received
Earth Detection Module
Diagnostic LEDs Common Earth Fault On steady when an earth fault is detected on any of the
Yellow
LED Ethernet ports
Earth Monitor Disabled If port has earth detection disabled, LED is on steady
Yellow LED, one per Ethernet If port has earth detection enabled, LED flashes to
Port indicate that port has an earth fault
Color Function Description
Green Power-on LED On when power is present
Ethernet Switch Module One per port, indicates a valid Ethernet link has been
Diagnostic LEDs Green Link Indicator
established
One per port, indicates when data is transferring at
Yellow Data Rate
100 Mbps
Mechanical
13-1/2” W x 13-1/2” H x 3-5/16” D (343 mm x 343 mm x 84 mm), with locking door, lift-off
Cabinet Specifications
hinge on left side; refer to page 4 for additional information
Environmental
Temperature 32° to 120° F (0° to 49° C) indoor operation only
Humidity Range Up to 90% RH at 90° F (32° C) non-condensing
4 S4190-0018-5 3/2018
Installation Reference
11-7/8" 13-1/2"
(302 mm) (343 mm)
Earth detection
module
Wiring connection
terminal blocks
Removable mounting plate
Cable input
area
NOTE: Only use bottom for conduit entrance;
knockouts are located at arrows
5 S4190-0018-5 3/2018
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.
Features
Compatible with Simplex ES Net and 4120 Networks
TrueSite Incident Commander provides 4100ES
mounting for the Simplex® TrueSite Workstation:
All-in-one touchscreen computer/monitor mounts in a
4100ES cabinet and is powered from the fire alarm
system power supply, including battery backup
Seismic hardware; 4100ES mounting with battery
brackets provides seismic area protection (see page 4)
High resolution touchscreen monitor
Includes Windows 10 Enterprise (64-bit)
Hinged mounting bracket allows easy service access
Available for desktop use operating at 120 VAC with
an included power supply module
TrueSite Incident Commander function summary:
Simplex® fire alarm network connected graphical
interface control TrueSite Incident Commander Mounts in Bay 2 of a 4100ES
Connects to the Simplex fire alarm Network as a node Control Panel (shown with Master Controller)
allowing access to remote panel activity status, and for a
Mass Notification System event or a fire alarm event, can
take control of remote panel activity over the fire alarm
network
Available TCP/IP, LAN/WAN connections; up to 20
remote clients can be connected to the server for multiple
remote users; with dedicated and listed Fire Alarm LAN
equipment, listed remote clients can have control access
Supports standard fire service annunciation icons to
provide firefighter and first responders with critical fire
response information
Custom alarm and system messages guide emergency Desktop TrueSite Incident Commander
responders with important information Graphic screens details:
Color graphical annunciation and control capacity for Pan-and-zoom features allow precise navigation
up to 100,000 points Configurable coverage zones allow highlighted areas of
Floatable and dockable windows allows windows to activity in user defined zones
either be fixed (docked) or floatable Auto-jump allows the screen view to jump to a graphic or
Extensive historical logging; up to 500,000 events with alarm list menu
operator notations Additional Incident Commander system features:
Password Security supports 8 to 16 alphanumeric TrueSite Workstation Mobile Client allows compatible
passwords with configurable lockout iOS and Android devices to access system information
Optional interface to Digital Alarm Communicator Export to XML feature allows TrueSite Workstation data to
Receiver (DACR) integrates multiple systems onto a be easily exported for report generation and customization
single Incident Commander Test Mode allows unobtrusive testing of selective devices
Backup Utility can be configured to automatically backup without nuisance interruptions
specified directories including TSW job data to the Node Name allows a description of the specific building
secondary hard drive. The backup utility is available to or area associated with a point in views and reports
systems that do not use RAID. Vector information to supervised remote clients; select
Multiple password controlled operator levels by point, event category, panel, or custom list
3rd Party Interface open-architecture solution provides Email generation is available to send updates to
enhanced information access for advanced users individuals or to distribution lists with selectable content
Available optional connections for printers or other Sound files (WAV) can be used to create custom audible
compatible systems status annunciation with Agency listed desktop PC model
Dual monitor support allows the Alarm List Window to 4190-7014
be on one monitor and the Graphics Window on the other Fahrenheit or Celsius temperatures can be displayed
Operating Systems; Server and clients are compatible * Refer to pages 5 and 6 for specific product listing details. CSFM Listing: 7300-0026:323.
with Windows 7 & 10 Professional or Enterprise, At the time of publication only UL and ULC listings are applicable to ES Net network products.
Clients also compatible with Windows 7 Home Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest
status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire
Premium and Windows 10 Home (32-bit and 64-bit for Protection Products.
all options)
S4190-0020-15 3/2018
Additional system features (Continued): Description (Continued)
DACR Account Filter allows Historical Log Reports to
be Filtered by DACR Account for Quick Access and DACR Compatible. For systems requiring information
Verification from remote control panels via DACTs (Digital Alarm
Operator Notes allows an operator to log operator notes Communicator Transmitters), Incident Commanders can be
associated with individual events for historical records equipped to communicate directly with a compatible DACR.
and retrieval (Refer to data sheet S4190-0016 for more DACR details.)
Web Browser Command Link allows an external web
page or link (web-cam, etc.) to be called with a single TrueSite Incident Commander Operation
command Operation. When fire alarm network status changes occur,
RAID 1 Support provides a real-time “mirror” image on the screen displays the type and location of the alarm (or
a secondary hard drive for enhanced life-safety other activity) and the appropriate header buttons appear. In
workstation survivability. RAID support is available to the historical log screen on page 3, Figure 1, Fire, Priority 2,
systems that do not use the Backup Utility. Supervisory, and Trouble buttons are shown with an active
Agency listings: Trouble indicated.
UL 864 as Fire Alarm Control Unit Annunciator (UOXX) Sample Screens. Figure 1 (on page 3) is representative of
UL 864 as Fire Alarm Proprietary Supervising Station a historical view screen. Figure 2 (on page 4) is
Control Unit (UOJZ) representative of a system graphic screen with icons
UL 864 as Firefighter Smoke Control Station (UUKL) representing the devices of interest. Screen choices can be
UL 1076 as Proprietary Burglar Alarm Unit (APOU) configured per system preference, however, when using an
UL 1610 as Central Station Burglar Alarm Control Unit optional second monitor, both screen types can be visible for
(AMCX) operator convenience.
UL 2572 as Mass Notification System Supervising
Station Control Unit (PGWM) Ease of Operation. With touchscreen monitors, the
ULC-S527 as Fire Alarm Control Unit Annunciator operator selects the area in alarm to access a more detailed
(UOXX7) view of the alarmed zone or device. Where control operation
Simplex Fire Alarm Network capabilities: is permitted by local listings, the authority having jurisdiction
Multiple TrueSite Incident Commanders and TrueSite (AHJ), Civil Defense, or equal; and with proper password
Workstations can be nodes on the same fire alarm access, the operator can acknowledge alarm and trouble
network to provide redundant operations for improved conditions, activate signal silence, and perform system reset
survivability directly from the Incident Commander screens.
Standard fire alarm network connection for wired or fiber Programmable Activity Timeout allows an unattended
optic media monitor to revert to the login screen when the configured
Graphical network diagnostic tools time period expires.
Set-host service functions allow access to remote network Individual User Preferences appear when the user logs
node data including individual TrueAlarm analog sensors in. Options include: font size, toolbar size; interface theme
Provides event printing (with compatible printer), view or (MS Office 2003 or system); floating window options (select
print of status and service report information, and print whether to show menu bar or show tool bar).
graphic screens (see page 7 for printing details) Historical Log and List Details. Figure 1 on page 3
Please refer to TrueSite Workstation data sheet shows historical log details. The display format is similar to
S4190-0016 for additional operation detail the display for active list items such as the alarm list.
Description Displayed information can be sorted on-screen by each
The TrueSite Incident Commander offers TrueSite category shown (number, time, date, point name, etc.). List
Workstation operation in an all-in-one package providing information can be reviewed on the screen, printed at a local
a touchscreen computer, monitor, hard drive, and required or remote system printer, or can be written to an electronic
input/output connections in single assembly. This allows file for compatibility with spreadsheet and database
installation within a 4100ES fire alarm control panel or programs.
remote annunciator with power supplied from the fire Customized Response. Custom alarm and trouble
alarm power supply and secondary batteries. The all-in- messages can be added and field edited to provide operator
one computer is also available for desktop applications response assistance. Point specific information, such as
(requires separate AC power). hazardous material storage and lists of people to notify, can
Network Annunciation. TrueSite Incident Commanders be automatically or selectively displayed.
provide annunciation, status display, and control for Simplex
Fire Alarm Networks using a personal computer based Password Control
graphical interface with a high resolution, color display. Multiple Access Levels. Operator access level is
Response buttons with realistic icons provide control determined during log-in. Select functional access to match
switches specific to the operation being performed. the training and responsibility of the operator. Operators with
Remote Clients. For remote viewing of TrueSite Incident additional TrueSite Incident Commander and fire alarm
Commander Server information, remote clients are available network training may be qualified for access to sensitive
and connected using TCP/IP LAN/WAN Ethernet areas. For operators who are primarily concerned with
communications. As discussed on pages 8 and 9, Remote immediate facility security, a lower level access will provide
Clients can be annunciation only, or capable of system the information necessary for proper response but will not
control when configured with agency listed hardware. allow access to key parameters that determine overall
system/network operation.
2 S4190-0020-15 3/2018
Graphics Screens Graphics Screens (Continued)
Site and Floor Plan Details. Graphics screens can Auto-Jump to Graphics or Alarm List. Select
provide easily recognizable site plan and floor plan whether activity should cause a jump to a list format or to
information. The level of detail can be customized for the the associated graphic screen.
specific facility to easily and accurately direct the Supported Graphics Formats:
operator to the immediate area of interest.
DWG Import Formats: AutoCAD R9, 10, 11-12, 13,
Graphic Screen Controls. (refer to graphic screen on 14, 2000-2002, 2004-2006, 2007-2009, 2010-2011
page 4) Icons can be added to identify the location and
DXF Import Formats: AutoCAD R14 and 2000
type of the device of interest and the graphics control
toolbar (located at the top of the graphic) can be used to Export Formats: AutoCAD 2000 DWG/DXF format
pan and zoom for more precise detail. Programmable (allows editing in AutoCAD 2000 or later)
coverage zones can be added with selectable area and Import drawing files: DWG, WGS, IMS/GCC DOC
zoom level. A fixed area site plan (key plan) with action files, WMF, BMP, GIF, and JPG
buttons and screen locator can be added as shown. Pan
and zoom are tracked by a green rectangle in the key plan. Individual Point Service Access
Custom Banner and Main Screen Background. Qualified Operator Detail Access. The Incident
The banner area shown with a Simplex logo in Figure 1 Commander operator’s interface provides service level
can be customized (bitmap area is 2250 x 68 pixels). The access to network information that is not normally
main screen background (viewable prior to login) can be “public.” Network “private” point information can be
customized with a bitmap of up to 1000 x 525 pixels. accessed using the Set-Host feature, and logging into the
database of the network and node of interest. With this
Action Messages. In addition to screen text or graphic
operation, individual point information can be accessed
information, the operator can be presented with specific
and controlled as required by qualified service personnel
action messages that provide emergency response
with proper password access.
information and directions. These action messages are
easily field edited for local requirements. The appropriate
action message would be located in an Acknowledge
dialog box as shown in the graphics screen on page 4.
3 S4190-0020-15 3/2018
Seismic Testing ES Net Version Compatibility
The 4100ES cabinet mounted TrueSite Incident ES Net product compatibility with TrueSite Incident
Commander design has been seismic tested and is Commander requires the following software versions:
certified to IBC and CBC standards as well as to ASCE 7
ES Net software requirements
categories A-F. Requires use of battery brackets detailed
Software Required software version
on data sheet S2081-0019.
Network Programmer 2.01 or above
Network Diagnostics ES Programmer 4.01 or above
TrueSite Workstation 5.01 or above
Graphical Network Status Views. Automatic, BNIC Application 1.01.03
built-in diagnostics are available to provide graphical ES Net firmware requirements
views of Network topology and Network status. Missing Software Required software version
communications links due to wiring breaks or shorts as 4100ES panel 4.01 or above
4010ES panel 4.01 or above
well as inactive network nodes are indicated clearly to TrueSite Workstation 5.01 or above
guide in returning the system to normal. Information TrueSite Incident 5.01 or above
screens are available to provide detail about each specific Commander
network node. Network level functions such as BNIC EOS 1.01.03
timekeeper node and monitor node are indicated as well
as identification of the node being used for the diagnostic. Desktop Dimension Reference
4120 Version Compatibility*
4120 network product compatibility with TrueSite
Incident Commander requires the following software
versions:
Fire Alarm Network Interface
Network Interface Compatibility
4190 GCC/IMS/NPU Master Version 2.07 (or later)
4100U Master Version 11.03 (or later)
4100 Master Version 9.02 (or later)
4020 Master Version 9.02 (or later)
4010 Master Version 3.01 (or later)
Network Firmware Version 3.02.92
4002
(or later)
2120 (SLI) Interface
Master Version 5.44 (or later)
2120 Network Interface Version 3.02 (or
later)
* TSW 100,000 point capacity applies to ES series panels or DACR points
only. Other legacy 4000 series panels are limited to a capacity of 62,500
points on the TSW (can be mixed with ES series panels reporting above
the 62,500 point range). A TSW with a 2120 SLI interface is limited to
62,500 points for the entire system (including ES series panels and DACR
points). TSW 100,000 point capacity requires TSW Version 3.04 (or
higher) and ES Panels at Version 3.03.04 (or higher).
4 S4190-0020-15 3/2018
TrueSite Incident Commander Product Selection
5 S4190-0020-15 3/2018
TrueSite Incident Commander Product Selection (Continued)
Category Model Description
4190-5061 Feature code for Remote Client with restricted features (reduced feature set)
4190-5062 Feature code for Remote Client with password protected feature access
3rd Party Interface Client for adding additional 3rd Party Client connections to an existing
TrueSite Workstation 3rd Party Interface; includes a 3rd Party Client Feature Code for the selected
Remote Client Type quantity of concurrent 3rd Party Client Connections to a single TrueSite Workstation (maximum of
Selection (Select One five (5) per server)
Per Remote Client) 4190-5066 Note 1: When adding 3rd Party Interface Clients to more than one TrueSite Workstation Server,
each server requires its own 4190-5066 Remote Client Selection; if a new 3rd Party Interface
Application is being developed, feature code 4190-5064 will be required to provide a unique
Security Certificate.
Note 2: A 579-1155 Software Customer Information Form is required to be submitted with the order.
Quad RS-232 Serial Port PCI Card, select when more than two serial ports are required; PCI Slot
Serial Port Option
4190-6034 card with pluggable terminal block output; one 4190-6026 suppressor is require per connection
(for Server only)
(see below)
4190-6002 Transient Protected Connector, select one per connection to a standard PC RS-232 serial port
Transient Suppressed 4190-6026 Transient Protected Connector for Quad Serial Port Card; one required per connection
Connectors Transient Suppressor for LAN/WAN Connection; required for agency listing for each Incident
(select as required) 4190-6010 Commander and Remote Client LAN/WAN connection, except for server to client
connections when both are in the same room
6 S4190-0020-15 3/2018
TrueSite Incident Commander Product Selection (Continued)
ES Net dual channel media modules for external NIC and 4100ES NICs
Model Description Size Alarm/Supv.
ES Net NIC Dual Channel
4190-9858 Single-mode Fiber Media Select per network connection requirements; mounts on the N/A 135 mA
Card supplied ES NIC(s); (1) media card per external NIC network
ES Net NIC Dual Channel interface card.
4190-9859 Multi-mode Fiber Media Field connections require proper port pairing, refer to 579-1258 ES N/A 135 mA
Card Net Dual Channel Fiber, Ethernet, and DSL Media Card
ES Net NIC Dual Channel Installation Instructions for additional information.
4190-9857 N/A 155 mA
DSL Media Card
Category Model Description
Programming (select) 4190-8122 TrueSite Incident Commander Programming; select Programming Items below
4190-4006 AutoCAD DXF or DWG file, one floor plan (multiple floor plans require dedicated files)
4190-4008 25 Custom Action Messages
Programming Items 4190-4009 25 Travel Screen Keys (selective zooming)
(select items per system
requirements; select 4190-4010 25 Status Icons
quantity of items as
required) 4190-4011 25 Control Functions; On/Off, Bypass, etc.
requires selection
of 4190-8122 4190-4012 Convert one (1) Existing IMS Screens to TrueSite Incident Commander Screen
4190-4013 10 Coverage Zones; order quantity as required
4190-4014 One (1) Emergency Communications/Mass Notification Control Screen
Hardware Reference for Mounting TrueSite Incident Commander in Bay 2 of a 4100ES Fire Alarm Control Panel
Required Identifier 4100-7909 Designates that the 4100ES fire alarm control panel is to be shipped with bay 2 empty
Selection Type Description Platinum 2 Bay Platinum 3 Bay Red 2 Bay Red 3 Bay
Combined Box and Door Box with Glass Door & Dress Panel 2975-9459 2975-9457 2975-9460 2975-9458
Separate Box and Door (select if Box only 2975-9439 2975-9440 2975-9408 2975-9409
boxes and doors are required to
be shipped separately) Glass Door & Dress Panel 4100-2107 4100-2108 4100-2127 4100-2128
7 S4190-0020-15 3/2018
TrueSite Incident Commander Equipment Specifications
(Please note that equipment and specifications may vary due to equipment design changes)
Panel Mount Touchscreen Computer/Monitor (Note: Refer to page 9 for power supply applications guidelines)
Model* Space Requirement Current Requirements with 24 VDC Power from Control Panel
4190-7031 or 4190-7033 with Modules Listed Supervisory Alarm
with 1 4120 Network Card 2.1 A 2.25 A
with 2 4120 Network Cards
4190-7031 Mounts in bay 2 of a 2-bay 2.37 A 2.52 A
4190-7033 or 3-bay 4100ES cabinet with 1 4120 Network Card and 1 Quad Serial Card
with no network cards (use for ES Net network, ES Net NICs
are mounted and powered external from the Incident 1.83 A 1.98 A
Commander computer)
4190-6034 Quad Serial Card 270 mA
Individual Module Current Reference 4190-6061/4190-9829 Modular 4120 Network Card with two
media modules, either 4190-6036/4190-9822 Wired, 270 mA
or 4190-6037/4190-9823 Fiber
Desktop Touchscreen Computer/Monitor
Model* Dimensions (see diagram on page 6) Input Power
4190-7032
17 13⁄16” W x 16 11⁄16” H x 8 ¾” D 2 A @ 102-132 VAC, 60 Hz (240 W)
4190-7034
(452 mm x 425 mm x 221 mm) Operating Range: 100-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz
4190-7014
* All models include a separate 120 VAC power supply module. It provides normal power for desktop operation and can be used for
separate pre-installation setup for 4100ES cabinet mount models. A 120 VAC cord is included; NEMA 5-15P plug to IEC-320 C-13
connector. For 230/240VAC use, locally obtain a cord in compliance with local safety standards.
Note: Agency listing is at 120 VAC, 60 Hz.
TrueSite Incident Commander Computer Feature Summary**
(2) Integral Amplified 2 Watt Speakers
i5 2.4 GHZ (minimum) PC with cooling fan
(1) VGA Video Output (required for optional 2nd
(4) GB RAM (minimum)
General monitor)
(2) PCI Slots
Specifications Includes compact USB keyboard and mouse
(2) 500 GB Hard Drives (minimum)
100 mm VESA Mounting Interface
(1) DVD/RW Drive
8 S4190-0020-15 3/2018
Server/Client Operation
Supervised or Unsupervised Remote Clients.
TrueSite Incident Commander Computer. The Remote Clients can be designated as Supervised or
TrueSite Incident Commander computer provides the Unsupervised. When Supervised, the connection is
functions of the Server and the system configuration monitored by the TrueSite Incident Commander and a
tools. To access the desired features, a system/job specific loss of connection is audibly reported at both ends along
security service dongle is supplied and is required. For with a dialog screen. When unsupervised, only the client
systems not using Remote Clients, the setup of the end displays a trouble dialog indicating disconnection
TrueSite Incident Commander PC is similar. from the Server. Remote clients may be laptop computers
or other computers used for other functions and are
Remote Client. For access to TrueSite Incident periodically connected to query system status or create
Commander information at a remote location, a reports. (Refer to TrueSite Workstation data sheet
compatible computer, connected via a Local Area S4190-0016 for additional Remote Client information.)
Network (LAN) is equipped with Remote Client software.
There are two types of Remote Clients, those with a Remote Client Connections. The TrueSite
restricted feature set (not capable of control); and those workstation server supports a maximum of twenty (20)
with a password protected feature set (capable of control). Supervised or Unsupervised remote clients, each capable
of being on-line simultaneously.
Refer to data sheet S4190-0018 for additional information
about creating a proprietary fire alarm remote client LAN. (Server/Client Operation is continued next page)
Fire Control
Desktop TrueSite
Incident Commander
Facility LAN
Note: supports up to two 4120 network loops, or one 4120 network loop and one ES Net loop maximum.
9 S4190-0020-15 3/2018
Server/Client Operation (Continued) Additional Network Product Reference
TCP/IP Networks. The minimum recommended Description Document
connection speed for TrueSite Incident Commander 4100ES Basic Panels with SPS Power
Server or Remote Client to a TCP/IP local area network is Supplies S4100-0031
3 Mbps. 4120 Network Products and Specifications S4100-0056
Anti-Virus Software. When either the TrueSite ES Net Network Products and
Incident Commander Server or Remote Client computer Specifications S4100-0076
is connected to a TCP/IP network other than a dedicated 4100ES Basic Panels with EPS Power
Supplies S4100-0100
Fire Alarm network, it is highly recommended that TrueSite Workstation S4190-0016
regularly updated anti-virus software protection be
installed on each connected computer. The TrueSite
Incident Commander has been verified as compatible with Mass Notification Systems Reference
Symantec EndPoint Protection 12.1.3 and McAfee The TrueSite Incident Commander operates as a UL 2572
Enterprise 8.8. listed Fire Smoke Control Station (FSCS) when
System Listings Reference configured per the following:
The following functions are agency listed with the 1. Select model 4190-8401 (Note: Cannot be used for
computers and monitors identified under Product Supervising Station or Security Monitor applications)
Selection on page 5:
TrueSite Incident Commander PCs, whether 2. Provide an audio system microphone mounted
stand-alone or functioning as a server to local and adjacent to the TrueSite Workstation, either
remote clients located within a 4100ES (or 4100U) Fire Alarm
Supervised Remote Clients with protected features Control Panel or Remote Annunciator Panel, or use a
that are connected to the server using a dedicated Fire Remote Microphone Assembly.
Alarm Network as described on page 8 3. The 4100ES/4100U microphone options are Model
Refer to data sheet S4190-0018 for details about Fire 4100-1243 for Fire Alarm Control Panels and Model
Alarm Network Ethernet Switches 4100-1244 for Remote Annunciator Panels (refer to
Additional agency listings reference: data sheet S4100-0034 for details).
Restricted feature remote client software on compatible 4. Remote Microphone Assembly Model 4003-9803
computers (listed for standard office use) provide mounts separate from the control panel (refer to data
annunciation features only and can be connected using sheet S4100-0053 for details).
a facility LAN without system listing impact
5. Note: At least two monitors must be connected to
Power Supply Application Reference provide the necessary display information (see
exception below). One monitor is required to display
When the TrueSite Incident Commander is panel
the speaker zone status and the other monitor is
mounted, the following power supply applications
required to display the event screen.
guidelines apply.
1. The power supply used to power the TrueSite 6. Exception: If a 4100ES/4100U Network Display
Incident Commander must be dedicated to the Unit (NDU) is mounted adjacent to the TrueSite
TrueSite Incident Commander and internal card Workstation for network audio control with
power only. microphone access, a second monitor may not be
2. IDNet communications, Signal power, or Auxiliary necessary if the audio control status is viewable.
(aux) power loads must be connected to a separate Review the application with the local authority
expansion power supply. having jurisdiction (AHJ).
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. Microsoft and Windows are trademarks of
Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries. AutoCAD is a trademark of Autodesk, Inc. Symantec is a trademark of Symantec Corporation. McAfee is a
trademark of McAfee Inc.
Features
Access Simplex® Fire Alarm Network information
by connecting to a TrueSite Workstation (TSW)
using a Mobile Client
Use an iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, or Google Android
tablet or mobile device as a TSW mobile client
providing fire alarm network annunciation access with
restricted features similar to a PC based Remote Client.
Install the 4190-5067 feature at the TrueSite Workstation
to enable TSW Mobile Client application connections
Connect multiple TSW mobile clients for simultaneous
status information access
Mobile device must be able to access the local area
network (LAN) where the TrueSite Workstation server is
connected
Compatible with 3G and 4G cellular service via VPN
(virtual private network) connection
Basic system status language support includes: English,
French, Spanish, Russian, Hebrew, Chinese, and Arabic
(custom text is same language as the TrueSite
Workstation)
View the TrueSite Workstation status of:
Fire Alarm, Priority 2, Supervisory, and Trouble
conditions
Available Non-Listed Control Functions
Limited control functions can be accessed by password
controlled login and by designated mobile device for
system testing For applications where agency listing and
approvals are not required, and where operation is
permitted by the local authority having jurisdiction (AHJ),
Civil Defense, or equal; and for qualified and authorized
fire responder/life safety site personnel to use during
system testing
Non-listed control functions include: Alarm, Priority 2,
Supervisory, and Trouble Acknowledge; Alarm Silence,
Priority 2 Reset, and System Reset; utility and audio
controls
Mobile control functions provide a convenient and
efficient method for authorized personnel to access
system information during initial system setup, system
commissioning, and subsequent system service activity
With the TSW Mobile Client, the TrueSite Workstation
response to system testing is readily available to
authorized personnel at the test location without requiring
someone at the TSW to respond, and without requiring
use of a laptop computer
iPad Air and Samsung Galaxy tab 4 showing trouble lists, rotated to display more information.
Software Requirements
Mobile Platform Software Version Requirements
iOS Version 6 or higher
iOS
TrueSite Workstation / Incident Commander Version 3.03 or higher
Android Version 4.0.3 or higher
Android
TrueSite Workstation / Incident Commander Version 3.03 or higher
Additional Reference
Document Description
TrueSite Workstation data sheet, reference for more information about the TrueSite
S4190-0016
Workstation and Remote Client operation
TrueSite Workstation Incident Commander data sheet, all-in-one PC platform for the
S4190-0020
TrueSite Workstation that is available mounted in a 4100ES Fire Alarm Control Panel
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. iPhone, iPod touch, and iPad are
trademarks of Apple Inc. Android and Google Play are trademarks of Google Inc.
Features
Satisfies a variety of new and retrofit applications
4.3” (109 mm) diagonal color touchscreen display:
Provides detailed system status and point information
Supports dual language selection, including unicode
character languages
A custom background display appears when operation is
normal (see page 6 for details)
Eight Point Zone/Relay Module:
Each point is selectable as an IDC input or Relay output,
Class A IDCs require 2 points (one out and one return);
one module is standard, up to 3 additional modules can
be field installed for a total of 4 eight point zone/relay
modules per system
Each point on the IDC/Relay Module can be configured
as a control relay rated 2 A @ 30 VDC (resistive) as
either normally open or normally closed
Can be powered directly from the power supply or 4007ES Hybrid Panel Front View
through the optional 25 VDC Regulator Module Software Feature Summary:
IDC end-of-line resistor value can be selected from a Current and previous panel configuration maintained in
wide range of resistance values for retrofit convenience on-board memory
Electrically isolated IDNet+ addressable initiating An internal Ethernet service port is available for service
device SLC: computer connections to perform configuration updates,
Provides built-in short circuit isolation for monitoring downloads and uploads; report downloads, and system
and control of TrueAlarm analog sensors and IDNet software
communications monitoring and control devices; for use Internal USB interface allows a memory stick to store job
with either shielded or unshielded, twisted or untwisted revisions, update revised jobs and panel software, and save
single pair wiring; outputs are Class A or Class B detailed system reports from the panel
Standard panel SLC provides up to 100 addressable Optional modules and connections include:
points; optional additional loop expansion modules Fire Alarm Network Interface for Peer-to-Peer fire alarm
provide an additional isolated loop with short circuit network communications, supports either Class B or Class
isolation for the IDNet+ channel; each loop expansion X operation
module also provides an additional 75 addressable points Point or Event DACT assembly for IP Communicators
Power Supply Features: Up to two additional IDNet+ addressable device output loop
Four Notification Appliance Circuits (NACs) selectable connections with short circuit fault protection and with 75
as Class A or Class B with 6 A total available current additional point capacity each
NAC end-of-line resistor value can be selected from a Front mounted 48 LED annunciator with custom label
wide range of resistance values for retrofit convenience inserts; LEDs are programmable for up to 24 IDC zones of
Additional notification power capacity is available using alarm and trouble annunciation or other custom
the 4009 IDNet NAC Extender annunciation requirements
Battery backup charging of up to 33 Ah; up to 18 Ah for Remote LED annunciator support via RUI communications
cabinet mounted batteries and up to 33 Ah batteries for port for use with UTP wiring
mounting in close-nippled remote battery cabinet Dual RS-232 ports (for printer, PC annunciator or third party
General Mechanical: interface)
Red or platinum cabinet; rated NEMA 1 and IP30 TrueInsight Remote Gateway
4007ES Listings reference: Alarm relays and auxiliary relays
UL 864 - Control Units, System (UOJZ); Control Unit City connections, with or without disconnect switch
Accessories, System, Fire Alarm (UOXX); Control 4003EC Voice Control Panels
Units, Releasing Device Service (SYZV) 4009 IDNet NAC Extenders to extend NAC capability for
UL 2017 - Emergency Alarm System Control Units (CO power and distance
detection), (FSZI) Battery brackets for seismic area protection (see page 2)
ULC-S559 - Central Station Fire Alarm System Units
(DAYRC) * This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM)
pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See
ULC-S527 - Control Units, System, Fire Alarm CSFM Listing 7165-0026:0378 for allowable values and/or conditions
(UOJZC); Control Unit Accessories, System, Fire Alarm concerning material presented in this document. NYC Fire Dept COA #6191A.
Additional listings may be applicable; contact your
(UOXXC); Control Units, Releasing Device Service local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals
(SYZVC) under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection
Products.
S4007-0001-11 9/2017
Introduction Operator Interface Features (Continued)
4007ES Series Fire Detection and Control Panels Alarm and Trouble History Logs (up to 1000 entries for
provide extensive installation, operator, and service features each, 2000 total events) are available for viewing from the
with point and module capacities suitable for a wide range of display or for printing to a connected printer, or downloaded
system applications. Panels can be configured for stand-alone to a service computer
or networked fire control operation. The convenient and Module level ground fault searching assists installation and
intuitive color touchscreen provides easy access for typical service by locating and isolating modules with grounded
system response actions and for detailed system review or wiring
configuration updates with password control to limit user WALKTEST silent or audible system test performs an
access. automatic self-resetting test cycle and supports up to 8
Flexible for new and retrofit applications. Standard WALKTEST groups
conventional IDCs and addressable IDNet+ communications Install Mode allows grouping of multiple troubles for
provide flexibility for both new and retrofit systems. IDC and uninstalled modules and devices into a single trouble
NAC end-of-line resistor values are selectable to match a wide condition (typical with future phased expansion); with
range of existing initiating device circuits and notification future equipment and devices grouped into a single trouble,
appliance circuits. operators can more clearly identify events from the
commissioned and occupied areas
Operator Interface
Mechanical Description
Convenient Status Information. With the locking door
Locking door with acrylic insert
closed, the glass window allows viewing of the display status
Latching front panel assembly swings forward for
LEDs. The user interface is a 4.3” diagonal color touchscreen
LCD with separate status LEDs as shown below. convenient internal access
Smooth box surfaces are provided for locally cutting
LED indicators describe the general category of activity being
displayed with the LCD providing more detail. For the conduit entrance holes exactly where required
authorized user, unlocking the door provides access to the Modules are power-limited (except as noted, such as
control functions and allows further inquiry by scrolling the relay modules)
display for additional detail. Battery compartment (bottom) accepts two batteries, up
to 18 Ah, to be mounted within the cabinet without
Operator Interface and Software Features interfering with module space; charger capacity is up to
Convenient and detailed operator information is easily 33 Ah; for batteries greater than 18 Ah, refer to page 6
accessed using a logical, menu-driven touchscreen display for external battery cabinet details
with password access control Cabinet assembly design has been seismic tested and is
Multiple automatic and manual diagnostics for maintenance certified to IBC and CBC standards as well as to ASCE 7
reduction categories A through F, requires battery brackets as
detailed on data sheet S2081-0019
Touchscreen Display with LED Status Indicators (approximately full size)
Main Menu Screen provides easy navigation to the function System Alarm Screen identifies active alarms with custom
required. Buttons A, B, and C have programmable functions. labels displayed, arrows allow navigation through the list
System Trouble Screen identifies active troubles with Trouble Log Screen allows review of past troubles with
custom labels displayed, arrows allow navigation through time stamp and point details shown.
the list
Point Information Screen allows review of point details, User Access Login Screen controls access to panel
arrows allow navigation through the information. operations as determined per panel.
3 S4007-0001-11 9/2017
IDNet+ Addressable Device Control
Overview. The 4007ES Hybrid provides an IDNet+ TrueAlarm heat sensors can be selected for fixed
addressable initiating device Signaling Line Circuit (SLC) that temperature detection, with or without rate-of-rise detection.
supervises wiring connections and the individual device Utility temperature sensing is also available, typically to
communications status on the SLC. With 2-wire IDNet+ provide freeze warnings or alert to HVAC system problems.
SLCs, initiation, monitoring, and control devices such as Readings can selected as either Fahrenheit or Celsius.
manual fire alarm stations, TrueAlarm sensors, control relays, TrueSense Early Fire Detection. Multi-sensor
and sprinkler waterflow switches can communicate their 4098-9754 provides photoelectric and heat sensor data
identity and status and receive fire alarm system control. using a single 40070ES IDNet+ address. The panel
Additional addressable interface modules include circuit evaluates smoke activity, heat activity, and their
isolators, conventional IDC zone adapters, and interface to combination, to provide TrueSense early detection. For
other system circuits such as fans, dampers, and elevator more details on this operation, refer to data sheet
controls. S4098-0024.
IDNet+ Addressable Device Operation Diagnostics and Default Device Type
Each addressable device on the IDNet+ Sensor Status. TrueAlarm operation allows the control
communication channel is continuously interrogated for panel to automatically indicate when a sensor is almost
status condition such as: normal, off-normal, alarm, dirty, dirty, and excessively dirty. The NFPA 72
supervisory, or trouble. Both Class B and Class A operation requirement for a test of the sensitivity range of the
is available. Sophisticated poll and response sensors is fulfilled by the ability of TrueAlarm operation
communication techniques ensure supervision integrity and to maintain the sensitivity level of each sensor. CO
allow for "T-tapping" of the circuits for Class B operation. Sensors track their 10 year active life status providing
Devices with LEDs pulse the LED to indicate receipt of a indicators to assist with service planning. Indicators occur
communications poll and can be turned on steady from the at: 1 year, 6 months, and end of life.
panel. With addressable devices, the location and status of
the connected device is monitored, logged, and displayed Modular TrueAlarm sensors use the same base and
on the operator interface LCD with each device having its different sensor types (smoke or heat sensor) and can be
own 40 character custom label for precise identification. easily interchanged to meet specific location requirements.
This allows intentional sensor substitution during building
TrueAlarm Addressable Sensor Operation construction when conditions are temporarily dusty.
Instead of covering smoke sensors (causing them to be
Addressable initiating device communications disabled), heat sensors may be installed without
include operation of TrueAlarm smoke and temperature reprogramming the control panel. The control panel will
sensors. Smoke sensors transmit an output value based on indicate an incorrect sensor type, but the heat sensor will
their smoke chamber condition and the CPU maintains a operate at a default sensitivity to provide heat detection
current value, peak value, and an average value for each for building protection at that location.
sensor. Status is determined by comparing the current sensor
value to its average value. Tracking this average value as a IDNet+ Device Wiring Reference
continuously shifting reference point filters out IDNet+ Addressable Channel Capacity. The
environmental factors that cause shifts in sensitivity. 4007ES Hybrid provides an isolated output IDNet+
signaling line circuit (SLC) that supports up to 250
TrueAlarm Addressable Sensor Reference addressable monitor and control points intermixed on the
same pair of wires. (250 total requires two 4007-9803
IDNet+ Loop Expansion Modules.)
IDNet+ SLC Wiring Specifications
Maximum Distance 0 to 125 4000 ft (1219 m); 50 ohms
TrueAlarm Photo TrueAlarm Photo/Heat from Control Panel
Sensor with Base Sensor in CO Base per Device Load 126-250 2500 feet (762 m); 35 ohms
Total Wire Length Allowed With Up to 12,500 ft (3.8 km);
Programmable sensitivity of each sensor can be selected “T” Taps for Class B Wiring 0.60 µF
at the control panel for different levels of smoke obscuration Maximum Capacitance Between
(shown directly in percent) or for specific heat detection IDNet+ Channels
1 µF
levels. To evaluate whether the sensitivity should be revised, 0.8 mA supv., 1 mA alarm;
the peak value is stored in memory and can be easily read Loading per device
2 mA per activated device LED
(or downloaded as a report) and compared to the alarm Shielded or unshielded,
Wire Type and Connections
threshold directly in percent. twisted or untwisted wire*
Terminal blocks for 18 to
CO sensor bases combine an electrolytic CO sensing Connections
12 AWG
module with a TrueAlarm analog sensor to provide a single Compatibility includes: IDNet communicating devices and
multiple sensing assembly using one system address. The TrueAlarm sensors including QuickConnect and QuickConnect2
CO sensor can be enabled/disabled, and can be used in sensors; see data sheet S4090-0011 for additional reference
LED/Switch modes and custom control. (refer to data sheet * Some applications may require shielded wiring. Review your
S4098-0052 for details) system with your local Simplex product supplier.
4 S4007-0001-11 9/2017
Power Supply Output and Zone/Relay Module Details
Power Supply Output Details: Power Supply Output Details (Continued):
RUI Communications controls up to 10 remote devices NAC end-of-line (EOL) resistor values are selectable as:
at up to 2500 ft (762 m) for single run, or 10,000 ft 10 kΩ, 3.9 kΩ, 4.7 kΩ, 5.1 kΩ, 5.6 kΩ, or 15 kΩ
(3048 m) total if wiring is Class B and T-tapped; Battery Charger is dual rate, temperature compensated,
selectable as Class B or Class A and charges up to 18 Ah sealed lead-acid batteries
Compatible RUI remote equipment includes: mounted in the battery compartment, and charges up to
4606-9202 and 4606-9205 Color Touchscreen 33 Ah batteries mounted in an external cabinet
Annunciators (up to 6 total), 4100 Series 24 I/O and Battery and Charger Monitoring includes battery
LED/Switch modules, 4602 Series LED/Switch and I/O charger status and low or depleted battery conditions;
Annunciator modules, including 4602-9101 Status status information provided to the master controller
Command Units (SCU), and 4602-9102 Remote includes analog values for: battery voltage, charger
Command Units (RCU) voltage and current, actual system voltage and current,
IDNet+ SLC Output provides electrically isolated and NAC current
Class B or Class A communication; standard capacity is Low Battery Voltage Cutout is selectable when
up to 100 addressable points with expansion for up to required (required for ULC listing applications)
250 points using up to two 4007-9803 IDNet+ Loop
Expansion Modules (as described on page 4) 2 A Auxiliary Output (AUX/SNAC) can be selected either
as resettable auxiliary power of 2 A @ 24 VDC, or
6 A Output Rating. This includes current for: special selected to be a simple NAC (SNAC) for sounder base
application notification appliances; IDNet devices;
power, 4-wire detector power, or door holder power
module currents; and auxiliary output current (battery
charging, CPU, and power supply current does not Zone/Relay Module Details:
subtract from the 6 A); when NACs are controlling Select as IDC or Relay; configure up to 8, Class B
Regulated 24 DC Appliances, total NAC current IDCs, or up to 4, Class A IDCs; or up to 8, Relay outputs
available is 3 A rated 2 A resistive @ 30 VDC (N.O. or N.C.); or
Four on-board Class B/Class A NACs, rated 3 A each combinations of IDCs and Relays; each zone is
for Special Application appliances; selectable for separately configurable as an IDC or Relay output
SmartSync horn and strobe control, or strobe IDC Support. Each IDC supports up to 30, two-wire
synchronization; rated 2 A each for Regulated 24 DC devices
appliances IDC EOL resistor values are selectable as: 3.3 kΩ,
2 kΩ, 2.2 kΩ, 3.4 kΩ, 3.9 kΩ, 4.7 kΩ, 5.1 kΩ, 5.6 kΩ,
6.34/6.8 kΩ, and 3.6 kΩ + 1.1 kΩ; see instructions for
Product Selection more details
Model* Color Description Supv. Alarm
4007ES Hybrid with 4 conventional 3 A NACs and a 6 A output power supply/battery
4007-9101(BA) Red charger; includes IDNet+ communications for 100 addressable points and 1, 4007-9801
Zone/Relay module; Note: Add optional module and other currents separately for battery 145 mA 190 mA
4007-9102(BA) Platinum calculations; base panel current does not subtract from the 6 A power available for
optional modules and external loads
* Models with (BA) are available assembled in the USA by adding the suffix “BA”.
5 S4007-0001-11 9/2017
Module and Accessories Selection Information (Continued)
Field Installed Optional Modules
Model Description Supv. Alarm
4190-8001* TrueInsight remote service gateway module and programming selection
TrueInsight remote service gateway module installation kit; includes module and Required
62 mA 73 mA
4190-6106 * harness; configured for dynamic IP address operation unless ordered with Selection
4190-4016
4190-4016 * TrueInsight remote service gateway module for fixed IP Addressing; optional, select if application will use fixed IP address
Modular Network Interface Card; Class B or Class X (requires up to two media cards; ordered 30 mA (with no
4007-9810 30 mA
separately, see below) cards installed)
Select media cards as required; mounts to
4007-9813 Wired media card 55 mA 55 mA
4007-9810 modular network interface card
Left port, single-mode 4120 duplex fiber media Select media cards as required; mounts on
4007-6301 55 mA 55 mA
card 4007-9810 modular network interface card;
Right port, single-mode 4120 duplex fiber Maximum of 1 left port and 1 right port
4007-6302 duplex fiber media card per modular 55 mA 55 mA
media card
Left port, multi-mode 4120 duplex fiber media network interface. Field connections require
4007-6303 left port to right port pairing. Order fiber 55 mA 55 mA
card
media service kits for retrofit jobs where ST
connectors are already installed (refer to
Right port, multi-mode 4120 duplex fiber media data sheet S4100-0056 for full fiber media
4007-6304 55 mA 55 mA
card module specifications and retrofit
information)
* Refer to data sheet S4100-0063 for additional TrueInsight service gateway details
Batteries
Model Capacity Battery Mounting Details
2081-9272 6.2 Ah
2081-9274 10 Ah 12 V Batteries for cabinet mounting; select one battery model per system standby requirements; order quantity of
2081-9288 12.7 Ah two; to be wired in series for 24 VDC
2081-9275 18 Ah
2081-9287 25 Ah For remote mount in Battery Box 4009-9801 Batteries for remote mounting; see battery cabinet details
2081-9271 33 Ah For remote mount in Battery Box 4009-9802 below
Battery Accessories
Model Color Capacity Dimensions Description
For up to 25 Ah 16 ¼” W x 13 ½” H x 5 ¾” D
4009-9801 Beige External battery cabinet without charger, with locking solid
batteries (413 mm x 343 mm x 146 mm)
door and battery harness; for close-nippled mounting to fire
For up to 33 Ah 25 ¾” W x 20 ¾” H x 4 ⅛” D
4009-9802 Beige alarm control panel cabinet
batteries (654 mm x 527 mm x 105 mm)
Accessories
Model Description
2080-9047 DACT cable, 14 ft (4.3 m) long, RJ45 plug one end, spade lugs on the other; order one per phone line connection required
2975-9812 Red semi-flush box trim; 1 7⁄16” (37 mm) wide, four corners and trim pieces for top, bottom, and sides
2975-9813 Platinum semi-flush box trim; 1 7⁄16” (37 mm) wide, four corners and trim pieces for top, bottom, and sides
Series resistor for WSO, IDCs (N.O. water flow and tamper on same circuit, wires after water flow and before tamper) 470 Ω,
2081-9031 1 W, encapsulated, two 18 AWG leads (0.82 mm2 ), 2 ½” L x 1 ⅜” W x 1” H (64 mm x 35 mm x 25 mm). This is for non-
addressable initiating zones.
4081-9002 3.3 kΩ, 1 W end-of-line resistor for Class B non-addressable initiating zones
4081-9018 10 kΩ, 1 W end-of-line resistor harness for non-addressable NACs
General Specifications
120 VAC Input 2 A maximum @ 102 to 132 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Input Power
240 VAC Input 1 A maximum @ 204 to 264 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Power Supply Including module currents and auxiliary power outputs; Output switches to
Output Rating 6 A total battery backup
4007ES Hybrid Power
3 A each for Special Application Appliances during mains AC
Supply Output Ratings NAC Ratings
2 A each for Regulated 24 DC Appliances failure or brownout
Auxiliary Power Tap 2 A maximum, 24 VDC nominal (19.5 to 31.1 VDC) conditions
Special Application Non-Addressable Simplex horns, strobes, and combination horn/strobes and speaker/strobes
Appliances (contact your Simplex product representative for compatible appliances)
Power for other UL listed appliances; use associated external synchronization
Regulated 24 DC Non-Addressable Appliances
modules where required
UL and ULC listed for battery charging of 6.2 Ah up to 33 Ah (batteries larger
Battery Charger Battery capacity range
than 18 Ah require a remote battery cabinet)
Ratings
Temperature compensated, dual rate, recharges depleted batteries within 48
(sealed lead-acid Charger characteristics
hours per UL Standard 864; to 70% capacity in 12 hours per ULC Standard
batteries) and performance
S527
6 S4007-0001-11 9/2017
General Specifications (Continued)
Supported file types: JPG, BMP, GIF, and PNG
Custom Background Display Details Recommended image type is JPG, recommended image size is 480 x 240, and
the file size limit is 100 kb
Operating Temperature 32° to 120°F (0° to 49° C)
Environmental
Operating Humidity Up to 93% RH, non-condensing @ 90° F (32° C) maximum
Module Locations:
A. CPU and User Interface assembly.
B. Location for optional 4007-9805 LED Module.
C. Power Supply Assembly.
D. 4007-9806 SDACT location. Note: The SDACT includes a 650-1838 flat mounting bracket (available separately). Some pre-existing
systems with an angled SDACT bracket will need to be replaced with the flat mounting bracket when a Network Interface Card is installed.
E. Location for 4007-9801 Zone/Relay Module, 4007-9812 Dual RS-232 Interface, or (as shown) 4007-9802 25 V Regulator Module
F. Primary location for 4007-9801 Zone/Relay Module, or 4190-6106 TrueInsight Remote Service Gateway.
G. Location for additional 4007-9801 Zone/Relay Module.
H. Identical to Block G above.
I. 4007-9807 or 4007-9808 City Circuit Module, or 4007-9809 Relay Module.
J. 4007-9803 IDNet+ Loop Expansion Modules, maximum of two (two are shown).
K. Identical to block J above.
L. Block L is an additional block that sits on spacers above Block G and H. The 4007-9810 NIC can be mounted in block L with or without
modules mounted below it in blocks G and H. When fiber media cards are used and an SDACT is present, the SDACT requires a 650-
1838 flat mounting bracket (ordered separately).
M. Battery location for up to 18 Ah batteries. Note: No conduit entry or wiring in this area, 14-7/8” (378 mm) wide.
Note: A system ground must be provided for Earth Detection and transient protection devices. This connection shall be made to an
approved, dedicated Earth connection per NFPA 70, Article 250, and NFPA 780.
7 S4007-0001-11 9/2017
4007ES Hybrid Additional Reference
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code
are trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Features
Flexible standard combination of addressable
initiation and addressable notification
4.3” (109 mm) Diagonal color touchscreen display:
Convenient and intuitive user interface provides detailed
system status and individual point information
Supports dual language selection, including unicode
character languages
A custom background display appears when operation is
normal (see page 7 for details)
Includes a 3 A IDNAC SLC (signaling line circuit)
output power supply that provides enhanced power
delivery to addressable notification appliances:
A constant 29 VDC source voltage is maintained during 4007ES Panel Front View
alarm, even during battery operation, allowing strobes to Optional modules and connections include:
operate at higher voltage with lower current and ensuring a Fire Alarm Network Interface for Peer-to-Peer fire alarm
consistent current draw and voltage drop margin under both network communications, supports either Class B or Class
primary power and secondary battery standby X operation
Efficiencies include lower strobe currents, wiring distances Point or Event DACT assembly that is compatible with IP
up to 2 to 3 times farther than with conventional Communicators
notification, support for more appliances per IDNAC SLC, Up to two additional IDNet+ addressable device output
and smaller gauge wiring. This provides installation and loop connections with 75 additional point capacity each
maintenance savings. with high assurance that appliances Front mounted 48 LED annunciator with custom label
will operate as normal during worst case alarm conditions inserts.
IDNAC SLCs are compatible with both TrueAlert ES and Dual Class A IDNAC Isolator (DCAI)
TrueAlert addressable notification appliances, and remote Remote LED annunciator support via RUI (remote unit
4009 IDNAC Repeaters to extend power and wiring distance interface) communications port for use with unshielded,
even farther and provide for up to 127 addressable twisted pair wiring (UTP)
notification appliances Eight Point Zone/Relay Modules individually selectable
Power supply provides battery backup charging of up to as IDC or relay rated 2 A @ 30 VDC (resistive)
33 Ah; up to 18 Ah for cabinet mounted batteries and up Alarm relays and auxiliary relays
to 33 Ah batteries for mounting in close-nippled remote Dual RS-232 ports (for printer, PC annunciator or third
battery cabinet party interface)
Electrically isolated IDNet+ addressable initiating TrueInsight Remote Gateway
device SLC: City connections, with or without disconnect switch
Provides built-in short circuit isolation for monitoring 4003EC Voice Control Panels
and control of TrueAlarm analog sensors and IDNet 4009 Series IDNAC Repeaters
communications monitoring and control devices; for use Battery brackets for seismic area protection (see page 2)
with either shielded or unshielded, twisted or untwisted General Mechanical:
single pair wiring; outputs are Class A or Class B Compact red or platinum cabinet for convenient surface or
Standard panel SLC provides up to 100 addressable semi-flush mounting; rated NEMA 1 and IP30
points; optional additional loop expansion modules 4007ES Listings reference:
provide an additional isolated loop with short circuit UL 864 - Control Units, System (UOJZ); Control Unit
isolation for the IDNet+ channel; each loop expansion Accessories, System, Fire Alarm (UOXX); ; Control
module also provides an additional 75 addressable points Units, Releasing Device Service (SYZV)
to the IDNet+ channel capacity for a total of up to 250
UL 2017 - Emergency Alarm System Control Units (CO
addressable points
detection), (FSZI)
Software Feature Summary:
ULC-S559 - Central Station Fire Alarm System Units
Current and previous panel configuration are both (DAYRC)
maintained in on-board memory to allow easy selection of ULC-S527 - Control Units, System, Fire Alarm (UOJZC);
desired revision Control Unit Accessories, System, Fire Alarm (UOXXC);
An internal Ethernet service port is available for service Control Units, Releasing Device Service (SYZVC)
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal
computer connections to perform configuration updates, (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code.
downloads and uploads; report downloads, and system See CSFM Listing 7165-0026:0378 for allowable values and/or conditions
software updates concerning material presented in this document. NYC Fire Dept COA #6191A.
Internal USB interface allows a memory stick/thumb drive Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product
supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time
to store job revisions, update revised jobs and panel Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
software, and save detailed system reports from the panel
S4007-0002-11 9/2017
Introduction Operator Interface Features (Continued)
4007ES Series Fire Detection and Control Panels Alarm and Trouble History Logs (up to 1000 entries for
provide extensive installation, operator, and service features each, 2000 total events) are available for viewing from
with point and module capacities suitable for a wide range of the display or for printing to a connected printer, or
system applications. Panels can be configured for stand- downloaded to a service computer
alone or networked fire control operation. The convenient Module level ground fault searching assists installation
and intuitive color touchscreen provides easy access for and service by locating and isolating modules with
typical system response actions and for detailed system grounded wiring
review or configuration updates with password control to WALKTEST silent or audible system test performs an
limit user access. automatic self-resetting test cycle and supports up to 8
IDNet+ addressable initiation communications and IDNAC WALKTEST groups
addressable notification communications are standard Install Mode allows grouping of multiple troubles for
features. (Refer to data sheet S4007-0001 for 4007ES panels uninstalled modules and devices into a single trouble
providing conventional notification.) condition (typical with future phased expansion); with
future equipment and devices grouped into a single
Operator Interface trouble, operators can more clearly identify events
from the commissioned and occupied areas
Convenient Status Information. With the locking door
closed, the glass window allows viewing of the display Mechanical Description
status LEDs. The user interface is a 4.3” diagonal color
Locking door with polycarbonate window
touchscreen LCD with separate status LEDs as shown
below. Latching front panel assembly swings forward for
convenient internal access
LED indicators describe the general category of activity Smooth box surfaces are provided for locally cutting
being displayed with the LCD providing more detail. For theconduit entrance holes exactly where required
Modules are power-limited (except as noted, such as
authorized user, unlocking the door provides access to the
control functions and allows further inquiry by scrolling the
relay modules)
display for additional detail. Battery compartment (bottom) accepts two batteries,
up to 18 Ah, to be mounted within the cabinet without
Operator Interface and Software Features interfering with module space; charger capacity is up
Convenient and detailed operator information is easily to 33 Ah; for batteries greater than 18 Ah, refer to
accessed using a logical, menu-driven touchscreen page 7 for external battery cabinet details
display with password access control Cabinet assembly design has been seismic tested and
Multiple automatic and manual diagnostics for is certified to IBC and CBC standards as well as to
maintenance reduction ASCE 7 categories A through F, requires battery
brackets as detailed on data sheet S2081-0019
Touchscreen Display with LED Status Indicators (approximately full size)
2 S4007-0002-11 9/2017
Operator Screen Reference
Main Menu Screen provides easy navigation to the function System Alarm Screen identifies active alarms with custom
required. Buttons A, B, and C have programmable functions. labels displayed, arrows allow navigation through the list
System Trouble Screen identifies active troubles with Trouble Log Screen allows review of past troubles with
custom labels displayed, arrows allow navigation through time stamp and point details shown.
the list
Point Information Screen allows review of point details, User Access Login Screen controls access to panel
arrows allow navigation through the information. operations as determined per panel.
3 S4007-0002-11 9/2017
IDNet+ Addressable Device Control
Overview. The 4007ES provides an IDNet+ addressable TrueAlarm heat sensors can be selected for fixed
initiating device Signaling Line Circuit (SLC) that supervises temperature detection, with or without rate-of-rise detection.
wiring connections and the individual device communications Utility temperature sensing is also available, typically to
status on the SLC. With 2-wire IDNet+ SLCs, initiation, provide freeze warnings or alert to HVAC system problems.
monitoring, and control devices such as manual fire alarm Readings can selected as either Fahrenheit or Celsius.
stations, TrueAlarm sensors, control relays, and sprinkler
TrueSense Early Fire Detection. Multi-sensor
waterflow switches can communicate their identity and status
and receive fire alarm system control. Additional addressable 4098-9754 provides photoelectric and heat sensor data
interface modules include circuit isolators, conventional IDC using a single 40070ES IDNet+ address. The panel
zone adapters, and interface to other system circuits such as evaluates smoke activity, heat activity, and their
fans, dampers, and elevator controls. combination, to provide TrueSense early detection. For
more details on this operation, refer to data sheet
IDNet+ Addressable Device Operation S4098-0024.
Each addressable device on the IDNet+ Diagnostics and Default Device Type
communication channel is continuously interrogated for
status condition such as: normal, off-normal, alarm, Sensor Status. TrueAlarm operation allows the control
supervisory, or trouble. Both Class B and Class A operation panel to automatically indicate when a sensor is almost
is available. Sophisticated poll and response dirty, dirty, and excessively dirty. The NFPA 72
communication techniques ensure supervision integrity and requirement for a test of the sensitivity range of the
allow for "T-tapping" of the circuits for Class B operation. sensors is fulfilled by the ability of TrueAlarm operation
Devices with LEDs pulse the LED to indicate receipt of a to maintain the sensitivity level of each sensor. CO
communications poll and can be turned on steady from the Sensors track their 10 year active life status providing
panel. With addressable devices, the location and status of indicators to assist with service planning. Indicators occur
the connected device is monitored, logged, and displayed at: 1 year, 6 months, and end of life.
on the operator interface LCD with each device having its Modular TrueAlarm sensors use the same base and
own 40 character custom label for precise identification. different sensor types (smoke or heat sensor) and can be
easily interchanged to meet specific location requirements.
TrueAlarm Addressable Sensor Operation This allows intentional sensor substitution during building
Addressable initiating device communications construction when conditions are temporarily dusty.
include operation of TrueAlarm smoke and temperature Instead of covering smoke sensors (causing them to be
sensors. Smoke sensors transmit an output value based on disabled), heat sensors may be installed without
their smoke chamber condition and the CPU maintains a reprogramming the control panel. The control panel will
current value, peak value, and an average value for each indicate an incorrect sensor type, but the heat sensor will
sensor. Status is determined by comparing the current sensor operate at a default sensitivity to provide heat detection
for building protection at that location.
value to its average value. Tracking this average value as a
continuously shifting reference point filters out IDNet+ Device Wiring Reference
environmental factors that cause shifts in sensitivity.
IDNet+ Addressable Channel Capacity. The
TrueAlarm Addressable Sensor Reference 4007ES provides an isolated output IDNet+ signaling
line circuit (SLC) that supports up to 250 addressable
monitor and control points intermixed on the same pair of
wires. (250 total requires two 4007-9803 IDNet+ Loop
Expansion Modules.)
TrueAlarm Photo TrueAlarm Photo/Heat IDNet+ SLC Wiring Specifications
Sensor with Base Sensor in CO Base Maximum Distance 0 to 125 4000 ft (1219 m); 50 ohms
from Control Panel
Programmable sensitivity of each sensor can be selected per Device Load 126-250 2500 feet (762 m); 35 ohms
at the control panel for different levels of smoke obscuration Total Wire Length Allowed With Up to 12,500 ft (3.8 km);
(shown directly in percent) or for specific heat detection “T” Taps for Class B Wiring 0.60 µF
levels. To evaluate whether the sensitivity should be revised, Maximum Capacitance
the peak value is stored in memory and can be easily read 1 µF
Between IDNet+ Channels
(or downloaded as a report) and compared to the alarm 0.8 mA supv., 1 mA alarm;
Loading per device
threshold directly in percent. 2 mA per activated device LED
Shielded or unshielded,
CO sensor bases combine an electrolytic CO sensing Wire Type and Connections
twisted or untwisted wire*
module with a TrueAlarm analog sensor to provide a single Terminal blocks for 18 to
multiple sensing assembly using one system address. The Connections
12 AWG
CO sensor can be enabled/disabled, and can be used in Compatibility includes: IDNet communicating devices and
LED/Switch modes and custom control. (refer to data sheet TrueAlarm sensors including QuickConnect and QuickConnect2
S4098-0052 for details) sensors; see data sheet S4090-0011 for additional reference
* Some applications may require shielded wiring. Review your
system with your local Simplex product supplier.
4 S4007-0002-11 9/2017
IDNAC SLC Control of TrueAlert and TrueAlert ES Addressable Notification
Addressable notification appliance communications problem. Using the TrueAlert magnet test allows each appliance
include operation of TrueAlert and TrueAlert ES Visible only to individually identify its candela setting and address and to
(V/O, strobe), Audible only (A/O, horn), Audible/Visible (A/V, briefly operate if desired, and using the TrueAlert ES
horn/strobe), and strobes of Speaker/Visible (S/V) notification Appliance Self-Test feature provides detailed performance
appliances. (S/V appliances require separate speaker wiring.) verification per appliance.
IDNAC SLC addressable communications allow each horn and TrueAlert ES Appliance Self-Test Operation
strobe to be individually controlled using a single two-wire
circuit, confirms the wiring connections to the individual On-Board Test Sensors. TrueAlert ES appliances are
notification appliance’s electronic circuit, and confirms equipped with on-board sensors to detect strobe and/or horn
communications between each appliance and the fire alarm output allowing efficient and unobtrusive Self-Testing. When
control panel. Addressable communications increases Automatic Self-Test is initiated from the control panel, each
supervision integrity versus conventional notification systems appliance within the selected VNAC group will briefly operate
by providing supervision beyond the circuit wiring to each and then report its Self-Test status to the control panel, all
individual appliance and by constantly verifying the ability of within several seconds. Silent Self-Test can be selected to test
each appliance to communicate with the control panel. only visible appliance if desired. The control panel is in a
trouble condition during testing and in the event of an alarm,
Individual Appliance Status and Settings. The fire alarm Self-Test is automatically terminated.
control panel monitors and records each addressable notification
appliance status, type of appliance, and its configured appliance Automatic Self-Test results are communicated to the
control panel with a time and date stamp and are stored in
settings. A fault in any individual appliance automatically
memory. Results are viewable at the front panel display and
reports a trouble condition to the control panel.
printed reports are available from the panel USB port. (See
TrueAlert ES Addressable Appliance Reference sample reports on page 10.)
Individual Self-Test is selected from the control panel when
individual appliances need to be observed to operate. Each
appliance in the selected VNAC group will turn on its LED
until individually activated by applying a magnet. After
performing the individual test, the appliance LED turns off to
indicate completion. Results are recorded the same as during the
A/O (horn) V/O (strobe) A/V (horn/strobe) automatic test.
Virtual NACs Provide Control Convenience. For control IDNAC SLC Hardware Reference
convenience, IDNAC notification appliances can be grouped
into Virtual NACS (VNACs) for group control. The 4007ES provides a 3 A IDNAC SLC for control and
power to TrueAlert ES and TrueAlert addressable notification
Panel Control Convenience. Applicable operation settings appliances. The power supply incorporates an efficient
for each appliance can be programmed without having to switching design that provides a regulated output of 29 VDC,
replace appliances or remove them from the wall or ceiling. An even during battery operation. With 29 VDC minimum output
appliance’s VNAC notification zone can be easily changed at the panel, addressable notification SLCs can support wiring
through programming without having to add additional circuits, distances 2 to 3 times farther than available with conventional
conduit, and wiring. Audible and visible appliances for non-Fire notification, or support more appliances per SLC, or work with
Emergency Communications notification can be programmed to smaller gauge wiring, or combinations of these benefits. The
operate separately on the same pair of wires as the fire alarm result is installation and maintenance savings with high
notification appliances. The result is lower installation, retrofit, assurance that appliances that operate during normal system
and overall life-cycle cost of ownership compared with testing will operate during worst case alarm conditions.
traditional conventional notification systems.
IDNAC SLC Appliance Wiring Reference
Installation, Retrofit, and Life-Cycle Cost Benefits.
With each addressable appliance capable of being controlled Recommended wire type UTP, unshielded twisted pair
separately on the same two-wire IDNAC SLC, installation time
Up to 127 addresses and up to
and expense for both retrofit and new construction can be 139 unit loads
significantly reduced. When Class B wiring is used, wiring can (appliances are typically one unit
be “T-tapped” allowing more savings in distance, wire, conduit IDNAC SLC Capacity load, devices such as Isolators
(size and utilization), and overall installation efficiency. may require more than one load,
refer to individual device data
Location Information, Diagnostics and sheet for specific information)
Troubleshooting. Each addressable notification appliance Maximum wire length allowed
has its own 40 character custom label to identify the location of with “T-Taps” for Class B 10,000 ft (3048 m)
the appliance and to aid in troubleshooting fault conditions. In wiring, per SLC
conventional notification systems, conventional appliances are Maximum wire length per
4000 ft (1219 m)
SLC to any appliance
not capable of communicating with the control panel. Fault
Appliance Supervisory
reporting on a conventional system is limited to the circuit 1 unit load = 0.8 mA per appliance
Current
wiring and the entire area (zone) covered by appliances on the
notification appliance circuit (NAC) making it much more Wiring connections Terminal blocks for 18 to 12 AWG
difficult and costly to locate and correct the source of a
5 S4007-0002-11 9/2017
Power Supply Output and Zone/Relay Module Details
Power Supply Output Details: Power Supply Output Details (Continued):
RUI Communications controls up to 10 remote devices Battery and Charger Monitoring includes battery
at up to 2500 ft (762 m) for single run, or 10,000 ft charger status and low or depleted battery conditions;
(3048 m) total if wiring is Class B and T-tapped; output status information provided to the master controller
is selectable as Class B or Class A includes analog values for: battery voltage, charger
Compatible RUI remote equipment includes: voltage and current, actual system voltage and current,
4606-9202 and 4606-9205 Color Touchscreen and IDNAC SLC current
Annunciators (up to 6 total), 4100 Series 24 I/O and Low Battery Voltage Cutout is selectable when
LED/Switch modules, 4602 Series LED/Switch and I/O required (required for ULC listing applications)
Annunciator modules, including 4602-9101 Status 4 A Output Rating. This includes current for: IDNAC
Command Units (SCU), and 4602-9102 Remote controlled notification appliances; IDNet devices;
Command Units (RCU) module currents; and auxiliary output current (battery
IDNet+ SLC Output provides electrically isolated charging, CPU, and power supply current are not
Class B or Class A communication; standard capacity is subtracted from the 4 A)
up to 100 addressable points with expansion for up to 2 A Auxiliary Output (AUX/SNAC) can be selected
250 points using up to two 4007-9803 IDNet+ Loop either as resettable auxiliary power of 2 A @ 24 VDC,
Expansion Modules (as described on page 4) or selected to be a simple NAC (SNAC) for sounder
Battery Charger is dual rate, temperature base power, 4-wire detector power, or door holder
compensated, and charges up to 18 Ah sealed lead- power
acid batteries in the battery compartment, and charges
up to 33 Ah batteries in an external cabinet
Product Selection
Model* Color Description Supv. Alarm
4007ES with a 3 A, Class B, IDNAC SLC for up to 127 addressable notification
4007-9201(BA) Red
appliances, and 4 A output power supply/battery charger; includes IDNet+
communications for 100 addressable points
180 mA 185 mA
Note: Add optional module and other currents separately for battery calculations; base
4007-9202(BA) Platinum panel current does not subtract from the 4 A power available for optional modules and
external loads
* Models with (BA) are available assembled in the USA by adding the suffix “BA”.
6 S4007-0002-11 9/2017
Module and Accessories Selection Information (Continued)
7 S4007-0002-11 9/2017
General Specifications
Module Locations:
A. CPU and User Interface assembly.
B. Location for optional 4007-9805 LED Module.
C. Power Supply Assembly.
D. 4007-9806 SDACT location. Note: The SDACT includes a 650-1838 flat mounting bracket (available separately). Some
pre-existing systems with an angled SDACT bracket will need to be replaced with the flat mounting bracket when a
Network Interface Card is installed.
E. Location for 4007-9801 Zone/Relay Module, 4007-9812 Dual RS-232 Interface, or (as shown) 4007-9802 25 V Regulator
Module
F. Primary location for 4007-9801 Zone/Relay Module, or 4190-6106 TrueInsight Remote Service Gateway.
G. Location for additional 4007-9801 Zone/Relay Module.
H. Identical to Block G above.
I. 4007-9807 or 4007-9808 City Circuit Module, or 4007-9809 Relay Module.
J. 4007-9803 IDNet+ Loop Expansion Modules, maximum of two (two are shown).
K. Identical to block J above.
L. Block L is an additional block that sits on spacers above Block G and H. The 4007-9810 NIC can be mounted in block L
with or without modules mounted below it in blocks G and H. When fiber media cards are used and an SDACT is present,
the SDACT requires a 650-1838 flat mounting bracket (ordered separately).
M. Battery location for up to 18 Ah batteries. Note: No conduit entry or wiring in this area, 14-7/8” (378 mm) wide.
Note: A system ground must be provided for Earth Detection and transient protection devices. This connection shall be
made to an approved, dedicated Earth connection per NFPA 70, Article 250, and NFPA 780.
8 S4007-0002-11 9/2017
4007ES Additional Reference
9 S4007-0002-11 9/2017
TrueAlert ES Appliance Self-Test Last Test Results Report Example
Service Port Page 1
REPORT 10 TrueAlertES Self-Test Report 12:34:56pm MON 01-JUN-15
Point ID Custom Label Date Visual Audible
T1-1-1 VO FIRST FLOOR (up to 40 characters) 01-JUN-15 NO OUT N/A
T1-2-5 AV FIRST FLOOR EAST WING 01-JUN-15 NO OUT NORMAL
T7-3-55 AO SECOND FLOOR EAST WING 01-JUN-15 N/A NO OUT
T8-2-45 AV SECOND FLOOR ROOM 29 01-JUN-15 NOT TST N/A
T8-2-60 AV SECOND FLOOR ROOM 22 01-JUN-15 NORMAL NORMAL
T1-2-4 AO FIRST FLOOR ROOM 17 01-JUN-15 N/A UNSUPP
TRUEALERT_ES SELF-TEST REPORT COMPLETED
Press RETURN for next Screen OR CTRL-X to abort
Results Description:
NORMAL = works correctly
NO OUT = No Output, no light or sound was detected
NOT TST = no result; either the appliance did not return a result before the test ended or the test was conducted as silent (strobes
only) and audible appliance was not activated
N/A = not applicable (no strobe on audible only, etc.)
UNSUPP = appliance not compatible with Self-Test (TrueAlert addressable appliance not TrueAlert ES addressable appliance)
Note: Additional TrueAlert ES Self-Test information is detailed in Operating Instructions 579-1165 shipped with the panel.
11 S4007-0002-11 9/2017
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code
are trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Features
Compatible with Simplex ES Net and 4120 fire
alarm networks
Basic system details:
Capacity for up to 998 addressable IDNet points, up to
127 VESDA Air Aspiration points, up to 2000 points of
Annunciation and up to 20 internal and external card
addresses 1-Bay Cabinet
Color-coded operator interface with membrane keypad
includes 2 x 40 Super-twist LCD display, 3 programmable
control keys and 6 programmable LEDs
CPU assembly includes dedicated compact flash memory
for on-site system information storage and convenient
Ethernet service port access
8 A power supply with up to 2 A of Auxiliary power and
battery charger capacity for up to 110 Ah batteries (UL)
or up to 50 Ah batteries (ULC) (33 Ah max in single bay
2-Bay Cabinet
control cabinet, 50 Ah max with 4100-0650 battery shelf 1-Bay Cabinet with
in two bay control cabinet) LED Annunciation
4 on-board Class A or B, 3 A NACs and one
programmable auxiliary relay output rated for 4010ES Control Unit Type Reference
2 A @ 32 VDC Optional Modules (Continued)
IDNet addressable device communications that support 8-point zone/relay module, each point is selectable as
TrueAlarm analog sensors and IDNet communications an IDC input or relay output. Class A IDCs require 2
monitoring and control devices with an electrically points (one out and one return). Relays rated for 2 A
isolated output channel allowing use with either shielded @ 30 VDC (resistive). Configurable as normally open
or unshielded, twisted or untwisted single pair wiring; or closed.
and providing dual short circuit isolating output loops 4010ES Agency Listing:
Remote annunciator module support via RUI UL 864 - Control Units, System (UOJZ); Control Unit
communications port, Class B or Class A operation Accessories, System, Fire Alarm (UOXX); Control
48 LED panel mount annunciation provides 40 pluggable Units, Releasing Device Service (SYZV); Smoke
LEDs (select models), optional LED kits are available Control System Equipment (UUKL)
Available with InfoAlarm Command Center expanded UL 1076 - Proprietary Alarm Units (APOU)
content user interface (two bay cabinet required) UL 1730 - Smoke Detector Monitors and Accessories
Optional Main System Supply and door mounted (UULH)
modules, and other options include:
City Connect (with or without disconnect switches) UL 2017 - Emergency Alarm System Control Units,
Alarm Relay Module CO detection (FSZI); Process Equipment Management
Battery brackets for seismic area protection (see page 2) (QVAX)
Optional block space modules include: ULC-S527 - Control Units, System, Fire Alarm
Fire Alarm Network Interface Card for ES Net or 4120 (UOJZC); Control Unit Accessories, System, Fire
network Alarm (UOXXC); Control Units, Releasing Device
Peer-to-Peer network communications, supports either Service (SYZVC); Smoke Control System Equipment
Class B or Class X operation (UUKLC)
Ethernet connectivity options include ES Net Network ULC-S559 - Central Station Fire Alarm System Units
Interface Card, Building Network Interface Card (DAYRC)
(BNIC), SafeLINC Internet Interface, and BACpac ULC/ORD-C1076 - Proprietary Burglar Alarm
Ethernet Portal System Units (APOUC)
Dual RS-232 Module (for printer, PC annunciator or ULC/ORD-C100 - Smoke Control System Equipment,
third party interface) UUKLC
VESDA Air Aspiration High Level Interface
* See pages 5 and 6 for additional listing information. This product has been approved by
Serial DACT the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California
8 Zone IDC Modules Class A or B Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7165-0026:0369 for allowable values and/or
4 Point Auxiliary Relay Module conditions concerning material presented in this document. It is subject to re-examination,
revision, and possible cancellation. NYC Fire Dept COA #6095. At the time of publication
Modem or TCP/IP Physical Bridge Network Modules, only UL and ULC listings are applicable to ES Net network products. Additional listings may
Class B or Class X be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and
Additional IDNet addressable channels approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection
Products.
S4010-0004-15 3/2018
Introduction Control unit hardware
4010ES Series Fire Detection and Control Units The Master Controller and Main System Supply are
provide leading edge installation, operator, and service mounted in the upper section of the 4010ES cabinet (refer
features for customer applications in the mid-range to one and two bay loading reference diagrams on page 9)
addressable fire alarm systems market. An on-board 4010ES Block Space Option Cards mount to the left
Ethernet port provides fast external system of the 4010ES Main System Supply. In 2-bay cabinets,
communications to expedite installation and service block space option cards also mount below the 4010ES
activity. Dedicated compact flash memory archiving ESS.
provides secure on-site system information storage of
electronic job configuration files. Other 4010ES Options: The 4010ES City Connect
module or the optional Alarm Relay module mount directly
Modular design. A variety of functional modules are to the Main System Supply. These options are mutually
available to meet specific system requirements. Selections exclusive.
allow control units to be configured for either Stand-Alone
or Networked fire control operation. InfoAlarm Command The TrueInsight Remote Gateway mounts on the backside
Center options provide convenient expanded display of the 4010ES User Interface Panel
content (detailed on data sheet S4010-0009). The Battery Compartment located in the bottom of the
Compatible with Simplex® remotely located: 4010ES cabinet accepts two batteries without interfering
4098-9757 QuickConnect2 and legacy 4098-9710 with expansion module space.
QuickConnect TrueAlarm smoke sensors Software feature summary
4003EC Small Voice Control Units
4009 IDNet NAC Extenders (4009A) TrueAlarm individual analog sensing with front panel
4081 Series, 110 Ah Battery Chargers information and selection access
4100-7400 Series Graphic Annunciators Dirty TrueAlarm sensor maintenance alerts, service and
4190 Series PC Annunciator status reports including “almost dirty”
4190 Series Fiber Modems and Physical Bridges TrueAlarm magnet test indication appears as distinct test
4606-9102 Remote LCD Annunciator and 4100-9400 abnormal message on display when in test mode
Series Remote InfoAlarm Command Centers, and 4602 TrueAlarm sensor peak value performance report
Series Status Command Units (SCU) and Remote Install Mode allows grouping of multiple troubles for
Command Units (RCU) Annunciators uninstalled modules and devices into a single trouble
IP communicator compatibility condition (typical with future phased expansion); with
Mechanical description future equipment and devices grouped into a single
trouble, operators can more clearly identify events from
Mounting box provides convenient stud markers for the commissioned and occupied areas
drywall thickness and nail-hole knockouts for quicker
Module level ground fault searching assists installation
mounting
and service by locating and isolating modules with
Smooth box surfaces are provided for locally cutting grounded wiring
conduit entrance holes exactly where required Recurring Trouble Filtering allows the control unit to
The hinged User Interface panel easily opens for recognize, process, and log recurring intermittent troubles
internal access (such as external wiring ground faults), but only sends a
NACs are mounted directly on power supply single outbound system trouble to avoid nuisance
assemblies providing minimized wiring loss, compact communications
size, and readily accessible terminations WALKTEST silent or audible system test performs an
Modules are power-limited (except as noted, such as automatic self-resetting test cycle
relay modules)
Doors include tempered glass inserts, boxes and doors
are available in platinum or red
Box and door/retainer assemblies are included with
basic control unit assemblies
Cabinet assembly is rated NEMA 1 and IP 30
Cabinet assembly design has been seismic tested and is
certified to IBC and CBC standards as well as to
ASCE 7 categories A through F, requires battery
brackets as detailed on data sheet S2081-0019
2 S4010-0004-15 3/2018
Operator interface features
Convenient and extensive operator information is provided Convenient Status Information. With the locking
using a logical, menu-driven display: door closed, the glass window allows viewing of the
Multiple automatic and manual diagnostics for display, status LEDs, and available operator switches.
maintenance reduction Features include a two-line by 40-character, wide viewing
Convenient PC programmer label editing angle (super-twist) LCD with status LEDs and switches as
Password access control shown in the illustration below.
Alarm and Trouble History Logs (up to 2000 total LED indicators describe the general category of activity
events) are available for viewing on the LCD screen, being displayed with the LCD providing more detail. For
printing on a connected printer, or downloading to a the authorized user, unlocking the door provides access to
service computer the control switches and allows further inquiry by scrolling
the display for additional detail. The following illustration
identifies the primary functions of the operator interface.
3 S4010-0004-15 3/2018
Compatible Peripheral Devices TrueAlarm System Operation
The 4010ES is compatible with an extensive list of remote Addressable device communications include operation of
peripheral devices including printers, PC Annunciators and TrueAlarm smoke and temperature sensors. Smoke sensors
both conventional and addressable devices including transmit an output value based on their smoke chamber
TrueAlarm analog sensors. condition and the CPU maintains a current value, peak
value, and an average value for each sensor.
Addressable Device Control
Status is determined by comparing the current sensor value
Overview. The 4010ES provides standard addressable to its average value. Tracking this average value as a
device communications for IDNet compatible devices. continuously shifting reference point filters out
Using a two wire communications circuit, individual environmental factors that cause shifts in sensitivity.
devices such as manual fire alarm stations, TrueAlarm
Programmable sensitivity of each sensor can be
sensors, conventional IDC zones, and sprinkler waterflow
selected at the control unit for different levels of smoke
switches can be interfaced to the addressable controller to
obscuration (shown directly in percent) or for specific heat
communicate their identity and status.
detection levels. To evaluate whether the sensitivity should
Addressability allows the location and condition of the be revised, the peak value is stored in memory and can be
connected device to be displayed on the operator interface easily read and compared to the alarm threshold directly in
LCD and on remote system annunciators. Additionally, percent.
control circuits (fans, dampers, etc.) may be individually CO sensor bases combine an electrolytic CO sensing
controlled and monitored with addressable devices. module with a TrueAlarm analog sensor to provide a single
Addressable Operation. Each addressable device on multiple sensing assembly using one system address. The
the communication channel is continuously interrogated for CO sensor can be enabled/disabled, used in LED/Switch
status condition such as: normal, off-normal, alarm, modes and custom control, and can be made public for
supervisory, or trouble. Both Class B and Class A pathway communication across a fire alarm Network. (refer to data
operation are available. Sophisticated poll and response sheet S4098-0052 for details)
communication techniques ensure supervision integrity and TrueAlarm heat sensors can be selected for fixed
allow for "T-tapping" of the circuit for Class B operation. temperature detection, with or without rate-of-rise
Devices with LEDs pulse the LED to indicate receipt of a detection. Utility temperature sensing is also available,
communications poll and can be turned on steady from the typically to provide freeze warnings or alert to HVAC
control unit. system problems. Readings can be selected as either
Fahrenheit or Celsius.
IDNet Addressable Channel Capacity. The Main
System Supply provides an electrically isolated IDNet+ TrueSense Early Fire Detection. Multi-sensor
signaling line circuit (SLC) that supports up to 248 4098-9754 provides photoelectric and heat sensor data
addressable monitor and control devices intermixed on the using a single 4010ES IDNet address. The control unit
same pair of wires. Additional 250 address IDNet 2+2 evaluates smoke activity, heat activity, and their
Modules with four short circuit isolating output loops are combination, to provide TrueSense early detection. For
available. IDNet+ and IDNet 2+2 Module SLCs are more details on this operation, refer to data sheet S4098-
isolated from other system reference voltages to reduce 0024.
common mode noise interaction with adjacent system Diagnostics and Default Device Type
wiring.
Sensor Status. TrueAlarm operation allows the control
IDNet+ and IDNet 2+2 SLC Wiring Specifications unit to automatically indicate when a sensor is almost dirty,
Maximum Distance 0 to 125 4000 ft (1219 m); 50 ohms dirty, and excessively dirty. The NFPA 72 requirement for
from Control Unit
126-250 2500 feet (762 m); 35 ohms
a test of the sensitivity range of the sensors is fulfilled by
per Device Load
the ability of TrueAlarm operation to maintain the
Total Wire Length Allowed With Up to 12,500 ft (3.8 km); sensitivity level of each sensor. CO Sensors track their 10
“T” Taps for Class B Wiring 0.60 µF
year active life status providing indicators to assist with
Maximum Capacitance
Between IDNet 2 Channels
1 µF service planning. Indicators occur at: 1 year, 6 months, and
Shielded or unshielded, when end of life is reached.
Wire Type and Connections
twisted or untwisted wire* Modular TrueAlarm sensors use the same base and
Connections
Terminals for 18 to 12 AWG different sensor types (smoke or heat sensor) and can be
(0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2) easily interchanged to meet specific location requirements.
Installation Instructions 579-989 This allows intentional sensor substitution during building
Compatibility includes: IDNet communicating devices and construction when conditions are temporarily dusty.
TrueAlarm sensors including QuickConnect and QuickConnect2
sensors; see data sheet S4090-0011 for additional reference
Instead of covering smoke sensors (causing them to be
disabled), heat sensors may be installed without
* Some applications may require shielded wiring. Review your
system with your local Simplex product supplier. reprogramming the control unit. The control unit will
indicate an incorrect sensor type, but the heat sensor will
operate at a default sensitivity to provide heat detection for
building protection at that location.
4 S4010-0004-15 3/2018
Master Controller (CPU) Basic Control Unit Description
The 4010ES Master Controller includes dedicated 2GB 4010ES control units include:
compact flash Mass Storage memory for on-site system An Operator Interface, Master Controller with 2GB
information storage and convenient Ethernet service Compact Flash, IDNet addressable device SLC(s) with
port access short circuit isolating loops configurable for Class B or
Convenient front panel accessed Ethernet port for Class A operation
quick and easy download of site-specific programming
8 A power supply with up to 2 A of auxiliary power,
AND, firmware enhancements are made via software 110 Ah (UL)/50 Ah (ULC) battery charger (33 Ah max
downloads to the on-board flash memory in 1 bay cabinet, 50 Ah max with 4100-0650 battery
Every downloaded job is automatically stored to shelf in two bay control cabinet); 4 Class A or Class B
Compact flash without overwriting earlier versions NACs rated @ 3 A each for Special Application
providing a means for recovering previous Appliances, selectable for synchronized strobe, or
configurations SmartSync horn/strobe operation over two wires; and
Downtime is reduced because the system stays running 2 A for Regulated 24 DC operation; 1 programmable
during download auxiliary relay rated for 2 A @ 32 VDC
Modifications can be uploaded as well as downloaded 1 RUI Class B or Class A communications port for
for greater service flexibility remote annunciation devices, cabinet and door.
Mass Storage allows job specific files to be stored in
the control unit such as test and inspection reports, Support for up to 20 internal and external card
record drawings, specifications, and more... addresses. Other standard options may be provided
depending on model (see basic control unit model
Ethernet connectivity options include ES Net Network
selection below for additional details on specific
Interface Card, Building Network Interface Card
models).
(BNIC) and SafeLINC Internet Interface
RUI (Remote Unit Interface) communications port 8-Point Zone/Relay Module Details:
supports either Class B or Class A operation for remote Select as IDC or Relay; configure up to 8, Class B
IDCs, or up to 4, Class A IDCs; or up to 8, Relay
annunciation equipment
outputs rated 2 A resistive @ 30 VDC (N.O. or N.C.);
or combinations of IDCs and Relays; each zone is
Main System Supply separately configurable as an IDC or Relay output
IDC Support. Each IDC supports up to 30, two-wire
The main system supply provides the power source and
devices. Zone relay modules may be powered directly
the input/output connections for the basic 4010ES control
from the control unit power supply or through the
unit. The main features are listed in the basic control unit optional 25 VDC regulator module where required for
description below . 2-wire detector compatibility (refer to 2-Wire Detector
Compatibility document 579-832 for additional details).
IDC EOL resistor values are selectable as: 3.3 kΩ, 2
kΩ, 2.2 kΩ, 3.4 kΩ, 3.9 kΩ, 4.7 kΩ, 5.1 kΩ, 5.6 kΩ,
6.34/6.8 kΩ, and 3.6 kΩ + 1.1 kΩ; see instructions for
more details
Basic Control Unit Model Selection - 1 Bay Units
Note: Supervisory and Alarm current specifications are for determining battery standby requirements. Current specifications
include an active RUI channel. Models with an IDNet channel include 20 IDNet device LEDs activated in alarm. Actual IDNet
device current is not included, refer to page 6 for details. For models with 48 LED Annunciation, alarm also includes 24 LEDs
activated.
Available
Panel Language Supv. Alarm
Model* Listings Features Option
Color & Voltage Current Current
Blocks
4010-9401(BA) Red Basic control unit with 2x40 LCD
Operator Interface and (1) Two-
UL, loop Isolated IDNet+
English
CSFM, FM, Communications Channel, 316 mA 430 mA
4010-9402(BA) Platinum 120 VAC
NYC Fire Dept Class A or Class B operation,
with support for up to 248
addressable analog devices 3
4“x5”
4010-9403 Red UL, ULC, blocks
English
CSFM, FM,
4010-9404 Platinum 120 VAC
NYC Fire Dept Same features as above with 48 336 mA 495 mA
LED annunciation
4010-9405 Red French ULC, CSFM
4010-9406 Platinum 120 VAC FM
* Note: (BA) indicates model is available either with or without the BA suffix. Model numbers ending in BA are assembled in the
USA.
5 S4010-0004-15 3/2018
Basic Control Unit Model Selection - 2 Bay Units
Note: Supervisory and Alarm current specifications are for determining battery standby requirements. Current specifications
include an active RUI channel. Models with IDNet channels include 20 IDNet device LEDs activated in alarm per channel.
Actual IDNet current is not included, refer to page 6 for details.
Available
Panel Language & Supv. Alarm
Model* Listings Features Option
Color Voltage Current Current
Blocks
Basic control unit with 2x40
4010-9421(BA) Red Operator Interface, (1) Two-loop
isolated IDNet+ Communications
Channel and (1) Four-loop
UL, FM Isolated IDNet 2+2 391 mA 545 mA
Communications Channel
4010-9422(BA) Platinum Module, Class A or Class B
English operation, with support for up to
120 VAC 498 addressable IDNet points
4010-9423 Red
French
4010-9430 Platinum
120 VAC
* Note: (BA) indicates model is available either with or without the BA suffix. Model numbers ending in BA are assembled in the
USA.
6 S4010-0004-15 3/2018
Block Space Option Card Selection
Note: Maximum block option module quantities may require 2 bay cabinets, 1 bay cabinets are limited to 3 option block spaces total (refer to
diagrams on page 9 for option module space availability).Supervisory and Alarm current specifications consider no load on addressable
channels except as noted (see addressable device load specifications for device load battery standby)
Single Block Option Modules
Supervisory Alarm Option Block
Model Features
Current Current Usage
1 Block
(must mount
4010-9912 Serial DACT; Note: Must mount in Block D under Main System Supply 30 mA 40 mA
in top bay,
block D)
1 Block
4010-9908 4 Point Aux Relay Module 15 mA 60 mA
(11 maximum)
Voltage Regulator Module, 22.8 to 26.4 VDC (25 VDC nominal); 4.9 A
isolated and resettable output; includes earth detection circuit and 3 A maximum maximum 1 Block
4010-9916
trouble relay for status monitoring. One 4010-6305 harness (see below) with 2.5 A load with 4 A (1 maximum)
is required for each 4010-9935 module powered from the 4010-9916. load
1 Block
4010-9918 Dual RS-232 Module 60 mA 60 mA
(3 maximum)
BACpac Ethernet Portal Module; requires 4010-9918 RS-232 Module 1 Block
4010-9915 123 mA 123 mA
(no address required) (3 maximum)
1 Block
4010-9901 VESDA HLI 60 mA 60 mA
(1 maximum)
8 point zone/relay 4x5” flat module. Mounts in any open block in a
master controller or expansion bay. Alarm current shown is for 8 Class
B IDCs using 3.3K end-of-line-resistors with 4 IDCs in alarm and 4 1 block
4010-9935 83 mA 351 mA
IDCs in standby. Standby current shown is for all 8 IDCs in standby. (11 maximum)
Detector current is added separately. Refer to 579-1236 Zone/Relay
Module Installation Instructions for more information.
25V regulator harness for 8 point zone/relay module. One required for
each 8 point zone/relay module to be powered by the 4010-9916 25V
4010-6305 N/A N/A N/A
regulator module. A maximum quantity of (5) 8 point zone/relay
modules can be powered from the 4010-9916 25V regulator module.
IDNet 2+2 Module, 250 point capacity; electrically No device 50 mA 60 mA
isolated output with four short circuit isolating Class B 50 devices 90 mA 150 mA 1 Block
4010-9929 or Class A output loops; alarm currents for 50 and
125 devices 150 mA 225 mA (3 maximum)
above devices includes 20 device LEDs in alarm; see
page 6 for individual device currents 250 devices 250 mA 350 mA
Dual Vertical Block (Flat) Modules**
Supervisory
Model Features Option Block Usage Alarm
Current
For 1-Bay Control Units Only: Dual Vertical Block
2 Vertical Blocks
Card Mounting Kit, allows selecting two, dual Vertical
4010-9928 (1 max, mounts in top bay, NA NA
Block (flat) modules from the list below; mounts at right
block space A & B only)
angle to chassis (note block usage details)
4010-9923* SafeLINC Internet Interface 2 Vertical Blocks (1 max) 115 mA 115 mA
* UL, ULC, and CSFM Listed.
** For details on other dual vertical block network options refer to data sheets S4100-0029, S4100-0056, S4100-0057, S4100-0076, and
S4100-0061
7 S4010-0004-15 3/2018
Miscellaneous Accessories
LED Kits
Model Description
4100-9843 8 Yellow LED Kit
4100-9844 8 Green LED Kit
4100-9845 8 Red LED Kit
4100-9855 8 Blue LED Kit
4100-0650 Battery Shelf, required for 50 Ah batteries (2 Bay cabinets only)
End User Programming Tools
Model Description
4100-8802 End User Programming Unit Software
4100-0292 Custom Label Editing (USB Dongle)
4100-0295 Port Vectoring Setup and Control (USB Dongle)
4100-0296 Access Level/Passcode Editing (USB Dongle)
4100-0298 WalkTest Configuration Setup and Control (USB Dongle)
Factory Programming Options
Model Description
4010-8810 Factory Programming (select)
4010-0831 Custom Labels and Control Unit Programming (requires 4010-8810)
8 S4010-0004-15 3/2018
Cabinet One and Two Bay Loading Reference
General Specifications
9 S4010-0004-15 3/2018
4010ES Card Address Allocation
The 4010ES has a maximum Internal and External Card Address Limit of 20 Card Addresses. Use the Table below to calculate
4010ES card address allocation.
INSTRUCTIONS: Below is a list of 4010ES equipment and the quantity of card addresses they consume
1) For the applicable control unit, write in the Card Address Consumption value in the Card Address Allocation column.
(Note: Only select 1 control unit)
2) For the option cards to be installed on the 4010ES, write in the Card Address Consumption value in the Card Address Allocation column.
3) Total the Card Address Allocation column (total must not exceed 20).
10 S4010-0004-15 3/2018
Additional 4010ES and Network Product Reference
Subject Reference
Serial DACT (SDACT) for 4100ES, 4010ES, 4007ES S2080-0009
Seismic Battery Brackets Reference S2081-0019
4003EC Voice Control Unit S4003-0002
4009 IDNet NAC Extender S4009-0002
4009 IDNAC Repeater S4009-0004
4010ES Extinguishing Release Applications S4010-0005
4010ES Panels with Conventional Notification (INTL) S4010-0006
4010ES Extinguishing Release Applications (INTL) S4010-0007
InfoAlarm Command Center for the 4010ES Panels S4010-0008
InfoAlarm Command Center for the 4010ES Panels (INTL) S4010-0009
4010ES Panels with Addressable Notification S4010-0011
4010ES Panels with Addressable Notification (INTL) S4010-0012
External 110 Ah Battery Charger for 4100ES, 4010ES S4081-0002
Graphic I/O Modules for 4100ES, 4010ES, 4007ES S4100-0005
Interface to VESDA Air Aspiration Detection Systems S4100-0026
NDU with SPS Power Supplies for 4120 Network S4100-0036
InfoAlarm Command Center with SPS Power Supplies S4100-0045
Multiple Signal Fiber Optic Modems for 4120 Networks S4100-0049
BACpac Ethernet Module S4100-0051
4120 Network Products and Specifications S4100-0056
Building Network Interface Card (BNIC) S4100-0061
SafeLINC Internet Interface S4100-0062
TrueInsight Remote Gateway S4100-0063
ES Net Network Products and Specifications S4100-0076
NDU with SPS Power Supplies for ES Net S4100-0077
InfoAlarm Command Center with EPS Power Supplies S4100-0101
NDU with EPS Power Supplies for 4120 Network S4100-0102
NDU with EPS Power Supplies for ES Net S4100-0104
120 VAC Remote Printer S4190-0011
PC Annunciator S4190-0013
TrueSite Workstation S4190-0016
TrueSite Incident Commander S4190-0020
SCU/RCU Annunciators S4602-0001
4606-9102 Remote LCD Annunciator S4606-0002
11 S4010-0004-15 3/2018
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. VESDA is a trademark of Xtralis Pty Ltd.
NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). ASHRAE and BACnet are trademarks of
ASHRAE, American Society of Heating, Refrigeration, and Air Conditioning Engineers.
Features
Remote multi-line expanded content display
interface for Simplex® 4010ES Series fire alarm
control panels:
Remote InfoAlarm Command Centers that mount in a
dedicated cabinet
4010ES control panels support Remote InfoAlarm
Command Centers independent of host panel display type
UL listed to Standard 864
InfoAlarm Command Centers provide
customized operating convenience: InfoAlarm Command Center in Remote Cabinet
“Activity in System” primary display choices include:
First and Most Recent, First 5 and Most Recent, First Description
8, Site Plan with activity status icons, General Alarm, Remote InfoAlarm Command Centers for 4010ES fire
or Direct to List; selectable individually by event type alarm systems provide a large display with extended
System reports are easily viewed; logs can be read information content, dual language support including 2
with minimal scrolling required byte character languages, and an intuitive control key
Up to six “softkeys” per screen provide functions that interface per the following:
vary with the particular screen information aiding Up to 10 Remote InfoAlarm Command Centers are
operators to determine how to proceed supported per 4010ES control panel; able to allow one
Up to two languages are available per system, easily InfoAlarm Command Center to take-control and to
selected by programmable key press (systems with designate access levels for interfaces not in-control;
IMS/GCC/NPU or 2 x 40 LCD panels or annunciators LEDs can be programmed for in-control status
require one language to be the default font) indications
International models allow customized language Menu-driven format conveniently prompts operators
legends for operator keys and status LEDs for the next action required
Information sent to Remote InfoAlarm Command Key controls are provided to select the highlighted
Centers can be vectored by point entry, load next screen of information, or jump to top
Display properties: or bottom of activity lists
320 x 240 dot matrix (QVGA) display provides an Direct point callup displays individual points
active area of 4.53” W x 3.4” H (115 mm x 86 mm) alphabetically and then homes in on the logical choice
displaying up to 854 characters using standard ASCII as more point information is entered
character font A Site Plan bitmap can be displayed for reference;
Bright white LED backlighting provides efficient and icons can be added to indicate system status
long lasting illumination; operation is selectable as Up to 50 custom point detail messages can be
continuous or off with power fail or with no key generated
presses Date formats are either MM/DD/YY or DD/MM/YY
Introduction Time formats are either 24 hour or 12 hour with
AM/PM
Displaying more information. The InfoAlarm
System Normal screen supports a gray scale bitmap
Command Center provides an expanded content,
(watermark) for location name, company logo, or site
multi-line LCD interface that requires minimal key
presses to access detailed information. Because it is plan
system-powered, its detailed information is provided
without requiring separate supplementary equipment.
InfoAlarm Command Center Control Panel. By * This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7165-0026:251
using a larger area format instead of an individual text for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. It is
line display, the LCD provides text information for subject to re-examination, revision, and possible cancellation. NYC Fire Dept COA #6095.
Alarm, Priority 2, Supervisory, or Trouble. The format is Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the
latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of
flexible and able to be customized per application Tyco Fire Protection Products.
allowing additional information to be presented to suit the
specific application.
S4010-0008-4 1/2016
User Interface Operation Reference
NOTE: Refer to page 5 for international InfoAlarm user interface reference information
Ground Fault
ABC DEF GHI
Waterflow-East ZONE SIG AUX
Page Up 1 2 3
Waterflow-West
JKL MNO PQR
FB IO IDNet
Manual Evac Previous 4 5 6
STU VWX YZ/
P A L
Next
City Disconnect 7 8 9
'SP' ( ) ,#:
Door Holder NET ADDR
Page Dn C/Exit
Bypass 0
Drill
Menu Enter
Smoke Sensor
Fire Priority 2 System System Alarm AC
Almost Dirty Check
Alarm Alarm Supervisory Trouble Silenced Power
Language
Toggle LCD NAVIGATION
Fire Alarm Priority 2 Supv Trouble Alarm System
CONTROL:
Lamp Test Ack Ack Ack Ack Silence Reset Menu, Enter; Previous
ALARMS WARNINGS item select, Next item
select; Page Up and
Page Down
2 S4010-0008-4 1/2016
Display Feature Reference (shown actual size)
DISPLAY SIZE:
4.53" W x 3.4" H
(115 mm x 86 mm)
TALLY COUNTS list the number of activities per category of Fire Alarm
(FIRE), Primary 2 Alarm (PRI2), Supervisory (SUPV), and Trouble (TRBL)
COMMAND PROMPT advises the operator of the action required and displays local control unit time
MOST RECENT advises of the time, date, device type, and custom label of
the most recent occurrence of the list shown, in this case, the Fire Alarm list
3 S4010-0008-4 1/2016
Site Plan with Event Icons
Site Plan Bitmap. The InfoAlarm Command Center
supports a site plan monochrome bitmap image (size is
281 pixels wide by 192 pixels high) that can also display
icons indicating activity and location. Shown to the right is a
sample site plan with icons shown in each building area. For
this example, each area is showing an “A” for an initiating
device in alarm, a “WF” for waterflow occurring, and an
icon indicating notification appliances in alarm. (Icons can be
created for site specific symbology, these are for example
only.)
Site Plan Selection and Detail. If desired, the site plan
can be the primary display screen for system activity or can
be for reference, available by selecting the “Site” softkey.
Depending on the facility layout, the site plan can also be a
convenient location for common reference information such
as primary call phone numbers, street address, etc. to assist
operators in their assigned response.
System Normal Screen. The site plan (or another bitmap
image) can be displayed on the System Normal screen as a
grey image watermark behind the screen text. (Size and type
are the same as that for a site plan bitmap). This can be used
to identify the specific location of the 4010ES or can display
a site-specific logo or other information. (A sample is shown
on page 6.)
Customized Emphasis
The Main Menu screen illustration to the left
demonstrates how print/display statements appear for
status information or for prompting of user input. Other
examples of this format occur when setting time and date,
entering a password, or identification of a status change
such as point enabling or disabling. Use of this feature
allows the display to clearly focus the user on required
information or actions.
Information Review
The Trouble Log History screen shown to the right
identifies the ability to view multiple event entries with
minimal scrolling. For specific information access,
pressing “Next” or “Previous” on the keypad highlights
the selected next or previous item in the list as indicated
by the arrow and the bolded first line of Entry 6.
4 S4010-0008-4 1/2016
Additional Primary Display Screens
Below are samples of a First and Most Recent primary
display and of a General Alarm display.
First and Most Recent Primary Display Option General Alarm Primary Display Option
CUSTOM LABEL INSERT for the NOTE: Two sets of slide-in labels are provided, UPPER LABEL INSERT allows
three programmable LEDs and for the one blank, the other in English; areas shown with custom labeling of the numeric keypad
seven programmable switches + + + + are blank for custom words/characters and of the LCD navigation controls
++++
++++
++++ ++++ ++++
++++
++++
++++ ++++
++++ ++++ ++++ ++++
++++
++++ ++++ ++++
++++
++++ ++++ ++++ ++++ ++++ ++++ ++++
Toggle
Language
++++ ++++ ++++ ++++ ++++ ++++
Lamp Test
++++ ++++
5 S4010-0008-4 1/2016
Remote InfoAlarm Command Center Product Selection
Remote InfoAlarm Command Center Control Assembly with Cabinet for Surface Mounting
Model Number/Cabinet Color
Application Type Listing Description
Red Platinum
4100-9401 4100-9403 English UL & ULC Remote InfoAlarm Command Center with cabinet; for
surface mounting; includes mounting box and door
4100-9421 4100-9423 French/Canada ULC assembly with glass insert; uses RUI communications;
requires external 24 VDC system voltage; see illustrations
4100-9441 4100-9443 International UL below and Installation Instructions 579-687 for details
RUI Communications
wiring terminals
8" Transponder
(203 mm) Interface Card see
(TIC) conduit
13-1/16"
24 VDC power input (332 mm) note
wiring terminals
NOTE: Bring wiring through back of box; do not use cabinet bottom;
refer to Installation Instructions shipped with assembly
6 S4010-0008-4 1/2016
Specifications
7 S4010-0008-4 1/2016
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. National Electrical Code and NFPA are
trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association.
Features
Compatible with Simplex ES Net and 4120 fire alarm
networks
Basic system includes:
Capacity for up to 1000 addressable IDNet points, and up
to 127 VESDA Air Aspiration Systems interface points,
with up to 2000 points of Annunciation, and provides up to
20 internal and external card addresses 1-Bay Cabinet
Color-coded operator interface with membrane keypad,
programmable control keys and programmable LEDs
CPU assembly includes dedicated compact flash memory for
on-site system information storage
Includes an Enhanced System Supply (ESS) that provides
power and battery charging (6 A output):
Dual 3 A on-board IDNAC SLCs (signaling line circuit)
provide enhanced power delivery to addressable
2-Bay Cabinet
notification appliances 1-Bay Cabinet with
With an IDNAC SLC, a constant 29 VDC source voltage is LED Annunciation
maintained during alarm, even during battery operation,
4010ES Control Unit Type Reference
ensuring a consistent current draw and voltage drop margin
under both primary power and secondary battery standby Optional block space modules include:
Efficiencies include lower strobe currents, wiring distances Fire Alarm Physical Bridge and Network Interface Cards for
up to 2 to 3 times farther than with conventional ES Net or 4120 Peer-to-Peer fire alarm network
notification, support for more appliances per IDNAC SLC, communications, supports either Class B or Class X operation
ability to use smaller gauge wiring, all providing Ethernet connectivity options include ES Net Network
installation and maintenance savings with high assurance Interface Card, Building Network Interface Card (BNIC),
that appliances will operate during worst case alarm SafeLINC Internet Interface, and BACpac Ethernet Portal
conditions Dual Class A IDNAC Isolator (DCAI)
Dual RS-232 Module
IDNAC SLCs are compatible with both TrueAlert ES and
VESDA Air Aspiration High Level Interface
TrueAlert addressable notification appliances, and remote
Serial DACT
4009 IDNAC Repeaters to extend power and wiring 8 Zone IDC Modules Class A or B
distance even farther and extends supervisory capacity by 4 Point Auxiliary Relay Module
up to 139 additional unit loads or 3 A Additional IDNET addressable channels
Addressable initiating device control is provided by 8-point zone/relay module, each point can be an IDC input
on-board IDNet 2 dual loop SLCs that provide two or relay output. Class A IDCs require 2 points (one out and
electrically isolated channels that support TrueAlarm one return). Relays rated for 2 A @ 30 VDC (resistive) and
analog sensors and IDNet communications monitoring and configurable as either normally open or normally closed.
control devices with an electrically isolated output channel Compatible with Simplex® remotely located:
allowing use with either shielded or unshielded, twisted or 4098-9757 QuickConnect2 and legacy 4098-9710
untwisted single pair wiring; and providing dual short QuickConnect TrueAlarm smoke sensors
circuit isolating output loops 4003EC Small Voice Units
Battery charger for up to 110 Ah batteries (UL) or up to 4081 Series, 110 Ah Battery Chargers
50 Ah batteries (ULC). 33 Ah max in control unit cabinet 4100-7400 Series Graphic Annunciators
for 1 bay Systems, 50Ah for 2 bay systems. 4190 Series PC Annunciator
2 A programmable function auxiliary output 4190 Series Fiber Modems and Physical Bridges
Remote annunciator module support via RUI 4606-9102 Remote LCD Annunciator, 4100-9400 Series
communications port, Class B or Class A operation Remote InfoAlarm Command Centers, and 4602 Series
48 LED panel mount annunciation provides 40 Red and 8 Status Command Units (SCU) and Remote Command
Yellow pluggable LEDs (select models, meets ULC Units (RCU) Annunciators
requirements), optional LED kits are available to change IP communicator compatibility
individual LED color to Green or Blue to meet specific site
requirements * See page 6 for additional listing information. This product has been approved by the California
Optional ESS mounted modules include: State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code.
See CSFM Listing 7165-0026:0369 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material
City Connect (with or without disconnect switches) presented in this document. NYC Fire Dept COA #6193. At the time of publication only UL and ULC
Alarm Relay Module listings are applicable to ES Net network products. Additional listings may be applicable; contact
TrueInsight Remote Gateway your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time
Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
Battery brackets for seismic area protection (see page 2)
S4010-0011-8 3/2018
4010ES Agency listings Mechanical Description (Continued)
Box and door/retainer assemblies are included with
UL 864 - Control Units, System (UOJZ); Control Unit
basic control unit assemblies
Accessories, System, Fire Alarm (UOXX); Control
Cabinet assemblies are rated NEMA 1 and IP 30
Units, Releasing Device Service (SYZV); Smoke Cabinet assembly design has been seismic tested and
Control System Equipment (UUKL) is certified to IBC and CBC standards as well as to
UL 1076 - Proprietary Alarm Units (APOU) ASCE 7 categories A through F, requires battery
UL 1730 - Smoke Detector Monitors and Accessories brackets as detailed on data sheet S2081-0019
(UULH) Control Unit Hardware
UL 2017 - Emergency Alarm System Control Units, The Master Controller and Enhanced System
CO detection (FSZI); Process Equipment Management Supply (ESS) are mounted in the upper section of the
(QVAX) 4010ES cabinet (refer to one and two bay loading
ULC-S527 - Control Units, System, Fire Alarm reference diagrams on page 10).
(UOJZC); Control Unit Accessories, System, Fire
4010ES Block Space Option Cards mount to the left
Alarm (UOXXC); Control Units, Releasing Device
of the 4010ES ESS. In 2-bay cabinets block space option
Service (SYZVC); Smoke Control System Equipment
cards also mount below the 4010ES ESS.
(UUKLC)
ULC-S559 - Central Station Fire Alarm System Units Other 4010ES Options: The 4010ES City Connect
(DAYRC) module or the optional Alarm Relay module mount
directly to the ESS. These options are mutually exclusive.
CSA 6.19 - Gas Alarms and Accessories (CZHFC)
ULC/ORD-C1076 - Proprietary Burglar Alarm The TrueInsight Remote Gateway mounts on the back
System Units (APOUC) side of the 4010ES User Interface Panel.
ULC/ORD-C100 - Smoke Control System Equipment, The battery compartment is located in the bottom of
UUKLC the 4010ES cabinet. The cabinet allows for up to 33
Introduction Ah battery capacity for 1 bay systems, and 50Ah for 2
bay systems. 50Ah batteries also require the use of
4010ES Series Fire Detection and Control Units 4100-0650 battery shelf.
provide leading edge installation, operator, and service
features for customer applications in the mid-range Software Feature Summary
addressable fire alarm systems market. An on-board TrueAlarm individual analog sensing with front panel
Ethernet port provides fast external system information and selection access
communications to expedite installation and service “Dirty” TrueAlarm sensor maintenance alerts, service
activity. Dedicated compact flash memory archiving and status reports including “almost dirty”
provides secure on-site system information storage of TrueAlarm magnet test indication appears as distinct
electronic job configuration files. “test abnormal” message on display when in test mode
TrueAlarm sensor peak value performance report
Modular design. A variety of functional modules are “Install Mode” allows grouping of multiple troubles
available to meet specific system requirements. Selections for uninstalled modules and devices into a single
allow control units to be configured for either trouble condition
Stand-Alone or Networked fire control operation. Module level ground fault searching assists
InfoAlarm Command Center options provide convenient installation and service by locating and isolating
expanded display content (detailed on data sheet S4010- modules with grounded wiring
0009). “Recurring Trouble Filtering” allows the control unit
to recognize, process, and log recurring intermittent
Mechanical Description troubles (such as external wiring ground faults), but
Mounting box provides convenient stud markers for only sends a single outbound system trouble to avoid
drywall thickness and nail-hole knockouts for quicker nuisance communications
mounting WALKTEST silent or audible system test performs an
Smooth box surfaces are provided for locally cutting automatic self-resetting test
conduit entrance holes exactly where required
The hinged User Interface panel easily opens for
internal access
Modules are power-limited (except as noted, such as
relay modules)
Doors include tempered glass inserts, boxes and doors
are available in platinum or red
2 S4010-0011-8 3/2018
Operator Interface Features
Convenient Status Information. With the locking
Convenient and extensive operator information is door closed, the glass window allows viewing of the
provided using a logical, menu-driven display display, status LEDs, and available operator switches.
Features include a two-line by 40-character, wide viewing
Multiple automatic and manual diagnostics for angle (super-twist) LCD with status LEDs and switches as
maintenance reduction shown in the illustration below.
Convenient PC programmer label editing LED indicators describe the general category of activity
Password access control being displayed with the LCD providing more detail. For
the authorized user, unlocking the door provides access to
Alarm and Trouble History Logs (up to 2000 total the control switches and allows further inquiry by
events) are available for viewing from the LCD, or scrolling the display for additional detail.
capable of being printed to a connected printer, or The following illustration identifies the primary functions
downloaded to a service computer of the operator interface.
3 S4010-0011-8 3/2018
IDNet Addressable Device Control
Overview. The ESS provides an IDNet 2 addressable TrueAlarm heat sensors can be selected for fixed
device SLC with two isolated loops that supervise wiring temperature detection, with or without rate-of-rise detection.
connections and the individual device communications Utility temperature sensing is also available, typically to
status on the SLC. With 2-wire IDNet 2 SLCs, initiation, provide freeze warnings or alert to HVAC system problems.
monitoring, and control devices such as manual fire alarm Readings can selected as either Fahrenheit or Celsius.
stations, TrueAlarm sensors, control relays, and sprinkler TrueSense Early Fire Detection. Multi-sensor
waterflow switches can communicate their identity and 4098-9754 provides photoelectric and heat sensor data using
status and receive fire alarm system control. Additional a single 4010ES IDNet address. The control unit evaluates
addressable interface modules include circuit isolators, smoke activity, heat activity, and their combination, to
conventional IDC zone adapters, and interface to other provide TrueSense early detection. For more details on this
system circuits such as fans, dampers, and elevator controls. operation, refer to data sheet S4098-0024.
IDNet 2 Addressable Device Operation Diagnostics and Default Device Type
Each addressable device on the IDNet communication Sensor Status. TrueAlarm operation allows the control
channel is continuously interrogated for status condition unit to automatically indicate when a sensor is almost dirty,
such as: normal, off-normal, alarm, supervisory, or trouble. dirty, and excessively dirty. The NFPA 72 requirement for a
Both Class B and Class A operation is available. test of the sensitivity range of the sensors is fulfilled by the
Sophisticated poll and response communication techniques ability of TrueAlarm operation to maintain the sensitivity
ensure supervision integrity and allow for "T-tapping" of the level of each sensor. CO Sensors track their 10 year active
circuits for Class B operation. Devices with LEDs pulse the life status providing indicators to assist with service
LED to indicate receipt of a communications poll and can be planning. Indicators occur at: 1 year, 6 months, and end of
turned on steady from the control unit. With addressable life.
devices, the location and status of the connected device is Modular TrueAlarm sensors use the same base and
monitored, logged, and displayed on the operator interface different sensor types (smoke or heat sensor) and can be
LCD with each device having its own 40 character custom easily interchanged to meet specific location requirements.
label for precise identification. This allows intentional sensor substitution during building
TrueAlarm Addressable Sensor Operation construction when conditions are temporarily dusty. Instead
of covering smoke sensors (causing them to be disabled),
Addressable initiating device communications heat sensors may be installed without reprogramming the
include operation of TrueAlarm smoke and temperature control unit. The control unit will indicate an incorrect
sensors. Smoke sensors transmit an output value based on sensor type, but the heat sensor will operate at a default
their smoke chamber condition and the CPU maintains a sensitivity to provide heat detection for building protection
current value, peak value, and an average value for each at that location.
sensor. Status is determined by comparing the current sensor IDNet Device Wiring Reference
value to its average value. Tracking this average value as a
continuously shifting reference point filters out IDNet Addressable Channel Capacity. IDNet 2 SLCs
environmental factors that cause shifts in sensitivity. support up to 250 addressable monitor and control devices
intermixed on the same pair of wires. The ESS IDNet 2
TrueAlarm Addressable Sensor Reference provides two electrically isolated SLCs, and IDNet 2+2
provides four isolated SLCs that are isolated from other
system reference voltages to reduce common mode noise
interaction with adjacent system wiring.
IDNet 2 and IDNet 2+2 SLC Wiring Specifications
TrueAlarm Photo TrueAlarm Photo/Heat Maximum Distance 0 to 125 4000 ft (1219 m); 50 ohms
Sensor with Base Sensor in CO Base from Control Unit per
Device Load 126-250 2500 feet (762 m); 35 ohms
Programmable sensitivity of each sensor can be
Total Wire Length Allowed With Up to 12,500 ft (3.8 km);
selected at the control unit for different levels of smoke “T” Taps for Class B Wiring 0.60 µF
obscuration (shown directly in percent) or for specific Maximum Capacitance Between
heat detection levels. To evaluate whether the sensitivity IDNet Channels
1 µF
should be revised, the peak value is stored in memory and 0.8 mA supv., 1 mA alarm;
Loading per device
can be easily read (or downloaded as a report) and 2 mA per activated device LED
compared to the alarm threshold directly in percent. Wire Type and Connections
Shielded or unshielded,
twisted or untwisted wire*
CO sensor bases combine an electrolytic CO sensing Terminal blocks for 18 to
Connections
module with a TrueAlarm analog sensor to provide a 12 AWG
single multiple sensing assembly using one system Compatibility includes: IDNet communicating devices and
address. The CO sensor can be enabled/disabled, and can TrueAlarm sensors including QuickConnect and QuickConnect2
sensors; see data sheet S4090-0011 for additional reference
be used in LED/Switch modes and custom control. (refer
to data sheet S4098-0052 for details) * Some applications may require shielded wiring. Review your
system with your local Simplex product supplier.
4 S4010-0011-8 3/2018
IDNAC SLC Control of TrueAlert and TrueAlert ES Addressable Notification
Addressable notification appliance communications problem. Using the TrueAlert magnet test allows each appliance
include operation of TrueAlert and TrueAlert ES Visible only to individually identify its candela setting and address and to
(V/O, strobe), Audible only (A/O, horn), Audible/Visible (A/V, briefly operate if desired, and using the TrueAlert ES
horn/strobe), and strobes of Speaker/Visible (S/V) notification Appliance Self-Test feature provides detailed performance
appliances. (S/V appliances require separate speaker wiring.) verification per appliance.
IDNAC SLC addressable communications allow each horn and
strobe to be individually controlled using a single two-wire
TrueAlert ES Appliance Self-Test Operation
circuit, confirms the wiring connections to the individual On-Board Test Sensors. TrueAlert ES appliances are
notification appliance’s electronic circuit, and confirms equipped with on-board sensors to detect strobe and/or horn
communications between each appliance and the fire alarm output allowing efficient and unobtrusive Self-Testing. When
control unit. Addressable communications increases supervision Automatic Self-Test is initiated from the control unit, each
integrity versus conventional notification systems by providing appliance within the selected VNAC group will briefly operate
supervision beyond the circuit wiring to each individual and then report its Self-Test status to the control unit, all within
appliance and by constantly verifying the ability of each several seconds. Silent Self-Test can be selected to test only
appliance to communicate with the control unit. visible appliance if desired. The control unit is in a trouble
Individual Appliance Status and Settings. The fire alarm condition during testing and in the event of an alarm, Self-Test
control unit monitors and records each addressable notification is automatically terminated. Additionally, Automatic Self-Test
appliance status, type of appliance, and its configured appliance can be scheduled to occur at a convenient time on a regular
settings. A fault in any individual appliance automatically basis.
reports a trouble condition to the control unit. Automatic Self-Test results are communicated to the
control unit with a time and date stamp and are stored in
TrueAlert ES Addressable Appliance Reference memory. Results are viewable at the front panel display and
printed reports can be generated from the control unit service
port.
Individual Self-Test is selected from the control unit when
individual appliances need to be observed to operate. Each
appliance in the selected VNAC group will turn on its LED
until individually activated by applying a magnet. After
A/O (horn) V/O (strobe) A/V (horn/strobe) performing the individual test, the appliance LED turns off to
indicate completion. Results are recorded the same as during the
Virtual NACs Provide Control Convenience. For control automatic test.
convenience, IDNAC notification appliances can be grouped
into Virtual NACS (VNACs) for group control, grouping that IDNAC SLC Hardware Reference
can be made across SLCs, not defined by their wiring The Enhanced System Supply provides two, 3 A IDNAC
connection. SLCs for control and power to TrueAlert ES and TrueAlert
Panel Control Convenience. Applicable operation settings addressable notification appliances. Both power supplies
for each appliance can be programmed without having to incorporate an efficient switching design that provides a
replace appliances or remove them from the wall or ceiling. An regulated output of 29 VDC, even during battery operation.
appliance’s VNAC notification zone can be easily changed With 29 VDC minimum output at the control unit, addressable
through programming without having to add additional circuits, notification SLCs can support wiring distances 2 to 3 times
conduit, and wiring. Audible and visible appliances for non-Fire farther than available with conventional notification, or support
Emergency Communications notification can be programmed to more appliances per SLC, or work with smaller gauge wiring,
operate separately on the same pair of wires as the fire alarm or combinations of these benefits. The result is installation and
notification appliances. The result is lower installation, retrofit, maintenance savings with high assurance that appliances that
and overall life-cycle cost of ownership compared with operate during normal system testing will operate during worst
traditional conventional notification systems. case alarm conditions.
Installation, Retrofit, and Life-Cycle Cost Benefits. IDNAC SLC Appliance Wiring Reference
With each addressable appliance capable of being controlled
separately on the same two-wire IDNAC SLC, installation time IDNAC SLC Capacity: Up to 127 addresses and up to 139 unit
and expense for both retrofit and new construction can be loads (appliances are typically one unit load, devices such as
significantly reduced. When Class B wiring is used, wiring can Isolators may require more than one load, refer to individual
be “T-tapped” allowing more savings in distance, wire, conduit device data sheet for specific information)
(size and utilization), and overall installation efficiency. Recommended Wire Type UTP, unshielded twisted pair
Location Information, Diagnostics and Maximum wire length
Troubleshooting. Each addressable notification appliance allowed with “T-Taps” for 10,000 ft (3048 m)
has its own 40 character custom label to identify the location of Class B wiring, per SLC
the appliance and to aid in troubleshooting fault conditions. In Maximum wire length per
conventional notification systems, conventional appliances are 4000 ft (1219 m)
SLC to any appliance
not capable of communicating with the control unit. Fault Appliance Supervisory
reporting on a conventional system is limited to the circuit Current
1 unit load = 0.8 mA per appliance
wiring and the entire area (zone) covered by appliances on the Terminals for 20 to 12 AWG
notification appliance circuit (NAC) making it much more Wiring Connections
(0.52 mm2 to 3.31 mm2)
difficult and costly to locate and correct the source of a
5 S4010-0011-8 3/2018
Master Controller (CPU) Basic Control Unit Description (Continued)
RUI Class B or Class A communications port for
The 4010ES Master Controller includes dedicated 2GB remote annunciation devices
compact flash Mass Storage memory for on-site system Support for up to 20 internal and external card
information storage and convenient Ethernet service addresses
port access
Other standard features may be provided depending on
Convenient front panel accessed Ethernet port for quick model (see model selection below for additional details
and easy download of site-specific programming on specific models)
AND, firmware enhancements are made via software Cabinet and door
downloads to the on-board flash memory 6 A Enhanced System Supply details:
Every downloaded job is automatically stored to
Compact flash without overwriting earlier versions Two, 3 A Class B IDNAC SLCs; Class A operation is
providing a means for recovering previous available using the 4010-9930 Dual Class A IDNAC
configurations Isolator (DCAI) module
Downtime is reduced because the system stays running Up to 2 A of auxiliary power
during download 110 Ah (UL)/50 Ah (ULC) battery charger (33 Ah max
Modifications can be uploaded as well as downloaded in 1 bay cabinet, 50 Ah max with 4100-0650 battery
for greater service flexibility shelf in two bay control cabinet)
Low Battery Voltage Cutout is selectable when required
Mass Storage allows job specific files to be stored in the
(required for ULC listing applications)
control unit such as test and inspection reports, record 2 A Auxiliary Output (AUX/SNAC) can be selected
drawings, specifications, and more... either as s resettable auxiliary power of 2 A @ 24 VDC,
Ethernet connectivity options include ES Net Network or selected to be a simple NAC (SNAC) for non
Interface Card, Building Network Interface Card synchronous 24 VDC reverse polarity NAC operation
(BNIC) and SafeLINC Internet Interface 8-Point Zone/Relay Module Details:
RUI (Remote Unit Interface) communications port Select as IDC or Relay; configure up to 8, Class B
supports either Class B or Class A operation for remote IDCs, or up to 4, Class A IDCs; or up to 8, Relay
annunciation equipment outputs rated 2 A resistive @ 30 VDC (N.O. or N.C.);
or combinations of IDCs and Relays; each zone is
Basic Control Unit Description separately configurable as an IDC or Relay output
4010ES control units with ESS include: IDC Support. Each IDC supports up to 30, two-wire
devices. Zone relay modules may be powered directly
An Operator Interface, Master Controller with 2 GB
from the control unit power supply or through the
Compact Flash, IDNet2 addressable device SLC(s) with optional 25 VDC regulator module where required for
short circuit isolating loops configurable for Class B or
2-wire detector compatibility (refer to 2-Wire Detector
Class A operation, and 6 A Enhanced System Supply
Compatibility document 579-832 for additional details).
(ESS)
IDC EOL resistor values are selectable as: 3.3 kΩ, 2
kΩ, 2.2 kΩ, 3.4 kΩ, 3.9 kΩ, 4.7 kΩ, 5.1 kΩ, 5.6 kΩ,
6.34/6.8 kΩ, and 3.6 kΩ + 1.1 kΩ; see instructions for
more details
Basic Control Unit Model Selection – 1 Bay Control Unit
Supv. Alarm Available
Language
Model* Color Listings Features Current Current Option
& Voltage
(see notes below) Blocks
4010-9601 Red Basic 1-bay control unit with 2x40
LCD Operator Interface, 6 A
UL, ESS/battery charger, (1) Two-loop
English
CSFM, Isolated IDNet 2 Communications 336 mA 540 mA
4010-9602(BA) Platinum 120 VAC
FM Channel, Class A or Class B, with 3
support for up to 250 addressable 4“x5”
devices; and two, 3 A IDNAC SLCs blocks
4010-9603 Red English Same features as above with 48
120 VAC UL, ULC,
4010-9604 Platinum LED annunciation; alarm current
CSFM, 356 mA 605 mA
French includes 24 annunciator LEDs
4010-9606 Platinum FM
120 VAC activated
* Note: (BA) indicates model is available either with or without the -BA suffix. Model numbers ending in –BA are assembled in the
USA.
Current Notes:
1. Basic control unit current does not subtract from the 6 A output rating.
2. Supervisory and alarm current specifications are for determining battery standby requirements.
3. Current specifications include an active RUI channel.
4. IDNet channel device current is not included; refer to page 8 for details. Control unit current assumes 20 LEDs activated in
alarm on each IDNet channel.
5. IDNAC channel notification appliance current is not included.
6 S4010-0011-8 3/2018
Basic Control Unit Model Selection - 2 Bay Control Units
Note: Supervisory and Alarm current specifications are for determining battery standby requirements. Current specifications
include an active RUI channel. Models with IDNet channels include 20 IDNet device LEDs activated in alarm per channel.
Actual IDNet current is not included, refer to page 6 for details.
Available
Language & Supv. Alarm
Model* Color Listings Features Option
Voltage Current Current
Blocks
Basic control unit with 2x40 LCD
Operator Interface, 6 A
4010-9621(BA) Red ESS/battery charger, (1) Two-
loop Isolated IDNet 2
Communications Channel and (1)
UL, Four-loop Isolated IDNet 2+2
CSFM, Communications Module, Class 386 mA 640 mA
FM A or Class B, with support for up
4010-9622(BA) Platinum to 500 addressable IDNet points;
and two, 3 A, Class B, IDNAC
English SLCs with support for up to 254
120 VAC addressable notification
appliances
4010-9609 Red
French
4010-9608 Platinum
120 VAC
7 S4010-0011-8 3/2018
Addressable Device Load Specifications for Battery Standby
Addressable Channel Loading Reference Device Load Supervisory Alarm Current
Current
IDNet 2 and IDNet 2+2 Communications 1 mA per device in alarm; 2 mA per
for every 50 Devices 40 mA
Channel Output activated device LED
IDNAC Communications Channel Output for every 50 Appliances 40 mA calculate per selected appliances
Supervisory
Model Features Option Block Usage Alarm
Current
8 S4010-0011-8 3/2018
Network Interface and Network Media Card Product Selection
4010ES fire alarm control units are compatible with Simplex ES Net network or 4120 network fire alarm products.
Refer to datasheet S4100-0076 for additional information on compatible ES Net fire alarm products.
Refer to datasheet S4100-0056 for additional information on compatible 4120 network fire alarm products.
Refer to datasheet S4100-0061 for additional information on the Building Network Interface Card.
Supervisory Alarm
Model Features Mounting Requirements
Current Current
4010-9909 City Connect Module w/ disconnect switches 20 mA 36 mA
4010-9910 City Connect Module 20 mA 36 mA Select one maximum, mounts
on ESS (1 maximum)
4010-9911 Alarm Relay Module 15 mA 37 mA
Mounts on the back of the
4190-6105* TrueInsight Remote Gateway 62 ma 62 ma 4010ES user interface panel
(one maximum)
Battery Distribution Terminal Block, mounts to side of box, required when battery connection leaves the 4010ES
4100-5128
box (also used in the 4100ES fire alarm control unit)
* Refer to data sheet S4100-0063 and contact your local Simplex product representative for more details.
9 S4010-0011-8 3/2018
Cabinet One and Two Bay Loading Reference
10 S4010-0011-8 3/2018
4010ES Card Address Allocation
The 4010ES has a maximum Internal and External Card Address Limit of 20 Card Addresses. Use the Table below to calculate
4010ES card address allocation.
INSTRUCTIONS: Below is a list of 4010ES equipment and the quantity of card addresses they consume
1. For the applicable control unit, write in the Card Address Consumption value in the Card Address Allocation column.
(Note: Only select 1 control unit)
2. For the option cards to be installed on the 4010ES, write in the Card Address Consumption value in the Card Address Allocation column.
3. Total the Card Address Allocation column (total must not exceed 20).
11 S4010-0011-8 3/2018
General Specifications
Power Supply Note: The 6 A output rating of the ESS was determined
Output Rating such that optional module currents, and external device
and appliance currents can be directly added together,
not to exceed 6 A total.
Compatible Special Application Simplex TrueAlert ES and TrueAlert addressable notification appliances; contact
Appliances your Simplex product representative for compatible appliances
UL listed for battery charging of 6.2 Ah up to 110 Ah; ULC listed for charging up to
50 Ah batteries; For 1 bay cabinets, battery capacity above 33 Ah requires a
Battery Charger Battery capacity range
separate cabinet. For 2 bay cabinets, battery capacity above 50 Ah requires a
Rating (sealed separate cabinet. See data sheet 2081-0012 for further details.
lead acid
batteries)
Charger characteristics Temperature compensated, dual rate, recharges depleted batteries within 48 hours
and performance per UL Standard 864; to 70% capacity in 12 hours per ULC Standard S527
12 S4010-0011-8 3/2018
Additional 4010ES and network product reference
Subject Data Sheet
Serial DACT (SDACT) for 4100ES, 4010ES, 4007ES S2080-0009
Seismic Battery Brackets Reference S2081-0019
4003EC Voice Control Unit S4003-0002
4009 IDNet NAC Extender S4009-0002
4009 IDNAC Repeater S4009-0004
4010ES Panels with Conventional Notification S4010-0004
4010ES Extinguishing Release Applications S4010-0005
4010ES Panels with Conventional Notification (INTL) S4010-0006
4010ES Extinguishing Release Applications (INTL) S4010-0007
InfoAlarm Command Center for the 4010ES Panels S4010-0008
InfoAlarm Command Center for the 4010ES Panels (INTL) S4010-0009
4010ES Panels with Addressable Notification (INTL) S4010-0012
External 110 Ah Battery Charger for 4100ES, 4010ES S4081-0002
Graphic I/O Modules for 4100ES, 4010ES, 4007ES S4100-0005
Interface to VESDA Air Aspiration Detection Systems S4100-0026
NDU with SPS Power Supplies for 4120 Network S4100-0036
InfoAlarm Command Center with SPS Power Supplies S4100-0045
Multiple Signal Fiber Optic Modems for 4120 Networks S4100-0049
BACpac Ethernet Module S4100-0051
4120 Network Products and Specifications S4100-0056
Building Network Interface Card (BNIC) S4100-0061
SafeLINC Internet Interface S4100-0062
TrueInsight Remote Gateway S4100-0063
ES Net Network Products and Specifications S4100-0076
NDU with SPS Power Supplies for ES Net S4100-0077
InfoAlarm Command Center with EPS Power Supplies S4100-0101
NDU with EPS Power Supplies for 4120 Network S4100-0102
NDU with EPS Power Supplies for ES Net S4100-0104
120 VAC Remote Printer S4190-0011
PC Annunciator S4190-0013
TrueSite Workstation S4190-0016
TrueSite Incident Commander S4190-0020
SCU/RCU Annunciators S4602-0001
4606-9102 Remote LCD Annunciator S4606-0002
13 S4010-0011-8 3/2018
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. VESDA is a trademark of Xtralis Pty
Ltd. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code are trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). ASHRAE and BACnet are trademarks of
ASHRAE, American Society of Heating, Refrigeration, and Air Conditioning Engineers.
Listings information
• UL 864, Fire Detection and Control (UOJZ), Smoke Control Service
(UUKL), Releasing Device Service (SYZV)
• UL 1076, Proprietary Alarm Units - Burglar (APOU)
• UL 2017, Process Management Equipment (QVAX), Emergency Alarm
System Control Units (FSZI)
Figure 1: 4100ES Cabinets are available with • UL 1730, Smoke Detector Monitor (UULH)
one, two or three bays (two bay cabinet shown) • UL 2572, Mass Notification Systems (PGWM)
• CAN/ULC-S527 Control Units for Fire Alarm Systems (UOJZ7), Releasing
Master Controller (top) bay:
Device Service (SYZV7)
• 32-Bit Master Controller with color-coded operator interface including
• ULC/ORD-C1076 Proprietary Burglar Alarm Units and Systems (APOU7)
raised switches for high confidence feedback
• ULC/ORD-C100 Smoke Control System Equipment (UUKL7)
• Dual configuration program CPU, convenient service port access, and
capacity for up to 2500 addressable points
• CPU assembly includes 2 GB dedicated compact flash memory for on- Software Feature Summary
site system programming and information storage CPU provides dual configuration programs
• System power supply (SPS) and charger (9 A total) with on-board: NACs, • Two programs allow for optimal system protection and commissioning
IDNet addressable device interface, programmable auxiliary output efficiency with one active program and one reserve
and alarm relay
• Downtime is reduced because the system stays running during
• Available with InfoAlarm Command Center expanded content user download
interface (see data sheet S4100-0045)
• Upgrade kits are available for existing control panels PC based programmer features
• Convenient front panel accessed Ethernet port for quick and easy
Network compatibility: download of site-specific programming
Compatible with Simplex ES Net or 4120 Fire Alarm Networks • Modifications can be uploaded as well as downloaded for greater
service flexibility
* See module information sections for product that is UL or ULC listed and additional listing information. This product has been listed by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section
13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7165-0026:251(4100ES) for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Accepted for use –
City of New York Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E. At the time of publication only UL and ULC listings are applicable to ES Net network products. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your
local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
S4100-0031 Rev. 36 5/2018
4100ES Addressable Fire Detection and Control Basic Panel Modules and Accessories
Introduction
4100ES Series Fire Detection and Control Panels provide extensive
installation, operator, and service features with point and module
capacities suitable for a wide range of system applications. An on-
board Ethernet port provides fast external system communications
to expedite installation and service activity. Dedicated compact flash
memory archiving provides secure on-site system information storage of
electronic job configuration files.
Modular design
A wide variety of functional modules are available to meet specific
system requirements. Selections allow panels to be configured for either
Stand-Alone or Networked fire control operation. InfoAlarm Command
Center options provide convenient expanded display content (detailed
on data sheet S4100-0045). Figure 2: 4100ES Module Bay Reference
CO sensor bases combine an electrolytic CO sensing module with a • Provides system power, battery charging, auxiliary power, auxiliary
TrueAlarm analog sensor to provide a single multiple sensing assembly relay, earth detection, on-board IDNet communications channel for
using one system address. The CO sensor can be enabled/disabled, 250 points, three on-board NACs, and provisions for either an optional
used in LED/Switch modes and custom control, and can be made public City Connect Module or an optional Alarm Relay Module
for communication across a fire alarm Network. (refer to data sheet • IDNet SLC Output provides Class B or Class A communications for
S4098-0052 for details) up to 250 addressable devices (as described in Addressable Device
TrueAlarm heat sensors can be selected for fixed temperature Control)
detection, with or without rate-of-rise detection. Utility temperature • Three, 3 A On-Board NACs, conventional reverse polarity operation;
sensing is also available, typically to provide freeze warnings or alert to rated 3 A for Special Application appliances and 2 A for Regulated
HVAC system problems. Readings can selected as either Fahrenheit or 24 DC power, with electronic control and overcurrent protection;
Celsius. selectable as Class B or Class A, and for synchronized strobe or
SmartSync horn/strobe operation over two wires
TrueSense Early Fire Detection
• NACs are selectable as auxiliary power outputs derated to 2 A for
Multi-sensor 4098-9754 provides photoelectric and heat sensor data
continuous duty; total auxiliary power output per SPS is limited to 5 A
using a single 4100ES IDNet address. The panel evaluates smoke
activity, heat activity, and their combination, to provide TrueSense • Battery Charger is dual rate, temperature compensated, and
early detection. For more details on this operation, refer to data sheet charges up to 50 Ah sealed lead-acid batteries mounted in the battery
S4098-0024 . compartment (33 Ah for single bay cabinets); also is UL listed for
charging up to 110 Ah batteries mounted in an external cabinet (see
data sheet S2081-0012 for details)
Diagnostics and Default Device Type
• Battery and Charger Monitoring includes battery charger status
Sensor Status and low or depleted battery conditions; status information provided
TrueAlarm operation allows the control panel to automatically indicate to the master controller includes analog values for: battery voltage,
when a sensor is almost dirty, dirty, and excessively dirty. The NFPA 72 charger voltage and current, actual system voltage and current, and
requirement for a test of the sensitivity range of the sensors is fulfilled individual NAC currents
by the ability of TrueAlarm operation to maintain the sensitivity level of • 2 A Auxiliary Power Output is selectable for detector reset, door
each sensor. CO Sensors track their 10 year active life status providing holder, or coded output operation
indicators to assist with service planning. Indicators occur at: 1 year, 6 • Auxiliary Relay is selectable as N.O. or N.C., rated 2 A @ 32 VDC,
months, and when end of life is reached. and is programmable as a trouble relay, either normally energized or
Modular TrueAlarm sensors normally de-energized, or as an auxiliary control
TrueAlarm sensors use the same base and different sensor types (smoke • Optional City Connect Module (4100-6031, with disconnect
or heat sensor) and can be easily interchanged to meet specific location switches, or 4100-6032, without disconnect switches) can be selected
requirements. This allows intentional sensor substitution during building for conventional dual circuit city connections
construction when conditions are temporarily dusty. Instead of covering • Optional Alarm Relay Module (4100-6033) provides three Form
smoke sensors (causing them to be disabled), heat sensors may be C relays that are used for Alarm, Trouble, and Supervisory, rated 2 A
installed without reprogramming the control panel. The control panel resistive @ 32 VDC
will indicate an incorrect sensor type, but the heat sensor will operate at
8-Point Zone/Relay Module Details
a default sensitivity to provide heat detection for building protection at
that location. • Select as IDC or Relay; configure up to 8, Class B IDCs, or up to 4, Class
A IDCs; or up to 8, Relay outputs rated 2 A resistive @ 30 VDC (N.O.
or N.C.); or combinations of IDCs and Relays; each zone is separately
CPU Bay Module Details configurable as an IDC or Relay output
Master Controller and Motherboard • IDC Support: each IDC supports up to 30, two-wire devices. Zone relay
• Mounts in Slot 4 of a two slot motherboard (Slots 3 and 4 of the modules may be powered directly from the control unit power supply
Master Controller Bay) and provides one Class B or Class A, RUI+ or through the optional 25 VDC regulator module where required for
communications channel configurable for isolated or un-isolated 2- wire detector compatibility (refer to 2-Wire Detector Compatibility
operation document 579-832 for additional details).
• Slot 3 of the motherboard is primarily for a modular network interface • IDC EOL resistor values are selectable as: 3.3 kΩ, 2 kΩ, 2.2 kΩ, 3.4 kΩ,
card, or secondarily for the 4100-6038 dual RS-232 board 3.9 kΩ, 4.7 kΩ, 5.1 kΩ, 5.6 kΩ, 6.34/6.8 kΩ, and 3.6 kΩ + 1.1 kΩ; see
instructions for more details
• RUI communications controls up to 31 devices per master controller
(on one or multiple RUI+ and RUI channels); devices include: MINIPLEX
transponders, 4603-9101 LCD Annunciators, 4602-9101 Status
Command Units (SCU), 4602-9102 Remote Command Units (RCU),
4602 Series LED Annunciator Panels, and 4100 Series 24 I/O and LED/
Switch modules.
Operator Interface
With the locking door closed, the glass window allows viewing of the display, status LEDs, and available operator switches. Features include a two-line
by 40-character, wide viewing angle (super-twist) LCD with status LEDs and switches as shown in the illustration below.
LED indicators describe the general category of activity being displayed with the LCD providing more detail. For the authorized user, unlocking the door
provides access to the control switches and allows further inquiry by scrolling the display for additional detail.
• Convenient and extensive operator information is provided using a logical, menu-driven display
• Multiple automatic and manual diagnostics for maintenance reduction
• Alarm and Trouble History Logs (up to 1250 entries for each, 2500 total events) are available for viewing from the LCD, or capable of being printed to
a connected printer, or downloaded to a service computer
• Convenient PC programmer label editing
• Password access control
Size Definitions: Block = 4" W x 5" H (102 mm x 127 mm) card area
Slot = 2" W x 8" H (51 mm x 203 mm) motherboard with daughter card
Table 4: Expansion bay loading reference
Description Mounting
IDNet 2, IDNet 2+2 Modules 1 Block
4, 2 A Relays 1 block
4, 10 A Relays NON Power-limited 4", 2 slots
8, 3 A Relays 1 block
VESDA Interface 2", 1 Slot
Class B IDC 2", 1 Slot
Class A IDC 2", 1 Slot
MAPNET II Module 4", 2 Slots
MAPNET II/IDNet Isolator 2", 1 Slot
Decoder Module 6", 3 Slots
System or Remote Power Supply Blocks E, F, G & H ONLY
Expansion Power Supply Blocks G & H ONLY
NAC Expansion Module On XPS ONLY
Figure 5 notes
• Asterisks (*) in Figure 5 indicates supplied modules.
• A system ground must be provided for earth detection and transient protection devices. This connection shall be made to an approved, dedicated
earth connection per NFPA 70, article 250, and NFPA 780.
General Specifications
Table 5: General Specifications
Specification Rating
System Power Supplies (SPS) 120 VAC
4 A maximum @ 102 to 132 VAC, 60 Hz
Input Models
Expansion Power Supplies (XPS)
Power 220-240 VAC 2 A maximum @ 204 to 264 VAC, 50/60 Hz;
Remote Power Supplies (RPS) Models separate taps for 220/230/240 VAC
Including module currents and auxiliary power Output
Total Power Supply outputs; 9 A total for "Special Application" switches
Output Rating appliances; 4 A total for "Regulated 24 DC" to battery
Power Supply Output Ratings for SPS, XPS, and RPS power (see below for details) backup during
(nominal 28 VDC on AC; 24 VDC on battery backup) Auxiliary Power Tap 2 A maximum mains AC
Rated 19.1 to failure or
NACs Programmed for 2 A maximum per NAC; 5 A brownout
31.1 VDC
Auxiliary Power maximum total conditions
Simplex horns, strobes, and combination horn/strobes and
Special Application Appliances speaker/strobes (contact your Simplex product representative
for compatible appliances)
Power for other UL listed appliances; use associated external
Regulated 24 DC Appliances
synchronization modules where required
UL listed for battery charging of 6.2 Ah up to 110 Ah (batteries
Battery capacity range larger than 50 Ah require a remote battery cabinet); ULC listed
Battery Charger Ratings for SPS and RPS for charging up to 50 Ah batteries
(sealed lead-acid batteries) Temperature compensated, dual rate, recharges depleted
Charger characteristics and
batteries within 48 hours per UL Standard 864; to 70% capacity
performance
in 12 hours per ULC Standard S527
Operating Temperature 32 °F to 120 °F (0 °C to 49 °C)
Environmental
Operating Humidity Up to 93% RH, non-condensing @ 90 °F (32 °C) maximum
Installation Instructions 574-848
Additional Technical Reference
Operating Instructions 579-197
Table 7: 4100ES Master Controller Upgrades for Existing 4100 Series Fire Alarm Control Panels
Model Panel Type Includes
New Master Controller CPU card, 4100ES door assembly with LCD and user interface, and Ethernet
4100-7150 1000 pt 4100 (4100+)
connection
4100-7152 512 pt 4100 Same as 4100-7150 plus a Universal Power Supply
New Master Controller CPU card with Ethernet Connection Upgrade Kit (door assembly with LCD and user
4100U or1000 pt 4100 interface are not included) for:
4100-7158 (4100+) previously 4100U with or without LCD and operator interface, or4100+ without LCD and operator interface, or an
upgraded to 4100U existing 4100 (512 pt) or 4100+ (1000 pt) panel that was previously upgraded to a 4100U Master Controller
and Display
Table 8: Master Controller Accessories
Model Description
4100-2300 Expansion Bay Assembly; order for each required expansion bay (not required for 4100-9121)
4100-2303 Legacy Module Stabilizer Bracket, used when expansion bays have legacy slot style modules
Expansion Bay Upgrade Kit for mounting 4100ES style (4" x 5" modules) in existing 4100 style panels;
4100-2301
Note: When using this kit to upgrade a 4100+ transponder, a 4100-0620 Transponder Interface Card (TIC) is also required for commu-
nications to the 4100ES module
Table 9: Master Controller Upgrades for Existing 4020 Series Fire Alarm Control Panel
Model Description
4020 Master Controller Upgrade to 4100ES; Includes New Master Controller with LCD & operator
interface assembly, 8 VDC Converter and RUI+ (isolated or un-isolated) Interface in a single bay cabinet
4100-9833 with locking glass door and retainer; mounts as an adjunct panel close-nippled to existing 4020 cabinet;
also includes 8 VDC box-to-box power and communications harness and solid filler panel for the
existing 4020 Master Controller bay
Table 11: Expansion, System and Remote Power Supplies (Canadian models have low battery cutout)
Model Voltage/Listing Description Size Supv. Alarm
Additional System Power Supply (SPS); 9 A power
4100-5112 120 VAC, Canadian ULC supply/chargerwith 250 point IDNet channel, 3 Class A/B 4 Blocks 175 mA 185 mA
NACs, add IDNet device currents separately
Additional System Power Supply (SPS); 9 A power
4100-5113 220-240 VAC UL supply/chargerwith 250 point IDNet channel, 3 Class A/B 4 Blocks 175 mA 185 mA
NACs, add IDNet device currents separately
Remote Power Supply (RPS); 9 A power supply/charger
4100-5125 120 VAC UL similar to SPS except no IDNet channel or City Circuits; will 4 Blocks 150 mA 185 mA
accept one 4100-6033
Remote Power Supply (RPS); 9 A power supply/charger
4100-5126 120 VAC, Canadian ULC similar to SPS except no IDNet channel or City Circuits; will 4 Blocks 150 mA 185 mA
accept one 4100-6033
Remote Power Supply (RPS); 9 A power supply/charger
4100-5127 220-240 VAC UL similar to SPS except no IDNet channel or City Circuits; will 4 Blocks 150 mA 185 mA
accept one 4100-6033
Table 12: Power supply accessories
Model Description Size Current
4100-5152 12 VDC Power Option, 2 A maximum 1 Block 1.5 A maximum
8 VDC Converter, required for multiple Physical Bridge
4100-0156 1 Block included w/loads
Modules, 3 A maximum
Voltage Regulator Module, 22.8 to 26.4 VDC (25VDC
3 A maximum with 2.5 A load, 4.9 A
4100-5130 nominal); isolated and resettable output; includes earth 1 Block
maximum with 4 A load
detection circuit and trouble relay for status monitoring.
4100-0636 Box Interconnection Harness Kit (non-audio); order one for each close-nippled cabinet
4100-0638 4100 Slot Module Additional 24 VDC Harness; needed when 4100 Slot module requirements exceed 2 A from SPS
Table 13: Expansion Signal Module and Options (1.5 A Class B except as noted)
Model Description Supv. Alarm
4100-5116 Converts 1 NAC in to 3 NACs out; 1 Block size 18 mA 80 mA
4100-1266 Expands 3 NACs to 6 select one; mounts on 0.6 mA 60 mA
4100-1267 Converts 3 NACs to Class A 4100-5116 0.6 mA 30 mA
Table 14: 8 Zone Initiating Device Circuits
Model Type Supv. Alarm
4100-5005 Class B 75 mA 195 mA
4100-5015 Class A 75 mA 195 mA
Note: Modules listed in Table 14 are for use with all 4100U systems and 4100ES systems version 3.03.05 or earlier. IDC Modules are 1 slot size.
Table 15: 8-Point Zone/Relay Card
Model Description Size Supv. Alarm
8 point zone/relay 4x5” flat module. Mounts in any open block in a master
controller or expansion bay. Alarm current shown is for 8 Class B IDCs using 3.3K
4100-5013 end-of-line-resistors with 4 in alarm and 4 in standby. Standby current shown 1 block 83 mA 351 mA
is for all 8 IDCs in standby. Refer to 579-1236 Zone/Relay Module Installation
Instructions for additional information.
25V regulator harness for 8 point zone/relay module. One required for each 8
point zone/relay module to be powered by the 4100-5130 25V regulator module. A
4100-6305 N/A N/A N/A
maximum of (5) 8 point zone/relay modules may be powered from the 4100-5130
per bay.
Note: Loading per IDNet device (no LEDs on) = 0.8 mA supervisory and 1 mA alarm. Each IDNet 2 and IDNet 2+2 Short Circuit Isolating Loop Output
can be individually controlled for system diagnostics and can be assigned a public point for Fire Alarm Network annunciation.
Table 17: MAPNET Addressable Interface Modules
Model Description Supv. Alarm
MAPNET II Module, 127 point capacity, add Module without devices 255 mA 275 mA
4100-3102 devices separately; Module size = 2 Slots; Loading
Fully loaded module, total 471 mA 491 mA
per MAPNET II device = 1.7 mA
Isolator Module for MAPNET II communications; converts a single connected
SLC into four isolated outputs selectable as Class A or Class B; up to two Isolator
Modules can be connected to one SLC; Module size = 1 Slot;
4100-3103 50 mA 50 mA
Note:
Note: * 4100ES English Appliqués are included with 4100ES Upgrade and Retrofit Kits for mounting 4100ES in 4100, 2120, 2001, and Autocall back
boxes so that upgrades can be easily identified as 4100ES. 4100ES Appliqué Kits are available for applications such as to update Remote InfoAlarm
Displays connected to a panel that was upgraded to 4100ES or for an existing 4100U when the New Master Controller is upgraded to 4100ES and only
a software upgrade is required. When required, French appliqués are ordered separately.
© 2018 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision and are subject to change without
notice. Additional listings may be applicable, contact your local Simplex® product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co.
Simplex, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code are
registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
S4100-0031 Rev. 36 5/2018
Fire Control Panels
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved; Panel Mounted LED/Switch and LED Modules,
MEA (NYC) Acceptance* LED/Switch Controllers, and Panel Mounted Printer
Features
Panel mounted annunciation modules for use with ALARMS
Fire Alarm
Fire Alarm
Ack
Event
Priority 2 Alarm
Priority 2
Ack
SYSTEM WARNINGS
Supervisory
Supv
Ack
More
Trouble
Trouble
Ack
Alar m Silenc ed
Alarm
Silenc e
AC Power
Sys tem
Reset
ABC
ZO NE
1
JKL
FB
4
ST U
P
7
'SP' ( )
NET
DEF
SIG
2
MN O
IO
5
VW X
A
8
, 0:
ADD R
0
Enter
G HI
A UX
3
PQ R
I DNet
6
Y Z/
DE L
C/E xit
L
Menu
On Next
Enable
Arm
Off Lamp
Disa ble Auto
Disa rm Te st
Auto Auto
On On
Off Off
Auto Auto
Off Off
Auto Auto
On On
Off Off
Auto Auto
Off
East
On
Off Annex
East
Wing
East
Wing
Auto
South
Wing
Off
Auto
Basement
Garage Garage
North
On
Boiler
Basement Basement
S4100-0032-12 3/2018
Description (Continued)
Easy Interface. Switches are alternate action ON/OFF The 24 Point I/O Module is selectable for input switch
(depending on programming selection) using a tactile feel, type and supervision type. Outputs are selectable for
raised rubber button. High efficiency LEDs provide clear steady on or pulsing to drive remotely connected relays,
status annunciation readily visible through the glass door. incandescent lamps, or LEDs.
Selectable Functions. Switch functions, LED status
indications, and printer output is selected when the
control panel CPU is customized for site specific
requirements. Slide-in labels are locally printed to
indicate the exact function of the LEDs and switches.
Additional
function labels
Fan Fan
Control
On Off
Custom
label area Designates area
East for each column of
Switches Wing
switches and LEDs
West
LEDs Wing
South
Wing
Visible area
8-1/4" H, North
Switch
2" W Wing
(210 mm
x 51 mm) Annex
LEDs
Garage
Basement
Boiler
Room
2 S4100-0032-11 7/2012
HOA and 24/24 LED/Switch Module Detail Reference
Custom
label area
On On LED (On)
Off Off LED (Off)
Auto Auto LED (Auto)
On On
3 S4100-0032-12 3/2018
LED/Switch Module Product Selection (panel mounted switches are momentary pushbutton)
LED/Switch Modules, General Purpose (LED/switch controller and label kit is ordered separately)
Model LEDs per Switch LED Color(s) Custom Label Area LED Quantity Switch Quantity
4100-1280 One Red
Per module and per switch 8 8
4100-1281 One Yellow
4100-1282 Two Red on top, Yellow on bottom
4100-1283 Two Yellow on top and bottom
Per module and per switch 16 8
4100-1284 Two Red on top, Green on bottom
4100-1296 Two Green on top, Yellow on bottom
4100-1285 One Red One per column of 8
LED/switch pairs (see
4100-1278 One 8 Red on left, 8 Yellow on right illustration on page 2) 16 16
With pluggable LEDs; shipped Per module and per
4100-1300* One
Red on top, Yellow on bottom LED/switch pair
4100-1287 One Red Per module and per switch 24 24
* UL, ULC, and CSFM listed only.
LED Only Modules and LED Kits (LED/switch controller and label kit is ordered separately)
Model Description
Eight (8) LED Module with Red LEDs; custom label area per
4100-1276
module and per LED
LEDs are pluggable; select LED kits as required to
Sixteen (16) LED Module; Red LED on top and Yellow LED change LED color
4100-1277 on bottom at each position; custom label area per module
and per LED pair
4100-9843 Yellow
4100-9844 Green Kits of 8 LEDs; order as required for modules with pluggable LEDs to change LED color on-site per
application requirement; compatible with LED Modules 4100-1276, 4100-1277, and 4100-1300
4100-9845 Red (Blue is typically used for Ancillary Device status indication per ULC S527)
4100-9855 Blue
LED/Switch Modules, HOA (Hand-Off-Auto) with Green/Red/White LEDs for IBC Applications
(LED/switch controller and label kit is ordered separately)
Model Operation Switch Function (Location) LED Description
Eight function HOA (On, Off, Auto) Control Module with On (top) Green LED
labeled switches; LED colors meet International Building Off (middle) Red LED
4100-1275
Code (IBC) requirements; custom label area per module
and per LED/switch set Auto (bottom) White LED
4100-1299 Eight function HOA (On, Off, Auto) Control Module, same as 4100-1275 except switches are unlabeled
4 S4100-0032-12 3/2018
LED/Switch Module Product Selection (Continued)
General Specifications
Operating Temperature Range 32° to 120°F (0° to 49° C)
Operating Humidity Range Up to 93% RH, non-condensing @ 90° F (32° C) maximum
5 S4100-0032-12 3/2018
Model 4100-1293 Panel Mount Printer Details
Access latches
6 S4100-0032-12 3/2018
Printer Specifications
Print Characteristics
Print Format Fixed thermal printhead producing black characters
Characters 11 x 28 dot matrix; alarm information printed in bold
40 columns; 6 lines per inch; 20 lines visible; paper is wound onto top take-up reel,
Paper Format
paper can be manually unwound from take-up reel and rewound using Feed switch
Paper Speed 1.33 in/sec maximum
Print Speed 312 cps
Sound Output 55 dB maximum, with cabinet door open
Mounting Specifications
Bay Location Reference Requires 3 expansion bay slots, can be located as required
Clearance Behind Printer Space accepts low profile 4100ES/4100U modules only
Environmental Specifications
Operating Temperature Range 32° to 120°F (0° to 49° C)
Operating Humidity Range Up to 93% RH, non-condensing @ 90° F (32° C) maximum
7 S4100-0032-12 3/2018
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.
Features
GPS/6400 Interface
General description: System Option
Dual RS-232 port module with port B dedicated for
master clock/master time interface
RS-232 port A is available for connection to printers,
terminals, or other compatible peripherals 6400/6351 Series Time Control
Center with system clocks
Allows the 4100ES Fire Control Panel system time to
be synchronized with the building master time or other
desired compatible time reference time
10:09:30
Compatible with 4100U fire alarm control panels
control
center
4
S TU
7
P
DEF
SIG
2
MNO
IO
5
V WX
A
8
G HI
AUX
3
P QR
ID Net
6
YZ /
9
L
Off Lamp
Disable Auto
Disarm Test
Mounting: 10:09:30
Motherboard/daughter card format requires a single
slot and mounts in an expansion bay
S4100-0033-4
4100-9816 Master Clock Interface System Reference
time
10:09:30 control
AB C D EF GH I
center
Z O NE SIG AU X
1 2 3
J KL M NO PQ R
10:09:30 FB
4 5
IO IDN et
6
ALAR MS SYSTEM WARNINGS AC Power
Fire Alarm Priority 2 Alarm Supervi sory Trouble Alarm Silenced S TU V WX YZ /
P A L
7 8 9
'SP' ( ) ,0:
Fire Alarm Priority2 Supv Trouble Alarm System
N ET A DDR
Ack Ack Ack Ack Silence R eset DEL
0
Ent er C/Exit
Off Lamp
Disable Auto
Disarm Test
10:09:30
Tyco is a registered trademark of Tyco International Services GmbH and is used under license. Simplex and the Simplex logo are trademarks of Tyco International Ltd. and its
affiliates and are used under license.
Features
Emergency voice/alarm communications provide:
Alarm/evacuation signal generation with multiple
built-in tones
Standard or customized digital message storage and
message generation
Automatic or manual operation
Mass Notification operation
Multiple channels are available:
Analog audio systems provide dual channel operation
Digital audio systems provide up to eight channels over
a single wire pair
Communications features:
Up to five supervised remote microphone inputs
Spoken voice coding from the digital message player
Multiple digitally recorded human voice messages
Spoken WALKTEST system testing
Separate evacuation, drill, and optional “All Clear”
voice messages and tones
Ready-to-talk microphone indicator on front panel audio
control module 4100ES Fire Alarm Control Panel with
Voice and Firefighter Telephone Options
Local panel speaker for tone/message broadcast
verification
Listed to:
MINIPLEX Voice Transponders are available for
distributed audio UL 864, Fire Detection and Control (UOJZ), and Smoke
Control Service (UUKL)
Amplifiers are available with analog or digital input:
UL 2017, Process Management Equipment (QVAX)
Flex-35 (35 W) and Flex-50 (50 W) amplifiers provide a
dual channel design with configurable operation modes UL 1076, Proprietary Alarm Units-Burglar (APOU)
100 W primary and backup, single channel amplifiers UL 2572, Mass Notification Systems (PGWM)
include a built-in power supply ULC S527, Control Units for Fire Alarm Systems
Amplifiers are available for 25 VRMS or 70.7 VRMS
output with on-board, power-limited NACs (only one Description
voltage choice per system) 4100ES Audio Systems provide voice communication,
Built-in Temporal Pattern horn tone provides default alarm tones, and/or digitally prerecorded voice messages to
backup signal operation alert occupants of fire or other emergency situations.
Optional modules provide power-limited NAC expansion, Evacuation signaling may be automatically generated via
convert Class B NACs to Class A operation, and provide alarm initiated event programs or by firefighting personnel
Constant Supervision Operation for Non-Alarm Audio using the operator controls.
(NAA) applications (NAA requires additional hardware,
and software revision 11.08 or higher) 4100U Series Products Note. The audio system
Firefighter telephone systems: modules and features listed in this data sheet are both
compatible with, and listed for use with 4100U series fire
Master telephone can simultaneously talk with up to 6
alarm control panels. Contact your local Simplex® product
remote telephones and can be connected as an audio
input for broadcast messages supplier for details.
Ring signal on remote firefighter telephone indicates that
a call request is initiated and a hold signal indicates that * See page 5 for product that is listed as UL or ULC and additional product listing details.
a connected line has been deselected This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
Telephone circuits are supervised for open and short 7165-0026:251 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this
circuits, too many telephones connected, and the master document. Accepted for use – City of New York Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E.
telephone is supervised for cord integrity Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the
latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of
Degraded mode allows remote telephones to remain Tyco Fire Protection Products.
connected to each other in the event of a communications
loss
S4100-0034-20 3/2018
Audio Controller Module Description Audio Tone List
The Audio Controller Module provides digitized alarm The Temporal 3 Pattern is available for compatible tones
tones and digitally recorded voice messages and message (1/2 sec on, 1/2 sec off, 1/2 sec on, 1/2 sec off, 1/2 sec on,
construction, and manages both microphone inputs and other 1-1/2 sec off) to indicate evacuation. The following is a
auxiliary inputs connected to the optional Auxiliary Audio list of the standard audio tones.
Input Module. Tones and voice messages are digitally Horn, continuous 520 Hz tone, primarily used for coded
recorded and stored in the audio control module’s message systems or general temporal pattern signaling; 520Hz
memory. tone is compliant with NFPA 72 Low Frequency Signal
Two versions are available: Analog and Digital. Systems Requirements for Sleeping Areas
must be either analog or digital, not intermixed. One audio Chime, a digitally recorded mechanical chime tone,
control module controls the entire audio system. normally used free-running or for coded operation
Common audio control board features: Bell, a digitally recorded mechanical bell sound,
On-board digital message memory provides up to normally used free-running, for coded systems, or
general temporal pattern signaling
2 minutes at normal or 1 minute at high resolution
Fast Whoop, a quickly ascending tone
Connects to optional 4-input audio input modules (two
maximum) for a total of up to 6 microphones and 11 Slow Whoop, a slowly ascending tone
distinct audio inputs High/Low, with high frequency of 750 Hz for 100 ms and
low frequency of 500 Hz for 400 ms
Memory expansion is available to provide up to
Beep, 500 Hz tone of 0.7 s on, 0.7 s off
8 minutes or 32 minutes at normal resolution
(4 minutes or 16 minutes at high resolution) Stutter, 500 Hz tone with on and off times of 100 ms
Connections for a Master Microphone and one Wail, ascends, then descends between 600 to 940 Hz
Remote Microphone, compatible with standard or GSA Tone, continuous 2000 Hz tone
noise-canceling microphones Audio Controller Message Description
Master telephone to audio interface connection uses the
Zone Coded Signaling is available using tones or
audio bay’s Power Distribution Interface Module (PDI)
spoken numbers. Spoken coded messages can be used in
Local panel speaker output with on-board volume control place of conventional pulse tone coding to eliminate
On-board download port for message loading counting and interpretation of the zone coded location.
The microphone ready-to-talk LED is located on the For example, a fire alarm zone such as First Floor East,
front panel audio control module (see p. 4) and Smoke Detector Room 23 will be Code 1123.
requires connection to a 64 LED/64 switch controller Two possible transmission schemes are:
Audio risers, either digital or analog, may be directly 1. Conventional Zone Coded Signaling where
connected to 31 remote nodes; for applications requiring T = Tone: T...T...TT...TTT...T...T...TT...TTT...
audio risers to more than 31 remote nodes, alternate 2. Spoken Coded Signaling:
connection methods are available, contact your Simplex Code, one..one..two..three; Code, one..one..two..three
product representative for details The Audio Controller has the ability to precede spoken
Analog Audio Controller Modules codes with phrases and alert tones. As an alternative, the
previous example could have been preceded with a chime
Analog audio control modules are for systems that tone. The word “code” could be replaced with the phrase
require one or two simultaneous channels of audio “Doctor Firestone, please dial...”.
information per the following feature summary.
Preprogrammed Special Messages can be ordered.
Built-in 10 VRMS riser output eliminates the need for Up to 32 minutes of special phrases and messages are
separate riser amplifiers available as Class B or Class A available to meet specific applications. The standard
Messages can play on one or both risers simultaneously, Evacuation Message is: “Attention... Attention...
with the same or a different message Attention...An emergency has been reported.... All
Analog audio controllers are for connection to analog occupants walk to the nearest stairway exit and walk
input audio amplifiers and audio risers only down to your assigned re-entry floor or main lobby... Do
On-board status LEDs assist with setup and not use the elevator... Walk to the nearest stairway.... Do
troubleshooting not use the elevator.... Walk to the nearest stairway.”
Digital Audio Controller Modules Custom Message Ordering is summarized below:
Model Description
Digital audio control modules are for systems that Select when Custom Messages are required,
require more than two simultaneous channels of audio 4100-8804 choose message types from below as required
information per the following feature summary. (minimum quantity of one)
Up to 8 channels of information at normal resolution are 4100-0822 Custom Messages from Tape
Order (1)
Custom Messages from
available (4 channels at high resolution) on one twisted Transcript; NOTE: Send
4100-082x for
wire pair each (2) complete
4100-0823 transcript in advance to
messages without
Primary 1 Digital Audio Riser (DAR) output can be either Applications Engineering to
spliced phrases;
verify phrase quantity
wired Style 4 or Style 7; Primary 2 DAR is an identical, or for each (50)
Custom Messages from spliced phrases
separate output for Style 4 connections, typically to local Archive
MINIPLEX voice transponders 4100-0824 CO Relocation Message; Temporal 4 Pattern horn
Digital audio controllers are for connection to digital tone with English male voice instruction; identify as
input audio amplifiers and digital audio risers only “UCSET1393” when ordering
2 S4100-0034-20 3/2018
Audio Amplifiers General Description Flex-35 Amplifiers
4100ES audio amplifiers are available as dual channel Each Flex-35 channel is capable of up to 35 W output
models rated for 35 W (Flex-35) or 50 W (Flex-50) and as with a total of 35 W
single channel 100 W models with on-board NACs Channels can be divided as 0 W and 35 W; 17.5 W and
(notification appliance circuits) for convenient field 17.5 W; 10 W and 25 W; or any combination that totals
wiring. Common features are summarized as follows: 35 W or less
Analog input amplifier models are for single or dual
channel system operation Flex-50 Amplifiers
Digital input amplifier models are for multi-channel Each Flex-50 channel is capable of up to 50 W output
system operation providing up to eight channels over a with a total output of 50 W
single twisted wire pair Channels can be divided as 0 W and 50 W; 25 W and
Amplifiers are power-limited with models available 25 W; 10 W and 40 W; or any combination that totals
providing 25 VRMS, or 70.7 VRMS output 50 W or less
When Non-Alarm Audio (NAA) applications (such as
for background music, paging, or for Mass Notification) Dual Flex-35 or Flex-50 Connections
are required, optional Constant Supervision modules Two Flex-35 amplifiers, or two Flex-50 amplifiers can
provide continued speaker zone supervision during the connect to a single Expansion Power Supply (XPS) in
page or while background music is playing; due to the the same audio expansion bay (amplifiers must be the
NAA supervision requirements, when amplifiers are same model number); XPS output is dedicated to
used for paging or playing background music, output amplifier power
power is derated to 70% of alarm output rating (24.5 W,
Mounting for dual Flex-35 or Flex-50 amplifiers is
35 W, and 70 W); during alarm conditions full amplifier
output power is available Blocks A & B for amplifier 1, Blocks C & D for the
XPS, blocks E & F are not used, and Blocks G & H are
Linear power output stages are traditional Class B for amplifier 2 (see page 7 for mounting reference)
designs for low distortion and low EMI
An on-board 500 Hz temporal pattern horn tone on each 100 W Audio Amplifiers
amplifier provides a default backup tone
100 W amplifiers provide single channel operation per
Supervision actively monitors amplifier gain in real the following feature summary:
time, comparing output level to input level
Six standard on-board Class B audio NACs are each
On-board test switches can be activated to test and
rated for 2 A maximum
observe amplifier backup
On-board overcurrent protection protects against 100 W amplifiers include a built-in power supply and
overloads and short circuits use system battery backup
Each amplifier communicates to the host CPU and Amplifier and power supply size requires four
allows voltage and current values to be accessed from continuous blocks of expansion bay size
the fire alarm control panel operator interface A single 100W primary amplifier or both a primary and
a backup amplifier can be located on a single expansion
Flex-35 and Flex-50 Amplifiers, General bay (refer to page 7 for bay loading)
Flex-35 and Flex-50 amplifiers are a self-backup Redundant (backup) amplifiers interconnect directly to
dual channel design that provides a total of 35 W or minimize wiring connections and their power is routed
50 W of audio power with the following common feature through the NACs of the primary amplifier
summary: Redundant amplifier operation can be configured as
Self-backup feature allows NACs connected to a disabled one-for-one or one-for-many depending on specific
amplifier channel to be routed to the remaining channel requirements
with the full 35 W or 50 W providing the single channel Digital models of these amplifiers have a digital decoder
as selected by the fire alarm control panel programming; module that selects the desired input channel per system
external backup amplifiers are not required requirements
Three standard on-board audio NACs are each rated for Selectable reduced output levels of -12 dB or -6 dB are
2 A maximum and are capable of being routed to either available for non-emergency audio output
desired amplifier channel
Compatible power supplies include the: Expansion Audio NAC Expansion Modules
Power Supply (XPS), Remote Power Supply (RPS), or For applications requiring additional NACs, modules are
System Power Supply (SPS); power supplies with single available for on-board expansion and further expansion
amplifiers can provide power for other compatible is available with the chassis mounted 4100-5116
applications within their rated output Expansion Signal Module
Digital models of the Flex-35 and Flex-50 have a digital
100 W Amplifiers support optional modules that convert
decoder module that selects one or two of the input
the six audio NACs to Class A or to increase the Class B
channels as desired
audio NACs to twelve
Selectable reduced output levels of -12 dB or -6 dB are
available for non-emergency audio output, selectable per NOTE: Adding NAC expansion modules does not
channel increase amplifier power beyond the stated ratings
3 S4100-0034-20 3/2018
Audio Bay Reference with Single Channel Audio Control and Firefighter Telephone Modules
Command
Phone Phone 8th
Center
Circuit 1 Circuit 9 Floor
Active
All
Phone Phone 7th
Speakers
Circuit 2 Circuit 10 Floor
EVAC
Push-to-Talk Phone
Circuit 4
Phone
Circuit 12
5th
Floor
switch
Phone Phone 4th
Circuit 5 Circuit 13 Floor
All
Phone Phone 2nd
Speakers
Circuit 7 Circuit 15 Floor
Talk
Ready
Phone Phone 1st
to
Circuit 8 Circuit 16 Floor
Talk
Red Start
Selective Selective Selective
EVAC
Red EVAC
Red EVAC LEDs All
Selected
Local Local
Local
Speaker Speaker
Speaker
EVAC Alert Green
Green Green LEDs
All All All All
Speakers
Talk
LEDs Speakers
Talk
LEDs Speakers
Talk
Speakers
Talk Green
LEDs
Ready Ready Ready Ready
to to to to
Talk Talk Talk Talk
4 S4100-0034-20 3/2018
Emergency Voice/Alarm Communications Equipment Product Selection
NOTE: Select systems as either analog or digital. When amplifiers are used for Non-Alarm Audio paging or background music with
Constant Supervision, output power is derated to 70% of alarm power (24.5 W, 35 W, and 70 W); full output is available for alarm.
Audio Options for use with either Analog or Digital Systems (see page 2 for custom message ordering)
Amplifier and Related Audio Options
Model Description Details and Mounting Reference
Flex-35/50 Expansion NAC Module; adds Mounts on Flex-35/50 assembly; NAC ratings = 1.5 A, 35/50 W,
4100-1245 Choose or 100 speakers maximum; Supv. = 8.4 mA, Alarm = 60 mA
three Class B audio NACs
one per
Flex-35/50 Class A Adapter Module; converts amplifier Mounts on Flex-35/50 assembly; NAC ratings = 2 A, 50 W, or
4100-1246
three on-board NACS to Class A operation 100 speakers maximum; Supv. = 1 mA, Alarm = 30 mA
100 W Amplifier Expansion NAC Module; NAC Provides six additional Class B audio NACs, mounts on 100 W
4100-1248 Choose
ratings = 1.5 A, 50 W, or 100 speakers max. amplifier assembly; Supv. = 17 mA, Alarm = 60 mA
one per
100 W Class A Adapter Module; NAC ratings amplifier Converts six on-board NACs to Class A operation, mounts on
4100-1249
= 2 A, 50 W, or 100 speakers maximum 100 W amplifier assembly; Supv. = 1 mA, Alarm = 60 mA
25 VRMS Output; NAC Constant Supervision Supv. = 10 mA
4100-1259 rating = 2 A, 50 W, or 100 Adapter for three NACs; on batteries; Converts three Class B audio NACS to Class A
speakers maximum select per amplifier output Alarm = 35 mA or Class B Constant Supervision NACs; mounts
70.7 VRMS Output; NAC (not compatible with on Flex-35/50 or 100 W amplifier assembly;
amplifier NAC expansion Supv. = 38 mA use two for the six NACs on 100 W amplifiers;
4100-1260 rating = 0.707 A, 50 W, or
modules) Alarm = 70 mA
100 speakers maximum
* Refer to data sheet S4100-0031 for power supply details. (continued on next page)
5 S4100-0034-20 3/2018
Emergency Voice/Alarm Communications Equipment Product Selection (Continued)
Amplifier and Related Audio Options (Continued)
Model Description Details and Mounting Reference
Expansion Signal Module; three, 1.5 A Class B Converts one NAC input to three NAC outputs; selects between two inputs;
4100-5116 NACs; up to five maximum per amplifier; NAC for Flex-35/50 amplifiers only, two input NACs are required; Single Block
rating = 1.5 A, 50 W, or 100 speakers maximum module mounts in expansion bay; Supv. = 20 mA; Alarm = 80 mA
Expansion Signal Module NAC Expander; NAC Expands module capacity to six, Class B NACs;
4100-1266 These modules
rating = 1.5 A, 50 W, or 100 speakers maximum Supv. = 0.84 mA; Alarm = 60 mA
mount on the
Expansion Signal Module Class A Adapter; NAC Converts 3 Class B, NACs to Class A; Supv. = 1 mA;
4100-1267 4100-5116;
rating = 1.5 A, 50 W, or 100 speakers maximum Alarm = 30 mA
select one max.
Expansion Signal Module Constant Supervision Converts 3 Class B NACs to Class B or Class A Constant per 4100-5116
4100-1268 Adapter for 25 VRMS or 70.7 VRMS; NAC rating Supervision NACs; Supv. = 38 mA on batteries (constant as required
= 1.4 A, 50 W, or 100 speakers maximum supervision deactivated); Alarm = 70 mA
4081-9018 End-of-line resistor harness for 70.7 VRMS NACs; 10 k, 1 W
4100-2300 Expansion Bay Hardware; order one for each expansion bay
4100-2320 Audio Bay-to-Bay Interconnection Harness Kit; order one for each audio bay addition
4100-0637 Audio Box Interconnection Harness Kit; order one for each close-nippled audio cabinet
Audio Input and Controller Options (see page 2 for custom message ordering)
Model Description Details and Mounting Reference
Auxiliary Audio Input Module; four additional Inputs for 10 VRMS, 25 VRMS, 70.7 VRMS, line level (0.707 VRMS), or
4100-1240
(unsupervised) inputs per module; 2 maximum microphone; 1 Block; current = 10 mA
Provides 8 minutes at normal resolution or 4 minutes at high Mounts to
4100-1241 8 Minute Message Expansion Module
resolution, Supv. = 2 mA; Active = 17 mA audio
Provides 32 minutes at normal resolution or 16 minutes at controller
4100-1242 32 Minute Message Expansion Module module
high resolution; Supv. = 2 mA; Active = 17 mA
Operator Interface and Related Options
Model Description Details and Mounting Reference
Microphone Module (mike); for One maximum per audio system; front panel module that requires 2 Slots (4”), Supervisory
4100-1243
Fire Alarm Control Panels locate on expansion bay only; space behind for 4100ES flat modules only current =
Remote Microphone Module; Front panel module that requires 2 Slots (4”), locate on expansion bay only; 2.4 mA
4100-1244 for Remote Annunciator space behind for 4100ES flat modules only; distance limited to 4000 ft Active current
Panels (1219 m) = 6 mA
4003-9803 Remote Microphone Module Mounted on plate with controls, for 2-gang box mount, see data sheet S4100-0053 for details
4100-1252 1 Channel (audio or mike) Single Slot LED/switch modules; connects to a 4100-1288 or 4100-1289
4100-1253 1.5 Channel (audio + mike) Operator LED/switch controller in the same bay; space behind controller accepts
4100-1254 2 Channel (full audio) Interface 4100ES flat modules only (see drawings on p. 4); current = 24 mA;
3-8 Channel (8 channel normal LED/Switch Additional adjacent LED/switch modules, as shown on p. 4, are used as
4100-1255 res. messages, 4 channels of Modules required for specific speaker circuit selection (refer to data sheet
high res. messages) S4100-0032 for LED/switch module availability)
64 LED/64 Switch Controller Mounts behind the LED/switch modules; has LED/switch controllers
4100-1288 Refer to data
Module with mounting plate provisions for one 4100-1289 Controller Module and their connected
sheet S4100-
64 LED/64 Switch Controller modules must be in
4100-1289 0032 for details Mounts on extra space of 4100-1288; controls
Module without mounting plate additional 64 LEDs and 64 switches the same bay
Firefighter Telephone System Products
Model Description Details and Mounting Reference
Master Telephone with Control Module and Front panel module; space behind for 4100ES flat modules only; phone
three Class B telephone NACs, one maximum control module included, mounted on bay module mounting plate; for
4100-1270
per audio system; for use in Fire Alarm Control individual telephone circuit control, use LED/switch modules;
Panels only; includes one 4100-1272 Module Supv. = 80 mA; in use = 140 mA + remote phones (see table on page 7)
4100-1271 Remote Master Telephone Mounts in Remote Annunciator Panel only (see S4100-0038)
Expansion Telephone Control Module with three Expansion module for additional telephone circuits in main control or
4100-1272
Class B telephone NACs transponders; Supv. = 80 mA; in use = 140 mA + remote phones
4100-1273 Telephone NAC Class A Adapter Module Mounts to 4100-1270 or -1272; no additional current required
Network and MINIPLEX Transponder Audio Connection Options
Model Description Details
Network Audio Riser Controller Module for Typically for Network nodes without an audio controller, used for NAA
4100-0623
control of either an analog or digital riser module applications; mounts in Block A; current = 14 mA
Dual Channel Analog Audio Accepts two separate audio signals from host; controlled by Transponder
4100-0621
Riser Module Interface Module; current = 25 mA when active
3-8 Channel Digital Audio Riser Select one, Receives and decodes digital inputs; up to eight audio channels;
4100-0622
Module; with NAA input mounts in current = 70 mA; NAA input for 25, 70.7, or 0.707 VRMS
Block B Selects a single digital audio channel and converts it to an analog line level
MCC (Multiple Command Center)
4100-1341 for input to an analog 4100ES/ 4100U/4100 Legacy voice panel; current =
Digital Audio Riser Interface
70 mA
4100-9854 4100/4100+ Legacy bay mounting kit Use to mount 4100-1341 MCC Digital Audio Riser Interface in legacy panel
NPU to 4100ES Audio Interconnect Module; Dual terminal block module with harnesses for connecting to the Audio
4100-1258
mounts in 4100ES Audio cabinet Controller and Telephone Control module (requires 1 Block)
6 S4100-0034-20 3/2018
Firefighter Telephone System Description
Firefighter telephone systems provide two-way Remote Master Telephones mount in Remote
communications for facilities where radio Annunciator Cabinets and are wired as the only connection
communications may not be available or are unreliable. to a telephone circuit. By adding local LED/switch
They are typically used during active firefighting modules, operation is that of the Master Telephone.
conditions, during a fire alarm investigation, or during fire Remote telephones are available cabinet mounted or
alarm system inspection and test. for plugging into a dedicated telephone jack. Each hears a
System Operation. Connections are made using a ring tone when a call-in is selected and a hold tone when
common talk line (party line) that includes a Master placed on hold. When on hold, the remote telephones are
Telephone and up to six remote telephones. Remote each separated from the talk line.
telephones call into the Master by either being taken The Telephone Interface Module provides three
off-hook or by being plugged into a telephone jack. The Class B (Class A option is available) telephone circuits,
Master Telephone location receives a ring-in tone with a connection for a master telephone, and a telephone riser
visible LED indicator for each telephone circuit. When input. One module is supplied when selecting a Master
the call is received, the operator selects the calling Telephone. Additional telephone interface modules can be
telephone circuit using the assigned switch control. The added as required. Telephone circuit outputs can be
operator at the master location can place the original programmed as remote telephones, as a Remote Master,
telephone circuit on hold and connect to additional or for telephone riser operation. Telephone circuits are
telephone circuits or add them to the talk line. supervised for opens, shorts, and overload conditions. The
Master Telephone Operation. The Master Telephone Master Telephone is supervised for broken cord or
connects directly into a telephone interface module. A off-hook.
Push-to-Talk (PTT) switch provides the operator with voice Telephone riser operation can be programmed to
input control. Each master telephone uses local LED/switch provide a telephone riser output that is used to interconnect
modules to select telephone circuits and to silence any telephone interface modules in different locations. This
subsequent call-ins until selected. output type has ring and hold tones disabled.
Telephone Circuit Control. A call request causes the Degraded Mode. If the telephone interface module
local call-in tone sounder and assigned telephone circuit loses communications with the host fire alarm control
LED to pulse quickly. Pushing the calling circuit’s switch panel, telephone circuits off-hook are automatically
silences the local sounder and connects that circuit to the connected to the talk line allowing any telephone to talk
talk line. Activating the switch again places that circuit on to another simply by being picked up (or plugged in).
hold with a hold tone being heard at the remote telephones
Master Telephone Control Current with Remote
and causing that circuit’s LED to pulse slowly. Subsequent
pushes toggles from active to hold. Activating a telephone Telephones. The following table lists Master Telephone
circuit switch when no call is incoming places a request to Control current with the addition of remote firefighter
telephones.
pick up on remote telephones equipped with local LEDs.
Master telephones can be also be connected as an input to Remote
0 1 2 3 4 5 6
an audio controller module to allow audio system message Phones
broadcasting without using a microphone. Current (mA) 140 180 220 250 276 304 329
7 S4100-0034-20 3/2018
General Specifications
Input Power
Power Supplies; SPS, XPS, RPS, 120 VAC Models 4 A maximum @ 102 to 132 VAC, 60 Hz
and 100 W Amplifiers 220-240 VAC Models 2 A maximum @ 204 to 264 VAC, 50/60 Hz; with taps for 220/230/240 VAC
Amplifier Ratings
500 Hz horn tone operated at temporal pattern, provided when amplifiers are separated from
Built-in Tones
audio controller
Input Voltage 19 to 35 VDC from adjacent power supply
Flex-35 Amplifiers: 425 mA with power stage supervised
4100-1361 Supervisory Current
85 mA in low power mode
4100-1362
Use this value for power
4100-1363 5.5 A with continuous horn tone
Alarm Current supply loading
4100-1364
@ full output power Use this value for battery
1.64 A average, with temporal pattern horn
backup reference
Input Voltage 19 to 35 VDC from adjacent power supply
Flex-50 Amplifiers: 425 mA with power stage supervised
4100-1312 Supervisory Current
85 mA in low power mode
4100-1313
Use this value for power
4100-1326 5.55 A with continuous horn tone
Alarm Current supply loading
4100-1327
@ full output power Use this value for battery
2.27 A average, with temporal pattern horn
backup reference
100 W Amplifiers and Backup Amplifiers: 400 mA (analog); 220 mA (digital) with power stage supervised
Supervisory Current
4100-1314, 4100-1316, 4100-1318, 85 mA in low power mode
4100-1320, 4100-1322, 4100-1324; 9.6 A with continuous horn tone
4100-1328, 4100-1330, 4100-1332, Alarm Current
@ full output power Use this value for battery
4100-1334, 4100-1336, 4100-1338 3.8 A average, with temporal pattern horn
backup reference
Total Amplifier Power per Cabinet 300 W maximum
Audio Controller Ratings
4100-9620, 4100-1210 Analog = 225 mA supervisory Add for local speaker in alarm: 75 mA min. volume;
Current 190 mA half volume; 333 mA full volume;
Requirements Add microphone current separately; Supv.= 2.4 mA;
4100-9621, 4100-1311 Digital = 85 mA supervisory Active = 30 mA
Analog Riser Distance Up to 10,000 ft (3048m) total with 18 AWG (0.82 mm2) shielded twisted pair (STP)
Up to 2500 ft (762 m) from 4100-1311 Digital Controller to 4100-0622 Digital Audio Riser or
Digital Riser Distance; 18 AWG
4100-1341 MCC Digital Riser Interface; up to 2500 ft (762 m) between 4100-0622 Digital
unshielded, twisted pair (UTP) required,
Audio Riser Modules or 4100-1341 MCC Digital Riser Interfaces (signal is reformatted and
except as noted (refer to Installation
repeated); wire runs over 100 ft (30 m) require UTP wire
Instructions 574-844)*
* NOTE: Wire runs of 100 ft (30 m) or less require shielded twisted pair wire (STP)
Firefighter Telephone Distance Ratings
Distance 7500 ft (2286 m) distance to farthest phone, 18 AWG shielded twisted pair (STP)
Battery Charger, System and Remote Power Supply (sealed lead-acid batteries)
UL listed for battery charging of 6.2 Ah up to 110 Ah (batteries larger than 50 Ah require a
Battery capacity range
remote battery cabinet); ULC listed for charging up to 50 Ah batteries
Temperature compensated, dual rate, recharges depleted batteries within 48 hours per UL
Charger characteristics and performance
Standard 864, to 70% capacity in 12 hours per ULC Standard S527
Environmental and Installation Instruction Reference
Operating Temperature Range 32° to 120°F (0° to 49° C)
Operating Humidity Range Up to 93% RH, non-condensing @ 90° F (32° C) maximum
Flex Amplifiers 579-173 Constant Supervision NAC Modules 579-515
Installation Instructions Reference
Digital/Analog Amplifiers 579-174 Firefighter Phones 579-226
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.
PULL DOWN
DIS C ONN E C T
A.C .P OW ER
C
N
A ND
N
AND
A.C . PO WE R
C
DISC O NNE CT
Local mode
Initiating functions include:
Alarm
Lo ca l
Mod e
CONTROL Control Alarm
Sil enced
ENABLE
Local
controller
Mode
Active
Alarm
Silence Reset Power
On
Fi re Al arm
Ack
Priority2
Ack
SYST EM W ARN INGS
Supe rviso ry
S upv
Ack
T roubl e
T rouble
Ack
Alarm Sile nced
A larm
Si lence
A C Power
System
Reset
A BC
Z ONE
STU
1
J KL
FB
4
P
7
' S P' ( )
NE T
DE F
SI G
2
MN O
IO
5
VW X
A
8
,0 :
ADD R
0
GH I
AUX
3
PQ R
ID Ne t
6
YZ/
L
9
DEL
Menu
En able On N ext
Arm
Of f
Au to
On
On
O ff
Auto
On
Au to Auto
On On
Of f O ff
Au to Auto
On On
Of f O ff
Au to Auto
Digital or Analog audio riser modules for connection to Typical 4100ES MINIPLEX System One-Line Drawing
system audio signals
Digital or analog input audio amplifiers with integral Introduction
on-board NACs
Power supplies with or without battery chargers 4100ES MINIPLEX transponders connect to a host
City Connect modules and RS-232 ports for printers or 4100ES Fire Alarm Control Panel using Simplex® remote P P
Mode
Input Operation. During local mode operation, CONTROL Control Alarm
Silenced
ENABLE
TrueAlarm initiating devices connected to the transponder Local
Mode
will cause an alarm at their least sensitive alarm threshold. Active
Alarm
Reset
Photoelectric sensors will alarm at 3.7%/ft smoke
Silence Power
On
FIRE ALARM
PULL DOWN
Seventh floor
Legend:
FIRE ALARM
MINIPLEX transponder
D I S CO N N E CT
N
C A . C. P OW E R
AND
B AT TE R Y O
A BE F OR E
S ER V I CI N G
I
U
PULL DOWN
T
T
U
I S E RV I C IN G A
O BE F OR E
B A TTE R Y
AND C
N A . C. P O WE R
D I SC O N N E CT
Strobe NAC
Sixth floor
Speaker NAC
FIRE ALARM
PULL DOWN
TrueAlarm sensors
FIRE ALARM
and IDNet/MAPNET II
Fifth floor PULL DOWN
addressable circuits
RUI communications
PULL DOWN
MINIPLEX transponder
FIRE ALARM
D I S CO N N E CT
N
C A . C. P OW E R
AND
B AT TE R Y O
A BE F OR E
S ER V I CI N G
I
U
T
T
U
I S E RV I C IN G A
O BE F OR E
B A TTE R Y
AND C
N A . C. P O WE R
D I SC O N N E CT
PULL DOWN
Third floor
ABC DE F GHI
ZONE SIG AUX
1 2 3
J KL M NO PQ R
FB IO IDNe t
Off Lamp
D isable Auto
Di sarm Test
FIRE ALARM
PULL DOWN
Second floor
On On
Off Off
Auto Auto
On On
Off Off
Auto Auto
On On
Off Off
Auto Auto
On On
Off Off
Auto Auto
First floor
3 S4100-0035-15 3/2018
MINIPLEX Transponder Product Selection
Transponder Type
Model Description Supv. Alarm
Basic Transponder, includes bay equipment with power distribution interface, and 4100-0620 Basic
4100-9600 36 mA 36 mA
Transponder Interface Module mounted in Block A
Local Mode Transponder, includes bay equipment with power distribution interface, and normal 38 mA 38 mA
4100-9601
4100-0625 Local Mode Transponder Interface Module mounted in Block A in local mode 23 mA 23 mA
Local Mode Controller Selection
10B
Model Description
24 Point I/O Module for external connections, select each point as either a switch input (momentary or maintained) or an
4100-1290
output (for lamp/LED/relay); requires 1 Slot (refer to data sheet S4100-0032 for additional information)
4100-0632 Terminal Block Utility Module with 2, 16 position terminal blocks on 4” x 5” single block, for of up to 12 AWG wire (3.31 mm2)
P P
4100-0633 Door Tamper Switch, connects into Transponder Interface Module, one per cabinet assembly if required
4100-0634 120 VAC
Power Distribution Module (PDM) select per system voltage; one required per box
4100-0635 220/230/240 VAC
4100-9837 Green LED Power-on Indicator Kit, required for ULC listing of MINIPLEX transponder; mounts on solid door knockout
Series resistor for WSO, IDCs (N.O. water flow and tamper on same circuit, wires after water flow and before tamper) 470 Ω,
2081-9031
1 W, encapsulated, two 18 AWG leads (0.82 mm2), 2 ½” L x 1 ⅜” W x 1” H (64 mm x 35 mm x 25 mm)
P P
4100-1361 25 VRMS output Flex-35, 35 W Amplifier, constant NAC rating = 1.4 A 35 W, or 100
Includes three on-board
4100-1362 70.07 VRMS output supervision compatible Class B audio NACs; NAC rating = 0.5 A speakers
4100-1312 25 VRMS output Flex-50, 50 W Amplifier, constant power is supplied from NAC rating = 2 A 50 W, or 100
supervision compatible an XPS, RPS, or SPS speakers
4100-1313 70.7 VRMS output NAC rating = 0.707 A
100 W Analog Amplifiers with Power Supply, Constant Supervision Compatible
Model/Output Voltage
Power Supply Input/Listing Description Details
25 VRMS 70.7 VRMS
4100-1314 4100-1315 120 VAC, 60 Hz UL Includes six, Class B audio NACs;
Primary
4100-1316 4100-1317 120 VAC, 60 Hz ULC NAC rating = 50 W or 100 speakers ULC
100 W
maximum; 2 A @ 25 VRMS; models
4100-1318 4100-1319 220/230/240 VAC, 50/60 Hz UL Amplifier
1.4 A @ 70.7 VRMS have low
4100-1320 4100-1321 120 VAC, 60 Hz UL battery
Backup dropout
Uses the six Class B NACs of primary
4100-1322 4100-1323 120 VAC, 60 Hz ULC 100 W circuit
amplifier
4100-1324 4100-1325 220/230/240 VAC, 50/60 Hz UL Amplifier
Model Description
7B Size Supv. In Use
Expansion Telephone Control Module with three Class B telephone NACS; required when
4100-1272 1 Block 80 mA 130 mA
telephone circuits are mounted in transponder;
4100-1273 Telephone Class A Adapter Module; mounts on 4100-1272; no additional current required
General Audio Options
Model Description
4081-9018 End-of-line resistor harness for 70.7 VRMS NACs; 10 k, 1 W
4100-2320 Audio Bay-to-Bay Interconnection Harness Kit; order one for each audio bay addition
4100-0637 Audio Box Interconnection Harness Kit; order one for each close-nippled audio cabinet
* Refer to document S4100-0034 for additional audio information. Continued on next page
5 S4100-0035-15 3/2018
MINIPLEX Transponder Product Selection (Continued)
3B Audio Expansion Signal Module and Options
Model Description
8B Details and Mounting Reference
Converts one NAC input to three NAC outputs; selects between
Expansion Signal Module; three, 1.5 A Class B NACs for
two inputs; for Flex-35/50 amplifiers only, two input NACs are
4100-5116 Audio applications; up to five maximum per amplifier; NAC
required; Single Block module mounts in expansion bay;
rating = 1.5 A, 50 W, or 100 speakers maximum
Supv = 20 mA; Alarm = 80 mA
Expansion Signal Module NAC Expander; NAC rating = Expands module capacity to six, Class B These modules
4100-1266
1.5 A, 50 W, or 100 speakers max. NACs; Supv = 0.84 mA; Alarm = 60 mA mount on the
Expansion Signal Module Class A Adapter; NAC rating = Converts 3 Class B, NACs to Class A; 4100-5116;
4100-1267
1.5 A, 50 W, or 100 speakers maximum Supv = 0 mA; Alarm = 30 mA select one
Expansion Signal Module Constant Supervision Adapter; NAC rating = 1.4 A, 50 W, or 100 speakers max. per
4100-1268 Converts 3 Class B NACs to Constant Supervision Class B max.; Supv = 38 mA on batteries (constant 4100-5116 as
or Class A NACs; for 25 VRMS or 70.7 VRMS audio supervision deactivated); Alarm = 70 mA required
Model Description Size Supv. Alarm
Initiating Device
Circuits (IDCs) 4100-5005 Eight zones, Class B 1 Slot 75 mA 195 mA
4100-5015 Eight zones, Class A 1 Slot 75 mA 195 mA
4B Addressable Interface Modules
Model Description Supv. Alarm
no devices 50 mA 60 mA
IDNet 2 Module, 250 point capacity; electrically isolated output with two short circuit 50 devices 90 mA 150 mA
4100-3109*
isolating Class B or Class A output loops, 1 block; standard on EPS with IDNet 2 Module 125 devices 150 mA 225 mA
250 devices 250 mA 350 mA
no devices 50 mA 60 mA
IDNet 2+2 Module, 250 point capacity; electrically isolated output with four short circuit
50 devices 90 mA 150 mA
4100-3110* isolating Class B or Class A output loops, 1 block; mounts in expansion bay or available
master controller bay module locations only, not applicable for EPS mounting 125 devices 150 mA 225 mA
250 devices 250 mA 350 mA
IDNet Short Circuit Isolating Loop Output Module; for Aftermarket Field Installation Only; mount up to two on a 4100-3109
4100-3111*
module; for use with 4100-3109 modules only
*Note: Loading per IDNet device (no LEDs on) = 0.8 mA supervisory and 1 m A alarm.
Each IDNet 2 and IDNet 2+2 Short Circuit Isolating Loop Output can be individually controlled for system diagnostics and can be
assigned a public point for Fire Alarm Network annunciation.
Model Description Supv. Alarm
MAPNET II Module, 127 point capacity, add devices separately; Module Module without devices 255 mA 275 mA
4100-3102
size = 2 Slots; Loading per MAPNET II device = 1.7 mA Fully loaded module, total 471 mA 491 mA
Isolator Module for MAPNET II communications; converts a single connected SLC into four isolated
4100-3103 outputs selectable as Class A or Class B; up to two Isolator Modules can be connected to one SLC; 50 mA 50 mA
Module size = 1 Slot; NOTE: Compatible with MAPNET II Remote Isolators only
Relay Modules; Nonpower-Limited
5B
General Specifications
120 VAC Models 4 A maximum @ 102 to 132 VAC, 60 Hz
Input Power [System (SPS); Expansion (XPS);
Remote (RPS); and 100 W amplifiers] 2 A maximum @ 204 to 264 VAC, 50/60 Hz;
220-240 VAC Models
separate taps for 220/230/240 VAC
Including module currents and auxiliary power outputs; 9 A
Power Supply Output Total Power Supply Output switches to
total for “Special Application” appliances; 4 A total for “Regulated
Ratings for SPS, XPS, Output Rating battery backup
and RPS 24 DC” power
during mains AC
(nominal 28 VDC on AC; Auxiliary Power Tap 2 A maximum
failure or brownout
24 VDC on battery NACs Programmed 2 A maximum per NAC; Rated 19.1 to 31.1 VDC conditions
backup) for Auxiliary Power 5 A maximum total
Battery Charger UL listed for battery charging of 6.2 Ah up to 110 Ah (batteries larger than 50 Ah
Battery capacity range
Ratings for SPS and require a remote battery cabinet); ULC listed for charging up to 50 Ah batteries
RPS (sealed lead-acid Charger characteristics Temperature compensated, dual rate, recharges depleted batteries within 48 hours per
batteries) and performance UL Standard 864, to 70% capacity in 12 hours per ULC Standard S527
Operating Temp. Range 32° to 120°F (0° to 49° C)
Environmental
Operating Humidity Range Up to 93% RH, non-condensing @ 90° F (32° C) maximum
Installation Instruction Reference 574-844, Transponder Interface Cards 579-343, Local Mode Controller
6 S4100-0035-15 3/2018
Local Mode Controller Detail
Matching box is supplied with surface mount models
4601-9109 (red) and 4601-9111 (beige); for semi-flush models 4601-9108
(red) and 4601-9110 (beige), use a 1-1/2" (38 mm) minimum depth, 3-gang box
1-3/4"
Local Mode Controller dimensions, 6-3/8" (162 mm) (44 mm)
7 S4100-0035-15 3/2018
Enclosure Installation Reference
NOTE: A system ground must be provided for Earth Detection and transient protection devices. This connection
shall be made to an approved, dedicated Earth connection per NFPA 70, Article 250, and NFPA 780.
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. VESDA is a trademark of Xtralis Pty Ltd.
Features
Simplex® 4100ES Box and door options:
Boxes are available sized for one, two, or three
equipment bays, each with a battery bay located at the
bottom
Colors include platinum or red
4100ES One Bay Cabinets
Doors are glass front with modular dress panels, or
solid
Models are available with box and door combined for
single package shipping, or packaged separately
Enclosures are NEMA 1 rated; wall mount enclosures
are also IP30 rated
Refer to individual 4100ES data sheets for product
application listings (see list on page 2)
Door and dress panel selection is coordinated
with cabinet function: 4100ES Two Bay Cabinets
Glass doors with modular dress panels provide
visibility of annunciation and interface modules for
Control Panels, Network Display Units (NDU), and
Remote Annunciators
Solid doors are for MINIPLEX Transponders and
utility function cabinets where module visibility is not
required
4100ES Enclosure details:
Latching dress panels easily lift off for internal access
Smooth box surfaces are provided for locally cutting
conduit entrance holes exactly where required
Alignment markers are provided at the top and bottom
of each box side for 6” (152 mm) or 4” (102 mm) wall 4100ES Three Bay Cabinets
studs
Knockout screw/nail holes are supplied for semi-flush
mounting
Upright cabinet rack packaging reference:
For use with Bud Industries Inc. special cabinet rack
model number 45964
Refer to page 2 for cabinet rack listing
* For 4100ES one, two, and three bay cabinets with associated equipment: Products are
listed by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the
California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7165-0026:251 for allowable
values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Accepted for
use – City of New York Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E. Additional listings may
be applicable, contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings
and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection
Products.
S4100-0037-15 3/2018
Enclosure Selection Chart (refer to pages 3 and 4 for dimensions)
Note: Door keys are shipped with system Master Controller, see Miscellaneous Accessories below for additional keys
Combined Box and Door Selection (select if box and door are to be shipped together)
Description Platinum 1 Bay Platinum 2 Bay Platinum 3 Bay Red 1 Bay Red 2 Bay Red 3 Bay
Box with Glass Door and Dress Panel 2975-9444 2975-9445 2975-9446 2975-9441 2975-9442 2975-9443
Box with Solid Door 2975-9450 2975-9451 2975-9452 2975-9447 2975-9448 2975-9449
Separate Box and Door Selection (select if boxes and doors are required to be shipped separately)
Description Platinum 1 Bay Platinum 2 Bay Platinum 3 Bay Red 1 Bay Red 2 Bay Red 3 Bay
Box 2975-9438 2975-9439 2975-9440 2975-9407 2975-9408 2975-9409
Glass Door and Dress Panel 4100-2104 4100-2105 4100-2106 4100-2124 4100-2125 4100-2126
Solid Door 4100-2114 4100-2115 4100-2116 4100-2134 4100-2135 4100-2136
Cabinet Rack Mounting (refer to page 4 for additional details)
Model Description #45964 Listings
#45964, Special upright cabinet rack for 4100ES; 19” (483 mm) E.I.A.; UL and ULC listed only as of document revision
from Bud gray texture; includes front polycarbonate door and rear date; cabinets are listed with the Simplex
Industries Inc. louvered door, both keyed with Simplex “B” keys 4100ES product line
4100-2140 Master Controller Rack Mount Kit, one required per master controller Master Controller and Option Bays
each require 9 Rack Units; 15.75”
4100-2145 Option Bay Rack Mounting Kit, one required per expansion bay height (400 mm)
Power Distribution Module (PDM) Rack Mount Kit, order PDM separately per system voltage, one required per
4100-2144
cabinet rack
Power Distribution Modules
Model Voltage Description
4100-0634 120 VAC Power Distribution Module (PDM); select per system voltage;
4100-0635 220/230/240 VAC one required per 4100ES box or cabinet rack
Miscellaneous Accessories
Model Description
Door key, one is shipped with system Master Controller, order for replacement or when extra keys are needed;
252-019
(Simplex “B” key)
4100-9856 Canadian French Appliqué Kit, for 1, 2, or 3 bay sizes
4100ES Appliqué Retrofit Kit, for 1, 2, or 3 bay sizes; use to identify 4100ES features when new door is not used;
4100-9857
included with Master Controller Upgrade kits as detailed on data sheet S4100-0031
4100-9868 Special Purpose Appliqué Kit: Simplex, Elevator Recall Control and Supervisory Control Unit, 4100ES
4100-9869 Special Purpose Appliqué Kit: Simplex, Sprinkler Waterflow and Supervisory Station, 4100ES
NOTE: One kit is supplied for each cabinet; order this
4100-9835 Termination and Address Label Kit, for module marking
if required for additional field module installation
Green LED Power-on Indicator Kit, required for ULC
4100-9837 Mounts using knockout provided in solid door
listing of MINIPLEX transponder
2975-9813 Platinum semi-flush box trim 1 7⁄16” (37 mm) wide, four corners and trim pieces for
2975-9812 Red semi-flush box trim top, bottom, and sides
Battery Reference
Model Capacity Model Capacity Battery Notes
2081-9272 6.2 Ah 2081-9287 25 Ah 1. Sealed lead-acid batteries, 12 VDC each; two required per
2081-9274 10 Ah 2081-9276 33 Ah battery location.
2. Battery selection is required if batteries are internal.
2081-9288 12.7 Ah 2081-9296 50 Ah 3. Select one size per battery set
2081-9275 18 Ah 4. Refer to data sheet S2081-0006 for battery details.
Battery Accessories
Model Description
4100-0650 Battery Shelf, required for 50 Ah batteries
Battery Distribution Terminal Block, mounts to side of box, required for all close-nippled cabinets unless cabinet
4100-5128
receives all power from power supplies and batteries located in the adjacent cabinet
2 S4100-0037-15 3/2018
Wall Mounted Enclosure Installation Reference
NOTE:
A system ground must be
provided for Earth Detection
and transient protection
devices. This connection
shall be made to an
approved, dedicated Earth
connection per NFPA 70,
Article 250, and NFPA 780.
3 S4100-0037-15 3/2018
Console Package Reference
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.
Features
Remote Annunciator Panels provide fire alarm
control panel status information at locations
distant from the fire alarm control panel
Typical functions include:
Remote status LED indicators and dedicated switch
input controls located on LED/switch modules
Remote status LED indicator modules with 8 red or
16 (8 red/8 yellow) LEDs that are pluggable to allow
color selection (yellow, green, or red LEDs are
ordered separately)
Remote microphone and operator interface for access
to the emergency voice/alarm communications system
Remote master telephone for communicating to the
firefighter telephone system
Also available with InfoAlarm Command Center
expanded content user interface (refer to page 5 and to
data sheet S4100-0045 for additional information)
Additional optional modules include:
Remote Command Center module for LCD status
readout and keyswitch controlled functions
24 Point I/O module
4100ES Remote Annunciator in a Three Bay Cabinet with
RS-232 ports for remote printer or terminal
Audio Operator Modules; Remote Command Center (left)
connections and with an InfoAlarm Command Center (right)
Power supplies with battery charger for annunciator
Panel mounted printer for system status recording Introduction
Wiring requirements:
Remote Annunciator Panels are dedicated purpose
RUI or RUI+ (remote unit interface) supervised transponders that support fire alarm system status
communications from the host fire alarm control information. Typical use is when the host fire alarm
panel provide Style 4 or Style 7 SLC (signaling line control panel is located away from the area where those
circuit) connections responding to a fire situation need status information.
Microphone and telephone circuits require their own Status and Control. Controls are suitable for
dedicated wiring firefighter or other fire brigade responders to access
Listed to: particular information and for system control. When
UL Std. 864, Fire Detection and Control (UOJZ), and equipped with a remote microphone and emergency
Smoke Control Service (UUKL) voice/alarm communications system control, an
authorized user can take command of the system and
UL Std. 2017, Process Management Equipment either play selected pre-recorded messages or select
(QVAX) specific tones, or initiate live broadcast information either
UL Std. 1076, Proprietary Alarm Units-Burglar globally into the system, or to selected areas.
(APOU) Remote Master Firefighter Phone. When equipped
UL Std. 1730, Smoke Detector Monitor (UULH) with a remote master phone, the authorized user can
ULC Std. S527-99 connect to remote phone call-in requests and allow callers
to be connected to each other. Although intended for use
* See page 4 for additional listing details. This product has been approved by the California in assisting fire responders, these system are also helpful
State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and during system setup and test.
Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7165-0026:0251 for allowable values and/or conditions
concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable;
contact your local Simplex® product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals
under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
S4100-0038-14 3/2018
Module Bay Description Packaging Availability
Remote Annunciators include a bay assembly, a power Modules are power-limited (except as noted, such as
distribution interface module (PDI), a Transponder Interface relay modules)
Module, and an interconnect harness. Communications with Enclosure are available for one, two, or three bay sizes
the host fire alarm control panel are via a Remote Unit or for cabinet rack mounting
Interface (RUI or RUI+) connection that allows for up to
2500 ft (762 m) distance. RUI can communicate with up to a Boxes, doors with tempered glass inserts, and dress
total of 31 remote devices per master controller (on one or panels are available in beige or red (ordered separately)
multiple RUI channels) and can be either Style 4 or Style 7 Refer to document S4100-0037 for enclosure details
communications. Wiring can be either shielded or
Remote Command Center
unshielded, twisted, or untwisted single pair wiring.
4100-9610 Remote Annunciator. This model is for The optional Remote Command Center occupies the top
applications that may require a full complement of the bay of a Remote Annunciator. It provides an LCD status
Remote Annunciator functions (refer to the product readout with keyswitch activated control switches and a
selection lists on pages 3 and 4). Power is from a cabinet local tone-alert sounder. Features are essentially identical
mounted Remote Power Supply (RPS). to the Remote LCD Annunciator model 4603-9101
(reference document S4603-0001).
4100-9611 Basic Remote Annunciator. For remote
annunciator applications that require less features in the
cabinet, select this model which accepts power from a
separate fire alarm control cabinet. (This model does NOT
accept: a cabinet mounted power supply, expansion phone
cards, Class A phone modules, RS-232 modules, panel
mounted printers, or 24 I/O modules.)
Optional Expansion Bays each include a PDI and
accept a variety of optional modules for specific annunciator
functions.
The Battery Compartment (bottom) accepts two
batteries, up to 50 Ah. Battery mounting does not interfere
with available module space. (Not applicable to the model
4100-1292 Remote Command Center
4100-9611)
Remote Annunciator Audio Module Reference
Command
Phone Phone 8th
Center
Circuit 1 Circuit 9 Floor
Active
All
Phone Phone 7th
Speakers
Circuit 2 Circuit 10 Floor
EVAC
Push-to-Talk Phone
Circuit 4
Phone
Circuit 12
5th
Floor
switch
Phone Phone 4th
Circuit 5 Circuit 13 Floor
All
Phone Phone 2nd
Speakers
Circuit 7 Circuit 15 Floor
Talk
Ready
Phone Phone 1st
to
Circuit 8 Circuit 16 Floor
Talk
2 S4100-0038-14 3/2018
Product Selection
Panel Type
Model Description Details and Mounting Reference
Includes a bay assembly with power distribution board, a Basic
Remote Annunciator Panel; requires an internal Transponder Interface Module (4100-0620) mounted in Block A, and an
4100-9610 interconnect harness for connecting to 4100ES/4100U Slot modules
power supply
Supervisory and Alarm current = 87 mA
Includes a bay assembly with power distribution board, a remotely powered
Basic Remote Annunciator Panel; requires Transponder Interface Module mounted in Block A, and an interconnect
4100-9611 power from another cabinet (refer to module harness for connecting to 4100ES/4100U Slot modules
exclusion list on page 2)
Supervisory and Alarm current = 87 mA
Remote Command Center Option (for InfoAlarm Command Center expanded content display products, refer to data sheet
S4100-0045)
Model Description Details and Mounting Reference
Panel Mounted LCD Annunciator; 2 line by 40 Mounting requires the top bay; 4100ES/4100U flat modules are allowed
character LCD with LED illumination; LED behind it; RUI device, RUI/RUI+ connection is required
4100-1292
illumination is off during supervisory, turning on Supervisory current = 65 mA (w/o backlight)
with alarm or when switches are activated Alarm current = 140 mA
Emergency Voice/Alarm Communications Operator Interface Options
Model Description Details and Mounting Reference
Front panel module; requires 2 Slots (4” [51 mm]), space behind accepts
4100-1244 Remote Microphone (mike) Module 4100ES/4100U flat modules only (requires dedicated wiring to fire alarm
control panel audio control module); Supv. = 2.4 mA, Active = 6 mA
4100-1252 1 Channel (audio or mike) Single slot modules requiring connection to an LED/switch controller; space
4100-1253 1.5 Channel (audio + mike) Operator behind accepts 4100ES/4100U flat modules only; adjacent LED/switch
Interface module(s) are required for specific speaker circuit selection (refer to
4100-1254 2 Channel (full audio) Modules document S4100-0034 for audio reference and document S4100-0032 for
4100-1255 3-8 Channel LED/switch module reference); Supv. = 0, Alarm = 24 mA
Firefighter Telephone System Products (refer to document S4100-0034 for additional detail)
Model Description Details and Mounting Reference
Mounts in two vertical blocks of bay front, locate as required; space behind
4100-1271 Remote Master Telephone
allows 4100ES/4100U flat modules only
4100-1272 Phone Module with 3 Class B phone NACs Single Block module, mounts to bay mounting plate Not available
4100-1273 Phone Class A Adapter Module Mounts to 4100-1272, no additional space required with 4100-9611
LED and LED/Switch Modules, General Purpose (LED/switch controller and label kit is ordered separately)*
LEDs per Switch LEDs Switches Model LED Color(s) Model LED Color(s)
One 8 8 4100-1280 Red 4100-1281 Yellow
Two 16 8 4100-1282 Red on top, Yellow on bottom 4100-1283 Yellow, top and bottom
Two 16 8 4100-1284 Red on top, Green on bottom 4100-1296 Green on top, Yellow on bottom
One 16 16 4100-1285 Red 4100-1278 8 Red on left, 8 Yellow on right
LEDs per Switch LEDs Switches Model LED Color(s)
LEDs only 8 LEDs only 4100-1276 Red, pluggable
LEDs only 16 LEDs only 4100-1277 Pluggable LEDs, shipped Red on top, Yellow on bottom
Pluggable LEDs, shipped Red on top, Yellow on bottom;
One 16 16 4100-1300
Note: UL, ULC, and CSFM listed only
One 24 24 4100-1287 Red
LED/Switch Modules, Special Purpose (LED/switch controller, label kit, and separate LEDs are ordered separately)*
Model Operation Switch Function (Location) LED Description
On (top) Green LED
Eight function HOA (On, Off, Auto) Control Module
4100-1286 Off (middle) Red LED
with labeled switches
Auto (bottom) Green LED
4100-1295 Eight function HOA (On, Off, Auto) Control Module, same as 4100-1286 except switches are unlabeled
LED/Switch Controller Modules and Accessories (LED kits for 4100-1276/1277/1300 are on page 4)*
Model Description
64 LED/64 Switch Controller Module with mounting plate; controls up to 64 LEDs and NOTE: LED/switch controllers and
4100-1288 interfaces to up to 64 switches; mounts behind the LED/switch modules and has their connected LED/switch
provisions for one 4100-1289 Controller Module modules must be in the same bay;
64 LED/64 Switch Controller Module without mounting plate; mounts on extra space of (see data sheet S4100-0032 for
4100-1289 details)
4100-1288; controls an additional 64 LEDs and 64 switches
4100-1294 LED/Switch Module Slide-in Labels, required when LED/switch modules are present; order one per cabinet
24 Point I/O Module for external connections, select each point as either input or output; 2” (51 mm) wide, 1 Slot; refer to
4100-1290
S4100-0032 for more detail; not available with 4100-9611
* Note: Refer to data sheet S4100-0032 for additional LED/Switch module selections. (continued)
3 S4100-0038-14 3/2018
Product Selection (Continued)
Communication Modules (not available with 4100-9611)
Model Description Size Supv. Alarm
4100-6038 Dual RS-232 Interface, mounts in Slot 3 or Slot 2 1 Slot 132 mA 132 mA
4100-9816 Master Clock Interface Module with one standard RS-232 port (see S4100-0033) 1 Slot 132 mA 132 mA
Panel Mounted Printer (not available with 4100-9611, refer to document S4100-0032 for additional detail)
Model Description
4100-1293 Panel Mount Thermal Printhead Printer, supplied with one roll of paper; requires 3 expansion slots
4190-9803 Replacement Paper for 4100-1293 Printer, one roll
Power Supplies and Accessories
Model Voltage/Listing Description Size Supv. Alarm
4100-5125 120 VAC UL Remote Power Supply (RPS); 9 A power supply
with battery charger; Canadian model has low
4100-5126 120 VAC, Canadian ULC 4 Blocks 150 mA 185 mA
battery cutout; required for 4100-9610, not
4100-5127 220/230/240 VAC UL available with 4100-9611
Box Interconnection Harness Kit; order one for each close-nippled cabinet; also used if power is supplied from host
4100-0636
fire alarm control panel
Power Distribution Modules
Model Voltage Description
4100-0634 120 VAC Power Distribution Module (PDM); Required for 4100-9610, select one per box or
4100-0635 220/230/240 VAC select per system voltage cabinet rack; not applicable for 4100-9611
Miscellaneous Accessories
Model Description
4100-2300 Expansion Bay Hardware, order one for each expansion bay (unless included with selected option)
4100-1279 Single blank 2” display cover, order as required (8 fill a bay front); 2 max. between LED/switch modules
4100-9835 Termination and Address Label Kit (for module marking); provides additional labels for field installed modules
Terminal Block Utility Module; provides 2, 16 position terminal blocks mounted on 4” x 5” single block size, capable of
4100-0632
up to 12 AWG wire (3.31 mm2)
4100-0633 Door Tamper Switch (connects to Transponder Interface Module)
4100-9843 Yellow
4100-9844 Green Kits of 8 LEDs; order as required for 4100-1276/1277/1300 modules
4100-9845 Red
General Specifications
Input Power
Power Supply Output Ratings for the Remote Power Supply (RPS)
9 A total @ nominal 28 VDC, including module currents
Total Power Supply Output Rating Output switches to
and auxiliary power outputs
battery backup
Auxiliary Power Tap 2 A maximum during mains AC
Rated 19.1 to 31.1 VDC failure or brownout
2 A maximum per NAC, conditions
NACs Programmed for Auxiliary Power
5 A maximum total
Battery Charger, Remote Power Supply (RPS) (sealed lead-acid batteries)
UL listed for battery charging of 6.2 Ah up to 110 Ah (batteries larger than 50 Ah
Battery capacity range
require a remote battery cabinet); ULC listed for charging up to 50 Ah batteries
Temperature compensated, dual rate, recharges depleted batteries within 48
Charger characteristics and performance
hours per UL Standard 864, to 70% capacity in 12 hours per ULC Standard S527
Environmental
Operating Temperature Range 32° to 120°F (0° to 49° C)
Operating Humidity Range Up to 93% RH, non-condensing @ 90° F (32° C) maximum
4 S4100-0038-14 3/2018
Two Bay Remote Annunciator LED/Switch Module Reference
Basement On On
Basement Basement
North Boiler
Off Off
Wing Room
Boiler Boiler Boiler
Auto Auto
Room Room Room
Waterflow-East
ABC DEF GHI
Waterflow-West ZONE SIG AUX
Page Up 1 2 3
Ground Fault
JKL MNO PQR
FB IO IDNet
Manual Evac Previous 4 5 6
STU VWX YZ/
P A L
Next
City Disconnect 7 8 9
'SP' ( ) ,#:
Door Holder NET ADDR
Page Dn C/Exit
Bypass 0
Drill
Menu Enter
Smoke Sensor
Fire Priority 2 System System Alarm AC
Almost Dirty Check
Alarm Alarm Supervisory Trouble Silenced Power
Language
Toggle
ALARMS WARNINGS
5 S4100-0038-14 3/2018
Single Slot LED/Switch Module Detail Reference
LED/Switch Modules LED Modules
Label insert
Primary
function label
Additional
function labels
Fan Fan
Control
On Off
Custom
label area Designates area
East for each column of
Switches Wing
switches and LEDs
West
LEDs Wing
South
Wing
Visible area
8-1/4" H, North
Switch
2" W Wing
(210 mm
x 51 mm) Annex
LEDs
Garage
Basement
Custom
label area
On On Green LED (On)
Off Off Red LED (Off)
Auto Auto Green LED (Auto)
On On
Off Off
Red LEDs
Auto Auto
On On
Visible area
Off Off
8 1/4" H, 2" W
(210 mm x 51 mm) Auto Auto
On On
6 S4100-0038-14 3/2018
Audio Control Module Detail
4100-1252, 4100-1253, 4100-1254, 4100-1255,
Single Channel 1.5 Channel Dual Channel 3-8 Channel
Red Start
Selective Selective Selective
EVAC
Red EVAC
Red EVAC LEDs All
Selected
Local Local
Local
Speaker Speaker
Speaker
EVAC Alert Green
Green Green LEDs
All All All All
Speakers
Talk
LEDs Speakers
Talk
LEDs Speakers
Talk
Speakers
Talk Green
LEDs
Ready Ready Ready Ready
to to to to
Talk Talk Talk Talk
Size Definitions:
7 S4100-0038-14 3/2018
Wall Mounted Enclosure Installation Reference
Front view, box outline without door Side view with door attached
Door thickness
4-3/4"(121 mm)
3 Bay height =
56" (1422 mm)
1 Bay height =
22" (559 mm)
6" stud
Optional semi-flush
trim kit reference 4" stud
NOTE: A system ground must be provided for Earth Detection and transient protection devices. This connection
shall be made to an approved, dedicated Earth connection per NFPA 70, Article 250, and NFPA 780.
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.
4
SI M PL EX T I M E RECO RDE R CO .
40 90 - 9 0 02
RELA Y I AM
I NST AL . I NSTR.
DATE CO DE:
57 4- 18 4
6
device
devices on a single XA loop to monitor, supervise, and
control
Monitoring status includes Normal, Trouble, or Alarm XA
device
XA loop devices can be 4-wire if command output
functions are used, or 3-wire if used for monitoring only
XA loop devices appear to the 4100ES/4100U similar to
FIRE ALARM
PULL DOWN
System Flexibility. When a fire alarm system using 4100ES/4100U XA Loop Interface Block Diagram
existing XA loop devices requires expansion, use of the
4100-3115 XA Loop Interface Module allows the 4100-3115 Specifications
expansion to include the capabilities of the 4100ES or
Power Requirements
4100U fire alarm control panel. This module allows the
host control panel to be selected to function as either the 24 VDC from expansion bay
power supply if present; or wired
XA loop master controller (head end) or as a Data Voltage
to AUX (+) and AUX ( -) from
Gathering Panel as an intelligent device on the XA loop Auxiliary 24 VDC in panel
reporting to a remote master controller.
Current 570 mA @ 24 VDC
Multiple XA Loop Interface Modules can be XA Loop Specification Reference
installed in the 4100ES/4100U allowing a variety of
system expansion situations to be satisfied. The Maximum Resistance 100 per wire
4100ES/4100U accepts up to a total of 30 modules of this 1.5 µF wire-to-wire
Maximum Capacitance
type which also includes IDNet modules, MAPNET II® 1.5 µF wire-to-shield
modules, and VESDA® modules Current 500 mA
On-Board LEDs are provided for service diagnostics to Voltage/Frequency 24 VAC, 250 Hz
indicate XA loop status, internal 4100ES/4100U Maximum Addresses per Loop 255
communications status, and supervision status when General Specifications
functioning as a master controller for the XA loop. Operating Temperature Range 32 F to 120 F (0 C to 49 C)
For additional information, refer to Installation and Up to 93% RH, non-condensing
Humidity Range
Programming Guide 579-513. @ 90° F (32° C)
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to 4” x 10” (102 mm x 254 mm)
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7165-0026:251 Mounting module requires two vertical
(non-high rise) and 7170-0026:250 (high rise) for allowable values and/or conditions expansion bay blocks
concerning material presented in this document. It is subject to re-examination, revision, and
possible cancellation. Accepted for use – City of New York Department of Buildings – On-board terminal blocks for field
MEA35-93E. This product was not ULC listed as of document revision date. Additional Output Wiring Connections wiring 18 to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2
listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status.
Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Safety
to 3.31 mm2 )
Products Westminster.
S4100-0041-3
XA Loop Interface System Diagram, Master Panel Operation
XA
Optional connection to
device
Simplex Network loop
XA
device
Local notification appliances
XA device loop, XA
Class B or Class A; device
3-wire or 4-wire
FIRE ALARM
1 5
2 6
3 SI M PL EX TI M E RE CO RDE R CO .
409 0- 9 00 2
7
PULL DOWN
REL AY I AM
I NSTAL . I NSTR. 57 4- 1 84
DATE CO DE:
4 8
XA
device
Optional connection to
Simplex Network loop
XA
device
AUTOCALL® Local notification appliances
compatible
XA Panel
XA
device
FIRE ALARM
1 5
2 6
3 S I M PL EX T I M E RE CO RDER CO . 7
PULL DOWN
4 090- 9 00 2
RELAY I AM
I NSTAL . I NSTR. 57 4- 184
DATE CO DE:
4 8
Tyco is a registered trademark of Tyco International Services GmbH and is used under license. Simplex, the Simplex logo, IDNet, AUTOCALL, and MAPNET II are trademarks of
Tyco International Ltd. and its affiliates and are used under license. VESDA is a trademarks of Xtralis Pty Ltd.
Features
Replace existing Simplex® 2120, 2001, or 4100
Series fire alarm control panel equipment with
4100ES Series products using the existing Existing equipment is removed
backbox: (Solid door 2120/4100 Transponder
shown for reference)
Retrofit kits include either a solid or glass-fronted
metal door, retainer panels for glass door applications,
and box extension hardware Standard 4100ES
Kits are available for 1, 2, or 3 bay 4100ES equipment two bay box outline
Description
Description (Continued)
4100ES Design Reference. When the 4100ES Series
Typical Applications. Examples for these retrofit kits
of Simplex fire alarm control panel products was
include backboxes installed on surfaces that would be
developed, the cabinet dimensions were optimized to
costly to modify (such as marble, plaster, or concrete) or
accept newer generations of equipment design. 4100ES
where installed into a custom enclosure. Whether surface
cabinets are narrower, taller, and deeper than those of the
mounted or semi-flush mounted, these retrofit kits can
2120, 2001, and 4100 Series products.
expedite the equipment retrofit process.
Retrofitting. When existing fire alarm control systems
Other Applications. Compatible boxes may be
require capacity or performance increases, it is an
available for retrofit from other applications such as some
opportunity to consider new product solutions. When
2100 Series Multiplex equipment. To determine whether
updating existing Simplex 2120/2001/4100 Series
an existing box is compatible with these retrofit kits, refer
equipment to 4100ES equipment, these retrofit kits allow
to box dimension information on page 2.
the update to use the existing backboxes. Retaining the
existing boxes allows mechanical and electrical impact to Bay Size Reference. 4100ES fire alarm control panel
be reduced, often significantly. equipment typically mounts in new 2 or 3 bay 4100ES
boxes. Some 4100ES equipment combinations are
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to available for mounting in a single bay size. Retrofit kits
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
7165-0026:251 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this are available to convert the 2120/2001/4100 2-Unit/No. 2
document. It is subject to re-examination, revision, and possible cancellation. This product boxes to accommodate 4100ES single bay equipment.
was not approved by MEA (NYC) as of document revision date. Additional listings may be
applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and Equipment Selection Reminder. Proper retrofitting
approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Safety Products
Westminster. of existing equipment requires that the desired fire alarm
** Beige retrofit kits are a slightly different color from that of the existing beige boxes. Red and functions be understood in order to specify the necessary
black are similar, but may not exactly match the existing box. Consider painting the 4100ES equipment.
exposed existing box if color coordination is a concern.
S4100-0044-7 06/2016
2120 and 4100ES Equipment Compatibility
2120 BMUX. The Head-End of a 2120 Multiplex System Compatible 4100ES Equipment. Communications
is called the BMUX. It communicates with a variety of with a 2120 BMUX is available with 4100ES Series: Fire
2120 compatible transponders that perform the majority Alarm Control Panels, MINIPLEX Transponders, and
of the fire alarm functions. 4100ES equipment can be Network Display Units (NDUs).
equipped with a dual RS-232 Module (4100-9038) that is
4100ES as Head-End. For applications where the
programmable for one channel to communicate to a 2120
4100ES Fire Alarm Control panel is required to become
BMUX as a 2120 Transponder.
the Head-End control, existing equipment will be required
to be replace or upgraded to be 4100ES compatible.
"Shallow" box dimensions, typical of 2001 Style and "older" 2120 Style
1-3/4"
(44 mm)
1-3/4"
(44 mm)
"Deep" box dimensions, typical of "newer" 2120 Style and 4100 Style
5/8"
(16 mm)
1/2"
(13 mm)
S4100-0044-7 06/2016
2
2120 and 2001 Style (Shallow) Backbox Retrofit Kit Selection
Kits for existing 2120 or 2001 Style boxes with box depth = 6-1/2” (165 mm) and with front top lip = 1-3/4” (44 mm).
S4100-0044-7 06/2016
3
2120 and 4100 Style (Deep) Backbox Retrofit Kit Selection
Kits for existing 2120 and 4100 Style boxes with box depth = 6-3/4” (171 mm) and with front top lip = 5/8” (16 mm).
* The terms 2-Unit, 4-Unit, and 6-Unit are used interchangeably with No. 2, No. 4, and No. 6.
Note: For semi-flush trim kits, use 2975-9801, Beige; and 2975-9802, Red.
Backbox Retrofit Kit Installation Reference (for details refer to Installation Instructions 579-766)
Tyco is a registered trademark of Tyco International Services GmbH and is used under license. Simplex, the Simplex logo and MINIPLEX are trademarks of Tyco International Ltd.
and its affiliates and are used under license.
Features
Compatible with Simplex ES Net or 4120 Fire Alarm
Networks
Multi-line expanded content display interface for
Simplex® 4100ES Series fire alarm control panels,
available with the following products:
Fire alarm control panels (stand-alone or networked)
including Redundant CPU options (Software Revision
12 or higher is required)
Network Display Units (NDU) with support for up to
12,000 points InfoAlarm Command Center for Control Panel Mounting
Remote Annunciator panels and models that mount in a
dedicated cabinet (4100ES and 4100U control panels
support Remote InfoAlarm Command Centers
independent of host panel display type)
Upgrade kits are available for legacy 4100 (1000 pt,
4100+ systems) and 4100ES and 4100U standard panels
UL listed to Standard 864
InfoAlarm Command Centers provide customized
operating convenience:
“Activity in System” primary display choices include:
First and Most Recent, First 5 and Most Recent, First 8,
Site Plan with activity status icons, General Alarm, or
Direct to List; selectable individually by event type InfoAlarm Command Center in Remote Cabinet
System reports are easily viewed; logs can be read with
minimal scrolling required Description
Up to six “softkeys” per screen provide functions that InfoAlarm Command Centers for 4100ES fire alarm
vary with the particular screen information aiding systems provide a large display with extended information
operators to determine how to proceed content, dual language support including 2 byte character
Up to two languages are available per system, easily languages, and an intuitive control key interface per the
selected by programmable key press (systems with following:
IMS/GCC/NPU or 2 x 40 LCD panels or annunciators Up to 10 InfoAlarm Command Centers are supported per
require one language to be the default font) 4100ES/4100U control panel; able to allow one
International models allow customized language legends InfoAlarm Command Center to take-control and to
for operator keys and status LEDs designate access levels for interfaces not in-control; LEDs
Information sent to Remote InfoAlarm Command can be programmed for in-control status indications
Centers can be vectored by point Menu-driven format conveniently prompts operators for
Display properties: the next action required
320 x 240 dot matrix (QVGA) display provides an active Key controls are provided to select the highlighted entry,
area of 4.53” W x 3.4” H (115 mm x 86 mm) displaying load next screen of information, or jump to top or
up to 854 characters using standard ASCII character font bottom of activity lists
Bright white LED backlighting provides efficient and Direct point callup displays individual points
long lasting illumination; operation is selectable as alphabetically and then homes in on the logical choice as
continuous or off with power fail or with no key presses more point information is entered
Display properties: A Site Plan bitmap can be displayed for reference; icons
320 x 240 dot matrix (QVGA) display provides an active can be added to indicate system status
area of 4.53” W x 3.4” H (115 mm x 86 mm) displaying Up to 50 custom point detail messages can be generated
up to 854 characters using standard ASCII character font Date formats are either MM/DD/YY or DD/MM/YY
Time formats are either 24 hour or 12 hour with AM/PM
Introduction System Normal screen supports a gray scale bitmap
(watermark) for location name, company logo, or site plan
InfoAlarm Command Center Control Panel LCD
interface requires minimal key presses to access detailed * This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
information. By using a larger area format instead of an Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7165-0026:251
individual text line display, the LCD provides text for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. It is
subject to re-examination, revision, and possible cancellation. Accepted for use – City of
information for Alarm, Supervisory, or Trouble. The format New York Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E. At the time of publication only UL and
can be customized per application allowing additional ULC listings are applicable to ES Net network products. Additional listings may be
applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and
information to be presented to suit the specific application. approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection
Products.
S4100-0045-11 3/2018
Control Panel Operation Reference
NOTE: Refer to page 7 for international control panel reference information. Detailed operator instructions are on
document 579-685.
320 x 240 DOT MATRIX DISPLAY, White
SIX SOFT KEYS are available when
LED backlighting provides easy viewing;
required. This sample provides Menu
operation is programmable for key inactivity
to call up the available operations;
timeout and/or AC power fail
More Info to call up specific point
THREE PROGRAMMABLE PRIMARY "ACTIVITY IN SYSTEM" details, Site to call up the Site Plan
LEDs provide custom labeling, DISPLAY OPTIONS: Choices include "First Graphic Screen, Event Time (while
the top two LEDs are selectable 8" (shown below for "Fire Alarm in System"), pressed) displays time and date for all
as red or yellow, the third LED is "First and Most Recent," "First 5 and Most displayed events, and Clr/Exit; the
selectable as red or green Recent," "Site Plan," "General Alarm," or following are other typical soft keys: NUMERIC KEYPAD for
"Direct to List." After the event is
Point Enable and Disable point category and point
ULC SYSTEMS require acknowledged, screen reverts to the
Force On or Arm selection (alphabet
designating a Ground Fault sequential event list until Clr/Exit softkey is
Force Off or Disarm characters are not used
indicator selected or after timeout (~ 30 seconds);
Return On/Off or at this time)
applicable to Fire Alarm, Priority 2 Alarm,
Arm/Disarm to Auto Mode C/Exit Key duplicates
System Supervisory, and System Trouble,
Event Time Request the Clr/Exit softkey
Custom label insert (typical each category is independently selectable
More Information Request when present
choices shown for reference) for primary display mode
Ground Fault
ABC DEF GHI
Waterflow-East ZONE SIG AUX
Page Up 1 2 3
Waterflow-West
JKL MNO PQR
FB IO IDNet
Manual Evac Previous 4 5 6
STU VWX YZ/
P A L
Next
City Disconnect 7 8 9
'SP' ( ) ,#:
Door Holder NET ADDR
Page Dn C/Exit
Bypass 0
Drill
Menu Enter
Smoke Sensor
Fire Priority 2 System System Alarm AC
Almost Dirty Check
Alarm Alarm Supervisory Trouble Silenced Power
Language
Toggle LCD NAVIGATION
Fire Alarm Priority 2 Supv Trouble Alarm System
CONTROL:
Lamp Test Ack Ack Ack Ack Silence Reset Menu, Enter; Previous
ALARMS WARNINGS item select, Next item
select; Page Up and
Page Down
SEVEN PROGRAMMABLE FIRE ALARM ACK acknowledges a Fire Alarm condition, logs the
acknowledge, silences the operator panel and all annunciator tone- SIX SYSTEM STATUS INDICATOR
FUNCTION SWITCHES, each
alerts, and displays sequential alarm list LEDs provide system status indications
equipped with dual color LED
in addition to LCD information, LEDs flash
indicators; the top six LEDs are PRIORITY 2 ACK acknowledges a Priority 2 Alarm condition, logs the to indicate the condition and then when
selectable as either red or acknowledge, silences the operator panel and all annunciator tone- acknowledged, remain on until reset :
yellow, the bottom LED is alerts, and displays sequential Priority 2 alarm list Fire Alarm & Priority 2 Alarm, red LED
selectable as either red or
SUPV ACK acknowledges system supervisory conditions, logs the Supervisory & Trouble, yellow LED
green; NOTE: Program the
acknowledge, silences the operator panel and all annunciator tone- Alarm Silenced, yellow LED
bottom switch as "Lamp
alerts, and displays sequential supervisory condition list AC Power, green LED (on for normal)
Test" for UL listed systems
TROUBLE ACK acknowledges system troubles, logs the
acknowledge, silences the operator panel and all annunciator tone-
alerts, and displays sequential trouble list
ALARM SILENCE causes notification appliances to be deactivated,
typically after evacuation is complete and while alarm source is being
investigated. May be programmed to silence audible notification and
allow visible notification to continue (strobes still flashing).
SYSTEM RESET restores control panel to normal when all alarmed
inputs are returned to normal
2 S4100-0045-11 3/2018
Display Feature Reference (shown actual size)
Double
the panel pushbutton
Normal, Bold, Underline, , Dim, switches; programming
allows the soft keys to
Reverse , Flash On/Off, Flash On/Dim, and appear only when the
commands for Vertical and Horizontal Placement functions are enabled
DISPLAY SIZE:
4.53" W x 3.4" H
(115 mm x 86 mm)
TALLY COUNTS list the number of activities per category of Fire Alarm
(FIRE), Primary 2 Alarm (PRI2), Supervisory (SUPV), and Trouble (TRBL)
COMMAND PROMPT advises the operator of the action required and displays local panel time
MOST RECENT advises of the time, date, device type, and custom label of
the most recent occurrence of the list shown, in this case, the Fire Alarm list
3 S4100-0045-11 3/2018
Site Plan with Event Icons
Site Plan Bitmap. The InfoAlarm Command Center
supports a site plan monochrome bitmap image (size is
281 pixels wide by 192 pixels high) that can also display
icons indicating activity and location. Shown to the right is a
sample site plan with icons shown in each building area. For
this example, each area is showing an “A” for an initiating
device in alarm, a “WF” for waterflow occurring, and an
icon indicating notification appliances in alarm. (Icons can be
created for site specific symbology, these are for example
only.)
Site Plan Selection and Detail. If desired, the site plan
can be the primary display screen for system activity or can
be for reference, available by selecting the “Site” softkey.
Depending on the facility layout, the site plan can also be a
convenient location for common reference information such
as primary call phone numbers, street address, etc. to assist
operators in their assigned response.
System Normal Screen. The site plan (or another bitmap
image) can be displayed on the System Normal screen as a
grey image watermark behind the screen text. (Size and type
are the same as that for a site plan bitmap). This can be used
to identify the specific location of the 4100ES or can display
a site-specific logo or other information. (A sample is shown
on page 6.)
Customized Emphasis
The Main Menu screen illustration to the left
demonstrates how print/display statements appear for
status information or for prompting of user input. Other
examples of this format occur when setting time and date,
entering a password, or identification of a status change
such as point enabling or disabling. Use of this feature
allows the display to clearly focus the user on required
information or actions.
Information Review
The Trouble Log History screen shown to the right
identifies the ability to view multiple event entries with
minimal scrolling. For specific information access,
pressing “Next” or “Previous” on the keypad highlights
the selected next or previous item in the list as indicated
by the arrow and the bolded first line of Entry 6.
4 S4100-0045-11 3/2018
Additional Primary Display Screens
Below are samples of a First and Most Recent primary
display and of a General Alarm display.
First and Most Recent Primary Display Option General Alarm Primary Display Option
CUSTOM LABEL INSERT for the NOTE: Two sets of slide-in labels are provided, UPPER LABEL INSERT allows
three programmable LEDs and for the one blank, the other in English; areas shown with custom labeling of the numeric keypad
seven programmable switches + + + + are blank for custom words/characters and of the LCD navigation controls
++++
++++
++++ ++++ ++++
++++
++++
++++ ++++
++++ ++++ ++++ ++++
++++
++++ ++++ ++++
++++
++++ ++++ ++++ ++++ ++++ ++++ ++++
Toggle
Language
++++ ++++ ++++ ++++ ++++ ++++
Lamp Test
++++ ++++
5 S4100-0045-11 3/2018
Product Selection
4100ES Master Controller with InfoAlarm Command Center (see data sheet S4100-0031 for descriptions of the 4100ES
Basic Control Panel details, standard product features, options, and reference for related fire alarm control panel products)
InfoAlarm Command Center
Model Model Type UL ULC Voltage Master Controller Features
Type
4100-9114 English —
Master Controller Assembly;
4100-9115 English 120 VAC, 60 Hz 9 A system power supply/battery charger
— raised keys with fixed labels
4100-9116 French (SPS), 250 point IDNet interface, 3 NACs,
4100-9213 International — 120 VAC, 60 Hz Master Controller auxiliary relay, and external RUI+ (isolated
220/240 VAC, Assembly; flat keys with or un-isolated) communications interface
4100-9212 International —
50/60 Hz inserts for custom key labels
Redundant CPU (Master One Command Center with redundant CPU
4100-9122 English — 120 VAC, 60 Hz Controller); raised keys with cards and SPS power supplies in a two bay
fixed labels assembly. Active SPS battery charger in Bay
1 only. External RUI connections require
4100-1291 RUI expansion modules. Do not
Redundant CPU (Master use circuit connections on primary and
220/240 VAC,
4100-9222 International — Controller); flat keys with secondary SPS power supplies.
50/60 Hz
inserts for custom key labels Not compatible with ES Net network
panels.
Upgrade Kits (see NOTE for NDU upgrades; Upgrade kit are UL and ULC listed)
Model Model Type Description NOTE
Upgrade Kit for existing 4100ES or 4100U Series Fire Alarm Control Panels; includes
4100-7153 English complete bay front assembly with InfoAlarm Command Center providing raised keys with
fixed labels; uses existing power supply and Master Controller Board (CPU card)
Upgrade Kit for existing 4100 (Legacy 1000 pt, 4100+ systems) Series Fire Alarm NDU
Control Panels (non-4100U); includes complete bay front assembly with InfoAlarm upgrades
4100-7154 English require
Command Center; raised keys with fixed labels, and replacement Master Controller Board;
uses existing power supply
4100-0640
Upgrade Kit for existing 4100ES or 4100U Series Fire Alarm Control Panels; includes Display
complete bay front assembly with InfoAlarm Command Center providing flat keys with Memory
4100-7155 International
inserts for custom key labels; use for non-English language applications including French Expansion,
for Canada; uses existing power supply and Master Controller Board (CPU card) see below for
Upgrade Kit for existing 4100 (Legacy 1000 pt, 4100+ systems) Series Fire Alarm details
Control Panels (non-4100U); includes complete bay front assembly with InfoAlarm
4100-7156 International
Command Center; flat keys with inserts for custom key labels, and replacement Master
Controller Board; use for Canadian French applications; uses existing power supply
Network Display Unit (NDU) Master Controller with InfoAlarm Command Center
(NOTE: See data sheet S4100-0036 for NDU feature details and for details on SPS NAC ratings for NDU with VCC)
Model Model Type UL ULC Voltage NDU Type Master Controller Features
4100-9151 English — Includes: 4100-0640 InfoAlarm
NDU (Standard, Non-Voice); Memory Expansion, Network Interface
4100-9153 English 120 VAC, 60 Hz
— raised keys with fixed labels Card (select media cards separately),
4100-9154 French
9 A SPS power supply/batt. charger,
4100-9245 International — 120 VAC, 60 Hz
NDU (Standard, Non-Voice); and external RUI+ (isolated or un-
flat keys with inserts for isolated) communications interface;
4100-9243 International — 220/240 VAC, 50/60 Hz custom key labels (NOTE: SPS IDNet channel and NACs
are disabled)
4100-9152 English — NDU with Voice Interface Includes above features and adds:
4100-9155 English 120 VAC, 60 Hz and Control; raised keys VCC Bay with Standard CPU Module,
— Network Interface Card (select media
4100-9156 French with fixed labels
cards separately), 9 A SPS with 250
4100-9246 International — 120 VAC, 60 Hz NDU with Voice Interface Point IDNet Interface, (3) 3 A NACs,
and Control; flat keys with and RUI+ (isolated or un-isolated)
4100-9244 International — 220/240 VAC, 50/60 Hz inserts for custom key labels communications interface
Remote Annunciator with InfoAlarm Command Center (see data sheet S4100-0038 for Remote Annunciator features)
Model Model Type UL ULC InfoAlarm Command Center Type Master Controller Features
4100-9612 English Includes Expansion Bay with
With raised keys and fixed labels Basic
4100-9613 French — PDI, Remote TIC module;
Remote
power is supplied from host
4100-9614 International — With flat keys & inserts for custom key labels Annunciator control panel
4100-9607 English Includes Expansion Bay with
With raised keys and fixed labels Remote PDI, Remote TIC module;
4100-9608 French —
Annunciator power supply is specified
4100-9609 International — With flat keys & inserts for custom key labels separately when configured
InfoAlarm Command Center Memory Option (may be required to be ordered separately, see description details)
Model Description
Display Memory Expansion Module; included with NDU systems; required for all InfoAlarm Command Centers
4100-0640
connected to a panel if any are using 2 byte character fonts; 6 Meg module mounts on rear of display board
(continued on next page)
6 S4100-0045-11 3/2018
Product Selection (Continued)
Remote InfoAlarm Command Center Control Assembly with Cabinet for Surface Mounting
Model Number/Cabinet Color
Application Type Listing Description
Red Platinum
4100-9401 4100-9403 English UL & ULC Remote InfoAlarm Command Center with cabinet; for
surface mounting; includes mounting box and door
4100-9421 4100-9423 French/Canada ULC assembly with glass insert; uses RUI or RUI+
communications; requires external 24 VDC system voltage;
4100-9441 4100-9443 International UL see illustrations below and Installation Instructions 579-687
for details
Remote InfoAlarm Command Center Front View
7 S4100-0045-11 3/2018
Specifications
General Display Specifications
Dot Matrix Size320 x 240
Active Display4.53” W x 3.4” H (115 mm x 86 mm), includes header, footer, and softkey area;
Size Reference Area 5.66” diagonal measurement (144 mm)
Characters Up to 854 characters total using standard ASCII character font
Designation QVGA; one quarter of standard VGA (Video Graphics Array) display
Display Polarizer Type Transflective with rear backlight
Display Adjustment Contrast adjustment is located on the controller module
White LEDs with intensity adjustment and selectable AC power fail operation;
Backlight
intensity adjustment is located on the controller module
On continuously; Off with AC power fail until a switch is pushed; selectable
Backlighting Operation Options
timeout without switch activity
Control Panel Mounted InfoAlarm Command Center Current Requirements
Master Controllers (4100-9114, -9115, Supervisory 445 mA @ 24 VDC
-9116, -9212, -9213, -9222) Alarm 540 mA @ 24 VDC; backlight and tone-alert on
Redundant CPUs Supervisory 636 mA @ 24 VDC
(4100-9122, -9222) Alarm 818 mA @ 24 VDC; backlight and tone-alert on Panel currents only are
Network Display Units, Non-Voice Supervisory 491 mA @ 24 VDC shown, add external
(4100-9151, -9153, -9154, -9243, -9245) Alarm 546 mA @ 24 VDC; backlight and tone-alert on device loading per
Network Display Units, Voice Supervisory 900 mA @ 24 VDC system requirements
(4100-9152, -9155, -9156, -9244, -9246) Alarm 1.017 A @ 24 VDC; backlight and tone-alert on
4100-7153 & -7155 for 4100U add 82 mA supervisory; add 127 mA for alarm
Upgrade Kits
4100-7154 & -7156 for Legacy 4100+ add 235 mA supervisory; add 280 mA for alarm
Remote Annunciators with InfoAlarm Command Center, Powered from Control Panel
Voltage 19 to 33 VDC (24 VDC nominal), system supplied; requires separate wiring
Supervisory 169 mA @ 24 VDC
Current
Alarm 202 mA @ 24 VDC; backlight and tone-alert on
Mounting Details; Stand-Alone Cabinet Models See page 6 for reference illustration
RUI+ (Remote Unit Interface) isolated or un-isolated external annunciator
Type
communications line SLC (signaling line circuit); Class B or Class A operation
Up to 31 total remote RUI devices, including up to 10 InfoAlarm Command Center
Capacity
devices
4100ES Capacity,
4100ES: InfoAlarm Command Center, Remote Annunciators, MINIPLEX
RUI+ Output
Transponders; 4603-9101 LCD Annunciator, 4602-9101 Status Command Unit
RUI Device
(SCU), and 4602-9102 Remote Command Unit (RCU); refer to data sheet S4100-
Reference List
0031 for additional 4100ES RUI information (4602 series annunciators require un-
isolated communications)
Data Single twisted, shielded pair, 18 AWG (0.82 mm2)
Power 18 to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2) wires for 24 VDC system power
Wiring Requirements A dedicated earth ground connection to the electrical box is required for proper
Earth ESD and EMI protection; wire in accordance with NFPA 70 (National Electrical
Code) Article 250
Custom Point Detail Messages
Select “more info” softkey when investigating point detail and scroll to the bottom
Message Location Details of the information; typical messages might include contact details (phone
numbers, pager numbers, etc.) and other contact or reference information
Number of Messages Up to 50
120 characters; visible characters = 116; (lines 1 and 2 require one carriage
Character Details
return character and one line feed character)
Message Size
3 lines total; 40 characters maximum per line; line 3 may be limited to 36 visible
Line Details
characters depending on characters in lines 1 and 2
Operating Temperature 32° to 120°F (0° to 49° C)
Environmental
Operating Humidity Up to 93% RH, non-condensing @ 90° F (32° C) maximum
8 S4100-0045-11 3/2018
Additional 4100ES and ES Net Product Reference
9 S4100-0045-11 3/2018
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. National Electrical Code and NFPA are
trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association.
Features
Replace existing AUTOCALL fire alarm control
panel equipment with Simplex® 4100ES Series
Existing equipment
products using the existing backbox: and door assembly
Retrofit kits include either a solid or glass door, are removed
Description
Retrofitting. When existing fire alarm control systems Typical Application; 7 Module Box
require capacity or performance increases, it is an Retrofitted with Two-Bay 4100ES
opportunity to consider new product solutions. For
existing AUTOCALL fire alarm control equipment in
need of updating, these retrofit kits allow the installation
of 4100ES Series equipment to be mounted in the
installed box. By retaining the existing boxes, mechanical
and electrical impact is reduced, often significantly.
Typical Applications. Examples for these retrofit kits
include backboxes installed on surfaces that would be
costly to modify (such as marble, plaster, or concrete) or
where installed into a custom enclosure. Whether surface
mounted or semi-flush mounted, these retrofit kits can
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
expedite the equipment retrofit process. Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7170-0026:251
for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. It is
Equipment Selection Reminder. Proper retrofitting subject to re-examination, revision, and possible cancellation. Accepted for use – City of
of existing equipment requires that the desired fire alarm New York Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E. This product was not ULC listed as of
document revision date. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex
functions be understood in order to specify the necessary product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder
4100ES equipment. Co. are the property of Tyco Safety Products Westminster.
S4100-0047-2 9/2010
AUTOCALL Backbox Retrofit Kit Selection
AUTOCALL Retrofit Kit Installation Reference (for details refer to Installation Instructions 579-798)
Existing box
Installation Notes:
1. Power tools are required. Adapter bracket
2. Pilot holes must be drilled in the Box extension for top of box, if
flanges of the existing box using a hardware
required
7/64” drill bit. Mark hole locations
using the extension hardware as a
template – remove extension
hardware before drilling.
3. Self-tapping screws fasten the
extension hardware to the box; a
medium to heavy duty power
screwdriver is recommended; an
extra long driver is recommended for
4” deep boxes.
4. Refer to Installation Instructions
579-798 for more information.
4100ES bay
mounting brackets
Adapter bracket
for bottom of
Door assembly, box, if required
glass or solid
(glass door shown) Dress panel for
glass doors
Tyco is a registered trademark of Tyco International Services GmbH and is used under license. Simplex, the Simplex logo and AUTOCALL are trademarks of Tyco International Ltd.
and its affiliates and are used under license.
PULL DOWN
FIRE ALARM
PULL DOWN
Transponder
Command Centers) and installed transponders for both location
voice and non-voice systems, using existing wiring Local fire alarm operations
Existing 2120 transponders can be upgraded in a
phased migration process as system needs allow
Allows convenient system expansion by networking
2120 DC Comm.
the 4100ES BMUX replacement with additional Class A/Style 6
4100ES and 4100U control panels return wiring option
Retrofit kits are available to mount the new 4100ES
panel directly into installed 2120 Style backboxes
UL listed to Standard 864
4100-6065 Provides communications to the
following system components and control panels
connected to 2120 communications (DC comm):
Status Command Center (SCC), Basic Transponder
(BT), Fire Alarm Basic Transponder (FABT), Dual
Channel Audio Basic Transponder (DABT), and
Voice/Phone Basic Transponder (VPBT)
Expanded Transponder (ET) and Universal 4100-6065
Transponder (UT) BMUX module
Communicating Device Transponder (CDT II and
TrueAlarm® (Analog) CDT only); refer to applications 2120 CPU
note on page 4 4100ES Control Panel
Simplex fire alarm control panel model Series 4002,
2120 CPU Replaced with 4100ES Control Panel
4020, 4100, 4100U and 4100ES
2120 Communications converters (repeaters, DC Upgrade Considerations
comm to RS-232, FSK modems)
Up to two may be mounted in a 4100ES control panel Review system requirements. The installed 2120
System and the facility fire alarm requirements must be
2120 to 4100ES system software conversion:
reviewed and understood to determine the 4100ES product
Existing 2120 system software is factory converted to series replacement equipment. For some fire alarm system
4100ES format
tasks, the 4100ES solution is different and a literal update is
Description not always possible due to changes in technology and the
evolution of fire alarm system solutions.
System upgrading. As fire alarm system requirements
expand and additional equipment and support are needed, Retrofit Considerations. Please note that changes in fire
older installed fire alarm control equipment often needs to alarm control panel design architecture may result in some
be updated to newer designs. The Simplex 2120 product line customized programming functions performed by a 2120
has successfully provided fire alarm system control for BMUX not being directly available with the 4100ES control
many years, however, the Simplex 4100ES product family panel. Consult with your Simplex product representative
benefits from newer technology and enhanced capabilities. concerning alternate methods to implement those functions.
With the 4100-6065 BMUX transponder interface module, For additional information, refer to Installation
an easy, phased replacement of an existing 2120 CPU can Instructions 579-805 and Migration Guide 579-824.
be accomplished. (Note, the 2120 CPU was also known as
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
the 2120 BMUX, for basic multiplex panel.) Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7165-0026:251
for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. It is
2120 Terminology. 2120 communications were often subject to re-examination, revision, and possible cancellation. Accepted for use – City of
described as “DC comm” due to their unique New York Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E. Additional listings may be applicable;
contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under
communications format. Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Safety Products Westminster.
S4100-0048-4 5/2018
Product Selection
Model Description
4100-6065 2120 BMUX Transponder Interface Module, two maximum per 4100ES Fire Alarm Control Panel
2120 BMUX to 4100ES Job Conversion, Detailed Factory Programming; specific operation details are factory
4100-0852
programmed; one required per 2120 system whether one or two Transponder Interface Modules
2 S4100-0048-4 5/2018
4100U Supported Annunciation Products
A BC D EF GHI
ZON E SIG AUX
Page Up 1 2 3
JKL M NO PQ R
FB IO I DN et
Pr evious 4 5 6
S TU VWX Y Z/
P A L
Next
7 8 9
'SP ' ( ) , #:
N ET A DDR
Page Dn C/Exit
0
Menu Enter
Fir e Prior ity 2 System Sy stem A la rm AC
Alar m A la rm Super visor y Trouble Silenced Power
ALARMS WA RNINGS
Remote PC with
Internet browser
Intranet/Internet Service
Provider Network
Local network
connection
PC Annunciator Screens Provide Extensive
4100ES Panel Information Reporting
Additional 4100ES Product Reference
Subject Data Sheet
4100ES Basic Panels with SPS Power Supplies S4100-0031
NDU with SPS Power Supplies for 4120 Network S4100-0036
InfoAlarm Command Center with SPS Power Supplies S4100-0045
NDU with SPS Power Supplies for ES Net S4100-0077
4100ES Basic Panels with EPS Power Supplies S4100-0100
InfoAlarm Command Center with EPS Power Supplies S4100-0101
NDU with EPS Power Supplies for 4120 Network S4100-0102
NDU with EPS Power Supplies for ES Net S4100-0104
3 S4100-0048-4 5/2018
Equipment Migration Reference
Phase 1
Use site survey checklists to document the existing 2120 system equipment, equipment locations, and specific equipment
functions. Determine which existing equipment may need to be upgraded or replaced (refer to equipment list on page 2 and
to Migration Guide 579-824). Also determine whether existing CDT II transponders are to be upgraded from addressable
detectors to the TrueAlarm addressable sensor technology available with the TrueAlarm CDT.
Replace the 2120 BMUX with a 4100ES panel equipped with 4100-6065 modules, maintaining the existing 2120 DC
Loop Communications to 2120 Compatible Transponders.
If part of system migration plan, Existing addressable smoke detection is Model Number Reference:
update CDT II Transponders to updated to TrueAlarm analog sensing. 2120-7041; CDT II
TrueAlarm (Analog) Performing transponder type conversions before
Transponders before converting 2120-7042; TrueAlarm CDT
converting system to 4100ES based equipment
system simplifies the software conversion process
significantly.
Phase 2
Phase out 2120 Transponders with 4100ES Peer-to-Peer Networked Nodes or Master/Subordinate MINIPLEX
Transponders (or a combination)
Phase 3
When all 2120 Transponders have been phased out, remove the 4100-6065 modules.
Tyco is a registered trademark of Tyco International Services GmbH and is used under license. Simplex, the Simplex logo, TrueAlarm, MINIPLEX, IDNet, SafeLINC, TrueAlert, and
InfoAlarm are trademarks of Tyco International Ltd. and its affiliates and are used under license..
2
5
4 8
TFX
1
Product Selection
Model Description
4100-6066 TFX Addressable Loop Interface Module
Voltage Regulator Module, 25 VDC nominal; isolated and resettable output; includes earth detection circuit and
4100-5130
trouble relay for status monitoring
TFX Audio Interface Module; converts 10 VRMS input audio to 0 dBm (0.77 VRMS) audio riser signal;
4100-1340
adjustable +/- 6 dB
4100ES Master Firefighter Phone Assembly for control of ATM-500 addressable firefighter phone controllers;
includes master telephone assembly and one 4100-1297 control module; use 4100 Series LED/Switch modules for
4100-1298
phone circuit monitoring, refer to data sheets S4100-0034 and S4100-0032 for details; capacity information is
detailed on page 4
Expansion Firefighter Phone Control Module with three Class B telephone NACs for control of ATM-500 modules,
4100-1297
one is included with 4100-1298
NOTE: Refer to Migration Guide 579-841 and individual module Installation Instructions for detailed application
information (refer to list on page 2).
TFX Addressable
24 VDC device loop, Class B or Typical new IDNet™ To existing AUTOCALL
power (where Class A addressable devices CommFone 500 phones
required)
TFX Audio NACs to
device existing speakers
1 5
2 6
3 SI M PL E X TI M E R EC O R DE R C O . 7
4090- 9002
RELAY I AM
I NSTAL. I NSTR. 574- 184
DATE CO DE:
4 8
TFX
device D IS C ON N E CT
N
C A . C . P OW E R
AN D
B A TT E R Y
O
A B E FOR E
S E R V IC IN G
I
U
T
T
U
I
S ER V IC ING
A
O B E FOR E
B A TTE R Y
C
N
A ND
A .C . P OW ER
DIS CO N N E C T
TFX
device
FIRE ALARM
Remote cabinet(s) with
PULL DOWN
or new 4100ES/4100U
1 2 3
J KL M NO PQR
FB IO IDN et
return wiring
Ent er C/Exit
cabinet)
Event More
Ti me I nfo Previous
Menu
On Next
Enable
Arm
Off Lamp
Disable Auto
Di sarm Test
Phone riser
Audio riser
4100-1340 Audio
TFX Addressable
Interface Module
loop communications
(behind audio controls)
On On
Off Of f
Auto Auto
4100-1298 Master On
Off
Auto
On
Of f
Auto
Off
Auto
On
Of f
Auto
New 4100ES audio and/or
firefighter phone risers to new
On On
(includes a 4100-1297
Off Of f
Auto Auto
3 S4100-0050-2
Specifications
Features
System
Panel mounted modules provides fire alarm Workstation
system status using the ASHRAE BACnet
ALARM
building automation communication protocol
BACnet (Building Automation Control Network)
protocol reference:
Communications are via BACnet IP (internet protocol)
Reference: ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 135
Connections: Facility LAN
To fire alarm system via RS-232 port B, configured
for Computer Port Protocol (see page 3 for model
number reference per panel) LAN Connected BACnet System Controllers
Output port provides Ethernet LAN (local area
network) connection
BACpac Ethernet Module is pre-programmed:
Facility LAN
Module is pre-programmed with digital pseudo points
linked to BACnet objects
Up to 1500 status changes (monitor point status) can
be recognized from the fire alarm control panel ALARM
®
Compatible Simplex fire alarm control panels: FIRE ALARM FIRE ALARM
AL ARM
A CK
Y
SUP
V
ACK
** SY ST EM S
12:02: 15p m
SYST EM
SUPE RVI SOR S YST
T
E
I NORM AL * *
ROU BL
EM
TRO U BL
A CK
E
Mo n 8-Mar -99
A LARM
S IL ENC ED
A LARM
SI E
L NC E
AC
P OW ER
SYST
R ESE
T
EM
FI RE ALA RM
CONTROL
CAUTION
DI SCONNE CT
P OWE R BE F ORE
S ERVI CIN G
Description
Typical Building Automation LAN with
The BACpac Ethernet module provides a supplementary
Simplex Fire Alarm Control Panel and BACpac Portal
communications interface that converts computer terminal (shown with 4100ES panel for reference)
information from a compatible Simplex fire alarm control
panel into the building automation protocol of BACnet.
With this module, status information from the fire alarm
control panel can be provided to other components of the This document is a summary of the flexibility available
building automation network with the detail and with BACnet communications. Please contact your local
information format required. Simplex product supplier for further information
Providing this information allows other systems to concerning your specific application.
properly respond to fire alarm system activity in addition
to the primary fire alarm response that is under the control
of the fire alarm control panel. * This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
7165-0026:0251 (4100 Series) or 7165-0026:0369 (4010ES) for allowable values and/or
conditions concerning material presented in this document. It is subject to re-examination,
revision, and possible cancellation. This product was not approved by FM, or accepted by
MEA (NYC) as of document revision date. Additional listings may be applicable; contact
your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under
Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
S4100-0051-4 8/2015
Systems Responsibilities
Fire Detection and Alarm Systems are distributed
throughout buildings to monitor for indications of the
presence of smoke or fire. When a fire alarm condition is
determined, the fire alarm system communicates that
information with sufficient detail to allow the proper fire System
response to begin. The fire alarm system may perform Workstation
other control functions such as fan shutdown and elevator
recall, or those actions may be performed by other FIRST FLOOR SMOKE ALARM
systems that also handle those functions for normal
conditions as well as for abnormal conditions. HVAC
Smoke
Building Automation Systems. As buildings increase Control
in size and complexity, control of the electrical and System
mechanical systems requires coordination. This process
has evolved into the general category of Building Systems
Automation and includes systems such as heating,
ventilation, and air conditioning (HVAC), elevator Facility LAN
controls, security controls, lighting controls, and other
similar building functions.
Typical responses to fire alarm system status changes
might include: HVAC fan control operation, elevator BACnet protocol format BACnet Instance 1
capture, lighting control, and security system awareness.
Specific examples could include turning on lighting
where needed, aiming security cameras on specific areas, Facility LAN
providing door release, and implementing detailed fan
exhaust and/or pressurization instructions. ALARM
LOCATION M1-1
Systems Communications
Communications Between Systems. Traditional Location M1-1
communication between systems has included simple relay
interfaces, proprietary (and complicated) interface devices
(gateways), as well as using a single supplier for all of the FIRST
building automation functions. Each of these compromises FLOOR
has its limitations. With the Simplex BACpac Ethernet
module, BACnet protocol communications allows a
4010ES Fire
Simplex fire alarm system to provide pertinent status to
Alarm Panel
compatible systems using standardized formats.
4010-9915 BACpac Ethernet
Communications Example
Smoldering fire Module and 4010-9918
The example to the right shows how a smoldering fire RS-232 Module
located on the first floor can be detected by the fire alarm
control panel, processed by the BACpac Ethernet module,
and then sent to the building automation system using the
BACnet protocol over a LAN connection. It is the Typical BACpac Ethernet Module
responsibility of the fire alarm control panel to initiate the Alarm Process Reference
required notification and related fire responses. However, (shown with 4010ES panel for reference)
when connected to a BACpac Ethernet module, the fire
alarm system can make status information available to the
other building systems allowing them to be informed
about facility fire detection activity.
Diagnostic Reference
This module uses a BACnet protocol converter from
Fieldserver Technologies. PC compatible diagnostic
programs are available at www.fieldserver.com.
2 S4100-0051-4 8/2015
Product Selection
Required RS-232 Module Additional Data Installation
Model Description
(ordered separately)* Sheet Reference Instructions
4100ES or
BACpac Ethernet Module for 4100ES, 4100-6038
4100U
4100-6069 4100U, 4100/4100+, and 4120 Series fire S4100-0031 579-842
alarm control panels; single slot (2”) module 4100, 4100+,
4100-0113
or 4120
S4010-0004
BACpac Ethernet Module for 4010ES Series
4010-9915 fire alarm control panels; single block 4010-9918 (S4010-0006 for 579-1051
module (4x5) international
applications)
Category Implementation
BACnet Smart Sensor (B-SS)
BACnet Standardized Device Profile
BACnet Smart Actuator (B-SA)
(Annex L)
BACnet Application Specific Controller (B-ASC)
Device Object
Analog Input
Analog Output
Analog Value
Binary Input
Standard Object Types Supported
Binary Output
Binary Value
Multi State Input Output
Multi State Output
Multi State Value
BACnet CreateObject
Properties NOT
BACnet DeleteObject
supported
Any optional properties
Additional Property Details
No additional writeable properties exist
Additional
No proprietary properties exist
Property Details
No range restrictions exist
ANSI X3.4
ISO 10656 (ICS-4)
Character Sets Supported ISO 10656 (UCS-2)
ISO 8859-1
IBM/Microsoft DBCS
3 S4100-0051-4 8/2015
Specifications
Suppressor
grounding
connection
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. ASHRAE and BACnet are trademarks
of ASHRAE, American Society of Heating, Refrigeration, and Air Conditioning Engineers.
Features
Connect additional remote microphones to a Audio
Control
Command
Cen ter
Active
All
Speakers
EVAC
`
All
Speakers
Talk
control panel:
Rea dy
to
Talk
READY
OFF
AB C D EF GH I
Z ONE SIG A UX
ON 1 2 3
J KL M NO PQ R
FB IO ID Net
Menu
On Next
Enable
Arm
Off Lamp
Disable Auto
Disarm Test
REA DY
TO TALK
OFF
ON
READY
OFF
ON
READY
TO TALK
OFF
ON
Off
Auto
On
Off
On
Off
Auto
On
Off
TO TALK
On On
Off Off
OFF
Auto Auto
ON
On On
Off Off
Auto Auto
Compatibility:
EMERGENCY
READY
TO TA LK
OFF
ON
Command
Cen ter
Active
`
Start
All
Selected
Rea dy
to
Talk
S4100-0053-2 4/2013
Product Selection
Model Description
4100-1274 Microphone Multiplex Module
Remote Microphone with on/off switch and ready-to-talk LED; control wiring connects to a 4100-1290, 24 Point
4003-9803
I/O module in the audio control panel
Installation Instruction Reference
Document Description
579-879 4100-1274 Microphone Mux Module Installation Instructions
579-881 4003-9803 Remote Microphone Assembly Installation Instructions
Additional Product Reference
Product Data Sheet
4100ES Basic Panel Modules and Accessories S4100-0031
4100ES Emergency Voice/Alarm Communications Equipment S4100-0034
4100ES Remote Annunciator Panels S4100-0038
EMERGENCY
PAGING
READY
Push-to-talk TO TALK
(PTT) switch
Green "READY TO TALK" LED
OFF identifies the microphone is active
and talking may begin
ON
Keyswitch controls
activation of remote
microphone
Attaches to electrical
box with 4 mounting
screws (supplied)
2 S4100-0053-2 4/2013
4100-1274 Specifications
3 S4100-0053-2 4/2013
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.
Features
4100ES control panels introduce a new appearance
with new features while continuing to support the
extensive and proven Simplex® fire detection and
control product features:
4100ES products are designed, tested, and listed as
compatible with the remote modules and peripherals
used with 4100U series fire alarm control panels*
Both local and remote control panels are available with
an InfoAlarm Command Center user interface
Equipment cabinets are available in 1, 2, or 3 bay sizes
with color choices of platinum or red
Upgrade kits are available to provide 4100ES features
for installed Simplex control panel models 4020, 4100,
4100+, and 4120
Support is provided for:
TrueAlarm sensing and detection products including
TrueSense multi-sensor products for early fire detection
TrueAlert ES and TrueAlert addressable notification
appliances
TrueAlert non-addressable notification appliances,
including SmartSync horn/strobe control
IDNet digital communications for addressable I/O
modules, NAC extenders, and related products
Remote annunciator RUI (remote unit interface) 4100ES 3-Bay Cabinet, shown with optional: InfoAlarm
communications ports, and for up to five RS-232 Command Center, and Emergency Voice Equipment
communications ports for multiple remote equipment
operation options Introduction
Installation and test convenience that includes
4100ES Series Fire Detection and Control Panels
WALKTEST single person system testing, available
provide extensive installation, operator, and service
with multiple interface options
features with point and module capacities suitable for a
The available TrueStart test instrument that allows wide range of system applications. An on-board Ethernet
communications wiring to be tested and corrected if
port provides fast external system communications to
necessary before panel modules are installed
expedite installation and service activity. Dedicated
NEW Install Mode operation: compact flash memory archiving provides secure on-site
Install Mode allows grouping of multiple troubles for system information storage of electronic job configuration
uninstalled modules and devices into a single trouble files to meet NFPA 72 (National Fire Alarm Code)
condition (typical with future phased expansion) requirements.
With future equipment and devices grouped into a
single trouble, operators can more clearly identify Modular design. A wide variety of internally mounted
events from the commissioned and occupied areas modules are available to meet your specific application
NEW Options provide secure time-saving service requirements. Panels can be configured for either
tools for authorized personnel: Stand-Alone or Networked fire control operation with
The Building Network Interface Module (BNIC) wired communications or using fiber optics.
provides Ethernet connectivity options for authenticated Emergency Communications. Emergency
users to access panel information using service PC tools communications system equipment is available for both
The Service Gateway tool allows a single authorized fire alarm and emergency communications/mass
service person to perform remote device testing using notification applications. Amplifiers can be centrally
text messaging tools to query panel status and confirm located or distributed at remote MINIPLEX transponder
work is completed as expected without returning to the locations. Audio can be distributed using analog or digital
panel means with either wired communications or with fiber
TrueInsight Remote Service programs provide optics connections.
real-time intelligence and diagnostics for increased
uptime and enhanced fire alarm system performance * Refer to individual product data sheets for specific listing details. See partial data sheet
list on page 2.
S4100-0060-2 5/2013
4100ES Control Panel Size Reference
ABC DE F G HI
Z ONE SIG AUX
1 2 3
J KL MNO PQR
FB IO IDNet
3 Bay height =
P A L
7 8 9
' SP' ( ) ,0 :
Fire Alarm Priority2 Supv Trouble Alarm System
NET ADDR
Ack Ack Ack Ack Silence Reset DEL
0
Off Lamp
Disable Auto
Disarm Test
2 Bay height =
40" (1016 mm)
On On
Off Off
Auto Auto
On On
Off Off
Auto Auto
On On
Off Off
Auto Auto
On On
Off Off
Auto Auto
1 Bay height =
22" (559 mm)
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Features
Provides secured local area network Ethernet
connections for authorized service access:
Fire Alarm Network
Compatible with Simplex® 4100ES and 4010ES fire Connections (wired or
alarm control panels on ES Net or 4120 Network fiber optic)
Appears as an Ethernet switch to the building network
and supports dual Ethernet connections
Supports software downloads and uploads with LAN
operation speed
Allows execution of service level computer port
commands
Allows connection of Service Gateway text/e-mail TrueSite Workstation
based remote test service connections
Local access to LAN either by technician service
4010ES
A BC DE F GHI
ZONE SIG AUX
1 2 3
JK L MN O PQ R
FB IO IDNe t
AL ARMS SYS TEM WARNINGS AC Power 4 5 6
Fi reAlar m Pri or ity 2 Alar m Su p ervisory Tor ub le Alarm S ilen ced ST U VW X YZ /
M enu
On
Enab le Arm
N ext
Of f Lamp
Disab le Au to
Disarm T est
Control Panel
A la rm or W a rn in g Cond iti on H ow to Si le nce Buil ding S ign a ls
S ystem indicator flashing. Tone On. P ress Alarm S ilence.
Description
At a panel (service
The Building Network Interface Card (BNIC) port behind door)
provides two external Ethernet ports to securely bridge
the 4100ES and 4010ES panels with an external network 4100ES Control Panel
(e.g. the building network) allowing access to the external BNIC
Service
network and to any other 4100ES/4010ES panels that are connection connections
on the external network. options
BNIC functionality allows the following functions to be
performed while providing secure/authenticated Facility LAN
communications:
At available LAN
Direct connection to the front panel Ethernet service connection
port
External network connectivity (two external Ethernet
port connections)
Execution of computer port commands to panels on
the external network
BNIC Connection Reference
Ethernet interface to Simplex software applications
such as Service Gateway
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
Recovery of site specific programming details (job Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
files) from a panel on the external network 7165-0026:0251 (4100ES) or 7165-0026:0369 (4010ES) for allowable values and/or
conditions concerning material presented in this document. It is subject to re-examination,
revision, and possible cancellation. At the time of publication only UL and ULC listings are
applicable to ES Net network products. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your
local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex
Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
S4100-0061-4 3/2018
ES Net network application
The ES Network (ES Net) is a high bandwidth (100 Mbps) IP based fire alarm network that supports high speed fire alarm
control unit software downloads and uploads and execution of service level computer port commands over the fire alarm
network from any panel location, without the need for a Building Network Interface Card (BNIC). In most cases, the need to
connect to the building network with the Building Network Interface Card is no longer required on ES Network systems.
Contact your local Simplex product supplier for additional information on ES Network products and applications.
4010-9914 4010ES (BNIC) with dual Ethernet ports 2 Vertical Blocks (1 max) 236 mA
Specifications
Port Status
LED Offline Status
Four On-board Status LEDs
Diagnostics Reset Status
Earth Fault
Module Size Dual vertical block 4 x 10 module
Mechanical Temperature 32° to 120° F (0° to 49° C)
Humidity Range up to 93% RH at 90° F (32° C)
Reference Installation Instructions 579-949 (includes an MIS/IT Configuration Worksheet)
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.
Features
For installed system mounting in Simplex® 4100ES
or 4100U fire alarm control panels:
Provides three, 3 A, Class B SLCs (Special Application
rating)
Compatible with TrueAlert and TrueAlert ES 1
1 + 24V ZO NE PWR +
2 0V ZO NE PWR -
3 +I DNET I DC +
4 - I DNET I DC -
5
6
7
8
* Listed by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the
California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7165-0026:251 for allowable
values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Accepted for
use – City of New York Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E. Additional listings may
be applicable, contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings TrueAlert Power Supply Reference Drawing
and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection
Products.
Product Selection
TrueAlert Power Supplies and Accessories (Canadian model has low battery cutout)
Model Voltage/Listing Description Size Supv. Alarm
4100-5120 120 VAC UL TrueAlert Power Supply (TPS); 3 Class B SLCs rated
3 A each for up to 63 TrueAlert addressable (special
application) appliances per channel, 189 per TPS;
4100-5121 120 VAC, Canadian ULC 4 Blocks 88 mA 100 mA
built-in battery charger; 2 A aux. power output;
4100-5122 220-240 VAC UL Note: Add device current separately
4100-5124 TrueAlert SLC Class A Adapter for all 3 SLCs, mounts on TPS N.A. 10 mA 10 mA
S4100-0065 3/2014
Specifications
TrueAlert Appliances
Appliance Type Data Sheet
TrueAlert Ceiling Mount Visible Only Appliances S4906-0004
TrueAlert Ceiling Mount Audile/Visible Appliances S4906-0005
TrueAlert Speaker/Visible Appliances S4906-0006
TrueAlert Dual Emergency Appliance, Clear/Amber S4906-0009
TrueAlert ES Appliances
Appliance Type Data Sheet
TrueAlert ES Audible Only Appliances S49AO-0001
TrueAlert ES Visible Only Appliances S49VO-0001
TrueAlert Addressable Adapter Module S4905-0004
TrueAlert Appliance/IDNAC SLC Isolator S4905-0001
TrueAlert ES Audible/Visible Appliances S49AV-0001
TrueAlert ES Weatherproof Appliances, UL Listed S49WP-0001
TrueAlert ES Weatherproof Appliances, ULC Listed S49WP-0002
TrueAlert ES Emergency Communications Appliances
S49LENS-0001
with Color Lenses
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.
Features
Compatible with Simplex ES Net or 4120 Fire Alarm
Networks
Master Controller (top) bay standard equipment:
32-Bit Master Controller with color-coded operator interface
and raised switches for high confidence feedback
Dual configuration program CPU, convenient service port
access, capacity for up to 2500 addressable points
CPU assembly includes 2 GB dedicated compact flash
memory for on-site system programming and storage
An Enhanced Power Supply (EPS) and battery charger (9 A
output) with on-board: IDNAC SLCs (signaling line circuit)
for addressable appliance control, an IDNet 2 Module for
addressable device control; and programmable function
auxiliary output 4100ES Cabinets are Available with One, Two or Three Bays
Also available with InfoAlarm Command Center expanded
content user interface (see data sheet S4100-0045) Option Modules (Continued)
Standard addressable device interfaces include: Additional IDNet 2 communications SLCs, IDNet 2+2
250 point addressable device IDNet 2 SLC that supports Modules with quad short circuit isolating output loops;
TrueAlarm analog sensors and IDNet communications additional power supplies, alarm relays, and auxiliary relays
monitoring and control devices with an electrically isolated LED/switch modules and panel mount printers; VESDA Air
output channel allowing use with either shielded or Aspiration Systems interface, ASHRAE BACnet Interface,
unshielded, twisted or untwisted single pair wiring; and TCP/IP Bridges
providing dual short circuit isolating output loops Battery brackets for seismic area protection (see page 2)
MINIPLEX Transponder and remote LCD and LED 4100ES compatible legacy interface modules, including
annunciator support via RUI+ (isolated or un-isolated) control of conventional (non-addressable) NACS (see data
communications port (refer to details on page 6) sheet reference list on page 12)
Standard power supplies (EPS) provide enhanced 8-point zone/relay module, each point is selectable as an
power delivery IDNAC SLCs to addressable IDC input or relay output. Class A IDCs require 2 points
notification appliances: (one out and one return). Relays rated for 2 A @ 30 VDC
With IDNAC SLCs, a constant 29 VDC source voltage is (resistive). Configurable as normally open or closed.
maintained during alarm, even during battery operation, Listings information
allowing strobes to operate at higher voltage with lower UL 864, Fire Detection and Control (UOJZ), Smoke Control
current and ensuring a consistent current draw and voltage Service (UUKL), Releasing Device Service (SYZV)
drop margin under both primary power and secondary UL 1076, Proprietary Alarm Units - Burglar (APOU)
battery standby UL 2017, Process Management Equipment (QVAX),
Efficiencies include lower strobe currents, wiring distances Emergency Alarm System Control Units (FSZI)
up to 2 to 3 times farther than with conventional UL 1730, Smoke Detector Monitor (UULH)
notification, support for more appliances per IDNAC SLC, UL 2572, Mass Notification Systems (PGWM)
and the ability to use smaller gauge wiring – all providing CAN/ULC-S527 Control Units for Fire Alarm Systems
installation and maintenance savings with high assurance (UOJZ7), Releasing Device Service (SYZV7)
that appliances that operate during normal system testing ULC/ORD-C1076 Proprietary Burglar Alarm Units and
will also operate during worst case alarm conditions Systems (APOU7)
IDNAC SLCs are compatible with both TrueAlert ES and ULC/ORD-C100 Smoke Control System Equipment
TrueAlert addressable notification appliances, and remote (UUKL7)
4009 IDNAC Repeaters to extend power and wiring distance Software Feature Summary
even farther
Optional modules and connections include: CPU provides dual configuration programs:
Fire Alarm Network Interfaces, city connections, and up to Two programs allow for optimal system protection and
five (5) RS-232 ports for printers and terminals commissioning efficiency with one active and one in reserve
Building Network Interface Card (BNIC) for Ethernet PC based programmer features:
connectivity options (see data sheet S4100-0061) Front panel Ethernet port for quick and easy programming
Side mounted DACT assembly requiring minimal panel Modifications can be uploaded as well as downloaded
space; DACT is compatible with IP Communicators * This product has been listed by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section
13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7165-0026:0251 for allowable
Emergency communications systems (ECS) equipment; values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. NYC Fire Dept COA
8 channel digital audio or 2 channel analog audio #6151. At the time of publication only UL and ULC listings are applicable to ES Net network
products. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the
latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco
Fire Protection Products.
S4100-0100-16 3/2018
Introduction Mechanical Description
4100ES Series Fire Detection and Control Panels Boxes can be close-nippled; each box provides
provide extensive installation, operator, and service features convenient stud markers for drywall thickness and
with point and module capacities suitable for a wide range of nail-hole knockouts for quicker mounting
system applications. An on-board Ethernet port provides fast Smooth box surfaces are provided for locally cutting
external system communications to expedite installation and conduit entrance holes exactly where required
service activity. Dedicated compact flash memory archiving Cabinet assembly design has been seismic tested and is
provides secure on-site system information storage of certified to IBC and CBC standards as well as to ASCE 7
electronic job configuration files. categories A through F, requires 4100-7912 option for
Modular design. A wide variety of functional modules are additional legacy card stabilizer brackets and battery
available to meet specific system requirements. Selections brackets as detailed on data sheet S2081-0019
allow panels to be configured for either Stand-Alone or The latching front panel assembly easily lifts off for
Networked fire control operation. internal access
Modules are power-limited (except as noted, such as
Module Bay Description relay modules)
The Master Controller Bay (top) includes a standard The NEMA 1/IP30 box is ordered separately and
multi-featured enhanced power supply (EPS) with IDNet 2 available for early installation
Module, the master controller board, two vertical expansion Doors are available with tempered glass inserts or solid;
blocks, and operator interface equipment. boxes and doors are available in platinum or red
Boxes and door/retainer assemblies are ordered
The Expansion Bays include a Power Distribution
separately per system requirements; refer to data sheet
Interface (PDI) for connection of single or multiple block
S4100-0037
modules, and/or slot style (motherboard/daughter card)
modules. Operator Interface Detail Reference
The Battery Compartment (bottom) accepts two The following illustration identifies the primary functions of
batteries, up to 50 Ah, to be mounted within the cabinet the operator interface.
without interfering with module space.
Optional 4190-6104
TrueInsight Module
PDI
mounting location
4100 Option
4100 Option
4x5 Module
Expansion Power
Supply
PDI
(XPS)
4x5 Module
(Block F)
(Blocks G & H) Software Feature Summary
I/O Wiring
“Install Mode” allows grouping of multiple troubles for
uninstalled modules and devices into a single trouble
Typical bays with condition (typical with future phased expansion); with
mixed module sizes
Slot 1 Slot 2 Slot 3 Slot 4 Slot 5 Slot 6 Slot 7 Slot 8
future equipment and devices grouped into a single
I/O Wiring I/O Wiring
trouble, operators can more clearly identify events from
4100 Option
4100 Option
4100 Option
grounded wiring
(Blocks G & H)
4x5 Module
(Block F)
I/O Wiring
Menu
Almost Dirty On Next
Enable
Arm
FIVE PROGRAMMABLE POINT STATUS ADDITIONAL FUNCTION LCD NAVIGATION NUMERIC KEYPAD for
FUNCTION SWITCHES, CONTROL KEYS: KEYS: CONTROL: point category and point
each with a yellow LED Point Enable and Event Time Request Menu selection selection (alphabet
indicator Disable More Information Request Vertical and characters are not used at
Force On or Arm Lamp Test Horizontal position this time)
Force Off or Disarm selection buttons
Return On/Off or
Arm/Disarm to Auto
Mode
3 S4100-0100-16 3/2018
IDNet Addressable Device and IDNAC Addressable Notification Appliance Control
Overview. The 4100ES EPS power supply with IDNet 2 TrueAlarm heat sensors can be selected for fixed
Module provides addressable initiating device and IDNAC temperature detection, with or without rate-of-rise
addressable notification appliance Signaling Line Circuits detection. Utility temperature sensing is also available,
(SLCs) that supervise wiring connections and the individual typically to provide freeze warnings or alert to HVAC
device/appliance communications status on their SLC. With system problems. Readings can selected as either
these 2-wire SLCs, initiation, monitoring, and control devices Fahrenheit or Celsius.
such as manual fire alarm stations, TrueAlarm sensors, control TrueSense Early Fire Detection. Multi-sensor
relays, and sprinkler waterflow switches; and notification 4098-9754 provides photoelectric and heat sensor data
appliances such as strobes and horns can communicate their using a single 4100ES IDNet address. The panel evaluates
identity and status and receive fire alarm system control. smoke activity, heat activity, and their combination, to
Additional interface modules include circuit isolators, provide TrueSense early detection. For more details on this
conventional IDC zone adapters, and interface to other system operation, refer to data sheet S4098-0024.
circuits such as fans, dampers, and elevator controls.
Diagnostics and Default Device Type
IDNet Addressable Device Operation
Sensor Status. TrueAlarm operation allows the control
Each addressable device on an IDNet communication panel to automatically indicate when a sensor is almost
channel is continuously interrogated for status condition such dirty, dirty, and excessively dirty. The NFPA 72
as: normal, off-normal, alarm, supervisory, or trouble. Both requirement for a test of the sensitivity range of the sensors
Class B and Class A operation is available. Sophisticated poll is fulfilled by the ability of TrueAlarm operation to
and response communication techniques ensure supervision maintain the sensitivity level of each sensor. CO Sensors
integrity and allow for "T-tapping" of the circuits for Class B track their 10 year active life status providing indicators to
operation. Devices with LEDs pulse the LED to indicate assist with service planning. Indicators occur at: 1 year, 6
receipt of a communications poll and can be turned on steady months, and end of life.
from the panel. With addressable devices, the location and Modular TrueAlarm sensors use the same base and
status of the connected device is monitored and logged, and different sensor types (smoke or heat sensor) and can be
displayed on the operator interface LCD and on remote easily interchanged to meet specific location requirements.
system annunciators with each device having its own 40 This allows intentional sensor substitution during building
character custom label for precise identification. construction when conditions are temporarily dusty.
TrueAlarm Addressable Sensor Operation Instead of covering smoke sensors (causing them to be
disabled), heat sensors may be installed without
Addressable initiating device communications reprogramming the control panel. The control panel will
include operation of TrueAlarm smoke and temperature indicate an incorrect sensor type, but the heat sensor will
sensors. Smoke sensors transmit an output value based on operate at a default sensitivity to provide heat detection for
their smoke chamber condition and the CPU maintains a building protection at that location.
current value, peak value, and an average value for each
IDNet Addressable Device Wiring Reference
sensor. Status is determined by comparing the current sensor
value to its average value. Tracking this average value as a IDNet Addressable Channel Capacity. The CPU bay
continuously shifting reference point filters out standard power supply (EPS) provides an IDNet 2 Module
environmental factors that cause shifts in sensitivity. providing a signaling line circuit (SLC) that supports up to
250 addressable monitor and control points intermixed on the
TrueAlarm Addressable Sensor Reference same pair of wires. IDNet 2 and IDNet 2+2 Module SLCs are
isolated from other system reference voltages to reduce
common mode noise interaction with adjacent system wiring.
Additional 250 address IDNet 2 or IDNet 2+2 Modules are
available.
TrueAlarm Photo TrueAlarm Photo/Heat IDNet 2 and IDNet 2+2 SLC Wiring Specifications
Sensor with Base Sensor in CO Base Maximum Distance 1 to 125 4000 ft (1219 m); 50 ohms
from Control Panel
Programmable sensitivity of each sensor can be selected per Device Load 126-250 2500 feet (762 m); 35 ohms
at the control panel for different levels of smoke obscuration Total Wire Length Allowed With Up to 12,500 ft (3.8 km);
(shown directly in percent) or for specific heat detection “T” Taps for Class B Wiring 0.60 µF
levels. To evaluate whether the sensitivity should be revised, Maximum Capacitance Between
1 µF
the peak value is stored in memory and can be easily read (or IDNet 2 Channels
downloaded as a report) and compared to the alarm threshold 0.8 mA supv., 1 mA alarm;
Loading per device
2 mA per activated device LED
directly in percent.
Shielded or unshielded,
Wire Type and Connections
CO sensor bases combine an electrolytic CO sensing twisted or untwisted wire*
module with a TrueAlarm analog sensor to provide a single Connections
Terminals for 18 to 12 AWG
multiple sensing assembly using one system address. The CO (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2)
sensor can be enabled/disabled, used in LED/Switch modes IDNet 2 and IDNet 2+2 Module Compatibility: IDNet
and custom control, and can be made public for communicating devices and TrueAlarm sensors including
QuickConnect and QuickConnect2 sensors
communication across a fire alarm Network. (refer to data
sheet S4098-0052 for details) * Some applications may require shielded wiring. Review your
system with your local Simplex product supplier.
4 S4100-0100-16 3/2018
IDNAC SLC Control of TrueAlert and TrueAlert ES Addressable Notification
Addressable notification appliance communications problem. Using the TrueAlert magnet test allows each appliance
include operation of TrueAlert and TrueAlert ES Visible only to individually identify its candela setting and address and to
(V/O, strobe), Audible only (A/O, horn), Audible/Visible (A/V, briefly operate if desired, and using the TrueAlert ES
horn/strobe), and strobes of Speaker/Visible (S/V) notification Appliance Self-Test feature provides detailed performance
appliances. (S/V appliances require separate speaker wiring.) verification per appliance.
IDNAC SLC addressable communications allow each horn and TrueAlert ES Appliance Self-Test Operation
strobe to be individually controlled using a single two-wire
circuit, confirms the wiring connections to the individual On-Board Test Sensors. TrueAlert ES appliances are
notification appliance’s electronic circuit, and confirms equipped with on-board sensors to detect strobe and/or horn
communications between each appliance and the fire alarm output allowing efficient and unobtrusive Self-Testing. When
control panel. Addressable communications increases Automatic Self-Test is initiated from the control panel, each
supervision integrity versus conventional notification systems appliance within the selected VNAC group will briefly operate
by providing supervision beyond the circuit wiring to each and then report its Self-Test status to the control panel, all
individual appliance and by constantly verifying the ability of within several seconds. Silent Self-Test can be selected to test
each appliance to communicate with the control panel. only visible appliance if desired. The control panel is in a
Individual Appliance Status and Settings. The fire alarm trouble condition during testing and in the event of an alarm,
control panel monitors and records each addressable notification Self-Test is automatically terminated. Additionally, Automatic
appliance status, type of appliance, and its configured appliance Self-Test can be scheduled to occur at a convenient time on a
settings. A fault in any individual appliance automatically regular basis. (Requires version 2.03.01 or higher software.)
reports a trouble condition to the control panel. Automatic Self-Test results are communicated to the
control panel with a time and date stamp and are stored in
TrueAlert ES Addressable Appliance Reference
memory. Results are viewable at the front panel display and
printed reports can be generated from the panel service port.
(See sample reports on page 11.)
Individual Self-Test is selected from the control panel when
individual appliances need to be observed to operate. Each
appliance in the selected VNAC group will turn on its LED
until individually activated by applying a magnet. After
A/O (horn) V/O (strobe) A/V (horn/strobe) performing the individual test, the appliance LED turns off to
indicate completion. Results are recorded the same as during the
Virtual NACs Provide Control Convenience. For control
automatic test.
convenience, IDNAC notification appliances can be grouped
into Virtual NACS (VNACs) for group control, grouping that IDNAC SLC Hardware Reference
can be made across SLCs, not defined by their wiring
connection. EPS Power Supplies provide three, 3 A IDNAC SLCs for
control and power to TrueAlert ES and TrueAlert addressable
Panel Control Convenience. Applicable operation settings notification appliances. Both power supplies incorporate an
for each appliance can be programmed without having to efficient switching design that provides a regulated output of
replace appliances or remove them from the wall or ceiling. An 29 VDC, even during battery operation. With 29 VDC
appliance’s VNAC notification zone can be easily changed minimum output at the panel, addressable notification SLCs can
through programming without having to add additional circuits, support wiring distances 2 to 3 times farther than available with
conduit, and wiring. Audible and visible appliances for non-Fire conventional notification, or support more appliances per SLC,
Emergency Communications notification can be programmed to or work with smaller gauge wiring, or combinations of these
operate separately on the same pair of wires as the fire alarm benefits, all resulting in installation and maintenance savings
notification appliances. The result is lower installation, retrofit, with high assurance that appliances that operate during normal
and overall life-cycle cost of ownership compared with system testing will operate during worst case alarm conditions.
traditional conventional notification systems.
Installation, Retrofit, and Life-Cycle Cost Benefits. IDNAC SLC Appliance Wiring Reference
With each addressable appliance capable of being controlled IDNAC SLC Capacity: Up to 127 addresses and up to 139 unit
separately on the same two-wire IDNAC SLC, installation time loads (appliances are typically one unit load, devices such as
and expense for both retrofit and new construction can be Isolators may require more than one load, refer to individual
significantly reduced. When Class B wiring is used, wiring can device data sheet for specific information)
be “T-tapped” allowing more savings in distance, wire, conduit Recommended wire type UTP, unshielded twisted pair
(size and utilization), and overall installation efficiency. Maximum wire length
allowed with “T-Taps” for 10,000 ft (3048 m)
Location Information, Diagnostics and Class B wiring, per SLC
Troubleshooting. Each addressable notification appliance Maximum wire length per
4000 ft (1219 m)
has its own 40 character custom label to identify the location of SLC to any appliance
the appliance and to aid in troubleshooting fault conditions. In Appliance Supervisory
1 unit load = 0.8 mA per appliance
conventional notification systems, conventional appliances are Current
not capable of communicating with the control panel. Fault Wiring connections
Terminals for 18 to 12 AWG (0.82
reporting on a conventional system is limited to the circuit mm2 to 3.31 mm2)
wiring and the entire area (zone) covered by appliances on the Installation Instructions (see
579-1015
for more information)
notification appliance circuit (NAC) making it much more
difficult and costly to locate and correct the source of a
5 S4100-0100-16 3/2018
Standard CPU Bay Module Details
Master Controller and Motherboard: Note: The “IDNet 2 Module” replaced the “IDNet 1+
Mounts in Slot 2 of a two slot motherboard and provides Module” and the term “EPS with IDNet 2 Module”
one Class B or Class A, RUI+ communications channel replaces the term “EPS+”DCAI (Dual Class A IDNAC
configurable for isolated or un-isolated operation Isolator) Module creates two Class A outputs from one
Slot 1 of the motherboard is primarily for an optional IDNAC SLC Class B Input; up to two can be connected
network interface card or secondarily for the 4100-6038 to one IDNAC SLC, with up to 6 total per EPS; total
dual RS-232 board communications Class A output loop current is limited to the 3 A rating of
RUI+ and RUI communications controls up to 31 remote the IDNAC SLC
devices per master controller at up to 2500 ft (762 m) for Battery Charger is dual rate, temperature
single run, or 10,000 ft (3048 m) total if wiring is Class compensated, and charges up to 50 Ah sealed lead-
B and T-tapped; if more distance is required, up to four acid batteries mounted in the battery compartment
total RUI channels are supported; add up to three (33 Ah for single bay cabinets). UL listed for charging
4100-1291 RUI Expansion Modules (4100-1291 up to 110 Ah batteries mounted in an external cabinet
provides unisolated RUI communications) (see data sheet S2081-0012 for details)
Compatible RUI+ and RUI remote equipment includes: Battery and Charger Monitoring includes battery
MINIPLEX transponders, 4603-9101 LCD charger status and low or depleted battery conditions;
Annunciators, 4602-9101 Status Command Units (SCU), status information provided to the master controller
4602-9102 Remote Command Units (RCU), 4602 Series includes analog values for: battery voltage, charger
LED Annunciator Panels,4100 Series 24 I/O and voltage and current, actual system voltage and current,
LED/Switch modules, (4602 series annunciators require and individual IDNAC SLC currents
un-isolated communications). Low Battery Cutout is selectable for each EPS power
Up to 4 RUI channels (combination of built-in RUI+ and supply.
optional RUI modules) are supported 2 A Programmable Output:
Open slot space on the left of the CPU motherboard is Select for conventional non-synchronous NAC
available for either another dual slot motherboard, or for operation to provide supervised reverse polarity for
one or two block modules (refer to diagram on page 2) sounder base power, Suppression Release Peripheral
EPS Mounted Optional Modules (select one): (SRP) power, or other coded NAC operation
City Connect Module (4100-6031, with disconnect requirements
switches, or 4100-6032, without disconnect switches) Select for Auxiliary (AUX) operation for sounder base
can also be selected for dual circuit city connections power, 4-wire detector power, or door holder;
Alarm Relay Module (4100-6033) provides three supervised AUX operation does not require an end-of-
Form C relays, rated 2 A resistive @ 32 VDC line relay to provide Power-Limited operation
EPS (Enhanced Power Supply) with IDNet 2 Module 8-Point Zone/Relay Module Details:
Details: (see page 9 for specifications) Select as IDC or Relay; configure up to 8, Class B
Rating is 9 A output with “Special Application” IDCs, or up to 4, Class A IDCs; or up to 8, Relay outputs
appliances rated 2 A resistive @ 30 VDC (N.O. or N.C.); or
Outputs are power-limited, except for the battery charger combinations of IDCs and Relays; each zone is
Provides system power, battery charging, auxiliary separately configurable as an IDC or Relay output
power, earth detection, on-board electrically isolated IDC Support. Each IDC supports up to 30, two-wire
IDNet 2 Module with 250 point SLC, three on-board 3 A devices. Zone relay modules may be powered directly
IDNAC SLCs, and provisions for either an optional City from the control unit power supply or through the
Connect Module or an optional Alarm/Supv/Tbl Relay optional 25 VDC regulator module where required for 2-
Module wire detector compatibility (refer to 2-Wire Detector
IDNet 2 Module SLC Output provides Class B or Compatibility document 579-832 for additional details).
Class A communications for up to 250 addressable IDC EOL resistor values are selectable as: 3.3 kΩ, 2
devices with dual short circuit isolating loop outputs (see kΩ, 2.2 kΩ, 3.4 kΩ, 3.9 kΩ, 4.7 kΩ, 5.1 kΩ, 5.6 kΩ,
details on page 4) 6.34/6.8 kΩ, and 3.6 kΩ + 1.1 kΩ; see instructions for
more detail
6
7 S4100-0100-16 3/2018
Master Controller and Expansion Bay Selection Information
Model Model Type and Listing Description Current
4100-9311 120 VAC, 50/60 Hz Input UL 4100ES Master Controller Assembly with LCD display,
4100-9312 English 120 VAC, 50/60 Hz operator interface and RUI+ isolated or un-insolated output
ULC communications interface; 9 A EPS (Enhanced Power
4100-9313 French Canadian
Supply) with battery charger, electrically isolated 250 point Without IDNet devices:
IDNet 2 Module, three Class B IDNAC SLCs, one 2 A output Supervisory = 425 mA
configurable for Auxiliary Power or Simple NAC operation Alarm = 735 mA
4100-9511 220-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz Input UL
and expansion slot for City Circuit or Alarm/Supv/Tbl Relay Note: Master Controller
option current does not
subtract from 9 A
4100-9331 120 VAC, 50/60 Hz input UL output rating
4100ES Master Controller Assembly ; same as above models
120 VAC, 50/60 Hz input, except without LCD Display and Operator Interface
4100-9332 ULC
Canadian, English
4100-2300 Expansion Bay Assembly; order for each required expansion bay
4100-2303 Slot Module Stabilizer Bracket, used when expansion bays have style modules
Communication Modules
Model Description Size Supv. Alarm
4100-1291 Un-isolated Remote Unit Interface Module (RUI); up to 3 maximum per control panel 1 Slot 85 mA 85 mA
4100-6031 City Circuit, with disconnect switches N.A. 20 mA 36 mA
4100-6032 Select one per EPS (Note: maximum City Circuit, w/o disconnect switches N.A. 20 mA 36 mA
one City Circuit module per panel) Alarm/Supv/Tbl Relay, 3 Form C relays, 2
4100-6033 N.A. 15 mA 37 mA
A @ 32 VDC
Dual Port RS-232 standard interface
4100-6046 1 Block 60 mA 60 mA
(single block)
3 maximum RS-232 Modules per panel
Dual Port RS-232 with 2120 interface
4100-6038 1 Slot 132 mA 132 mA
(slot module)
4100-6079 SafeLINC Internet Interface (refer to data sheet S4100-0062 for details) 2 Blocks 145 mA 145 mA
4190-6104 TrueInsight Remote Monitoring Module (refer to data sheet S4100-0063 for details) Side Mt. 62 mA 73 mA
4100-6048 VESDA Aspiration System Interface (refer to data sheet S4100-0026 for details) 1 Slot 132 mA 132 mA
DACT, Point or Event Reporting; 1 shipped unless 4100-7908 is selected; 2 max.
4100-6080 per system; includes 2, 2080-9047 cables, 14 ft (4.3 m) long, RJ45 plug and spade Side Mt. 30 mA 40 mA
lugs
Module Selection Information (Continued)
Additional Enhanced Power Supplies, Expansion Power Supply, and Accessories
(for additional non-addressable Power Supplies, refer to data sheet S4100-0031)
Model Voltage/Listing Description Size Supv. Alarm
UL & Enhanced Power Supply (EPS) with IDNet 2 Module; 9 A
4100-5311 120 VAC Enhanced Power Supply with battery charger, electrically isolated 225 mA 490 mA
ULC 4 Blocks
250 point IDNet 2 Module, three Class B IDNAC SLCs, one 2 A
Right
output configurable for Auxiliary Power or Simple NAC operation,
Side add IDNet device
4100-5313 220-240 VAC UL and expansion slot for City Circuit or Alarm/Supv/Tbl Relay option;
currents separately
120 VAC model has selectable low battery cutout
UL & 4 Blocks
4100-5325 120 VAC Expansion EPS; 9 A Expansion EPS, functionally identical to the
ULC Right 125 mA 220 mA
Enhanced Power Supply except without the IDNet 2 Module
4100-5327 220-240 VAC UL Side
4100-5101 120 VAC UL Expansion Power Supply (XPS); 9 A output, 3 built-in Class A/B
conventional (non-addressable) 3 A NACs that can also be
120 VAC,
4100-5103 ULC selected as 2 A auxiliary power output, 2 A separate auxiliary 2 Blocks 50 mA 50 mA
Canadian
power output; without battery charger; Canadian model has low
4100-5102 220-240 VAC UL battery cutout
4100-5115 NAC Expansion Module, 3 NACs, Class A/B, mounts on XPS only N.A. 25 mA 25 mA
Dual Class A IDNAC Isolator (DCAI), converts a single Class B IDNAC SLC input to two
Class A or two Class B SLC outputs; provides short circuit isolation between each Class A
or B output circuit; connect up to two DCAI Modules per IDNAC SLC input up to a
4100-6103 1 Block 8.3 mA 18.5 mA
maximum of 6 DCAI Modules per EPS; each isolated output SLC used requires one
IDNAC address; the total current remains controlled by the Class B input source SLC at 3
A maximum
4100-5152 12 VDC Power Option, 2 A maximum 1 Block 1.5 A maximum
4100-0156 8 VDC Converter, required for multiple Physical Bridge Modules, 3 A maximum 1 Block included w/loads
3 A maximum with
Voltage Regulator Module, 22.8 to 26.4 VDC (25VDC nominal); isolated and resettable 2.5A load, 4.9A
4100-5130 1 Block
output; includes earth detection circuit and trouble relay for status monitoring. maximum with 4 A
load
4100-0636 Box Interconnection Harness Kit (non-audio); order one for each close-nippled cabinet
4100-0638 4100 Slot Module Additional 24 VDC Harness; need when 4100 Slot module requirements exceed 2 A from EPS
8 S4100-0100-16 3/2018
Module Selection Information (Continued)
Addressable Interface Modules (Note: Total of initiating SLCs per CPU, including VESDA Interface, is 30)
Model Description Supv. Alarm
IDNet 2 Module, 250 point capacity; electrically isolated output with two short no devices 50 mA 60 mA
circuit isolating Class B or Class A output loops, 1 block; standard on EPS with 50 devices 90 mA 150 mA
4100-3109*
IDNet 2 Module; alarm currents for 50 and above devices includes 20 device 125 devices 150 mA 225 mA
LEDs in alarm 250 devices 250 mA 350 mA
IDNet 2+2 Module, 250 point capacity; electrically isolated output with four short no devices 50 mA 60 mA
circuit isolating Class B or Class A output loops, 1 block; mounts in expansion 50 devices 90 mA 150 mA
4100-3110* bay or available master controller bay module locations only, not applicable for 125 devices 150 mA 225 mA
EPS mounting; alarm currents for 50 and above devices includes 20 device LEDs
in alarm 250 devices 250 mA 350 mA
IDNet Short Circuit Isolating Loop Output Module; mount up to two on a 4100-3109 module; for use with
4100-3111* 4100-3109 modules in expansion bays or available master controller bay module locations only; not applicable for
mounting on a 4100-3109 mounted on an EPS; this option is for aftermarket field installation only
Four Loop IDNet Master Controller; for the Master Controller Assemblies listed on page 6, this option moves the
standard IDNet 2 Module from the Master Controller EPS to an available block space in the master controller bay and
4100-3112
adds 2, 4100-3111 IDNet Loop Output Modules; requires selection of Factory Built Option 4100-7905; current
requirements remain the same
*Note: Loading per IDNet device (no LEDs on) = 0.8 mA supervisory and 1 mA alarm.
Each IDNet 2 and IDNet 2+2 Short Circuit Isolating Loop Output can be individually controlled for system diagnostics and
can be assigned a public point for Fire Alarm Network annunciation.
Relay Modules; Nonpower-limited (for mounting in expansion bay only, refer to location reference on page 10)
Model Description Resistive Ratings Inductive Ratings Size Supv. Alarm
4100-3202 4 DPDT w/feedback 10 A @ 250 VAC 10 A @ 250 VAC 2 Slots 15 mA 175 mA
4100-3204 4 DPDT w/feedback 2 A @ 30 VDC/VAC 1/2 A @ 30 VDC/120 VAC 1 Block 15 mA 60 mA
4100-3206 8 SPDT 3 A @ 30 VDC/120 VAC 1-1/2 A @ 30 VDC/120 VAC 1 Block 15 mA 190 mA
Current Calculation Notes:
1. To determine total supervisory current, add currents of modules in panel to base system value and all external loads powered
by panel power supplies.
2. To determine total alarm current, add currents of modules in panel to base system alarm current and add all panel SLC and
NAC loads and all external loads powered from panel power supplies.
End User Programming Software (requires 4100-8802)
Model Description
4100-8802 Programming Software (select)
End User Programming Software Selection (select maximum of one each from below)
Model Description
4100-0292 Custom Labels Editing; allows editing of 40 Character Custom Labels for non-system user points
Access Level/Passcode Editing; allows user to re-assign Access Levels and Passcodes for each display function;
4100-0296 Acknowledge, Alarm Silence, System Reset, Point Enable/Disable, WALKTEST Enable/Disable, Clear History Logs,
Change Time & Date, etc.
4100-0295 Port Vectoring Setup and Control; Allows vectoring of events to PC Annunciator, Printers, LCD Annunciators, etc.
WALKTEST Configuration Setup and Control; Allows user to create or edit WALKTEST groups used to test system
initiating devices and signals by a single person, these groups allow an inspector to conduct a one-person
4100-0298
WALKTEST in a specific area of a building (or different buildings), and limit the activation of the building signals to
only the intended area; up to 8 WALKTEST groups are supported
Miscellaneous Accessories
Model Description
4100-1279 Single blank 2” display cover; 4100-2302 provides a single plate for a full bay
4100-9835 Termination and Address Label Kit (for module marking); provides additional labels for field installed modules
4100-9856 4100ES Canadian French Appliqué Kit; Simplex, 4100ES, Contrôle Incendie
4100-9868 Special Purpose Appliqué Kit: Simplex, Elevator Recall Control and Supervisory Control Unit, 4100ES
4100-9869 Special Purpose Appliqué Kit: Simplex, Sprinkler Waterflow and Supervisory Station, 4100ES
4100-6029 Smoke Management Application Guide; required for UUKL listing
Tamper Switch, one per cabinet assembly if required; monitors solid door for panels with solid door; monitors the
4100-6034
internal retainer panel for panels with glass door (not the glass door); has a built-in addressable IDNet IAM
Series resistor for WSO, IDCs (N.O. water flow and tamper on same circuit, wires after water flow and before tamper)
2081-9031
470 Ω, 1 W, encapsulated, two 18 AWG leads (0.82 mm2 ), 2-1/2” L x 1-3/8” W x 1” H (64 mm x 35 mm x 25 mm)
9 S4100-0100-16 3/2018
General Specifications
Battery Charger UL listed for battery charging of 6.2 Ah up to 115 Ah (batteries larger than 50 Ah
Battery capacity range
Ratings for EPS require a remote battery cabinet); ULC listed for charging up to 50 Ah batteries
(sealed lead-acid Charger characteristics Temperature compensated, dual rate, recharges depleted batteries within 48
batteries) and performance hours per UL Standard 864; to 70% capacity in 12 hours per ULC Standard S527
Including module currents and auxiliary power outputs;
NAC outputs are rated 9 A output for “Special Application”
Total Power Supply
Power Supply non-addressable appliances; 4 A output for “Regulated 24 Output switches to
Output Rating
Output Ratings for DC” power (see details below); 6 A output with each NAC battery backup
XPS (nominal 28 VDC selected as auxiliary power output during mains AC
on AC; 24 VDC on failure or brownout
Auxiliary Power Tap 2 A maximum
battery backup) conditions
NACs Programmed for 2 A maximum per NAC; Rated 19.1 to 31.1 VDC
Auxiliary Power 5 A maximum total
Special Application Simplex horns, strobes, and combination horn/strobes and speaker/strobes (contact your Simplex product
Appliances representative for compatible appliances)
Regulated 24 DC
Power for other UL listed appliances; use associated external synchronization modules where required
Appliances
Operating Temperature 32° to 120°F (0° to 49° C)
Environmental
Operating Humidity Up to 93% RH, non-condensing @ 90° F (32° C) maximum
Additional Technical Reference
Description Document Description Document
ES Installation Instructions 574-848 IDNet 2 and 2+2 Module Installation Instructions 579-1169
ES Operating Instructions 579-197 EPS Installation Instructions 579-1015
DCAI Module Installation Instructions 579-1029
10 S4100-0100-16 3/2018
Expansion Bay Module Loading Reference
Size Definitions:
NOTE: A system ground must be provided for Earth Detection and transient protection devices. This connection shall be made to
an approved, dedicated Earth connection per NFPA 70, Article 250, and NFPA 780.
11 S4100-0100-16 3/2018
TrueAlert ES Appliance Self-Test Last Test Results Report Example
12 S4100-0100-16 3/2018
Additional 4100ES and Network Product Reference
13 S4100-0100-16 3/2018
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. VESDA is a trademark of Xtralis Pty Ltd.
NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code are trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). ASHRAE and BACnet are trademarks of ASHRAE, American Society of
Heating, Refrigeration, and Air Conditioning Engineers.
Features
Compatible with Simplex ES Net or 4120 Fire Alarm Page Up
ABC
ZONE
1
JKL
DEF
SIG
2
MNO
GHI
AUX
PQR
3
Networks Previous
FB
4
STU
P
IO
5
VWX
A
IDNet
YZ/
6
L
Next
C/Exit
Network Display Units (NDU) with support for up to Emergency Operating Instructions
ALARMS WARNINGS
dedicated cabinet (4100ES control panels support InfoAlarm Command Center for Control Panel Mounting
Remote InfoAlarm Command Centers independent of
host panel display type)
Models include an Enhanced Power Supply (EPS) and
battery charger (9 A total) with on-board: IDNAC SLCs
for addressable appliance control, an electrically isolated
IDNet 2 addressable device control module with dual
short circuit isolating output loops; and programmable
function auxiliary output
For additional information concerning EPS power
supplies and their enhanced features, refer to 4100ES
data sheet S4100-0100
For additional 4100ES related applications, including
models with power supplies for conventional InfoAlarm Command Center in Remote Cabinet
non-addressable NACS, refer to data sheet S4100-0045
InfoAlarm Command Centers provide customized
operating convenience:
Introduction
“Activity in System” primary display choices include: Displaying more information. 4100ES Controls using
First and Most Recent, First 5 and Most Recent, First 8, the InfoAlarm Command Center provide an expanded
Site Plan with activity status icons, General Alarm, or content, multi-line LCD interface that requires minimal key
Direct to List; selectable individually by event type presses to access detailed information. Because it is
System reports are easily viewed; logs can be read with system-powered, its detailed information is provided without
minimal scrolling required requiring separate supplementary equipment.
Up to six “softkeys” per screen provide functions that aid
InfoAlarm Command Center Control Panel. By using
operators in determining how to proceed
a larger area format instead of an individual text line display,
Up to two languages are available per system, easily
the LCD provides text information for Alarm, Supervisory,
selected by programmable key press (systems with
or Trouble. The format is flexible and able to be customized
IMS/GCC/NPU or 2 x 40 LCD panels or annunciators
per application allowing additional information to be
require one language to be the default font)
presented to suit the specific application.
International models allow customized language legends
for operator keys and status LEDs Description
Information sent to Remote InfoAlarm Command
Centers can be vectored by point InfoAlarm Command Centers for 4100ES fire alarm
Display properties: systems provide a large display with extended information
320 x 240 dot matrix (QVGA) display provides an active content, dual language support including 2 byte character
area of 4.53” W x 3.4” H (115 mm x 86 mm) languages, and an intuitive control key interface per the
Bright white LED backlighting provides efficient and following:
long lasting illumination; operation is selectable as Up to 10 InfoAlarm Command Centers are supported per
continuous or off with power fail or with no key presses 4100ES control panel; able to allow one InfoAlarm
Command Center to take-control and to designate access
UL listed to Standard 864 levels for interfaces not in-control; LEDs can be
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to programmed for in-control status indications
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
7165-0026:0251 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in Menu-driven format conveniently prompts operators for
this document. It is subject to re-examination, revision, and possible cancellation. NYC the next action required
Fire Dept COA #6151. At the time of publication only UL and ULC listings are applicable to
ES Net network products. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex
Key controls are provided to select the highlighted entry,
product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder load next screen of information, or jump to top or
Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products. bottom of activity lists
(continued next page)
S4100-0101-8 3/2018
Description (Continued)
Up to 50 custom point detail messages can be generated
Direct point callup displays individual points Date formats are either MM/DD/YY or DD/MM/YY
alphabetically and then homes in on the logical Time formats are either 24 hour or 12 hour with AM/PM
choice as more point information is entered
System Normal screen supports a gray scale bitmap
A Site Plan bitmap can be displayed for reference; icons
(watermark) for location name, company logo, or site plan
can be added to indicate system status
Ground Fault
ABC DEF GHI
Waterflow-East ZONE SIG AUX
Page Up 1 2 3
Waterflow-West
JKL MNO PQR
FB IO IDNet
Manual Evac Previous 4 5 6
STU VWX YZ/
P A L
Next
City Disconnect 7 8 9
'SP' ( ) ,#:
Door Holder NET ADDR
Page Dn C/Exit
Bypass 0
Drill
Menu Enter
Smoke Sensor
Fire Priority 2 System System Alarm AC
Almost Dirty Check
Alarm Alarm Supervisory Trouble Silenced Power
Language
Toggle LCD NAVIGATION
Fire Alarm Priority 2 Supv Trouble Alarm System
CONTROL:
Lamp Test Ack Ack Ack Ack Silence Reset Menu, Enter; Previous
ALARMS WARNINGS item select, Next item
select; Page Up and
Page Down
2 S4100-0101-8 3/2018
Display Feature Reference (shown actual size)
3 S4100-0101-8 3/2018
Site Plan with Event Icons
Site Plan Bitmap. The InfoAlarm Command Center
supports a site plan monochrome bitmap image (size is
281 pixels wide by 192 pixels high) that can also display
icons indicating activity and location. Shown to the right is a
sample site plan with icons shown in each building area. For
this example, each area is showing an “A” for an initiating
device in alarm, a “WF” for waterflow occurring, and an
icon indicating notification appliances in alarm. (Icons can be
created for site specific symbology, these are for example
only.)
Site Plan Selection and Detail. If desired, the site plan
can be the primary display screen for system activity or can
be for reference, available by selecting the “Site” softkey.
Depending on the facility layout, the site plan can also be a
convenient location for common reference information such
as primary call phone numbers, street address, etc. to assist
operators in their assigned response.
System Normal Screen. The site plan (or another bitmap
image) can be displayed on the System Normal screen as a
grey image watermark behind the screen text. (Size and type
are the same as that for a site plan bitmap). This can be used
to identify the specific location of the 4100ES or can display
a site-specific logo or other information. (A sample is shown
on page 6.)
Customized Emphasis
The Main Menu screen illustration to the left
demonstrates how print/display statements appear for
status information or for prompting of user input. Other
examples of this format occur when setting time and date,
entering a password, or identification of a status change
such as point enabling or disabling. Use of this feature
allows the display to clearly focus the user on required
information or actions.
Information Review
The Trouble Log History screen shown to the right
identifies the ability to view multiple event entries with
minimal scrolling. For specific information access,
pressing “Next” or “Previous” on the keypad highlights
the selected next or previous item in the list as indicated
by the arrow and the bolded first line of Entry 6.
4 S4100-0101-8 3/2018
Additional Primary Display Screens
Below are samples of a First and Most Recent primary display and of a General Alarm display.
First and Most Recent Primary Display Option General Alarm Primary Display Option
CUSTOM LABEL INSERT for the NOTE: Two sets of slide-in labels are provided, UPPER LABEL INSERT allows
three programmable LEDs and for the one blank, the other in English; areas shown with custom labeling of the numeric keypad
seven programmable switches + + + + are blank for custom words/characters and of the LCD navigation controls
++++
++++
++++ ++++ ++++
++++
++++
++++ ++++
++++ ++++ ++++ ++++
++++
++++ ++++ ++++
++++
++++ ++++ ++++ ++++ ++++ ++++ ++++
Toggle
Language
++++ ++++ ++++ ++++ ++++ ++++
Lamp Test
++++ ++++
5 S4100-0101-8 3/2018
Product Selection
Network Display Unit (NDU) with Voice, Master Controller with InfoAlarm Command Center
(NOTE: See data sheet S4100-0102 for NDU feature details)
Model Model Type UL ULC Voltage Description
Top Bay Equipment: InfoAlarm Command Center (raised keys with fixed
labels); Network Interface Card (select media cards separately), Standard
4100-9352 English —
CPU Module with RUI+ (isolated or un-isolated) communications interface; 9
A System Power Supply (SPS) with battery charger, one 2 A Auxiliary Power
output and expansion slot for City Circuit or Alarm/Supv/Tbl Relay option
(NOTE: SPS IDNet channel, NACs and Aux Relay are disabled in NDU bay).
120 VAC,
50/60 Hz Second Bay Equipment: Voice Command Center (VCC) Bay includes
Standard CPU Module with RUI+ (isolated or un-isolated) communications
4100-9355 English — interface; Network Interface Card (select media cards separately); 9 A
Enhanced Power Supply (EPS) with battery charger, electrically isolated 250
Point IDNet 2 Module, three Class B IDNAC SLCs, one 2 A output
configurable for Auxiliary Power or Simple NAC operation, and expansion slot
for City Circuit or Alarm/Supv/Tbl Relay option.
InfoAlarm Command Center Memory Option (may be required to be ordered separately, see description details)
Model Description
Display Memory Expansion Module; included with NDU systems; required for all InfoAlarm Command Centers
4100-0640
connected to a panel if any are using 2 byte character fonts; 6 Meg module mounts on rear of display board
Remote InfoAlarm Command Center Control Assembly with Cabinet for Surface Mounting
Model Cabinet Color Application Type Listing Description
4100-9401 Red
English UL & ULC
4100-9403 Platinum Remote InfoAlarm Command Center with NEMA 1
cabinet; for surface mounting; includes mounting box and
4100-9421 Red door assembly with glass insert; uses RUI or RUI+
French/Canada ULC
4100-9423 Platinum communications; requires external 24 VDC system
voltage; see illustrations on page 7 and Installation
4100-9441 Red Instructions 579-687 for details
International UL
4100-9443 Platinum
* Please refer to data sheet S4100-0100 for detailed descriptions of the 4100ES with EPS Basic Control Panel details, standard
product features, options, and reference for related fire alarm control panel products, see data sheet list on page 5 for additional
reference.
6 S4100-0101-8 3/2018
Remote InfoAlarm Command Center Front View
7 S4100-0101-8 3/2018
Specifications
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. National Electrical Code and NFPA are
trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association.
Features
MINIPLEX
4100ES Series MINIPLEX transponders allow transponder
remotely located initiating and notification IDNet addressable Addressable strobes
devices on IDNAC SLC
functions:
Transponder operation is available as standard or with FIRE
PULL
ALARM
DOWN
U
I
T
T
U
I SE RVIC IN G
O B EF ORE
A
B ATT ERY
C
N
AN D
A.C. P OWE R
DIS CON NE C T
CONTROL
ENABLE
Loca l
Mode
C ontrol
Alarm
Alarm
Silenced
Local
Local mode
Mode
7 8 9
' SP' ( ) ,0 :
Fi re Al arm Pri ori ty2 Supv Tro ubl e Al arm S ystem NE T ADDR
Ack A ck Ack Ack S i l ence Reset DEL
0
Of f Of f
A ut o Aut o
On On
Of f Of f
A ut o Aut o
On On
Of f Of f
A ut o Aut o
Of f Of f
A ut o Aut o
Local
FIRE ALARM
PULL DOWN
Seventh floor
Legend:
FIRE ALARM
MINIPLEX transponder
DIS CON NECT
C A. C. POWE R
AND
BATTE RY
N
A BE FORE O
S E RVI CI NG
U I
PULL DOWN
T
T
I
U
S ER V IC IN G
O BE FORE
A
BAT T ERY
C
N
AND
A. C. P OW ER
DIS CONNE CT
Addressable strobes
on IDNAC SLC
Sixth floor
Speaker NAC
FIRE ALARM
PULL DOWN
TrueAlarm sensors
FIRE ALARM
and IDNet/MAPNET II
Fifth floor PULL DOWN
addressable circuits
RUI communications
PULL DOWN
MINIPLEX transponder
FIRE ALARM
DIS CON NECT
C A. C. POWE R
AND
N
BATTE RY O
BE FORE
A S E RVI CI NG
U I
T
T
I S ER V IC IN G
U
O BE FORE
A
BAT T ERY
N
AND
A. C. P OW ER
C
DIS CONNE CT
PULL DOWN
Third floor
ABC DE F G HI
ZO NE S IG A UX
1 2 3
J KL M NO P QR
FB IO ID Net
Of f Lamp
Di sabl e Aut o
Di sarm Test
FIRE ALARM
PULL DOWN
Second floor
On On
Off Off
Auto Auto
On On
Off Off
Auto Auto
On On
Off Off
Auto Auto
On On
Off Off
Auto Auto
First floor
3 S4100-0103-7 3/2018
MINIPLEX Transponder Product Selection
Transponder Type
Model Description Supv. Alarm
Basic Transponder, includes bay equipment with power distribution interface,
4100-9600 36 mA 36 mA
and 4100-0620 Basic Transponder Interface Module mounted in Block A
Local Mode Transponder, includes bay equipment with power distribution interface, and normal 38 mA 38 mA
4100-9601
4100-0625 Local Mode Transponder Interface Module mounted in Block A in local mode 23 mA 23 mA
Local Mode Controller Selection
Model Description Supv. Alarm
4601-9108 Flush mount Red with white Local Mode Controller, 3-gang plate mounted; normal 44 mA 44 mA
4601-9109 Surface mount lettering flush mount requires a 1 ½” (38 mm) deep
4601-9110 Flush mount Beige with black 3-gang box; surface mount controllers include a
matching mounting box; see p. 7 for details in local mode 44 mA 58 mA
4601-9111 Surface mount lettering
Communication Modules
Model Description Size Supv. Alarm
Remote Unit Interface Module (RUI, unisolated); up to 3 maximum per control panel; for
4100-1291 1 Slot 85 mA 85 mA
use with 4100-9600 only
4100-6031 City Circuit, with disconnect switches For use with EPS only, N.A. 20 mA 36 mA
Select one per not RPS (Note: one per
4100-6032 City Circuit, without disconnect switches panel maximum) N.A. 20 mA 36 mA
EPS or RPS
4100-6033 Alarm/Supv/Tbl Relay, 3 Form C relays, 2 A @ 32 VDC; for EPS or RPS N.A. 15 mA 37 mA
4100-6038 Dual RS-232 Interface 1 Slot 132 mA 132 mA
4100-6045 Decoder Module 3 Slots 85 mA 163 mA
4100-6048 VESDA Aspiration System Interface (refer to data sheet S4100-0026 for details) 1 Slot 132 mA 132 mA
4100-9816 Master Clock Interface Module with one standard RS-232 port (see S4100-0033) 1 Slot 132 mA 132 mA
Enhanced, Expansion, and Remote Power Supplies and Accessories (see specification details on page 6)
Model Voltage/Listing Description Size Supv. Alarm
UL & Enhanced Power Supply (EPS) with IDNet 2 Module; 9 A
4100-5311 120 VAC
ULC Enhanced Power Supply (EPS) with battery charger, 225 mA 490 mA
electrically isolated 250 Point IDNet 2 Module, three Class B 4 Blocks
IDNAC SLCs, one 2 A output configurable for Auxiliary Right
Power or Simple NAC operation and expansion slot for City Side add IDNet device
4100-5313 220-240 VAC UL
Circuit or Alarm/Supv/Tbl Relay option, 120 VAC model has currents separately
selectable low battery cutout
UL &
4100-5325 120 VAC Expansion (EPS); 9 A Expansion EPS, functionally 4 Blocks
ULC
identical to the Enhanced Power Supply except without the Right 125 mA 220 mA
4100-5327 220-240 VAC UL IDNet 2 Module Side
Dual Class A IDNAC Isolator (DCAI), converts a single Class B IDNAC SLC input to two
Class A or two Class B SLC outputs; provides short circuit isolation between each Class A or
4100-6103 B output circuit; connect up to two DCAI modules per IDNAC SLC input up to a maximum of 1 Block 8.3 mA 18.5 mA
6 DCAI modules per EPS; each isolated output SLC used requires one IDNAC address; the
total current remains controlled by the Class B input source SLC at 3 A maximum
Model Voltage/Listing Description Size Supv. Alarm
4100-5101 120 VAC UL Expansion Power Supply (XPS); 9 A output, 3 built-in
Class A/B NACs, rated 3 A for Special Application appliances
4100-5103 120 VAC, Canadian ULC (2 A for Regulated DC); NACs can be selected as auxiliary
2 Blocks 50 mA 50 mA
power outputs, derated to 2 A for continuous duty, total per
4100-5102 220-240 VAC UL XPS is 5 A; 4100-5103 has low battery cutout; use to power
Flex series amplifiers (page 5)*
4100-5115 NAC Expansion Module, 3 NACs, Class A/B, mounts on XPS only N.A. 25 mA 25 mA
Model Voltage/Listing Description Size Supv. Alarm
4100-5125 120 VAC UL Remote Power Supply (RPS); 9 A power supply/charger
4100-5126 120 VAC, Canadian ULC similar to XPS except with battery charger; will accept one
4 Blocks 150 mA 185 mA
4100-6033; Canadian model has low battery cutout; use to
4100-5127 220-240 VAC UL power Flex series amplifiers (page 5)*
4100-5152 12 VDC Power Option, 2 A maximum 1 Block 1.5 A maximum
4100-0636 Box Interconnection Harness Kit (non-audio); order one for each close-nippled cabinet
* RPS and XPS power supply NACs can provide synchronized strobe or SmartSync, two-wire non-addressable operation only.
Miscellaneous Options and Accessories
Model Description
24 Point I/O Module for external connections, select each point as either a switch input (momentary or maintained) or an
4100-1290
output (for lamp/LED/relay); requires 1 Slot (refer to data sheet S4100-0032 for additional information)
4100-0632 Terminal Block Utility Module with 2, 16 position terminal blocks on 4” x 5” single block, for of up to 12 AWG wire (3.31 mm2)
4100-0633 Door Tamper Switch, connects into Transponder Interface Module, one per cabinet assembly if required
4100-9837 Green LED Power-on Indicator Kit, required for ULC listing of MINIPLEX transponder; mounts on solid door knockout
4 Continued on next page
S4100-0103-7 3/2018
MINIPLEX Transponder Product Selection (Continued)
Miscellaneous Options and Accessories (Continued)
4100-0634 120 VAC
Power Distribution Module (PDM) select per system voltage; one required per box
4100-0635 220/230/240 VAC
Series resistor for WSO, IDCs (N.O. water flow and tamper on same circuit, wires after water flow and before tamper) 470 Ω,
2081-9031
1 W, encapsulated, two 18 AWG leads (0.82 mm2), 2 ½” L x 1 ⅜” W x 1” H (64 mm x 35 mm x 25 mm)
Audio Riser Modules
Model Description Size Supv. Alarm
Dual Channel Analog Audio Riser Module; accepts one or two separate audio signals from
4100-0621 1 Block 0 mA 15 mA
host control panel; mounts in Block B, is controlled by Transponder Interface Module
3-8 Channel Digital Audio Riser Module; similar to analog module, except receives and
4100-0622 1 Block 70 mA 70 mA
decodes a digital input signal with up to eight audio channels; with Non-Alarm Audio input
1-3/4"
Local Mode Controller dimensions, 6-3/8" (162 mm) (44 mm)
7 S4100-0103-7 3/2018
Enclosure Installation Reference
NOTE: A system ground must be provided for Earth Detection and transient protection devices. This connection
shall be made to an approved, dedicated Earth connection per NFPA 70, Article 250, and NFPA 780.
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. VESDA is a trademark of Xtralis Pty Ltd.
Features
Connect a TrueAlert NEWS radio receiver to a
Simplex® 4100ES or 4100U Audio Fire Alarm
Control Panel:
Allows information from the National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration’s (NOAA’s) “All Hazards” Remote Antenna
(ordered separately)
Radio Network to be available at the host control panel
for Emergency Communication System (ECS) or Mass
Notification System (MNS) broadcasts
Notice of select NOAA Emergency Alert System (EAS)
message receipt are sent to the host panel allowing it to R X C H M S G E N T E R E X IT B A T T A L E R T
S4907-0002-2
Emergency Alert Warning Formats Additional Reference
SAME Coding. NOAA’s All Hazards Radio transmits Installation instructions, detailed operating instructions, and
SAME (Specific Area Message Encoding) code messages additional information on location specific code selection
providing detailed emergency alert information. Messages are included in document 579-891, shipped with the
describe the originator, the type and severity of the product on CD. The front mounted label explains normal
emergency, the area of the emergency, and include a date operator actions with details for each of the three operating
and time stamp. It is formatted similar to EAS (Emergency modes (as summarized below). The selected operating
Alert System) coding used by media broadcasters, but mode can be clearly marked on the label after the selection
includes additional location specific information. Refer to is made.
page 5 for the list of NOAA Event Identifier Codes
Detailed NOAA information is available at their website:
received by the 4190-9007 NEWS Receiver.
www.weather.gov/nwr/
Product Selection
Model Description
NEWS Receiver, includes: power input cable (for 9 VDC from the host control panel); wall mounting hardware, and
4907-9101
connectors for antennas specified below; requires modules listed below, antenna, and cable, ordered separately
4100-5156 9 VDC Power Converter; single block size (required) These modules are internally mounted in the host control
Auxiliary Audio Input Module, provides four panel; refer to data sheet S4100-0034 for additional audio
4100-1240 module details
unsupervised inputs; single block size (required)
LED/Switch Modules, select as required per system; refer to data sheet S4100-0032 for details;
4100 Series
Typical uses are to cancel playback, replay last message, and select operating mode (manual or automatic)
4100ES/4100U
Download audio chipset 68 for custom message set for NEWS receiver (included with the supplied instructions CD)
Audio
4090-9001 With screw terminals
Individual Addressable Module (IAM), monitors receiver relay output contacts, see
Encapsulated with wire data sheet S4090-0001 for details and single gang mounting cover options (required)
4090-9051
leads
Recommended Antennas and Accessories (select as required per receiver)
Model* Description
Indoor antenna for high signal strength areas, includes 16’ (4.9 m) cable with RCA connector;
RA1601
dimensions = 16” x 3-1/2” x 1” (406 mm x 89 mm x 25.4 mm)
CMTYY3313A- Outdoor 3-element Yagi antenna for low signal strength areas, tuned specifically for NOAA frequencies, includes
162 mounting hardware, order mast, cable, and accessories separately; dimensions = 43” x 36-1/4” (1.09 m x 0.92 m)
4” (102 mm) Stand-off Wall Mount Brackets, upper and lower bracket, galvanized steel, for mast diameters of
ROHWM4
1-1/4” (32 mm) to 2-1/4” (57 mm)
ROH160505PHS Antenna Mast, 5 ft (1.5 m) long, stackable for more length, 16 ga galvanized tubing, 1-1/4” (32 mm) O.D.
ROHTRT36 Roof Mount Tripod Antenna Mount, 36” (0.9 m) high, for up to 1-3/4” (44 mm) diameter mast
CXTA58A-10 10 ft (3.05 m)
CXTA58A-25 25 ft (7.6 m)
RG58/U cable to connect antenna to NEWS receiver with N-Male to N-Male connectors, select
CXTA58A-50 50 ft (15.2 m)
length as required
CXTA58A-100 100 ft (30.5 m)
CXTA58A-150 150 ft (45.7 m)
* Internal Ordering Note: These products can be found in Job Design under OPNEWSRCVR.
Operation Reference
NEWS Receiver Common Operations NEWS Receiver Controls by Operation Type
Incoming Event. Incoming event messages are Manual Operation. Preview the message before broadcasting by
played on the speaker, the text message scrolls on pressing the NEWS Receiver "MSG" button during or after the message
the LCD, and the Alert LED flashes. reception. Manually Broadcast the last message received to the building
Return to Normal. After required operations are by pressing the “NEWS Play” button on the host panel user interface. A
complete, press the “EXIT” button on the receiver to pre-announcement tone and/or message will sound, followed by the
clear the Alert LED and the display and return to message.
normal. Automatic Operation. After the complete incoming message is received,
Manual Test. Press the NEWS Receiver "RXCH" the message is automatically broadcast throughout the building.
button to select the weather radio input and listen to
your local weather broadcast. When finished, press Automatic Operation with Preview/Cancel. A two minute timer starts
"RXCH" to select "Audio Off". when the message is received. To preview the message before
broadcasting it through the building press the "MSG" button during or
Weekly Test. A test message should be broadcast after the reception of the message.
weekly by your local NOAA broadcast transmitter and
received by the NEWS receiver. Failure to receive a After a two minute delay, the message will be broadcast to the building.
weekly test will cause the Alert LED to activate and a To cancel message playback, press the "NEWS Play Cancel" button on
message will appear on the LCD. the host panel user interface before the two minute delay is completed.
2 S4907-0002-2
Operator Controls and Dimension Reference
Pushbutton Controls: RXCH selects LED Status Indicators: BATT indicates a battery problem;
receiver channel; MSG plays received ALERT indicates an Alert message is being received
message; ENTER selects the menu
function; UP/DOWN arrows scrolls LCD READOUT provides receiver status
through menu items; EXIT exits from display and defaults to time and date
menu
Local Speaker allows listening to receiver output
1-5/8"
17" (432 mm) (41 mm)
R X C H M S G E N T E R E X I T B A T T A L E R T
11-1/4"
(286 mm)
3 S4907-0002-2
Interconnection Reference
R X C H M S G E N T E R E X I T B A T T A L E R T
Building emergency
communications speaker
circuits (audio NACs)
20 ft (6 m) maximum distance
from panel to NEWS Receiver,
wiring in conduit
NOTE: This diagram is for reference only. Modules 4100-5156 and 4100-1240 (ordered with panel
or separately) mount internal to the host panel cabinet. Adequate cabinet space is required per
standard panel module allocations. A larger cabinet or a close-nippled additional cabinet
may be required depending on total module count.
4 S4907-0002-2
NOAA Event Identifier Codes
Note: Default selection is all codes, NEWS receiver front panel programming allows unwanted codes to be
deselected.
5 S4907-0002-2
Specifications
Electrical Requirements
9 VDC supplied from 4100-5156 Power Converter Module mounted in host
Receiver Voltage
4100ES/4100U control panel
4100-5156, 9 VDC Converter Module
400 mA maximum
Input Current
4100-1204, Auxiliary Audio Input
10 mA supervisory, 50 mA alarm/active
Module Current
4090-9011 or 4090-9051 IAM one IDNet address, IDNet communications powered
Front Panel
Display 16 character LCD with back lighting
“Message Received,” Weather Radio Receiver Signal Level, and On-Board
LED indicators
Battery Level
Speaker Front panel mount
Display Banner Messages, Message Review, Set Speaker Level, Speaker Select
Menu functions
Weather Radio, Channel, Set Date/Time, and LCD Contrast Level
Inputs, Rear Panel
F type connection, 75 Ω; two connectors supplied, one N-female to F connector
Antenna input
for remote (outside mount) antenna, one RCA to F connector for local antenna
Audio input Three inputs with RCA phone jacks, -10 dBm ±10 dB, unbalanced
RS-232 9-pin D connector for CPU interface message signs at distances of up to 1500 ft
Audio output 600 Ω balanced audio, 0 dBm
Relay contact output Connects to monitoring input of IAM, indicates receipt of alert message
NOAA Weather Radio Receiver Specifications
Seven frequency synthesized channels:
Channels
162.400, 162.425, 162.450, 162.475, 162.500, 162.525, 162.550 MHz
Sensitivity 2 V for 12 dB SINAD
Modulation ±5 kHz deviation
Image rejection 60 db or greater
IF rejection 70 db or greater
Physical and Environmental
Receiver dimensions, with wiring cover
included (refer to dimension details on 17” W x 14-1/4” H x 1-5/8” D (432 mm x 362 mm x 41 mm)
page 3)
Operating Temperature 32° to 120°F (0° to 49° C)
Operating Humidity Up to 93% RH, non-condensing @ 90° F (32° C) maximum
Tyco is a registered trademark of Tyco International Services GmbH and is used under license. Simplex, the Simplex logo, IDNet, TrueAlert, and NEWS are trademarks of Tyco
International Ltd. and its affiliates and are used under license
Features
Control panel operator convenience features:
Wide viewing angle 2 x 20 (40 character) alphanumeric
LCD and dedicated LEDs provide convenient panel
status information FIRE
ALARM
SYSTEM
SUPERVISORY
SYSTEM
TROUBLE
ALARM
SILENCED
AC
POWER
Control Panel
Model Color Description Listings Standard Feature Summary
4006-9102 Beige
Standard fire alarm control panel MEA 5 Class B IDCs, 2 Class B/Class A
4006-9101 Red UL, FM, NACs, 3 A power supply with battery
4006-9122 Beige Fire alarm control panel with 24 LED & CSFM charger; on-board DACT; 120/240 VAC,
ULC 50/60 Hz (autoselect)
4006-9121 Red Annunciator on front door
Option Modules
Model Description
4006-9801 Expansion Power Supply; 3 A, with 2 NACs, 120/240 VAC, 50/60 Hz
4006-9802 Expansion IDC Module; 5 Class B IDCs Select up to one of each as required
4006-9803 Expansion Relay Module; 10 relays selectable as either N.O. or N. C.
4006-9804 Class A Adapter Module; converts 5 IDCs from Class B to Class A Select up to two maximum
4006-9805 City Circuit Module with disconnect switch
Select one if required
4006-9806 City Circuit Module without disconnect switch
Accessories
Model Description
2975-9811 Beige semi-flush trim kit; 1-7/16” (37 mm) wide; includes four corners and trim pieces for top, bottom, and sides
2975-9812 Red semi-flush trim kit; 1-7/16” (37 mm) wide; includes four corners and trim pieces for top, bottom, and sides
Beige External Battery Cabinet for up to 25 Ah batteries; mounts close-nippled to control panel cabinet; dimensions =
4009-9801
16-1/4” W x 13-1/2” H x 5-3/4” D (413 mm x 343 mm x 146 mm) [depth increased for 25 Ah effective 7/2005]
Batteries, 12 Volt (select one battery model per system standby requirements; order quantity of two)
Model Size Model Size Location Model Size Location
2081-9272 6.2 Ah 2081-9288 12.7 Ah 2081-9275 18 Ah Requires 4009-9801 External Battery
For cabinet mount
2081-9274 10 Ah 2081-9827 25 Ah Cabinet (UL listed only)
2 S4006-0001-9 2/2016
Keyboard Reference
RED LED
YELLOW LED
3 S4006-0001-9 2/2016
Specifications (Refer to Installation Instructions 579-704 for additional information)
Power Ratings
Input Voltage 120 VAC, 60 Hz; 220/230/240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, auto-select
Input Current, Standard 2 A maximum @ 120 VAC input; 1.5 A maximum @ 240 VAC input
AC Input Ratings
Input Current with
4 A maximum @ 120 VAC input; 3 A maximum @ 240 VAC input
Expansion Power Supply
Power Supply Output Rating 3 A maximum @ 24 VDC in alarm (see NAC details on page 6)
Temperature compensated charger is rated for up to 25 Ah per UL 864; up to
Battery Charger
12.7 Ah per ULC-S527
Standby Current 130 mA; with 5 IDCs fully loaded, tone-alert silenced, trouble LED on
Standard Circuit Ratings (NOTE: Total DC current = 3 A maximum)
Notification Appliance Circuits (NACs) 2 A maximum @ 24 VDC, per circuit; available as Class A or Class B;
NOTE: See details on page 6 Class B end-of-line resistor = 10 k, 1/2 W; Model 4081-9008 (P/N 733-894)
Supervisory Current 3 mA maximum
Alarm Current 60 mA maximum
Initiating Device
Circuits (IDCs) Each IDC supports up to 30 detectors (smoke or electronic heat) and manual
Capacity
stations as required; wiring distance is limited to 50 Ω maximum
End-of-Line Resistor 3.3 k, 1/2 W; Model 4081-9002 (P/N 733-893) for Class B IDCs
Quantity Supported Up to four annunciator modules per panel (see page 5 for details)
Wiring Type Twisted pair, or twisted, shielded pair; 18 AWG (0.82 mm2)
Bus-Style Wiring Up to 4000 ft (1219 m); 0.58 µF (580 nF) maximum capacitance; 35 max.
Annunciator “T-Tap” Wiring Up to 10,000 ft (3048 m) total wiring; up to 2500 ft (762 m) to farthest device
Communications Bus-style, connect one at panel and one at end of line 100 , 1/2 W; 4081-9011;
Line Matching Resistor
T-Tap, connect one at panel and one at farthest device (part number 733-974)
Use 2081-9044 Overvoltage Protectors where wiring leaves and enters a building
Suppression
(refer to data sheet S2081-0016)
Auxiliary Power Output 500 mA maximum @ 24 VDC
Relay 1 Programmable operation Contacts rated 2 A @ 30 VDC, 0.35 power factor;
Standard Auxiliary Relay Outputs
Relay 2 Trouble operation jumper selectable as N.O. or N.C.
Wiring Connections for Above Circuits and
Terminals rated for 18 AWG to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2 )
AC Input
Option Module Ratings
Class A IDC Adapter Module Five circuits per module, rated same as circuits
Ten Relay Auxiliary Contact Ratings 2 A @ 30 VDC, 0.35 power factor; jumper selectable as N.O. or N.C.
Module 4006-9803 Wiring Terminals rated for 18 AWG to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2)
Environmental Ratings
Operating Temperature Range 32° to 120°F (0° to 49° C)
Operating Humidity Range Up to 93% RH, non-condensing @ 100.4° F (38° C) maximum
The 4006 supports up to four annunciator options 4606-9101 LCD Annunciator Features:
including: LCD readout with two lines of 40 characters each and
Door Mounted 24 LED Annunciator LED backlighting
4610-9111 Remote LED/Switch Annunciators Wide viewing angle, super-twist design
4606-9101 Remote LCD Annunciators Keyswitch access controlled
Annunciators communicate at a rate of 9600 baud with Control switches and status LEDs for:
24 VDC power supplied by separate wiring. Alarm, supervisory, or trouble acknowledge
4610-9111 LED Annunciator Features: Alarm silence and System Reset
16 LEDs with programmable functions and dedicated Three programmable LED indicators:
LEDs for Alarm Silenced, Lost Communications,
Trouble, and Power-on Two LEDs are selectable as red or yellow
Keyswitch access controlled switches for One LED is selectable as green or yellow
Acknowledge, Alarm Silence, Reset, and Lamp Test With provisions for custom labeling
Local tone-alert
LOST COM
LAMP
RESET
TEST
TROUBLE
POWER
5 S4006-0001-9 2/2016
IDC Operation Modes
The following IDC operation modes are selectable from either the front panel or the PC programmer
6 S4006-0001-9 2/2016
NAC Operation Modes
7 S4006-0001-9 2/2016
Installation and Module Placement Reference
Class A
Adapter
Relay Modules*
Expansion
Module*
Door thickness
FIRE
ALARM
SYSTEM
SUPERVISORY
SYSTEM
TROUBLE
ALARM
SILENCED
AC
POWER
5/8" (16 mm)
ALARM SUPV TROUBLE ALARM SYSTEM
ACK ACK ACK SILENCE RESET
(406 mm)
FUNCTION
4 5 6
MENU
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.
4007ES, 4010ES, 4100ES & 4100U IDNet; uses only one address; use with sensor
Photo/Heat Multi-Sensor, one address for photo,
4098-97541 bases: 4098-9770, 4098-9771, 4098-9780, 4098-9789, 4098-9791, 4098-9792,
heat, and TrueSense operation
4098-9793, 4098-9775, 4098-9776, 4098-9777, 4098-9794, 4098-9797, & 4098-9798
4098-90191,
Addressable Beam Detector 4007ES, 4010ES, and 4100ES
-90201
4099-9012,
Addressable Releasing Station, Push Use with IDNet or MAPNET II Releasing panels only
-9015
2
4090-9116 IDNet Communications Isolator 4007ES, 4008, 4010ES, 4100ES and 4100U IDNet
1, 3 4007ES, 4008, 4010ES, 4100ES, and 4100U IDNet requires one address but
4090-9007 IDNet Signal IAM
consumes two unit loads
4190-90503 4007ES, 4010ES, 4100ES, and 4100U IDNet; or 4100U & 4100ES MAPNET II
4-20 mA AMZ, revision 2.01 firmware
4190-90513 Operation (MAPNET II requires one unit load, IDNet requires two unit loads)
4090-90081 Dual Contact Relay IAM 4007ES, 4010ES, 4100ES, or 4100U IDNet; or MAPNET II Operation
4090-9010 8 A Relay IAM 4007ES, 4008, 4010, 4010ES, 4100ES, or 4100U IDNet Operation
VLC-600 TrueAlarm LaserCOMPACT 4007ES, 4010ES, 4100ES, and 4100U IDNet; or MAPNET II Operation
Devices Compatible with 4007ES, 4010, 4010ES, 4100ES, and 4100U IDNet Communications Only (except as noted)
Model Description Model Description
Relay
4009-92011 4090-9002
IAM
4009 IDNet NAC Extender (4009 A) (also for use with 4008)
Isolator
4009-93011 4098-9793 & 4098-97772
Base
4090-91054 Class B Suppression Release Peripheral (SRP) without
IDNet Fiber Optic Transmitter 4090-90051
4090-9107 Class A enclosure (uses 2975-9227)
4009-9809 IDNet Repeater 4090-90061 SRP with Enclosure
4907-90011 LED Message Board
Devices Compatible with 4007ES, 4010ES, 4100ES, and 4100U IDNet Communications Only (except as noted)
Model Description Model Description
4090-9117 Addressable Power Isolator 4090-91201 6-Pt. Module, 4 T-Sense inputs, 2 relays
4090-91181 Relay IAM with T-Sense Input 4090-9121 Security Monitor IAM, two unit loads; Not with 4007ES
4090-91191 Relay IAM with unsupervised input 4100-12741 Microphone Mux. Module (internal IAM); 4100ES/4100U only
4098-97701 & 4098-97971 CO Sensor Standard Base
4098-97711 & 4098-97981 CO Sensor Sounder Base
4098-97721 & 4098-97731 CO Sensor Base with 520Hz Sounder
1. Operation is software revision dependent, refer to page 12 for software revision compatibility details for these products.
2. IDNet Isolators and Isolator Bases are not compatible with the 4100-3103 Quad Panel Mount Isolator. Operation is compatible with other panel modules
that provide IDNet, IDNet+, IDNet 1+, IDNet 2, or IDNet 2+2 SLCs.
3. For IDNet communications, 1 address is assigned but the available SLC address count is reduced by 2 due to supervisory current requirements.
4. Class B Fiber Transmitter, part number 565-901, Rev C or higher, IS NOT COMPATIBLE with Class B Fiber Receiver, part number 565-903, before Rev J.
LISTINGS NOTE: Refer to individual product data sheets for listings information.
Devices Compatible with MAPNET II Communications Only (refer to pages 2 and 6 for legacy products)
Model Description Model Description
2190-9153 & -9154 Monitor ZAM, Style D, IDC 2190-9161 & -9162 Signal ZAM, Style Y NAC
2190-9155 & -9156 Monitor ZAM, Style B, IDC 2190-9163 & -9164 Control Relay ZAM, DPDT Contacts
2190-9157 & -9158 4-Wire Detector ZAM, IDC 2190-9169 & -9170 Line powered isolators (non-addr.)
2190-9159 & -9160 Signal ZAM, Style Z NAC 2190-9173 2-Point I/O Module
Devices Compatible with 4007ES, 4010, and 4010ES IDNet Communications; with 4100ES with IDNet 2 and IDNet 2+2 Modules,
and with 4100ES and 4100U with 4100-3106 IDNet Expansion Module
Model Description Model Description
4098-9757 QuickConnect2 Sensor (uses 4098-9788 multi-purpose base) 4098-9710 QuickConnect Sensor
1 S4090-0011-22 4/2018
2 S4090-0011-22 4/2018
Device Communications Compatibility with Devices in Numerical Order
(This includes legacy devices not listed on page 1; refer to page 1 and product data sheets for additional information)
4007ES, 4010ES, 4100ES,
4010
Model Description & 4100U IDNet (see 4008 IDNet MAPNET II
IDNet
notes)
2099-9135 Addressable Station, double action push, no Simplex logo — — —
2099-9761 Addressable Station, double action push — — —
2099-9795 Addressable Station, single action — — —
2099-9796 Addressable Station, double action breakglass — — —
2099-9797 Addressable Station, single action, LOCAL — — —
2190-9153 Monitor ZAM, Class A, IDC; surface mount — — —
2190-9154 Monitor ZAM, Class A, IDC; flush mount — — —
2190-9155 Monitor ZAM, Class B, IDC; surface mount — — —
2190-9156 Monitor ZAM, Class B, IDC; flush mount — — —
2190-9157 4-Wire Detector ZAM, Class B IDC; surface mount — — —
2190-9158 4-Wire Detector ZAM, Class B IDC; flush mount — — —
2190-9159 Signal ZAM, Class A NAC; surface mount — — —
2190-9160 Signal ZAM, Class A NAC; flush mount — — —
2190-9161 Signal ZAM, Class B NAC; surface mount — — —
2190-9162 Signal ZAM, Class B NAC; flush mount — — —
2190-9163 Control Relay ZAM, DPDT Contacts; surface mount — — —
2190-9164 Control Relay ZAM, DPDT Contacts; flush mount — — —
2190-9169 Line Powered Isolator, non-addressable; surface mount — — —
2190-9170 Line Powered Isolator, non-addressable; flush mount — — —
Individual Addressable Module (IAM), includes 2190-9172A
2190-9172 — — —
(larger) package
2190-9173 2-Point I/O Module — — —
4009-9201 4009 IDNet NAC Extender (4009A); 120 VAC input — —
4009-9301 4009 IDNet NAC Extender (4009A); 240 VAC input see details on page 12 — —
4009-9401 TrueAlert Addressable Controller (4009T) use RUI, not with 4007ES — —
4009-9809 IDNet Repeater (mounts in 4009A or 4009T only) — —
4090-9001 Supervised IAM with LED w/T-sense w/T-sense w/T-sense no T-sense
4090-9002 Relay IAM —
4090-9005 Suppression Release Peripheral (SRP) no enclosure Not 4007ES, w/Rev. — —
4090-9006 SRP with Enclosure see details on page 12 3.01 — —
2 unit loads
4090-9007 IDNet Signal IAM; one address — 2 unit loads —
see details on page 12
4090-9008 Dual Contact Relay IAM see details on page 12 — —
4090-9010 8 A Relay IAM —
4090-9051 Supervised IAMs; encapsulated w/o LED w/T-sense w/T-sense w/T-sense no T-sense
4090-9101 Class B IDC ZAM
4090-9105 Class B IDNet Fiber Optic Transmitter — —
4090-9106 Class A IDC ZAM
4090-9107 Class A IDNet Fiber Optic Transmitter — —
4090-9116 IDNet Communications Isolator; see note next page * — —
4090-9117 Addressable Power Isolator — — —
4090-9118 Relay IAM with T-Sense Input — — —
4090-9119 Relay IAM with unsupervised input — — —
see details on page 12
4090-9120 6-Pt. Module, 4 T-Sense inputs, 2 relays — — —
4090-9121 Security Monitor IAM, 2 unit loads Not with 4007ES — — —
4098-9702 Duct Sensor for 4098-9701 Sensor Head 4-wire — — —
4098-9703 Duct Sensor for -9701 Sensor Head 2-wire (2120 CDT) — — —
4098-9704 In-Duct Sensor for 4098-9701 Sensor Head 4-wire — — —
4098-9705 In-Duct Sensor for -9701 Head 2-wire (2120 CDT) — — —
4098-9706 Duct Sensor for 4098-9701 Head 4-wire w/4” base — — —
4098-9707 Duct Sensor for -9701 Head 2-wire w/4” base (2120 CDT) — — —
4098-9708 In-Duct Sensor for 4098-9701 Head 4-wire w/4” base — — —
4098-9709 In-Duct Sensor for -9701 Head 2-wire w/4” base (2120 CDT) — — —
3 S4090-0011-2 11/2016
Device Communications Compatibility with Devices in Numerical Order; (Continued)
(This includes legacy MAPNET II devices not listed on page 1; refer to page 1 and product data sheets for additional information)
4007ES, 4010ES, 4100ES, 4010 4008 MAPNET
Model Description
& 4100U IDNet (see notes) IDNet IDNet II
Not with 4100U,
4098-9734 High Temperature Heat Sensor — — —
see details on page 12
4098-9750 In-Duct Sensor Housing without relay
4098-9751 In-Duct Sensor Housing with relay
Legacy Duct Housing for 4098-9714 without relay (2120
4098-9752
CDT)
4098-9753 Legacy Duct Housing for 4098-9714 with relay
4098-9710 QuickConnect sensor
Refer to compatibility — —
4098-9757 QuickConnect2 Sensor (uses 4098-9788 base) details on page 1
4098-9780 2-Wire Sensor Base w/supv. relay see details on page 12
4098-9781 Sensor Base 6-3/8” — — —
4098-9782 Sensor Base 6-3/8” w/sounder — — —
4098-9783 Sensor Base 6-3/8” w/remote relay driver — — —
4098-9784 Standard Sensor Base 4”
4098-9785 Sensor Base 4” w/conn. For remote alarm ind. Or relay
Sounder Base 6-3/8” w/conn. For remote alarm ind. Or
4098-9786
relay
Sensor Base 4” w/supv. remote relay & remote ind. Or
4098-9787
relay
4098-9789 &
Sensor Base; remote LED or unsupervised relay
4098-9775
4-Wire Sensor Base; remote LED or relay; and supv.
4098-9791
remote relay
4098-9792 &
Standard Sensor Base
4098-9776
4098-9793 &
Isolator Base; see 4100U/4100ES note below* —
4098-9777
4098-9794 Sounder Base
4098-9795 Two Address Sounder Base for 4098-9754
4098-9796 Two Address Standard Base for 4098-9754
4098-9770 & 4098-9797 CO Sensor Standard Base — — —
4098-9771 & 4098-9798 CO Sensor Sounder Base — — —
4098-9772 & 4098-9773 CO Sensor Base with 520Hz Sounder see details on page 12 — — —
4098-9019 & 4098-9020 Addressable Beam Detector 4007ES, 4010ES, & 4100ES
4099-9001 & 4099-9004 Addressable Station, Standard
4099-9002 & 4099-9005 Addressable Station, Breakglass
4099-9003 & 4099-9006 Addressable Station, Push
4099-9012 & 4099-9021 Addressable Releasing Station, Push not 4007ES —
4099-9020 & 4099-9015 NO-GRIP Single Action Addressable Station
4100ES & 4100U only,
4100-1274 Microphone Multiplex Module (internal IAM) — — —
see details on page 12
4190-9050 4-20 mA AMZ, revision 2.01 firmware; surface mount — —
2 unit loads 1 unit load
4190-9051 4-20 mA AMZ, revision 2.01 firmware; flush mount — —
4907-9001 LED Message Board — —
VLC-600 TrueAlarm LaserCOMPACT; emulates 4-20 mA AMZ — —
* NOTE: IDNet Isolators and Isolator Bases are not compatible with the 4100-3103 Quad Panel Mount Isolator.
1, 2, See page 8 for footnotes. Continued next page
4 S4090-0011-22 4/2018
4100ES/4010ES/4007ES/4100U Multi-Point Device Point Allocations (Continued)
4100ES/4010ES/4007ES/4100U Multi-Point Device Point Allocations
NOTE: Points and/or sub-points required to be mapped over the Network are designated as “Public” in the programmer.
4009 IDNet NAC Extender (4009A)
4007ES, 4010ES, 4100ES,
Model Description Point Type Public Points Usage2
& 4100U I/O Point Usage1
4009-9201 4009 IDNet NAC Extender, 120 VAC input up to 5; 1 per NAC, 1 for
4009A4 4: 1 per NAC
4009-9301 4009 IDNet NAC Extender, 240 VAC input trouble
Additional 4 circuit NAC, added to 4009-9201 up to 9;
4009-9807 4009A8 8: 1 per NAC
or 4009-9301 1 per NAC, 1 for trouble
up to 5;
4098-9793 2;
1 for smoke, 1 for heat,
& Isolator Base ICOMBO 1 1 for smoke,
1 for correlation,1 for trouble,
4098-9777 1 for heat
1 for isolator
up to 5;
2;
1 for smoke, 1 for heat,
4098-9794 Sounder Base SCOMBO 1 1 for smoke,
1 for correlation,1 for trouble,
1 for heat
1 for sounder
1, 2, See page 8 for footnotes. Continued next page
5 S4090-0011-22 4/2018
TrueAlarm CO Sensor Standard Base 4098-9770 & 4098-9797 with Compatible Sensors
Panel I/O Point Usage1
Sensor 4007ES,
Description Point Type Public Points Usage2
Model 4010ES, & 4100U
4100ES
up to 6;
1 for trouble reporting,
1 for sounder (MSOUND)
1 for photo (MPHOTO),
4098-9714 2; 1 for CO gas (MCOGAS),
& Photoelectric Smoke Sensor MCOPS 1 1 for photo, 1 for CO fire (MACOFIRE),
4098-9774 1 for CO 1 to select multi-point correlation:
false alarm reduction
(MACOFALSE), or faster detection
(MACOFAST), or correlation off
(MAOFF)
up to 6;
1 for trouble reporting,
1 for photo (MPHOTO),
4098-9754 3; 1 for heat (MHEAT)
Multi-Sensor, Photoelectric and Heat 1 for photo, 1 for CO gas (MCOGAS),
& MCOPH 1
Sensing 1 for heat, 1 for CO fire (MACOFIRE),
4098-9779 1 for CO 1 to select multi-point correlation: false
alarm reduction (MACOFALSE), or
faster detection (MACOFAST), or
correlation off (MAOFF)
up to 5;
4098-9733 2; 1 for trouble reporting,
& 1 for sounder (MSOUND),
Heat Sensor MCOHS 1 1 for heat, 1 for heat (MHEAT),
4098-9778 1 for CO 1 for CO gas (MCOGAS),
1 for CO fire (MACOFIRE),
up to 4;
2; 1 for trouble reporting,
4098-9717 Ionization Smoke Sensor MCOI 1 1 for ion, 1 for ion (MION),
1 for CO 1 for CO gas (MCOGAS),
1 for CO fire (MACOFIRE)
1, 2, See page 8 for footnotes. Continued next page
6 S4090-0011-22 4/2018
4010ES/4100U/4100ES Multi-Point Device Point Allocations; (Continued)
TrueAlarm CO Sensor Sounder Base 4098-9771 & 4098-9798 with Compatible Sensors; Continued
Panel I/O Point Usage1
Sensor 4007ES,
Description Point Type I/O Point Usage2
Model 4010ES, & 4100U
4100ES
up to 6;
1 for trouble reporting,
1 for sounder (MSOUND)
1 for photo (MPHOTO),
4098-9714 2; 1 for CO gas (MCOGAS),
& Photoelectric Smoke Sensor MCOPS 1 1 for photo, 1 for CO fire (MACOFIRE),
4098-9774 1 for CO 1 to select multi-point correlation:
false alarm reduction
(MACOFALSE), or faster detection
(MACOFAST), or correlation off
(MAOFF)
up to 7;
1 for trouble reporting,
1 for sounder (MSOUND),
1 for photo (MPHOTO),
3; 1 for heat (MHEAT)
4098-9754
Multi-Sensor, Photoelectric and Heat 1 for photo, 1 for CO gas (MCOGAS),
& MCOPHS 1
Sensing 1 for heat, 1 for CO fire (MACOFIRE),
4098-9779
1 for CO 1 to select multi-point correlation:
false alarm reduction
(MACOFALSE), or faster detection
(MACOFAST), or correlation off
(MAOFF)
up to 5;
4098-9733 2; 1 for trouble reporting,
& 1 for sounder (MSOUND),
Heat Sensor MCOHS 1 1 for heat, 1 for heat (MHEAT),
4098-9778 1 for CO 1 for CO gas (MCOGAS),
1 for CO fire (MACOFIRE),
up to 5;
2; 1 for trouble reporting,
1 for sounder (MSOUND),
4098-9717 Ionization Smoke Sensor MCOIS 1 1 for ion, 1 for ion (MION),
1 for CO 1 for CO gas (MCOGAS),
1 for CO fire (MACOFIRE)
1, 2, See page 8 for footnotes. Continued next page
7 S4090-0011-22 4/2018
TrueAlarm CO Sensor Base with Sounder 4098-9772 & 4098-9773 with Compatible Sensors; Continued
Panel I/O Point Usage1
Sensor 4007ES,
Description Point Type I/O Point Usage2
Model 4010ES, & 4100U
4100ES
up to 6;
1 for trouble reporting,
1 for sounder (MSOUND)
1 for photo (MPHOTO),
4098-9714 2; 1 for CO gas (MCOGAS),
& Photoelectric Smoke Sensor MCOPS 1 1 for photo, 1 for CO fire (MACOFIRE),
4098-9774 1 for CO 1 to select multi-point correlation:
false alarm reduction
(MACOFALSE), or faster detection
(MACOFAST), or correlation off
(MAOFF)
up to 7;
1 for trouble reporting,
1 for sounder (MSOUND),
1 for photo (MPHOTO),
3; 1 for heat (MHEAT)
4098-9754
& Multi-Sensor, Photoelectric and Heat 1 for photo, 1 for CO gas (MCOGAS),
MCOPHS 1
Sensing 1 for heat, 1 for CO fire (MACOFIRE),
4098-9779 1 to select multi-point correlation:
1 for CO
false alarm reduction
(MACOFALSE), or faster detection
(MACOFAST), or correlation off
(MAOFF)
up to 5;
4098-9733 2; 1 for trouble reporting,
& 1 for sounder (MSOUND),
Heat Sensor MCOHS 1 1 for heat, 1 for heat (MHEAT),
4098-9778 1 for CO 1 for CO gas (MCOGAS),
1 for CO fire (MACOFIRE),
up to 5;
2; 1 for trouble reporting,
1 for sounder (MSOUND),
4098-9717 Ionization Smoke Sensor MCOIS 1 1 for ion, 1 for ion (MION),
1 for CO 1 for CO gas (MCOGAS),
1 for CO fire (MACOFIRE)
Footnotes:
1. 4100ES I/O Point Usage = 2500 max; 4100U I/O Point Usage = 2000 max.; 4010ES I/O Point Usage = 1000 max. Note that I/O point and
device capacity may be different. Consult your Simplex product supplier for application assistance. 4007ES Point Usage depends on
options selected, 100, 175, or 250, refer to 4007ES documentation for details.
2. 4100ES/4100U Public Points Usage = 2500 max per 4100ES/4100U to other nodes. 4007ES and 4010ES Public Points Usage; all 4007ES
and 4010ES points may be made public to other nodes.
8 S4090-0011-22 4/2018
MAPNET II Device Panel Compatibility ( = compatible)
with 4100-3102 4100, 4100+,
Model Description 4020 UT* 2120 CDT**
MAPNET II module & 4120
2099-9135 Addressable Station, double action push, no Simplex logo
2099-9761 Addressable Station, double action push
2099-9795 Addressable Station, single action
2099-9796 Addressable Station, double action breakglass
2099-9797 Addressable Station, single action, LOCAL
2190-9153 Monitor ZAM, Class A, IDC; surface mount
2190-9154 Monitor ZAM, Class A, IDC; flush mount
2190-9155 Monitor ZAM, Class B, IDC; surface mount
2190-9156 Monitor ZAM, Class B, IDC; flush mount
2190-9157 4-Wire Detector ZAM, Class B IDC; surface mount
compatible compatible
2190-9158 4-Wire Detector ZAM, Class B IDC; flush mount
2190-9159 Signal ZAM, Class A NAC; surface mount
2190-9160 Signal ZAM, Class A NAC; flush mount
2190-9161 Signal ZAM, Class B NAC; surface mount
2190-9162 Signal ZAM, Class B NAC; flush mount
2190-9163 Control Relay ZAM, DPDT Contacts; surface mount
2190-9164 Control Relay ZAM, DPDT Contacts; flush mount
2190-9172 IAM, includes 2190-9172A
2190-9173 2-Point I/O Module
4090-9008 Dual Relay IAM
yes, but
4090-9001 Supervised IAM with LED, without T-sense
without
compatible
latch/track
4090-9051 Supervised IAMs; encapsulated w/o LED, without T-sense
selection
4090-9101 Class B IDC ZAM
4090-9106 Class A IDC ZAM
4098-9702 Duct Sensor for 4098-9701 Sensor Head 4-wire
4098-9703 Duct Sensor for 4098-9701 Sensor Head 2-wire
4098-9704 In-Duct Sensor for 4098-9701 Sensor Head 4-wire
compatible compatible
4098-9705 In-Duct Sensor for -9701 Head 2-wire
4098-9706 Duct Sensor for 4098-9701 Head 4-wire w/4” base
4098-9707 Duct Sensor for 4098-9701 Head 2-wire w/4” base
4098-9708 In-Duct Sensor for 4098-9701 Head 4-wire w/4” base
4098-9709 In-Duct Sensor for -9701 Head 2-wire w/4” base
4098-9750 In-Duct Sensor Housing without relay compatible
4098-9751 In-Duct Sensor Housing with relay compatible —
4098-9754 Photo/Heat Multi-Sensor used with dual address bases compatible —
4098-9755 Duct Sensor Housing without relay compatible
4098-9756 Duct Sensor Housing with relay compatible —
4098-9780 2-Wire Sensor Base w/supv. relay compatible —
4098-9781 Sensor Base 6-3/8”
4098-9782 Sensor Base 6-3/8” w/sounder
4098-9783 Sensor Base 6-3/8” w/remote relay driver
4098-9784 Standard Sensor Base 4” compatible compatible
4098-9785 Sensor Base 4” w/conn. For remote alarm ind. Or relay
4098-9786 Sounder Base 6-3/8” w/conn. For remote alarm ind. Or relay
4098-9787 Sensor Base 4” w/supv. remote relay & remote ind. Or relay
4098-9789
& Sensor Base; remote LED or unsupervised relay compatible
4098-9775
4098-9791 4-Wire Sensor Base w/supv. relay compatible —
4098-9792
& Standard Sensor Base compatible
4098-9776
4098-9794 Sounder Base compatible —
4098-9795 Two Address Sounder Base for 4098-9754 compatible —
4098-9796 Two Address Standard Base for 4098-9754 compatible —
4099-9001 Addressable Station, Standard
4099-9002 Addressable Station, Breakglass compatible compatible
4099-9003 Addressable Station, Push
* UT = Universal Transponder, see data sheet S4100-0007.
** 2120 CDT = Communicating Device Transponder with MAPNET II and TrueAlarm software.
9 S4090-0011-22 4/2018
MAPNET II Device Panel Compatibility ( = compatible); Continued
With 4100-3102 4100, 4100+,
Model Description 4020 UT* 2120 CDT**
MAPNET II module & 4120
4190-9050 4-20 mA AMZ, revision 2.01 firmware; surf. Mount, 1 unit load revision 8 or — — —
4190-9051 4-20 mA AMZ, revision 2.01 firmware; flush mount, 1 unit load higher — — —
revision 8.01
VLC-600 TrueAlarm LaserCOMPACT; emulates 4-20 mA AMZ — — —
or higher
* UT = Universal Transponder, see data sheet S4100-0007.
** 2120 CDT = Communicating Device Transponder with MAPNET II and TrueAlarm software.
10 S4090-0011-22 4/2018
IDNet Communications
What does it mean? What is IDNet+ operation?
IDNet is an acronym for Individual Device Network. The “IDNet+” describes an electrically isolated IDNet SLC
IDNet design is the latest generation of addressable device with a single output loop and with improved noise
communications, improving upon the basic MAPNET II immunity as provided by the 4007ES, and by 4010ES
communications protocol. panels without an IDNet 2 SLC.
Where is it used? IDNet+ was originally used to describe the isolated IDNet
IDNet communications are provided by Simplex® 4010, SLC provided by the 4100-3107 module for 4100ES and
4007ES, 4008, 4010ES, 4100ES, and 4100U Fire Alarm 4100U panels. 4100-3107 provided 4 isolated output
Control Panels. In addition to IDNet/MAPNET II addressable loops with 246 addressable point capacity. This module is
devices, IDNet communications adds new devices such as the not needed for 4100ES panels with IDNet 2 or IDNet 2+2
IDNet Isolator base, the 4009 IDNet NAC Extender, and the SLC modules.
Security IAM. 4007ES, 4010ES, 4100ES, and later versions
of 4100U software (revision 11 and higher) also What is IDNet 1+ operation?
communicate with multi-point relays and the multi-sensor. “IDNet 1+” describes the original electrically isolated
Different panels may provide different device compatibility. IDNet SLC single loop output of the 4100ES with EPS.
(IDNet 1+ has been replaced by the IDNet 2 and
What does it do? IDNet 2+2 modules.)
The operation is similar to MAPNET II but there are
significant differences. The IDNet protocol and hardware Please refer to specific control panel data sheets for
enhancements support up to 250 addressable devices on a additional information.
single wire pair and can support additional device types and
different operations. (The 4008 Fire Alarm Control Panel MAPNET II Communications
provides up to 200 addressable device support, the 4007ES What does it mean?
is standard with 100 devices and optionally up to 250.) MAPNET is an acronym for Multi-Application Peripheral
How does it work? NETwork. MAPNET II was introduced as an improved
Basic operation is similar to that of MAPNET II but with an version of MAPNET (I) in 1991. The improvements
expanded capability that requires a different control panel to included electrical design changes that impacted both the
decode the additional device types and operations available transmit and receive circuits and provided better electrical
with IDNet communications. transient immunity and overall improved performance.
What is the difference between 4010 IDNet and Where is it used?
4007ES, 4010ES, 4100ES, and 4100U IDNet Availability includes system models 4020/4100/4120 and
operation? 4100U/4100ES, and with 2120 Systems using the CDT
The basic communications protocol of IDNet operation is (Communicating Device Transponder). All MAPNET II
similar, just as RS-232 or RS-485 is similar. However, even transceiver control modules communicate only with
though the IDNet communications protocol is similar, not all MAPNET II compatible addressable devices. (However,
control panels can recognize all addressable devices. For some addressable devices can automatically adapt to
compatibility reasons, there is a distinction between 4008 and communicate with either MAPNET II or IDNet
4010, and 4007ES, 4010ES, 4100ES, and 4100U IDNet communication protocols.)
operation.
What does it do?
What is the difference between 4010 IDNet and MAPNET II is an addressable communications protocol
4008 IDNet operation? that provides power and half-duplex communications over
The 4008 Addressable panel provides a unique set of a single pair of wires for up to 127 addressable devices.
features. It is for smaller applications and only two (Half-duplex communications are bi-directional, but occur
photoelectric sensitivity levels are supported. However, it is in one direction at a time.) Information can include status
capable of controlling the 4090-9116 IDNet Communications (normal, trouble, alarm, abnormal, etc.) and commands
Isolator, and it is compatible with the 4090-9007 IDNet such as turn on or off a relay, reset a ZAM, or activate a
Signal IAM. sounder base. Additionally, TrueAlarm analog sensor
What is IDNet 2 and IDNet 2+2 operation? information is communicated via MAPNET II
“IDNet 2” describes 4100ES and 4010ES panels that provide communications (or IDNet communications).
a 250 point electrically isolated IDNet channel with a two How does it work?
short circuit isolating output loop module that provides The control panel sends out polling commands for status
improved noise immunity and allows IDNet circuits to use monitoring or individual device commands. This occurs
existing unshielded and untwisted wiring in conduit with by imposing voltage variations on a steady DC level.
other fire alarm circuits. The communications scheme is When the polling stops, the DC level is held high and
standard IDNet format. IDNet 2 output is compatible with each responding device answers per its unique address by
QuickConnect and QuickConnect2 sensors, Isolator bases, switching a resistor onto the DC circuit causing data to be
and IDNet Isolators. readable at the panel. The steady DC level provides power
“IDNet 2+2” describes 4100ES and 4010ES panels that for the MAPNET II communications receiver circuit and,
provide a 250 point isolated IDNet channel with a four short for some low power devices, such as basic smoke/heat
circuit isolating output loop module. The communications sensors and IAMs, can power the entire device – meaning
scheme is standard IDNet format and compatibility is the only a single wire pair is required.
same as IDNet 2 operation.
11 S4090-0011-22 4/2018
Software Compatibility Reference
4098-9780 2-Wire Sensor Base with Supervised Relay Use requires IDNet firmware revision 3.12.04 or higher
SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.
Features
S4901-0009-2 4/2005
Product and Accessories
Model Description
4901-9822 Electronic Horn, red housing with white “FIRE” lettering
Accessories
Model Description
Surface Mount Adapter Plate, zinc plated; 4-7/8” square (124 mm), required for mounting
4905-9909
to surface mount 4” (102 mm) square box
4905-9921 Modular Adapters for combining audible and visible notification appliances onto a common
4905-9925 mounting plate (refer to Simplex data sheet S4903-0007)
Mounting Information
F F F
I I I
R R R
E E E
Surface Mount
Tyco, Simplex, and the Simplex logo are trademarks of Tyco International Services AG or its affiliates in the U.S. and/or other countries.
Features
Low current, 24 VDC electronic horn provides:
Harmonically rich sound output suitable for either
steady or pulsed operation
Diode polarized input for connection to reverse polarity,
supervised NACs
Rugged, high impact, flame retardant red thermoplastic
housing with white “FIRE” lettering (white cover is
available separately)
Switch selectable horn operation modes:
Free-Run mode tracks the output of a conventional fire
alarm control panel notification appliance circuit (NAC)
SmartSync two-wire control mode accepts horn control 4901-9820 TrueAlert Non-Addressable Horn,
commands from compatible control panels (see list on Red Cover with White Lettering
page 2)
Free-Run Mode operation provides: Description
Horn activated when NAC is in alarm; suitable for TrueAlert non-addressable horn model 4901-9820
Temporal pattern, March Time patterns, or Coded is an audible notification appliance with a loud and
patterns as determined by control panel operation penetrating, harmonically rich sound that can be controlled
SmartSync two-wire control of audible and either directly from a standard NAC (free-run operation
visible notification appliance provides: mode) or by the SmartSync two-wire operation mode.
SmartSync control of horn tone as Temporal Pattern, Standard (free-run) operation mode. In the free-run
March Time pattern (at 60 BPM), or on continuously; mode, a positive voltage from the controlling NAC will
controlled separately from visible appliances on the same activate the horn according to the desired output of
circuit continuous or coded output per the controlling NAC’s
Visible appliances on the same circuit operate at a capabilities.
synchronized 1 Hz flash rate
SmartSync mode. When selected for SmartSync mode
Operation that allows “on-until-silenced” and and used with compatible Simplex control (refer to list on
“on-until-reset” on the same two-wire pair
page 2), this horn can be wired onto the same two-wire
TrueAlert notification appliance design provides NAC circuit as visible appliances but with separately
flexible, easy, and convenient semi-flush or controlled operation. Typical applications are audible
surface wall mounting: notification activated as “on-until-silenced” and visible
Easily mounts to single gang, double gang, or 4-inch notification appliances activated “on-until-reset.” In
square electrical box addition, visible appliances (strobes) on the same circuit
In/out wiring terminals, 18 AWG to 12 AWG are activated with synchronized flashes.
Rear of housing does not extend into box SmartSync control two-wire advantage. Allowing
Optional Accessories: these separate controls to be carried on the same two-wire
Mounting adapters to cover surface mounted electrical NAC circuit can significantly reduce installation time and
boxes and to adapt to Simplex® 2975-9145 boxes expense for both retrofit and new construction.
UL listed wire guard 4905-9961* Flexible mounting. This horn can be semi-flush or
UL/ULC listed sound damper for locations requiring surface mounted on a standard single gang, double gang,
attenuation of 5 to 6 dBA (stairwells, small rooms, or 4” square (102 mm) electrical box. Optional
highly reverberant areas, etc.) accessories are available to increase mounting and
application flexibility.
White cover with red “FIRE” lettering for on-site color
conversion (ordered separately) * Refer to page2 for guard listing. This product has been approved by the California State
Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety
Listing Reference: Code. See CSFM Listing 7135-0026:238 for allowable values and/or conditions
concerning material presented in this document. Accepted for use – City of New York
UL listed to Standard 464 Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E. Additional listings may be applicable; contact
ULC listed to Standard S525 your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under
Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
S4901-0010-9 11/2014
SmartSync Two-Wire Control SmartSync Control Sources
SmartSync operation mode allows a two-wire circuit to SmartSync two-wire control is available from:
provide the ability to activate both the horn and strobe on 4006, 4007ES Hybrid, 4008, 4010, 4010ES, and 4100U
the same NAC and then allow the horn to be silenced Fire Alarm Control Panels (refer to individual product
while the strobe remains flashing. The horn operates as data sheets for more information)
“on-until-silenced” while the strobe operation is
4009 IDNet NAC Extenders (refer to data sheet
“on-until-reset.”
S4009-0002)
SmartSync Control Module (SCM) Model 4905-9938
(refer to data sheet S4905-0003)
Product Selection
Adapters
Model Description Dimensions
4905-9937 Surface mount red adapter skirt 5-3/8” H x 5-1/4” W x 1-5/8” D
Use to cover 1-1/2” deep
(136 mm x 133 mm x 41 mm)
4905-9940 Surface mount white adapter skirt surface mounted boxes
Total depth with horn = 3-1/8” (79 mm)
Adapter Plate, red, for mounting to Simplex 2975-9145 box 8-5/16” x 5-3/4” x 0.060” Thick
4905-9931
(typically for retrofit, may be mounted vertical or horizontal) (211 mm x 146 mm x 1.5 mm)
7-7/8" x 5-1/8" x 2-3/4" D
2975-9145 Red mounting box, requires Adapter Plate 4905-9931
(200 mm x 130 mm x 70 mm)
2 S4901-0010-9 11/2014
4901-9820 TrueAlert Non-Addressable Horn Specifications
Installation Reference
Surface or Semi-Flush Horn Mounting
Mounting is compatible with
single gang, double gang, and
4" (102 mm) square boxes, Side View of Horn with Surface
1-1/2" (38 mm) deep, by others
Mount Adapter Skirt
Mounting Holes:
(Surface mount conduit and
box shown for reference)
Single gang (2)
4" square box profile,
Double gang (4)
1-1/2" (38 mm) deep
4" square (4)
Optional 4905-9838
Sound Damper, field 4905-9961
attached to attenuate Wire Guard
sound 5 to 6 dBA
3 S4901-0010-9 11/2014
Polar Sound Output per ULC Standard S525
96
94
93
92
91
90
89
88
87
86
85
90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Angular Displacement (Degrees) on Horizontal Axis
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.
Features
Low current, 24 VDC electronic mini-horn provides:
Operation with Simplex® SmartSync 2-wire horn/strobe
control
Small profile horn packaged in a rugged, high impact,
flame retardant thermoplastic housing, available in red
or white
Snap-on cover presents a clean and neat appearance
(removal requires a tool)
Convenient mounting to a single gang electrical box,
flush or surface mounted
SmartSync two-wire control of audible and
visible notification appliance provides:
Control of mini-horn tone as Temporal Pattern, March
Time pattern (DIP Switch selectable for 60 BPM or
20 BPM), or on continuously; controlled separately from
visible appliances on the same circuit Red Mini-Horn, Front and Side View
Visible appliances on the same SmartSync circuit
operate at a synchronized 1 Hz flash rate Product Selection
Operation that allows “on-until-silenced” and Model Description
“on-until-reset” on the same two-wire pair
4901-9858 Red Mini-Horn
Listing reference:
4901-9859 White Mini-Horn
UL listed to Standard 464
ULC listed to Standard S525
Specifications
Description Rated Voltage Range 16 VDC to 33 VDC
Mini-horns provide a loud and penetrating notification Current Rating 19 mA maximum
sound controlled by SmartSync two-wire operation. The Dimensions
4-1/2” H x 2-3/4” W x 1-1/4” D
compact package allows mounting in a variety of (114 mm x 69 mm x 32 mm)
convenient locations. An output level switch allows Temperature Range 32° to 122° F (0° to 50° C)
selection of low or high sound output as required for the Humidity Range
10% to 93%, non-condensing
location (see specifications for details). @ 100° F (38° C)
Terminal blocks for 18 AWG to
SmartSync operation mode allows a two-wire circuit Connections 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2); two
to activate both the horn and strobe on the same NAC wires per terminal for in/out wiring
(notification appliance circuit) and then allows the horn to
Sound Output Ratings
be silenced while the strobe remains flashing. The horn
operates as “on-until-silenced” while the strobe operation Output Level Selection
is “on-until-reset.” Sound Level Test High Low**
SmartSync two-wire control is available from: Reverberant Chamber Test,
79 dBA 68 dBA**
per UL 464 @ 10 ft (~3 m)
4006, 4007ES Hybrid, 4008, 4010, 4010ES, 4100ES,
Anechoic Chamber Test,
and 4100U Fire Alarm Control Panels (refer to 93 dBA 82 dBA**
per ULC S525 @ 3 m (~10 ft)
individual product data sheets for more information)
Polar Dispersion Reference -3 dBA at ± 40° off-axis
4009 IDNet NAC Extenders (refer to data sheet per ULC S525 -6 dBA at ± 85° off-axis
S4009-0002)
SmartSync Control Module (SCM) Model 4905-9938 ** UL output ratings below 75 dBA are for NFPA 72 Private
Mode applications. ULC output ratings below 85 dBA are for
(refer to data sheet S4905-0003) use in applications per applicable local codes.
Canadian two-stage alarm applications. A second
switch position allows the SmartSync March Time pattern * This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
input to be selected as either 60 BPM or 20 BPM. 20 BPM Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
7135-0026:334 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in
is typically required for Canadian two-stage alarm this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product
applications as the pre-signal, followed by the Temporal supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co.
Pattern. Two-stage alarm operation requires a 4007ES, are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
13/16"
(21 mm)
4-1/2"
(114 mm) 2-5/8"
(67 mm)
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.
Features
Low current, 24 VDC Simplex® SmartSync
operation electronic multi-tone horns provide:
Per appliance tone selection of: Horn, Bell, 500 Hz
Horn, Canadian Horn, Slow Whoop, Siren, or Hi/Lo;
selected using an on-board DIP Switch
(Note: 500Hz horn tone is not compliant with NFPA 72
Low Frequency Signal Requirements for Sleeping Areas)
Output level selectable as standard or high
Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic
housings, available in red with white “FIRE” lettering or
white with red “FIRE” lettering
Diode polarized input for connection to reverse polarity,
supervised SmartSync control Notification Appliance
Circuits (NACs)
SmartSync two-wire control of audible and visible
notification appliance provides:
Control of horn and bell tones as Temporal Pattern,
March Time pattern, or on continuously; controlled TrueAlert Multi-Tone Horns are Available as White with
separately from visible appliances on the same circuit Red Lettering or Red with White Lettering
Slow Whoop, Siren, and Hi/Lo tone selections sound
their tones continuously, synchronized to each other, Description
when receiving SmartSync continuous commands
TrueAlert non-addressable multi-tone horns
SmartSync March Time pattern produces a 60 BPM
provide a flexible selection of output tones for fire alarm
output for the Horn, 500 Hz Horn, and the Bell tone;
audible notification. Tone selection and output level is set
Canadian Horn produces a 20 BPM output from the
per appliance, allowing notification needs to be tailored to
SmartSync March Time pattern command
specific area requirements. (Refer to tone output details
Visible appliances on the same circuit operate at a on page 3.)
synchronized 1 Hz flash rate
Local Tone Selection. DIP Switch selection
Refer to page 2 for SmartSync control list and additional
determines the local tone choice. A separate DIP Switch
operation information
position allows selection of a standard or a high output
TrueAlert notification appliance design provides sound level, selectable appropriate to the location. (See
flexible, easy, and convenient semi-flush or page 3 for sound output ratings.)
surface wall mounting:
Easily mounts to single gang, double gang, or 4-inch Canadian two-stage alarm applications. The
square electrical box Canadian Horn setting allows the SmartSync March Time
pattern input to be produced as 20 BPM. 20 BPM is
In/out wiring terminals, 18 AWG to 12 AWG typically required for Canadian two-stage alarm
Rear of housing does not extend into box applications as the pre-signal, followed by the Temporal
Optional Accessories: Pattern. Two-stage alarm operation requires a 4010,
Mounting adapters to cover surface mounted electrical 4010ES, or 4100ES/4100U as the control panel.
boxes and to adapt to Simplex 2975-9145 boxes Flexible mounting. Multi-tone horns can be semi-flush
UL listed wire guard or surface mounted on a standard single gang, double
UL/ULC listed sound damper for locations requiring gang, or 4” square (102 mm) electrical box. Optional
attenuation of 5 to 6 dBA (stairwells, small rooms, accessories are available to increase mounting and
highly reverberant areas, etc.) application flexibility.
Covers are available separately to change color or for
replacement * Refer to page 2 for guard listing. This product has been approved by the California State
Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety
Listing reference: Code. See CSFM Listing 7135-0026:334 for allowable values and/or conditions
concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable;
UL listed to Standard 464 contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals
under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
ULC listed to Standard S525
S4901-0014-3 11/2014
SmartSync Two-Wire Control SmartSync Control Sources
SmartSync operation mode allows a two-wire circuit to SmartSync two-wire control is available from:
provide the ability to activate both the horn and strobe on 4006, 4007ES Hybrid, 4008, 4010, 4010ES, 4100ES,
the same NAC and then allow the horn to be silenced and 4100U Fire Alarm Control Panels (refer to
while the strobe remains flashing. The horn operates as individual product data sheets for more information)
“on-until-silenced” while the strobe operation is 4009 IDNet NAC Extenders (refer to data sheet
“on-until-reset.” S4009-0002)
SmartSync Control Module (SCM) Model 4905-9938
(refer to data sheet S4905-0003)
Product Selection
FIRE
Model Cover Description Dimensions
Lettering
4901-9856 Red White 5 ⅛” H x 5” W x 1 ½” D
TrueAlert non-addressable multi-tone horn
4901-9857 White Red (130 mm x 127 mm x 38 mm)
Red wire guard with mounting plate, compatible with semi-flush 6 1⁄16” H x 6 1⁄16” W x 3 ⅛” D
4905-9961* (154 mm x 154 mm x 79 mm)
or surface mounted boxes
2 S4901-0014-3 11/2014
Multi-Tone Horn Specifications
* UL output ratings below 75 dBA are for NFPA 72 Private Mode applications.
** ULC output ratings below 85 dBA are for use in applications per applicable local codes.
Notes:
1. Horn, Canadian Horn, Bell, and 500 Hz Horn are controlled by SmartSync commands to produce Temporal Pattern, March
Time Pattern, or Continuous. (Note: The 500Hz tone is not compliant with NFPA 72 Low Frequency Signal Requirements for
Sleeping Areas)
a. Horn, 500 Hz Horn, and Bell provide a 60 BPM March Time Pattern when receiving the SmartSync March Time command.
b. Canadian Horn mode (CA Horn) provides a 20 BPM March Time Pattern when receiving the SmartSync March Time
command, typically used for Canadian two-stage alarm applications.
2. Slow Whoop, Siren, and High/Low tones are for use with SmartSync Continuous commands. As with the horn and bell tones,
they are synchronized to the controlling SmartSync timing commands, allowing synchronization across multiple NACs.
3 S4901-0014-3 11/2014
Installation Reference
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Features
Fire alarm speakers with models for ceiling or
wall mount:
Four inch cone (102 mm) provides high quality tone and
voice reproduction
Multi-tapped design provides output power of ¼, ½, 1,
or 2 W with either 25 or 70.7 VRMS input
In/out wiring terminals for 18 AWG to 12 AWG
Mounts to 4” square outlet box, 1 ½” deep with 1 ½”
deep box extension
Capacitor input for connection to supervised notification
appliance circuits
Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic
housings Rectangular Wall Mount Speakers are Available
UL listed to Standard 1480 as Red with White “Fire” Lettering and
ULC listed to Standard S541, refer to page 4 for White with Red “Fire” Lettering
required minimum wattage tap per housing type
Compliant with NFPA 72, 520 Hz Low Frequency
Signal Requirements for Sleeping Areas
Rectangular housing models feature:
Appearance that complements TrueAlert strobes and
speaker/strobes
Red or white housings with “FIRE” lettering for surface
or semi-flush wall mount
Optional matching adapter skirts for covering surface
mounted electrical boxes*
Optional red wire guard Round Speakers are Available in Off-White (no lettering)
Round housing models feature:
Off-white color (no lettering) for flush mount on ceiling Specifications
or wall
Dimensions, Rectangular Wall Mount Housings
Compatible with optional tile bridge 2905-9946
5 ⅛” H x 5” W x 1 ½” D
Housing Dimensions
Introduction (130 mm x 127 mm x 38 mm)
Depth into Box 2 ¾” (70 mm)
Simplex® 4902 Series speakers provide high quality sound
for emergency fire alarm use as well as for background Dimensions, Round Housings
music. The moisture-repellent speaker is designed for 7 ½” Diameter, ½” D
Housing Dimensions
smooth frequency response with minimal distortion. (191 mm x 13 mm)
Depth into Box 2 ¾” (70 mm)
The multi-tapped speaker transformer accommodates
either 25 or 70.7 VRMS and provides an output of from ¼ General Specifications
to 2 W to provide flexibility for satisfying the Input Voltage 25 or 70.7 VRMS
requirements of the installed conditions. Power Taps ¼, ½, 1, and 2 W
18 to 12 AWG
Rectangular housing models are for surface or semi-flush Input Terminal Ratings
(0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2 )
wall mount applications. Round housing models are
Fire Alarm 400 to 4000 Hz
typically for ceiling applications but can be wall mounted Frequency
if desired. The rectangular housing speakers are designed Response General
125 to 12 kHz
to compliment the TrueAlert family of strobes and Signaling
speaker/strobes, providing conventional, non-addressable Sound Output See information on page 4
speaker operation. Temperature Range 32 to 100 F (0 to 38 C)
* Refer to page 2 for guard and adapter skirt listing. This product has been approved by the 10% to 95% RH from 32 to
California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health
Humidity Range
122 F (0 to 50 C)
and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7320-0026:242 for allowable values and/or conditions
concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable;
contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals
under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
S4902-0003-7 5/2014
Product Selection
Speakers
Model* Description Dimensions
4902-9716 (CA) Rectangular housing, wall mount Red with white “FIRE” lettering 5 ⅛” H x 5” W x 1 ½” D
4902-9717 (CA) speaker White with red “FIRE” lettering (130 mm x 127 mm x 38 mm)
Mounting Adapters
Model Description Dimensions
Red wire guard with mounting plate; compatible with semi-flush or surface
6 1⁄16” H x 6 1⁄16” W x 3 ⅛” D
4905-9999 mounted boxes; for use with 4” square electrical box mounting hole
(154 mm x 154 mm x 79 mm)
patterns only (UL listed by Space Age Electronics Inc.)
Speaker assembly
Transparent speaker
housing
Removable cover
(tool required)
2 S4902-0003-7 5/2014
Round Speaker Installation Reference (typically ceiling mount, can be wall mounted)
Front View
1/2"
(13 mm) 13-3/8"
(340 mm)
Surface Mounted Speaker Reference (Adapter Skirts are Not ULC listed)
Speaker
assembly
3 S4902-0003-7 5/2014
Speaker Sound Output Specifications
Sound Output Ratings @ 3 m (~10 ft) per ULC S541 Anechoic Chamber Testing
Selected Tap
Model Type Input Voltage 1 W* 2 W*
¼W ½W
(see note) (see note)
4902-9716CA
Rectangular Housing* 25 VRMS or 70.7 VRMS 77 dBA 80 dBA 83 dBA 86 dBA
4902-9717CA
4902-9721CA Round Housing* 25 VRMS or 70.7 VRMS 79 dBA 82 dBA 85 dBA 89 dBA
* NOTE: ULC Fire Alarm applications require use of 1 W or 2 W tap for Round Housing speakers; and 2 W tap for Rectangular
Housing speakers.
Speaker Polar Dispersion Reference (per ULC S541 Anechoic Chamber Testing)
Attenuation Angle
-3 dB 30° off-axis
-6 dB 55° off-axis
2975-9145 Box
4905-9931 Adapter Plate
4905-9999 Optional
Wire Guard
(shown here for
reference only, can
be used on other
mounting options)
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Features
Low current, 24 VDC Simplex® SmartSync
operation electronic chime provide:
Private mode chime tone for applications requiring
audible notification of trained personnel
Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic
housings, available in red with white “FIRE” lettering
or white with red “FIRE” lettering
Diode polarized input for connection to reverse
polarity, supervised SmartSync control Notification
Appliance Circuits (NACs)
SmartSync two-wire control of audible and
visible notification appliance provides:
SmartSync control of chime tone as Temporal Pattern,
March Time pattern (at 60 BPM), or on continuously
(at 60 BPM); controlled separately from visible
appliances on the same circuit
Visible appliances on the same circuit operate at a
synchronized 1 Hz flash rate
Refer to page 2 for SmartSync control list and
additional operation information
TrueAlert notification appliance design provides
flexible, easy, and convenient semi-flush or
surface wall mounting:
Easily mounts to single gang, double gang, or 4-inch TrueAlert Chimes are Available as White with
square electrical box Red Lettering or Red with White Lettering
In/out wiring terminals, 18 AWG to 12 AWG
Rear of housing does not extend into box
Description
Optional Accessories:
TrueAlert non-addressable chimes are private
Mounting adapters to cover surface mounted electrical
mode audible notification appliances for applications
boxes and to adapt to Simplex 2975-9145 boxes
requiring notification of trained personnel instead of the
UL listed wire guard 4905-9961 general public. Typical applications would be in medical
Covers are available separately to change color or for patient areas where the softer chime tones are less
replacement disruptive than conventional fire alarm audible
notification.
Listings:
Listed to UL 464 for private mode applications SmartSync two-wire advantage. When selected for
SmartSync mode, these chimes follow control signals
Listed to CSA standards for general signaling use in carried on the same two-wire NAC circuit as fire alarm
Canada (non-fire alarm applications) strobes. Using a two-wire control can significantly reduce
installation time and expense for both retrofit and new
construction.
Flexible mounting. Chimes can be semi-flush or
* Refer to page 2 for guard listing. This product has been approved by the California State
Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety surface mounted on a standard single gang, double gang,
Code. See CSFM Listing 7135-0026:334 for allowable values and/or conditions or 4” square (102 mm) electrical box. Optional
concerning material presented in this document. It is subject to re-examination, revision,
and possible cancellation. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local accessories are available to increase mounting and
Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time application flexibility.
Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Safety Products Westminster.
** SmartSync two-wire horn/strobe operation is protected under U.S. Patent No. 6,281,789.
S4902-0004-1 4/2010
SmartSync Two-Wire Control SmartSync Control Sources
SmartSync operation mode allows a two-wire circuit to SmartSync two-wire control is available from:
provide the ability to activate both the chime and strobe 4006, 4008, 4100U, and 4010 Fire Alarm Control
on the same NAC and then allow the chime to be silenced Panels (refer to individual product data sheets for more
while the strobe remains flashing. The chime operates as information)
“on-until-silenced” while the strobe operation is 4009 IDNet™ NAC Extenders (refer to data sheet
“on-until-reset.” S4009-0002)
SmartSync Control Module (SCM) Model 4905-9938
(refer to data sheet S4905-0003)
Product Selection
FIRE
Model Cover Description Dimensions
Lettering
4902-9210 Red White TrueAlert non-addressable electronic 5-1/8” H x 5” W x 1-1/2” D
4902-9211 White Red chime (130 mm x 127 mm x 38 mm)
Adapters
Model Description Dimensions
4905-9937 Surface mount red adapter skirt 5-3/8” H x 5-1/4” W x 1-5/8” D
Use to cover 1-1/2” deep
(136 mm x 133 mm x 41 mm)
4905-9940 Surface mount white adapter skirt surface mounted boxes
Total depth with chime = 3-1/8” (79 mm)
Adapter Plate, red, for mounting to Simplex 2975-9145 box 8-5/16” x 5-3/4” x 0.060” thick
4905-9931
(typically for retrofit, may be mounted vertical or horizontal) (211 mm x 146 mm x 1.5 mm)
7-7/8" x 5-1/8" x 2-3/4" D
2975-9145 Red mounting box, requires Adapter Plate 4905-9931
(200 mm x 130 mm x 70 mm)
Wire guard with mounting plate, red, compatible with semi-flush 6-1/16” H x 6-1/16” W x 3-1/8” D
4905-9961*
or surface mounted boxes (154 mm x 154 mm x 79 mm)
2 S4902-0004-1 4/2010
TrueAlert Non-Addressable Chime Specifications
* Factory settings are recommended for most applications. Always test installed sound level against local requirements.
Installation Reference
Frequency
adjustment
4905-9961
Volume
adjustment Wire Guard
3 S4902-0004-1 4/2010
4905-9931 Adapter Plate Installation Information
Tyco is a registered trademark of Tyco International Services GmbH and is used under license. Simplex, the Simplex logo, IDNet, TrueAlert, and SmartSync are trademarks of
Tyco International Ltd. and its affiliates and are used under license.
Features
Simplex® 24 VDC multi-tone horns provide:
Per appliance tone selection of: 520 Hz Horn, Broadband
Horn, Bell, Chime, High/Low, Slow Whoop, or Siren;
selected using an on-board DIP Switch (refer to sound
output details on page 4)
520 Hz tone is compliant with NFPA 72 Low Frequency
Signal Requirements for Sleeping Areas
Listed for wall or ceiling mount applications (blank
covers are recommended for ceiling mount applications)
Operation is selectable for SmartSync two-wire control
or free-run operation
Output level is selectable as high or low
Diode polarized input for connection to reverse polarity,
supervised Notification Appliance Circuits (NACs)
Electrical test point access without removing cover
SmartSync two-wire control of audible and visible
TrueAlert Multi-Tone Horns are Available as White with
notification appliance provides: Red Lettering or Red with White Lettering
Control of Horn, Bell, and High/Low tones as Temporal
Pattern, March Time pattern, or on continuously,
Description
controlled separately from visible appliances on the same
circuit TrueAlert non-addressable multi-tone horns
Control of Slow Whoop, Siren, and Chime tones as provide a flexible selection of output tones for fire alarm
synchronized continuous signals when receiving audible notification. Tone selection and output level is set
SmartSync continuous commands per appliance, allowing notification needs to be tailored to
SmartSync March Time pattern is selectable per specific area requirements. (Refer to tone output details
appliance to produce 60 bpm or 20 bpm on page 4.)
Visible appliances on the same SmartSync circuit operate Local Tone Selection. DIP Switch selection
at a synchronized 1 Hz flash rate determines the local tone choice. A separate DIP Switch
Refer to page 2 for SmartSync control list and additional position allows selection of a standard or a high output
operation information sound level, selectable appropriate to the location. (See
page 4 for sound output ratings.)
Mechanical design features include:
Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic Canadian two-stage alarm applications. A DIP
housing in red with white letters or white with red letters Switch selection per appliance allows the SmartSync
available with FIRE, FEU, FEU/FIRE or blank lettering March Time pattern input to be produced as 60 bpm or
Separate covers are available to change application type 20 bpm. The 20 bpm rate is typically required for
on-site or for replacement; covers can be easily removed Canadian two-stage alarm applications as the pre-signal,
without disturbing the connected housing and avoiding followed by the Temporal Pattern. Two-stage alarm
trouble conditions operation requires a 4010ES, 4100ES, or 4100U as the
A separate mounting plate allows wiring to be completed control panel. See the section on tone characteristics for
before appliance is mounted; use with single gang, functional limitations by tone type.
double gang, or 4-inch square box, flush or surface Flexible mounting. Multi-tone horns can be semi-flush
mount or surface mounted on a standard single gang, double
In/out wiring terminals for 18 AWG to 12 AWG gang, or 4” square (102 mm) electrical box. Optional
Optional mounting adapters are available to cover accessories are available to increase mounting and
surface mounted electrical boxes and to adapt to Simplex application flexibility.
2975-9145 boxes
Listing reference: * This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
UL listed to Standard 464 7135-0026:0379 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in
ULC listed to Standard S525 this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product
supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co.
are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
S49CMT-0001-5 10/2016
SmartSync Two-Wire Control SmartSync Control Sources
SmartSync operation mode allows a two-wire circuit to SmartSync two-wire control is available from:
provide the ability to activate both the horn and strobe on 4007ES Hybrid, 4010ES, 4100ES, and 4100U Fire
the same NAC and then allow the horn to be silenced Alarm Control Panels (refer to individual product data
while the strobe remains flashing. The horn operates as sheets for more information)
“on-until-silenced” while the strobe operation is
4009 IDNet NAC Extenders (refer to data sheet
“on-until-reset.”
S4009-0002)
SmartSync Control Module (SCM) Model 4905-9938
(refer to data sheet S4905-0003)
Product Selection
Multi-Tone Horns
Cover
Model* Wording Description Dimensions with Cover
Color
49CMT-WRF(-BA) Red Multi-Tone horn for SmartSync or Free-run control; 5 ⅛” H x 5” W x 1 ½” D
FIRE
49CMT-WWF(-BA) White includes cover and matching mounting plate (130 mm x 127 mm x 38 mm)
Mounting Adapters
Model Description Dimensions
4905-9937 Surface mount red adapter skirt 5 ⅜” H x 5 ¼” W x 1 ⅝” D
Use to cover 1-1/2” deep
(136 mm x 133 mm x 41 mm)
surface mounted boxes
4905-9940 Surface mount white adapter skirt Total depth with horn = 3 ⅛” (79 mm)
Adapter Plate, red, for mounting to Simplex 2975-9145 box 8 5⁄16” x 5 ¾” x 0.060” Thick
4905-9931
(typically for retrofit, may be mounted vertical or horizontal) (211 mm x 146 mm x 1.5 mm)
7 ⅞" x 5 ⅛" x 2 ¾" D
2975-9145 Red mounting box, requires Adapter Plate 4905-9931
(200 mm x 130 mm x 70 mm)
2 S49CMT-0001-5 10/2016
Installation Reference
3 S49CMT-0001-5 10/2016
Multi-Tone Horn Specifications
* Output ratings are at 10 ft (3 m); UL 464 ratings are per UL Reverberant Chamber testing; ULC S525 ratings are per ULC Anechoic
Chamber testing. The tone generator circuit is DC-DC converter powered and provides essentially constant output over the rated voltage
range.
** UL output ratings below 75 dBA are for NFPA 72 Private Mode applications.
†
ULC output ratings below 85 dBA are for use in applications per applicable local codes.
Sound Output Dispersion per Horizontal from Center -3 dBA @ ±37° -6 dBA @ ±40° -9.4 dBA @ ±90°
ULC S541 Anechoic Testing Vertical from Center -3 dBA @ -24°, +42° -6 dBA @ -59°, +50° -8.6 dBA @ ±90°
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code
are trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Features
Individual Addressable Relay Module (Relay IAM):
IDNet addressable control for use with Simplex® fire
alarm control panel models 4007ES, 4008, 4010,
4010ES, 4100ES, and 4100U
A single addressable point provides control and status
tracking of a Form “C” contact
Low power latching relay design allows IDNet
communications to supply both data and module power
Relay is set to OFF on initial power up and upon loss of
IDNet communications
Compact, sealed construction:
Enclosed design minimizes dust infiltration
Mounts in standard 4” (102 mm) square electrical box, 4090-9002 IDNet Relay IAM Package
(shown approximately 1/2 size)
optional adapter bracket is available to mount in a
4 11⁄16” (119 mm) square electrical box Specifications
Screw terminals for wiring connections
Visible LED flashes to indicate communications IDNet communications, 1 address per
Communications
Optional covers are available to allow LED to be device
viewed after installation Relay IAM Power Supplied by IDNet communications
UL listed to Standard 864 Contact Ratings* (not rated for incandescent switching)
Type Form C, SPDT
Description 2 A @ 24 VDC, resistive from listed
Power-Limited fire alarm
IDNet Relay IAMs allow fire alarm control panels to 1 A @ 24 VDC, inductive supply
control a remotely located Form “C” contact using IDNet
addressable communications for both data and module Nonpower-Limited 0.5 A @ 120 VAC, resistive
power. Typical applications would be for switching local * Provide circuit fusing and transient suppression as
power for control functions such as elevator capture, or required per application. DC inductive loads can typically
control of HVAC components, pressurization fans, be diode suppressed; 120 VAC loads may require RC
networks or varistors, depending on device type. Refer to
dampers, etc. Relay status is also communicated requiring
the installation instructions for additional information.
only one device address.
Screw terminals for in/out wiring,
Wire Connections
18 to 14 AWG wire (0.82 to 2.08 mm2)
Product Selection
Up to 2500 ft (762 m) from control
Model Description panel
4090-9002 Relay IAM IDNet
Up to 10,000 ft (3048 m) total wiring
Communications
distance (including T-Taps)
Optional Adapter and Trim Plates Wiring Reference
Compatible with Simplex 2081-9044
Model Description Overvoltage Protectors
Adapter plate to fit 4 11⁄16” (119 mm) square 4 ⅛” H x 4 ⅛” W x 1 ⅜” D
4090-9813 Dimensions
electrical box (105 mm x 105 mm x 35 mm)
For semi-flush Trim Plate, galvanized Housing Material Black thermoplastic
4090-9801
mounted box steel, with LED viewing Mounting Plate Sheet metal, galvanized
For surface window; includes
4090-9802 mounting screws Temperature 32° to 120° F (0° to 49° C),
mounted box
Range intended for indoor operation
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Humidity Range Up to 93% RH at 100° F (38° C)
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
7300-0026:223 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this Installation
574-184
document. Accepted for use – City of New York Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E. Instructions
Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the
latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of
Tyco Fire Protection Products.
S4090-0002-10 11/2014
Relay IAM Mounting Information
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.
Features
For use with Simplex® 4100ES, 4100U and
4010ES Fire Alarm Control Panels providing
IDNet™ communications
Addressable communications supply both data
and power over a single wire pair to provide: - IDNET IN +
S4090-0004-6
Mounting Information
- IDNET IN +
LED viewing port
+IDNET IN -
Single gang blank cover plate and mounting screws, for use when
LED is not required to be externally viewed (supplied by others)
4-1/4" 4-1/2"
(108 mm) (114 mm)
2-1/2" 2-13/16"
(64 mm) (72 mm)
4090-9810 Mounting
4090-9806, Trim plate for 4090-9807, Trim plate for
bracket, ordered
semi-flush mounted box surface mounted box
separately
Tyco is a registered trademark of Tyco International Services GmbH and is used under license. Simplex, the Simplex logo, and IDNet are trademarks of Tyco International Ltd. and
its affiliates and are used under license.
Features
Dual port, bi-directional communications short
circuit isolator:
Compatible with Simplex® 4007ES, 4008, 4010ES,
4100ES, or 4100U Series fire alarm control panel
IDNet Signaling Line Circuits (SLCs) providing:
IDNet, IDNet+, IDNet 1+, IDNet 2, or IDNet 2+2
output loops (see additional information on pages 2
and 3)
Either port can serve as an input or output, ports are
automatically separated when a communications short
circuit occurs
Isolation can also be activated from the control panel
for system diagnostics 4090-9116 Addressable IDNet Isolator
(shown approximately 1/2 size)
Mounts in standard 4” (102 mm) square electrical box,
optional adapter plate is available to mount in a 4 11⁄16”
(119 mm) square electrical box
LED flashes to indicate communications; optional Description (Continued)
covers are available to view LED after installation Status Tracking. The isolator reports back to the panel
TrueAlarm sensor base IDNet Isolators are also when it is in isolation mode and the extent of shorted
available, refer to data sheet S4098-0025 for details wiring is reported back to the panel by identifying device
UL listed to Standard 864 addresses that are not communicating. [Isolators are
assigned sequentially to low number addresses to expedite
Earth fault isolation reduces time to fix wiring SLC power-up.]
problems:
Built-in control panel diagnostics assist in locating Earth Faults. During installation, earth faults frequently
earth fault conditions – the most common installation occur. Finding these faults normally requires extensive
wiring problem wiring disconnection. With the 4090-9116 Addressable
IDNet Isolator, earth faults on the IDNet communications
For Class B or Class A wiring: lines can be quickly located to assist in their repair and to
Communications are monitored from either port restore the system wiring to normal.
Class A wired SLCs can optimize operation by
maintaining communications with devices outside of Product Selection
the isolated wiring section Model Description
Addressable IDNet Communications
4090-9116
Description Isolator
Adapter plate to fit 4 11⁄16” (119 mm) square
4090-9116 Addressable IDNet Communications 4090-9813
electrical box
Isolators provide IDNet communications isolation to
improve installation convenience and increase system For semi-flush Optional trim plate with
4090-9801
integrity. Isolation is automatically activated when an mounted box LED viewing window,
output short circuit is detected and isolation can also be For surface includes mounting screws;
selected manually from the control panel to assist with 4090-9802 galvanized steel
mounted box
troubleshooting wiring problems.
Operation. Isolators power-up in isolation mode and are
directed to connect by the control panel. If the output * This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
wiring is acceptable, the isolator will connect to the rest Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
of the circuit. If the output wiring is shorted, the isolator 7300-0026:252 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in
this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product
remains isolated. supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co.
are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
S4090-0005-8 10/2014
Multi-Floor Isolator Example 1
Short Circuit Isolation. The one-line diagram on this Earth Fault Isolation. In the event of an earth fault,
page shows a multiple floor example with Class B IDNet each floor can be individually isolated using built-in
communications for each floor starting at an isolator. (A control panel diagnostics. With individual floor control,
sensor in the 4098-9793 Isolator Base is shown for the earth fault can be isolated to the floor level to narrow
reference as an alternate isolating device.) If floor wiring the search area. By adding more isolators, the section
beyond the isolator should experience a short circuit, each required to be isolated can be reduced, allowing more
floor is automatically separated from the next, preventing devices to remain active.
the short circuit from disabling the entire IDNet
communications wiring.
1 ----- ----- 5
2 ----- ----- 6
3 + IDNET_A + IDNET_B 7
4 - IDNET_A - IDNET_B 8
1 5
2 6
3 7
SIMPLEX TIME R ECORDER CO.
4090-9116
AD DRESSABLE ISOLATOR
INST. INSTR. 574-872 REV.
4 8
1
Fourth floor
1 ----- ----- 5
2 ----- ----- 6
3 + IDNET_A + IDNET_B 7
4 - IDNET_A - IDNET_B 8
1 5
2 6
3 7
SIMPLEX TIME R ECORDER CO.
4090-9116
AD DRESSABLE ISOLATOR
INST. INSTR. 574-872 REV.
4 8
1
Second floor
1 ----- ----- 5
2 ----- ----- 6
3 + IDNET_A + IDNET_B 7
4 - IDNET_A - IDNET_B 8
1 5
2 6
First floor
3 7
SIMPLEX TIME R ECORDER CO.
4090-9116
AD DRESSABLE ISOLATOR
INST. INSTR. 574-872 REV.
4 8
1
Compatible IDNet
communications,
1
2
-----
-----
3 + IDNET_A
4 - IDNET_A
-----
-----
+ IDNET_B
- IDNET_B
5
6
7
8
2 wire (see wiring notes)
1
3
SIMPLEX TIME R ECORDER CO.
5
7
4090-9116 Addressable IDNet Isolator Class B riser
4090-9116
AD DRESSABLE ISOLATOR
INST. INSTR. 574-872 REV.
4 8
1
Wiring Notes:
1. Operation of the 4090-9116 Addressable IDNet Isolator requires connection
to a compatible 4007ES, 4008, 4010ES, 4100ES, or 4100U IDNet
communications channel.
2. NOTE: The 4100-3103 Panel Mounted Quad Isolator is compatible only with
MAPNET II Remote Isolators. Simplex 4100ES Series
3. Maximum line resistance between the panel and an isolator, and between two Fire Control Panel
isolators, is 10 Ω or 780 ft (238 m) with 18 AWG wire. (shown for reference)
4. This is a one-line drawing showing only IDNet communications wiring.
5. Some IDNet devices require additional wiring for power. Refer to specific
devices for details.
2 S4090-0005-8 10/2014
Multi-Floor Isolator Example 2
Class A Wiring. The illustration below is a modification Diagnostic Assistance. Communications from an
of Example 1. Each floor is wired as a Class A IDNet 2, IDNet 2+2, or IDNet+ output provide individual
connection, and a sensor mounted in a 4098-9793 Isolator short circuit isolation and allow individual output control
Base has been added for reference. This illustrates that to provide assistance in locating wiring faults.
with additional isolators (either the 4090-9116 or the Note: When wiring Class A IDNet communications
Isolator Base), there is a reduction in the number of provided by IDNet or IDNet 1+ outputs, locate isolators
isolated devices in the event of a short circuit. as the first and last devices in the loop, close to the panel,
to provide loop short circuit isolation operation (as shown
below).
Isolator bases
(see note 6)
Alternate Wiring Example
Class A riser with Isolators
1
2
-----
-----
3 + IDNET_A
4 - IDNET_A
-----
-----
+ IDNET_B
- IDNET_B
5
6
7
8
using Class B taps
1 5
2 6
3 7
SIMPLEX TIME RECORDER CO.
4 090-9116
ADDRESSABLE ISOLATOR
INST. INSTR. 574-872 REV.
4 8
1
M 1
2
-----
-----
3 + IDNET_ A
4 - IDNET_A
-----
-----
+ IDNET_ B
- IDNET_B
5
6
7
8
1 5
2 6
3 7
SIMPLEX TIME RECO RDER C O.
4090-9116
Fourth floor
1 5 1 5
2 6 2 6
3 7 3 7
SIMPLEX TIME REC ORD ER CO . SIMPLEX TIME REC ORD ER CO .
4090-91 16 4090-91 16
1 5
2 6
3 7
SIMPLEX TIME RECORDER CO.
4 090-9116
ADDRESSABLE ISOLATOR
INST. INSTR. 574-872 REV.
4 8
1
Third floor
1 5 1 5
2 6 2 6
3 7 3 7
SIMPLEX TIME REC ORD ER CO . SIMPLEX TIME REC ORD ER CO .
4090-91 16 4090-91 16
M M
1 ----- ----- 5
2 ----- ----- 6
3 + IDN ET_A + IDNET_B 7
4 - ID NET_ A - IDNET_B 8
1 5
2 6
3 7
SIMPLEX TIME RECORDER CO.
4 090-9116
ADDRESSABLE ISOLATOR
INST. INSTR. 574-872 REV.
4 8
1
Second floor
1 5 1 5
2 6 2 6
3 7 3 7
SIMPLEX TIME RECORDER CO. SIMPLEX TIME RECORDER CO.
4 090-9116 4 090-9116
First floor
ADDRESSABLE ISOLATOR ADDRESSABLE ISOLATOR
INST. INSTR. 574-872 REV. INST. INSTR. 574-872 REV.
4 8 4 8
1 1
M M
1 ----- ----- 5
Compatible IDNet
2 ----- ----- 6
3 + IDN ET_A + IDNET_B 7
4 - ID NET_ A - IDNET_B 8
Class A
1 5
4
SIMPLEX TIME RECORDER CO.
4 090-9116
ADDRESSABLE ISOLATOR
INST. INSTR. 574-872 REV.
M
1
7
Wiring Notes:
1. Operation of the 4090-9116 Addressable IDNet Isolator requires connection
to a compatible 4007ES, 4008, 4010ES, 4100ES, or 4100U IDNet
communications channel.
2. NOTE: The 4100-3103 Panel Mounted Quad Isolator is compatible only with
MAPNET II Remote Isolators.
3. For Class A communications from IDNet or IDNet 1+ outputs, locate IDNet Simplex 4100ES Series
Isolators as the first and last device in the loop, close to the panel, to optimize Fire Alarm Control
loop short circuit protection. This is not required with IDNet 2, IDNet 2+2, or (shown for reference)
IDNet+ outputs.
4. Maximum line resistance between the panel and an isolator, and between
two isolators, is 10 Ω or 780 ft (238 m) with 18 AWG wire.
5. This is a one-line drawing showing only IDNet communications wiring.
6. Some IDNet devices require additional wiring for power. Refer to specific
devices for details.
3 S4090-0005-8 10/2014
Mounting Information
4-9/16" 4-5/16"
Light pipe for LED viewing
(116 mm) (109 mm)
4 S4090-0005-8 10/2014
Specifications
Electrical
Communications IDNet communications, 1 address per device
4007ES, 4008, 4010ES, 4100ES, and 4100U providing: IDNet, IDNet+, IDNet 1+, IDNet 2, or
Compatibility
IDNet 2+2 communications output; (not compatible with 4100-3103 Panel Mounted Quad Isolator)
Power Consumes one unit load, power is supplied from IDNet SLC
Wire Connections Screw terminals for input and output wiring, 18 to 14 AWG wire (0.82 mm2 to 2.08 mm2 )
Wiring Distances
Up to 2500 ft ( 762 m) from fire alarm control panel
Up to 10,000 ft ( 3048 m) total wiring distance (including T-Taps)
IDNet Wiring Reference Maximum line resistance between panel and isolator, or between isolators is 10 ohms;
[18 AWG (0.82 mm2 ) = 780 ft (238 m)]
Compatible with Simplex 2081-9044 Overvoltage Protectors
Mechanical
Dimensions 4 ⅛” H x 4 ⅛” W x 1 ⅜” D (105 mm x 105 mm x 35 mm)
Package Black thermoplastic housing on metal mounting plate
Temperature 32° to 120° F (0° to 49° C) indoor operation only
Humidity Range 10 to 90% RH at 90° F (32° C)
Installation Instructions 574-872
5 S4090-0005-8 10/2014
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.
Features
Dual port, bi-directional power isolator for use with
Simplex® 4007ES, 4010ES, 4100ES, and 4100U
24VA+
24VB+
Series fire alarm control panels:
24VA-
24VB-
Either port can serve as an input or output, ports are
automatically separated when a power wiring short
IDNet+
Isolation can also be activated from the control panel
IDNet-
for system diagnostics
For use with fire alarm control panel system power, ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
24VA+
24VB+
24VA-
24VB-
ADDRESSABLE PW R ISOLATOR
IDNet+
IDNet-
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 78
ADDRESS CODE
Third floor
2 6
24VA+
24VB+
3 7
24VA-
SIMPLEX TIME RECORDER CO.
24VB-
4090-9101
Module
MONITOR ZAM, CLASS B
zone
INSTAL. INSTR. 574-183
4 DATE CODE: 8
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 78
ADDRESS CODE
Second floor
I
24VA+
24VB+
24VA-
24VB-
System power,
ADDRESSABLE PW R ISOLATOR
First floor
IDNet+
IDNet-
ON
24 VDC nominal
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 78
ADDRESS CODE
IDNet communications,
In-duct sensor 2 wire (see wiring notes)
with relay output
Class B risers
4090-9117 IDNet
24VA+
24VB+
24VA-
24VB-
ADDRESSABLE PW R ISOLATOR
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 78
ADDRESS CODE
Wiring Notes:
1. This is a one-line drawing showing only IDNet communications
and power wiring.
Simplex 4100ES Series
2. Operation of the 4090-9117 Addressable IDNet Power Isolator Fire Control Panel
requires connection to a 4100ES, 4010ES, 4007ES, or 4100U (shown for reference)
IDNet communications channel.
3. IDNet isolators are shown for typical reference but are not
required.
2 S4090-0006-7 11/2014
Power Isolator Multi-Floor Example 2
Class A Wiring. The illustration below is a modification Diagnostic Assistance. It is recommended that for
of Example 1. Each floor wiring loop connects to the next Class A wiring, isolators be located as the first and last
floor in a Class A connection. From the last device, the devices in the loop (as shown below). With the resulting
wiring returns to the panel providing a secondary path wiring isolation flexibility, locating earth wiring faults
that is monitored for loop integrity. Class A power wiring can be made easier
is available from a 4100ES, 4010ES, 4007ES, or 4100U
Fire Control Panel programmed for this application using
two 4090-9117 Power Isolators mounted close-nippled at
the panel.
24VA+ 24VA-
24VB+
Alternate Wiring Example
24VB-
ADDRESSABLE PWR ISOLATO R
IDNet+
IDNet-
ON
1 2 3 4
1 2 34 5 6 7 8
ADDRESS CODE
5 6 7 8
24VA+
24VB+
DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE!
24VA-
24VB-
ADDRESSABLE PWR ISOLATOR
IDNet+
IDNet-
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 34 5 6 7 8
ADDRESS CODE
Third floor
1 + 24V
2 0V
ZONE PWR +
ZONE PWR -
3 +IDNET IDC +
4 - IDNET IDC -
5
6
7
8
I
To local
1 5
24VA+ 24VA-
24VB+
24VA+ 24VA-
24VB+
2 6
24VB-
24VB-
24VA+ 24VA-
24VB+
ADDRESSABL E PW R I SOLAT OR
ADDRES S A BL E P W R I SOLAT OR
IDNet+ IDNet-
IDNet+ IDNet-
3 SIMPLEX TIME RECORDER CO. 7
24VB-
4090-9101
zone
MONITOR ZAM, CLASS B ON ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1
IDNet+
IDNet-
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 34 5 6 7 8
ADDRESS CODE
Zone Adapter
Second floor Module
I
24VA+
24VB+
24VA-
24VB-
ADDRESSABLE PWR ISOLATOR
IDNet+
IDNet-
ON
First floor
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 34 5 6 7 8
ADDRESS CODE
24VB+
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 78
24VA+ 24VA-
24VB+
24VA+ 24VA-
24VB+
ADDRESS CODE
24VB-
24VB-
close-nippled in conduit
ADDRESSABLE PWR ISOLATO R
IDNet+
IDNet-
IDNet-
ON ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 78 1 2 3 4 5 6 78
Wiring Notes:
1. This is a one-line drawing showing power wiring and IDNet
communications only. Class A power requires using two 4090-9117
Power Isolators located close-nippled at the panel with Class A
operation performed by panel control of the Isolators.
2. Operation of the 4090-9117 Addressable IDNet Power Isolator
requires connection to a 4100ES, 4010ES, 4007ES, or 4100U
IDNet communications channel.
3. IDNet isolators are shown for typical reference but are not
required. For Class A IDNet SLCs, locate isolators as first and Simplex 4100U Series
last device on the SLC for service convenience. Fire Control Panel
(shown for reference)
3 S4090-0006-7 11/2014
Mounting Information
4090-9117 Addressable
Power Isolator
4-9/16" 4-5/16"
(116 mm) (109 mm)
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.
Features
Dual point operation provides a supervised
multi-state input and a relay output in a single
package using only one address:
Typical applications are for damper motor control with
dual damper position feedback monitoring (open and
closed)
For use with Simplex® 4007ES, 4010ES, 4100ES, or
4100U Fire Alarm Control Panels providing IDNet
communications (4100U requires software revision 11
or higher)
Input/Output details:
Input operation is “T-Sense” and provides supervised 4090-9118 Relay IAM with T-Sense Input
monitoring of normally open, dry contacts (shown approximately 1/2 size)
Status conditions are Normal, Open Circuit (trouble
condition), Current Limited (position input 1), and Short
(position input 2) T-Sensing Operation
Total wiring distance to supervised contacts is up to Supervised Input. The 4090-9118 Relay IAM with
500 ft (152 m); for indoor wiring applications T-Sense has a supervised input that monitors for
Low power latching relay design allows IDNet continuity to an end-of-line resistor and can differentiate
communications to supply both data and module power between a short circuit contact closure and a current
Relay is set to OFF on initial power up and upon loss of limited contact closure.
IDNet communications Four State Operation. Normal is when all contacts are
Form C relay output is rated 2 A @ 30 VDC, and open and there is continuity to the end-of-line resistor;
0.5 A @ 120 VAC (resistive ratings) Open is when continuity does not exist to the end-of-line
Compact, sealed construction: resistor, causing a Trouble condition; Short, indicates that
Enclosed design minimizes dust infiltration a contact has closed that is directly connected to the input
Mounts in standard 4” square electrical box circuit; and Current Limited indicates that a contact has
closed beyond a series connected current limiting resistor.
Visible LED flashes to indicate communications
This operation allows differentiation between two
Screw terminals for wiring connections different contact types due to their wiring location, and
Optional covers are available to allow LED to be reporting as a single IDNet addressable point to the fire
viewed after installation alarm control panel.
UL Listed to Standard 864 Typical Applications
Description Efficient Package. For smoke control applications, this
module provides an efficient package for fan damper
Single Address Dual Point Module. The 4090-9118 control with position feedback. The monitor point can be
Relay IAM with T-Sense allows a compatible Simplex fire connected to two separate status indicator switches
alarm control panel IDNet communication channel to allowing the host panel to track the fan damper status with
monitor two input contact closures with one point and respect to the requested fan control operation.
control an output relay with the other point, both from a
compact module requiring a single address. Module power General Applications. The monitor and control points
is supplied from the IDNet communications channel can be applied for a variety of associated or independent
eliminating the need for separate power wiring. operations. Flexible programming abilities at the host
panel can provide the association logic required for a
Multi-Point Device Description. The input circuit and wide variety of fire or utility operations.
relay operation are controlled independently and may be
disabled separately. Point association is determined at the * This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
host panel. At the host panel display, the device address is Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7300-0026:311
for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document.
designated as a single hardware location (such as 1-1). Accepted for use – City of New York Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E. Additional
The individual points are considered “sub-points” and are listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status.
Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire
layered underneath (such as 1-1-1 and 1-1-2). Protection Products.
S4090-0007-6 11/2014
Product Selection
Model Description
4090-9118 Relay IAM with T-Sense
Optional Adapter and Trim Plates
Model Description
4090-9813 Adapter plate to fit 4 11⁄16” (119 mm) square electrical box
4090-9801 For semi-flush mounted box Trim Plate, galvanized steel, with LED viewing window; includes mounting
4090-9802 For surface mounted box screws
Wiring Reference
2 S4090-0007-6 11/2014
Mounting Information
3 S4090-0007-6 11/2014
Specifications
Electrical
Communications IDNet communications, one address
Consumes one unit load, power supplied from a compatible IDNet
Power
communications channel
Point Type TRIAM
Point Allocation I/O Point Usage per Panel 2; 1 for relay, 1 for input
Reference
up to 3; 1 for relay, 1 for input, 1 for trouble; for points mapped to the Fire Alarm
Public Points Usage
Network
Normally open dry contacts
Input Requirements Up to 500 ft (152 m) total distance from Relay IAM
For indoor wiring applications only
Two required, refer to Installation Instructions 574-874 for additional information
Input Supervision Resistors
and wiring detail
Screw terminals for input and output wiring, 18 to 14 AWG wire
Wire Connections
(0.82 mm2 to 2.08 mm2)
2 A @ 30 VDC, resistive
Relay Contact Ratings* Power-Limited from listed fire alarm supply
Form C (SPDT) 1 A @ 30 VDC, inductive
(not rated for 0.5 A @ 120 VAC, resistive
incandescent switching) Nonpower-Limited
0.25 A @ 120 VAC, inductive
* Provide circuit fusing and transient suppression as required per application. DC inductive loads can typically be diode suppressed;
120 VAC loads may require RC networks or varistors, depending on device type. Refer to Installation Instructions 574-874 for
additional information.
Up to 2500 ft (762 m) from the fire alarm control panel
IDNet Wiring Distance Reference Up to 10,000 ft (3048 m) total Class B wiring distance including T-Taps
Compatible with 2081-9044 Overvoltage Protectors
Mechanical
Dimensions 4-1/8” H x 4-1/8” W x 1-3/8” D (105 mm x 105 mm x 35 mm)
Package Black thermoplastic housing on metal mounting plate
Temperature 32° to 120° F (0° to 49° C) indoor operation only
Humidity Range 10 to 90% RH at 90° F (32° C)
Installation Instructions 574-874
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.
Features
Dual point operation provides an unsupervised
input and a relay output in a single package
using only one address:
Typical applications are for fan control with single
unsupervised status feedback monitoring
For use with Simplex® 4007ES, 4010ES, 4100ES, or
4100U Fire Alarm Control Panels providing IDNet
communications (4100U requires software
revision 11 or higher)
Input/Output details:
Input provides unsupervised monitoring of normally
open, dry contacts
4090-9119 Relay IAM with Unsupervised Input
Total wiring distance to supervised contacts is up to (shown approximately 1/2 size)
500 ft (152 m); for indoor wiring applications
Low power latching relay design allows IDNet
communications to supply both data and module
power Product Selection
Relay is set to OFF on initial power up and upon loss Model Description
of IDNet communications 4090-9119 Relay IAM with Unsupervised Input
Form C relay output is rated 2 A @ 30 VDC, and
Optional Adapter and Trim Plates
0.5 A @ 120 VAC (resistive ratings)
Model Description
Compact, sealed construction: Adapter plate to fit 4 11⁄16” (119 mm) square
4090-9813
electrical box
Enclosed design minimizes dust infiltration
For semi-flush Optional trim plate with LED
Mounts in standard 4” square electrical box 4090-9801
mounted box viewing window, includes
Visible LED flashes to indicate communications 4090-9802
For surface mounting screws; galvanized
mounted box steel
Screw terminals for wiring connections
Optional covers are available to allow LED to be
viewed after installation Typical Applications
UL Listed to Standard 864 Efficient Package. For smoke control applications, this
module provides an efficient package for fan control with
Description single status feedback. The monitor point provides
feedback from a single set of unsupervised contacts (such
Single Address Dual Point Module. The 4090-9119 as a sail switch or pressure switch) allowing the host
Relay IAM allows a compatible Simplex fire alarm panel to track the result of the requested relay control
control panel IDNet communications channel to monitor operation.
an unsupervised input contact closure with one point and
control an output relay with the other point, both from a General Applications. The monitor and control points
compact module requiring a single address. Module can be applied for a variety of associated or independent
power is supplied from the IDNet communications operations. Flexible programming abilities at the host
channel eliminating the need for separate power wiring. panel can provide the association logic required for a
wide variety of fire or utility operations.
Multi-Point Device Description. The input circuit and
relay operation are controlled independently and may be * This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
disabled separately. Point association is determined at the Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7300-0026:311
for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document.
host panel. At the host panel display, the device address is Accepted for use – City of New York Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E. Additional
designated as a single hardware location (such as 1-1). listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status.
Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire
The individual points are considered “sub-points” and are Protection Products.
layered underneath (such as 1-1-1 and 1-1-2).
S4090-0008-6 11/2014
Wiring Reference
Maximum distance to contacts is 500 ft
(152 m) (input is for indoor wiring only)
To next device
Specifications
Electrical
Communications IDNet communications, one address
Power Consumes one unit load, power supplied from IDNet communications
Point Type FRIAM
Point Allocation I/O Point Usage per Panel 1 for relay
Reference up to 3; 1 for relay, 1 for input, 1 for trouble; for points mapped to the Fire Alarm
Public Points Usage
Network
Normally open dry contacts
Input Requirements Up to 500 ft (152 m) total distance from Relay IAM
For indoor wiring applications only
Screw terminals for input and output wiring, 18 to 14 AWG wire
Wire Connections
(0.82 mm2 to 2.08 mm2)
2 A @ 30 VDC, resistive
Relay Contact Ratings* Power-Limited from listed fire alarm supply
Form C (SPDT) 1 A @ 30 VDC, inductive
(not rated for 0.5 A @ 120 VAC, resistive
incandescent switching) Nonpower-Limited
0.25 A @ 120 VAC, inductive
* Provide circuit fusing and transient suppression as required per application. DC inductive loads can typically be diode suppressed;
120 VAC loads may require RC networks or varistors, depending on device type. Refer to Installation Instructions 574-875 for
additional information.
Up to 2500 ft (762 m) from the fire alarm control panel
IDNet Wiring Distance Reference Up to 10,000 ft (3048 m) total Class B wiring distance including T-Taps
Compatible with 2081-9044 Overvoltage Protectors
Mechanical
Dimensions 4-1/8” H x 4-1/8” W x 1-3/8” D (105 mm x 105 mm x 35 mm)
Package Black thermoplastic housing on metal mounting plate
Temperature 32° to 120° F (0° to 49° C) indoor operation only
Humidity Range 10 to 90% RH at 90° F (32° C)
Installation Instructions 579-875
2 S4090-0008-6 11/2014
Mounting Information
4-9/16" 4-5/16"
(116 mm) (109 mm)
3 S4090-0008-6 11/2014
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.
Features
DISCONNECT POWER
Six point operation provides four supervised BEFORE SERVICING
24V
+2
24VC
+3
NC COM NO
OUTPUT 1
-4
or higher)
IDNet+
Typical applications include fan motor control centers,
NC COM NO
OUTPUT 2
IDNet-
monitoring fire pump motor running status, low ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
S4090-0009-6 11/2014
Product Selection
Model Description
4090-9120 Six Point Module
4090-9801 For semi-flush mounted box Optional trim plate with LED viewing window, includes mounting screws;
4090-9802 For surface mounted box galvanized steel
Wiring Reference
Maximum distance to contacts is 500 ft
(152 m) (inputs are for indoor wiring only)
To next device
2 S4090-0009-6 11/2014
Mounting Information
4-9/16" 4-5/16"
(116 mm) (109 mm)
3 S4090-0009-6 11/2014
Specifications
Electrical
Communications IDNet communications, one address
Voltage 18 to 32 VDC (nominal 24 VDC)
Input Power
Current 30 mA maximum @ 24 VDC from listed fire alarm power supply
Point Type MLPTIO
Point Allocation I/O Point Usage per Panel 6; 1 per relay, 1 per input
Reference
up to 7; 1 per relay, 1 per input, 1 for trouble; for points mapped to the Fire Alarm
Public Points Usage
Network
Normally open dry contacts
Input Requirements Up to 500 ft (152 m) total distance from Six Point Module
For indoor wiring applications only
Two required per T-sense input, refer to page 2 and to Installation Instructions
Input Supervision Resistors
574-876 for additional information and wiring detail
Screw terminals for input and output wiring, 18 to 14 AWG wire
Wire Connections
(0.82 mm2 to 2.08 mm2)
2 A @ 30 VDC, resistive
Relay Contact Ratings* Power-Limited from listed fire alarm supply
Form C (SPDT) 1 A @ 30 VDC, inductive
(not rated for 0.5 A @ 120 VAC, resistive
incandescent switching) Nonpower-Limited
0.25 A @ 120 VAC, inductive
* Provide circuit fusing and transient suppression as required per application. DC inductive loads can typically be diode suppressed;
120 VAC loads may require RC networks or varistors, depending on device type. Refer to Installation Instructions 574-876 for
additional information.
Up to 2500 ft (762 m) from the fire alarm control panel
IDNet Wiring Distance Reference Up to 10,000 ft (3048 m) total Class B wiring distance including T-Taps
Compatible with 2081-9044 Overvoltage Protectors
Mechanical
Dimensions 4-1/8” H x 4-1/8” W x 1-3/8” D (105 mm x 105 mm x 35 mm)
Mounting Bracket Galvanized sheet metal
Temperature 32° to 120° F (0° to 49° C) indoor operation only
Humidity Range 10 to 90% RH at 90° F (32° C)
Installation Instructions 574-876
Features
Signal IAMs provide additional selective signaling
for Simplex® 4007ES, 4008, 4010ES, 4100ES, and
8
4100U Series fire alarm control panels:
7
6
+
ADDRESSABLE
5
Signal output notification appliance circuit (NAC)
4
3
LOOP
2
- SHLD
ON
(STYLE Z)
wiring is supervised and connected to the signal input
RETURN
SIGNAL
-
under IDNet communications control
+
NAC output is rated 0.5 A for Special Application or
-
SIGNAL
(STYLE Y)
+ SHLD
SIGNAL
Regulated 24 VDC Appliances, or for audio operation
SHLD +
IN
OUT
(12.5 W @ 25 VRMS, 35 W @ 70.7 VRMS); and can
be wired Class B or Class A; see additional information
on page 2, specifications section
Signal coding of horn/strobe control, strobe
synchronization, or other coding is provided by the 4090-9007 Signal IAM
signal input; coding at the Signal IAM via IDNet (shown approximately 1/2 size)
addressable communications is not supported
4100U compatibility requires Software Revision Description
11.11.01 or higher Additional NAC Operation. For applications requiring
Signal IAMs are not compatible with 4010 fire alarm additional individual NAC supervision and control, the
control panels IDNet communications 4090-9007 Signal IAM provides a 0.5 A remote NAC
Supervision features: under host panel addressable point control. IDNet
communications monitor the Signal IAM status and then
Relay contacts isolate signal inputs from outputs during connects the output NAC to the separate signal input for
supervision and do not monitor signal presence; signal local alarm notification.
inputs sources will need to be monitored separately
NOTE: The Signal IAM provides additional NACs to the
During supervision, signal outputs are isolated from host control panel, it does not provide additional power.
signal inputs by open contacts allowing consideration for Refer to One-Line Wiring Reference for additional
use with SCIF applications (Sensitive Compartmented system requirements.
Information Facilities)
Audio Control. The Signal IAM also allows the control
Operation details: panel to use IDNet communications to control audio
Signal IAM operation is powered and supervised by the circuits from a compatible Simplex audio control panel.
IDNet addressable communications loop – separate Only one signal source is used per Signal IAM, separate
24 VDC is not required for the IAM – separate signal Signal IAMs would be required for control of DC
power is required for the on-board NAC powered appliances such as strobes.
Signal IAM communications use a single physical NOTE: Firefighter phone circuits are not supported.
address; however, each Signal IAM reduces the IDNet
loop capacity by two addresses to accommodate the Application Reference
extra power required for output NAC supervision Selective Signaling. Use Signal IAMs to provide
Compact construction: additional local area notification zones per applicable
Mounts in standard 4” square electrical box version of NFPA 72 (the National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code), local codes and system requirements.
Visible LED flashes to indicate communications
General Signaling. Use Signal IAMs to connect to
Optional covers are available to allow LED to be higher current appliances (rated output is 0.5 A).
viewed after installation
For retrofit of Class B NAC wiring, where only two wires
Screw terminals for wiring connections are available, in/out connections can be made at the
UL Listed to Standard 864 Signal IAM maintaining appliance wiring supervision per
applicable version of NFPA 72 and local codes .
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant
to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings NOTE: Signal IAM operation is programmed at the fire
7300-0026:319, 7165-0026:251, 7165-0026:318, and 7170-0026:250 for allowable alarm control panel per system requirements.
values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Additional
listings may be applicable, contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest Wiring Requirements
status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of
Tyco Fire Protection Products. Wire Signal IAMS with both IDNet communications and
signal/NAC input to the latest requirements of UL 864,
and to NFPA 72 per local code. Please refer to One-Line
Wiring Reference for additional information.
S4090-0010-8 12/2014
Product Selection
Model Description
Signal IAM; programming types are hardware type SIGNAL for 4008; device type SIGIAM for other compatible
4090-9007
fire alarm control panels
4090-9801 For semi-flush mounted box Optional trim plate with LED viewing window, includes mounting screws;
4090-9802 For surface mounted box galvanized steel
IDNet Communications Isolator; may be required for loop connections to Signal IAM (see diagram on page 3);
4090-9116
refer to data sheet S4090-0005 for details
4081-9008 End-of-line resistor for Signal IAM NAC output when wired Class B; 10 k, 1/2 W; (ref. 733-894)
Overvoltage Protector; for up to 200 mA DC or IDNet communications; required where wiring exits and enters
2081-9044
a building; refer to data sheet S2081-0016 for details
Specifications
Electrical
Communications IDNet communications, one address
Consumes two unit loads (each Signal IAM reduces the IDNet loop capacity by two addresses);
Channel Loading
refer to the IDNet source for the total available address capacity
Nominal 24 VDC from control panel NAC or NAC extender
NAC Input Choices
25 VRMS or 70.7 VRMS from compatible listed audio source
Special Application or Regulated 24 VDC Appliances = 0.5 A
NAC Output Ratings
Audio rating for speakers = 0.5 A @ 25 VRMS (12.5 W) or 70.7 VRMS (35 W)
Compatible with Simplex strobe synchronization; not compatible with SmartSync 2-wire
Appliance Compatibility horn/strobe control or with TrueAlert addressable control; for horn/strobe appliance applications,
Details use 4-wire appliances (see data sheet S4903-0011), for horn control, select horn operation as
free-run
Wire Connections Screw terminals for in/out wiring, 18 to 12 AWG wire (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2 )
End-of-Line Resistor For Class B NAC; 10 k, 1/2 W; 4081-9008
Wiring Distance Information Reference
2500 ft (762 m) maximum distance from panel
IDNet
10,000 ft (3048 m) maximum total wiring distance (including T-Taps on Class B wiring)
Communications,
General Reference Note: IDNet communications specifications may vary depending on the host fire alarm control
panel, refer to specific panel product documentation for details
1. Wiring connections from the NAC Riser, through the Signal IAMs, and to the notification
NAC Wiring Distance appliances are branch circuits on the NAC Riser and must be calculated accordingly.
Considerations 2. Wiring distances are limited by wire size and the allowable voltage drop from the fire alarm
(refer to diagram on control panel to the Signal IAM, and then to the farthest notification appliance per branch
page 3) connection. (The Signal IAM voltage drop is considered negligible for wiring distance
calculations.)
Mechanical
Dimensions 4” x 4-1/8” x 1-1/4” D (102 mm x 105 mm x 32 mm)
Temperature Range 32° to 120° F (0° to 49° C) indoor operation only
Humidity Range Up to 93% RH at 100° F (38° C)
Additional Information
Product Document Product Document Product Document
Installation Instructions 579-670 4003EC Voice/Audio Panel S4003-0002 4010ES Control Panel S4010-0004
4100ES Basic S4100-0031 4090-9116 IDNet Isolator S4090-0005 4010ES Control Panel
S4010-0006
4100ES Audio S4100-0034 4098-9793 Isolator Base S4098-0025 (International)
4007ES Hybrid S4007-0001 4008 Control Panel S4008-0001
2 S4090-0010-8 12/2014
One-Line Wiring Reference
IDNet
Horn wiring
I
Strobe
(V/O)
Area 3 I
IDNet communicatio
and NAC source
4100ES, 4010ES,
4007ES, 4008, or 410
3 S4090-0010-8 12/2014
Mounting Information
Signal IAM
Mounting Bo
4" square cover plate, required dept
RACO 752 or equal
(by others) Minimum dep
Extended dep
(38 mm) exte
Light pipe f
4-9/16"
(116 mm)
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Features
Individual Addressable Relay Module (Relay IAM):
A single addressable point provides control and status
tracking of separate, 8 A Normally Open (Form A, NO)
and 8 A Normally Closed (Form B, NC) contacts
Low power latching relay design allows IDNet
communications to supply both data and module power
Operation upon loss and restoration of communications
is switch selectable to either reset the output relays to
normal or to keep them latched in the selected state
For use with following Simplex® control panels:
Model Series 4007ES, 4008, 4010, 4010ES, 4100ES,
and 4100U fire alarm control panels for IDNet
communications
Compact construction: 4090-9010 8 A IDNet Relay IAM Package
Mounts in standard 4” (102 mm) square electrical box, (shown approximately 1/2 size)
optional adapter bracket is available to mount in a
4 11⁄16” square electrical box
Screw terminals for wiring connections Specifications
Visible LED flashes to indicate communications, can be IDNet communications, 1 address per
selected at panel to indicate activated state Communications
device
Optional 4” square box covers are available to allow Relay IAM Power Supplied by IDNet communications
LED to be viewed after installation
Installation
579-1063
UL listed to Standard 864 Instructions
Contact Ratings* (not rated for incandescent switching)
Description
Type Separate contacts; 1, NO and 1, NC
8 A Relay IAMs allow fire alarm control panels to Maximum Voltage
control a remotely located NO and NC contact using 250 VAC or 30 VDC
Ratings
IDNet addressable communications for both data and
8 A, resistive
module power. Typical applications would be for Current Ratings
switching local power for control functions such as 3.5 A, inductive at 0.35 PF
elevator capture, or control of HVAC components, * Provide circuit fusing and transient suppression as
pressurization fans, dampers, etc. Relay status is also required per application. DC inductive loads can typically
communicated requiring only one device address. be diode suppressed; 120/240 VAC loads may require RC
networks or varistors, depending on device type. Refer to
Installation Instructions for additional information.
Product Selection
Screw terminals for in/out wiring,
Wire Connections
Model Description 18 to 14 AWG wire (0.82 to 2.08 mm2)
4090-9010 8 A Relay IAM Up to 2500 ft (762 m) from control
panel
Optional Trim Plates and Adapter IDNet
Up to 10,000 ft (3048 m) total wiring
Communications
Model Description distance (including T-Taps)
Wiring Reference
For semi-flush Trim plate, galvanized Compatible with Simplex 2081-9044
4090-9801
mounted box steel, with LED viewing Overvoltage Protectors
For surface window; includes 4 ⅛” H x 4” W x 1 ⅜” D
4090-9802 mounting screws Dimensions
mounted box (105 mm x 102 mm x 35 mm)
Adapter plate to fit 4 11⁄16” (119 mm) square Mounting Plate Sheet metal, galvanized
4090-9813
electrical box
Temperature 32° to 120° F (0° to 49° C),
Range intended for indoor operation
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing Humidity Range Up to 93% RH at 100° F (38° C)
7300-0026:0311 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in
this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product
supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are
the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
S4090-0015-1 11/2014
8 A Relay IAM Mounting Information
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.
Features
Auto-aligning reflective beam smoke detector
system with on-board IDNet addressable
communications:
Compatible with Simplex® 4007ES, 4010ES, and
4100ES fire alarm control panels
Simplex addressable beam smoke detectors add IDNet
communications to the proven FireRay 5000 Series
beam smoke detection system
Communicates status information, and receives
commands and sensitivity threshold selection from the Addressable Beam Detector Head
host fire alarm control panel
Photoelectric transmitter and receiver are
combined in a single, compact housing:
Connect up to two remote detector heads to one ground
level controller
An infrared beam is reflected from a matching prism
with the reflected light analyzed by an on-board
microprocessor
Operating range covers 26 ft, 3 inches to 330 ft
(8 m to 100 m)
Modular design with easyfit mounting system and
LASER assisted prism mounting provides convenient
mounting and adjustment
Auto-Align beam alignment operation conveniently
rotates beam to align to the prism center during
installation Addressable Beam Control Station
AutoOptimise operation automatically maintains
alignment for reliable operation Applications:
Listed to UL 268 and ULC-S529 Large open areas such as warehouses, hotel atriums,
industrial plants, and school gymnasiums
On-board microprocessor controlled operation
includes: Public areas where cosmetics are of prime importance
Ground level system controller with LCD and detector heads need to be small and unobtrusive
Operating voltage range of 14 to 36 VDC (shopping malls, libraries, theaters, and churches)
Easy setup and alignment with built-in electronic Optional Accessories:
UL/ULC obscuration acceptance test selectable from Detector: adjustment bracket, back box, and cover plate
host control panel Controller back box
Automatic gain control; contamination compensation, Extended prism mounting options
building shift compensation with control and monitoring
of alignment motors, and ability to change delay to Fire Description
and delay to Fault timings Convenient Installation and Alignment. Simplex
Host fire alarm control panel operations include: addressable beam smoke detection provides the proven
Sensitivity selection from 10% to 60% (35% default) FireRay 5000 system features of auto-aligning infrared
Point type selection (fire, latched supervisory, or utility) beam smoke detection combined with IDNet addressable
and set Almost Dirty threshold communications. Once the detector head is installed using
Initiate obscuration test, Reset latched conditions, the easyfit mounting system, an integral laser can be
Enable/Disable, and control of beam head LED activated that is aligned along the optical path of the
Host fire alarm control panel information received infrared beam, allowing the reflective prism to be quickly
includes: located. The Auto-Align beam alignment feature then allows
Smoke status, controller-to-detector communications the reflective prism to be located quickly and accurately.
status, rapid obscuration status (beam blocked), * This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
self-alignment status, almost dirty, excessively dirty, and 7260-0026:377 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this
summary (general) trouble status document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier
for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the
Analog values for signal strength and compensation property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
level (see page 2 for more information)
S4098-0049-3 8/2016
Description (Continued)
AutoOptimise Beam Alignment. The AutoOptimise Communications to the host control panel. The
beam alignment system automatically steers and host fire alarm control panel receives status and numerical
maintains the beam in the optimum position for reliable information from the beam controller to allow remote
performance. The signal is generated in the transmitter investigation of the beam head(s). The beam controller
element and reflected by the prism back to the receiver receives commands and the Smoke and Almost Dirty
element, then analyzed for the presence of smoke. The threshold levels are set from the host control panel.
beam control station determines an alarm condition when Numerical information received includes:
the predetermined level is reached. Alarm threshold levels Signal Strength in % (to compare to alarm threshold level
are set from the host fire alarm control panel. Time to Fire set by host control panel) and Compensation Level
and time to Fault are set at the beam control station. (indication of beam status and dirt accumulation).
Mounting Reference. The maximum distance of the Application Note. Reflective beam smoke detectors
Detector and Reflector from the ceiling must be 10% of may not be suitable for areas with highly reflective
the distance between floor and ceiling. Lateral detection surfaces. Separate transmitter/receiver models may be
may be up to 30 ft (9.144 m) on either side of the beam, required. Refer to NFPA 72 and contact your Simplex
providing a maximum total coverage area of up to 19,800 product representative for additional applications
square feet (60 ft x 330 ft or 18.29 m x 100 m). guidance.
Refer to the Installation Instructions supplied with the
product and to NFPA 72, the National Fire and Signaling
Code for additional installation guidance.
Beam Detector on
Beam Detector on 5000-011 Uni-Box 23901 Prism Reflector
5000-005 Alignment Bracket
2 S4098-0049-3 8/2016
Product Selection and Ordering Information
Addressable Beam Detector Selection
Model Description Dimensions
9 ¼” H x 7 ⅞” W x 2 13⁄16” D
IDNet Communications Addressable Reflective Auto Align Beam Controller
(235 mm x 200 mm x 71 mm)
Smoke Detector System;
5 9⁄32” H x 5 5⁄16 ” W x 5 9⁄32” D
4098-9019 Includes: one 4098-9020 controller, one 5000-031 detector head, and Head
(135 mm x 134 mm x 132 mm)
one 23901 prism reflector;
For control of up to two detector heads 4 ⅛” x 3 15⁄16” x ⅜” D
Prism
(105 mm x 100 mm x 9.5 mm)
IDNet Communications Addressable Reflective Auto Align Beam Smoke Detector
9 ¼” H x 7 ⅞” W x 2 13⁄16” D
4098-9020 Controller only, for upgrade or replacement; select detector head(s) and prism
(235 mm x 200 mm x 71 mm)
reflector(s) separately as required;
Beam Detector Heads, Prisms, and Accessories
Ordering
Description Dimensions
Number*
Additional Detector Head and Prism, select up to 1 additional head per 4098-9019 5 ⁄32” H x 5 5⁄16 ” W x 5 9⁄32” D
9
5000-031
System (135 mm x 134 mm x 132 mm)
5000 Series Detector Uni-Box back box includes: hinged cover plate, conduit knock-
7 ⅛” square x 2 1⁄16” D
outs on all sides, captive screw lock on cover plate, universal back plate mounting
5000-011 (181 mm x 52 mm)
holes, and cover plate mounting holes for optional 1000-018 wire cage; box may be
(including cover plate)
surface or flush mounted
Detector Cover Plate for mounting 5000 Series Detector to a double gang electrical 6 7⁄16” square (164 mm)
5000-012
box, surface or flush mount with 3⁄16” lip (5 mm)
Alignment Bracket for detector or prism, surface mount; pivots for accurate 5 ¼” square footprint x 2 13⁄16” D
5000-005
alignment, order detector and prism parts separately (134 mm x 71 mm)
Alignment Bracket for detector or prism, surface mount; provides 360° rotation plus 3 27⁄32” H x 3 29⁄32” W
5000-201
130° adjustment for accurate alignment, order detector and prism parts separately (98 mm x 99.5 mm)
Controller Back Box, surface or flush mount; mounts to single gang, double gang, or 8 7⁄16” H x 7 7⁄16” W x 1 ¾” D
5000-009
4” square box for surface mounting (214 mm x 189 mm x 45 mm)
10 5⁄16” H x 8 ¾” W
5000-010 Controller Back Box Semi-Flush Mount Trim Plate (for 5000-009 box)
(263 mm x 222 mm)
Prism Wall Mount Bracket; mounts a single prism, for up to 160 ft (49 m); or four 11 3⁄16” x 8 5⁄16” x ½” D
5000-006
prisms, for 160 ft to 330 ft (49 m to 100 m); prisms are ordered separately (284 mm x 211 mm x 13 mm)
Single Prism Alignment Adapter, mounts on 5000-005 Alignment Bracket; order
5000-008 4” square (102 mm)
Prism and Alignment Bracket separately
Four Prism Alignment Adapter, mounts on 5000-005 Alignment Bracket; order
5000-007 8” square (204 mm)
Prisms and 5000-005 Alignment Bracket separately
23901.01 Replacement Prism Reflector
5000-004 Long Range Prism Kit; provides three, 23901 Prisms for distances between 160 ft and 330 ft (50 m to 100 m)
5000-014 Ceiling Pendant Mounting Bracket
1000-018 Protective Wire Cage for 5000 Series Detector Heads
1000-019 Protective Wire Cage for 5000 Series Controllers
* Internal Ordering Note: These products can be found in Job Design under Fire Fighting Enterprises, OP category OPFFE.
Controller Display Detail Reference
3 S4098-0049-3 8/2016
Specifications
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Features
IDNet or MAPNET II addressable communications
supply both data and power over a single wire pair
to provide**:
Supervised Class B monitoring of normally open, dry
contacts - IDNET IN +
+IDNET IN -
S4090-0001-12 8/2016
Operation Current Limited Operation Applications
Contact Closure. Closure of the monitored contact(s) For use with IDNet communications only, these
initiates an alarm or other response as programmed at the IAMs can provide quad-state sensing of normal, open
fire alarm control panel. An open in the monitored circuit circuit, short circuit, and current limited conditions.
wiring will cause a trouble to be reported. (Program type is “T-sense.”) With the proper end-of-line
and current limiting resistors, dual functions such as
Panel Selections. Selections can be made at the control
tamper switch and waterflow switch monitoring can be
panel to maintain the alarm condition if the initiating
determined and communicated by a single addressable
device contacts are momentary, such as from a
point.
rate-of-rise heat detector, or to track the device contact
status (not available with the 2120 CDT).
Mounting bracket, mounts IAM to electrical box and provides screw holes for trim plate, required for optional trim
4090-9810
plates
Specifications
Electrical
Power and Communications MAPNET II or IDNet, auto selected, 1 address per IAM
Input Requirements Normally open, dry contacts
Screw terminals for in/out wiring, 18 to 14 AWG wire
4090-9001
Wire Connections (0.82 mm2 to 2.08 mm2)
4090-9051 Color coded wire leads, 18 AWG (0.82 mm2), 8” long (203 mm)
Installation Instructions 574-331 for 4090-9001; 579-572 for 4090-9051
Reference Documents
Field Wiring Diagrams 842-073 for IDNet operation; 841-804 for MAPNET II operation
Wiring Distances
500 ft (152 m) maximum without protectors
Distance from IAM to Contacts
400 ft (122 m) maximum with 2081-9044 Overvoltage Protectors
Wiring Distance Reference per channel, MAPNET II or 2500 ft (762 m) maximum from fire alarm control panel
IDNet Communications 10,000 ft (3048 m) maximum total wiring distance (including T-Taps)
Mechanical
4090-9001 1-9/16” W x 1-3/4” H x 1-1/4” D (40 mm x 44 mm x 32 mm)
Dimensions
4090-9051 1-9/16” W x 1-9/16” H x 9/16” D (40 mm x 40 mm x 14 mm)
Housing Material, 4090-9001 Black thermoplastic
Encapsulation Material, 4090-9051 Epoxy, beige
Temperature Range 32° to 158° F (0° to 70° C); intended for indoor operation
Humidity Range Up to 93% RH at 100° F (38° C)
2 S4090-0001-12 8/2016
Mounting Information
- IDNET
LED viewing port
IN +
+IDNET IN -
Single gang blank cover plate and mounting screws, for use when
LED is not required to be externally viewed (supplied by others)
4-1/4" 4-1/2"
(108 mm) (114 mm)
2-1/2" 2-13/16"
(64 mm) (72 mm)
4090-9810 Mounting
4090-9806, Trim plate for 4090-9807, Trim plate for
bracket, ordered
semi-flush mounted box surface mounted box
separately
2 S4090-0001-12 8/2016
4090-9051 Mounting Information
Address setting is
at rear of housing
4090-9051
Encapsulated
Supervised IAM
LISTED
SIGNALING
DEVICE
ISSUE NO.
Features
S4090-0003-4 11/2014
Product Selection
ZAM Modules
Model Description
Zone Adapter Module for Class B monitoring of 2-wire or 4-wire initiating devices; with power reset
4090-9101
connections for 4-wire devices
4090-9106 Zone Adapter Module for Class A monitoring of 2-wire initiating devices
4098-9407
4098-9408
Electronic heat detectors 2098-9211 20
4098-9409
4098-9410
NOTES:
1. Four-wire detector operation is compatible with conventional listed contact closure initiating devices.
2. Four-wire detectors require detector voltage to be connected to resettable power terminals.
3. Refer to installation instructions 574-183 and field wiring diagram 842-073 for additional information.
4. Contact your local Simplex product supplier for additional compatible devices.
2 S4090-0003-4 11/2014
ZAM Mounting Information
4090-9101/9106 ZAM
4-9/16" 4-5/16"
(116 mm) (109 mm)
3 S4090-0003-4 11/2014
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.
Features
Dual Contact Relay IAM (Individual Addressable
Module):
A single addressable point provides control and status
tracking of two, 2 A Form “C” contacts
Low power latching relay design allows IDNet or
MAPNET II communications to supply both data and
module power
Relay is set to OFF on initial power up and upon loss of
IDNet or MAPNET II communications
For use with following Simplex control panels:
Model Series 4007ES, 4010ES, 4100ES, and 4100U fire
alarm control panels for IDNet communications
Model Series 4100/4100U/4100ES, 4120, 4020, and
2120 Communicating Device Transponders (CDTs) 4090-9008 Dual Contact Relay IAM
equipped with MAPNET II communications (shown approximately 1/2 size)
Compact construction:
Mounts in standard 4” (102 mm) square electrical box, Specifications
optional adapter bracket is available to mount in a
4 11⁄16” square electrical box IDNet or MAPNET II communications,
Communications
Screw terminals for wiring connections 1 address per device
Visible LED flashes to indicate communications, can be Power Supplied by communications
selected at panel to indicate activated state Installation
579-1040
Instructions
Optional 4” square box covers are available to allow
LED to be viewed after installation IDNet Firmware Requires 3.12.04 or higher
Contact Ratings* (not rated for incandescent switching)
UL listed to Standard 864
Dual Form C contacts (DPDT) with
Type terminal block access to Common,
Description N.O., and N.C for each contact
Dual Contact Relay IAMs allow fire alarm control 2 A @ 30 VDC, resistive from listed
Power-Limited fire alarm
panels to control two remotely located Form “C” contact 1 A @ 30 VDC, inductive supply
using IDNet or MAPNET II addressable communications
for both data and module power. Typical applications Nonpower-Limited 0.5 A @ 125 VAC, resistive
would be for switching local power for control functions Each contact common is fused with a
Relay Fusing
such as elevator capture, or control of HVAC components, 2 A fast acting non-time delay fuse
pressurization fans, dampers, etc. Relay status is also * Provide external transient suppression as required per
communicated requiring only one device address. application. DC inductive loads can typically be diode
suppressed; 120 VAC loads may require RC networks or
Product Selection varistors, depending on device type.
Refer to Installation Instructions for additional information.
Model Description
4090-9008 Dual Contact Relay IAM Screw terminals for in/out wiring,
Wire Connections
18 to 14 AWG wire (0.82 to 2.08 mm2)
Optional Adapter Plates Up to 2500 ft ( 762 m) from control
Model Description
IDNet or panel
Adapter plate to fit 4 11⁄16” (119 mm) square MAPNET II Up to 10,000 ft ( 3048 m) total wiring
4090-9813
electrical box Communications distance (including T-Taps)
For semi-flush Optional trim plate for 4” Wiring Reference Compatible with Simplex 2081-9044
4090-9801
mounted box boxes with LED viewing Overvoltage Protectors
For surface window, includes mounting 4 ⅛” H x 4” W x 1 ⅜” D
4090-9802 screws; galvanized steel Dimensions
mounted box (105 mm x 102 mm x 35 mm)
Mounting Plate Sheet metal, galvanized
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing Temperature 32° to 120° F (0° to 49° C),
7300-0026:0311 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in Range intended for indoor operation
this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product
supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are Humidity Range Up to 93% RH at 100° F (38° C)
the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
S4090-0014-3 11/2014
Dual Contact Relay IAM Mounting Information
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.
Features
Individually addressable manual fire alarm
stations with:
Power and data supplied via IDNet or MAPNET II
addressable communications using a single wire pair
Operation that complies with ADA requirements
Visible LED indicator that flashes during
communications and is on steady when the station has
4099-9021 4099-9805
been activated 4099-9004
NO GRIP NO GRIP
The NO GRIP Single Action Station and Retrofit Kit Single action
Single action Retrofit kit
are available with a more easily operated pull lever for
applications where anticipated users may find the
standard station lever difficult to activate FIRE ALARM FIRE ALARM
Pull lever that protrudes when alarmed
PUSH
Break-rod supplied (use is optional)
PULL DOWN
Models are available with single or double action KEY
(breakglass or push) operation OPERATED
UL listed to Standard 38
ONLY
2 S4099-0005-1 8/2016
Addressable Manual Stations Surface Mounting
FIR
FIRE ALARM
E
PULL DOWN
Access for 3/4" threaded
5" conduit located top and bottom
(127 mm)
3 S4099-0005-1 8/2016
Addressable Manual Station, Additional Mounting Information
Addressable
station
8"
(203 mm)
Hole cutout must be a
minimum of 6" H by 5" W
6" (152 mm by 127 mm)
(152
mm)
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire
Alarm and Signaling Code are trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). Lexan is a trademark of the General Electric Co. Wiremold is a trademark of
the Wiremold Company.
Features
Sensor contacts
Monitors compatible 4-20 mA output sensors: for control of local
4-20 mA loop
Interface linear analog sensor data to Simplex® fire area functions
detection panel models 4007ES, 4010ES, and 4100ES Resettable sensor
using IDNet communications, and 4100ES and 4100U power output Compatible
sensor
using either IDNet or MAPNET II communications
Surface mount AMZ
Refer to special note below for additional important
information
Optional
Fire detection panel monitoring and annunciation:
ALA RM
* Refer to listings compatibility chart on page 2. CSFM listing is not applicable for this
product. This product was not FM approved as of revision date. Additional listings may be ** Depicted sensor location is for illustration only. Refer to specific sensor requirements for
applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and proper location.
approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection
Products.
S4190-0007-9 11/2014
AMZ Detection Panel Features
Analog Data Access. Real time analog sensor values Calibration Date Recording. Each sensor’s
can be accessed using the front panel interface. Data is calibration date can be manually entered for secured
formatted in the specific units being measured. record keeping.
Flexible Sensor Programming. AMZ point types can Data Exporting. Sensor activity pertaining to the three
be designated as Priority 2, Supervisory, Trouble, Latched analog alarm threshold levels can be exported for
Supervisory, or Utility, each with custom label. (For Fire archiving via a Simplex Network using a TrueSite
and Life Safety monitoring, connect to sensor output Workstation or TrueSite Incident Commander.
contacts, refer to diagram on page 4.)
Compatible Sensor Operation
Monitored Communications. By default, the AMZ
provides an “output abnormal” trouble if the monitored Compatible sensors provide a linear output current
sensor produces an output below 4.0 mA or above varying between 4.0 mA and 20.0 mA that represents the
20.0 mA. present analog measurement as predetermined by the
specific sensor. The AMZ monitors the 4-20 mA loop
Three Programmable Threshold Levels. Each
connection and digitally communicates the sensor
AMZ can have up to three separate threshold levels, each
measurement to the panel. With this information, the
with a custom action message.
panel can determine whether a status annunciation is
Custom AMZ Point Types. Up to 100 custom AMZ required and can display the sensor analog level directly
point types can be programmed into a single fire alarm in the appropriate units of measurement.
detection panel. (For Network applications, the Network
The 4-to-20 mA loop is an established analog format
total custom AMZ point type limit is also 100 maximum.)
that is highly reliable and inherently supervised for loop
Custom point types would be required for the same sensor
integrity. For additional monitoring, sensors with “dry”
type but with different threshold values, or for different
trouble contacts can be directly connected to the AMZ’s
sensors with unique characteristics.
supervised trouble input circuit.
Options
Model Description Mounting Connections
2098-9808 Remote LED indicator Single gang stainless steel plate 18 AWG Leads
2 S4190-0007-9 11/2014
AMZ Specifications
Trouble Circuit Output Current 5 mA for monitoring of dry trouble contacts, voltage supplied by the AMZ
2098-9808 LED Annunciator 3 mA
General Specifications
Supervised Trouble Input Dry contact, 29 VDC maximum
Wiring, Sensor Loop and Power 18 AWG twisted pair, or per sensor requirements
Function Current
Basic Operation 30 mA
Sensor Loop (20 mA maximum) +______ mA
Sensor Power (400 mA maximum) +______ mA
Sub Total* = ______ mA
Options
2098-9808 LED (3 mA in alarm) +______ mA
Trouble (5 mA with trouble contact closed) +______ mA
Total* = _______ mA
3 S4190-0007-9 11/2014
AMZ Remote Location Mounting Information
+1
-1
24V
+2
-2
24VC
Optional
+3
-3
ALA RM +4
NC COM NO
OUTPUT 1
-4
remote LED
IDNet+
NC COM NO
OUTPUT 2
IDNet-
ON
IDNet communications
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.
Features
Remote LCD annunciator for use with Simplex®
model:
4100ES and 4100U fire alarm control panels
Legacy products 4100, 4120, and 4020 fire alarm control FIRE
ALARM
PRIORITY 2
ALARM
SYSTEM
SUPERVISORY
SYSTEM
TROUBLE
POWER
ON
ALARM
SILENCED
Model Description
4603-9101 Remote LCD Annunciator with beige trim
Remote LCD Annunciator with beige trim, with French
4603-9101CF Refer to specifications on page 3 for
keypad for Canada
additional details
4603-9111 Brushed stainless steel trim option
2975-9206 Matching surface mount box; ivory finish
Overvoltage protector; required where annunciator communications and power wiring exits and enters a
2081-9044
building; refer to data sheet S2081-0016 for details
DISPLAY TIME
displays time of last
occurrence of event
list being displayed;
FIRE PRIORITY 2 SYSTEM SYSTEM POWER ALARM
ALARM ALARM SUPERVISORY TROUBLE ON SILENCED
DISPLAY
or displays current
TIME time when viewing
system status
ALARM ALARM SUPV TBL ALARM SYSTEM
information
ACK ACK ACK ACK SILENCE RESET
2 S4603-0001-14 8/2016
4603-9101 LCD Annunciator Specifications
3 S4603-0001-14 8/2016
Mounting Information
Note: Review box choice with assembly layout before selecting conduit
entrance location to allow easy access to terminals
Trim plate
Terminal block
access at rear of
assembly, this side
Wiring Reference
Wiring Notes:
1. Communications require a single 18 AWG twisted pair.
2. Power requires two, 18 to 12 AWG wires for 24 VDC system power,
plus Earth Ground to each electrical box.
3. Refer to Installation Instructions 579-979 for additional wiring
specifications.
FIRE PRIORITY 2 SYSTEM SYSTEM POWER ALARM FIRE PRIORITY 2 SYSTEM SYSTEM POWER ALARM
DISPLAY DISPLAY
SILENCED TIME SILENCED TIME
ALARM ALARM SUPERVISORY TROUBLE ON ALARM ALARM SUPERVISORY TROUBLE ON
ALARM ALARM SUPV TBL ALARM SYSTEM ALARM ALARM SUPV TBL ALARM SYSTEM
ACK ACK ACK ACK SILENCE RESET ACK ACK ACK ACK SILENCE RESET
Features
S4606-0001-8 8/2016
Product Selection
Model Description
4606-9101 Remote LCD Annunciator with beige trim
4603-9111 Brushed stainless steel trim option Refer to specifications on page 3
2975-9206 Matching surface mount box; ivory finish for additional details
4081-9011 Line matching resistor harness; 100 , 1/2 W; (reference no. 733-974)
Overvoltage protector; required where annunciator communications and power wiring exits and enters a
2081-9044
building; refer to data sheet S2081-0016 for details
2 S4606-0001-8 8/2016
4606-9101 LCD Annunciator Specifications
General Operating Specifications (refer to Installation Instructions 579-978 for additional information)
Voltage 18 to 32 VDC, system supplied
Normal Operating Current 110 mA (with LED backlighting on)
65 mA (during battery backup, LED backlighting is turned off after 30 seconds
Battery Standby Current
without switch activity)
Alarm Current 140 mA maximum (LED backlighting is on and tone-alert is sounding)
Operating Temperature Range 32° to 120° F (0° to 49° C)
Operating Humidity Range Up to 93% RH, non-condensing at 100° F (38° C)
Communications
Type N2 external annunciator communications line
For 4010 Panels*
Capacity Up to 6 annunciator modules total, 4606-9101 or 4605 series, 24 point I/O modules
Type N2 communications format but with different capacity
For 4006 & 4008
Panels* Up to 4 annunciator modules total; compatible with 4606-9101, 4610-9111, and
Capacity
door mounted LED annunciator
Data Single twisted, shielded pair, 18 AWG (0.82 mm2)
Wiring
Requirements 18 to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2) wires for 24 VDC system power and Earth
Power and Earth
ground for electrical box (ground per local code)
Up to 4000 ft (1219 m); 0.58 µF (580 nF) maximum capacitance; 35 maximum
Bus-style wiring
Distance resistance
“T-Tap” wiring Up to 10,000 ft (3048 m) total wiring; up to 2500 ft (762 m) to farthest device
Line Matching Bus-style wiring Connect one at panel and one at end of line 100 , 1/2 W; PID 4081-9011;
Resistor “T-Tap” wiring Connect one at panel and one at farthest device (part number 733-974)
Mounting Information
Trim Dimensions 4 ½” H x 11 13⁄16” W (114 mm x 300 mm)
Assembly Depth 1 5⁄16” (33 mm), 1 ½” at terminal block location (38 mm)
Standard Trim Finish Steel, painted beige
Brushed stainless steel (ordered separately); supplied with both slotted and tamper
4603-9111, Optional Trim
resistant screws
Boxes for Masonry boxes Six-gang box, Steel City GW-635-G, 3 ½” (89 mm) deep or equal
Flush
Single gang boxes Six, single gang boxes, 3 ½” (89 mm) deep minimum, RACO # 590 or equal
Mounting
(supplied by Conduit entrance is box dependent, refer to additional mounting information on
Box selection note
others) page 4 and Installation Instructions 579-978
* Refer to control panel data sheets S4010-0001, S4006-0001, and S4008-0001 for additional information.
3 S4606-0001-8 8/2016
Mounting Information
Note: Review box choice with assembly layout before selecting conduit
entrance location to allow easy access to terminals
Trim plate
Terminal block
access at rear of
assembly, this side
Wiring Reference
Interconnection Wiring Notes:
1. Communications require a single 18 AWG twisted, shielded pair.
2. Power requires two, 18 to 12 AWG wires for 24 VDC system power,
plus Earth Ground to each electrical box.
3. Refer to Installation Instructions 579-978 for additional information.
FIRE ALARM
To other RUI devices
CONTROL
** SYSTEM IS NORMAL **
12:25:15pm Tue10-Jul-12
FI RE SYSTEM SYSTEM ALARM AC
ALARM SUPERVISORY TROUBLE SILENCED POWER
DISCONNECT
POWER BEFORE
SERVICING
FIRE SYSTEM SYSTEM POWER ALARM FIRE SYSTEM SYS TEM ALARM POWER CONTROL
ALARM SUPERVISORY TROUBLE ON SILENCED ALARM SUPERVISORY TROUBLE SILENCED ON ENABLE
4010/4006/4008 Fire Alarm Control Panel FIRE SYSTEM SYSTEM ALARM POWER CONTROL
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.
Features
LED backlighting
Control switches and status LEDs for:
Alarm, Priority 2, Supervisory, or Trouble 4606-9102 LCD Annunciator
acknowledge (keyswitch access controlled)
Alarm silence, System reset
Description (Continued)
Three programmable control switches with yellow
LEDs and provisions for custom labeling Indications. Alarm, Priority 2, Supervisory, and Trouble
Additional features: conditions are also indicated by dedicated LEDs and a
tone-alert audible indication. Each condition has a
Information is transmitted over a single unshielded dedicated acknowledge push-button switch that silences
twisted pair; separate wiring is required for 24 VDC
the tone-alert but leaves the LED on until all conditions in
control panel power (see p. 3 for more information)
that category are restored to normal.
Tone-alert sounder provides local audible indication
Activity Scrolling. Repeated operation of the
Lamp and LCD are functionally tested each time the
appropriate acknowledge switch will scroll the LCD
keyswitch is turned on
display showing activity in the sequence of occurrence.
Mounts flush on standard 6-gang electrical box The internal tone-alert also sounds to indicate the
Up to up to 20 internal and external card addresses per operation of any of the push-button switches.
4010ES fire alarm control panel
Mounting and trim options (ordered separately, Operation
see page 3 for more details):
Keyswitch Access. All switches on the annunciator are
Surface mount box model 2975-9206 controlled by the “ENABLE” keyswitch with a key that is
Brushed stainless steel trim model 4603-9111 removable only in the disabled position. A brief
Lamp/LCD test is performed whenever the keyswitch is
changed from enabled to disabled.
Description
Enabled Operations. When enabled, notification
Local Annunciation. 4606-9102 LCD Annunciator appliances can be deactivated by pressing the “ALARM
allows 4010ES fire alarm control panels to provide SILENCE” switch. Pressing the “SYSTEM RESET”
information and control switches at convenient locations switch restores the system to normal operation. When
away from the control panel. The LCD is an 80 character, system activity is normal, the LCD displays the time,
back-lit, alphanumeric display with information presented date, and “SYSTEM IS NORMAL.”
in clear and descriptive English. Typical content includes:
point status (alarm, trouble, etc.), alarm type (smoke
detector, manual station, etc.), number of system alarms,
supervisory conditions, troubles, and custom location
labels up to 40 characters long.
Communications. Data communications require a
single unshielded twisted pair that supports other
annunciators on the same communications channel. * This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
7300-0026:0370 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in
this document. It is subject to re-examination, revision, and possible cancellation. NYC Fire
Dept COA #6095. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product
supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are
the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
S4606-0002-7 8/2016
Product Selection
Model Description
Remote LCD Annunciator with beige trim for use with 4010ES fire
4606-9102
alarm control panels
4603-9111 Brushed stainless steel trim option Refer to specifications on page 3
for additional details
4610-9111CA
2975-9206 Matching surface mount box; ivory finish
Overvoltage protector; required where annunciator communications and power wiring exits and enters a
2081-9044
building; refer to data sheet S2081-0016 for details
2 S4606-0002-7 8/2016
4606-9102 LCD Annunciator Specifications
General Operating Specifications (refer to Installation Instructions 579-977 for additional information)
Voltage 18 to 32 VDC, system supplied
Normal Operating Current 110 mA (with LED backlighting on)
65 mA (during battery backup, LED backlighting is turned off after 30 seconds
Battery Standby Current
without switch activity)
Alarm Current 140 mA maximum (LED backlighting is on and tone-alert is sounding)
Operating Temperature Range 32° to 120° F (0° to 49° C)
Operating Humidity Range Up to 93% RH, non-condensing at 100° F (38° C)
Communications
RUI (Remote Unit Interface) external annunciator communications line SLC
Type
For 4010ES Panels* (signaling line circuit)
Capacity Up to 20 total internal and external card addresses
Wiring Requirements
Standard Wiring Type Unshielded twisted pair (UTP), 18 AWG (0.82 mm2) for most applications, see below
0.58 µF (580 nF) maximum capacitance between conductors; 35 maximum total
Wiring Characteristics
line resistance
1. Wiring that leaves the building. Also requires Isolated Loop Circuit Protectors on
each end, refer to data sheet S2081-0007 for 2081-9027 (200 mA), or
Wiring Applications S2081-0008 for 2081-9028 (5 A)
RUI Data Requiring Shielded, 2. Wiring run in 500 ft (152 m) or more of conduit.
Twisted Pair (STP) 3. Wiring closely bundled with standard IDNet communications or TrueAlert
addressable communications (not required when run with IDNet+
communications).
Class B “T-Tap” wiring
Up to 10,000 ft (3048 m) total wiring; up to 2500 ft (762 m) to farthest device
distance
Class X wiring distance Up to 2500 ft (762 m)
Power Wiring 18 to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2) wires for 24 VDC system power
A dedicated earth ground connection to the electrical box is required for proper ESD
Earth Wiring and EMI protection; wire in accordance with NFPA 70 (National Electrical Code)
Article 250
Mounting Information
Trim Dimensions 4 ½” H x 11 13⁄16” W (114 mm x 300 mm)
Assembly Depth 1 5⁄16” (33 mm), 1 ½” at terminal block location (38 mm)
Standard Trim Finish Steel, painted beige
Brushed stainless steel (ordered separately); supplied with both slotted and tamper
4603-9111, Optional Trim
resistant screws
Boxes for Masonry boxes Six-gang box, Steel City GW-635-G, 3 ½” (89 mm) deep or equal
Flush
Single gang boxes Six, single gang boxes, 3 ½” (89 mm) deep minimum, RACO # 590 or equal
Mounting
(supplied Conduit entrance is box dependent, refer to Installation Instructions 579-977 for
Box selection note
separately) additional mounting information and conduit entry requirements
* Refer to the 4010ES control panel data sheet for additional panel information.
3 S4606-0002-7 8/2016
Mounting Information
Wiring Reference
ALARMS
Fire Al arm Priori ty 2 Alarm
SYSTEM WARNINGS
Supervi sory Trouble Alarm Sil enced
AC Power
ABC
ZONE
1
JK L
FB
4
ST U
7
P
D EF
SIG
2
MN O
IO
5
VW X
8
A
GHI
AUX
3
PQ R
IDNet
6
YZ /
9
L
To other RUI devices
'SP' ( ) , 0:
Fire Al arm Priori ty 2 Supv Troubl e Alarm System
NET ADDR
Ack Ack Ack Ack Si lence Reset
0 DEL
Event More
Enter C/Exit
Time I nfo Previous
Menu
On Next
Enabl e
Arm
Off Lamp
Di sabl e Auto
Disarm Test
FIRE PRIORITY 2 SYSTEM SYSTEM POWER ALARM FIRE PRIORITY 2 SYSTEM SYSTEM POWER ALARM
ALARM ALARM SUPERVISORY TROUBLE ON SILENCED ALARM ALARM SUPERVISORY TROUBLE ON SILENCED
DISPLAY DISPLAY
TIME TIME
ALARM ALARM SUPV TBL ALARM SYSTEM ALARM ALARM SUPV TBL ALARM SYSTEM
ACK ACK ACK ACK SILENCE RESET ACK ACK ACK ACK SILENCE RESET
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. National Electrical Code and NFPA are
registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Features
2975-9463 Red Semi-flush mount metal box adapter for above annunciators; use
12 ¼” W x 4 ½” H x 1 ¾” D
for mounting on existing 2-gang, 4-gang, 6-gang, or 4” (102 mm)
2975-9464 Platinum (311 mm x 114 mm x 44 mm)
square flush mounted boxes
* Models with (BA) are available assembled in the USA by adding the suffix “BA”.
Suppression Products
Note: Suppression is required where annunciator communications and power wiring exits and enters a building
Model Description Additional Reference
2081-9044 Overvoltage Protector, rated for up to 200 mA; use for RUI communications Data Sheet S2081-0016
Isolated Loop Circuit Protector (ILCP), rated for 5 A maximum; use for 24 VDC
2081-9028 Data Sheet S2081-0008
power wiring when above 200 mA
Operator Information
2 S4606-0003-2 1/2017
Specifications
Operator Screen Reference (shown approximately full size, refer to page 4 for additional screen reference)
3 S4606-0003-2 1/2017
Operator Screen Reference
Main Menu Screen provides easy navigation to the function System Alarm Screen identifies active alarms with custom
required. Buttons A, B, and C have programmable functions. labels displayed, arrows allow navigation through the list
System Trouble Screen identifies active troubles with Trouble Log Screen allows review of past troubles with
custom labels displayed, arrows allow navigation through time stamp and point details shown.
the list
Point Information Screen allows review of point details, User Access Login Screen controls access to panel
arrows allow navigation through the information. operations as determined per panel.
4 S4606-0003-2 1/2017
Mounting Information
Wiring Reference
5 S4606-0003-2 1/2017
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. National Electrical Code and NFPA are
registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
points per module with each point selectable as either an 4606-9101 LCD Annunciator
input or an output (shown for reference)
Four input switch types are supported:
Unsupervised switch connection Internally mounted 24 Point I/O Module
Supervised for open to switch circuit
Supervised for open or short to switch circuit N
SOUTH
STAIR DC
MANUAL
STATION
WT
WT S WT
CAMERA 1
Momentary or maintained
HEAT SENSOR OFFICE ROOM ROOM
WF 2 16 17
TS
NORTH
STAIR DC
Outputs:
Rated 24 V at 75 mA each for operation of relays,
Custom Graphic Annunciator Panel
incandescent lamps, or current limited LEDs
Selectable for continuous on, or slow or fast flash Data and
power wiring
Modules communicate with the 4010 control
panel using N2 serial communications:
Up to six total annunciators are supported
Compatible annunciators include the 24 I/O module, the
FIRE ALARM
S4010-0002-5 2/2006
Packaging Description
Mounting options include a module only package, Annunciation Flexibility. Up to six, N2
module (or multiple modules) mounted on a plate suitable communications modules may be connected to the 4010
for installation in separately purchased cabinets, modules N2 external annunciator communications bus. These
(up to six) mounted in a Simplex cabinet, or as door modules may be either the 4606-9101 LCD annunciator
mounted 24 LED annunciators for use on the 4010 or the 24 Point I/O module.
cabinet.
4010-9101C* English ULC Listed 4010 Fire Alarm Control Panel with: Beige 24 LED Annunciator door, beige
cabinet, 120 VAC input power supply/battery charger, IDNet interface, 4 NACs, 2 auxiliary
relays, and external N2 communications interface; refer to data sheet S4010-0001 for control
4010-9101CF* French
panel details
24 LED Annunciator Doors for Aftermarket Add-On to Existing Panels (ordered separately)
Model Description Dimensions
4010-9860** Beige Door with 24 LED Annunciator and dress panel;
4010-9860CAF** CAF suffix selects French 22” H x 18” W x 1-23/32”D
(559 mm x 457 mm x 44 mm)
4010-9861** Red Door with 24 LED Annunciator and dress panel
* These products are ULC listed only as of document revision date.
** As of document revision date, 4010-9860 and 4010-9861 are UL, ULC, and CSFM listed, and FM approved only (see CSFM listing
7170-0026:226); 4010-9860CAF is ULC listed and FM approved only.
2 S4010-0002-5 2/2006
Specifications
* For total current, add outputs and supervisory current to module current.
20-3/4"
(527 mm)
Depth =
4-1/4"
(108 mm)
3 S4010-0002-5 2/2006
24 LED Annunciator Door Reference
FIRE ALARM
CONTROL
** SYSTEM IS NORMAL **
12:02:15pm Mon 9-Sep-02
FIRE SYSTEM SYSTEM ALARM AC
ALARM SUPERVISORY TROUBLE SILENCED POW ER
DISCONNECT
POWER BEFORE
SERVICING
Tyco, Simplex, and the Simplex logo are trademarks of Tyco International Services AG or its affiliates in the U.S. and/or other countries.
selectable as either switch inputs or LED outputs 4603-9101 LCD Annunciator (shown for reference, refer
4100-7402, 64 Switch and 64 LED Driver Module to specific control panel for compatible RUI annunciators)
with 32 on-board LED drivers
Internally mounted graphic interface modules
4100-7403, 32 Point LED Driver Modules
4100-7404, 32 Point Switch Input Modules
Module compatibility: SMOKE DETECTOR
CAMERA 1 WATCH
CAMERA 2
TOUR
STATION 1 EXHAUS
SUPPLY T
HEAT SENSOR
4100-7401, 24 Point I/O Graphic Module: 4100-7402, 64/64 LED/Switch Controller Module:
24 Points, selectable as either a switch input or a Support for up to 64 switches and 64 LEDs (switches are
lamp/relay driver output unsupervised)
Switch monitoring includes: unsupervised, supervision Includes 32 LED driver outputs on-board for direct LED
for opens, supervision for opens or shorts, and connection
supervised monitoring of HOA (hand/off/auto) switches Full capacity is achieved by using a 4100-7403, 32 Point
Switches can be momentary or maintained, 2 position or LED Driver Module, and two 4100-7404, 32 Point
3 position, maximum distance is 2500 ft (762 m), or Switch Modules
65 from the module Multiplexed LED drivers provides 40 mA peak, 5 mA
Each LED/lamp/relay driver is rated at 150 mA @ average, 60 Hz rate, 12.5% duty cycle for direct LED
24 VDC per point, inrush is current limited for drive and can be steady on, or slow or fast pulse
compatibility with incandescent bulbs (relays need to be LEDs are supervised for open circuits, LED and switch
diode suppressed at the relay coil) maximum distance is module connections are supervised
600 ft (183 m), or 2 from the module LEDs or switches can be up to 25 ft (7.6 m) or 3 from
LED/lamp/relay driver outputs are supervised for open module
circuits and can be set as on continuous, or pulsed at a
slow or fast rate 4100-7403, 32 Point LED Driver Module:
Additional inputs are included for communicating a Provides an additional 32 LED drivers for use with the
remote power supply trouble and for lamp testing, the 4100-7402 Controller
module can also be configured to provide local LED output is the same as for the 4100-7402
indication of communications loss
4100-7404, 32 Point Switch Module:
NOTE: 4100-7401 is not compatible with installed
Monitors momentary or maintained, 2 or 3 position
Simplex 4020 Series fire alarm control panels
switches
Switch position sampling is multiplexed at a 60 Hz rate,
12.5% duty cycle, 40 mA maximum, 5 mA average
1, 4100-7403, 32 Point
LED Driver,
2 S4100-0005-6 11/2014
Product Selection
Graphic Modules* (select as required, refer to page 2 for panel mounting dimensions)
Model Description Mounting Information
4100-7401 24 Point I/O Graphic Module Mounting is on dedicated mounting plates, up to 3 per plate
3 S4100-0005-6 11/2014
Specifications
Voltage 18.9 to 32 VDC; 24 VDC nominal from fire alarm control panel
Standby and Alarm = 78 mA + all connected LED/lamp/relay currents and all switch currents
Unsupervised mode = 12 mA when closed, per switch
4100-7401,
24 Point I/O Supervised for open circuit mode = 5 mA open, 12 mA closed, per switch
Module Switch current
Supervised for open or short mode = 4 mA open, 8 mA closed, per switch
Current
HOA mode = 12 mA “on”, 8 mA “off”, 4.5 mA center position
Standby = 67 mA + all switch loads
4100-7402,
64/64 LED Alarm = 285 mA with 64 total LEDs on + all switch loads
Switch Controller Switch current = 5 mA average, “up” position, 2.5 mA average, “down” position
Communications RUI (Remote Unit Interface) external annunciator communications line SLC (signaling line circuit)
4100ES & 4100U Up to 31 total remote RUI devices
Capacity Refer to individual control panel and
Per RUI 4010ES Up to 20 internal and external card addresses annunciator data sheets for additional RUI
Output compatibility information
4007ES Up to 10 remote RUI devices
Single, twisted, wire pair (some applications may require shields)
Data
18 AWG (0.82 mm2) Wiring connections are
pluggable terminal
Wiring Power 18 to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2) wires for 24 VDC system power blocks
Requirements Input/Outputs 18 to 14 AWG ( 0.82 mm2 to 2.08 mm2)
A dedicated earth ground connection to the electrical box is required for proper ESD and EMI
Earth
protection; wire in accordance with NFPA 70 (National Electrical Code)
Operating Temperature 32° F to 120° F (0° C to 49° C)
Operating Humidity Up to 93% RH, non-condensing @ 90° F (32° C) maximum
Additional Information Refer to Field Wiring Diagram 841-802
5-1/4”
(133 mm)
Size Reference 2-3/4” (70 mm)
Box extends
1-1/2” (45 mm)
from wall
Door thickness
1-3/4” (64 mm)
Finished wall
surface
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 70 and National Electrical Code
are trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
CONTROL
Red trim plates for 2, 3, or 4 gang sizes ENABLE
ALARM
SILENCE
DESCRIPTION
When used with the Simplex 4004 Fire Alarm Control
panel, these annunciators provide a remote LED status
display of Alarm, Supervisory, and Trouble conditions
with local tone-alert operation. Additionally, the key Three-Gang Plate Assembly
switch enables control of Silence, Acknowledge, and
Reset. The four LED alarm annunciator module is
compatible with the Simplex models 4004 and 4005 fire
alarm control panels as well as most LED drive circuits
Fire Alarm Annunciator
that share a common +24 VDC.
Modules mount into standard 1 1/2” deep gangable
switch boxes with plates available for 2, 3, or 4 gang
applications. Refer to selection chart on page 2.
SPECIFICATIONS
Input Voltage 18-32 VDC, nominal 24 VDC
LED Current 10 mA @ 24 VDC, per LED
Tone-Alert Current 30 mA @ 24 VDC
Dual-Gang Plate Assembly
Control Switch Rating 1 A maximum @ 18-32 VDC
Mounting Plates Red with white lettering
Electrical Box Requirements Standard multi-gang switch
(boxes by others) boxes, 1 1/2” (38 mm) deep
Wiring Terminations Terminal blocks, 22 to 16 AWG
Operating Temperature Range 32° to 120° F (0º to 49º C)
Up to 95% RH, non-condensing * This product was not ULC listed or approved by FM, MEA (NYC), or CSFM as of document
Operating Humidity Range revision date. Additional listings may be applicable, contact Simplex for the latest status.
@ 95° F (35° C)
© 2000 Simplex Time Recorder Co. All rights reserved. S4601-0002-1 7/00
4601 SERIES ANNUNCIATOR PRODUCT INFORMATION
Selection Chart
Model Description Compatibility
Single gang, 4 LED annunciator module with Compatible with most LED drive
4601-9104
labels for local zone identification circuits, 10 mA at 24 VDC, each LED
Model 4004 Fire Alarm Control Panel
System status LEDs, control switch module,
4601-9106 with 4004-9808 Annunciator Interface
and tone-alert, requires 2-gang space
Module
4601-9150 Single gang, blank filler module (black)
4601-9151 Dual-gang cover plate, red
Select to match module choice
4601-9152 Three-gang cover plate, red
4601-9153 Four-gang cover plate, red
Four gang cover plate, 4601-9153 Four LED annunciator module, 4601-9104
TBL SUPV
CONTROL
ENABLE
ACK RST
ALARM
SILENCE
Simplex and the Simplex logo are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Simplex Time Recorder Co.
in the U.S. and/or other countries. S4601-0002-1 7/00
Features
Remote LED status annunciation with available
remote panel input switch control:
Compatible with Simplex® 4005, 4007ES, 4010ES,
4100ES, and 4100U series fire alarm control panels
Also compatible with Simplex legacy panel model series
4002, 4020, 4100, 4120, and Universal Transponders (UT)
Supervised RUI (remote unit interface) communications 4602-9101 Status Command Unit (SCU)
require a single, twisted, shielded wire pair to the fire
alarm control panel (power is supplied via a second wire
pair)
Red zone status LEDs are provided with preprinted zone
numbers or can be individually labeled as desired
LEDs are pluggable for color changing or replacement;
on-board internal pushbutton switch provides LED test
Surface or flush-mount on standard electrical boxes
UL listed to Standard 864 4602-9102 Remote Command Unit (RCU)
SYSTE MANUA
ZONE 4 ZONE 8 RESE ENABL EVA
M L
T E C
options include beige or stainless steel flush mount doors ZONE 1 ZONE 5 ZONE 9 ZONE 13
BEFORE
SERVICING
for use with listed custom graphic annunciator panels; ZONE 4 ZONE 8 ZONE 12 ZONE 16
are provided for LED, switch, and LED test feature ZONE 2 ZONE 6 ZONE 10 ZONE 14
connections ZONE 3
ZONE 4
ZONE 7
ZONE 8
ZONE 11
ZONE 12
ZONE 15
ZONE 16
Description 4602
4602-5001 Select when no 4602-7001 or 4602-6001 modules are to be selected; blank filler plates will be provided
4602-2201 Beige
Flush mount door and trim option; overall dimensions = 16” W x 20” H (406 mm x 508 mm)
4602-2202 Stainless Steel
SCU/RCU Options
Model Description
4602-9110 Eight (8) pluggable Yellow LEDs; for field replacement of standard red LEDs
4602-9112 Zone labels numbered 1 through 64
S4602-0001-16 1/2018
2
Specifications
SCU or RCU
Assembly
S4602-0001-16 1/2018
3
4602-8001 Mounting Reference
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.
Features
Remote LED/Switch annunciator for the Simplex®
4006 and 4008 fire alarm control panels with:
Fire Alarm Annunciator
16 LEDs with functions programmable at the host panel ALARM
ALARM
SILENCED
CONTROL
ACK ENABLE
SILENCE
to indicate specific system conditions and locations LOST COM
LAMP
(Alarm, Supervisory, Trouble, etc.) RESET
TEST
TROUBLE
S4610-0001-1 12/2004
Annunciator Detail View
LOST COM
LAMP
RESET
TEST
TROUBLE
POWER
2 S4610-0001-1 12/2004
Specifications
General Specifications
Annunciator Communications
3 S4610-0001-1 12/2004
Mounting Information
10"
(254 mm)
Cover plate and assembly
mounting screws are supplied
4-1/2"
(114 mm)
2-1/2"
(64 mm)
LED/Switch Assembly
Cover plate
(supplied)
Tyco, Simplex, and the Simplex logo are trademarks of Tyco International Services AG or its affiliates in the U.S. and/or other countries. Wiremold is a trademark of The
Wiremold Company.
Features
MAPNET II ZAMs provide an addressable interface
519-576 A
3333 BAUD RATE 28 VDC
INSTAL..INSTRUC. 575-279
2190-9163 .04A
2190-9161 .04A
INSTAL. INSTRUC. 575-592
2190-9157 .012A
2190-9155 .09A
to conventional fire alarm zone circuit devices**
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
ADDRESS CODE
Control relays (Control ZAM)
These ZAMs are compatible with the following
Simplex® fire alarm control panels when equipped
with MAPNET II communications:
4100/4100U Series fire alarm control panels Signal/Control ZAM
4100 Series Universal Transponders
4120 Series Network node fire alarm control panels
519-576 A
3333 BAUD RATE 28 VDC
INSTAL..INSTRUC. 575-279
2190-9163 .04A
2190-9161 .04A
INSTAL. INSTRUC. 575-592
2190-9157 .012A
2190-9155 .09A
4020 Series fire alarm control panels
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
ADDRESS CODE
Style 4/Class B communications may be wired
either “T” tapped or In/Out
Convenient DIP switch address selection
UL listed to Standard 864
Monitor ZAM
Description
MAPNET II zone adapter modules (ZAMs) provide Description (Continued)
an addressable interface between conventional zone Control ZAMs provide addressable control functions
devices and the host fire alarm control panel. such as elevator capture, HVAC control, pressurization
Monitor ZAMs provide status monitoring and fan control, and damper control. The control relay
supervision of an initiating device circuit (IDC) zone and provides a DPDT contact (contact ratings are shown on
are used for circuits with non-addressable detectors and page 4).
for other contact closures such as waterflow and tamper
switches or non-addressable manual stations. Different General Specifications
models of Monitor ZAMs are available for two-wire IDCs
Supplied by MAPNET II,
Class B, or Class A, and for four-wire IDCs with Class B Communications
24 to 40 VDC with data
IDC input. Each type required a separate 24 VDC input
power from a listed fire alarm power supply. Separate 24 VDC required from
Power
listed fire alarm power supply
Signal ZAMs supervise and operate 24 VDC notification Refer to reference diagrams on
appliances, speakers, and telephone circuits. Output Wiring Information
pages 3 and 4
capacity is up to 2 A @ 24 VDC, or 50 W of 25 VRMS
Screw terminals for in/out wiring,
speakers, or up to three simultaneously activated Wire Connections
18 to 12 AWG wire
firefighter phones. The signal ZAM is available for either
Style Y/Class B or Style Z/Class A operation for Address Means DIP switch, 8 position
notification appliance circuits.
32° F to 120° F (0° C to 49° C)
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
Temperature Range
intended for indoor operation
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
7300-0026:182 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this Humidity Range Up to 85% RH at 86° F (30° C)
document. It is subject to re-examination, revision, and possible cancellation. Additional
listings may be applicable, contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status.
Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Safety ** MAPNET II addressable communications are protected by U.S. Patent No.
Products Westminster. 4,796,025.
S2190-0012-15 5/2010
Product Selection
Zone Adapter Modules, Signal and Control ZAMs (separate 24 VDC power is required)
Model Cover Type Description Supervisory Current Alarm Current
2190-9159 Surface
Signal ZAM, Class A (Style Z) 15 mA @ 24 VDC 65 mA @ 24 VDC
2190-9160 Flush
2190-9161 Surface
Signal ZAM, Class B (Style Y) 15 mA @ 24 VDC
2190-9162 Flush
40 mA @ 24 VDC
2190-9163 Surface
Control Relay ZAM, DPDT Contacts 10 mA @ 24 VDC
2190-9164 Flush
ADDRESS CODE
2 S2190-0012-15 5/2010
Monitor ZAM Reference Wiring Diagram
+ +
24 VDC
-
Class B, Style B
Monitor
2-Wire monitor circuit
ZAM
"T" Tapped +
or IN/OUT MAPNET II -
wiring communications
-
Shield
Monitor Monitor
circuit circuit
+
+
24 VDC Class B/Style Y
- notification appliance
circuit (speakers
shown for reference)
+ -
"T" Tapped or MAPNET II
IN/OUT wiring communications
-
Shield Signal input, audio or phone
Primary
Class A/Style Z
notification
appliance circuit
Return
3 S2190-0012-15 5/2010
Control ZAM Reference Wiring Diagram
Control ZAM
+ N. C. 1
24 VDC
Common 1
-
N.O. 1
+
"T" Tapped or MAPNET II
IN/OUT wiring communications
- N. C. 2
Common 2
Shield
Controlled
device
N.O. 2
Control
Power
2 A @ 28 VDC 1 A @ 28 VDC
Non-Power Limited
1/2 A @ 120 VAC 1/2 A @ 120 VAC
Tyco is a registered trademark of Tyco International Services GmbH and is used under license. Simplex, the Simplex logo, and MAPNET II are trademarks of Tyco International
Ltd. and its affiliates and are used under license.
Features
MAPNET II addressable module providing a
supervised input and a control relay output in one
compact package:
For use with Simplex® fire alarm control panels that
provide MAPNET II addressable communications
Module uses two sequential addressable points with
point designation requiring only one address selection
Low power latching relay design allows MAPNET II
communications to supply both data and module
power
Relay is set to OFF on initial power up and upon loss of
IDNet communications
2190-9173, 2-Point I/O Module
UL listed to Standard 864 (shown approximately 1/2 size)
Supervised input point:
Monitors status of normally open, dry contacts for Typical Applications
normal, open, and contact closure Efficient Package. For smoke control applications, this
Operation reports to the MAPNET II channel as a module provides an efficient package for fan damper
non-latching, supervised Individual Addressable control with feedback. The monitor point connects to a
Module (IAM) fan position indicator switch allowing the host panel to
Output control relay: track the fan damper status with respect to the requested
Power limited rating: 2 A @ 30 VDC, resistive; fan control operation.
1 A @ 30 VDC, inductive General Applications. The monitor and control points
Non-Power limited rating: 1/2 A @ 120 VAC, can be applied for a variety of associated or independent
resistive; 1/4 A @ 120 VAC, inductive operations. Flexible programming abilities at the host
Operation reports to the MAPNET II channel as a panel can provide the association logic required for a
Control Zone Adapter Module (ZAM) wide variety of fire or utility operations.
Compact, sealed construction: Product Selection
Enclosed design minimizes dust infiltration
Model Description
Mounts in standard 4” (102 mm) square electrical box, 2190-9173 2-Point I/O Module
optional adapter bracket is available to mount in a 4 11⁄16”
Adapter plate to fit 4 11⁄16” (119 mm) square
square electrical box 4090-9813
electrical box
Description Specifications
2-Point I/O Module. The 2190-9173, 2-Point I/O Communications Supplied by MAPNET II, two addresses
module allows a Simplex MAPNET II communication and Power are required per module
channel to monitor an input contact closure and control an Wiring Information Refer to diagram on page 2
output relay from a single compact module. Module Module address setting selects an even
Address
power is supplied from the MAPNET II communications number address for the input point and
Assignment
channel, eliminating the need for separate power wiring. the next sequential (odd) number
(Two Addresses
address is automatically assigned to
Required)
Independent Operation. The input and output are the control point
independent and operation is controlled by the host panel Screw terminals for in/out wiring,
Wire Connections
programming selection. Points may be directly associated 18 to 12 AWG wire (0.82 to 3.31 mm2 )
to each other such as monitoring the status of the function 4 ⅛” H x 4 ⅛” W x 1 ⅜” D
Dimensions
controlled by the contacts, or may be programmed for (105 mm x 105 mm x 35 mm)
unrelated operation. Housing Material Black thermoplastic
Mounting Plate Sheet metal, galvanized
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Temperature 32° F to 120° F (0° C to 49° C)
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
Range intended for indoor operation
7300-0026:223 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this
document. Accepted for use – City of New York Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E. Humidity Range Up to 93% RH at 100° F (38° C)
Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the
latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Installation
574-995
Tyco Fire Protection Products. Instructions
S2190-0022-3 11/2013
Wiring Reference
Mounting Information
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.
Features
Provides communications between Simplex® fire
alarm control panels and VESDA air aspiration
smoke detection systems Typical air inlet
FI RE
VESDA ACTI O N
Sensitivity settings
+ - Es c
VESDA
can be gathered on one communications input Laser PLUS
S4100-0026-6 3/2014
Operation VESDA Interface Applications (Continued)
With the Simplex/VESDA HLI communications link, Mission Critical. Typical examples of mission critical
individual VESDA smoke detectors are connected to the facility applications would be telephone switching
fire alarm control panel as remote addressable devices. stations, semiconductor clean rooms, computer rooms,
This connection provides remote monitoring of the and research laboratories. With such facilities, loss of
detector’s locally displayed information and allows the operation can result in significant economic impact.
panel to provide remote control for Reset, Enable, and
High Value. Other types of facilities such as libraries,
Disable of the VESDA smoke detector.
archives, and museums may not be burdened by short
VESDA Interface Applications periods of downtime, but their high value contents are
priceless, irreplaceable objects that deserve extra
Mission Critical/High Value. All facilities containing protection.
people and material need to be adequately protected from
smoke and fire. However, some facilities have missions At the earliest indication of a potential fire condition,
that are extremely critical, as well as contents of these facilities need the ability to dispatch trained
inherently high value, and may benefit from integrating personnel to investigate and repair wiring problems or
very early smoke detection into their facility fire detection equipment malfunction. In some instances, saving a few
panel. seconds in response time may avoid extensive downtime
or avoid smoke damage to delicate equipment or a
priceless work of art.
VESDA PRO G RA M M ER
Laser PLUS FI RE
VESDA ACTI O N
+ - Es c
PRO G RA M M ER
VESDA
Laser PLUS
+ - Es c
2 S4100-0026-6 3/2014
VESDA Smoke Detection Summary
The VESDA air aspiration family of smoke detectors compatible Simplex fire detection panel, it is possible to
uses sophisticated combinations of air intake, air filtering, identify those conditions well before they become a
high intensity laser photoelectric sensing, and unique problem. (A complete description of the extensive
microprocessor applications to provide extremely early features available with VESDA systems is beyond the
warning of incipient fire conditions. By linking the analog scope of this document. Please refer to the specific
output of a VESDA smoke detection system to a VESDA product literature for further details.)
Includes: VESDA High Level Interface board, a VESDA programmer, and a VESDAnet socket, all
VSR-13D01-S04
mounted in a 19” equipment rack within a mounting box
Order processing note: To order additional Xtralis products in Job Design, AOP query, use OPVIS or
select vendor Xtralis.
Additional VESDA
Equipment Refer to documentation supplied with the specific VESDA Smoke Detector Equipment for additional
reference specifications and information.
VESDA smoke detection systems are supplied by Xtralis: www.xtralis.com/VESDA
Specifications
3 S4100-0026-6 3/2014
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Features
Compatible with Simplex 4120 Network
Converts multiple 4120 network communications
signals into a single fiber optic link to:
Multiplex audio signals (analog and/or digital) AND
digital communications into full-duplex transmission
over a single fiber optic cable
Communicate from a Fire Alarm Control Panel to a
Transponder, or provide 4120 Network communications
Provide 4120 Network communication support for Ring,
Hub, and Star Topologies, and their combinations, by
performing the function of a Physical Bridge without
slowing data rates
Laser optical transmitters provide:
Increased transmission distances compared to copper
wiring (over 20 miles (32 km) may be possible with
low-loss single-mode fiber)
Designs are optimized for fiber type; select models for
single mode fiber, or models for multi-mode fiber
Enhanced Analog Audio (EAA) feature:
Provides a decoded analog audio signal at the receiving
modem for local use; AND also provides the original
digitally encoded signal for connection to the next
modem in the communications link
With EAA, total system distance is essentially unlimited
Communication combinations include:
Digital Audio Riser + Analog Audio Riser #2 + 4120
Network Communications
Digital Audio Riser + Analog Audio Riser #2 + RUI
(Remote Unit Interface) Communications 4100ES System Reference with
Audio & Data Fiber Modems
Both Analog Audio Risers + 4120 Network
Communications
Features (Continued)
Both Analog Audio Risers + RUI Communications
Or, any of the signals individually; refer to application Optional Audio Expansion Modules:
references on pages 4 and 6 for more details Provide an interface to 25 VRMS and 70.7 VRMS
Panel mounted applications: audio levels from 4100/4120 fire alarm control panels
Standard two-Slot module for 4100ES and 4100U Fire Description
Alarm Control Panel or 4100ES/4100U MINIPLEX
Transponder mounting Multiple Signal Fiber Optic Modems combine
A separate mounting plate is available for 4100/4120 multiple system communications signals and converts
panel mount or utility cabinet mounting. them to fiber optic communications for transmission via a
Note: 4120 Network Fiber Modems communicate in single, full duplex fiber optic cable connection that
pairs; a Left-Port Modem only communicates with a simplifies field wiring and increases transmission
Right-Port Modem distances. Communications can be sent individually or
Fiber Modem remote cabinet mounting: combined.
Available in beige or red; includes a Left-Port Fiber Additional Information. For additional application
Modem; space is provided for a Right-Port Fiber information, refer to 4120 Network Products and
Modem (ordered separately) Specifications data sheet S4100-0056 and Fiber Optic
Compatible with Simplex® control panel model Series Modem Installation Instructions 579-831.
4100ES, 4100U, 4010ES, 4010, 4007ES, 4190 Series * This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
TrueSite Workstation, RUI and RUI+ compatible Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7165-0026:251
equipment, and legacy 4100/4100+/4120 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. It is
subject to re-examination, revision, and possible cancellation. MEA (NYC) Approvals are not
applicable for this product category. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local
Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time
Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
S4100-0049-11 3/2018
Operation communications link without requiring additional signal
conversion. (Note: The next modem in the link must be in
Bi-Directional Communications. Fiber optic the same cabinet or in a close-nippled cabinet.) With EAA,
communications are accomplished by transmitting and Riser 1 distances are limited to system distances; without
receiving over two different light wavelengths (refer to EAA, Riser 1 signals can be passed through a maximum of
diagram on page 3). In order to complete a fiber optic six (6) Fiber Modem pairs which is also the limit for
link, complementary receive/transmit modem pairs are systems using both Analog Audio Risers 1 and 2. (DAR
required. The two required modem versions are identified connections for digital audio are not available since those
as Left-Port Modems and Right-Port Modems (refer to list
terminals are used for EAA.) Refer to the diagram on
below for model numbers). One of each is required to
page 3 for more detail.
complete the fiber optic communications link. (“Right”
and “Left” are designated for reference purposes only and Generic Modem. Fiber Modems in a stand-alone
do not refer to actual physical locations.) system or in a 4120 Network loop have specific functions
Multiple Connections. Each modem has field wiring and internal settings depending on whether they are (for
connections for the Digital Audio Riser, Analog Audio Class X/Style 7 systems) the first modem (Head-End) or
Risers, RUI, and 4120 Network communications (see page the last modem (Tail-End), or a modem between the first
5 for terminal reference information). Configurations are and last. For identification, “Generic” modem will be
determined by on-board switch and jumper selections. used for Class B connected modems and for those
Modem operation is essentially transparent to the connected modems located within a Class X fiber loop and not
equipment. However, Fiber Modems are entered into the functioning as the Head-End or Tail-End modem.
system programmer for current calculations and mounting Head-End Modem. For Class X communications, a
allocations. “Head-End” modem is the first fiber optic modem in a
Fiber Modem Terms fiber optic communications loop and is typically
connected to the primary side of the communications
Enhanced Analog Audio. (For systems only using one
channel in the head-end cabinet. A modem with wired
Analog Audio Riser). At the Head-End audio control panel,
connections to 4120 Network nodes or system
the Riser 1 analog audio signal is digitally encoded and
transponders between itself and the head-end cabinet, is
transmitted via fiber optics to the receiving Fiber Modem.
still considered to be the head-end modem if it is the first
At the receiving modem, the digital signal is decoded back
fiber optic modem in the communications path.
to analog for local use, but when selected for Enhanced
Analog Audio (EAA), the digitized signal is also available, Local Side. The “Local Side” of a wiring link has direct
routed to the DAR (Digital Audio Riser) terminals. It can (non-isolated) electrical connection to the head-end
then be wired to the next Fiber Modem in the cabinet. (terms are continued next page)
4120 Network Fiber Modems for Internal Mounting in Fire Alarm Control Panels (Not ULC Listed)
Model Fiber Type Description Application
4100-6072 Single Mode For direct mounting onto a 4100ES/4100U expansion bay;
Left-Port Fiber Modem Assembly
4100-6074 Multi-Mode Fiber Modems are required to be ordered in pairs (Left-Port
4100-6073 Single Mode Fiber Modems communicate only to Right-Port Fiber
Right-Port Fiber Modem Assembly Modems)
4100-6075 Multi-Mode
Single Fiber Modem Mounting Bracket; not required
Use for internal mounting in a 4100/4120 Series fire alarm
4100-9840 for 4100ES/4100U internal mounting; order Fiber
control panel or in a compatible utility cabinet
Modems separately
Audio Expansion Module Assembly, with mounting Use for internal mounting in a 4100/4120 Series fire alarm
4100-9841
bracket control panel; converts two analog audio input channels at
25 VRMS or 70.7 VRMS to 10 VRMS for compatibility with
Audio Expansion Module only, mounts onto bracket of
4100-9842 the Fiber Modem Audio Input requirements; mounts next to
4100-9841
Fiber Modem
Expansion Cabinet and Related Modem Assemblies for Remote Mounting
Model Fiber Type Description Application
4190-9021 Single Mode Expansion Cabinet with Cabinets mount external to compatible panels where internal
Red
4190-9024 Multi-Mode Left-Port Fiber Modem mounting space is not available; typical applications are for
4190-9022 Single Mode Assembly (see page 7 for 4010ES/4010 Fire Alarm Control Panels or 4100/4120 or
Beige product details) 4100ES/4100U cabinets without internal available space
4190-9025 Multi-Mode
4190-9023 Single Mode Right-Port Fiber Modem Assembly; for
Select if required; one maximum
4190-9026 Multi-Mode Expansion Cabinet Mounting
Operation is same as for Audio Expansion Modules above,
Audio Expansion Module; for Expansion Cabinet
4190-9018 select as required; two maximum per cabinet; two are
Mounting only
required for Class A Audio Riser connections.
2 S4100-0049-11 3/2018
Fiber Modem Terms (Continued) Fiber Modem Operation Reference
NIC. Network Interface Card.
Remote Side. The “remote side” of a wiring link refers to
wiring that is electrically isolated from the connections to Right-Port
the Head-End cabinet by passing through a Fiber Modem Modem
pair.
RIC. Riser Interface Card, typically located in a Fiber optic cable
MINIPLEX transponder cabinet.
Tail-End Modem. A “Tail-End” modem is the last fiber
optic modem in a Class X fiber optic communications loop
and is typically connected to the secondary (return) side of Receive @ Transmit @
1310 nm 1550 nm
the communications channel in the head-end cabinet. A
modem with wired connections to 4120 Network nodes or
system transponders between itself and the return Transmit @ Receive @
connection, is still considered to be a tail-end modem if it is 1310 nm 1550 nm
the last fiber optic modem in the communications path.
X-Link Connection. For Class X RUI communications
or Class A Analog Audio Risers, these wired connections Fiber optic cable
complete the primary-to-secondary supervision path. It
provides a non-isolated electrical connection between the
primary and secondary sides of the local-side wiring loop Left-Port
and connects between the Head-End and Tail-End modems Modem
or Audio Expansion Modules. In the event of a wiring fault,
the Fiber Modems separate the x-link connection intiating
Class X fiber optic communications. Digital Audio and Fiber Optic Transmission Reference;
4120 Network communications do not require x-link Full Duplex/Bi-Directional Communications
connections. Note: X-Link wiring can be run external to the
cabinets. (Refer to diagram on page 7.)
Voice Transponder
(R)
Fiber connection to next
C
A
DIS CONN E CT
A. C . P OW E R
AND
B ATTE R Y
N
O
Left-Port Fiber Modem
RUI
B E FOR E
S E RV ICING
U
I
T
T
I
U
A
O
S E R V ICING
BE FO RE
BATT E RY
C
N
A ND
A. C. P OWE R
DIS CONN E CT
Local circuits
4100ES MINIPLEX
Voice Transponder
FIRE ALARM
Riser 1, Riser 2
Local circuits and RUI Input
4100ES MINIPLEX
Voice Transponder
FIRE ALARM
(R)
PULL DOWN
D ISCONN ECT
N
C A.C. POWE R
AND
BATTERY
O
A BEFORE
RUI
S ERVICING
I
U
T
T
I
U
SE RVICING A
O BE FORE
B ATTER Y
C
N
AND
A .C. POW ER
DISCONNECT
Riser 2 Analog
Audio Output
(R)
Riser 1 Analog
Audio Output
Local
Riser 2 Analog Audio Input circuits
PULL DOWN
4 S4100-0049-11 3/2018
Audio Expansion Module Reference
Riser 1 and Riser 2;
Riser 1 and Riser 2; 25 VRMS or
10 VRMS to Fiber
70.7 VRMS from amplifier or NAC
Modem
TB1 Terminal Description
Note 3 Pos. Label Function
1 RISER 1 + Analog Audio Riser 1 INPUT;
2 RISER 1 – 25 VRMS or 70.7 VRMS
RISER 1,
EMERGENCY OPERATING
INSTRUCTIONS
3
SYSTEM IS NORMAL
INTERFACE 12:35:15 am MON 29 JAN 96 TO ACKNOWLEDGE:
- PRESS "ACK" LOCATED UNDER FLASHING
FIRE PRIORITY 2 SYSTEM SYSTEM SIGNALS POWER INDICATOR.
XLINK +
TO SILENCE ALARM SIGNALS:
- PRESS "ALARM SILENCE".
ALARM ALARM SUPV TBL ALARM SYSTEM
ACK ACK ACK AC K SILENC E R ESET TO RESTORE SYSTEM TO NORMAL:
- PRESS "SYSTEM RESET."
ACKNOWLEDGE - PRESS "ACK" TO SILENCE TONE DEVICE.
5 S4100-0049-11 3/2018
Application Reference 2, 4120 Network with Hub Node
Fire Control
FI R E AL AR
C O NT R O
* * SYST E M I S NO R M AL * *
1 2 : 0 2 : 1 5 p m M o n 8 - M a r - 9 9
F I R ES Y S T SE Y M S T A E L
M A R A M C
A L A SR UM P E R T V R I O S OS U I B RLL YEE PN OC E D
W E R
A L A R M U P V
S T R O A UL BA LRS EMY S T E M
A C K A C K A C K S I L E RN EC SE E T
CA U T I O N
D I S C O N N
P O W E R
S E R V I C I N
Fire Control
6 S4100-0049-11 3/2018
X-Link Connection Reference Diagram
Head-End Panel
(or other Class A Signal Source)
Class A or X Class A or X
Primary Secondary
Box width 14-5/8" (372 mm) (Top and side views are
shown with door installed)
Typical conduit
Box depth
entry area (cut
4-1/4" (108 mm)
holes as required)
11-1/4" (286 mm)
Door thickness
Left-Port Right-Port
Modem Modem
5/8" (16 mm)
(standard) Dual Audio (optional)
13-1/2" Expansion 16"
(343 mm) Modules (483 mm)
(optional)
7 S4100-0049-11 3/2018
Specifications
8 S4100-0049-11 3/2018
Additional 4120 Network Product Reference
9 S4100-0049-11 3/2018
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code
are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Features
SafeLINC Fire Panel Internet Interface (FPII) enables
investigation of fire alarm control panel status
using the familiar interface of an Internet browser:
Intuitive menu screens are refreshed automatically with
the occurrence of new events
Support is for to 50 user accounts with up to five
simultaneous users
Annunciation and reporting capacity up to 12,000 points
Supports either DHCP or static IP addresses
Compatible with Internet Explorer, Firefox, Safari, and
Chrome web browsers
Listed to UL Standard 864 and ULC Standard S527
Security access features:
Multiple user accounts and passwords (similar to the
host control panel)
Programmable lockout on login screen prevents
excessive login attempts by unauthorized users
Fire alarm control panel model compatibility:
Compatible with 4100ES, 4010ES; and 4100U at
revision 12.06 or higher
Automatic or scheduled email feature provides
selectable notification to user accounts:
Built-in email feature will notify user accounts of
individually selected status changes either automatically
or as scheduled
Compatible email services include: local SMTP email
servers, ISP provided email service, and Internet email
service
Email capacity includes addresses for the 50 user SafeLINC FPII System Connection Drawing
accounts and up to 5 separate email distribution lists (4100ES Fire Alarm Control Panel shown for reference)
with each supporting up to 20 additional email addresses
With 4100ES, 4100U, or 4010ES control, action Description
messages can be sent to email distribution lists for Fire Alarm Control Panel System Information.
Emergency Communication System (ECS) operation Simplex® fire alarm control panels monitor their
(see details on pages 3 and 4) connected devices and gather system information to
Information can be alarm, priority 2, supervisory, describe the status of the protected buildings. This
trouble; or TrueAlarm Sensor Service and Status Reports information is available at the panel and via accessory
Compatible pagers, cell phones, or Personal Digital devices such as remote terminals or dial-in modems, all
Assistants can receive direct email messages or requiring special equipment connections.
messages forwarded from a user account Secure Internet Access. The SafeLINC Internet
Available information: interface provides an alternative access to system
Alarm, Priority 2 Alarm, Supervisory, and Trouble information using the familiar interface of a standard
counts and status messages Internet browser. A remotely located fire professional can
Detailed point information accessible similar to that use this access to analyze control panel status during
available at the panel non-alarm conditions and can also use this information to
TrueAlarm sensor status including both status reports assist local fire responders during alarm conditions.
and service reports (NOTE: Secure access requires proper installation behind
Alarm and Trouble log information network firewalls consistent with local network security
On-board service PC port provides convenient requirements.)
installation setup and diagnostics * This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
7300-0026:0312. FM approval is not applicable for this product type. Additional listings
may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status.
Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire
Protection Products.
S4100-0062-1 9/2014
Main Screen Description
Fire Alarm Control Panel Status Count: Local PC time and remote
Fire; Priority 2; Supervisory; Trouble fire alarm control panel time
2 S4100-0062-1 9/2014
SafeLINC Fire Panel Internet Interface Product Selection
HOSTILE INTRUDER ALERT! - Campus Lockdown -remain in ALL CLEAR! Emergency Situation under control. Resume
rooms. If off-campus remain off-campus until further notice. normal activities
Intranet/Internet Service
1 Provider Network
User MIS/IT email
distribution lists
To remote
Manual Emergency SYSTEM IS NORMAL
12:35:15 am MON 22 NOV 99
annunciators
Message Control
F IRE PRIORI TY 2 SYSTEM SYSTEM POWER ALARM
DISPLAY
SI LENCED TIME
ALARM ALARM SUPERVI SORY TROUBLE ON
(external or LED/Switch
module on panel)
3 S4100-0062-1 9/2014
Connection Requirements
The SafeLINC Internet interface is normally installed into
a local facility network using conventional CAT 5 wiring
(or better) and configured similar to an individual
computer. The following summarizes the typical
requirements:
Mount behind security firewalls for maximum protection
To automatically send emails, a simple mail transfer
protocol (SMTP) mail account is required
Each module has a unique Media Access Control (MAC)
address that will be required by the local MIS/IT
department to configure on the network
Access Security Primary Login Screen
Anonymous Login Screen. The primary login screen Email Notification
(upper right) does not describe the available connection.
Unauthorized visitors that might find the SafeLINC Email Feature. User accounts include email addresses
Internet interface location would not know the purpose of to allow the receipt of automatically generated or
the screen. previously scheduled messages. Each user account can be
Selectable Login Parameters. The designated selected for the event message categories required. Email
SafeLINC FPII Administrator(s) can select the following “from” field can be customized for accurate identification.
parameters: Each user can configure email size and data format to
Programmable login attempts before lockout; selectable receive only what is desired including formatting for SMS
from 1 to 20 with 3 as default text messages.
Following an unsuccessful login attempt, a lockout Note: Use of email server distribution lists can assist to
period is in effect and during this time no access is notify the required recipients.
allowed; lockout time is selectable from 0 to 24 hours, Emergency Communication Messages. When
with 1 hour as default
controlled from a 4100ES, 4010ES, or 4100U Fire Alarm
If desired, individual IP addresses or address series can Control Panel (4100U at revision 12.06 or higher), the
be blocked from access
custom point detail action messages (up to 50 per control
Information is gathered about any unsuccessful attempt panel) can be programmed (at the panel) to route to selected
to login and emailed to the administrator(s)
email distribution lists. With messages similar to those
Available Reports shown on page 3, this can be part of an Emergency
Communications System (Mass Notification). Note: All
These reports can be viewed or emailed as attachments: point detail action messages will route to the selected lists.
TrueAlarm sensor status reports for sensitivity
selection, device status, and dirt accumulation status; Message Forwarding. At the receiving email account,
also available is the dirty detector report messages can be forwarded by the local email application.
TrueAlarm sensor service reports including details of Messages can be forwarded to another computer, cell
current status, recorded peak status; and CO sensor phone, pager, or other email compatible message
service reports including status and end of life date receiver. If desired, a user account could include an email
TrueAlert addressable candela reports and status reports address list to allow distribution to multiple receivers
Logs for: Fire Alarm, Priority 2 Alarm, Supervisory, without requiring forwarding and by using only one of the
and Trouble 50 available supported email addresses accounts. (Refer
to the message diagram on page 3.)
Module Specifications
Compatible Internet Browser Internet Explorer 6 or above, Firefox, Chrome, and Safari browsers
Voltage Range 18 to 33 VDC, supplied from the host fire alarm control panel
Current, Supervisory and Alarm 145 mA maximum @ 24 VDC
LED 7 Ethernet link status indicator, green LED
Module Status LEDs LED 8 Ethernet link activity indicator, red LED
(for setup and service) Detailed status indicator, yellow LED; blinking codes provide internal diagnostics and
LED 3
details on external connections
Operating Temperature Range 32° to 120°F (0° to 49° C)
Operating Humidity Range Up to 93% RH, non-condensing @ 90° F (32° C) maximum
Technical Publication Reference 579-1004, Installation, Programming, and Operating Manual
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. Internet Explorer, Firefox, Safari, and
Chrome are trademarks of their respective owners.
Features
Real time data gathering and diagnostics for fire
alarm control panel systems:
An internally mounted interface module securely connects
the panel computer port protocol interface to an Ethernet
connection allowing information about trouble (or
potential trouble) conditions to be sent to the Remote
Service Center via an Internet connection
At the Remote Service Center, receipt of trouble
information triggers an email to an experienced technician
who reviews the information and can further query the
panel for more information as the condition is investigated;
(NOTE: Alarm information is only logged by this service;
Alarm information must be sent separately to the
designated monitoring/response location.)
Technicians can connect to the panel from a remote
location via secured internet communications and
interrogate the system status
After details of the panel status are analyzed, the service
personnel dispatched to the site can be selected for their
specific experience and equipped with the needed
replacement parts and tools before visiting the site
TrueInsight Remote Service logs panel activity (troubles
and alarms) and maintains it for one year allowing detailed
activity historical review or forensic review if required
Application Details:
For use with Simplex® 4007ES, 4010ES, 4100ES, and
4100U Fire Alarm Control panels
Module connects without need for panel programming
Secure Communications:
Control panel interface module is connected behind
customer’s firewall
Receiving equipment resides under the Remote Service
Center firewall or under the individual technician’s
computer firewall TrueInsight Remote Services Reference Diagram
Customer to provide network access/connectivity (4100ES shown for reference)
Additional Information:
Contact your local Simplex product representative for Trouble Condition Sources
specific details on how to connect your panel to
TrueInsight Remote Services Modules and remote devices of a fire alarm control panel
are interconnected with internal wiring harnesses and with
external wiring. Over time, or even during initial
Introduction
installation, those connections may become loose or
Connecting to Control Panel Intelligence. 4007ES, otherwise compromised. Due to module and wiring
4010ES, 4100ES, and 4100U addressable fire alarm control supervision, these trouble conditions are discovered and
panels provide intelligent monitoring of internal modules, their locations are identified by the panel.
incoming power, battery connections, and of connected (continued next page)
remote devices and appliances such as TrueAlarm analog
* This product has been listed by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
sensors, TrueAlert addressable notification, devices Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings
controlled by IDNet communications, and the connected 7165-0026:0251 (4100ES), 7165-0026:0369 (4010ES) and 7165-.026:0378 (4007ES) for
allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. This
wiring. TrueInsight Remote Service monitors this product was not FM approved as of document revision date. Additional listings may be
information and takes action when trouble conditions are applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and
reported. approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection
Products.
S4100-0063-6 3/2016
Trouble Condition Sources (Continued)
Devices and their wiring are subject to motion. TrueAlarm Sensor Monitoring (Continued).
Mechanical wiring disturbances can be due to a variety of Should a difficult environment experience nuisance alarms,
subtle or significant activity such as earthquakes (even this diagnostic tool can be accessed remotely as a means of
seemingly minor earthquakes may shake buildings more analyzing the stability of the sensor’s environment. This
than expected), forklift activity coming closer than planned, allows the sensor sensitivity to be properly selected for its
large fire doors or outside shipping dock doors slamming actual environment ensuring optimal response time and
shut closer to fire alarm devices than realized, and other protection from nuisance alarm sources.
human intervention can unintentionally cause fire alarm Batteries wear out. Fire alarm control panels typically
wiring connections to become loose or broken. When the rely upon internally mounted, or perhaps remotely mounted
panel discovers this type of condition, it declares a trouble, batteries with battery chargers to provide power during
the circuit and specific condition is logged and identified local AC mains failure. Rechargeable batteries are complex
with a local sound and flashing yellow light, however the chemical/mechanical/electrical designs and after repeated
exact details are not normally available other than by charge and discharge cycles, will begin to lose total
querying the individual panel for more information on-site. capacity. By monitoring battery capacity at the panel,
Accessing this information remotely allows TrueInsight battery condition can be tracked, but to better understand
Remote Service personnel to determine the source of the battery charging status, detailed charger operation needs to
trouble including which devices by specific model number be queried. Using TrueInsight Remote Service allows that
may be involved. extra information to be investigated to diagnose specific
Smoke sensors get dirty. TrueAlarm smoke sensors are panel conditions and then to determine whether it is time to
open to the environment in order to sample for the presence replace batteries, inspect battery connections, or to test the
of smoke particles. This also allows a collection of dirt or battery charger, allowing the anticipated equipment to be
other debris, sometimes a lot of it, and in a short period of available at the time of a service call.
time. TrueAlarm technology compensates very well up to Monitoring includes communicating devices and
the point where a device is identified as dirty and needs to devices they monitor. With IDNet communications,
be inspected and cleaned. Knowing that a sensor is in need these panels monitor and control a wide variety of remotely
of service before it actually gets out of compensation allows connected devices. If communications fail to properly
a system to provide essentially uninterrupted service. operate, the device(s) not communicating are identified. If
TrueAlarm Sensor Monitoring. TrueAlarm smoke the devices are in turn monitoring connections local to their
sensing tracks the Peak Analog Value associated with each location, such as relay coils, conventional IDCs or NACs,
sensor’s environment. problems with those connections are communicated back to
the control panel.
Product Selection
Model Panel Type Description Ordering Information
4007ES, 4010ES, TrueInsight Remote Service Module and
4190-8001 Required Selection
4100ES, or 4100U Programming Selection
4190-6104 4100ES or 4100U
TrueInsight Remote Service Module Installation Select per panel type; configured for
4190-6105 4010ES Kit; includes module, required mounting brackets dynamic IP address operation
and harnesses unless ordered with 4190-4016
4190-6106 4007ES
4007ES, 4010ES, TrueInsight Remote Service Module for fixed IP Optional, select if application will be
4190-4016
4100ES, or 4100U Addressing using a fixed IP address
TrueInsight Module
mounts here on rear of
4010ES front panel
2 S4100-0063-6 3/2016
Ethernet Connection Guidelines
Determine Connection Location Type: Slot 1 Slot 2 Slot 3 Slot 4 Slot 5 Slot 6 Slot 7 Slot 8
Master Controller
Slot 1
Board
IDNet
(SPS)
Btry
+
wiring area
I/O Wiring I/O Wiring
4100 Option
4100 Option
4100 Option
Wiring Alternatives:
4x5 Module
(Blocks G & H)
(Block F)
cabinet (see illustration to the right). Use an adhesive I/O Wiring I/O Wiring
4100 Option
4100 Option
4100 Option
style mount and follow the manufacturer’s 4x5 Module
(Block E)
alcohol on the box surface before you mount it. PDI Expansion Bay 2 Supply
(XPS)
(Block F)
(Blocks G & H)
be run into the cabinet directly, locate the termination I/O Wiring
4007ES Panel version 3.02.10 or higher, TrueInsight Remote Service Module version 3.01 or higher
Software
Version Panel version 11 or higher, TrueInsight Remote Service Module version 3.01 or higher. Note: A
Requirements 4100U system running version 14 has a 4100ES Master Controller. The 4100ES Master Controller
4100U should be upgraded to version 2.01 or higher for Trueinsight operation on this configuration. A
4100U system can be visually verified to have a 4100ES Master Controller by the existence of the
compact flash card on the CPU card.
Power/Ready: Steady Green = system ready; Flashing Green or Flashing Yellow = system is
booting up (details are described in Installation Instructions); Red = Error condition
Link/10/100: Green = 10 Mbit connection; Yellow = 100 Mbit connection; Dark = no connection
Module LED Diagnostics (5
Activity: Steady Green = heavy traffic; Flashing Green = some traffic; Dark = no traffic, possibly no
LEDs)
connection
Transmit (Tx): Flashing or Steady Green = sending data
Receiver (Rx): Flashing or Steady Green = receiving data
Installation Instructions 579-953
4100ES S4100-0031
Panel Data 4010ES S4010-0004
Sheet
S4007-0001 for 4007ES Hybrid
Reference 4007ES
S4007-0002 for 4007ES with IDNAC Notification
4100ES/4100U Installation Reference
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.
Features
Manual fire alarm stations for general purpose
applications: PUSH
Operation complies with ADA requirements
Pull lever protrudes when alarmed
Break-rod is supplied (use is optional)
Screw terminals for wiring connections
Tamper resistant reset key lock (keyed same as
Simplex® fire alarm cabinets) Single Action Station Double Action
Operation types include: Station (Push Type)
Single action FIRE
FIRE ALARM LOCAL ALARM
Double Action, Breakglass or Push Type
Institutional Model, key operated only BREAK GLASS
Optional NO GRIP Single Action Retrofit Kits are
available with a more easily operated pull lever for
applications where anticipated users may find the
standard station lever difficult to activate
Optional Local Alarm cover
Optional pre-signal and annunciator contacts
Double Action Local Fire Alarm
Multiple mounting options: Station (Breakglass) Cover Option
Surface or semi-flush with standard boxes or matching
Simplex boxes FIRE ALARM
Flush mount adapter kit
UL listed to Standard 38
KEY
Operation OPERATED
ONLY
Activation of the Simplex single action manual stations
requires a firm downward pull to activate the alarm switch.
Completing the action breaks an internal plastic break-rod
(visible below the pull lever, use is optional). The use of a Single Action Station with 4099-9805 NO GRIP
break-rod can be a deterrent to vandalism without interfering Institutional Cover Retrofit kit
with the minimum pull requirements needed for easy
activation. The pull lever latches into the alarm position and Operation (Continued)
remains extended out of the housing to provide a visible Institutional Stations activate by key operation only
indication. allowing access for manual alarms to be initiated by
Double Action Stations (Breakglass) require the authorized personnel. Operation requires key insertion
operator to strike the front mounted hammer to break the and opening of the station cover.
glass and expose the recessed pull lever. The pull lever then Single Action Station NO GRIP Retrofit Kit
operates as a single action station. 4099-9805. For applications such as California Building
Double Action Stations (Push Type) require that a Code, Title 24, which requires “Controls and operating
spring loaded interference plate (marked PUSH) be pushed mechanisms shall be operable with one hand and shall not
back to access the pull lever of the single action station. require tight grasping, pinching or twisting of the wrist”
the model 4099-9805 Retrofit kit provides a more easily
Station reset requires the use of a key to reset the manual operated pull lever compared to standard stations.
station lever and deactivate the alarm switch. (If the break-
* Refer to page 2 for models with MEA acceptance. These products have been
rod is used, it must be replaced.) approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the
California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7150-0026:175 (Pull Boxes) and
Station testing is performed by physical activation of the 7150-0026:0224 (NO GRIP Retrofit Kit) for allowable values and/or conditions concerning
pull lever. Electrical testing can be also performed by material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your
local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex
unlocking the station housing to activate the alarm switch. Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
S2099-0007-18 12/2014
Operation (Continued) Application Reference (Continued)
Pre-Signal Option activates when the lever is pulled. The following summarizes the basic requirements.
General alarm initiation requires a key to activate a 1. Stations shall be located in the normal path of exit
keyswitch located behind the pull lever. and distributed in the protected area such that they
Station Reset requires the use of a key to reset the are unobstructed and readily accessible.
manual station lever and deactivate the alarm switch. 2. Mounting shall be with the operable part not less than
If the break-rod is used, it must be replaced. 42 in (1.07 m) and not more than 48 in (1.22 m)
Testing requires physical activation of the pull lever above floor level.
(except for institutional stations). 3. At least one station shall be provided on each floor.
Application Reference Additional stations shall be provided to obtain a
travel distance not more than 200 ft (61 m) to the
Refer to NFPA 72, the National Fire Alarm and Signaling nearest station from any point in the building.
Code, and all applicable local codes for complete
requirements for manual stations. 4. When manual station coverage appears limited in any
way, additional stations should be installed.
Product Selection
Single Action Models (General Alarm)
Annunciator Annunciator Local Alarm Institutional Mounting
Model MEA Pre-Signal
Contacts, N.O. Contacts, N.C. Cover Cover Notes
2099-9754 1
2099-9101
2099-9102 2
2099-9107
2099-9755 1
2099-9762 1
Double Action Models (General Alarm)
Annunciator Annunciator Mounting
Model MEA Break-Glass Push Pre-Signal
Contacts N.O. Contacts N.C. Notes
2099-9103 1
2099-9104
2099-9105 2
2099-9108
2099-9756 1
2099-9757
2099-9758 2
2099-9759
Accessories
Model Description
4099-9805 Retrofit Kit for field conversion of a single action station to a NO GRIP station; (reference Instructions 579-1007)
2099-9803 Replacement breakglass (standard, English)
2099-9804 Replacement break-rod
2099-9819 Flush adapter kit, black (refer to page 4)
2099-9820 Flush adapter kit, beige (refer to page 4)
2099-9822 Replacement retaining clip for breakglass
2099-9828 Institutional cover kit
2975-9178 Red, surface mount box, sheet metal, 5-3/16” H x 4” W x 2-3/16” D (127 mm x 102 mm x 56 mm)
2975-9022 Red, cast aluminum surface mount box, 5” H x 3-7/8” W x 2-3/16” D (127 mm x 98 mm x 56 mm)
Notes:
1. These models can be semi-flush mounted using a standard single gang 2-1/2” (64 mm) deep switch box. DO NOT RECESS BOX,
mount box flush or with 1/16” (2 mm) maximum protrusion. These models can also be surface mounted on a Wiremold box model
number V5744S, 4-5/8” H x 2-7/8” W x 2-1/4” D (117 mm x 73 mm x 57 mm).
2. For surface mount, these models require 2975-9178 or 2099-9022 boxes. For semi-flush mount, these models require a 4”
(102 mm) square box with a single gang cover plate (see diagram on page 3).
Side View
FIR
FIRE ALARM
E Station cover
hinges open for
installation access
PULL DOWN
Access for 3/4" threaded
5" conduit located top and bottom
(127 mm)
Station
FIRE ALARM side view
3 S2099-0007-18 12/2014
Flush Mount Reference
8"
(203 mm)
Hole cutout must be a
minimum of 6" H by 5" W
6" (152 mm by 127 mm)
(152
mm)
Specifications
Wire Connections Screw terminal for in/out wiring, for 18 to 14 AWG wire
UL Listed Temperature Range 32° to 120° F (0° to 49° C) intended for indoor operation
Humidity Range Up to 93% RH at 100° F (38° F)
Housing Color Red with white raised lettering
Material Housing and pull lever are high impact polycarbonate
Pull Lever Color White with red raised lettering
Housing Dimensions 5” H x 3-3/4” W x 1” D (127 mm x 95 mm x 25 mm)
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm
and Signaling Code are trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Features
Description
Areas are considered hazardous due to the presence of
Specifications
flammable gases, flammable vapors, combustible dust, or
easily ignitable fibers or flyings. Such areas exist at
petroleum refineries, chemical and petrochemical plants, Contact Ratings
spray painting booths, storage areas, and many other Type 1 N.O., 1 N.C.
locations where potentially hazardous conditions occur.
1.1 A, make/break
Manual fire alarm stations for these hazardous areas are 125 VDC Ratings
2.5 A continuous carry
designed to ensure that initiation of the alarm will be safe
60 A make, 7200 VA
and compatible with the hazardous substance. Manual
station model 2099-9136 is constructed with a cast, 120 VAC Ratings 6 A break, 720 VA
copper-free aluminum enclosure, and is tested, listed, and 10 A continuous carry
certified for applications in most types of hazardous Mechanical Specifications
environments.
Screw terminals for in/out wiring,
Wire Connections
18 to 12 AWG wire (0.82 to 3.31 mm2)
Dimensions
6 ⅜” H x 3” W x 4 ½” D
* Agency listings are by Killark. (see diagram on
Website: http://www.killark.com/
(162 mm x76 mm x114 mm)
page 2)
Housing Material Copper-free, cast aluminum alloy
Finish Red textured powder epoxy paint
S2099-0008-1 1/2013
Dimension Reference
3"
(76 mm)
4-1/2" 2-3/8"
(114 mm) (60 mm)
5/16" (8 mm)
diameter, 2 holes
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.
Features
Common mechanical/electrical features: FIRE FIRE
Rugged cast metal construction
Terminal connections for In/Out Wiring
PULL
Visible break rod provides status indicator (optional,
not required for operation)
Standard operation station will mount semi-flush on a
single gang box, 2 ½” deep
Operation is compliant with ADA requirements
Listed to UL Standard 38 2099-9138 Single Action Manual Station
Models are available with:
Single action operation with SPST contacts FIRE FIRE FIRE FIRE
Dual action PUSH operation with SPST contacts
Single Action with New York City stripe with SPST
PUSH
contacts PULL PULL
Explosion-Proof/Weather-Proof operation with DPDT
contacts
Accessories:
2975-9211, Weather-Proof surface mount cast
aluminum box, provides NEMA Type 3R rating**
2099-9143 Single Action
2975-9212, Indoor operation surface mount box 2099-9139 Dual Action
Manual Station with White
Manual Station
New York City Stripe
Description
Cast Metal Construction. For applications requiring
cast metal construction, these non-coded manual stations
provide a variety of models and operations. Single action
stations are operated by simply pulling the handle while FIRE FIRE
dual action stations require a “PUSH” of the top lever to
allow grabbing of the “PULL” lever.
Indication and Reset. When pulled, the alarm PULL
condition is mechanically latched and indicated by the
extended handle. Reset is performed by simply unlocking
and opening the enclosure. The lock is controlled by a
Simplex® “B” key, provided with each station.
Break Rods. Stations are shipped with a replacement
break rod that may be used if desired (use is optional).
Break rod status is visible from the front of the station.
The use of a break rod can be a deterrent to vandalism
without interfering with the minimum pull requirements 2099-9144 Explosion-Proof and
Weather-Proof Manual Station
needed for easy activation.
Optional surface mount boxes match the contours of * Refer to page 2 for additional agency listing references. This product has been approved by
the stations and provide an attractive appearance (model the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California
Health and Safety Code. For non-explosion-proof models, see CSFM Listing
2099-9144 includes both station and enclosure). Use of 7150-0026:0215 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this
the 2975-9211 weatherproof box will provide a document. It is subject to re-examination, revision, and possible cancellation. Additional
listings may be applicable, contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status.
NEMA 3R rating. NEMA 3R enclosures are for outdoor Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire
use, primarily for protection against rain and sleet, and Protection Products.
against ice formation on the exterior. ** NEMA 3R rating is achieved when used with weatherproof mounting box 2975-9211 and
supplied gaskets.
S2099-0009-6 6/2013
Product Selection
Model* Description
2099-9138 Single Action Station; SPST, N.O. contact
2099-9139 Dual Action Station with PUSH Lever; SPST, N.O. contact
2099-9143 Single Action Station with White New York City Stripe; SPST, N.O. contact (not CSFM listed)
Explosion-Proof & Weather-Proof Station with Enclosure; DPDT contacts; NEMA 4X rated; UL listed, FM and CSFM
2099-9144** Approved for: Class I, Groups B, C, and D; Class II, Groups E, F, and G; also FM approved for Class III Groups E, F,
and G
* UL, C-UL listing, and CSFM approval is under model numbers shown except as noted. For other listing agencies, reference Signal
Communications Corporation (SIGCOM), model Series SG-32. Accepted for use – City of New York Department of Buildings – MEA 382-
94-E Volume II (SIGCOM).
** For listings, reference Signal Communications Corporation (SIGCOM) model Series SGX-32; CSFM ref. 7151-1408:0112.
Specifications
Contact Ratings (resistive) UL, C-UL, & CSFM = 1 A @ 30 VDC or 125 VAC; FM = 1 A @ 30 VAC/VDC
Standard Temperature Range = -40° to 150° F (-40° to 66° C); suitable for outdoor
Operation with 2975-9211 box
Application applications; NEMA 3R rated
Stations Temperature Range = 32° to 140° F (0° to 60° C); intended for indoor applications;
Operation with 2975-9212 box
Humidity Range = up to 90% RH at 90° F (32° C)
Explosion-Proof & Contact Ratings 1 A @ 30 VDC, resistive; 10 A @ 120 VAC, resistive
Weather-Proof
(Model 2099-9144) Temperature Range -67° F to 302° F (-55°C to 150° C); suitable for outdoor applications; rated NEMA 4X
General Wiring Connections Terminal blocks for IN/OUT wiring, up to 14 AWG (2.08 mm2 )
Specifications Housing and Handles Cast zinc (both PUSH and PULL handles)
(all models) Colors Red housings with white levers and white raised lettering
Additional Information Refer to Installation Instructions supplied with product
4 3/4"
(121 mm)
FIRE FIRE FIRE FIRE
PULL 6-3/4"
4-3/4" PULL (171 mm)
(121 mm)
Surface Mount
Boxes:
2975-9212 shown,
1-1/8"
(stamped steel),
(28 mm)
3-1/4" also typical of
(83 mm) 2975-9211 (cast 3-3/4" 3-7/8"
aluminum) (95 mm) (98 mm)
Standard Models weather-proof box,
(gaskets not 2099-9144 Explosion-Proof,
shown) Weather-Proof Model
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.
Features
Photoelectric smoke detector with on-board
TrueAlarm sensitivity drift compensation:
Functional chamber enclosure:
Louvered design enhances smoke capture by directing
flow to chamber
Entrance areas are minimally visible when ceiling
mounted
Operation is for ceiling or wall mounting 4098-9601 TrueAlarm Photoelectric
Multi-function indicator LED indicates normal Detector Mounted in Base
and alarm conditions
Magnetically operated functional test:
Initiates alarm and verifies performance
Identifies general sensitivity status using detector LED
Specifications
Models available in two sensitivity settings:
4098-9601, Standard Sensitivity, nominal 2.8%/ft 15 to 32 VDC from Fire Alarm
obscuration* Voltage
Control Panel IDC
4098-9605, Special Application Sensitivity, nominal Standby Current 100 A @ 24 VDC
3.5%/ft obscuration
Up to 86 mA maximum, exact
Alarm Current, 2-Wire
Available options: current is determined by alarm
Operation
current limiting of connected IDC
Bases for 2-wire or 4-wire operation
Alarm Current, 4-Wire
Auxiliary alarm relay output Operation
24 mA typical @ 24 VDC
Remote alarm indicating LED Refer to page 2 under Product
Auxiliary Relay Ratings
Designed for EMI compatibility Selection
Air Velocity Range 0-2000 ft/min (0-610 m/min)
UL listed to Standard 268
UL Listed Temp. Range 32° to 100° F (0° to 38° C)
Operating Temp. Range 15° to 122° F (-9° to + 50° C)
Storage Temp. Range 0° to 140° F (-18° C to 60° C)
Description
10% to 95% RH from 32° to 122°
Simplex® TrueAlarm photoelectric detectors Humidity Range F
provide many of the proven TrueAlarm analog sensing (0° to 50° C) non-condensing
features for applications where detectors are connected to Color Frost White
conventional 2-wire or 4-wire initiating device circuits 4-7/8” Dia. x 1-7/8” H, mounted in
(IDCs). Each TrueAlarm detector has an on-board Dimensions base (124 mm x 48 mm); refer to
microprocessor that evaluates its photoelectric light page 3 for detail
scattering chamber activity and makes an intelligent
decision based on light obscuration history as to whether
an alarm condition is present.
* ULC listed model is 4098-9601. This product has been approved by the California State
TrueAlarm detectors are packaged in a patented Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety
housing that minimizes the visibility of the air intake Code. See CSFM Listing 7272-0026:219 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning
material presented in this document. Accepted for use – City of New York Department of
louvers from the normal viewing locations while Buildings – MEA35-93E. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex
maintaining a high performance smoke capture ability. product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder
Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
Bases are available for remote alarm LED indicator
connections and auxiliary relay outputs.
S4098-0015-7 1/2015
TrueAlarm Smoke Detector Features Application Reference
Intelligent Data Evaluation. Conventional smoke Detector Locations. Locations should be determined
detectors will typically drift toward being too sensitive only after careful consideration of the physical layout and
due to the accumulation of dust and dirt. With TrueAlarm contents of the area to be protected. Refer to NFPA 72,
analog detection, data from the photoelectric chamber is the National Fire Alarm Code. On smooth ceilings,
monitored and analyzed at the detector to provide a smoke detector spacing of 30 ft (9.1 m) may be used as a
continuously shifting reference point. guide. For detailed installation information, refer to 4098
Drift Compensation. The data evaluation and its Detectors, Sensors, and Bases Application Manual
shifting reference point provide a software filtering (574-709).
process that compensates for environmental factors (dust,
dirt, etc.) and component aging, establishing an accurate Sensitivity Selection. The 4098-9601 standard
reference for evaluating new activity. With this filtering, sensitivity detector is recommended for most applications.
the resulting drift compensation provides a significant When a special application for a reduced sensitivity
reduction in the probability of false or nuisance alarms detector is required, the 4098-9605 should be considered.
caused by shifts in sensitivity – either up or down. Consult your local Simplex product supplier for
assistance in determining the proper selection.
Magnetic Test Information. Status information is
available by performing the magnetic test and observing
the detector LED pulses. The LED will normally go
directly into alarm with the magnetic test. If there is an
off-normal condition, the LED pulses first to indicate the
condition and then goes into alarm. (See page 3.)
Product Selection
Smoke Detectors
Model Nominal Sensitivity Description Compatibility
4098-9601 2.8%/ft (standard)
Compatible with bases: 4098-9788,
3.5%/ft (special application sensitivity, TrueAlarm Photoelectric Detector
4098-9605 4098-9682, and 4098-9683
not ULC listed)
Compatible Bases
Model Description Details*
2-Wire Base with connections for IDC and LED connections are screw terminals for in/out wiring,
4098-9788
Remote Alarm LED Indicator 18 to 14 AWG
4-Wire Base with Auxiliary Alarm Relay Ratings, Single Form “C”, For Suppressed Loads:
Relay Contacts and connections for Power limited, 3 A @ 28 VDC; Non-power limited, 3 A @ 120 VAC
4098-9682 Remote LED Alarm Indicator
Wiring Connections (In/Out where required):
NOTE: Requires external 24 VDC for
operation Relay contacts and IDC wiring, color coded 18 AWG leads;
LED wiring, screw terminals for 18 to 14 AWG
2-Wire Base with Auxiliary Alarm Relay Ratings, Dual Form “C”, For Suppressed Loads:
Relay & connections for Remote LED Power limited, 1 A @ 28 VDC; Non-power limited, 1/2 A @ 120 VAC
Indicator
4098-9683
NOTE: Must be connected as the only Wiring Connections (In/Out where required):
device on the IDC to ensure relay Relay contacts and IDC (-), color coded 18 AWG leads;
operation. IDC (+) and LED wiring, screw terminals for 18 to 14 AWG
Detector Accessories
Model Description Details*
Required for mounting to surface mounted 4” (102 mm) square or
4” octagonal boxes, and to 4” square flush mounted boxes
4098-9832 Adapter Plate May be used when retrofitting existing bases
Compatible with detector bases 4098-9788, -9682, & -9683
4098-9830 Remote LED Indicator Mounted on single gang stainless steel plate
Dimensions: 2-1/2” x 1-1/2” x 1” Required for 4-wire circuits using
2098-9739 Encapsulated
24 VDC (64 mm x 38 mm x 25.4 mm) 4098-9682 base, one per circuit; select
End-of-Line Relay Mounted on single gang mounting type as required; wiring is color
2098-9735 Plate Mounted coded 18 AWG wire leads
stainless steel plate
* Refer to pages 3 and 4 for dimensions and additional mounting details; 18 AWG = 0.82 mm2; 14 AWG = 2.08 mm2
2 S4098-0015-7 1/2015
Detector Status LED Indications
* Testing requires placing a magnet at the designated location on the detector cover for 4 seconds. Refer to Application Manual 574-709 for
further test and maintenance information.
1/4"
(6.4 mm) 6-3/8" (162 mm)
ALARM
1-1/2" (38 mm) Flush mount reference, mount even with final
minimum box depth surface, or with up to 1/4" (6.4 mm) maximum recess
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Features
TrueAlarm detection with TrueSense operation
combines photoelectric detection with heat
detection to provide a multi-mode detector with
four detection mechanisms:
Stable and reliable photoelectric smoke detection with
built-in TrueAlarm sensitivity drift compensation
Resettable, thermistor-based fixed temperature detection
Resettable, thermistor-based rate-of-rise temperature 4098-9602 TrueSense Detector Mounted in Base
detection
And TrueSense detection, a patented correlation of Description
smoke activity and thermal activity providing intelligent Simplex® 4098-9602 detectors combine photoelectric
fire detection earlier than with either activity alone smoke detection technology and quick response
Functional chamber enclosure: thermistor-based heat detection technology into a
sophisticated, intelligent detector that analyzes each of
Louvered design enhances smoke capture by directing
these activities and their combination to determine
flow to chamber
whether alarm conditions are present.
Entrance areas are minimally visible when ceiling
mounted Four Detection Modes. An onboard microprocessor
provides four independent detection modes: photoelectric
Operation is for ceiling or wall mounting detection with TrueAlarm sensitivity drift compensation,
Multi-function LED indicator: fixed temperature heat detection, rate-of-rise temperature
Indicates normal and alarm conditions heat detection, and TrueSense photoelectric/heat trending
analysis and alarm detection. If any of these alarm
Provides status during magnetic functional test conditions are experienced, an alarm is initiated.
Magnetically operated functional test:
Specifications
Initiates alarm and verifies performance
Identifies general sensitivity status using detector LED Voltage 15 to 32 VDC, from Control Panel IDC
pulses (normal, more sensitive, or less sensitive) Standby Current 100 A @ 24 VDC
With detectors categorized as normal or needing Up to 86 mA maximum, exact current is
Alarm Current, 2-Wire
determined by alarm current limiting of
cleaning or other service, maintenance priorities can be Operation
connected IDC (initiating device circuit)
more easily determined
Alarm Current, 4-Wire
24 mA typical @ 24 VDC
Available options: Operation
Bases for 2-wire or 4-wire operation Auxiliary Relay Ratings Refer to page 3 under Product Selection
Auxiliary alarm relay output Rate-of-Rise 20° F/min (11° C/min), only in effect
Temperature Alarm** at temperatures above 90° F (32° C)
Remote alarm indicating LED
Fixed Temperature Alarm 135° F (57° C)
Designed for EMI compatibility UL Listed Temp. Range** 32 F to 100 F (0 C to 38 C)
UL listed to Standard 268 Operating Temp. Range 15 F to 100 F (-9 C to 38 C)
Storage Temp. Range 0° to 140° F (-18° C to 60° C)
Smoke Obscuration
2.8%/ft Nominal, per UL268
Sensitivity
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Air Velocity Range 0-2000 ft/min (0-610 m/min)
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
7272-0062:219 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this 10% to 95% RH from 32 F to 122 F
document. It is subject to re-examination, revision, and possible cancellation. Accepted for Humidity Range
use – City of New York Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E. Additional listings may be
(0 C to 50 C)
applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and Color Frost White
approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Safety Products
Westminster. 4-7/8” Dia. x 2” H, mounted in base
Dimensions
(124 mm x 51 mm), refer to p.3 for detail
** Always locate this and all rate-of-rise heat detection devices away from
extremes of temperature fluctuation.
S4098-0017-4 1/2015
TrueAlarm Smoke Detection Features Electronic Heat Detection (Continued)
Intelligent Data Evaluation. Conventional smoke Rate-of-Rise Heat Detection occurs at 20° F/min
detectors will typically drift toward being too sensitive (11° C/min). To minimize the possibility of false alarms,
due to the accumulation of dust and dirt. With TrueAlarm rate-of-rise detection is correlated to the ambient
analog detection, data from the photoelectric chamber is temperature and is only in effect above 90° F (32° C).
monitored and analyzed at the detector to provide a
continuously shifting reference point. TrueSense Detection
Drift Compensation. The data evaluation and its Comparing Photoelectric Activity and Thermal
shifting reference point provide a software filtering Activity. TrueSense analysis correlates both thermal
process that compensates for environmental factors (dust, activity and smoke activity at a single multi-sensor
dirt, etc.) and component aging, establishing an accurate location using an extensively tested covariance
reference for evaluating new activity. With this filtering, relationship. As a result, TrueSense detection improves
the resulting drift compensation provides a significant response to conditions indicative of faster acting, hot
reduction in the probability of false or nuisance alarms flaming fires when compared to the response of either
caused by shifts in sensitivity – either up or down. photoelectric smoke activity or thermal activity alone.
Maintained Sensitivity and Dirty Status High Integrity Detection. TrueSense operation
Indications. With its onboard software compensation, provides early fire detection and maintains the established
the 4098-9602 maintains its sensitivity much longer in the high level of immunity to false alarms and nuisance
presence of dust and dirt accumulation. Additionally, it alarms that is inherent with TrueAlarm sensor operation.
will determine when the dirt accumulation is approaching
Application Notes
the limit of compensation, and will indicate that condition
via its status indicator LED (see diagnostic information). Observe heat detector location guidelines.
Ambient temperature operating range is 32° F to 100° F
Magnetic Test Information. Status information is
(0° C to 38° C). Temperature fluctuations should be
available by performing the magnetic test and observing
below 6° F/min (3.3° C/min).
the detector LED pulses. The LED will normally go
directly into alarm with the magnetic test. If there is an Detector locations should be determined only after careful
off-normal condition, the LED pulses first to indicate the consideration of the physical layout and contents of the
condition and then goes into alarm (see page 3). area to be protected. Refer to NFPA 72, the National Fire
Alarm Code. On smooth ceilings, spacing of 30 ft. (9.1 m)
Electronic Heat Detection may be used as a guide.
Fixed Temperature Heat Detection is provided with For additional installation information, refer to Simplex
the addition of a fast response thermistor that causes an publication 574-709, 4098 Detectors, Sensors, and Bases
alarm at a fixed temperature of 135° F (57° C). Application Manual.
ALARM
Base Height
11/16" (17 mm)
4098-9602
Detector 4098-9830 Remote Red
LED Alarm Indicator
Status Indicator LED (not to scale)
Thermistor guard
2 S4098-0017-4 1/2015
4098-9602 Product Selection
Smoke Detector
Model Description Compatibility
TrueAlarm photoelectric detector with
4098-9602 Compatible with bases: 4098-9788, 4098-9682, and 4098-9683
TrueSense photoelectric/thermal detection
Compatible Bases
Model Description Details*
2-Wire Base with connections for Remote IDC and LED connections are screw terminals for in/out wiring,
4098-9788
Alarm LED Indicator 18 to 14 AWG
4-Wire Base with Auxiliary Alarm Relay Relay Ratings, Single Form “C”, For Suppressed Loads:
Contacts and connections for Remote LED Power limited, 3 A @ 28 VDC; Non-power limited, 3 A @ 120 VAC
4098-9682 Alarm Indicator Wiring Connections (In/Out where required):
NOTE: Requires external 24 VDC for Relay contacts and IDC wiring, color coded 18 AWG leads;
operation LED wiring, screw terminals for 18 to 14 AWG
Relay Ratings, Dual Form “C”, For Suppressed Loads:
2-Wire Base with Auxiliary Alarm Relay
& connections for Remote LED Indicator Power limited, 1 A @ 28 VDC; Non-power limited, 1/2 A @ 120 VAC
4098-9683 Wiring Connections (In/Out where required):
NOTE: Must be connected as the only device
on the IDC to ensure relay operation.
Relay contacts and IDC (-), color coded 18 AWG leads;
IDC (+) and LED wiring, screw terminals for 18 to 14 AWG
Detector Accessories
Model Description Details*
Required for mounting to surface mounted 4” (102 mm) square or
4” octagonal boxes, and to 4” square flush mounted boxes
4098-9832 Adapter Plate
May be used when retrofitting existing bases
Compatible with detector bases 4098-9788, -9682, & -9683
4098-9830 Remote LED Indicator Mounted on single gang stainless steel plate
Dimensions: 2-1/2” x 1-1/2” x 1“ Required for 4-wire circuits
2098-9739 Encapsulated
(64 mm x 38 mm x 25.4 mm) using 4098-9682 base, one per
24 VDC
circuit; select mounting type as
End-of-Line Relay Mounted on single gang
2098-9735 Plate Mounted required; wiring is color coded
stainless steel plate 18 AWG wire leads
* Refer to pages 2 and 4 for dimensions and additional mounting details; 18 AWG = 0.82 mm2; 14 AWG = 2.08 mm2
† Testing requires placing a magnet at the designated location on the detector cover for 4 seconds. Refer to application manual
574-709 for further test and maintenance information.
3 S4098-0017-4 1/2015
Mounting Information
(Electrical boxes are supplied by others.)
1-1/2" (38 mm) Flush mount reference, mount even with final
minimum box depth surface, or with up to 1/4" (6.4 mm) maximum recess
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Features
Compact air duct detector housing with clear This device is a duct smoke housing. When provided with detector, it is designed to sample the air flow
passing by it in the air duct to determine whether it contains unacceptable levels of smoke. The
effectiveness of a duct smoke detector is highly dependent upon: the design and operating conditions of the
air handling system in which it is installed, variables such as smoke dilution and stratification over which
even the best designed systems have no control, and proper placement and positioning of the duct smoke
detector, which is often compromised for practical reasons. For the reasons stated above, the effectiveness
TEST TEST
Sampling Tube Selection Chart, Ordered Separately Per Duct Width, Select One
Overall Duct Width Tube Required Suggested Cut Length
12” (305 mm) 4098-9854 1/2” (12.7 mm) longer than duct width
13” to 23” (330 mm to 584 mm) 4098-9855 1/2” (12.7 mm) longer than duct width
24” to 46” (610 mm to 1168 mm) 4098-9856 3 in” (76 mm) longer than duct width
46” to 71” (1168 mm to 1803 mm) 4098-9857 3 in” (76 mm) longer than duct width
71” to 95” (1803 mm to 2413 mm) 4098-9858 3 in” (76 mm) longer than duct width
effectiveness of a duct smoke detector is highly dependent upon: the design and operating conditions of the
detector, which is often compromised for practical reasons. For the reasons stated above, the effectiveness
air handling system in which it is installed, variables such as smo ke dilu tion and stratification over which
smoke detector be used or regarded to be a substitute for the building's Fire alarm and detection system to
even the best designed systems have no control, and proper placement and positioning of the duct smoke
of this duct smoke detector cannot be warranted or guaranteed. Under no circumstances should this duct
This device is a duct smoke housing. When provided with detector, it is designed to sample the air flow
passing by it in the air duct to determine whether it contains unacceptable levels of smoke. The
This device is a duct smoke housing. When provided with detector, it is designed to sample the air flow
passing by it in the air duct to determine whether it contains unacceptable levels of smoke. T he
effectiveness of a duct smoke detector is highly dependent upon: the design and operating conditions of the
air handling system in which it is installed, variables such as smoke dilutio n and stratification over which
even the best designed systems have no control, and proper placement and positioning of the duct smoke
detector, which is often compromised for practical reasons. For the reasons stated above, the effectiveness
of this duct smoke detector cannot be warranted or guaranteed. Under no circumstances should this duct
smoke detector be used or regarded to be a substitute for the building's Fire alarm and detection system to
which this device is attached as a secondary detection device.
DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE!
3 S4098-0029-9 11/2014
Duct Detector Location Reference Duct Detector Location Considerations:
1. Proper duct smoke detection location must ensure
Exhaust Damper Detector OK adequate airflow within the duct housing.
2. Duct air velocity rating is 300 to 4000 ft/min (91 to
Exhaust Return Air 1220 m/min). Pressure differential between intake and
exhaust tubes is required to be between 0.015 to 1.55
Do not locate
detector here
inches of water (0.381 to 39.37 mm).
Return air
3. Ensure accessibility for test and service.
damper 4. Proper Locations: downstream side of filters to detect
fires in the filters; in return ducts, ahead of mixing
areas; upstream of air humidifier and cooling coil.
5. Other locations and orientations may be required for
Fresh air Supply Air proper duct smoke detection depending on duct access,
system design, and duct airflow testing. Contact your
Filter bank Detector OK local Simplex product supplier for assistance.
Do not locate
detector here
Locations to Avoid:
Additional Information. Refer to NFPA 90A, Standard 1. Where dampers closed for comfort control would
for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating interfere with airflow.
Systems; NFPA 72, the National Fire Alarm and Signaling 2. Next to outside air inlets (unless the intent is to monitor
Code; and the NEMA Guide for Proper Use of Smoke smoke entry from that area).
Detectors in Duct Applications, and Installation Instructions 3. In return air damper branch ducts and mixing areas
574-776. where airflow may be restricted.
Specifications
Air Velocity Range (linear ft/min) 300 to 4000 ft/min (91 to 1220 m/min)
UL Listed Temperature Range 32° F to 100° F (0° C to 38° C)
Operating Temperature Range 32° F to 122° F (0° C to 50° C)
General
Storage Temperature Range 0 F to 140 F (-18 C to 60 C)
Mechanical &
Environmental Humidity Range 10% to 95% RH, non-condensing
Wiring Connections Terminal blocks, 18 to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2)
Housing Color and Material Black ABS base with clear polycarbonate cover
Sampling and Exhaust Tube Material Black CPVC, custom extrusion; sampling tubes are pre-drilled
Two-Wire Operation, Models 4098-9685 and 4098-9688
Operating Voltage 18-32 VDC, from compatible IDC
Standby Current 100 A @ 24 VDC
4098-9685 (no relay)
Alarm Current 40 mA maximum @ 24 VDC
Standby Current 2 mA @ 24 VDC (includes relay supervision current)
4098-9688 Alarm Current 40 mA maximum @ 24 VDC
(with single relay control) Relay Control 4098-9841 relay only, one maximum
NOTE: Only one 4098-9688 Relay Rating Dual Form C, 1 A @ 28 VDC, 1/2 A @ 120 VAC, Resistive
per IDC 100 ft (30 m) maximum to relay coil, relay must be within 3 ft (1 m) of device
Relay Location
being controlled per NFPA 72
Four-Wire Operation, Model 4098-9686, Requires Resettable and Fused 24 VDC from Fire Alarm Power Supply
Operating Voltage 18-32 VDC (24 VDC nominal)
Standby Current 12 mA @ 24 VDC; 32 mA @ 24 VDC with 4098-9835 Test Station
45 mA @ 24 VDC; 65 mA @ 24 VDC with 4098-9835 Test Station
Alarm Current (one relay activated)
Add 15 mA @ 24 VDC for each additional remote 4098-9843 relay
For use with relay 4098-9843, quantity of 15 maximum, distance of 500 ft (152 m) maximum,
Supervised Remote Relay Control
requires 4081-9008 (ref. 733-894), 10 k, 1/2 W end-of-line resistor
4098-9843 Relay Output Ratings, Single Form C, use with Model 4098-9686 Only
Coil Current 15 mA @ 24 VDC, up to 15 maximum per relay control output
Relay Contacts, Resistive Ratings 7 A at 0.35 PF @ 28 VDC & 120 VAC; 250 A @ 5 VDC
500 ft (152 m) maximum to relay coils; relays must be within 3 ft (1 m) of device being
Location Distance
controlled per NFPA 72
Remote Alarm LED LED Current 1.7 mA, no impact to alarm current
Models 4098-9830, 4098-9834, & 4098-9835
& Test Stations Distance 250 ft (76 m) maximum from duct housing
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Features
This device is a duct smoke housing. When provided with detector, it is designed to sample the air flow
passing by it in the air duct to determine whether it contains unacceptable levels of smoke. The
effectiveness of a duct smoke detector is highly dependent upon: the design and operating conditions of the
Compact stand-alone operation air duct detector air handling system in which it is installed, variables such as smoke dilution and stratification over which
even the best designed systems have no control, and proper placement and positioning of the duct smoke
detector, which is often compromised for practical reasons. For the reasons stated above, the effectiveness
of this duct smoke detector cannot be warranted or guaranteed. Under no circumstances should this duct
housing with clear cover to monitor for the smoke detector be used or regarded to be a substitute for the building's Fire alarm and detection system to
which this device is attached as a secondary detection device.
DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE!
presence of smoke**
Includes factory installed TrueAlarm
photoelectric smoke detector and features:
On-board TrueAlarm sensitivity drift compensation
and dirt accumulation tracking
Multi-function status LED indicator on detector
Magnetic test that initiates an alarm and provides
detailed diagnostic information
4098-9687 Stand-Alone Duct Detector
Clear cover allows visual inspection Housing, Front View
Test ports provide functional smoke testing access
with cover in place
Input power of 120 VAC, 24 VAC, or 24 VDC POWER
TEST/
On-board relay output features: SILENCE
RESET
S4098-0031-6 11/2014
Duct Detector Selection Chart
Model Description Compatibility
Stand-alone operation duct detector with internal output relay, Requires 4098-9842 Test Station
4098-9687
input power is 120 VAC, 24 VAC, or 24 VDC* (ordered separately)
Sampling Tube Selection Chart, Ordered Separately Per Duct Width, Select One
Overall Duct Width Tube Required Suggested Cut Length
12” (305 mm) 4098-9854 1/2” (12.7 mm) longer than duct width
13” to 23” (330 mm to 584 mm) 4098-9855 1/2” (12.7 mm) longer than duct width
24” to 46” (610 mm to 1168 mm) 4098-9856 3 in” (76 mm) longer than duct width
46” to 71” (1168 mm to 1803 mm) 4098-9857 3 in” (76 mm) longer than duct width
71” to 95” (1803 mm to 2413 mm) 4098-9858 3 in” (76 mm) longer than duct width
** Testing requires placing a magnet at the designated location on the duct housing cover for 4 seconds and referring to the response from
the red LED status indicator on the detector. Refer to Installation Instructions 574-777 for further test and maintenance information.
2 S4098-0031-6 11/2014
Stand-Alone Duct Detector Housing Detail Reference
NOTE: Refer to Installation Instructions 574-777 for additional detail and maintenance information.
This device is a duct smoke housing. When provided with detector, it is designed to sample the air flow
passing by it in the air duct to determine whether it contains unacceptable levels of smoke. The
effectiveness of a duct smoke detector is highly dependent upon: the design and operating conditions of Metal plate with dual holes
the air handling system in which it is installed, variables such as smoke dilution and stratification over
which even the best designed systems have no control, and proper placement and positioning of the duct
smoke detector, which is often compromised for practical reasons. For the reasons stated above, the
for 3/4" (19 mm) conduit, plug
effectiveness of this duct smoke detector cannot be warranted or guaranteed. Under no circumstances
Status LED should this duct smoke detector be used or regarded to be a substitute for the building's Fire alarm and
detection system to which this device is attached as a secondary detection device.
supplied for unused hole
DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE!
6-3/4"
(171 mm )
Front View
4098-9601 Smoke detector 120 VAC input
Sampling tube mounted in base (supplied) selection terminals
access hole
Relay output terminals
24 VDC/VAC
Side of duct
input and control
station terminals
Stationary baffle (built-in) Captive fastening screws (4)
3-3/8"
(86 mm) Bottom view
Duct wall
13/16"
(21 mm) Exhaust tube 4098-9842 Control Station
(supplied)
TEST/
RESET
SILENCE
detector, which is often compromised for practical reasons. For the reasons stated above, the effectiveness
smoke detector be used or regarded to be a substitute for the building's Fire alarm and detection system to
even the best designed systems have no control, and proper placement and positioning of the duct smoke
of this duct smoke detector cannot be warranted or guaranteed. Under no circumstances should this duct
This device is a duct smoke housing. When provided with detector, it is designed to sample the air flow
passing by it in the air duct to determine whether it contains unacceptable levels of smoke. The
1 2
which this device is attached as a secondary detection device.
3
Exhaust tube This device is a duct smoke housing. When provided with detector, it is designed to sample the air flow
passing by it in the air duct to determine whether it contains unacceptable levels of smoke. The
effectiveness of a duct smoke detector is highly dependent upon: the design and operating conditions of the
air handling system in which it is installed, variables such as smoke dilution an d stratification over which
even the best designed systems have no control, and proper placement and positioning of the duct smoke
detector, which is often compromised for practical reasons. For the reasons stated above, the effectiveness
of this duct smoke detector cannot be warranted or guaranteed. Under no circumstances should this duct
smoke detector be used or regarded to be a substitute for the building's Fire alarm and detection system to
DO NOT MOUNT ON
BOTTOM OF DUCT
3 S4098-0031-6 11/2014
Stand-alone Duct Detector Location Reference
Specifications
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm
Code are trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Features
Photoelectric transmitter and receiver are
combined in a single, compact housing:
An infrared beam is reflected from a matching prism
with the reflected light analyzed by an on-board
microprocessor providing area smoke detection
Two models are available:
– Model 50RU is for 15 ft to 160 ft (5 m to 50 m)
– Model 100RU is for 160 ft to 330 ft (50 m to 100 m)
Each model includes the matching prism reflector(s),
a wall mounting bracket, and a calibrated test filter
UL listed to Standard 268
Microprocessor controlled operation includes:
Easy setup and alignment with three selectable alarm
thresholds of 25%, 35%, or 50% beam obscuration (can
be mounted horizontally or vertically)
Operation at either 12 VDC or 24 VDC
50RU/100RU Reflective Beam Detector (shown without
Alarm latching or alarm auto-reset wall mount bracket) and LLC Remote Test Station
Automatic gain control
Separate alarm and trouble contacts Description (Continued)
Applications: Application Note. Reflective beam smoke detectors may
Open areas where ceiling height exceed 25ft (7.6 m) not be suitable for areas with highly reflective surfaces.
(warehouses, hotel atriums, industrial plants, and school Separate transmitter/receiver models may be required.
gymnasiums) Engineering Specification
Public areas where cosmetics are of prime importance
and detector heads need to be small and unobtrusive The projected beam type smoke detector shall be a 4-wire
(shopping malls, libraries, theaters, and churches) 12/24 VDC device to be used with a UL Listed separately
supplied 4-wire control panel. Unit shall be listed to
Benefits: UL 268 and shall consist of an integrated transmitter and
Reduces installation costs where 6 or more spot receiver. The detector shall operate between a range of
detectors are required in a single area 15 ft to 330 ft (5 m to 100 m). The temperature range of
Optional remote test station mounts at ground level and the beam shall be -4° F to 131° F (-20° C to +55° C)
reduces service time by testing without site disruption [UL 268 listed temperature range is 32° F to 100° F (0° C
to 38° C)]. The beam detector shall feature automatic gain
Optional Accessories:
control which will compensate for gradual signal
Surface mount matching backbox deterioration from dirt accumulation on the lenses. The
Extended alignment bracket unit shall include a wall mounting bracket. Testing shall
Remote Test Station be carried out by using a calibrated obscuration test filter.
The Reflective beam type smoke detector shall be a Fire
Description Fighting Enterprises 50RU (160 ft/50 m) or 100RU
Single Unit Design. A single unit houses both an (330 ft/100 m).
infrared transmitter and receiver. The transmitter signal is Beam Detector Spacing
reflected by a matching prism back to the receiver where
the internal microprocessor analyzes it for the presence of On smooth ceilings, up to 60 ft (18.288 m) between
smoke. An alarm condition is determined when the reflective beams and not more than one-half the spacing
selected sensitivity level is reached. between a reflective beam and a sidewall. Other spacing
may be used depending on ceiling height, airflow
Mounting. Detectors are mounted with the beam
characteristics, and response requirements.
projecting between 1 ft (305 mm) and 2 ft (610 mm)
below, and parallel to the ceiling. Lateral detection may Refer to NFPA 72 and Installation Instructions supplied
be up to 30 ft (9.144 m) on either side of the beam, with unit for further information.
providing a maximum total coverage area of up to * Listings are by Fire Fighting Enterprises. Refer to CSFM 7260-1508:102; and MEA 70-02-E.
19,800 ft2 (60 ft x 330 ft or 18.288 m x 100 m). This product was not approved by FM as of document revision date.
S4098-0040-2 12/2011
Ordering Information
Ordering Number Model Description
0206.02 50RU Reflective beam smoke detector; 160 ft (50 m) maximum distance
0206.03 100RU Reflective beam smoke detector; 330 ft (100 m) maximum distance
Remote Test Station/Low Level Controller (0400); single gang mount; provides remote Power-on
0400-01 LLC
LED, Alarm LED, and remote Alarm Test
23901.01 23901 Replacement Prism; Note; Model 100RU uses 4 prisms, Model 50 RU uses 1 prism
0608.01 0608 Surface mount matching backbox
0893.01 0893 Extended Alignment Bracket, allows up to +/- 45° adjustment for either detector or prism
1000-020 NA Optional Protective Wire Cage
Internal Ordering Note: These products can be found in Job Design under the Air Products OP category OPFFE.
Beam Detector
on Surface Mount Extended
Prism
Backbox, shown with Alignment
Reflector
optional 1000-020 Bracket
Wire Cage
Specifications
Construction Specifications
Housing Flame Retardant ABS; IP rating = IP50
Finish Grey/Black
Dimensions, housing only 8-1/4” H x 4-3/4” W x 4-1/2” D (210 mm x 121 mm x 114 mm)
Dimensions, with bracket 8-1/4” H x 5” W x 4-3/4” D (210 mm x 126 mm x 121 mm)
3-15/16” square x 3/8” D (100 mm x 9.5 mm) each;
Prism Dimensions
one is used by the Model 50RU; four are used by the Model 100RU
Manufacturer Fire Fighting Enterprises (A Halma Group Company); website: www.ffeuk.com/
Electrical Specifications
Input Voltage 10.2 to 30 VDC
Standby Current 4 mA @ 24 VDC
Alarm Current 15 mA @ 24 VDC
Alarm and Trouble Relays Dedicated, separate Form C relays, rated 1 A @ 30 VDC resistive
Wiring Method Pluggable connector with attached wire leads
Optical Wavelength 880 nm
Operating Specifications
Startup Time 10 seconds
Reset Time 5 seconds maximum
Sensitivity 25%, 35%, or 50% obscuration
50RU 15 ft to 160 ft (5 m to 50 m)
Operating Distance
100RU 160 ft to 330 ft (50 m to 100 m)
Alarm = Red LED
Status Indicators
Trouble = Amber LED
Alarm Types Select latching or non-latching operation
Trouble Conditions Improper setup alignment; 90% or more obscuration
UL Listed Temperature Range 32° F to 100° F (0° C to 38° C)
Operating Temperature Range -4° F to 131° F (-20° C to 55° C)
Relative Humidity 10 to 93% RH, non-condensing
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code
are trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Features
Up to two detector heads can report to one
ground level controller
Photoelectric transmitter and receiver are
combined in a single, compact housing:
An infrared beam is reflected from a matching prism
with the reflected light analyzed by an on-board
microprocessor providing area smoke detection
Operating range covers 26 ft, 3 inches to 330 ft Fireray 5000 Reflective Beam Detector Head
(8 m to 100 m)
Modular design with easyfit mounting system and
LASER assisted prism mounting provides convenient
mounting and adjustment
Auto-Align beam alignment operation conveniently
rotates beam to align to the prism center during
installation
AutoOptimise operation automatically maintains
alignment for reliable operation
5 Year Warranty
UL listed to Standard 268
Microprocessor controlled operation includes:
Easy setup and alignment with sensitivity selectable Fireray 5000 Control Station
from 10% to 60% (35% default)
Password protected settings Description
Built-in electronic UL/ULC obscuration acceptance test Convenient Installation and Alignment. The Fireray
Automatic gain control; contamination compensation, 5000 System is an auto-aligning infrared beam smoke
and building shift compensation detector. Once the detector head is installed using the
easyfit mounting system, an integral LASER can be
Current monitoring for gimbals motor position activated that is aligned along the optical path of the
Ground level system controller with LCD provides user infrared beam, allowing the reflective prism to be located
feedback of operating parameters; remote status display, quickly and with confidence. The Auto-Align beam
programming access, and test alignment feature then allows the reflective prism to be
Operating voltage range of 14 to 36 VDC located quickly and accurately.
Alarm latching or alarm auto-reset AutoOptimise Beam Alignment. The AutoOptimise
beam alignment system automatically steers and maintains
Separate alarm and trouble contacts for each detector the beam in the optimum position for reliable performance.
Applications: The signal is generated in the transmitter element and
Large open areas such as warehouses, hotel atriums, reflected by the prism back to the receiver element, then
industrial plants, and school gymnasiums analyzed for the presence of smoke. The internal
microprocessor determines an alarm condition when a
Public areas where cosmetics are of prime importance predetermined level is reached. The maximum distance of
and detector heads need to be small and unobtrusive the Detector and Reflector from the ceiling must be 10% of
(shopping malls, libraries, theaters, and churches) the distance between floor and ceiling. Lateral detection
Optional Accessories: may be up to 30 ft (9.144 m) on either side of the beam,
Detector: adjustment bracket, back box, and cover plate providing a maximum total coverage area of up to 19,800
square feet (60 ft x 330 ft or 18.29 m x 100 m).
Controller back box
Application Note. Reflective beam smoke detectors may
Extended prism mounting options not be suitable for areas with highly reflective surfaces.
Separate transmitter/receiver models may be required.
* Listings are by Fire Fighting Enterprises. Refer to CSFM 7260-1508:104. Refer to the Installation Instructions supplied with the
product and to NFPA 72, the National Fire and Signaling
Code for additional installation guidance.
S4098-0042-3 8/2013
Engineering Specification
The projected beam type smoke detector shall be listed to The unit shall include a low level remote display and
UL 268 and shall consist of up to two integrated control unit with LCD readout for set-up, reporting and
transmitter, receiver detector heads and single low level testing of up to two separate detector heads. The system
remote control unit. The detector shall operate between a shall be capable of programming obscuration thresholds
range of 26.25 ft to 330 ft (8 m to 100 m). The for 10% to 60% in 1% increments. The system shall be
temperature range of the system shall be -4° F to 131° F capable of programming delay to fault and delay to alarm
(-20° C to 55° C). The beam detector heads shall include from 2 seconds to 30 seconds in 1 second increments.
an integral built-in laser pointer to assist prism mounting.
Test and acceptance of the system shall be carried out by
The beam detector shall feature automatic gain control
using the UL approved internal electronic obscuration fire
which will compensate for gradual signal deterioration
test. The projected beam type smoke detector shall be a
from dirt accumulation on the lenses. The beam detector
4-wire 24 VDC device to be used with a Nationally
heads shall include AutoOptimise Self-Correcting
Recognized Testing Laboratory’s Listed separately
motorized head feature to ensure unit is always receiving
supplied 4-wire control panel. The Reflective beam type
maximum signal available, and shall automatically
smoke detector shall be a Fire Fighting Enterprises
compensate for Building Shift.
Fireray 5000.
Ordering Information
Ordering
Description Dimensions
Number
5 9⁄32” H x 5 5⁄16 ” W x 5 9⁄32” D
Head
(135 mm x 134 mm x 132 mm)
Fireray 5000 Reflective Auto Align Beam Smoke Detector
9 ¼” H x 7 ⅞” W x 2 13⁄16” D
5000-103 System; includes one detector head, one controller, and one Controller
(235 mm x 200 mm x 71 mm)
prism; for control of up to two detector heads
4 ⅛” x 3 15⁄16” x ⅜” D
Prism
(105 mm x 100 mm x 9.5 mm)
Additional Detector Head and Prism, select up to one additional head per 5 9⁄32” H x 5 5⁄16 ” W x 5 9⁄32” D
5000-031
5000-103 System (135 mm x 134 mm x 132 mm)
5000 Series Detector Uni-Box back box includes: hinged cover plate,
7 ⅛” square x 2 1⁄16” D
conduit knock-outs on all sides, captive screw lock on cover plate, universal
5000-011 (181 mm x 52 mm)
back plate mounting holes, and cover plate mounting holes for optional
(including cover plate)
1000-018 wire cage; box may be surface or flush mounted
Detector Cover Plate for mounting 5000 Series Detector to a double gang 6 7⁄16” square (164 mm)
5000-012
electrical box, surface or flush mount with 3⁄16” lip (5 mm)
Alignment Bracket for detector or prism, surface mount; pivots horizontally
5 ¼” square footprint x 2 13⁄16” D
5000-005 or vertically for accurate alignment; order detector and prism parts
(134 mm x 71 mm)
separately
Alignment Bracket for detector or prism, surface mount; provides 360°
3 27⁄32” H x 3 29⁄32” W
5000-201 rotation plus 130° adjustment for accurate alignment, order detector and
(98 mm x 99.5 mm)
prism parts separately
Controller Back Box, surface or flush mount; mounts to single gang, double 8 7⁄16” H x 7 7⁄16” W x 1 ¾” D
5000-009
gang, or 4” square box for surface mounting (214 mm x 189 mm x 45 mm)
10 5⁄16” H x 8 ¾” W
5000-010 Controller Back Box Semi-Flush Mount Trim Plate (for 5000-009 box)
(263 mm x 222 mm)
Prism Wall Mount Bracket; mounts a single prism, for up to 160 ft (49 m); or
11 3⁄16” x 8 5⁄16” x ½” D
5000-006 four prisms, for 160 ft to 330 ft (49 m to 100 m); prisms are ordered
(284 mm x 211 mm x 13 mm)
separately
Single Prism Alignment Adapter, mounts on 5000-005 Alignment Bracket;
5000-008 4” square (102 mm)
order Prism and Alignment Bracket separately
Four Prism Alignment Adapter, mounts on 5000-005 Alignment Bracket;
5000-007 8” square (204 mm)
order Prisms and 5000-005 Alignment Bracket separately
23901.01 Replacement Prism
5000-004 Long Range Prism Kit; provides three, 23901 Prisms for distances between 160 ft and 330 ft (50 m to 100 m)
5000-014 Ceiling Pendant Mounting Bracket
1000-018 Protective Wire Cage for 5000 Series Detector Heads
1000-019 Protective Wire Cage for 5000 Serie4s Controllers
Internal Ordering Note: These products can be found in Job Design under Fire Fighting Enterprises, OP category OPFFE.
2 S4098-0042-3 8/2013
Accessory Reference (not shown to scale)
Beam Detector on
Beam Detector on 5000-011 Uni-Box 23901 Prism Reflector
5000-005 Alignment Bracket
3 S4098-0042-3 8/2013
Specifications
(Refer to Installation Instructions shipped with the product for additional information.)
Mechanical and General Reference
Housing Flame Retardant ABS; IP rating = IP54
Finish Light Grey/Black
Manufacturer Fire Fighting Enterprises (A Halma Group Company); website: www.ffeuk.com/
Electrical
Input Voltage 14 to 36 VDC
5 mA for one detector head
Low power mode
8.5 mA for two detector heads
Standby and Alarm Currents, @ 24 VDC
50 mA (mode is selected to enable faster beam movement during
High power mode
Auto-Align, Hand Align, and Laser Targeting)
Alarm and Trouble Relays Dedicated, separate Form C relays, rated 1 A @ 30 VDC resistive
Wiring to Controller Terminal block connections; 18 to 14 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 2.08 mm2)
328 ft (100 m) maximum distance; use shielded wire pair;
Wiring, Controller to Head
18 to 16 AWG (1 mm2 to 1.5 mm2 )
Optical Wavelength 850 nm
Operating
Startup Time 45 seconds
Reset Time 5 seconds maximum
Sensitivity 10% to 60%; 35% default setting
Operating Distance 26 ft, 3 inches to 330 ft (8 m to 100 m)
Normal = Green LED; Alarm = Red LED; Fault (Trouble) = Yellow LED; LEDs flash
Status Indicators; Head and Controller
every 10 seconds to indicate status
Alarm Types Select latching or non-latching operation
Trouble Conditions Improper setup alignment; 87% or more obscuration
UL Listed Temperature Range 32° F to 100° F (0° C to 38° C)
Operating Temperature Range -4° F to 131° F (-20° C to 55° C)
Relative Humidity 0 to 93% RH, non-condensing
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Features
End-to-End Infrared Optical Smoke Detection with
separate transmitter and receiver heads (up to two per
controller)
Transmitter to Receiver range is 16.5 to 393 ft
(5 to 120 m), configurable per detector set
Integral laser alignment in receiver for quick and
accurate alignment
Single 2-wire interface from controller to receiver and
transmitter FIRERAY 3000 Controller shown with a Single
Transmitter/Receiver Pair
Separate fire and trouble relays per transmitter/receiver
pair
Controller with LCD display can be located at ground
level for convenient access
Sensitivity and fire threshold are programmable from the
controller
Automatic gain control (AGC) provides drift
compensation
Built-in electronic UL/ULC obscuration-acceptance fire
test provides convenient testing
Knockouts for ease of installation and wiring
Optional transmitter powering from controller
UL listed to Standard 268
Description
FIRERAY 3000 Installation Reference
The FIRERAY 3000 End-to-End infrared Optical Beam
Smoke Detector (OBSD) uses the latest optical
technology, incorporating modern industrial, electronic Engineering Specification (Continued)
and software techniques. This detector offers cost
The beam detector shall feature automatic gain control,
effective protection of large, open area spaces with high
which will compensate for gradual signal deterioration
ceilings. It is also very well suited to applications where
from dirt accumulation on the lenses. The receiver heads
access to ceiling mounted smoke detectors presents
shall incorporate a Wide Field of View to ensure the unit
practical difficulties.
is always receiving maximum signal available.
Application Guidance. The FIRERAY 3000 is ideal
The system shall include a low level remote display and
for applications where line of sight for the IR (infra-red)
control unit with LCD read-out for set-up, reporting and
detection path is narrow and where the building structure
testing of up to 2 separate sets of heads. The system shall
uses reflective surfaces. It has also been designed to be
be capable of sending separate Trouble and Alarm signals
aesthetically pleasing and thus can equally suit modern
for each of the sets of heads. The system shall be capable
architectural buildings as well as historical sites,
of programming alarm thresholds of 25% to 60% in 1%
particularly where ornate ceilings exist.
increments. The system shall be capable of programming
Engineering Specification delay to fault and delay to alarm from 2 seconds to 30
seconds in 1 second increments.
The projected beam type smoke detector shall be listed to
UL 268 and shall consist of up to two transmitters, two Test and acceptance of the system shall be carried out by
receivers and a single low level remote control unit. The using the UL/ULC approved internal electronic
detector shall operate between a range of 16.5 ft to 393 ft obscuration fire test. The projected beam type smoke
(5 m to 120 m). The temperature range of the system shall detector shall be a 4-wire 24VDC device to be used with a
be -4° F to 131° F (-20° C to 55° C).The receiver shall Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory’s Listed and
include an integral built-in laser pointer to assist in separately supplied 4- wire control panel. The End-to-End
optimum alignment. beam type smoke detector shall be a Fire Fighting
* Listings are by Fire Fighting Enterprises. Refer to CSFM 7260-1508:105. This product was
Enterprises FIRERAY 3000.
not approved by FM as of document revision date.
S4098-0050 8/2013
Ordering Information
Model Description
End-to-End Beam Smoke Detector; includes (1) Transmitter, (1) Receiver, and (1) System Control Unit; order (1)
3000-103
3000-016 for additional transmitter/receiver
3000-016 Additional Detector Pack, includes (1) Transmitter and (1) Receiver
3000-201 Adjustment Bracket
3000-202 Surface Mount Adapter
3000-203 4” Square Cover Plate
5000-011 Surface Mount Detector Back Box, requires one 3000-202 Surface Mount Adaptor for each head, ordered separately
3000-209 Control Back Box
3000-210 Semi-flush Trim Plate
1000-018 Wire Cage, requires 5000-011 Detector Back Box and 3000-202 Surface Mount Adaptor (ordered separately)
Internal Ordering Note: These products can be found in Job Design under Fire Fighting Enterprises, OP category OPFFE.
Specifications (See Installation Instructions shipped with product for additional information)
Mechanical Specifications
Housing Material; Control Unit,
UL94V2 PC; IP rating = IP54
Transmitter, and Receiver
Dimensions Control Unit 7.99” W x 4.88” H x 2.81” D (203 mm x 124 mm x 71.5 mm); 1.34 lb (606 g)
and Weight Transmitter and Receiver 3.07” W x 3.03” H x 6.33” D (78 mm x 77 mm x 131 mm); 0.456 lb (207 g)
Manufacturer Fire Fighting Enterprises (A Halma Group Company); website: www.ffeuk.com/
Electrical Specifications
Input Voltage 12 to 36 VDC +/- 10%; from a compatible and agency listed fire alarm power supply
Controller Current 14 mA, with one or two receivers
Transmitter Current 8 mA per Transmitter
Dedicated, separate Form C relays, rated 2 A @ 30 VDC resistive; selectable with
Alarm and Trouble Relays
2 to 30 s delay to activate, individually selectable
Controller to Receiver 18 to 14 AWG, twisted pair; 330 ft (100 m) maximum distance
Optical Wavelength 880 nm
Operating Specifications
Power Down Reset Time > 20 s
25% to 60% obscuration selectable in 1% increments; major selectable increments
Sensitivity
are 25, 35, and 50%
Operating Distance 16.5 ft to 393 ft (5 m to 120 m)
Control Unit Alarm = Red LED; Trouble = Amber LED; System OK = Green LED
Status Indicators
Receiver Alarm = Red LED; plus Alignment LEDs for single person alignment
UL Listed Temperature Range -4° F to 131° F (-20° C to 55° C); non-condensing
Relative Humidity 93%, non-condensing
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.
Features
High resolution, 24-pin, dot matrix bi-directional
printer for use with Simplex® model:
4100ES, 4100U, 4100, 4010ES, 4010 and 4007ES Series
Fire Alarm Control Panels
4190 Series Network Annunciator Products
Other new and legacy Simplex fire alarm control panels
with serial printer support (contact your local Simplex
product representative for compatibility)
Provides hard copy records of:
System events with alarm conditions automatically
printed bold
TrueAlarm® analog sensor information 4190-9013 Fire Alarm System Printer
WALKTEST™ system testing
Specifications
History files
Serial RS-232, USB, or parallel communications Voltage 120 VAC, 60 Hz
interface Idle Current 130 mA @ 120 VAC
RS-232 communications and AC input are 1.1 A typical, 2.6 A maximum,
Print Current @ 120 VAC
transient protected depending on character type
Approximately 42 W per
UL listed to Standard 864 Print Power @ 120 VAC
ISO/IEC 10561 letter pattern
High Speed
Description 440 cps @ 10 cpi
Draft Mode
Print Speed
Model 4190-9013 is a high resolution 24-pin printer for (characters Draft Mode 330 cps @ 10 cpi
per second,
use with Simplex fire alarm control panels and related
cps)
systems. It is listed for supplemental fire protective Letter Quality 110 cps @ 10 cpi
signaling system operation under UL Standard 864.
Column Width 80 Columns @ 10 cpi
Transient suppression is included for both RS-232
communications and 120 VAC power. Testing is Buffer Size 128 kB
performed to ensure proper operation with compatible UL Fan Fold 4” to 10” wide (101 to 254 mm)
listed fire alarm control equipment. 5-13/16” to 10-1/8” wide
Paper Cut Sheet
(148 to 257 mm)
Typical printer operations would include: recording of Specifications
Original and up to 4 copies,
fire alarm system activity for fire response documentation, Copies
carbon-less only
documenting non-fire alarm activity such as security
monitoring of door openings and WALKTEST system 16-5/16” W x 13-13/16” D x 6-5/8” H
Dimensions
(414 mm x 350 mm x 168 mm)
test results, and documenting other related activity (such
as AC power failure and restoration) as directed by the Weight 15.9 lbs (7.2 kg)
connected panel. Additionally, diagnostic information Operating Temperature 32° to 120° F (0° to 49° C)
may be printed such as TrueAlarm analog sensor status Humidity 10 to 85% RH, non-condensing
and service reports for analysis of smoke detection Order as vended item in Job
Replacement Ribbon
sensitivity (refer to sample printouts on page 2). Design, Bushnell Ribbon 837-0100
Refer to Installation Instructions 579-233 for additional PRT80S, Supervised
System Designation
information. PRT80U, Unsupervised
S4190-0011-6 7/2016
Sample Event Printouts
Alarm Condition:
12:42:44 pm WED 27 JAN 10 CAFETERIA STORAGE ROOM
FIRE MONITOR ZONE ALARM
Supervisory Service:
12:43:08 pm WED 27 JAN 10 OFFICE AREA BUILDING 23
SPRINKLER MONITOR ABNORMAL
Trouble Condition:
12:43:41 pm NURSES STATION EXAMINING ROOM
FIRE MONITOR ZONE DISABLE TROUBLE
Channel 1 (M1)
Zone Sensi- Almost
Name Custom Label tivity Device Status Dirty
M1-1 ANALOG PHOTO - CLEAN ROOM 0.5 NORMAL
M1-2 ANALOG ION - CLEAN ROOM 1.3 NORMAL
M1-3 ANALOG PHOTO - MAIN LOBBY 2.5 NORMAL *YES*
M1-4 ANALOG PHOTO - CONFERENCE ROOM 1 2.5 NORMAL
Channel 1 (M1)
Dev Alarm Avg Current/ Peak/ State
Num Custom Label at: val % alarm % alarm
10 GARAGE DEV 10 HEAT DETECTOR 135F/187 63/ 67F 66/ 69F NOR
11 KITCHEN DEV 11 3.7/216 116 117/ 1% 152/ 36% NOR
Current status
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code
are trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S4190-0011-6 7/2016
www.simplex-fire.com
© 2016 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
TrueAlarm Fire Alarm Systems
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved; Fire Alarm System Accessories, 4190 Series
MEA (NYC) Acceptance* PC Annunciator with Multi-Client Capability
Features
Fire alarm control panel status annunciation:
Personal computer based annunciator provides a
convenient and intuitive maintenance/service interface to
display system activity and query history logs
Compatible with Simplex® 4100ES, 4010ES, 4007ES Typical System
4100U, and 4100 Series fire alarm control panels Event Screen
Computer with Intel i7, 2.10 GHz CPU, 6MB Cache, 4GB RAM, (2) 1TB Hard
4190-7017 Desktop Drives (minimum) with RAID 1 Controller, DVD R/W, integral audio and amplified
speakers, onboard video for up to two displays (1) SVGA and (1) DVI, (2) RS232
Serial ports, (7) USB ports, (2) Gigabit LAN ports, Passive backplane with (8) PCI,
(3) PCIe x 1 and (1) PCIe x 16 slot, USB keyboard and mouse; charcoal grey
Computer Type 4190-7018 Rack Mount housing. Computers are pre-installed with Windows 7 Professional 32 bit (includes
(select one) CD and license) and PC Annunciator software (dongle not included).
Order with 4190-8901 only. Same PC as 4190-7017 except without operating
system or PC Annunciator software. Use for replacement of existing PCs when
Aftermarket
4190-7030 operating system and PC Annunciator software are available and will be installed
Desktop
on site. Compatible with 32 or 64 bit Windows 10 and Windows 7 operating
systems.
Transient Suppressor
NOTE: Required for agency listing for each PC Annunciator Server and Remote Client LAN/WAN
for LAN/WAN 4190-6010
connection, except for server to client connections when both are in the same room
Connection
4190-7131 21.5” (546 mm) diagonal for desktop applications; black housing
LCD Color Monitor 18.5” (470 mm) diagonal for 19” wide rack mount, with touchscreen; black housing;
(select one) 4190-7234
Note: Refer to page 6 for important monitor mounting details
4190-7114 42” (1049 mm) diagonal for horizontal wall mount applications; black housing
Note: Equipment may vary due to computer design changes. Contact your local Simplex product supplier for exact equipment specifications.
Listings Requirements
Application
System Type Listings* Software Installation* Equipment
Software
Computer and monitor selected from above; also
4190-8201 UL, ULC, CSFM,
4190-5040 As listed above* requires 4190-6010 Transient Suppressor for
with hardware FM, & MEA
LAN/WAN connections per above description
Compatible office quality computer and monitor (refer to computer specifications
4190-8602
4190-5040 Not Applicable
reference on page 4); select computer and monitor appropriately listed for
software only
business/consumer use
* NOTE: For ULC Listed applications, the Local Client provides Annunciation Only, operator actions are not available (restricted
features only).
2 S4190-0013-29 12/2016
System Screen Details (event window is shown reduced, it can be maximized if desired)
3 S4190-0013-29 12/2016
Equipment Specifications
Computers and Accessories (Please note that equipment and specifications may vary due to equipment design changes)
Model* Description Dimensions AC Power Input*
4190-7017
16 ⅞” W x 7” H x 17 ⅝” D
Desktop Computer 2 A @ 120 VAC, 60 Hz (240 W)
(429 mm x 178 mm x 448 mm)
4190-7030 Operating Range: 95-132 VAC;
19” W x 7” H x 17 ⅝” D 180-264 VAC, auto-range; 50/60 Hz
4190-7018 Rack Mount Computer
(483 mm x 178 mm x 448 mm)
Rack Mount Keyboard Tray 19” W x 1 ¾” H x 12 ¾” D
NA NA
(included with computer) (483 mm x 44 mm x 324 mm)
Environmental Specifications
Operating Temperature 32° to 120° F (0° to 49° C)
Operating Humidity up to 93% RH, non-condensing, at 90° F (32° C)
4 S4190-0013-29 12/2016
Desktop Hardware Reference
16-7/8" W
15" H (429 mm)
(381 mm)
PC Annunciator CPU
25-1/4" H
(641 mm)
5 S4190-0013-29 12/2016
Rack Mount Hardware Reference with 18.5” Monitor
Rack equipment is
supplied separately
reference
reference
for monitor
for 18.5"dimensions
screen
18.5" LCD Monitor
with Touchscreen
Keyboard tray
Monitor Detailed
Monitor
Side View 12-7/32"
(310 mm)
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. Microsoft, Windows, and Vista are
trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.
Features Description
Abort switches provide a manual Fire Suppression Releasing systems require maintenance disconnect switches
System release abort request: and often require abort switches. These abort and
Pushbutton momentary switch is mounted on a maintenance switches are clearly labeled and combine easy
stainless steel single-gang plate operation with rugged construction for high integrity
operation.
A protruding collar protects the switch from
accidental contact (collar is removable if required)
Available flush or surface mount
Flush mounting requires standard single-gang box
Surface mounting includes a red mounting box
Models are available with internal 1.2 k resistor for NORMAL
DISC./
1
Maintenance switches provide a secure and visible DISABLE
disconnect means for servicing Fire Suppression
System Releasing Appliance Circuits (RACs): FIRE SUPPRESSION
Maintained position keyswitch with key removable DISCONNECT / DISABLE
only in the normal position
Disabled position opens connection to output circuit
and places a 16.2 k resistor across the input circuit Maintenance Switches, with and without Disconnect
to initiate a supervisory condition at the host panel Indicator Lamp
Models with indicator lamp use a bright incandescent
bulb with red lens, powered from separate 24 VDC
Available for flush or surface mount
Flush mounting requires a standard double-gang box FIRE SUPPRESSION
for models with lamp or a standard single gang box SYSTEM ABORT
for models without lamp.
Surface mount models includes a red mounting box
Models with lamp provided with a double gang
stainless steel plate. Models without lamp provided
with a single gang stainless steel plate.
PUSH AND HOLD
UL listed to Standard 864
Abort Switch
* Refer to page 2 for specific product listings. NOTE: MEA is not applicable to
Maintenance Switches. FM is not applicable to Abort Switches.
As indicated on page 2, these products have been approved by the California State Fire
Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See
CSFM Listing 7300-0026:313 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material
presented in this document. Abort switches are accepted for use – City of New York
Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E. Maintenance switches were not approved by FM as
of document revision date. Additional listings may be applicable, contact your local Simplex®
product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder
Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
S2080-0010-5 3/2017
Product Selection (see page 3 for specifications)
Abort Switches
Model Description Listing Status Details
2080-9056 Flush mount UL & CSFM listed;
Single-gang size; includes 3 position contact block housing
Surface mount; includes MEA (NYC)
2080-9057 with one contact block installed
red mounting box Acceptance
Abort Switches for 4004R Series Suppression Release Panel Current Limited Operation
Model Description Listing Status Details
2080-9067 Flush mount UL & CSFM listed; Single-gang size; includes 1.2 k, 1W resistor for current
Surface mount; includes MEA (NYC) limited operation and 3 position contact block housing with
2080-9068 Acceptance one contact block installed.
red mounting box
2 S2080-0010-5 3/2017
2080-9059 and 2080-9060 Maintenance Switch Installation Reference
3 S2080-0010-5 3/2017
Specifications
Electrical Ratings
Abort Switch; One Contact block Silver contacts; 1 N.O. & 1 N.C.; rated 2 A resistive @ 30 VDC
Maintenance Switch Control Circuit control: Silver contacts; 1 normally open & 1 normally closed; rated 2 A resistive
Contact Block (all models) @ 30 VDC
Maintenance Switch Lamp
Lamp control: Silver contacts; 1 normally open & 1 normally closed; rated 2 A resistive
Contact Block; (models 2080-
@ 30 VDC
9059 and 2080-9060)
Maintenance Switch Indicator
Replaceable 2 W incandescent bulb; 24 to 30 VDC typical; 83 mA @ 24 VDC; requires
Light (models 2080-9059 and
separate 24 VDC
2080-9060)
Wiring Connections
Abort Switch Terminal blocks for in/out wiring; 18 to 14 AWG wire (0.82 mm2 to 2.08 mm2 )
Abort Switch with Current Limited Terminal blocks for first wire connection; 18 to 14 AWG wire (0.82 mm2 to 2.08 mm2 );
Resistor 18 AWG wire lead for second wire connection
18 AWG (0.82 mm2 ) color coded wire leads for suppression circuit; terminal blocks for
Maintenance Switch
lamp wiring; 18 to 14 AWG wire (0.82 mm2 to 2.08 mm2 )
Additional Information 579-416, Installation Instructions
Environmental Ratings
Temperature Range 32° F to 120° F (0° C to 49° C)
Humidity Range Up to 93% at 90°F (32° C)
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code
are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Features Description
Abort switches provide a manual fire suppression Releasing systems often require abort switches. These abort
system release abort request: switches are clearly labeled, have a visually striking blue
Pushbutton momentary switch is mounted on a blue plate and combine easy operation with rugged construction
single-gang plate for high integrity operation.
Plate is flame retardant with improved impact and
heat resistance
A protruding collar protects the switch from
accidental contact (collar is removable if required)
Available flush or surface mount
Flush mounting requires standard single-gang box
Surface mounting includes a red mounting box
Models are available with internal 1.2 k resistor for
current limited operation
ULC listed to Standard S527
Abort Switch
Product Selection
Abort Switches
Model Description Listing Status Details
2080-9071 Flush mount
Single-gang size; includes 3 position contact block housing
Surface mount; includes ULC listed
2080-9072 with one contact block installed
red mounting box
Abort Switches for 4004R Series Suppression Release Panel Current Limited Operation
Model Description Listing Status Details
2080-9073 Flush mount Single-gang size; includes 1.2 k, 1W resistor for current
Surface mount; includes ULC listed limited operation and 3 position contact block housing with
2080-9074 one contact block installed
red mounting box
Accessories for Field Installation
Model Description
Additional Contact Block for Abort Switch; 1 Form C contact; UL recognized component for use with these
2080-9061
switches; listings and approvals are not applicable
*Additional listings may be applicable, contact your local Simplex® product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire
Protection Products.
S2080-0011-1 3/2017
Specifications
Electrical Ratings
Abort Switch; One Contact block Silver contacts; 1 N.O. & 1 N.C.; rated 2 A resistive @ 30 VDC
Wiring Connections
Abort Switch Terminal blocks for in/out wiring; 18 to 14 AWG wire (0.82 mm2 to 2.08 mm2 )
Abort Switch with Current Limited Terminal blocks for first wire connection; 18 to 14 AWG wire (0.82 mm2 to 2.08 mm2 );
Resistor 18 AWG wire lead for second wire connection
Additional Information 579-416, Installation Instructions
Environmental Ratings
Temperature Range 32° F to 120° F (0° C to 49° C)
Humidity Range Up to 93% at 90°F (32° C)
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code
are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Tyco Fire Protection Products • Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S2080-0011-1 3/2017
www.simplex-fire.com
© 2017 Tyco Fire Protection Products. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
Releasing System Peripherals
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved; Non-Coded Manual Stations
MEA (NYC) Acceptance* for Releasing Applications
Features
Manual fire alarm stations for releasing
applications:
Double action push and pull operation with a
normally open (N.O.) contact
Current limited model is available with series PUSH
connected 560 resistor for Style C operation
(current limited = alarm; open or short = trouble)
Operation complies with ADA requirements
Pull lever protrudes when alarmed
Break-rod is supplied (use is optional)
Label kit provides six varieties of releasing
applications (ordered separately) EXTINGUISHING
Screw terminals for wiring connections RELEASE
FOAM SYSTEM
Operation RELEASE
SPRINKLER
Double Action Push Type Manual Release RELEASE
Stations require that a spring loaded interference plate MANUAL
(marked PUSH) be pushed back to access the pull lever of RELEASE
the single action station, reducing the possibility of an
accidental activation. A firm downward pull of the lever Label Kit 4099-9802
then activates the alarm switch, breaking an internal
plastic break-rod, visible below the pull lever.
Break-rod use is optional. Use of a break-rod can provide
an additional reduction of the possibility of an accidental Label Selection
activation without interfering with the minimum pull
requirements needed for easy activation. A blank area on the front of the station allows the
selection of a label to match the specific release
When activated, the pull lever latches into the alarm application (label kit is ordered separately).
position and remains extended out of the housing to
provide a visible indication. (Refer to data sheet S2099-0007 for standard Simplex
Station reset requires the use of a key to reset the manual stations.)
manual station lever and deactivate the alarm switch. (If
the break-rod is used, it must be replaced.) * This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
Station testing is performed by physical activation of 7150-0026:175 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in
this document. Accepted for use – City of New York Department of Buildings –
the pull lever. Electrical testing can be also performed by MEA35-93E. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product
unlocking the station housing to activate the alarm switch. supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co.
are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products Westminster.
S2099-0010-3 6/2013
Product Selection
Specifications
Wire Connections Screw terminal for in/out wiring, for 18 to 14 AWG wire (0.82 mm2 to 2.08 mm2)
Temperature Range 32° to 140° F (0° to 60° C) intended for indoor operation
Humidity Range Up to 90% RH at 90° F (38° F)
Housing Color Red with white raised lettering
Material Housing and pull lever are Lexan polycarbonate or equal
Pull Lever Color White with red raised lettering
Housing Dimensions 5” H x 3-3/4” W x 1” D (127 mm x 95 mm x 25 mm)
Installation Instructions 574-686
Station
FIRE ALARM side view
2 S2099-0010-3 6/2013
Surface Mounting Reference
FIR
FIRE ALARM
E
PUSH
PULL DOWN
Access for 3/4" threaded
5" conduit located top and bottom
(127 mm)
MANUAL
RELEASE
1" (25.4 mm)
Station cover
hinges open for
installation access
3 S2099-0010-3 6/2013
Additional Mounting Information
MANUAL
RELEASE
8"
(203 mm) PUSH
Hole cutout must be a
minimum of 6" H by 5" W
6" (152 mm by 127 mm)
(152
mm)
MANUAL
RELEASE
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. Lexan is a trademark of the General
Electric Co. Wiremold is a trademark of the Wiremold Company.
supervisory
INSTALL ATION INSTRUCTIONS 574-437 REV
NAC+ MAINTAIN 1/4" SEPAR ATION
BETWEEN POWER LIMITED
(RED /BLK) AND NONPOWER S
LIMITED (YEL/BLK) WIRING
DATE C ODE: 519-958
BLK
NAC-
BLK S IMPLE X TI ME RE CORDE R CO. GA RDNE R MA. US A
module
Two special purpose monitor inputs (SPMs) that accept
manual release request and manual abort request for
Agent Release systems, and waterflow and supervisory NORMAL
Maintenance Switch
0
DISC./
FIRE SUPPRESSION
DISCONNECT / DISABLE
Trouble
Zone 1
Manual Release
Zone 5 Trouble
IDC 1
Alarm Manual Release
Trouble
Zone 3 NAC 2 Trouble
Trouble
Zone 4 RAC 2 Trouble
BATTERY AND
A. C. POWER
Alarm Silenced Agent Released BEFORE
SERVICING
S4004-0002-6 12/2015
Panel Feature Description (Continued) Two Class B Releasing Appliance Circuits (RACs). Rated
2 A each, these circuits are dedicated to operating release
(Refer to specifications on page 6 for more information.) control actuators. RAC cutout timing is selectable as no
Four Class B IDCs provide coverage for either two cutout, 45 seconds, or 1, 3, 3.5, 4, 5, 6, 7, 21, 25, 34, 44,
cross-zoned areas or four separately zoned areas. IDCs are or 64 minutes. For bell/horn/strobe single hazard
capable of supporting up to 30 Simplex current-limited applications, RAC 2 functions as a third NAC (NAC 3).
smoke detectors or electronic heat detectors (see list on Auxiliary Power Output. Two sets of output terminals are
page 2) as well as manual stations and other compatible provided, one for continuous operation and the other for
contact closure initiating devices. IDCs are capable of resettable operation, rated for 750 mA combined.
Class A operation with an optional adapter module and can Resettable terminals are provided for 4-wire smoke
be programmed as Style C (short or open initiates a trouble) detector power.
for use with current limited devices only. Single hazard agent Standard Panel Auxiliary Relay Outputs. Three relay
release applications monitor pressure switches with IDC 3 outputs are available, selectable as normally open or
and tamper switches with IDC 4. normally closed, rated 2 A @ 30 VDC, 0.35 p.f. inductive:
Two Class B Special Purpose Monitoring Circuits (SPMs)
Aux Relay 1 (Trouble) is energized when Normal and is
are dedicated for manual release or abort, waterflow and de-energized with a common Trouble condition.
supervisory, or release/abort and pressure, depending on
system type. Inputs are normally open switches. An abort Aux Relays 2 and 3 respond differently depending on the
switch stops release while activated and upon deactivation, system type and whether single or dual hazard. Typical
the release operation occurs after a selectable time delay. functions are:
Manual release inputs override abort switches and activate For Single Hazard Operation, Aux Relay 2 is the
the release after selectable delays of from 0 to 30 seconds in common Alarm relay. Aux Relay 3 can be selected to
5 second increments. For Dual Hazard applications, current indicate pre-discharge (release time delay started),
limited abort operation is required. SPMs are programmable common supervisory, waterflow, or pressure switch relay,
as Style C and capable of Class A operation with the optional depending on the system type.
adapter module. For Dual Hazard Operation, Aux Relay 2 is for Hazard
Two Class B NACs are provided for reverse polarity, Area 1 common Alarm; Aux Relay 3 is for Hazard Area 2
notification appliance operation, each rated 2 A. Class A common Alarm.
operation is available with the optional adapter module. Power Supply and Battery Charger. During alarm, the
NAC operation is selectable per application. Synchronized power supply provides 3 A at 25.5 VDC, filtered and
strobe operation requires a separate 4905 Series Strobe regulated. The temperature compensated battery charger
Synchronization Module (see product selection below), and provides 27.5 VDC for charging batteries up to 12.7 Ah,
a continuous, steady-on (non-coded) input from the NAC. suitable for up to 90 hour standby and 10 minutes of alarm.
A 4081 Series external battery cabinet with charger can be
used for more battery backup (see battery selection below).
Product Selection
Release Control Panels
Model Color Listings Description
4004-9301 Beige UL, ULC, CSFM, & FM Basic Releasing Panel; operates with AC input of: 120/220/230/240 VAC,
50/60 Hz (auto-select); includes: four IDCs, two NACs, two SPMs, two RACs,
UL, ULC, CSFM, FM, & 3 auxiliary relays, 3 A power supply with battery charger, and NEMA 1/IP30 rated
4004-9302 Red
MEA (NYC) cabinet and door
Expansion Modules
Model Description Reference
Auxiliary Relay Module; four dual contact relays selectable as N.O. or N.C.; rated 7 A Select
4004-9860 Two maximum
@ 120 VAC resistive, 5 A @ 30 VDC, 0.35 p.f. inductive; unsupervised contacts as
4004-9864 Two Circuit Class A Adapter Module for IDCs, SPMs, or NACs Four maximum required
System Batteries
Model Description Reference
2081-9272 6.2 Ah battery, 12 V These batteries can be mounted in the 4004R cabinet; select one battery model
2081-9274 10 Ah battery, 12 V per system standby requirements; two batteries are required; for more capacity
2081-9288 12.7 Ah battery, 12 V see data sheet S4081-0001 for a compatible external battery cabinet with charger
2 S4004-0002-6 12/2015
Reference Information, Compatible Simplex Detectors and other System Components
Model Type Data Sheet
4098-9601 Standard detector
Photoelectric smoke detectors for 2-wire and 4-wire S4098-0015
4098-9605 Reduced sensitivity detector
bases
4098-9602 Combination smoke and heat detector S4098-0017
4098 Series Ionization Smoke Detectors; 2-wire and 4-wire models S4098-0018
4098-9612 135° F (57°C)
Fixed heat detector
4098-9614 200° F (93°C)
Electronic heat detectors for 2-wire and 4-wire bases S4098-0014
4098-9613 135° F (57°C) Fixed with rate-of-rise
4098-9615 200° F (93°C) heat detector
FIRE SUPPRESSION
SYSTEM ABORT
NORMAL
DISC./
1
DISABLE
FIRE SUPPRESSION
PUSH AND HOLD
DISCONNECT / DISABLE
4 S4004-0002-6 12/2015
Release Control System Reference Release Control System Requirements
Automatic Extinguishing Release Systems 1. Actuators are connected as two-wire, Class B
automatically activate actuators for the release of a fire notification/releasing circuits with only one 24 VDC
extinguishing agent (dry chemical, water spray, foam, actuator per circuit to ensure supervision. Where
CO2, Clean Agent, etc.) in response to fire detection applicable, two, 12 VDC actuators in series, or one
device input. 12 VDC actuator and a manufacturer supplied series
Automatic Extinguishing Release Systems with resistor may be used.
Separate Bell Control (single hazard) (SW rev. 4.01 2. Coil Supervision Module, model 2081-9046, must be
or higher). RAC 2 operates as a bell control NAC. When wired electrically before the actuator and located in the
cross-zoned, stage 1 alarm activates the bell until the actuator wiring junction box. (See diagram on page 7.)
release timer starts. When not cross-zoned, stage 1 alarm 3. For UL Listed Automatic Extinguishing Release valves
activates the bell until expiration of the release timer. In and actuators, refer to list on page 7.
both cross-zoned and non cross-zoned applications, 4. For FM Approved Automatic Extinguishing Release,
NAC2 may be programmed to indicate either a tamper secondary standby must be a minimum of 24 hours with
switch supervisory condition or the start of the release 5 minutes of alarm. Actuators must be electrically
timer using a cadence pattern operation. compatible.
UL and FM Extinguishing Release System Panels 5. For FM Approved Deluge and Preaction Sprinkler
must have a minimum of 24 hours of standby power. operation: IDCs must be Class A, wired to
Initiating devices must be Listed/Approved for the Listed/Approved devices; secondary standby capacity
application, and may be wired either Class A or B. must be a minimum of 90 hours with 10 minutes of
Actuators must be electrically compatible with the control alarm; and the specified compatible Automatic Water
panel circuits and power supplies, and are wired Class B to Control Valves/Actuator must be used. (See list on
provide coil supervision. (See details in next section.) page 8.)
Deluge and Preaction Sprinkler Systems 6. Power supply loading and wiring distances must be per
automatically activate water control valves in response to Installation Instructions 579-354.
fire detection device input. 7. Battery standby must be selected for proper actuator
Deluge Sprinkler Systems employ open sprinkler heads operation and may require a minimum voltage of
and provide water flow when the fire detection system 23 VDC depending on the actuator. Detailed battery
activates a common automatic water control valve. They are calculation reference information is contained in
used to deliver water simultaneously through all of the open Installation Instructions 579-354.
sprinkler heads. This type of system is applicable where the 8. Maintenance Switches, one per RAC, are required per
immediate application of large quantities of water over large NFPA 72, the National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code,
areas is the proper fire response. to allow the system to be tested or serviced without
Preaction Sprinkler Systems are similar to deluge actuating the fire suppression systems. Their use may not
systems except that normally closed sprinkler heads are used be allowed in some jurisdictions, always confirm local
and supervisory air pressure is maintained in the pipe. requirements. When used, Simplex Maintenance
Operation requires both an activated sprinkler head and an Switches are required to ensure that operation initiates a
activated fire alarm initiating device. supervisory condition.
Combined Agent Release and Preaction Systems Additional System Device Information
provides agent release and preaction control. (Available
1. Simplex Abort Switches are available when abort
with software revision 4.01 or higher.) For applications
operation is required. When used, wire on Special
where agent release may not be sufficient for fire control,
Purpose Monitoring Circuits (SPMs) as Class A or
sprinklers are put in preaction mode to allow waterflow to
Class B; Simplex model Abort Switches are required.
continue the fire response. (Preaction is assumed, selected
deluge could be provided, determined by the sprinkler 2. Manual Release Stations are used for direct activation of
installation, panel operation is the same.) the release actuators with the appropriate time delay
implemented by the fire alarm control panel.
UL requirements for Fire Alarm Systems Listed for
Automatic Release or Deluge and Preaction Sprinkler 3. See pages 2 and 3 for additional reference information.
Systems are the same as described above for Automatic Additional Information
Extinguishing Release Systems.
This data sheet is a summary of the extensive operating
FM Approved requirements for Fire Alarm Systems for features and options available with the 4004R Release
Automatic Release of Deluge and Preaction Sprinkler Control Panel. Complete details are covered in the 4004R
Systems require operation of specific compatible FM Installation, Programming, and Operating Instructions
Approved Automatic Water Control Valves, a minimum manual (publication 579-354) shipped with each 4004R.
secondary power capacity of 90 hours, and all circuits for Compatible system devices are listed on page 3. For general
the automatic release initiating devices must be capable of information, refer to Factory Mutual Research Corporation
operation during a single open circuit fault condition (FMRC) “FMRC Approval Guide,” FM Approval standard
(Class A). “Deluge Systems and Preaction Systems.”
PLEASE NOTE: Proper operation of release control systems requires that the system design, installation, and maintenance be
performed correctly and in accordance with all applicable local and national codes, and equipment manufacturer’s
instructions. No liability for total system operation is assumed or implied.
5 S4004-0002-6 12/2015
Specifications (Refer to diagram on page 7 and Instructions 579-354 for additional information)
Power Ratings
Voltage Ratings 120 VAC, 60 Hz; 220/230/240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, auto-select
AC Input
Current Ratings 2 A maximum @ 120 VAC input; 1 A maximum @ 240 VAC input
Power Supply Output 3 A maximum available for external loads
Temperature compensated, capable of recharging batteries required for 90 hour
Battery Charger
standby and 10 minute alarm (contingent on auxiliary power load)
Standby Current 100 mA; with IDCs fully loaded, tone-alert silenced, trouble LED on, charger off
Alarm Current 264 mA + external loads; (2 zones in alarm & 2 internal relays, NACs and RACs on)
Standard Circuit Ratings (NOTE: Total DC current = 3 A maximum; see NAC ratings for details)
Supervisory 3 mA maximum; 3.3 k end-of-line resistor per circuit
Alarm Current 75 mA maximum
Initiating Device
Circuits (IDCs) Output Voltage 28 VDC maximum
Each IDC supports up to 30 detectors (smoke or electronic heat) and manual
Capacity
stations as required; wiring distance is limited to 50 Ω maximum
For Manual Release, Abort Switches, or Supervisory functions only; not for
Application
detectors; wiring distance is limited to 50 Ω maximum
Special Purpose For Dual Hazard Dual Hazard Application Abort Switches require a current limiting resistor of 1.2 kΩ,
Monitoring Circuits Applications 1 W, or an external Abort Supervision Module per SPM
(SPMs) Supervisory 6 mA; 3.3 k end-of-line resistor per circuit
Activated 75 mA maximum
Output Voltage 28 VDC maximum
Special Application appliance rating = 2 A maximum on a NAC
NOTE: Special Application appliance rating = full 3 A power supply rating
Alarm Current
Regulated 24 DC appliance power = 1.5 A maximum on a circuit
Notification
Appliance Circuits NOTE: Regulated 24 DC strobe load = 1.35 A maximum total for power supply
(NACs) Output Voltage Alarm = 26 VDC max.; supervisory = 29 VDC maximum; 10 k end-of-line resistor
Requires NAC dedicated to strobe control with non-coded output; use an external
Synchronized
Synch Module (4905-9914, Class A, or 4905-9922, Class B, see data sheet
Strobe Operation
S4905-0003 for details); up to 33 strobes can be synchronized per 4004R
Special Application Simplex 4901 Series horns, 4904 and 4906 Series strobes, 4903 Series 4-wire
Notification Appliances horn/strobes; refer to Installation Instructions 579-354 for additional details
Appliance
Reference Regulated 24 DC Power for other appliances listed to UL Standard 1971 or UL Standard 464; use
Appliances associated external synchronization modules where required
Output Current 2 A maximum per circuit
Release Appliance
Circuits (RACs) Activated = 26 VDC maximum; non-alarm = 29 VDC maximum;
Output Voltage
10 k end-of-line resistor
Auxiliary Power Output; for Special Two outputs are available, continuous operation or resettable operation; combined
Application loads only output is 750 mA maximum; output voltage = 19.25 to 27 VDC
Auxiliary Relay Outputs Contacts rated 2 A @ 30 VDC, 0.35 p.f., inductive, selectable as N.O. or N.C. by
(Trouble, Aux Relay 2, Aux Relay 3) jumper
Wiring Connections for Above and AC Input Terminals rated for 18 AWG to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2 )
Auxiliary Module Ratings
Two circuits per module, rated same as circuits; not applicable to RACs (no
Class A Adapter Module 4004-9684
additional current required)
Relay Type Four relays with two outputs per relay; individually selectable as N.O. or N.C.
AC Ratings 7 A @ 120 VAC, resistive
Auxiliary Relay Module
DC Ratings 5 A @ 30 VDC, 0.35 power factor, inductive
4004-9860
Module Current 12 mA standby; 70 mA with all four relays energized; @ 24 VDC
Wiring Terminals rated for 18 AWG to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2 )
2081-9046 Coil Supervision Module and 2081-9048 Abort Supervision Module (see page 7 for additional details)
Construction Epoxy encapsulated
Dimensions 1-3/8” W x 2-7/16” L x 1-1/16” H (34 mm x 62 mm x 27 mm)
Wiring 18 AWG (0.82 mm2) wire leads, color coded
Coil Supervision Module Current Rating 2 A maximum; internally fused at 3 A, non-replaceable
Abort Supervision Module Resistance 560 , 1/2 W
Environmental Ratings
Operating Temperature Range 32° to 120°F (0° to 49° C)
Operating Humidity Range up to 93% RH, non-condensing @ 100.4° F (38° C) maximum
6 S4004-0002-6 12/2015
s4004R System Connection Reference
Listed/approved actuator or Deluge
A and Preaction Automatic Water
Control Valve; one if 24 VDC (or 2 in
series if 12 VDC) per RAC
Red Blk
DATECODE: 519- 958
IN- BLK 1
DISC./
DISABLE
FIRE SUPPRESSION
DISCONNECT / DISABLE
RAC 2
Abort Switches Manual Release Optional 4905-9914 or
(as required) Stations RAC 1 4905-9922 Strobe
Synchronization Module
FIRE SUPPRESSION FIRE SUPPRESSION
SYSTEM ABORT SYSTEM ABORT
SPM 1 SPM 2
Alarm
Trouble
Alarm
Trouble
Zone 1
Zone 2
Manual Release
Zone 5 Trouble
Manual Release
Zone 6 Trouble
NAC 1
4-Wire
CAUTION
Alarm NAC 1 Trouble DISCONNECT
Trouble
Zone 3 NAC 2 Trouble
IDC 1
Alarm RAC 1 Trouble
Trouble
Zone 4 RAC 2 Trouble
Horn/Strobe
BATTERY AND
A. C. POWER
Alarm Silenced Agent Released BEFORE
7 S4004-0002-6 12/2015
FM Approved Water Control Valves
Group Manufacturer Model Number Details
A Skinner LV2LBX25* 24 VDC, 11 W, 458 mA, 1/2 inch NPS, 1/2 inch orifice
T8210A107
B ASCO R8210A107 24 VDC, 16.8 W, 700 mA, 1/2 inch NPS, 5/8 inch orifice
8210A107
C Star Sprinkler 5550 24 VDC, part of Model D deluge valve
D ASCO 8210G207 24 VDC, 10.6 W, 440 mA, 1/2 inch NPS, 1/2 inch orifice
73218BN4UNLVNOC111C2* 24 VDC, 10 W, 420 mA, 1/2 inch NPS, 5/8 inch orifice
E Skinner
73212BN4TN00N0C111C2 24 VDC, 10 W, 420 mA, 1/2 inch NPS, 5/8 inch orifice; 5-300 psi
F Skinner 73212BN4TNLVNOC322C2 24 VDC, 22 W, 1/2 inch NPS, 920 mA, 250 psi (1725 kPa), 1/2 inch orifice
24 VDC, 10 W, 420 mA, 1/4 inch NPS, 1/16 inch orifice, 250 psi (1725 kPa)
G Skinner 71395SN2ENJ1NOH111C2
rated working pressure
I Victaulic Series 753-E solenoid valve 24 VDC, 8.7 W, 1⁄2 inch NPS, 364 mA, 300 psi (2069 kPa), 1⁄2 inch orifice
11591 and 11592 Normally closed (NC) Explosion proof solenoid valves, 24 VDC, 10 W,
J Viking
11595 and 11596 Normally open (NO) 1⁄2 inch NPS, 300 psi (2069 kPa), 4.1 Cv
K Viking 11601 and 11602 NC solenoid valve, 24 VDC, 9 W, 1⁄2 inch NPS, 250 psi (1725 kPa), 6.2 Cv
* For new applications, LV2LBX25 has been replaced by model number 73218BN4UNLVNOC111C2.
Aux.
Class A adapter boards
relay
module 1 Door thickness
5/8" (16 mm)
Relay Relay
Disc 1 Disc 2
Aux.
relay
13-1/2" Main board module 2
16"
(343 mm) (406 mm)
AC input
Battery Area
No conduit or wiring in this area
NOTE: A system ground must be provided for Earth Detection and transient protection devices. This connection
shall be made to an approved, dedicated Earth connection per NFPA 70, Article 250, and NFPA 780.
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Features
Actuator
Releasing control using the Simplex® 4007ES Agent Agent
source discharge
Fire Alarm Control Panel to provide**: Actuator path
Coverage for multiple areas of Automatic Extinguishing Control
Release and/or Deluge and Preaction Sprinkler System Circuit
Coil supervisory
Release including audible escalation of events module
Control of compatible Listed/Approved 24 VDC
C O IL S U P E R V IS IO N M O D U L E ( 2 A M P ) 2 0 8 1 - 9 0 4 6
RED IN S T A L L A T IO N IN S T R U C T IO N S 5 7 4 - 4 Y3 E7 LR E V
NA C + M A IN T A IN 1 /4 " S E P A R A T IO N
B E T W E E N P O W E R L IM IT E D
( R E D /B L K ) A N D N O N P O W E R S
L IM IT E D ( Y E L /B L K ) W IR IN G
D AT E COD E: 5 19 - 95 8
BL K
N A C-
BLK S IM P L E X T IM E R E C O R D E R C O .G A R D N E R M A .U S A
DISC./
1
DISABLE
FIRE SUPPRESSION
Dedicated
PUSH AND HOLD
MANUAL
NAC circuit
Up to eight NACs for notification requirements and input
to suppression release peripherals, controlled via IDNet
4090-9005/-9006 Suppression Release Peripheral
(SRP) with Dual Command Control:
Dual command control requires IDNet and an activated
NAC to initiate release SUPPRESSION RELEASE PANEL
CAUTION: This Control Unit has been arranged for releasing
2. Coil Supervision Module 2081-9046 must be wired For additional information, refer to Factory Mutual
electrically before the actuator and located in the Research Corporation (FMRC) “FMRC Approval Guide,”
actuator wiring junction box. (Refer to diagram on FM Approval standard “Automatic Releases for Preaction
page 5.) The connected RAC provides continuity and Deluge Sprinkler Systems.”
supervision of the actuator coil and wiring and
provides short circuit supervision to the coil Please note that proper operation of releasing control
supervision module. systems requires that the system design, installation, and
maintenance be performed correctly and in accordance
3. Cross-zoning or other alarm initiation logic per with all applicable local and national codes, and
system requirements, is to be implemented by equipment manufacturer’s instructions. No liability for
programming at the fire alarm control panel. total system operation is assumed or implied.
4. UL Listed Automatic Extinguishing Releasing
operation requires that: battery standby must be a
minimum of 24 hours with 5 minutes of alarm and that
listed actuators are used, refer to list on page 6.
2 S4007-0003-3 5/2017
Product Selection
2080-9056* Flush mount As required, connects via an IDNet addressable interface module;
Abort Switch mounted on a single gang stainless steel plate; installation
2080-9057* Surface mount requires a single gang box, 2-1/2” (64 mm) minimum depth
* Refer to data sheet S2080-0010 for Abort and Maintenance switch details.
Contact your local Simplex product supplier for additional information on compatible IDNet addressable devices and TrueAlert
notification appliances.
3 S4007-0003-3 5/2017
4007ES Hybrid Panel Releasing System One-Line Connection Reference
FIRE
RELEASING NORMAL
DISC./ RE D
C O IL S U P E R V IS IO N M O D U L E ( 2 A M P ) 2 0 8 1 - 9 0 4 6
IN S T A L L A T IO N IN S T R U C T IO N S 5 7 4 - 4 Y3 E7 LR E V
NAC+
DEVICE
1 M A IN T A IN 1 /4 " S E P A R A T IO N
DISABLE B E T W E E N P O W E R L IM IT E D
( R E D /B L K ) A N D N O N P O W E R S
L IM IT E D ( Y E L /B L K ) W IR IN G
DA TE CODE: 51 9 - 95 8
BLK
NA C -
BL K S IM P L E X T IM E R E C O R D E R C O .G A R D N E R M A .U S A
FIRE SUPPRESSION
DISCONNECT / DISABLE
FIRE SUPPRESSION
SYSTEM ABORT
- ID N E T IN +
+ID N E T
IN -
FIRE
RELEASING NORMAL
DEVICE
0
DISC./ RED
NA C +
C O IL S U P E R V IS IO N M O D U L E ( 2 A M P ) 2 0 8 1 - 9 0 4 6
IN S T A L L A T IO N IN S T R U C T IO N S 5 7 4 - 4 Y3 E7 LR E V
M A IN T A IN 1 /4 " S E P A R A T IO N
1
DISABLE B E T W E E N P O W E R L IM IT E D
( R E D /B L K ) A N D N O N P O W E R S
L IM IT E D ( Y E L /B L K ) W IR IN G
D A T E COD E : 5 1 9- 9 5 8
BL K
N A C-
BL K S IM P L E X T IM E R E C O R D E R C O .G A R D N E R M A .U S A
FIRE SUPPRESSION
FIRE SUPPRESSION
DISCONNECT / DISABLE
SYSTEM ABORT
- ID N E T IN +
+ID N E T
IN -
4 S4007-0003-3 5/2017
4007ES Fully Addressable Panel Releasing System One-Line Connection Reference
HAZARD AREA 2
Maintenance
Disconnect Actuator Control Circuit
Switch with
lamp Agent
4090-9005/-9006 Suppression Coil supervisory
FIRE source
Release Peripheral module
RELEASING NORMAL
DISC./
Actuator
C O IL S U P E R V IS IO N M O D U L E ( 2 A M P ) 2 0 8 1 - 9 0 4 6
RED IN S T A L L A T IO N IN S T R U C T IO N S 5 7 4 - 4 Y3 E7 LR E V
NAC+
DEVICE
1 M A IN T A IN 1 /4 " S E P A R A T IO N
DISABLE B E T W E E N P O W E R L IM IT E D
( R E D /B L K ) A N D N O N P O W E R S
L IM IT E D ( Y E L /B L K ) W IR IN G
D A T E C OD E : 5 1 9 - 9 5 8
BL K
N A C-
BL K S IM P L E X T IM E R E C O R D E R C O .G A R D N E R M A .U S A
FIRE SUPPRESSION
DISCONNECT / DISABLE
IDNet communications
FIRE SUPPRESSION
SYSTEM ABORT
- ID N E T
IN +
+ ID N E T
IN -
MANUAL
RELEASE
PUSH AND HOLD
IDNAC for addressable horn and strobe
control (from 4007ES Control Panel)
HAZARD AREA 1
Maintenance
Disconnect Actuator Control Circuit
Switch
IDNet communications Agent
without lamp Coil supervisory
(shown as Class B wiring) FIRE source
module
RELEASING
DEVICE 0
1
RED
NAC+
N A C-
BL K
C O IL S U P E R V IS IO N M O D U L E ( 2 A M P ) 2 0 8 1 - 9 0 4 6
IN S T A L L A T IO N IN S T R U C T IO N S 5 7 4 - 4 Y3 E7 LR E V
M A IN T A IN 1 /4 " S E P A R A T IO N
B E T W E E N P O W E R L IM IT E D
( R E D /B L K ) A N D N O N P O W E R
L IM IT E D ( Y E L /B L K ) W IR IN G
D A T E C OD E : 5 1 9 - 9 5 8
BL K
S
S IM P L E X T IM E R E C O R D E R C O .G A R D N E R M A .U S A
Actuator
FIRE SUPPRESSION
SYSTEM ABORT
- ID N E T
IN +
+ ID N E T
IN -
To additional addressable
IDNAC for Addressable notification appliances
horn and strobe control
4007ES Fully Addressable Suppression Release Appliqué wording:
Control Panel with Suppression
Release Appliqué SUPPRESSION RELEASE PANEL
CAUTION: This Control Unit has been arranged for releasing
service. Disable all releasing device circuits prior to servicing.
5 S4007-0003-3 5/2017
Suppression Release Peripheral Wiring Reference
Maximum Release Appliance Circuit (RAC) Wiring Distances from Suppression Release Peripheral to
the Valve Solenoid (based on a total drop of 0.6 V)
RAC Output Current Distance Total Line
(refer to solenoid
18 AWG 16 AWG 14 AWG 12 AWG Resistance
rating)
0.50 A 74 ft 23 m 118 ft 36 m 188 ft 57 m 300 ft 91 m 1.06
0.75 A 50 ft 15 m 79 ft 24 m 126 ft 38 m 200 ft 61 m 0.71
1.00 A 37 ft 11 m 59 ft 18 m 94 ft 29 m 150 ft 46 m 0.53
1.25 A 30 ft 9m 47 ft 14 m 75 ft 23 m 120 ft 36.6 m 1.06
1.5 A 25 ft 7.6 m 39 ft 12 m 63 ft 19 m 100 ft 30.5 m 0.71
1.75 A 21 ft 6.4 m 34 ft 10 m 54 ft 16 m 85 ft 26 m 0.53
2.00 A 19 ft 5.8 m 30 ft 9m 47 ft 14 m 75 ft 23 m 0.53
Metric wire equivalents: 18 AWG = 0.82 mm 2; 16 AWG = 1.31 mm 2; 14 AWG = 2.08 mm 2; 12 AWG = 3.31 mm2
NORMAL
DISC./
1
DISABLE
FIRE SUPPRESSION
DISCONNECT / DISABLE
FIRE
RELEASING NORMAL
DEVICE
0
DISC./
1
DISABLE
FIRE SUPPRESSION
DISCONNECT / DISABLE
FIRE SUPPRESSION
SYSTEM ABORT
- ID N E T
IN +
+ ID N E T
IN -
Maximum Notification Appliance Circuit (NAC) Wiring Distances to a Suppression Release Peripheral
(0.5 A to 1.75 A drop is based on a total drop of 3.4V; 2 A drop is based upon a total drop of 1.2 V) FIRE SUPPRESSION
RAC Output Current Distance SYSTEM ABORT
Total Line
(refer to solenoid
18 AWG 16 AWG 14 AWG 12 AWG Resistance
rating)
0.50 A 250 ft 76 m 399 ft 122 m 635 ft 194 m 1010 ft 308 m 3.58
0.75 A 167 ft 51 m 266 ft 81 m 423 ft 129 m 673 ft 205 m 2.39
1.00 A 125 ft 38 m 199 ft 61 m 317 ft 97 m 505 ft 154 m 1.79 PUSH AND HOLD
1.25 A 100 ft 30 m 159 ft 48 m 254 ft 77 m 404 ft 123 m 1.43
1.5 A 84 ft 26 m 133 ft 41 m 212 ft 65 m 337 ft 103 m 1.19
1.75 A 72 ft 22 m 114 ft 35 m 181 ft 55 m 289 ft 88 m 1.02
2.00 A 25 ft 7.6 m 39 ft 12 m 63 ft 19 m 100 ft 30 m 0.36
2 2 2 2
Metric wire equivalents: 18 AWG = 0.82 mm ; 16 AWG = 1.31 mm ; 14 AWG = 2.08 mm ; 12 AWG = 3.31 mm
6 S4007-0003-3 5/2017
Specifications
Suppression Release Peripheral 4090-9005 and 4090-9006
Communications IDNet, one address
RAC Output with 4007ES 2 A maximum At nominal 24 VDC, regulated; refer to NAC Power
Rating with 4009 IDNet NAC Extender 1 A maximum Requirements for more detail
7 S4007-0003-3 5/2017
Compatible UL Listed Valves and Actuators
8 S4007-0003-3 5/2017
Compatible FM Approved Water Control Valves
4007ES Control Panels are assigned to FM Release Control Panel Group 3. Group 3 FM Approved Release Control Panels
are compatible will all FM Approved Solenoid Valves rated at 22 Watts or less. For verification of agency listings and power
requirements refer to the solenoid valve manufacturer's technical documentation.
4 Knockouts,
one each side
4090-9005 Suppression
Release Peripheral assembly
(supplied with 4090-9006)
NAC +
NAC -
Box height
8" (203 mm)
RAC -
IDNet+
RAC +
IDNet-
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Box width
6" (152 mm)
9 S4007-0003-3 5/2017
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Features
Releasing control using the Simplex® 4010ES
Fire Alarm Control Unit to provide:
Coverage for multiple areas of Automatic Extinguishing
Release and/or Deluge and Preaction Sprinkler System
Release including audible escalation of events RED
NAC +
C O IL S U P E R V IS IO N M O D U L E ( 2 A M P ) 2 0 8 1 - 9 0 4 6
IN S T A L L A T IO N IN S T R U C T IO N S 5 7 4 - 4Y3 E7 LR E V
M A IN T A IN 1 /4 " S E P A R A T IO N
B E T W E E N P O W E R L IM IT E D
( R E D /B L K ) A N D N O N P O W E R
L IM IT E D ( Y E L /B L K ) W IR IN G
S
DA T E C ODE : 5 19 - 95 8
BLK
NA C-
BL K S IM P L E X T IM E R E C O R D E R C O .G A R D N E R M A .U S A
FIRE SUPPRESSION
DISCONNECT / DISABLE
- ID N E T IN +
+I D N E T
IN -
120 bpm March Time pattern indicates releasing timer active MANUAL
RELEASE
PUSH AND HOLD
S4010-0005-11 3/2018
Agency Listings (Continued) Releasing System Requirements (Continued)
UL 1076 - Proprietary Alarm Units (APOU)
2. Coil Supervision Module 2081-9046 must be wired
UL 1730 - Smoke Detector Monitors and Accessories
(UULH)
electrically before the actuator and located in the
UL 2017 - Emergency Alarm System Control Units, CO
actuator wiring junction box. (Refer to diagram on
detection (FSZI); Process Equipment Management page 5.) The connected RAC provides continuity
(QVAX) supervision of the actuator coil and wiring and
ULC-S527 - Control Units, System, Fire Alarm (UOJZC); provides short circuit supervision to the coil
Control Unit Accessories, System, Fire Alarm (UOXXC); supervision module.
Control Units, Releasing Device Service (SYZVC); Smoke 3. Cross-zoning or other alarm initiation logic per
Control System Equipment (UUKLC) system requirements, is to be implemented by
ULC-S559 - Central Station Fire Alarm System Units programming at the fire alarm control unit.
(DAYRC) 4. UL Listed Automatic Extinguishing Releasing
CSA 6.19 - Gas Alarms and Accessories (CZHFC) operation requires that: battery standby must be a
ULC/ORD-C1076 - Proprietary Burglar Alarm System minimum of 24 hours with 5 minutes of alarm and that
Units (APOUC) listed actuators are used, refer to list on page 6.
ULC/ORD-C100 - Smoke Control System Equipment, 5. FM Approved Automatic Extinguishing Release
UUKLC requires secondary standby to be a minimum of
Automatic Extinguishing Release Systems 24 hours with 5 minutes of alarm. Actuators must be
electrically compatible.
These systems automatically activate electrically
controlled actuators for the release of a fire extinguishing 6. FM Approved Deluge and Preaction Sprinkler
agent (such as dry chemical, water spray, foam, CO2, or operation requires that: initiating device circuits be
clean agent) in response to fire detection device inputs as Class A and wired to Listed/Approved devices;
determined by programming of the host fire alarm control standby power capacity must be a minimum of 90
unit. hours with 10 minutes of alarm; and that compatible
Automatic Extinguishing Release Systems are Automatic Water Control Valves must be used. (Refer
required to have a minimum of 24 hours of standby to actuator list on page 7.)
power. Initiating devices must be Listed/Approved for the 7. Maintenance Switches, one per RAC, are required
application, and may be wired either Class A or B. per NFPA 72, the National Fire Alarm and Signaling
Control actuators must be electrically compatible with the Code to allow the system to be tested or serviced
control unit circuits and power supplies, and are wired without actuating the fire suppression systems. Their
Class B to provide coil supervision. use may not be allowed in some jurisdictions, always
Deluge or Preaction Sprinkler Systems confirm local requirements. When used, Simplex
Maintenance Switches are required to ensure that
These systems automatically activate water control
operation initiates a supervisory condition.
actuators in response to fire detection device inputs.
Deluge Sprinkler Systems employ open sprinkler 8. Abort Switches are available when abort operation is
heads and provide water flow when the fire detection required. When used, connect to an addressable
system activates a common automatic water control Supervised IAM model 4090-9001 or similar
actuator. They are used to deliver water simultaneously addressable adapter module. The Simplex abort switch
through all of the system sprinkler heads. This type of and the IAM mount in a single gang box, 2-1/2”
system is applicable where the immediate application of minimum depth.
large quantities of water over large areas is the proper fire
9. Addressable Manual Releasing Stations are used to
response.
initiate activation of the releasing actuators with the
Preaction Sprinkler Systems are similar to deluge
appropriate time delay implemented by the fire alarm
systems except that normally closed sprinkler heads are
control unit.
used and supervisory air pressure is maintained in the
pipe. Operation requires both an activated sprinkler head 10. Notification Requirements. Each hazard area
and an activated fire alarm initiating device with specific typically requires general audible and visible fire
programming determined at the host fire alarm control alarm notification and additional dedicated NACs for
unit. area releasing status notification.
Releasing System Requirements
11. The IDNet Suppression Release Peripheral (SRP)
1. Releasing actuators are controlled from a required for release control requires two inputs; IDNet
Suppression Release Peripheral (4090-9005 or and a dedicated NAC input. For additional SRP
4090-9006). Connections are 2-wire, Class B releasing reference refer to installation instructions 579-385.
circuits with only one 24 VDC actuator per circuit.
Where applicable, two, 12 VDC actuators in series, or
one 12 VDC actuator with manufacturer supplied
resistor may be used.
2 S4010-0005-11 3/2018
Additional Releasing Systems Reference
For additional information, refer to Factory Mutual Research Corporation (FMRC) “FMRC Approval Guide,” FM Approval
standard “Automatic Releases for Preaction and Deluge Sprinkler Systems.”
Please note that proper operation of releasing control systems requires that the system design, installation, and maintenance
be performed correctly and in accordance with all applicable local and national codes, and equipment manufacturer’s
instructions. No liability for total system operation is assumed or implied.
Product Selection
2080-9056* Flush mount As required, connects via an IDNet addressable interface module;
Abort Switch mounted on a single gang stainless steel plate; installation
2080-9057* Surface mount requires a single gang box, 2-1/2” (64 mm) minimum depth
* Refer to data sheet S2080-0010 for Abort and Maintenance switch details.
3 S4010-0005-11 3/2018
FIRE
RELEASING NORMAL
DISC./ RED
C O IL S U P E R V IS IO N M O D U L E ( 2 A M P ) 2 0 8 1 - 9 0 4 6
IN S T A L L A T IO N IN S T R U C T IO N S 5 7 4 - 4 Y3 E7 LR E V
NAC+
DEVICE
1 M A IN T A IN 1 /4 " S E P A R A T IO N
DISABLE B E T W E E N P O W E R L IM IT E D
( R E D /B L K ) A N D N O N P O W E R S
L IM IT E D ( Y E L /B L K ) W IR IN G
DA T E CODE : 5 1 9 - 9 5 8B L K
NA C-
BLK S IM P L E X T IM E R E C O R D E R C O .G A R D N E R M A .U S A
FIRE SUPPRESSION
DISCONNECT / DISABLE
FIRE SUPPRESSION
SYSTEM ABORT
- ID N E T
IN +
+ ID N E T IN -
FIRE
RELEASING NORMAL
DEVICE
0
DISC./ RED
N A C+
C O IL S U P E R V IS IO N M O D U L E ( 2 A M P ) 2 0 8 1 - 9 0 4 6
IN S T A L L A T IO N IN S T R U C T IO N S 5 7 4 - 4 Y3 E7LR E V
1 M A IN T A IN 1 /4 " S E P A R A T IO N
DISABLE B E T W E E N P O W E R L IM IT E D
( R E D /B L K ) A N D N O N P O W E R S
L IM IT E D ( Y E L /B L K ) W IR IN G
DA T E C OD E : 5 1 9 - 9 5 8B L K
NA C-
BL K S IM P L E X T IM E R E C O R D E R C O .G A R D N E R M A .U S A
FIRE SUPPRESSION
FIRE SUPPRESSION
DISCONNECT / DISABLE
SYSTEM ABORT
- ID N E T
IN +
+ ID N E T IN -
4 S4010-0005-11 3/2018
4010ES Fully Addressable Control Unit Releasing System One-Line Diagram
HAZARD AREA 2
Maintenance
Disconnect Actuator Control Circuit
Switch with
Agent
4090-9005/-9006 Suppression lamp Coil supervisory
FIRE source
Release Peripheral module
RELEASING NORMAL
DISC./
Actuator
C O IL S U P E R V IS IO N M O D U L E ( 2 A M P ) 2 0 8 1 - 9 0 4 6
RED IN S T A L L A T IO N IN S T R U C T IO N S 5 7 4 - 4 Y3 E7 LR E V
NA C +
DEVICE
1 M A IN T A IN 1 /4 " S E P A R A T IO N
DISABLE B E T W E E N P O W E R L IM IT E D
( R E D /B L K ) A N D N O N P O W E R S
L IM IT E D ( Y E L /B L K ) W IR IN G
D A T E COD E : 5 1 9- 9 5 8
BL K
N A C-
BL K S IM P L E X T IM E R E C O R D E R C O .G A R D N E R M A .U S A
FIRE SUPPRESSION
DISCONNECT / DISABLE
IDNet communications
FIRE SUPPRESSION
SYSTEM ABORT
- ID N E T IN +
+ ID N E T IN -
MANUAL
RELEASE
PUSH AND HOLD
IDNAC for addressable horn and strobe
control (from 4010ES Control Unit)
HAZARD AREA 1
Maintenance
Disconnect Actuator Control Circuit
IDNet communications Switch
Agent
without lamp Coil supervisory
(shown as Class B wiring) FIRE source
module
RELEASING
DEVICE 0
1
RED
N A C+
NAC-
BL K
C O IL S U P E R V IS IO N M O D U L E ( 2 A M P ) 2 0 8 1 - 9 0 4 6
IN S T A L L A T IO N IN S T R U C T IO N S 5 7 4 - 4 Y3 E7 LR E V
M A IN T A IN 1 /4 " S E P A R A T IO N
B E T W E E N P O W E R L IM IT E D
( R E D /B L K ) A N D N O N P O W E R
DA TE CODE:
L IM IT E D ( Y E L /B L K ) W IR IN G
51 9 - 9 58
BL K
S
S IM P L E X T IM E R E C O R D E R C O .G A R D N E R M A .U S A
Actuator
FIRE SUPPRESSION
SYSTEM ABORT
- ID N E T IN +
+ ID N E T
IN -
To additional addressable
IDNAC for Addressable notification appliances
horn and strobe control
4010ES Fully Suppression Release Appliqué wording:
Addressable Control Unit
with Suppression SUPPRESSION RELEASE PANEL
Release Appliqué CAUTION: This Control Unit has been arranged for releasing
service. Disable all releasing device circuits prior to servicing.
5 S4010-0005-11 3/2018
Suppression Release Peripheral Wiring Reference
Maximum Release Appliance Circuit (RAC) Wiring Distances from Suppression Release Peripheral to
the Valve Solenoid (based on a total drop of 0.6 V)
RAC Output Current Distance Total Line
(refer to solenoid
18 AWG 16 AWG 14 AWG 12 AWG Resistance
rating)
0.50 A 74 ft 23 m 118 ft 36 m 188 ft 57 m 300 ft 91 m 1.06
0.75 A 50 ft 15 m 79 ft 24 m 126 ft 38 m 200 ft 61 m 0.71
1.00 A 37 ft 11 m 59 ft 18 m 94 ft 29 m 150 ft 46 m 0.53
1.25 A 30 ft 9m 47 ft 14 m 75 ft 23 m 120 ft 36.6 m 1.06
1.5 A 25 ft 7.6 m 39 ft 12 m 63 ft 19 m 100 ft 30.5 m 0.71
1.75 A 21 ft 6.4 m 34 ft 10 m 54 ft 16 m 85 ft 26 m 0.53
2.00 A 19 ft 5.8 m 30 ft 9m 47 ft 14 m 75 ft 23 m 0.53
Metric wire equivalents: 18 AWG = 0.82 mm 2; 16 AWG = 1.31 mm 2; 14 AWG = 2.08 mm 2; 12 AWG = 3.31 mm2
NORMAL
DISC./
1
DISABLE
FIRE SUPPRESSION
DISCONNECT / DISABLE
FIRE C O IL S U P E R V IS IO N M O D U L E ( 2 A M P ) 2 0 8 1 - 9 0 4 6
RED IN S T A L L A T IO N IN S T R U C T IO N S 5 7 4 - 4 Y3 E7 LR E V
RELEASING NORMAL
NAC+ M A IN T A IN 1 /4 " S E P A R A T IO N
B E T W E E N P O W E R L IM IT E D
( R E D /B L K ) A N D N O N P O W E R S
L IM IT E D ( Y E L /B L K ) W IR IN G
DEVICE
0
DISC./
1
DISABLE DA T E CODE : 51 9- 958
BLK
NAC-
BL K S IM P L E X T IM E R E C O R D E R C O .G A R D N E R M A .U S A
FIRE SUPPRESSION
DISCONNECT / DISABLE
FIRE SUPPRESSION
SYSTEM ABORT
- ID N E T
IN +
+ ID N E T IN -
Maximum Notification Appliance Circuit (NAC) Wiring Distances to a Suppression Release Peripheral
(0.5 A to 1.75 A drop is based on a total drop of 3.4V; 2 A drop is based upon a total drop of 1.2 V) FIRE SUPPRESSION
RAC Output Current Distance SYSTEM ABORT
Total Line
(refer to solenoid
18 AWG 16 AWG 14 AWG 12 AWG Resistance
rating)
0.50 A 250 ft 76 m 399 ft 122 m 635 ft 194 m 1010 ft 308 m 3.58
0.75 A 167 ft 51 m 266 ft 81 m 423 ft 129 m 673 ft 205 m 2.39
1.00 A 125 ft 38 m 199 ft 61 m 317 ft 97 m 505 ft 154 m 1.79 PUSH AND HOLD
1.25 A 100 ft 30 m 159 ft 48 m 254 ft 77 m 404 ft 123 m 1.43
1.5 A 84 ft 26 m 133 ft 41 m 212 ft 65 m 337 ft 103 m 1.19
1.75 A 72 ft 22 m 114 ft 35 m 181 ft 55 m 289 ft 88 m 1.02
2.00 A 25 ft 7.6 m 39 ft 12 m 63 ft 19 m 100 ft 30 m 0.36
2 2 2 2
Metric wire equivalents: 18 AWG = 0.82 mm ; 16 AWG = 1.31 mm ; 14 AWG = 2.08 mm ; 12 AWG = 3.31 mm
6 S4010-0005-11 3/2018
Specifications
Suppression Release Peripheral 4090-9005 and 4090-9006
Communications IDNet, one address
RAC Output with 4010ES 2 A maximum At nominal 24 VDC, regulated; refer to NAC Power
Rating with 4009 IDNet NAC Extender 1 A maximum Requirements for more detail
7 S4010-0005-11 3/2018
Compatible UL Listed Valves and Actuators
8 S4010-0005-11 3/2018
FM Approved Solenoid Valves
4010ES Control Units are assigned to FM Release Control Panel Group 3. Group 3 FM Approved Release Control Panels are
compatible will all FM Approved Solenoid Valves rated at 22 Watts or less. For verification of agency listings and power
requirements refer to the solenoid valve manufacturer's technical documentation.
4 Knockouts,
one each side
4090-9005 Suppression
Release Peripheral assembly
(supplied with 4090-9006)
NAC +
NAC -
Box height
8" (203 mm)
IDNet+
RAC -
RAC +
IDNet-
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Box width
6" (152 mm)
9 S4010-0005-11 3/2018
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Features
Individually addressable manual fire alarm stations
for releasing applications with:
Power and data supplied via IDNet or MAPNET II
addressable communications using a single wire pair
Operation that complies with ADA requirements PUSH
Visible LED indicator that flashes during
communications and is on steady when the station has
been activated
Pull lever that protrudes when alarmed
Break-rod supplied (use is optional)
Dual action push and pull operation
Label kit provides for six varieties of releasing MANUAL
RELEASE
applications (ordered separately)
Compatible with the following Simplex® Releasing 4099-9015 Addressable Manual Station for Releasing
System control panels equipped with either IDNet Applications (with Manual Release label from
or MAPNET II communications: 4099-9802 Label Kit)
Model Series 4100ES, 4010ES, and 4010
Installed 4100, 4120, and 4020 systems CLEAN AGENT
RELEASE
Compact construction:
EXTINGUISHING
Electronics module enclosure minimizes dust infiltration RELEASE
Locks are keyed the same as Simplex fire alarm cabinets SPRINKLER
RELEASE
Multiple mounting options: MANUAL
Surface or semi-flush with standard boxes or matching RELEASE
Simplex boxes
Flush mount adapter kit Label Kit
4099-9802
Adapters are available for retrofitting to commonly
available existing boxes
Operation
UL listed to Standard 38
Activation requires that a spring loaded interference
Description plate (marked PUSH) be pushed back to access the station
pull lever with a firm downward pull that activates the
These 4099 series addressable manual stations combine alarm switch. Completing the action breaks an internal
the familiar Simplex housing with a compact plastic break-rod (visible below the pull lever, use is
communication module providing easy installation for optional). The use of a break-rod can be a deterrent to
releasing applications. The integral individual addressable vandalism without interfering with the minimum pull
module (IAM) monitors status and communicates changes requirements needed for easy activation. The pull lever
to the connected control panel via MAPNET II or IDNet latches into the alarm position and remains extended out
communications wiring. of the housing to provide a visible indication.
A blank area on the front of the station allows the Station reset requires the use of a key to reset the
selection of a label to match the specific releasing manual station lever and deactivate the alarm switch. (If
application (label kit is ordered separately). (Refer to data the break-rod is used, it must be replaced.)
sheet S4099-0005 for standard Simplex addressable Station testing is performed by physical activation of
manual stations.) the pull lever. Electrical testing can be also performed by
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to unlocking the station housing to activate the alarm switch.
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7150-0026:224
for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document.
Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the
latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of
Tyco Safety Products Westminster.
S4099-0006 11/2014
Addressable Manual Station Product Selection
Addressable Manual Stations
Model Description
Double action, Push operation, Addressable manual station; red housing with white letters and white pull
4099-9015
lever; requires label kit 4099-9802
Label kit, white lettering on red background; select the label required for the specific releasing application;
4099-9802
types include: Clean Agent, Extinguishing, Carbon Dioxide, Foam System, Sprinkler, and Manual
Accessories
Model Description Reference
2975-9178 Surface mount steel box, red
Refer to page 3 for dimensions
2975-9022 Cast aluminum surface mount box, red
2099-9813 Semi-flush trim plate for double gang switch box, red
Typically for retrofit, refer to page 4
2099-9814 Surface trim plate for Wiremold box V5744-2, red
2099-9819 Flush mount adapter kit, black
Refer to page 4 for details
2099-9820 Flush mount adapter kit, beige
2099-9804 Replacement break-rod
Specifications
2 S4099-0006 11/2014
Addressable Manual Stations Surface Mounting
MANUAL
RELEASE
1" (25.4 mm)
1-1/4"
(32 mm) Simplex 2975-9178 box
Field wiring (shown for reference)
(shown for reference)
Station cover
hinges open for
installation access
Switch wiring
(prewired)
3 S4099-0006 11/2014
Addressable Manual Station, Additional Mounting Information
For retrofit and new
installations, additional
compatible mounting boxes
and the required adapter plates Wiremold
are shown in the illustration to receptacle box
2099-9814 Surface trim model V5744-2
the right. for Wiremold box (supplied by
5-1/8" H x 5" W others)
(130 mm x 127 mm)
MANUAL
RELEASE
8"
(203 mm) PUSH
Hole cutout must be a
minimum of 6" H by 5" W
6" (152 mm by 127 mm)
(152
mm)
MANUAL
RELEASE
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. Lexan is a trademark of the General
Electric Co. Wiremold is a trademark of the Wiremold Company.
Features Actuator
Agent Agent
®
Releasing control using the Simplex 4100ES source discharge
(or 4100U) Fire Alarm Control Panel to provide**: Actuator path
Coverage for multiple areas of Automatic Extinguishing Control
Circuit
Release and/or Deluge and Preaction Sprinkler System Coil supervisory
module
Release including audible escalation of events
Control of compatible Listed/Approved 24 VDC
COIL S U P E R V IS ION MODU L E ( 2 A MP ) 2 0 8 1 - 9 0 4 6
RE D YE L
IN S T A L L A T ION IN S T RUC T IONS 5 7 4 - 4 3 7 RE V
NA C+ MA IN T A IN 1 /4 " S E P A RA T ION
B E T W E E N P O W E R L IM IT E D
( RE D /B L K ) A ND NON P O W E R S
L IMIT E D ( Y E L /B L K ) W IR IN G
D A T E CO DE : 519- 958
BL K
N A C-
BL K S IM P L E X T IM E R E C O R D E R C O .G A R D N E R M A .U S A
Disconnect Switch
0
DISC./
1
DISABLE
Dedicated
PUSH AND HOLD
MANUAL
NAC circuit
Dual command control requires that both IDNet
communications commands and an activated NAC are
present to initiate the desired release
NAC provides wiring supervision to the actuator
including monitoring of coil continuity and short circuit
supervision to the coil supervision module SUPPRESSION RELEASE PANEL
CAUTION: This Control Unit has been arranged for releasing
service. Disable all releasing device circuits prior to servicing .
S4100-0040-12 5/2018
Agency listings (Continued) Releasing System Requirements (Continued)
UL 2017 - Emergency Alarm System Control Units, CO 2. Coil Supervision Module 2081-9046 must be wired
detection (FSZI); Process Equipment Management electrically before the actuator and located in the
(QVAX) actuator wiring junction box. The connected RAC
ULC-S527 - Control Units, System, Fire Alarm provides continuity supervision of the actuator coil
(UOJZC); Control Unit Accessories, System, Fire and wiring and provides short circuit supervision to
Alarm (UOXXC); Control Units, Releasing Device the coil supervision module.
Service (SYZVC); Smoke Control System Equipment 3. Cross-zoning or other alarm initiation logic per
(UUKLC) system requirements, is to be implemented by
ULC-S559 - Central Station Fire Alarm System Units programming at the fire alarm control panel.
(DAYRC) 4. UL Listed Automatic Extinguishing Releasing
CSA 6.19 - Gas Alarms and Accessories (CZHFC) operation requires that: battery standby must be a
ULC/ORD-C1076 - Proprietary Burglar Alarm System minimum of 24 hours with 5 minutes of alarm and that
Units (APOUC) listed actuators are used.
5. FM Approved Automatic Extinguishing Release
ULC/ORD-C100 - Smoke Control System Equipment,
requires secondary standby to be a minimum of
UUKLC
24 hours with 5 minutes of alarm. Actuators must be
UL2572 – Mass Notification Systems electrically compatible.
Automatic Extinguishing Release Systems 6. FM Approved Deluge and Preaction Sprinkler
operation requires that: initiating device circuits be
These systems automatically activate electrically Class A and wired to listed/approved devices; standby
controlled actuators for the release of a fire extinguishing power capacity must be a minimum of 90 hours with
agent (such as dry chemical, water spray, foam, CO2, or 10 minutes of alarm; and that compatible Automatic
clean agent) in response to fire detection device inputs as Water Control Valves must be used. (Refer to actuator
determined by programming of the host fire alarm control list on page 7.)
panel. 7. Maintenance Switches, one per RAC, are required
Automatic Extinguishing Release System Panels per NFPA 72. Their use may not be allowed in some
are required to have a minimum of 24 hours of standby jurisdictions, always confirm local requirements.
power. Initiating devices must be Listed/Approved for the When used, Simplex Maintenance Switches are
application, and may be wired either Class A or B. required to ensure that operation initiates a
Control actuators must be electrically compatible with the supervisory condition.
control panel circuits and power supplies, and are wired 8. Abort Switches are available when abort operation is
Class B to provide coil supervision. required. Connect to an addressable Supervised IAM
Deluge or Preaction Sprinkler Systems model 4090-9001 or similar addressable adapter
module.
These systems automatically activate water control 9. Addressable Manual Releasing Stations are used to
actuators in response to fire detection device inputs. initiate activation of the releasing actuators with the
Deluge Sprinkler Systems employ open sprinkler appropriate time delay implemented by the fire alarm
heads and provide water flow when the fire detection control panel.
system activates a common automatic water control 10. Notification Requirements. Each hazard area
actuator. They are used to deliver water simultaneously typically requires general audible and visible fire
through all of the system sprinkler heads. This type of alarm notification and additional dedicated NACs for
system is applicable where the immediate application of area releasing status notification. Suppression
large quantities of water over large areas is the proper fire releasing is compatible with conventional panel
response. mounted NAC modules as well as for use with the
Preaction Sprinkler Systems are similar to deluge 4009 IDNet NAC Extender.
systems except that normally closed sprinkler heads are 11. Additional Suppression Release Peripheral
used and supervisory air pressure is maintained in the Reference. Refer to Installation Instructions 579-385.
pipe. Operation requires both an activated sprinkler head
and an activated fire alarm initiating device with specific Additional Releasing Systems Reference
programming determined at the host fire alarm control
panel. For additional information, refer to Factory Mutual
Research Corporation (FMRC) “FMRC Approval Guide,”
Releasing System Requirements
FM Approval standard “Automatic Releases for Preaction
1. Releasing actuators are controlled from a and Deluge Sprinkler Systems.”
Suppression Release Peripheral (4090-9005 or
4090-9006). Connections are 2-wire, Class B releasing Please note that proper operation of releasing control
circuits with only one 24 VDC actuator per circuit. systems requires that the system design, installation, and
Where applicable, two, 12 VDC actuators in series, or maintenance be performed correctly and in accordance
one 12 VDC actuator with manufacturer supplied with all applicable local and national codes, and
resistor may be used. equipment manufacturer’s instructions. No liability for
total system operation is assumed or implied.
2 S4100-0040-12 5/2018
Product Selection
2080-9056* Flush mount As required, connects via an IDNet addressable interface module;
Abort Switch mounted on a single gang stainless steel plate; installation
2080-9057* Surface mount requires a single gang box, 2-1/2” (64 mm) minimum depth
* Refer to data sheet S2080-0010 for Abort and Maintenance switch details.
3 S4100-0040-12 5/2018
4100ES Conventional NAC Panel Releasing System One-Line Connection Reference
HAZARD AREA 2
DISC./
Actuator
C O IL S U P E R V IS IO N M O D U L E ( 2 A MP ) 2 0 8 1 - 9 0 4 6
RED IN S T A L L A T IO N IN S T R U C T IO N S 5 7 4 - 4 Y3 E7 LR E V
NAC+
DEVICE
1 M A IN T A IN 1 /4 " S E P A R A T IO N
DISABLE B E T W E E N P O W E R L IM IT E D
( R E D /B L K ) A N D N O N P O W E R S
L IM IT E D ( Y E L /B L K ) W IR IN G
DA T E CODE : 51 9- 95 8
BLK
NAC-
BLK S IM P L E X T IM E R E C O R D E R C O .G A R D N E R M A .U S A
FIRE SUPPRESSION
DISCONNECT / DISABLE
events
MANUAL
RELEASE
PUSH AND HOLD
NAC for strobe control
HAZARD AREA 1
Actuator Control Circuit
IDNet communications Agent
(shown as Class B wiring) FIRE Coil supervisory
source
module
RELEASING NORMAL
DEVICE
0
DISC./
Actuator
C O IL S U P E R V IS IO N M O D U L E ( 2 A MP ) 2 0 8 1 - 9 0 4 6
RED IN S T A L L A T IO N IN S T R U C T IO N S 5 7 4 - 4 Y3 E7 LR E V
NAC+
1 M A IN T A IN 1 /4 " S E P A R A T IO N
DISABLE B E T W E E N P O W E R L IM IT E D
( R E D /B L K ) A N D N O N P O W E R S
L IM IT E D ( Y E L /B L K ) W IR IN G
DA T E CODE : 51 9- 95 8
BLK
NAC-
BLK S IM P L E X T IM E R E C O R D E R C O .G A R D N E R M A .U S A
FIRE SUPPRESSION
FIRE SUPPRESSION DISCONNECT / DISABLE
SYSTEM ABORT
- ID N E T IN +
+ ID N E T IN -
4 S4100-0040-12 5/2018
4100ES Fully Addressable Panel Releasing System One-Line Connection Reference
HAZARD AREA 2
Maintenance
Disconnect Actuator Control Circuit
Switch with
Agent
4090-9005/-9006 Suppression lamp Coil supervisory
FIRE source
Release Peripheral module
RELEASING NORMAL
DISC./
Actuator
C O IL S U P E R V IS IO N M O D U L E ( 2 A M P ) 2 0 8 1 - 9 0 4 6
RED IN S T A L L A T IO N IN S T R U C T IO N S 5 7 4 - 4Y3E7LR E V
NAC+
DEVICE
1 M A IN T A IN 1 /4 " S E P A R A T IO N
DISABLE B E T W E E N P O W E R L IM IT E D
( R E D /B L K ) A N D N O N P O W E R S
L IM IT E D ( Y E L /B L K ) W IR IN G
D A T E C OD E : 5 1 9 - 9 5 8B L K
NAC-
BL K S IM P L E X T IM E R E C O R D E R C O .G A R D N E R M A .U S A
FIRE SUPPRESSION
DISCONNECT / DISABLE
IDNet communications
FIRE SUPPRESSION
SYSTEM ABORT
- ID N E T IN +
+ ID N E T IN -
MANUAL
RELEASE
PUSH AND HOLD
IDNAC for addressable horn and strobe
control (from 4007ES Control Panel)
HAZARD AREA 1
Maintenance
Disconnect Actuator Control Circuit
IDNet communications Switch
Agent
without lamp Coil supervisory
(shown as Class B wiring) FIRE source
module
RELEASING
DEVICE 0
1
RED
NAC+
NAC-
BL K
C O IL S U P E R V IS IO N M O D U L E ( 2 A M P ) 2 0 8 1 - 9 0 4 6
IN S T A L L A T IO N IN S T R U C T IO N S 5 7 4 - 4Y3E7LR E V
M A IN T A IN 1 /4 " S E P A R A T IO N
B E T W E E N P O W E R L IM IT E D
( R E D /B L K ) A N D N O N P O W E R
L IM IT E D ( Y E L /B L K ) W IR IN G
D A T E C OD E :
S
5 1 9 - 9 5 8B L K
S IM P L E X T IM E R E C O R D E R C O .G A R D N E R M A .U S A
Actuator
FIRE SUPPRESSION
SYSTEM ABORT
- ID N E T IN +
+ ID N E T IN -
To additional addressable
IDNAC for Addressable notification appliances
horn and strobe control
4100ES Addressable
Control Panel with Suppression Release Appliqué wording:
Suppression Release SUPPRESSION RELEASE PANEL
Appliqué CAUTION: This Control Unit has been arranged for releasing
service. Disable all releasing device circuits prior to servicing.
5 S4100-0040-12 5/2018
Suppression Release Peripheral Wiring Reference
Maximum Release Appliance Circuit (RAC) Wiring Distances from Suppression Release Peripheral to
the Valve Solenoid (based on a total drop of 0.6 V)
RAC Output Current Distance Total Line
(refer to solenoid
18 AWG 16 AWG 14 AWG 12 AWG Resistance
rating)
0.50 A 74 ft 23 m 118 ft 36 m 188 ft 57 m 300 ft 91 m 1.06
0.75 A 50 ft 15 m 79 ft 24 m 126 ft 38 m 200 ft 61 m 0.71
1.00 A 37 ft 11 m 59 ft 18 m 94 ft 29 m 150 ft 46 m 0.53
1.25 A 30 ft 9m 47 ft 14 m 75 ft 23 m 120 ft 36.6 m 1.06
1.5 A 25 ft 7.6 m 39 ft 12 m 63 ft 19 m 100 ft 30.5 m 0.71
1.75 A 21 ft 6.4 m 34 ft 10 m 54 ft 16 m 85 ft 26 m 0.53
2.00 A 19 ft 5.8 m 30 ft 9m 47 ft 14 m 75 ft 23 m 0.53
Metric wire equivalents: 18 AWG = 0.82 mm 2; 16 AWG = 1.31 mm2; 14 AWG = 2.08 mm2; 12 AWG = 3.31 mm2
NORMAL
DISC./
1
DISABLE
FIRE SUPPRESSION
DISCONNECT / DISABLE
FIRE C O IL S U P E R V IS IO N M O D U L E ( 2 A M P ) 2 0 8 1 - 9 0 4 6
RED IN S T A L L A T IO N IN S T R U C T IO N S 5 7 4 - 4 Y3 E7 LR E V
RELEASING NORMAL
NAC+ M A IN T A IN 1 /4 " S E P A R A T IO N
B E T W E E N P O W E R L IM IT E D
( R E D /B L K ) A N D N O N P O W E R S
L IM IT E D ( Y E L /B L K ) W IR IN G
DEVICE
0
DISC./
1
DISABLE DA T E CODE : 51 9- 958
BLK
NA C-
BLK S IM P L E X T IM E R E C O R D E R C O .G A R D N E R M A .U S A
FIRE SUPPRESSION
DISCONNECT / DISABLE
FIRE SUPPRESSION
SYSTEM ABORT
- ID N E T IN +
+ ID N E T
IN -
Maximum Notification Appliance Circuit (NAC) Wiring Distances to a Suppression Release Peripheral
(0.5 A to 1.75 A drop is based on a total drop of 3.4V; 2 A drop is based upon a total drop of 1.2 V) FIRE SUPPRESSION
RAC Output Current Distance SYSTEM ABORT
Total Line
(refer to solenoid
18 AWG 16 AWG 14 AWG 12 AWG Resistance
rating)
0.50 A 250 ft 76 m 399 ft 122 m 635 ft 194 m 1010 ft 308 m 3.58
0.75 A 167 ft 51 m 266 ft 81 m 423 ft 129 m 673 ft 205 m 2.39
1.00 A 125 ft 38 m 199 ft 61 m 317 ft 97 m 505 ft 154 m 1.79 PUSH AND HOLD
1.25 A 100 ft 30 m 159 ft 48 m 254 ft 77 m 404 ft 123 m 1.43
1.5 A 84 ft 26 m 133 ft 41 m 212 ft 65 m 337 ft 103 m 1.19
1.75 A 72 ft 22 m 114 ft 35 m 181 ft 55 m 289 ft 88 m 1.02
2.00 A 25 ft 7.6 m 39 ft 12 m 63 ft 19 m 100 ft 30 m 0.36
2 2 2 2
Metric wire equivalents: 18 AWG = 0.82 mm ; 16 AWG = 1.31 mm ; 14 AWG = 2.08 mm ; 12 AWG = 3.31 mm
6 S4100-0040-12 5/2018
Specifications
Suppression Release Peripheral 4090-9005 and 4090-9006
Communications IDNet, one address
RAC Output with 4100ES/4100U 2 A maximum At nominal 24 VDC, regulated; refer to NAC Power
Rating with 4009 IDNet NAC Extender 1 A maximum Requirements for more detail
7 S4100-0040-12 5/2018
Compatible UL Listed Valves and Actuators
8 S4100-0040-12 5/2018
FM Approved Solenoid Valves
4100ES Control Panels are assigned to FM Release Control Panel Group 3. Group 3 FM Approved Release Control Panels
are compatible will all FM Approved Solenoid Valves rated at 22 Watts or less. For verification of agency listings and power
requirements refer to the solenoid valve manufacturer's technical documentation.
4 Knockouts,
one each side
4090-9005 Suppression
Release Peripheral assembly
(supplied with 4090-9006)
NAC +
NAC -
Box height
8" (203 mm)
RAC -
IDNet+
RAC +
IDNet-
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Box width
6" (152 mm)
9 S4100-0040-12 5/2018
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Features
Four channel DACT for connection to Simplex®
fire alarm control panels without internal DACT
capability: MODEL 2080-9024
4 CHANNEL COMMUNICATOR
Supervisory contacts
UL Listed to Standard 864 per NFPA 72 for Central
S3511
UL LISTED
Station Service: ®
SIGNALING DEVICE
S2080-0008-4 10/2007
Programming The communicator transmitter shall have the capability of
supervising two telephone lines and of seizing a telephone
The 2080-9024 can be programmed for: telephone line and sending an alarm signal on one or both lines
number changes, time changes, loop response time, user without the need of any additional equipment. If
and installer codes, account numbers, AC mains power telephone service is interrupted on either line for more
fail reporting time delay, and system or zone status. than 90 seconds, the communicator transmitter shall be
Programming is performed by using the optional Remote capable of reporting the loss of either telephone line
Annunciator/Programmer or by using a PC with without regard to which line failed. If both lines fail, a
applicable software and compatible modem. local panel mounted trouble alert shall sound.
Typical Architect/Engineer Specification The communicator shall be capable of being programmed
to send a test signal to the central supervising location
The contractor shall furnish and install an approved
once every 24 hours at a user selected time.
digital communicator transmitter to transmit fire alarm
activity to a central supervising location. The Signals to the central supervising location shall indicate
communicator shall be UL 864 listed as conforming to the which of the communicator transmitter initiating device
requirements of NFPA 72 for Central Station connections circuits are in alarm and which are in trouble. Restoration
and shall be UL listed as compatible with the connected to normal status shall also be transmitted with specific
Simplex fire alarm control panel. 24 VDC operating description messages. The communicator shall be capable
voltage and battery backup shall be provided by the fire of transmitting to Silent Knight, Radionics, or ADEMCO
alarm control panel. receiving stations.
Product Selection
Model Description
2080-9024 Digital Alarm Communicating Transponder (DACT) with red cabinet
2080-9022 Telephone connection cables, two (2) required, 7 ft (2.1 m) long
5230 Remote Annunciator/Programmer (order category is OPSILENT); alphanumeric LCD with key inputs
2080-9031 Remote Annunciator/Programmer cable to connect to 2080-9024 DACT
End-of-Line Resistor Harness, 4.7 k, 1/2 W, (reference 733-896); three (3) required (Alarm, Trouble, and
4081-9003
Supervisory)
Auxiliary relay contacts, Form C, see note 1 to fire alarm 120 VAC to monitor mains status
Remote
Simplex Fire Alarm 24 VDC Power
Annunciator/
Control Panel
MODEL 2080-9024
Programmer (5230)
4 CHANNEL COMMUNICATOR
NO. BJ-4297
Tyco, Simplex, and the Simplex logo are trademarks of Tyco International Services AG or its affiliates in the U.S. and/or other countries. NFPA 72 and NFPA are trademarks of
the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). Contact ID is a trademark of Pittway Corporation.
Central Station
1725 SMITH ROAD, SPRINGFIELD
CONTACT:
BILL ABLE 555-9876
MARY SMITH 555-9978
S2080-0009-7 7/2016
SDACT Product Selection and Reference
Fire Alarm Panel Data Sheet Installation
Model Mounting Location Description
Control Panel Reference Instructions
4100-6052 4100ES and 4100U Single 2” slot module S4100-0031
Left side of CPU bay end support or 574-836
4100-6080 4100ES with EPS S4100-0100 Digital Alarm
left side of an expansion bay
Communicating
4010-9912 4010ES Block D S4010-0004 579-954 Transmitters with Serial
Lower right corner of cabinet mounted Communications
4007-9806 4007ES flat with included 650-1838 mounting S4007-0001 579-954 (SDACT)
bracket
4010-9816 4010 Expansion slot S4010-0001 574-167
Specifications
Voltage 18-32 VDC, from panel
Current Standby = 30 mA; Report Mode = 40 mA
4000 points maximum
Point Capacity Note: Information received is determined by capability of the digital alarm communicating receiver
(DACR) and communication format used.
4100ES/4100U SDACT Capacity Up to 2, 4100-6052 SDACTs can be selected
Operating Temperature 32° F to 120° F (0° C to 49° C)
Operating Humidity 10-90% RH @ 85° F (30° C)
Telephone Requirements
FCC Registration 5QWUSA-30334-AL-E
Jack RJ31X (2 required)
Connection Type Loop start, pulse or tone dialing; Data Certified POTS lines
Compatible SDACT Cables with Plug (two are required and are included with the panel per below)
14 ft long (4.3 m); included with 4100-6052 (4100ES) and 4010-9912 (4010ES); terminated with RJ-45
733-913 (2080-9047)
plug to spade lugs
733-986 7 ft long (2.1 m); included with 4010-9816 (4010); terminated with RJ-45 plug each end
With
Silent Knight 9000 — With 9032 With 9032 With 9032 With 9032 With 9032 With 9032 9004
line card line card line card line card line card line card line
card
FBI CP220FB, with
—
Rec-11 Line Card
Bosh Radionics
— —
D6500
Bosch Radionics
D6600*
SUR-GARD
MLR2-DG
DSC TL300**
— — — — — — —
(UL & ULC listed)
Bosch C900V2**
(UL listed)
* With or without D6680 Network Ethernet Adapter in D6600.
** DACT to Ethernet connection interfaces.
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Features
TrueAlarm analog sensing provides:
Digital transmission of analog sensor values via IDNet or
MAPNET II two-wire communications
For use with the following Simplex® products:
4007ES, 4010, 4010ES, 4100ES, and 4100U Series control
panels; and 4008 Series control panels with reduced feature
set (refer to data sheet S4008-0001 for details)
4020, 4100, and 4120 Series control panels, Universal
Transponders, and 2120 TrueAlarm CDTs equipped for 4098-9714 TrueAlarm Photoelectric
MAPNET II operation Sensor Mounted in Base
Fire alarm control panel provides:
Peak value logging allowing accurate analysis of each Description
sensor for individual sensitivity selection
Sensitivity monitoring satisfying NFPA 72 sensitivity Digital Communication of Analog Sensing. TrueAlarm
testing requirements; automatic individual sensor calibration analog sensors provide an analog measurement digitally
check verifies sensor integrity communicated to the host control panel using Simplex
addressable communications. At the control panel, the data is
Automatic environmental compensation, multi-stage alarm
analyzed and an average value is determined and stored. An
operation, and display of sensitivity directly in percent per alarm or other abnormal condition is determined by comparing
foot the sensor’s present value against its average value and time.
Ability to display and print detailed sensor information in
plain English language Intelligent Data Evaluation. Monitoring each sensor’s
average value provides a continuously shifting reference point.
Photoelectric smoke sensors provide: This software filtering process compensates for environmental
Seven levels of sensitivity from 0.2% to 3.7% factors (dust, dirt, etc.) and component aging, providing an
(refer to additional information on page 3) accurate reference for evaluating new activity. With this
Heat sensors provide: filtering, there is a significant reduction in the probability of
false or nuisance alarms caused by shifts in sensitivity, either up
Three fixed temperature sensing thresholds: 135° F, 155° F
or down.
and 190° F
Rate-of-rise temperature sensing Control Panel Selection. Peak activity per sensor is stored to
assist in evaluating specific locations. The alarm set point for
Utility temperature sensing
each TrueAlarm sensor is determined at the host control panel,
Listed to UL 521 and ULC-S530 selectable as more or less sensitive as the individual application
General features: requires.
Operation is for ceiling or wall mounting Timed/Multi-Stage Selection. Sensor alarm set points can be
Listed to UL 268 and ULC-S529 programmed for timed automatic sensitivity selection (such as
Louvered smoke sensor design enhances smoke capture by more sensitive at night, less sensitive during day). Control panel
directing flow to chamber; entrance areas are minimally programming can also provide multi-stage operation per sensor.
visible when ceiling mounted For example, a 0.2% level may cause a warning to prompt
investigation while a 2.5% level may initiate an alarm.
Designed for EMI compatibility
Magnetic test feature is provided Sensor Alarm and Trouble LED Indication. Each sensor
base’s LED pulses to indicate communications with the panel. If
Different bases are available to support a supervised or
the control panel determines a sensor is in alarm, or is dirty or
unsupervised output relay, and/or a remote LED alarm
has some other type of trouble, the details are annunciated at the
indicator control panel and that sensor base’s LED will be turned on
Additional base reference: steadily. During a system alarm, the control panel will control
For isolator bases, refer to data sheet S4098-0025 the LEDs such that an LED indicating a trouble will return to
For sounder bases, refer to data sheet S4098-0028 pulsing to help identify the alarmed sensors.
For photo/heat sensors, refer to data sheet S4098-0024
(single address) and S4098-0033 (dual address)
* These products have been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings
7272-0026:218, 7271-0026:231, 7270-0026:216, and 7300-0026:217 for allowable values
and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Accepted for use – City of
New York Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E. Additional listings may be applicable,
contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under
Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
S4098-0019-23 8/2017
TrueAlarm Sensor Bases and Accessories Description
Sensor Base Features TrueAlarm sensor bases contain integral addressable
electronics that constantly monitor the status of the
Base mounted address selection:
detachable photoelectric or heat sensors. Each sensor’s
Address remains with its programmed location
output is digitized and transmitted to the system fire alarm
Accessible from front (DIP switch under sensor) control panel every four seconds.
General features:
Automatic identification provides default sensitivity when Since TrueAlarm sensors use the same base, different
substituting sensor types sensor types can be easily interchanged to meet specific
Integral red LED for power-on (pulsing), or alarm or trouble location requirements. This feature also allows intentional
(steady on) sensor substitution during building construction. When
Locking anti-tamper design mounts on standard outlet box conditions are temporarily dusty, instead of covering the
smoke sensors (causing them to be disabled), heat sensors
Magnetically operated functional test
may be installed without reprogramming the control
Sensor Bases panel. Although the control panel will indicate an
incorrect sensor type, the heat sensor will operate at a
4098-9792, Standard Sensor Base
default sensitivity providing heat detection for building
4098-9789, Sensor Base with wired connections for: protection at that location.
2098-9808 Remote LED alarm indicator or 4098-9822 relay
(relay is unsupervised and requires separate 24 VDC) Mounting Reference
Supervised Relay Bases (not compatible with 2120 CDT):
4098-9791, 4-Wire Sensor Base, use with remote or Electrical Box Requirements: (boxes are by others)
locally mounted 2098-9737 relay, requires separate 24 VDC Without relay in the box: 4" octagonal or 4" square, 1-1/2" deep;
4098-9780, 2-Wire Sensor Base, use with remote or single gang, 2" deep
locally mounted 4098-9860 relay, no separate power With relay in the box : 4" octagonal or 4" square, 1-1/2" deep,
required with 1-1/2" extension ring
Supervised relay operation is programmable and can be 4" (102 mm) Square Box 4" (102 mm) Octagonal Box
manually operated from control panel
Surface mount reference
Includes wired connections for remote LED alarm indicator
or 4098-9822 relay (relay is unsupervised and requires
separate 24 VDC)
Sensor Base Options
1-1/2" (38 mm)
2098-9737, Remote or local mount supervised relay: minimum box depth Flush mount reference, mount even with final
surface, or with up to 1/4" (6.4 mm) maximum recess
DPDT contacts for resistive/suppressed loads, power limited
rating of 3 A @ 28 VDC; non-power limited rating of 3 A
2098-9737 Supervised Relay 4098-9822 Relay (mounts
@ 120 VAC (requires external 24 VDC coil power) (mounts in base electrical box or in base electrical box)
4098-9860, Remote or local mount supervised relay: remotely)
SPDT dry contacts, power limited rating of 2 A @ 30 VDC,
resistive; non-power limited rating of 0.5 A @ 125 VAC,
resistive Relay Size: 2-1/2" X 1-1/2" X 1"
(3.75 in3 ) (64 mm X 38 mm X 25.4 mm)
4098-9822, LED Annunciation Relay:
Activates when base LED is on steady, indicating local
alarm or trouble 4098-9860 Supervised Relay (mounts in base
electrical box or remotely; 2-3/8" X 1-1/4" X 11/32"
DPDT contacts for resistive/suppressed loads, power limited (1 in3 ) (60.4 mm X 31.8 mm X 8.6 mm)
rating of 2 A @ 28 VDC; non-power limited rating of
1/2 A @ 120 VAC, (requires external 24 VDC coil power) NOTE: Review total wire count, wire size, and accessories being
4098-9832, Adapter plate: wired to determine required box volume.
TrueAlarm Bases
4098-9780, 4098-9789, 4098-9791, & 4098-9792
2 S4098-0019-23 8/2017
TrueAlarm Sensors
Features Rate-of-rise temperature detection is selectable at the
control panel for either 15° F (8.3° C) or 20° F (11.1° C)
Sealed against rear air flow entry per minute. Fixed temperature sensing is independent of
Interchangeable mounting rate-of-rise sensing and programmable to operate at
EMI/RFI shielded electronics 135° F (57.2° C) or 155° F (68° C). The 4098-9734
Heat sensors: sensor provides an additional 190° F (88° C) set point.
Selectable rate compensated, fixed temperature In a slow developing fire, the temperature may not
sensing with or without rate-of-rise operation increase rapidly enough to operate the rate-of-rise feature.
Rated spacing distance between sensors: However, an alarm will be initiated when the temperature
reaches its rated fixed temperature setting.
Fixed Temp. UL & ULC FM Spacing, Either Fixed
Setting Spacing Temperature Setting TrueAlarm heat sensors can be programmed as a utility
135° F / 190° F* 60 ft x 60 ft 20 ft x 20 ft (6.1 m) for fixed device to monitor for temperature extremes in the range
(57.2° C / 88° C) (18.3 m) temperature only; RTI = Quick
from 32° F to 155° F (0° C to 68° C). This feature can
50 ft x 50 ft (15.2 m) for fixed
temperature with either
provide freeze warnings or alert to HVAC system
155° F 40 ft x 40 ft
(68° C) (12.2 m) rate-of-rise selection; RTI = Ultra problems. Refer to specific panels for availability.
Fast
*Note: 190° F (88° C) ratings apply only to the 4098-9734 sensor.
4-7/8" (124 mm)
Smoke Sensors: LED status indicator
Photoelectric technology sensing 2-3/8"
360° smoke entry for optimum response (60 mm)
3 S4098-0019-23 8/2017
TrueAlarm Analog Sensing Product Selection Chart
TrueAlarm Sensor Bases (for use with Sensors 4098-9714 and 4098-9733)
(Refer to Application Manual 574-709 and Installation Instructions 574-707 for additional information)
Model* Color Description Compatibility Mounting Requirements
4098-9792 White 4” octagonal or 4” square box, 1-1/2”
Standard Sensor Base No options min. depth; or single gang box, 2”
4098-9776 Black
min. depth
4098-9789 White
Sensor Base with connections for
4098-9789 IND 2098-9808 Remote Alarm Indicator or 4” octagonal or 4” square box
White Remote LED Alarm Indicator or
4098-9822 Unsupervised Relay Note: Box depth requirements
4098-9775 Unsupervised Relay
Black depend on total wire count and
4-Wire Sensor Supervised Relay 2098-9737 Supervised Remote Relay wire size, refer to accessories
4098-9791** White Base with connections for LED 2098-9808 Remote Alarm Indicator or list below for reference.
Indicator or Unsupervised Relay 4098-9822 Unsupervised Relay ** NOTE: 4098-9791 and 4098-
9780 are NOT compatible
2-Wire Sensor Supervised Relay 4098-9860 Supervised Remote Relay with the 2120 CDT
4098-9780** White Base with connections for LED 2098-9808 Remote Alarm Indicator or
Indicator or Unsupervised Relay 4098-9822 Unsupervised Relay
TrueAlarm Sensors
Model* Model* Description Compatibility Mounting Requirements
4098-9714
White
4098-9714 IND Photoelectric Smoke Sensor
Bases 4098-9775, 4098-9776, 4098-9792,
4098-9774 Black Refer to base requirements
4098-9789, 4098-9791, and 4098-9780
4098-9733 White Heat Sensor
4098-9734 White High Temperature Heat Sensor
TrueAlarm Sensor/Base Accessories
Model Description Compatibility Mounting Requirements
Supervised Relay, mounts remote or in base Remote Mounting requires 4” octagonal or
2098-9737 For use with 4098-9791 base
electrical box 4” square box, 1-1/2” minimum depth
Supervised Relay, mounts remote or in base Base Mounting requires 4” octagonal box, 2-
4098-9860 For use with 4098-9780 base
electrical box 1/8” deep with 1-1/2” extension ring
Remote Red LED Alarm Indicator on single gang Bases 4098-9789, 4098-9791, and 4098-
2098-9808 Single gang box, 1-1/2” minimum depth
stainless steel plate 9780
Unsupervised Relay, tracks base LED status; Bases 4098-9789, 4098-9791, and 4098- 4” octagonal box, 2-1/8” deep with 1-1/2”
4098-9822
Note: Mounts only in base electrical box 9780 extension ring
Required for surface or semi-flush mounted 4”
Bases 4098-9792, 4098-9789,
4098-9832 Adapter Plate square box and for surface mounted
4098-9791, and 4098-9780
4” octagonal box
* Note: Model numbers ending in IND are assembled in India.
Specifications
SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code are
registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Features
Sensor base
(supplied) 8 Inch square duct
(shown for reference)
Sensor head
4098-9714
(ordered
separately)
Transparent housing cover
allows viewing of status LEDs
Gasket (supplied)
Gasket (supplied)
5-1/4"
(133 mm)
1. Reference drawings are shown mounted to the side of the duct. Where appropriate, top mounting may be
acceptable. Contact your local Simplex product supplier for assistance.
2. The 4098-9750 and 4098-9751 In-Duct assemblies include sensor base assembly, mounting box and cover, and
mounting gaskets. The 4098-9714 sensor head is ordered separately.
3. Templates are supplied for duct cutout size and location. Refer to installation instructions 574-711 for
additional information.
4. Adapters for 6”, 8”, 10”, or 12” round duct applications are ordered separately.
2 S4098-0021-10 11/2014
Round Duct Mounting Reference
Gasket
In-Duct sensor access requires (supplied)
4098-9824
wiring with flexible conduit
8" Adapter
(supplied separately)
Gasket
(supplied)
Sensor head
4098-9714
(ordered separately)
Transparent housing cover
allows viewing of status LEDs
Sensor base
(supplied)
3/4" 4-3/8"
(19 mm) (111 mm)
2098-9806, Remote Test Station (below), provides a 2098-9808, Remote LED Alarm Indicator (below),
remote red LED status indicator and a remote test key provides a remote Red LED status indicator mounted on a
switch mounted on a single gang stainless steel plate. single gang stainless steel plate.
Turning the test switch to “TEST” will initiate an alarm
and allow the resulting system responses to be verified.
ALARM
ALARM
TEST
NORM
3 S4098-0021-10 11/2014
Location Reference
Exhaust Sensor
Damper OK
Exhaust Return
Air
Do not locate
sensor here
Return air
damper
Fresh Supply
air Air
Filter Sensor
Do not locate
bank OK
sensor here
Specifications
NOTE: See
0-4000 ft/min (0-1220 m/min) with a minimum sensor sensitivity of 3.0% per ft application
UL Listed Air Velocity Range
0-2000 ft/min (0-610 m/min) with a minimum sensor sensitivity of 3.7% per ft discussion
on page 1.
Data Communications IDNet or MAPNET II format, auto-selected, 1 address per housing
Remote LED Current 0.6 mA, no impact to alarm current
UL Listed Temperature Range 32° to 100° F (0° to 38° C)
Operating Temperature Range 15° to 122° F (-9° to 50° C)
Humidity Range 10% to 90% RH from 32 F to 122 F (0 C to +50 C)
Wiring Connections Terminal blocks for wire size 18 to 14 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 2.08 mm2)
Dimensions Refer to round and square duct mounting diagrams
Relay Power (4098-9751 only)
Voltage 18 to 32 VDC
Standby Current 240 A @ 24 VDC
Alarm Current 30 mA @ 24 VDC
Power Limited Contact Rating Single form “C”, 1 A @ 28 VDC (for suppressed loads)
Non-Power Limited Contact Rating Single form “C”, 1/2 A @ 120 VAC, resistive (for suppressed loads)
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Features
TrueAlarm photoelectric smoke sensing and heat
sensing combined in one housing to provide:
Smoke activity accurately monitored by TrueAlarm
photoelectric sensing technology
Thermal activity accurately monitored by TrueAlarm
thermistor sensing technology
And TrueSense detection, a correlation of smoke
activity and thermal activity providing intelligent fire
detection earlier than with either activity alone
For use with Simplex® 4007ES, 4010ES, 4100ES,
TrueAlarm Multi-Sensor 4098-9754
and 4100U fire alarm control panels:
Mounted in Standard Sensor Base
TrueAlarm analog sensor information is digitally
communicated to the control panel via IDNet TrueAlarm Multi-Sensor Description
two-wire communications
Special point types allow the 4098-9754 multi-sensor TrueAlarm multi-sensor model 4098-9754 combine the
to communicate smoke and heat analog sensing data established performances of a TrueAlarm photoelectric
using only one IDNet address smoke sensor with a fast-acting and accurate TrueAlarm
thermal sensor to provide both features in a single
Individual sensor information is processed by the host
sensor/base assembly.
control panel to determine sensor status and to
determine whether conditions are normal, off-normal, Digital Communication of Analog Sensing.
or alarm Analog information from each sensor is digitally
(4100U fire alarm control panels require software communicated to the control panel where it is analyzed.
revision 11 or higher with multi-point compatible IDNet Photoelectric sensor input is stored and tracked as an
transmission modules) average value with an alarm or abnormal condition being
determined by comparing the sensor’s present value
Alarms can be determined by either: against its average value. Thermal data is processed to
Smoke detection with selectable sensitivity from look for absolute or rate-of-rise temperature as desired.
0.2 to 3.7 %/ft obscuration (refer to additional
information on page 2) Intelligent Data Evaluation. Monitoring each
photoelectric sensor’s average value provides a software
Heat detection selectable as fixed temperature or fixed filtering process that compensates for environmental
with selectable rate-of-rise factors (dust, dirt, etc.) and component aging, providing
TrueSense intelligent analysis of the combination of an accurate reference for evaluating new activity. The
smoke and heat activity result is a significant reduction in the probability of false
Additional design features: or nuisance alarms caused by shifts in sensitivity, either
up or down. Status indications of dirty and excessively
Functional and architecturally styled enclosures for
dirty are automatically generated allowing maintenance to
ceiling or wall mounting
be performed per device.
Smoke sensor louver design that directs air flow to
chamber enhancing smoke capture Control Panel Selection. Peak activity per sensor is
Built-in magnetic test feature stored to assist in evaluating specific locations. The alarm
set point for each TrueAlarm sensor is determined at the
Compatible with standard bases (including relay control panel, selectable as more or less sensitive as the
control), sounder bases, and isolator bases individual application requires.
Designed for EMI compatibility
Multi-Point Reporting and CO Base Reference.
UL listed to Standard 268 Reporting 4098-9754 “sub-points” under its single
address varies with the base used. Muti-point details are
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings
listed in data sheet S4090-0011.
7272-0026:218 and 7300-0026:217 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning
material presented in this document. Accepted for use – City of New York Department of Using the 4098-9754 with CO sensor bases is detailed in
Buildings – MEA35-93E. Refer to page 4 for ULC listing status. Additional listings may be data sheet S4098-0052.
applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and
approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection
Products.
S4098-0024-12 11/2016
Description (Continued) Heat Sensing Details
Timed/Multi-Stage Selection. Alarm set points can be TrueAlarm heat sensors monitor a fast reacting
programmed for timed automatic sensitivity selection thermistor providing operation that is self-restoring and
(such as more sensitive at night, less sensitive during rate compensated. Due to its small thermal mass, the
day). Control panel programming can also provide sensor accurately and quickly measures the local
multi-stage operation per sensor. For example, a 0.2% temperature for analysis at the fire alarm control panel.
level may cause a warning to prompt investigation while a The control panel allows alarm selection to be per sensor
2.5% level may initiate an alarm. as fixed temperature, or rate-of-rise temperature, or the
combination of both.
Sensor Alarm and Trouble LED Indication. Each
sensor base’s LED pulses to indicate communications Temperature Detection. Rate-of-rise temperature
with the panel. If the control panel determines that a detection is selectable at the control panel for either 15° F
sensor is in alarm, or that it is dirty or has some other type (8.3° C) or 20° F (11.1° C) per minute. Fixed temperature
of trouble, the details are annunciated at the control panel sensing is independent of rate-of-rise sensing and
and that sensor base’s LED will be turned on steadily. selectable to operate at 135° F (57.2° C) or 155° F
During a system alarm, the control panel will control the (68° C). In a slow developing fire, the temperature may
LEDs such that an LED indicating a trouble will return to not increase rapidly enough to operate the rate-of-rise
pulsing to help identify the alarmed sensors. feature. However, an alarm will be initiated when the
temperature reaches its selected fixed temperature setting.
TrueAlarm Analog Sensor Features
Utility Temperature Monitoring. TrueAlarm heat
General mechanical: sensors can be programmed as a utility device to monitor
Housing is sealed against rear air flow entry for temperature extremes in the range from 32° F to
Electronics are EMI/RFI shielded 122° F (0° C to 50° C). This feature can provide freeze
warnings or alert to HVAC system problems.
Smoke sensing:
Photoelectric light scattering sensing technology TrueSense Detection Details
360° smoke entry for optimum response Control Panel Sensor Analysis. Each multi-sensor’s
Chamber screen provides protection from dirt, dust, and smoke and heat sensing element provides data for
insects evaluation at the fire alarm control panel where four
Heat sensing: independent detection modes are evaluated. They are:
Fast response thermistor design Fixed temperature heat detection
Rate compensated, self-resetting operation Rate-of-rise heat detection
Control panel can select per sensor for fixed temperature TrueAlarm photoelectric smoke detection
sensing, rate-of-rise temperature sensing, or the And TrueSense correlation detection
combination of both Comparing Photoelectric Activity and Thermal
Photoelectric Sensing Details Activity. TrueSense analysis correlates both thermal
activity and smoke activity at a single multi-sensor
TrueAlarm photoelectric sensors use a stable, location using an extensively tested covariance
pulsed infrared LED light source and a silicon photodiode relationship. As a result, TrueSense detection improves
receiver to provide consistent and accurate low power response to conditions indicative of faster acting, hot
smoke sensing. Seven levels of sensitivity are available flaming fires when compared to the response of either
for each individual sensor, ranging from 0.2% to 3.7% per photoelectric smoke activity or thermal activity alone.
foot of smoke obscuration. Sensitivities of 0.2%, 0.5%,
and 1% are for special applications in clean areas. High Integrity Detection. TrueSense operation
Standard sensitivities are 1.5%, 2.0%, 2.5%, 3.0%, and provides early fire detection and maintains the established
3.7%. Application type and sensitivity are selected and high level of immunity to false alarms and nuisance
then monitored at the fire alarm control panel.* alarms that is inherent with TrueAlarm sensor operation.
Sensor head design provides 360° smoke entry for Application Reference
optimum smoke response. Because of the photoelectric Sensor locations should be determined after careful
sensing technology, the 4098-9754 sensor is UL listed for consideration of the physical layout and contents of the
air velocity of up to 4000 ft/min. However, care must be area to be protected. Refer to NFPA 72, the National Fire
taken in determining sensor locations to avoid areas Alarm and Signaling Code. On smooth ceilings, smoke
where local airflow may also impact any smoke flow. sensor spacing of 30 ft (9.1 m) may be used as a guide.*
(Refer to the application reference section on this page.)
* For detailed application information, refer to 4098
Detectors, Sensors, and Bases Application Manual,
document number 574-709.
2 S4098-0024-12 11/2016
Multi-Sensor Base Features Fire Alarm Control Panel Features (Cont’d)
Base mounted address selection allows the address Peak value logging allows accurate analysis for
of the multi-sensor base to remain with its programmed sensitivity selection
location when the sensor is removed for service. Automatic, once per minute individual sensor calibration
Integral red LED indicates power-on by pulsing, or check verifies sensor integrity
alarm or trouble when steady on, reflecting status of either Multi-stage alarm operation
sensor. The exact status of the specific sensing element is Selectable alarm verification
annunciated at the fire alarm control panel.
Automatic environmental compensation and
Fire Alarm Control Panel Features determination of dirty and excessively dirty
TrueSense analysis of smoke and heat activity
Individual smoke sensitivity and temperature operation
is selectable for each sensor Ability to display and print detailed sensor information
in plain English language
Sensitivity monitoring that satisfies NFPA 72 sensitivity
testing requirements Smoke sensitivity displayed in percent per foot and
temperature readings selectable as Fahrenheit or Celsius
Mounting Reference
Electrical boxes are supplied by others, refer to notes below for additional information
Surface mount reference
1-1/2" (38 mm) Flush mount reference, mount even with final
minimum box depth surface, or with up to 1/4" (6.4 mm) maximum recess
2098-9737 Relay (mounts 4098-9822 Relay 4098-9860 Supervised Standard Size Base Mounting
in base electrical box or (mounts in base Relay (mounts in base
remotely) electrical box) electrical box or remotely; 4098-9832 Adapter Plate, required for mounting
2-3/8" X 1-1/4" X 11/32" to surface mounted boxes and 4" square flush box
(1 in3 ) (60.4 mm X
31.8 mm X 8.6 mm)
4098 Series Base
For 4098-9794 only, when using 4" square box flush mount, a single
gang adapter plate (RACO No. 787 or equal, by others) is required
4098-9832 Adapter Plate, required for mounting
to surface mounted boxes (mounts inverted)
4098-9794
Sounder Base
4098-9754 Multi-Sensor
NOTES:
1. Review wire size, wire count, box type, and whether a locally mounted relay is used before determining box size.
2. When a locally mounted relay is used, mount relay in electrical box and use 1-1/2" extension ring (by others) on
4" square or octagonal box of 1-1/2" or 2-1/8" depth as required.
3. Flush mounting also fits a single gang box, 2-1/8" (51 mm) deep if compatible with wiring requirements. (Not
applicable if a locally mounted relay is used.)
4. Refer to Systems Manual 574-709 for additional information.
3 S4098-0024-12 11/2016
Product Selection
TrueAlarm Multi-Sensor (ordered separately, refer to page 3 for mounting requirements)
Model* Color Description
4098-9754
White
4098-9754 IND Multi-sensor, photoelectric sensor with integral thermal sensor; select base from list below
4098-9779 Black
TrueAlarm Multi-Sensor Bases (ordered separately, refer to page 3 for mounting requirements)
For More
Model* Color Description Detail See
Data Sheet
4098-9792 White
Standard Sensor Base, no options
4098-9776 Black
4098-9789
White
4098-9789 IND Sensor Base with connections for remote LED alarm indicator or unsupervised relay.
4098-9775 Black S4098-0019
4-Wire Sensor Relay
4098-9791 White
Base Includes connections for Supervised Remote Relay and for remote LED alarm
2-Wire Sensor Relay indicator or unsupervised relay; see below for details
4098-9780 White
Base
4098-9793 White Isolator Base with built-in IDNet communications isolator, no options S4098-0025
4098-9794 White Sounder Base with connections for remote LED alarm indicator or unsupervised relay S4098-0028
Accessories Reference (ordered separately as required, refer to page 3 for additional mounting requirements)
Model Description
4098-9832 Adapter Plate, 6-3/8” (162 mm) diameter, 1/4” (6.4 mm) deep, matches bases, see page 3 for required applications
Red LED Alarm Indicator on single gang stainless steel plate, mounts on single gang box, 1-1/2” (38 mm) minimum
2098-9808
depth
Choose one Relay with operation that tracks base led status, mounts in base electrical box, 4” square or octagonal box with 1-1/2”
if applicable (38 mm) extension ring, select box depth per actual wiring requirements; DPDT contacts for resistive/suppressed loads,
4098-9822
power limited rating of 2 A @ 28 VDC; non-power limited rating of 1/2 A @ 120 VAC, (requires external 24 VDC coil
power)
Supervised Relay for use with 4098-9791 only; DPDT contacts for resistive/suppressed Mount remotely or in base electrical box;
2098-9737 loads, power limited rating of 3 A @ 28 VDC; non-power limited rating of 3 A @ 120 VAC remote mounting requires 4” octagonal or
(requires external 24 VDC coil power) 4” square box, 1-1/2” minimum depth; base
mounting requires 4” octagonal box, 2-1/8”
Supervised Relay for use with 4098-9780 only; SPDT dry contacts, power limited rating
4098-9860 deep with 1-1/2” extension ring; see page 3 for
of 2 A @ 30 VDC, resistive; non-power limited rating of 0.5 A @ 125 VAC, resistive
dimension reference
* Note: Model numbers ending in IND are assembled in India.
Specifications
General Operating Specifications (refer to data sheet list for additional detail)
Communications and Sensor Supervisory Power IDNet communications, 1 address per base
UL Listed Operating Temperature Range 32° F to 100° F (0° C to 38° C)
Operating Temperature Range 15° F to 122° F (-9° C to 50° C)
Storage Temperature Range 0° F to 140° F (-18° C to 60° C)
Humidity Range 10 to 95% RH
0.2 % to 3.7% per foot of smoke obscuration, selected at control panel (refer to additional
Smoke Sensor Sensitivity Range
information on page 2)
Smoke Sensor Air Velocity Range 0-4000 ft/min (0-1220 m/min)
Fixed alarm temperature setting of 135° F (57.2° C), and/or rate-of-rise temperature alarm at 15°
Thermal Sensor Operation
F (8.3° C) or 20° F (11.1° C), also selectable as utility monitoring operation from 32° F to 122° F
(selected at control panel)
(0° C to 50° C)
Housing Color Frost White or Black
2-1/4"
(57 mm) 2-7/16"
(62 mm)
LED status LED status
indicator indicator
Sound output
louvers extend
Thermistor guard Thermistor guard from front and side
Features
1 + 24V ZONE PW R + 5
2 0V ZONE PW R - 6
3 +IDNET IDC + 7
4 - IDNET IDC - 8
1 5
2 6
problems:
Built-in control panel diagnostics assist in locating earth
fault conditions – the most common installation wiring
TrueAlarm sensor
problem
Isolator base 4098-9793 is compatible with:
Photoelectric sensor model 4098-9714
Heat sensor model 4098-9733
Multi-sensor model 4098-9754
For Class B or Class A wiring:
Communications are received from either input or output
allowing bases with Class A wiring to isolate short
circuits while still operating their sensors
Description
TrueAlarm Sensing and IDNet communication
isolation. The 4098-9793 IDNet Communications
Isolator Base provides Simplex TrueAlarm analog sensor IDNet Channel with a Single 4098-9793 Isolator Base
(4100ES Fire Alarm Control Panel shown for reference)
operation and also provides IDNet communications
isolation to improve installation convenience and increase
system integrity. Isolation is automatically activated at the Description (Continued)
base when an output short circuit is detected and isolation
can also be selected per base manually from the control Status Tracking. The isolator reports back to the panel
panel to assist with troubleshooting wiring problems. when it is in isolator mode and the extent of shorted
wiring is reported back to the panel by identifying device
Operation. Isolator bases power-up in isolation mode addresses that are not communicating. [Isolators are
and are directed to connect by the control panel. If the assigned sequentially to low number addresses to expedite
output wiring is acceptable, the isolator base will connect Signaling Line Circuit (SLC) power-up. Refer to
to the rest of the circuit. If the output wiring is shorted, Installation Instructions 574-709 and 574-707 for
the isolator remains isolated. additional information.]
* This product is listed by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section Earth Faults. During installation, earth faults often
13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7300-0026:0217 occur and finding these faults normally requires extensive
for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document.
Accepted for use – City of New York Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E. Additional wiring disconnection. With the 4098-9793 isolator base,
listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest wiring suspected to have earth faults can be isolated to
status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of
Tyco Fire Protection Products. assist in their discovery and repair.
S4098-0025-9 10/2016
Multi-Floor Isolator Example 1
The one-line diagram on this page shows a multiple floor In the event of an earth connection, each floor can be
example with Class B IDNet communications for each individually isolated using the built-in control panel
floor starting at an isolator base. If any floor wiring diagnostics. With individual floor control, the earth fault
beyond the isolator base should experience a short circuit, can be isolated to the floor level to narrow the search area.
each floor can be individually separated from the next,
preventing the short circuit from disabling the entire
IDNet communications wiring.
Fourth floor
Third floor
Second floor
First floor
Wiring Notes:
1. Operation of the 4090-9793 TrueAlarm Isolator base requires
connection to a compatible 4007ES, 4008, 4010, 4010ES,
4100ES, or 4100U IDNet communications channel.
2. NOTE: The 4100-3103 Panel Mounted Quad Isolator is
compatible only with MAPNET II Remote Isolators.
3. Maximum line resistance between the panel and an isolator, Compatible Simplex Fire Alarm
and between two isolators, is 10 Ω or 780 ft (238 m) with Control Panel (model 4010ES
18 AWG wire. shown for reference)
4. This is a one-line drawing showing only IDNet communications
wiring.
5. Some IDNet devices require additional wiring for power. Refer
to specific devices for details.
2 S4098-0025-9 10/2016
Multi-Floor Isolator Example 2
The illustration below is a modification of Example 1. Diagnostic Assistance. Communications from an
Wiring for each floor has an additional isolator base and IDNet 2, IDNet 2+2, or IDNet+ output provide individual
the IDNet circuit is wired as a Class A connection. With short circuit isolation and allow individual output control
the addition of these isolator bases, wiring between floors to provide assistance in locating wiring faults.
can be better protected in the event of a short circuit. Note: When wiring Class A IDNet communications
Also, in the event of an earth connection, the additional provided by IDNet or IDNet 1+ outputs, locate isolators
isolator base per floor allows earth fault isolation to be as the first and last devices in the loop, close to the panel,
achieved with better precision. to provide loop short circuit isolation operation (as shown
below).
Fourth floor
Third floor
Second floor
Wiring Notes:
1. Operation of the 4098-9793 TrueAlarm Isolator
Base requires connection to a compatible
4007ES, 4008, 4010, 4010ES, 4100ES, or
4100U IDNet communications channel.
2. NOTE: The 4100-3103 Panel Mounted Quad
Isolator is compatible only with MAPNET II
Remote Isolators.
3. For Class A communications from IDNet or
IDNet 1+ outputs, locate IDNet Isolators as the Compatible Simplex Fire Alarm
first and last device in the loop, close to the panel, Control Panel (model 4100ES
to optimize loop short circuit protection. This is shown for reference)
not required with IDNet 2, IDNet 2+2, or
IDNet+ outputs.
4. Maximum line resistance between the panel and
an isolator, and between two isolators, is 10 Ω or
780 ft (238 m) with 18 AWG wire.
5. This is a one-line drawing showing only IDNet
communications wiring.
6. Some IDNet devices require additional wiring for
power. Refer to specific devices for details.
3 S4098-0025-9 10/2016
Specifications (for additional information refer to Installation Instructions 574-709 and 574-707)
4 S4098-0025-9 10/2016
Mounting Information
1-1/2" (38 mm) Flush mount reference, mount even with final
minimum box depth surface, or with up to 1/4" (6.4 mm) maximum recess
4098-9793
Isolator Base
TrueAlarm Sensor
(ordered separately)
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.
Features
Modular TrueAlarm sensor base with built-in
electronic alarm sounder:
Piezoelectric sounder provides high output (88 dBA)
with low current requirements (20 mA)
For use with interchangeable TrueAlarm photoelectric
or heat sensors (ordered separately)
Operation is for ceiling or wall mounting
Sounder operation details: TrueAlarm Photoelectric Sensor Mounted in
Sounder Base 4098-9794
Powered from 24 VDC or from a compatible
Notification Appliance Circuit (NAC)
TrueAlarm Analog Sensing Description
Synchronized via communications or by the NAC, if
NAC powered** Sounder bases combine an audible notification appliance
Sounder can be manually activated from the control panel and a TrueAlarm analog sensor to provide:
Sensor and sounder operation is listed to UL Standard 268
Digital Communication of Analog Sensing.
Sounder operation is also listed to UL Standard 464
Sensors provide an analog measurement that is digitally
as an audible notification appliance
communicated to the control panel where it is analyzed
TrueAlarm analog sensing operation: and an average value is determined and stored. An alarm
Analog sensor information is digitally communicated or other abnormal condition is determined by comparing
to the control panel via IDNet or MAPNET II the sensor’s present value against its average value.
two-wire communications
Sensor information is processed by the control panel Intelligent Data Evaluation. Monitoring each sensor’s
to determine sensor status average value provides a software filtering averaging
process that compensates for environmental factors (dust,
For use with the following Simplex® products:
dirt, etc.) and component aging, providing an accurate
4007ES, 4010, 4010ES, 4100ES, and 4100U Series reference for evaluating new activity. The result is a
control panels; and 4008 Series control panels with
significant reduction in the probability of false or
reduced feature set (refer to data sheet S4008-0001 for
nuisance alarms caused by shifts in sensitivity, either up
details)
or down.
4020, 4100, and 4120 Series control panels, and
Universal Transponders equipped for MAPNET II Control Panel Selection. Peak activity per sensor is
operation stored to assist in evaluating specific locations. The alarm
General features: set point for each TrueAlarm sensor is determined at the
Louvered smoke sensor design enhances smoke control panel, selectable as more or less sensitive as the
capture by directing flow to chamber; entrance areas individual application requires.
are minimally visible when ceiling mounted Timed/Multi-Stage Selection. Alarm set points can be
Designed for EMI compatibility programmed for timed automatic sensitivity selection
Magnetic test feature is provided (such as more sensitive at night, less sensitive during
Optional accessories include remote LED alarm day). Control panel programming can also provide
indicator and output relays multi-stage operation per sensor. For example, a 0.2%
Additional base reference: level may cause a warning to prompt investigation while a
For standard bases, refer to data sheet S4098-0019 2.5% level may initiate an alarm.
For isolator bases, refer to data sheet S4098-0025 Sensor Alarm and Trouble LED Indication. Each
For photo/heat sensors, refer to data sheet S4098-0024 sensor base’s LED pulses to indicate communications
(single address) and S4098-0033 (dual address) with the panel. If the control panel determines that a
sensor is in alarm, or that it is dirty or has some other type
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section of trouble, the details are annunciated at the control panel
13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listings 7300-0026:217 and and that sensor base’s LED will be turned on steadily.
7271-0026:231 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this
document. Accepted for use – City of New York Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E. Additional During a system alarm, the control panel will control the
listings may be applicable, contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings LEDs such that an LED indicating a trouble will return to
and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection
Products. pulsing to help identify the alarmed sensors.
** Total quantity of sounder bases available for coding on the same communications channel may vary
with panel application and availability of NAC power. Refer to specific control panel requirements.
S4098-0028-11 1/2015
Additional Sounder Base Features Mounting Reference
Base mounted address selection allows the address
to remain with its programmed location when the sensor
is removed for service or type change. Access is from the Electrical Box Requirements: (boxes are by others)
front under the removable sensor. Without relay: 4" octagonal or 4" square, 1-1/2" deep; single gang,
2" deep
Automatic sensor type identification provides
With relay : 4" octagonal or 4" square, 1-1/2" deep, with 1-1/2"
default sensitivity when substituting sensor types. extension ring
Different sensor types can be easily interchanged to meet 4" (102 mm) Square Box 4" (102 mm) Octagonal Box
specific location requirements. This feature also allows Surface mount reference
intentional sensor substitution during building
construction. When conditions are temporarily dusty,
1-1/2" (38 mm)
instead of covering the smoke sensors (causing them to be minimum box depth
disabled), heat sensors may be installed without
reprogramming the control panel.
Flush mount reference, mount even with final
Integral red LED indicates power-on by pulsing, or surface, or with up to 1/4" (6.4 mm) maximum recess
alarm or trouble when steady on. The exact status is
annunciated at the fire alarm control panel.
Optional 4098-9822 Relay
Fire alarm control panel provides: (Mounts in base electrical box
Note: Single gang and requires additional
Peak value logging allowing accurate analysis of each adapter plate (RACO volume, see notes below)
sensor for individual sensitivity selection No. 787 or equal) is
Sensitivity monitoring satisfying NFPA 72 sensitivity required when using 4"
square box (by others)
testing requirements; automatic individual sensor Relay size:
2-1/2" X 1-1/2" X 1"
calibration check verifies sensor integrity (64 mm X 38 mm X
Automatic environmental compensation, multi-stage 25.4 mm), 3.75 cubic inches
alarm operation, and display of sensitivity directly in
6-3/8" Dia.
percent per foot x 1/4" thick 4098-9832 Adapter Plate, required for mounting
Ability to display and print detailed sensor to surface mounted boxes (mounts inverted)
2 S4098-0028-11 1/2015
TrueAlarm Analog Sensor Features 4098-9733 Heat Sensor
Sealed against rear air flow entry TrueAlarm heat sensors are self-restoring and provide rate
compensated, fixed temperature sensing, selectable with
Electronics are EMI/RFI shielded
or without rate-of-rise temperature sensing. Due to its
Heat sensors: small thermal mass, the sensor accurately and quickly
Selectable rate compensated, fixed temperature measures the local temperature for analysis at the fire
sensing with or without rate-of-rise operation alarm control panel.
Rated spacing distance between sensors: Rate-of-rise temperature detection is selectable at the
Fixed Temp. UL & ULC FM Spacing, Either Fixed
control panel for either 15° F (8.3° C) or 20° F (11.1° C)
Setting Spacing Temperature Setting per minute. Fixed temperature sensing is independent of
135° F 60 ft x 60 ft 20 ft x 20 ft (6.1 m) for fixed rate-of-rise sensing and programmable to operate at
(57.2° C) (18.3 m) temperature only; RTI = Quick 135° F (57.2° C) or 155° F (68° C). In a slow developing
50 ft x 50 ft (15.2 m) for fixed fire, the temperature may not increase rapidly enough to
155° F 40 ft x 40 ft temperature with either rate-of-rise
(68° C) (12.2 m) selection; RTI = Ultra Fast
operate the rate-of-rise feature. However, an alarm will be
initiated when the temperature reaches its rated fixed
Smoke Sensors: temperature setting.
Photoelectric technology sensing TrueAlarm heat sensors can be programmed as a utility
360° smoke entry for optimum response device to monitor for temperature extremes in the range
Built-in insect screens from 32° F to 155° F (0° C to 68° C). This feature can
provide freeze warnings or alert to HVAC system
problems. Refer to specific panels for availability.
4098-9714 Photoelectric Sensor 6-7/16" (164 mm)
Application Reference
Sensor locations should be determined after careful
2-5/16" consideration of the physical layout and contents of the
(58 mm)
area to be protected. Refer to NFPA 72, the National Fire
Alarm and Signaling Code. On smooth ceilings, smoke
sensor spacing of 30 ft (9.1 m) may be used as a guide.
For detailed application information, refer to 4098
4098-9714 Photoelectric Sensor with Sounder Base Detectors, Sensors, and Bases Application Manual, Part
Number 574-709.*
* For detailed application information including sensitivity
selection, refer to Installation Instructions 574-709.
3 S4098-0028-11 1/2015
TrueAlarm Analog Sensing Product Selection Chart
TrueAlarm Sounder Base*
Model Description Compatibility Mounting Requirements
Specifications
Sounder Power Supervision Supervised Select for continuous 24 VDC power, loss of power is communicated to panel
(Selectable) Unsupervised Select when connected to NAC for sounder power, NAC provides supervision
When in alarm, will sound when NAC is in alarm, allowing synchronized
NAC Powered Operation
pattern (Temporal or March Time, etc.) controlled by the NAC
4098-9822 Unsupervised Relay Option
Externally Supplied Relay Voltage 18-32 VDC, steady source recommended (wires to remote LED leads)
Alarm Current 13 mA from separate 24 VDC supply
Contact Ratings, DPDT contacts for Power limited rating: 2 A @ 30 VDC
resistive/suppressed loads Non-power limited rating: 1/2 A @ 120 VAC
Relay Operation Tracks base LED status, relay is on with trouble or alarm at the base
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Features This device is a duct smoke housing. When provided with detector, it is designed to sample the air flow
passing by it in the air duct to determine whether it contains unacceptable levels of smoke. The
effectiveness of a duct smoke detector is highly dependent upon: the design and operating conditions of the
air handling system in which it is installed, variables such as smoke dilution and stratification over which
NORM
S4098-0030-10 11/2014
TrueAlarm Sensor Operation (Continued) Photoelectric Sensing (Continued)
Control Panel Selection. Peak activity per sensor is Typically duct sensor applications require less sensitive
stored to assist in evaluating specific locations. The alarm settings (such as 2.5% per foot obscuration) due to the
set point for each sensor is determined at the control ducts being a relative dirty environment. However, the
panel, selectable as the individual application requires. standard seven levels of TrueAlarm sensor sensitivity are
available for each individual sensor, ranging from 0.2% to
Sensor Status LED. Each sensor housing’s red status
3.7% per foot of smoke obscuration. Sensitivity is
LED (located on the electrical interface board) pulses to
selected and monitored at the fire alarm control panel.
indicate communications with the panel. If the control
panel determines that a sensor is in alarm, or that it is Fire Alarm Control Panel Features
dirty or has some other type of trouble, the details are
annunciated at the control panel and that sensor housing’s Individual smoke sensitivity selection
status LED will be turned on steadily. During a system Sensitivity monitoring that satisfies NFPA 72
alarm, the control panel will control the LEDs such that sensitivity testing requirements
an LED indicating a trouble will return to pulsing to help Peak value logging allows accurate analysis for
identify any alarmed sensors. (Remote Status/Alarm sensitivity selection
LEDs track the operation of the sensor housing LED.)
Automatic, once per minute individual sensor
Photoelectric Sensing calibration check verifies sensor integrity
TrueAlarm photoelectric sensors use a stable, pulsed Automatic environmental compensation
infrared LED light source and a silicon photodiode Smoke sensitivity is displayed in percent per foot
receiver to provide consistent and accurate low power Ability to display and print detailed sensor
smoke sensing. information in plain English language
Relays of model 4098-9756 are under panel control
for ON, OFF, or override
Duct Sensor Selection Chart
Duct Smoke Sensor Housing with Photoelectric Sensor*
Model Description Compatibility
Basic Duct Sensor Housing; operating power is supplied by 4007ES, 4008, 4010, 4010ES, 4020, 4100, 4100ES,
4098-9755 either IDNet or MAPNET II communications (no relay 4100E, and 4120. Also 2120 CDT if configured for
output) MAPNET II, TrueAlarm operation
Same as above except relay operation is not
Duct Sensor Housing with supervised multiple relay output, compatible with 2120 CDT;
4098-9756 requires separate 24 VDC fire alarm power and 4081-9008
end-of-line resistor harness; includes one 4098-9843 relay Relay output is for up to 15 total 4098-9843 Relays
(additional relays are ordered separately)
Sampling Tube Selection Chart, Ordered Separately Per Duct Width, Select One
Overall Duct Width Tube Required Suggested Cut Length
12” (305 mm) 4098-9854 1/2” (12.7 mm) longer than duct width
13” to 23” (330 mm to 584 mm) 4098-9855 1/2” (12.7 mm) longer than duct width
24” to 46” (610 mm to 1168 mm) 4098-9856 3 in” (76 mm) longer than duct width
46” to 71” (1168 mm to 1803 mm) 4098-9857 3 in” (76 mm) longer than duct width
71” to 95” (1803 mm to 2413 mm) 4098-9858 3 in” (76 mm) longer than duct width
2 S4098-0030-10 11/2014
Duct Sensor Housing Detail Reference
NOTE: Refer to Installation Instructions 574-776 for additional installation detail and maintenance information.
in special interface base (supplied) passing by it in the air duct to determine whether it contains unacceptable levels of smoke. The
effectiveness of a duct smoke detector is highly dependent upon: the design and operating conditions of
Metal plate with dual holes
6-3/4" the air handling system in which it is installed, variables such as smoke dilution and stratification over
which even the best designed systems have no control, and proper placement and positioning of the duct
(171 mm )
smoke detector, which is often compromised for practical reasons. For the reasons stated above, the
effectiveness of this duct smoke detector cannot be warranted or guaranteed. Under no circumstances
for 3/4" (19 mm) conduit, plug
should this duct smoke detector be used or regarded to be a substitute for the building's Fire alarm and
detection system to which this device is attached as a secondary detection device.
DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE!
supplied for unused hole
Front View
Wiring terminals
Stationary baffle (built-in) Captive fastening screws (4) Magnetic test area
3-3/8"
(86 mm) Bottom view
Duct wall
13/16"
(21 mm) Exhaust tube 4098-9843 Remote Relay
(supplied) (7 A @ 120 VAC, for use with 4098-9756 only)
NOTE: Mount in separate electrical box within
Test ports (2) provided Sampling tube, ordered Gaskets (supplied) 3 ft (1 m) of device being controlled per
for measuring airflow separately per duct width NFPA 72
and for aerosol injection
1-3/16"
(30 mm)
1-1/2" 13/16"
Square duct Alternate location (21 mm)
(38 mm)
reference outline (if appropriate) AP&C-PAM SD
WHT BLU
YEL
RED ORG
detector, which is often compromised for practical reasons. For the reasons stated above, the effectiveness
smoke detector be used or regarded to be a substitute for the building's Fire alarm and detection system to
even the best designed systems have no control, and proper placement and positioning of the duct smoke
of this duct smoke detector cannot be warranted or guaranteed. Under no circumstances should this duct
This device is a duct smoke housing. When provided with detector, it is designed to sample the air flow
passing by it in the air duct to determine whether it contains unacceptable levels of smoke. The
1 2
which this device is attached as a secondary detection device.
3
Exhaust tube This device is a duct smoke housing. When provided with detector, it is designed to sample the air flow
passing by it in the air duct to determine whether it contains unacceptable levels of smoke. T he
effectiveness of a duct smoke detector is highly dependent upon: the design and operating conditions of the
air handling system in which it is installed, variables such as smoke dilutio n and stratification over which
even the best designed systems have no control, and proper placement and positioning of the duct smoke
detector, which is often compromised for practical reasons. For the reasons stated above, the effectiveness
of this duct smoke detector cannot be warranted or guaranteed. Under no circumstances should this duct
smoke detector be used or regarded to be a substitute for the building's Fire alarm and detection system to
DO NOT MOUNT ON
BOTTOM OF DUCT
3 S4098-0030-10 11/2014
Duct Sensor Location Reference Duct Sensor Location Considerations:
1. Proper duct smoke detection location must ensure
Exhaust Damper Sensor OK adequate airflow within the duct housing.
2. Duct air velocity rating is 300 to 4000 ft/min (91 to
Exhaust Return Air 1220 m/min). Pressure differential between intake
and exhaust tubes is required to be between 0.015 to
Do not locate 1.55 inches of water (0.381 to 39.37 mm).
sensor here
3. Ensure accessibility for test and service.
Return air
damper 4. Proper Locations: downstream side of filters to detect
fires in the filters; in return ducts, ahead of mixing
areas; upstream of air humidifier and cooling coil.
5. Other locations and orientations may be required for
Fresh air Supply Air
proper duct smoke detection depending on duct
access, system design, and duct airflow testing.
Do not locate Filter bank Sensor OK Contact your local Simplex product supplier for
sensor here assistance.
Locations to Avoid:
Additional Information. Refer to NFPA 90A, Standard 1. Where dampers closed for comfort control would
for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating interfere with airflow.
Systems; NFPA 72, the National Fire Alarm and Signaling 2. Next to outside air inlets (unless the intent is to
Code; and the NEMA Guide for Proper Use of Smoke monitor smoke entry from that area).
Detectors in Duct Applications, and Installation Instructions
3. In return air damper branch ducts and mixing areas
574-776.
where airflow may be restricted.
Specifications
General Mechanical and Environmental
Air Velocity Range (linear ft/min) 300 to 4000 ft/min (91 to 1220 m/min)
Sensor Sensitivity Range 0.2% to 3.7% per foot of obscuration, selectable at host control panel
UL Listed Temperature Range 32° F to 100° F (0° C to 38° C)
Operating Temperature Range 32° F to 122° F (0° C to 50° C)
Storage Temperature Range 0 F to 140 F (-18 C to 60 C)
Humidity Range 10% to 95% RH, non-condensing
Wiring Connections Terminal blocks, 18 to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2 )
Housing Color and Material Black ABS base with clear polycarbonate cover
Sampling and Exhaust Tube Material Black CPVC, custom extrusion; sampling tubes are pre-drilled
Remote Status/Alarm LED and Test Station with Remote Status/Alarm LED
Remote Alarm LED Current 1.2 mA, no impact to 24 VDC alarm current (2098-9808 or 2098-9806)
Test Station Keyswitch Current 3.3 mA, no impact to 24 VDC alarm current (2098-9806)
Remote Alarm LED and Test Station Distance 250 ft (76 m) maximum
Addressable Operation
IDNet or MAPNET II communications, auto-select, one address per housing;
Data Communications
provides operating power to model 4098-9755
Model 4098-9756 with Supervised Multiple Relay Control, Requires Separate Fused 24 VDC from Fire Alarm Power Supply
Input Voltage 18-32 VDC (24 VDC nominal)
Standby Current 3 mA @ 24 VDC
Alarm Current 15 mA @ 24 VDC; add 15 mA for each 4098-9843 relay
For use with 4098-9843 relay only, quantity of 15 maximum; distance of 500 ft
Supervised Remote Relay Control Output (152 m) maximum; requires 4081-9008 (ref. 733-894) 10 k, 1/2 W end-of-line
resistor
4098-9843 Relay Output Ratings, Single Form C, use with Model 4098-9756 Only
Coil Current 15 mA @ 24 VDC, up to 15 maximum per relay control output
Relay Contacts 7 A at 0.35 PF @ 28 VDC & 120 VAC; 250 A @ 5 VDC
500 ft (152 m) maximum to relay coils; locate relays within 3 ft (1 m) of device
Location Distance
being controlled per NFPA 72
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Features
TrueAlarm photoelectric sensing and TrueAlarm
thermal sensing combined in one housing:
TrueAlarm photoelectric technology accurately
monitors for smoke activity
TrueAlarm thermal sensing accurately monitors for
fixed temperature and rate-of-rise temperature, selected
or combined as required per sensor
Basic operation is UL listed to Standard 268
Sounder operation is also listed to UL Standard 464 as TrueAlarm Multi-Sensor 4098-9754 Mounted in
an audible notification appliance Multi-Sensor Sounder Base 4098-9795
Multi-Sensor Standard Base 4098-9796 provides:
Two sequentially addressed points, automatically
assigned with one address selection
Connections for remote LED or LED tracking relay for
remote alarm status indication
Multi-Sensor Sounder Base 4098-9795 provides
the features of 4098-9796 and also provides:
Built-in piezoelectric sounder with high output
(88 dBA) and low current requirements (20 mA) TrueAlarm Multi-Sensor 4098-9754 Mounted in
Sounder power can be from 24 VDC or from a Multi-Sensor Base 4098-9796
compatible Notification Appliance Circuit (NAC)
Sounder output can be synchronized via TrueAlarm Multi-Sensor Description
communications or by the NAC, if NAC powered**
TrueAlarm multi-sensor 4098-9754 combines the
Sounder operation can be independently activated from
established performances of a TrueAlarm photoelectric
the host control panel
smoke sensor with a fast-acting and accurate TrueAlarm
TrueAlarm analog sensing operation: thermal sensor to provide both features in a single
Analog sensor information is digitally communicated to sensor/base assembly.
the control panel via IDNet or MAPNET II two-wire
communications Digital Communication of Analog Sensing.
Individual sensor information is processed by the host Analog information from each sensor is digitally
control panel to determine sensor status communicated to the control panel where it is analyzed.
For use with the following Simplex® products: Photoelectric sensor input is stored and tracked as an
Model Series 4007ES, 4008, 4010, 4100ES, 4010ES, average value with an alarm or abnormal condition being
and 4100U fire alarm control panels determined by comparing the sensor’s present value
against its average value. Thermal data is processed to
Note: 4008 Series fire alarm control panels provide a
look for absolute or rate-of-rise temperature as desired.
reduced feature set, refer to data sheet S4008-0001
Legacy models 4020/4100/4120 Series fire alarm Intelligent Data Evaluation. Monitoring each
control panels, and Universal Transponders equipped photoelectric sensor’s average value provides a software
for MAPNET II operation filtering process that compensates for environmental
For use with 4007ES, 4100ES, 4100U, or 4010ES factors (dust, dirt, etc.) and component aging, providing
control panels, multi-sensor 4098-9754 is also available an accurate reference for evaluating new activity. The
using single address bases; refer to data sheet S4098- result is a significant reduction in the probability of false
0024 for more information, including TrueSense early or nuisance alarms caused by shifts in sensitivity, either
fire detection operation combining photo and heat up or down.
inputs * This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
Functional and architecturally styled enclosures Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
7300-0026:217 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this
are for ceiling or wall mounting: document. Accepted for use – City of New York Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E.
Smoke sensor louver design directs air flow to chamber, Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the
enhancing smoke capture latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of
Tyco Fire Protection Products.
Sound louvers on sounder base exit both front and side ** Total quantity of sounder bases available for coding on the same communications channel
for high output sound may vary with panel application and availability of NAC power. Refer to specific control
Built-in magnetic test feature alarms both addresses panel requirements.
2 S4098-0033-10 10/2016
Multi-Sensor Base Features Fire Alarm Control Panel Features (Cont’d)
Base mounted address selection allows the Sensitivity monitoring that satisfies NFPA 72
addresses of the multi-sensor base to remain with its sensitivity testing requirements
programmed location when the sensor is removed for Peak value logging allows accurate analysis for
service. sensitivity selection
Integral red LED indicates power-on by pulsing, or Automatic, once per minute individual sensor
alarm or trouble when steady on, reflecting status of either calibration check verifies sensor integrity
sensor. The exact status of the specific sensing element is Multi-stage alarm operation
annunciated at the fire alarm control panel. Selectable alarm verification
Ability to correlate sensitivity selection with
Fire Alarm Control Panel Features
temperature
Individual smoke sensitivity and temperature Automatic environmental compensation
operation is selectable for each sensor Smoke sensitivity displayed in percent per foot
Ability to display and print detailed sensor
information in plain English language
Mounting Reference
Electrical boxes are supplied by others, refer to notes below for additional information
Surface mount reference
1-1/2" (38 mm) Flush mount reference, mount even with final
minimum box depth surface, or with up to 1/4" (6.4 mm) maximum recess
Relay size:
4098-9796 Multi-Sensor Base
2-1/2" X 1-1/2" X 1"
(64 mm X 38 mm X 25.4 mm)
(3.75 cubic inches)
For 4098-9795 only, when using 4" square box flush mount, a single
gang adapter plate (RACO No. 787 or equal, by others) is required
4098-9832 Adapter Plate, required for mounting
to surface mounted boxes (mounts inverted)
4098-9795
Multi-Sensor
Sounder Base
4098-9754 Multi-Sensor
NOTES:
1. Review wire size, wire count, box type, and whether 4098-9822 relay is used before determining box size.
2. When 4098-9822 relay is used, mount relay in electrical box and use 1-1/2" extension ring (by others) on
4" square or octagonal box of 1-1/2" or 2-1/8" depth as required.
3. Flush mounting also fits a single gang box, 2-1/8" (51 mm) deep if compatible with wiring requirements.
(Not applicable if 4098-9822 relay is used.)
4. Refer to Installation Instructions 574-707 for additional information.
3 S4098-0033-10 10/2016
Product Selection Chart
TrueAlarm Multi-Sensor (ordered separately, refer to page 3 for mounting requirements)
Model* Color Description
4098-9754
White Multi-sensor, photoelectric sensor with integral thermal sensor, for use with bases 4098-9795 and 4098-
4098-9754 IND
9796
4098-9779 Black
TrueAlarm Multi-Sensor Bases (ordered separately, refer to page 3 for mounting requirements)
Model Description
4098-9795 Sounder Base Dual address base for multi-sensor 4098-9754; with connections for remote LED alarm indicator or
4098-9796 Standard Base unsupervised relay
Accessories (ordered separately as required, refer to page 3 for additional mounting requirements)
Model Description
Adapter Plate, 6-3/8” (162 mm) diameter, 1/4” (6.4 mm) deep, matches bases, required for some mounting
4098-9832
combinations
Red LED Alarm Indicator on single gang stainless steel plate, mounts on single gang box,
2098-9808 Choose 1-1/2” minimum depth
one if
required Relay with operation that tracks base LED status, mounts in base electrical box, 4” square or octagonal box
4098-9822
with 1-1/2” (38 mm) extension ring, select box depth per actual wiring requirements
* Note: Model numbers ending in IND are assembled in India.
Specifications
General Operating Specifications
Communications and Sensor Supervisory Power IDNet or MAPNET II communications, auto-selected, 2 addresses per base
Communications and Sounder Power Connections Screw terminals for in/out wiring, 18 to 14 AWG
Current 1 mA typical supplied from communications, no impact to alarm current
Remote LED Alarm Indicator
LED Connections Color coded wire leads, 18 AWG
UL Listed Temperature Range 32° F to 100° F (0° C to 38° C)
Operating Temperature Range 15° F to 122° F (-9° C to 50° C)
Storage Temperature Range 0° F to 140° F (-18° C to 60° C)
Humidity Range 10 to 95% RH
Smoke Sensor Sensitivity Range 0.2 % to 3.7% per foot of smoke obscuration, selectable at host control panel
Smoke Sensor Air Velocity Range 0-4000 ft/min (0-1220 m/min)
Fixed alarm temperature setting of 135° F (57.2° C), and/or rate-of-rise temperature
Thermal Sensor Operation
alarm at 15° F (8.3° C) or 20° F (11.1° C), also selectable as utility monitoring
(selected at host control panel)
operation from 32° F to 122° F (0° C to 50° C), availability is panel dependent
Sensor, Bases, and Adapter Plate Color Frost White or Black
Sounder Operation with 4098-9795 Multi-Sensor Sounder Base
Sounder Voltage 18 to 32 VDC from steady external source or from NAC
Alarm Current (sounder on) 20 mA @ 24 VDC, 24 mA maximum @ 32 VDC
88 dBA minimum @ 10 ft (3 m) per UL Standard 464, Audible Signaling Appliances
Sounder Output
and UL Standard 268, Smoke Detectors for Fire Protective Signaling Systems
Sounder Power Supervision Supervised Select for continuous 24 VDC power, loss of power is communicated to panel
(selectable) Unsupervised Select when connected to NAC for sounder power, NAC provides supervision
When sounder is activated by control panel, sounder output tracks connected NAC to
NAC Powered Operation
allow synchronized coding (Temporal or March Time, etc.)
4098-9822 Unsupervised Relay Option
Externally Supplied Relay Voltage 18-32 VDC, steady source recommended (connects to remote LED leads)
Alarm Current 13 mA from separate 24 VDC supply
Contact Ratings, DPDT contacts for Power limited rating: 2 A @ 30 VDC
resistive/suppressed loads Non-power limited rating: 1/2 A @ 120 VAC
Relay Operation Tracks base LED status, relay is on with trouble or alarm at the base
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Features
Model 4098-9757 QuickConnect2 sensor design
provides:
TrueAlarm photoelectric analog sensing and IDNet
two-wire addressable communications combined into
one assembly
Quick and easy connection to a 4098-9788 base
(required, ordered separately)
Operation for ceiling or wall mounting
Operation for use with Simplex® models 4007ES, 4010,
4010ES, 4100ES with IDNet 2 and IDNet 2+2 Modules,
4098-9757 QuickConnect2 TrueAlarm Sensor
and 4100ES/4100U Fire Alarm Control Panels with
Mounted in 4098-9788 Base
IDNet Module 4100-3106
UL listed to Standard 268
QuickConnect2 sensors communicate to the
control panel to provide the following TrueAlert
analog sensing operation features: Description
Smoke sensitivity that is accurately maintained at the
For applications that only require basic TrueAlarm
selected level (determined by the control panel)
features, the 4098-9757 QuickConnect2 sensor provides
4007ES, 4010ES, and compatible 4100ES/4100U Series
addressable analog sensing in a cost-effective compact
control panels provide seven levels of sensitivity from
0.2% to 3.7%/ft of obscuration (refer to page 2 for package. The control panel monitors and maintains the
application details) selected sensitivity of the 4098-9757 as well as providing
4010 Series control panels provide three levels of automatic compensation for environmental conditions
sensitivity of 2.5, 3.0, or 3.7%/ft obscuration such as dust, dirt, and component degradation, and
Sensitivity monitoring that satisfies NFPA 72 sensitivity TrueAlarm data capture for each sensor.
testing requirements QuickConnect2 Mounting. Wiring connections are
Automatic environmental compensation made to a 4098-9788 base which provides a secure and
Automatic, once per minute individual sensor quick connection for the 4098-9757 sensor. Sensor and
calibration check verifies sensor integrity communications electronics are contained in the
Ability to display and print detailed sensor information 4098-9757 sensor assembly.
in plain English language
Tracking of excessive dirt accumulation Sensor Alarm and Trouble LED Indication. The
control panel also determines when individual sensors
4098-9788 base provides stationary wiring need cleaning. Dirty sensors, or other sensor troubles, will
terminals and quick snap-in sensor connections: automatically be annunciated at the control panel and that
Mounting is on a 4” square, 4” octagonal, or single gang sensor’s LED will light steadily. In an alarm condition,
box (supplied separately) the alarmed sensor’s LED will light steadily. (LED
4098-9832 Adapter Plate is available for retrofit and operation is controlled by the panel. During system alarm,
certain mounting methods (refer to page 2) a sensor LED that was lit to indicate trouble will return to
Functional and architecturally styled chamber pulsing to conserve communications power as long as it is
enclosure details: not in alarm.)
Louvered design enhances smoke capture by directing
flow to chamber
Entrance areas are minimally visible when ceiling
mounted
Chamber is easily accessible for cleaning * This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
Designed for EMI compatibility 7272-0026:243 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in
Internal magnetic test feature that activates alarm this document. Accepted for use – City of New York Department of Buildings – MEA35-
93E. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier
Integral red LED (with red lens) indicates: for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the
Power-on when pulsing, Alarm or Trouble when steady property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
on (a remote LED is not supported)
Refer to data sheet S4098-0019 for sensor bases that
support remote LED connections and additional
TrueAlarm analog detection features
S4098-0034-7 1/2015
Sensor Locations
Sensor locations should be determined only after careful For detailed installation information, refer to 574-709,
consideration of the physical layout and contents of the 4098 Detectors, Sensors, and Bases Application Manual.
area to be protected. Refer to NFPA 72, the National Fire For mounting base 4098-9788 installation instructions,
Alarm and Signaling Code. On smooth ceilings, spacing defer to 574-706, 4098 Smoke/Heat Base Installation
of 30 ft (9.1 m) may be used as a guide. Instructions.
Adapter Plate
Model Description Compatibility
Required for mounting to surface mounted boxes and 4” square, flush
4098-9832 Adapter Plate mounted boxes
May be used when retrofitting to existing bases
* Model number GSA4098-9757 complies with the Trade Agreement Act and appears in the GSA schedule.
Specifications
2 S4098-0034-7 1/2015
4098-9757 Mounting Information
1-1/2" (38 mm) Flush mount reference, mount even with final
minimum box depth surface, or with up to 1/4" (6.4 mm) maximum recess
4098-9788 Base
Access to address
dipswitch on back
4098-9757 QuickConnect2
TrueAlarm sensor
1-7/8"
(48 mm) Base height
11/16" (17 mm)
3 S4098-0034-7 1/2015
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Features
Model VLC-600 addressable, analog output air
aspiration smoke sensor provides:
VESDA LaserCOMPACT operation communicating
with the established TrueAlarm analog sensing process
for area coverage up to 8000 ft2
Compact 8 ⅞” (225 mm) square size
Dual stage dust filter that is used on larger systems
Obscuration measurements communicated to the fire
alarm control panel for status determination
Tr ue Al a rm
Laser
COM PAC T
S4098-0036-8 11/2014
Operation Operation (Continued)
Filtered air flow. A high efficiency aspirator Status logging. The sensor status history for all alarms,
continually draws air through a simple pipe network to a service, and fault events, is monitored and logged with
central detector. Air entering the sensor housing passes a time and date stamps within the electronics of the sensor,
flow sensor before the sample is passed through a accessible via the local computer port. General trouble
dual-stage dust filter. The majority of air is exhausted status indications are communicated to the panel as either
from the detector and where required, back vented to the sensor troubles or “no answer” troubles.
protected area. The first stage of the air filter removes
dust and dirt from the air sample before it enters the Additional Information
smoke detection chamber. A second, ultra-fine filter stage Refer to Installation Instructions 19772 shipped with the
provides a clean air supply to be used inside the detection VLC-600 for additional information.
chamber to form clean air barriers which protect the
optical surfaces from contamination.
Laser detection chamber. The detection chamber uses
a stable, highly efficient laser light source and unique
sensor configuration to achieve optimum response to a wide
range of smoke types. When smoke passes through the
detection chamber, it creates light scattering which is
detected by very sensitive sensor circuitry. The analog level
of the sensor is then communicated to the fire alarm control
panel for comparison to pre-selected alarm thresholds.
Product Selection
Model Description
VLC-600 TrueAlarm LaserCOMPACT Smoke Sensor (sampling pipe is ordered separately)
Remote Red LED Status Indicator on single gang stainless steel plate; mounting requires a single gang
2098-9808
box, 1 ½” minimum depth; connections are color coded wire leads
Specifications
2 S4098-0036-8 11/2014
LED Status Indications
Indication Meaning
OFF Power off or active sensor is waiting for panel communications
ON for approximately 3 seconds Power up self-test due to sensor being in reset cycle
ON Steady Alarm condition as commanded from panel
1 pulse approximately every 4 seconds Normal operation, pulse indicates communications with panel
Internal fault, not communicating with panel, sensor needs internal service
3 pulses (2 Hz rate every 2 seconds)
diagnostics or replacement
Mounting Information
Rear knockout
location
T ru eA l arm
Laser
COMPACT Mounting
LED indicator bracket
8-7/8"
(225 mm)
3 S4098-0036-8 11/2014
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.
Features
Air aspiration duct smoke detection** system
provides remote sensor location for ducts with
difficult service access:
Available as either a single or dual inlet detection
system; includes a TrueAlarm® photoelectric sensor
and addressable base per inlet
For use with Simplex® addressable fire alarm control
panels supporting IDNet™ or MAPNET II®
communications
Supports remote housing up to 82 ft (25 m) with 1.05”
(26.7 mm) O.D. rigid pipe
Supports remote housing up to 50 ft (15 m) with 3/4” 4098-XAD-110 Single Inlet Duct Sensor Housing (Duct
(19 mm) O.D. flexible tubing Probe Kit not shown)
Microprocessor controlled aspiration system
provides:
Adjustable air speed settings for easy setup
Monitors airflow from the HVAC ducts
Integral indicators located under the front cover for
convenient programming and status indications
Easily accessible air filter element
Model 4098-XAD-110:
Single inlet housing with one smoke sensor
Includes duct probe kit
Model 4098-XAD-210:
Dual inlet housing with two smoke sensors (one per
inlet)
4098-XAD-210 Dual Inlet Duct Sensor Housing (Duct
Includes duct probe kit Probe Kit not shown)
For ducts wider than 90”
General features:
UL listed to Standards 268 and 268A
ULC listed to Standard S529 Remote module options (ordered separately):
Requires separate 24 VDC power
Remote red status/alarm LED (2098-9808)
Duct sensor housing with supervised output for
Remote test station with LED (2098-9806)
multiple remote relays
4098-9843 remote relays
Relay output is controlled through programming at the
fire alarm control panel and can be activated /
deactivated manually or in response to a separate
alarm or other input or can be bypassed for ** Please note that smoke detection in air ducts is intended to provide
notification of the presence of smoke in the duct. Smoke detection in
unobtrusive system testing
air ducts is not intended to, and will not, replace smoke detection
Testing functions (on interface board accessed requirements for open areas or other non-duct applications.
by removing the cover):
Remote functional smoke testing capability
* These products have been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM)
Magnetic test feature for alarm initiation at housing pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
3240-0026.0367 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in
Sampling tubes (ordered separately): this document. It is subject to re-examination, revision, and possible cancellation.
Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the
Available in multiple lengths to match duct size latest status.
S4098-0048-3 4/2011
Introduction Sensor input is stored and tracked as an average value
with an alarm or abnormal condition being determined by
Remotely located smoke sensors. For smoke comparing the sensor’s present value against its average.
detection in HVAC ducts or other area locations that are
Intelligent Data Evaluation. Monitoring each
inconvenient and/or difficult to access, these smoke photoelectric sensor’s average value provides a software
sensing systems mount the sensor remotely and sample filtering process that compensates for environmental
the air using traditional air aspiration techniques. factors (dust, dirt, etc.) and component aging, providing
TrueAlarm Smoke Sensing. Mounted in the smoke an accurate reference for evaluating new activity. The
sensor housings is a Simplex TrueAlarm photoelectric result is a significant reduction in the probability of false
smoke sensor that samples the air and reports its analog or nuisance alarms caused by shifts in sensitivity, either
monitoring information to the fire alarm control panel for up or down.
processing. This provides the TrueAlarm smoke sensing Control Panel Selection. Peak activity per sensor is
feature set complete with environmental compensation stored to assist in evaluating specific locations. The alarm
including Dirty, Excessively Dirty and Almost Dirty set point for each sensor is determined at the control
trouble detection. panel, selectable as the individual application requires.
NORM
S4098-0048-3 4/2011
Product Selection
Single Inlet Duct Detection Application
Model Description
Single inlet sensor housing with single duct probe kit – LF42241 (refer to diagram on page 4 for
4098-XAD-110
included equipment)
Sampling Tubes Refer to table below
LF-42247 25 ft (7.5 m) Flexible dual core tubing*
LF-42246 50 ft (15m) Flexible dual core tubing*
LF-42282 Single inlet water trap kit (Optional – recommended for humid environments)
Sampling Tubes Selection Chart, Ordered Separately Per Duct Width, Select One
Overall Duct Width Up to Tube Kit Required Description
Includes one 18” (457 mm) Inlet Sampling Tube (2
27” (686 mm) LF-42285
Holes) and one 8” (203 mm) Exhaust Tube (2 Holes)
Includes one 36” (914 mm) Inlet Sampling Tube (3
54” (1372 mm) LF-42286
Holes) and one 8” (203 mm) Exhaust Tube (3 Holes)
Includes one 60” (1524 mm) Inlet Sampling Tube (4
90” (2286 mm) LF-42287
Holes) and one 8” (203 mm) Exhaust Tube (4 Holes)
Accessories
Model Description
02-FL53 Replacement air filter package of ten (10) model 80-0020-0 filters
Single inlet duct probe kit – includes sampling tube mounting plate, compression fittings,
LF-42241
adaptors, elbows and reducers. This kit is included with 4098-XAD-110.
Dual inlet duct probe kit – includes sampling tube mounting plates, compression fittings,
LF-42243
adaptors, elbows and reducers. This kit is included with 4098-XAD-210.
S4098-0048-3 4/2011
Product Selection (Continued)
Remote LED Indicator and Test Station, Select One if Required, Ordered separately
Model Description
2098-9808 Red LED status indicator on single-gang stainless steel plate
Test station with keyswitch and red LED status indicator, on single-gang stainless steel plate;
2098-9806
(turning switch to “TEST” initiates alarm for system testing)
Epoxy Encapsulated Remote Relay and End-of-Line Resistor, Ordered separately
Model Description
Relay; single Form C (7A @ 120VAC); must be ordered separately; wiring is 18 AWG (0.82 mm2)
4098-9843 color coded wire leads; connect up to 15 relays; locate relays within 3 ft (1m) of device being
controlled per NFPA72
End-of-Line Resistor Harness; 10kΩ, ½ W; (ref. 733-894); required to supervise remote relay coil
4081-9008
connection; locate at last relay location
Flexible tubing,
ordered separately
Duct probe mounting plate and
Elbow connector* Electrical conduit,
Rigid tubing, OPTIONAL
supplied separately
Flexible tubing,
ordered separately
Sensor
Water trap, Housing
OPTIONAL
Adapter*
Exhaust bend*
Adapter*
S4098-0048-3 4/2011
System Installation Reference (Continued)
Sensor
Housing
Water trap,
OPTIONAL
Flexible tubing,
ordered separately
Typical Dual Inlet Duct Detection (For ducts greater than 90” width)
S4098-0048-3 4/2011
4098-XAD Open Area Detection Application
Open Area Detection. The 4098-XAD is also suitable for use in other areas where the use of point type detectors is not
always practical. Typical applications are for prison cells in correctional facilities, transformer vaults, cable tunnels, MRI
rooms and for detection at the top of elevator shafts. Refer to the latest version of 4098-XAD Product Guides (Document
number 18379 for 4098-XAD-100/110 and document number 18576 for 4098-XAD-200/210) for further application details.
Model 4098-XAD-100:
One smoke sensor, supports up to 164 feet of pipe, with maximum 2 sampling holes per inlet.
Provides area coverage of up to 1800 square feet.
Model 4098-XAD-200:
Two smoke sensors (one per zone/run), up to 82 feet of pipe on each run, with maximum 2 sampling holes per inlet.
Provides area coverage of up to 3600 square feet.
Product Selection
S4098-0048-3 4/2011
Specifications
Sampling Network Rigid Pipe Length = 82 ft (25 m) maximum; 3/4” CPVC pipe (19 mm) – For duct detection
(Note: Pipe length may vary Rigid Pipe Length = 164 ft (50 m) maximum; 3/4” CPVC pipe (19 mm) – For open area detection
subject to specifications by local Note: Total rigid pipe length including inlet and exhaust = 164 ft (50 m) maximum
codes and standards)
Flexible Tube Length = 50 ft (15 m) maximum
Flexible Tube size: O.D. = 3/4” (19 mm); I.D. = 1/2” (12.7 mm)
Flow Monitoring and Reporting High and Low adjustable
Air Velocity Range (linear ft/min) 0 to 4000 ft/min (0 to 1220 m/min)
For duct application: 0.5% and 1.0% per foot of obscuration, selectable at host control panel
Sensor Sensitivity Range
For open area application: 1.5% to 3.0% per foot of obscuration, selectable at host control panel
Fan Control Settings 10 programmable speeds; Pressure = 250 Pa, approx. 1 inch of water column pressure
Filtration Replaceable filter 80-0020-0 (inspect every 12 months and replace if necessary)
Dimensions See diagram next page
UL Listed Temperature Range 32 to 100 °F (0 to 38 °C)
Operating Temperature Range 32 to 122 °F (0 to 50 °C)
Storage Temperature Range 0 to 140 °F (-18 to 60 °C)
Humidity Rating 10 to 95% RH (non-condensing); for indoor applications
S4098-0048-3 4/2011
Dimension Reference
10-3/16"
(259 mm)
Smoke test ports (circuit board
assemblies with wiring terminals
are not shown)
12-5/8"
(321 mm)
Program switches
6-1/2"
(166 mm)
Airflow outlet is on
the bottom
Tyco is a registered trademark of Tyco International Services GmbH and is used under license. Simplex, the Simplex logo, IDNet, and TrueAlarm are trademarks of Tyco
International Ltd. and its affiliates and are used under license.
Features
TrueAlarm addressable CO sensor bases contain
a carbon monoxide (CO) sensing module
providing both CO toxic gas monitoring and
enhanced fire detection:
For use with 4007ES; and 4010ES or 4100ES fire alarm
control panels with software revision 2.01.02 or higher
For use with 4100U fire alarm control panels with
software revision 12.05 or higher
TrueAlarm CO Sensor Base with Sounder
CO sensor bases support (and require) a TrueAlarm (shown with 4098-9754 Photo/Heat Sensor)
photoelectric, photo/heat or heat sensor (ordered
separately) Features (Continued)
Model 4098-9770 provides standard features, model
4098-9771 also provides a piezoelectric sounder Panel operation summary:
CO sensor bases are multi-point devices, consume only CO sensor data is stored and analyzed at the panel; a new
one IDNet address, and receive both communications CO Service Report provides easy information access (see
and sensor power from the IDNet channel (the sounder sample on page 3)
base requires separate 24 VDC system power or NAC 4007ES, 4010ES, and 4100ES panels provide ten (10)
connection) year end of life status indication with CO sensor
expiration notices occurring within 12 months and within
Listed to UL 268, Smoke Detectors for Fire Alarm
6 months, allowing service replacement planning
Signaling Systems and UL 2075, Gas and Vapor
Detectors and Sensors; allowing systems to be listed to 4100U panels provide five (5) year end of life status
Standard 2034, Single and Multiple Station Carbon indication with the 12 and 6 month replacement notices
Monoxide Alarms Analog sensor information is digitally transmitted to the
host control panel via IDNet communications for
Listed by ULC to CSA 6.19-01 Residential Carbon
processing to evaluate and track status
Monoxide Alarming Devices
Carbon monoxide concentration in ppm (parts per
Three types of CO influenced operation are available; million) is available for viewing from the panel user
UL 2034 CO alarm detection; UL 2075 CO (OSHA) interface
level monitoring for ventilation control; and
For OSHA compliant CO gas sensing, CO condition
multi-criteria fire sensor analysis with algorithms that
level may be programmed by concentration (must be
combines optical and CO gas monitoring information
above 30 ppm)
Operation of a CO sensor base with a 4100ES Audio Control Panels can provide a CO
photoelectric or a photo/heat sensor allows: Relocation Message with Temporal Code 4 tone and
Independent sensor operation or selectable multi-sensor Voice Evacuation (reference UCSET1393, see
modes of False Alarm Reduction or Faster Detection S4100-0034)
False Alarm Reduction analyzes CO and photoelectric General features:
sensor information together to provide a sophisticated Sensors may be either wall or ceiling mounted
rejection of non-fire conditions normally troublesome as Operation of a CO sensor base with heat sensor provides
false alarms (steam, dust, aerosols, etc.) dual independent sensor operation
Faster Detection (increased sensitivity) algorithm New CO test mode allows functional testing of each
analyzes CO and photoelectric sensor information to sensor technology including the CO sensor
allow the presence of CO to implement an increased Optional accessories include remote alarm LED, alarm
photoelectric sensitivity for high value locations relay, and mounting adapter plate
(museums, electrical equipment rooms, etc.)
Designed for EMI compatibility
Sounder base operation details: Provides magnetic test
When connected to a panel NAC through the 4905-9835 CO sensor element is easily replaced when end of
Temporal Code Module, the sounder base can provide service life is reached:
temporal code 3 (TC3) for fire, or temporal code 4
Access to CO sensor replacement cartridge (CORC,
(TC4) for toxic carbon monoxide alarms
4098-9747) requires removal of interchangeable sensor
4905-9835 module may also be used to code other head providing tamper monitoring (sensor removal
(non-fire) dedicated carbon monoxide notification causes a trouble condition)
appliances (refer to data sheet S4905-0006) * This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant
Sounder can be manually activated from the panel to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
7300-0026:330 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in
Sounder operation is also listed to UL 464 as an audible this document. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the
notification appliance property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
S4098-0052-4 1/2015
CO Sensor Base Description CO Sensing, Detailed Operation (Continued)
Carbon monoxide (CO) is an odorless, colorless, Nuisance Alarm Reduction Details. For applications
tasteless gas produced by the incomplete combustion of of anticipated nuisance alarm conditions, photoelectric
heating fuels such as wood, coal, heating oil, and natural sensitivity is normally selected for 3.7%/ft smoke
gas. CO is also a byproduct of many materials experiencing obscuration. However, the addition of CO sensing allows
unintentional fire or even incipient fire conditions. the host control panel to apply software verification similar
Monitoring of CO levels can warn of physically harmful to the timed alarm verification feature often used with
concentrations, however, sensing of CO levels below the conventional smoke detection.
harmful level can also provide improved understanding of Faster Fire Detection. For applications where faster
incipient fire conditions when evaluated in combination response to incipient or slow building fires is desired and
with photoelectric fire sensor information from the same environment appropriate, the Faster Fire Detection mode
location. correlates the outputs of the CO sensor and the photoelectric
Simplex® CO sensor bases combine an electrolytic CO sensor to provide increased sensitivity. This mode provides
sensing module with a TrueAlarm analog sensor to provide earlier detection compared to a standard sensitive
a single multiple sensing assembly using one system photoelectric sensor setting, and also provides more false
address. The CO sensor can be enabled/disabled, used in alarm reduction compared to using a sensitive setting in an
LED/Switch modes and custom control, and can be made area not normally considered appropriate.
public for communication across a fire alarm Network. Faster Fire Detection Details. TrueAlarm photoelectric
CO sensor operation is similar to other TrueAlarm sensors can be selected to be as sensitive as 0.2%/ft
sensors (photoelectric or heat). It provides current analog obscuration for applications evaluated as appropriate to that
values, average analog value, “No Answer” troubles, level. However, if the environment is not suitable for that
“Wrong Device” troubles, over threshold, concentration in sensitivity level, the Faster Fire Detection mode allows the
ppm, and monitors for the presence of the CO sensor. Base photoelectric sensor to be selected as a “standard” 2.5%/ft
mounted address selection allows the address to remain obscuration, but with the presence of a significant level of
with its location when the sensor is removed for service or CO, the combination of CO and photo sensing input can
type change. Address access is from the front, under the allow an equivalent sensitivity approaching 0.5%/ft
removable sensor. An integral red LED indicates power-on obscuration. The host control panel tracks two photoelectric
by pulsing, or alarm or trouble when steady on, and also sensitivities, the one selected for photoelectric operation
provides test mode status (see page 3). Detailed status is only (typically 2.5%), and the CO correlation sensitivity
available at the fire alarm control panel. that it adjusts depending on the amount of CO present.
Channel 1 (M1)
3 S4098-0052-4 1/2015
TrueAlarm Analog Sensing Product Selection Chart
* NOTE: Duct detection modes are not applicable and are not available. Refer to the Multi-Point Allocation discussion on page 3 for
panel point requirement information.
** Heat Fire Mode is 135° F or 155° F, fixed or rate-of-rise.
† CO Toxic Gas operation is selectable as: Supervisory (which is NOT recommended if communicated off-site), Priority 2 (preferred
if communicated off-site), or Utility.
4 S4098-0052-4 1/2015
TrueAlarm Analog Sensor Features 4098-9754 Multi-Sensor
Sealed against rear air flow entry TrueAlarm multi-sensors combines the performances of
Electronics are EMI/RFI shielded
TrueAlarm photoelectric smoke sensing with TrueAlarm
thermal sensing to provide both features in a single
Heat sensing: assembly. Each sensing element provides data for
Selectable rate compensated, fixed temperature evaluation at the fire alarm control panel where the
sensing with or without rate-of-rise operation following four independent detection modes are
Rated spacing distance between sensors: evaluated:
Fixed temperature heat detection
Fixed Temp.
Setting
UL& ULC
Spacing
FM Spacing, Either Fixed
Temperature Setting
Rate-of-rise heat detection
20 ft x 20 ft (6.1 m) for fixed
TrueAlarm photoelectric smoke detection
135° F 60 ft x 60 ft
(57.2° C) (18.3 m) temperature only; RTI = Quick And TrueSense correlation detection
50 ft x 50 ft (15.2 m) for fixed TrueSense analysis correlates both thermal activity
155° F 40 ft x 40 ft temperature with either rate-of-rise
(68° C) (12.2 m) and smoke activity at a single multi-sensor location
selection; RTI = Ultra Fast
using an extensively tested covariance relationship. As a
Smoke Sensors: result, TrueSense detection improves response to
Photoelectric technology sensing conditions indicative of faster acting, hot flaming fires
when compared to the response of either photoelectric
360° smoke entry for optimum response smoke activity or thermal activity alone.
Built-in insect screens
4098-9733 Heat Sensor
4098-9714 Photoelectric Sensor TrueAlarm heat sensors are self-restoring and provide rate
compensated, fixed temperature sensing, selectable with
TrueAlarm photoelectric sensors use a stable, pulsed or without rate-of-rise temperature sensing. Due to its
infrared LED light source and a silicon photodiode small thermal mass, the sensor accurately and quickly
receiver to provide consistent and accurate low power measures the local temperature for analysis at the fire
smoke sensing. Seven levels of sensitivity are available alarm control panel.
for each individual sensor, ranging from 0.2% to 3.7% per
foot of smoke obscuration. Sensitivities of 0.2%, 0.5%, Rate-of-rise temperature detection is selectable at the
and 1% are for special applications in clean areas. control panel for either 15° F (8.3° C) or 20° F (11.1° C)
Standard sensitivities are 1.5%, 2.0%, 2.5%, 3.0%, and per minute. Fixed temperature sensing is independent of
3.7%. Application type and sensitivity are selected and rate-of-rise sensing and programmable to operate at
135° F (57.2° C) or 155° F (68° C). In a slow developing
then monitored at the fire alarm control panel. (For
fire, the temperature may not increase rapidly enough to
detailed application information about sensitivity
operate the rate-of-rise feature. However, an alarm will be
selection, refer to Installation Instructions 574-709.) initiated when the temperature reaches its rated fixed
The sensor head design provides 360° smoke entry for temperature setting.
optimum smoke response. Due to its photoelectric TrueAlarm heat sensors can be programmed as a utility
operation, air velocity is not normally a factor, except for device to monitor for temperature extremes in the range
impact on area smoke flow. from 32° F to 155° F (0° C to 68° C). This feature can
provide freeze warnings or alert to HVAC system
6-7/16" (164 mm) problems.
2-5/16" (58 mm)
6-7/16" (164 mm)
LED status indicator
2-7/16"
(62 mm)
2-9/16"
Output louvers on (65 mm)
Sounder Base extend
CO sensor Thermistor guard from front and side
housing (Multi-Sensor only)
5 S4098-0052-4 1/2015
Installation Reference
4" (102 mm) Square Box 4" (102 mm) Octagonal Box
Surface mount reference
1-1/8"
(29 mm)
CO sensor assembly
(CORC) shaded for reference LED status
indicator
6 S4098-0052-4 1/2015
Specifications
General Operating Specifications
Communications and Sensor Supervisory Power IDNet communications, 1 address per base
Communications and Sounder Power Connections Screw terminals for in/out wiring, 18 to 14 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 2.08 mm2)
Current 1 mA typical supplied from communications, no impact to alarm current
Remote LED Alarm Indicator
LED Connections Color coded wire leads, 18 AWG (0.82 mm2 )
UL Listed Temperature Range 32° F to 100° F (0° C to 38° C)
Operating with 4098-9733 32° F to 122° F (0° C to 50° C)
Temperature Range with 4098-9714 or 4098-9754 15° F to 122° F (-9° C to 50° C)
Humidity Range 15 to 95% RH
CO Sensor Base
Photoelectric Sensor 4098-9714
Air Velocity Ratings Air velocity = 0-1000 ft/min (0-305 m/min)
and Multi-Sensor 4098-9754
per Sensor
Housing Color Frost White
Sounder Operation
Sounder Voltage 18 to 32 VDC from steady external source or from NAC
Alarm Current (Sounder On) 17 mA @ 24 VDC, 24 mA maximum @ 32 VDC
88 dBA minimum @ 10 ft (3 m) per UL Standard 464, Audible Signaling
Sounder Output Appliance; UL Standard 268, Smoke Detectors for Fire Protective
Signaling Systems and CSA 6.19-01
Select for continuous 24 VDC power, loss of power is communicated to
Supervised
Sounder Power Supervision panel
(Selectable) Select when connected to NAC for sounder power, NAC provides
Unsupervised
supervision
When in alarm, will sound when NAC is in alarm, allowing synchronized
NAC Powered Operation
pattern (Temporal or March Time, etc.) controlled by the NAC control
Reference for CO Monitoring
7 S4098-0052-4 1/2015
Additional Information Reference
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Features
TrueAlarm addressable CO sensor base with 520
Hz sounder provides CO toxic gas monitoring and
enhanced fire detection
CO sensor bases with 520 Hz tone require a TrueAlarm
photoelectric, photo/heat or heat sensor (ordered
separately)
CO sensor bases with 520 Hz tone are multi-point
devices, use a single IDNet address, and receive
communications and sensor power from the IDNet
channel (the sounder base requires separate 24 VDC
system power or NAC connection)
IDNet circuit allows the sounder to be supervised and
coded by compatible NACs, allowing synchronized TrueAlarm CO Sensor Base with 520 hz sounder
temporal, march time, or other channel coding. 4098-9773 with CO sensor and Heat Sensor installed
For use with 4007ES; and 4010ES or 4100ES fire Features (Continued)
alarm control panels with software revision 2.01.02 or
higher 4905-9835 module may also be used to code other
For use with 4100U fire alarm control panels with (non-fire) dedicated carbon monoxide notification
software revision 12.05 or higher appliances (refer to data sheet S4905-0006)
Sounder can be manually activated from the panel
Listed to UL 268, UL 464, UL 2075, ULC-S529 and
Panel operation summary:
CSA 6.19-01
CO sensor data is stored and analyzed at the panel; a new
Two types of CO influenced operation are available;
CO Service Report provides easy information access (see
UL 2075 CO (OSHA) level monitoring for ventilation
sample on page 3)
control; and multi-criteria fire sensor analysis
4007ES, 4010ES, and 4100ES panels provide 10 year
combining optical and CO gas monitoring information
end of life status indication with CO sensor expiration
CO sensor base with photoelectric or photo/heat notices occurring within 12 months and within 6 months,
sensor operation allowing service replacement planning
Independent sensor operation or selectable multi-sensor 4100U panels provide 5 year end of life status indication
modes for false alarm reduction or faster detection with the 12 and 6 month replacement notices
CO and photoelectric sensors can be analyzed together Analog sensor information is digitally transmitted to the
to reject non-fire conditions that can trigger false alarms host control panel via IDNet communications for
(steam, dust, etc) processing to evaluate and track status
An increased sensitivity algorithm analyzes CO and Carbon monoxide concentration in ppm (parts per
photoelectric sensor information to allow the presence million) is available for viewing from the panel user
of CO to increase photoelectric sensitivity for high interface
value locations ( museums, electrical equipment rooms, For OSHA compliant CO gas sensing, CO condition
etc) level may be programmed by concentration (must be
above 30 ppm)
520 Hz Sounder base operation General features:
Low frequency sound output (520Hz at 85 dBA) Ceiling mount operation
The base can supervise the sounder drive circuit when Operation of a CO sensor base with heat sensor provides
an AUX 24V power line is used for sounder power. dual independent sensor operation
Alternatively, base supervision can be disabled if a CO test mode allows functional testing of each sensor
supervised NAC is needed to power the sounder for technology including the CO sensor
coded outputs. Optional accessories include remote alarm LED and
mounting adapter plate
When connected to a panel NAC through the Designed for EMI compatibility
4905-9835 Temporal Code Module, the sounder base Magnetic test feature
can provide temporal code 3 (TC3) for fire, or CO sensor element is easily replaced when end of
temporal code 4 (TC4) for toxic carbon monoxide service life is reached. Access to CO sensor replacement
alarms cartridge (CORC, 4098-9747) requires removal of
interchangeable sensor head.
* Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire
Protection Products.
S4098-0053-3 6/2016
CO Sensor Base Description CO Sensing, Detailed Operation (Continued)
Carbon monoxide (CO) is an odorless, colorless, Nuisance Alarm Reduction Details For applications of
tasteless gas produced by the incomplete combustion of anticipated nuisance alarm conditions, photoelectric
heating fuels such as wood, coal, heating oil, and natural sensitivity is normally selected for 3.7%/ft smoke
gas. CO is also a byproduct of many materials experiencing obscuration. However, the addition of CO sensing allows
unintentional fire or even incipient fire conditions. the host control panel to apply software verification similar
Monitoring of CO levels can warn of physically harmful to the timed alarm verification feature often used with
concentrations, however, sensing of CO levels below the conventional smoke detection.
harmful level can also provide improved understanding of Faster Fire Detection For applications where faster
incipient fire conditions when evaluated in combination response to incipient or slow building fires is desired and
with photoelectric fire sensor information from the same environment appropriate, the Faster Fire Detection mode
location. correlates the outputs of the CO sensor and the photoelectric
Simplex® CO sensor bases combine an electrolytic CO sensor to provide increased sensitivity. This mode provides
sensing module with a TrueAlarm analog sensor to provide earlier detection compared to a standard sensitive
a single multiple sensing assembly using one system photoelectric sensor setting, and also provides more false
address. The CO sensor can be enabled/disabled, used in alarm reduction compared to using a sensitive setting in an
LED/Switch modes and custom control, and can be made area not normally considered appropriate.
public for communication across a fire alarm Network. Faster Fire Detection Details TrueAlarm photoelectric
CO sensor operation is similar to other TrueAlarm sensors can be selected to be as sensitive as 0.2%/ft
sensors (photoelectric or heat). It provides current analog obscuration for applications evaluated as appropriate to that
values, average analog value, “No Answer” troubles, level. However, if the environment is not suitable for that
“Wrong Device” troubles, over threshold, concentration in sensitivity level, the Faster Fire Detection mode allows the
ppm, and monitors for the presence of the CO sensor. Base photoelectric sensor to be selected as a “standard” 2.5%/ft
mounted address selection allows the address to remain obscuration, but with the presence of a significant level of
with its location when the sensor is removed for service or CO, the combination of CO and photo sensing input can
type change. Address access is from the front, under the allow an equivalent sensitivity approaching 0.5%/ft
removable sensor. An integral red LED indicates power-on obscuration. The host control panel tracks two photoelectric
by pulsing, or alarm or trouble when steady on, and also sensitivities, the one selected for photoelectric operation
provides test mode status (see page 3). Detailed status is only (typically 2.5%), and the CO correlation sensitivity
available at the fire alarm control panel. that it adjusts depending on the amount of CO present.
Channel 1 (M1)
S4098-0053-3 6/2016
3
Sensors and Accessories Product Selection
* NOTE: Duct detection modes are not applicable and are not available. Refer to the Multi-Point Allocation discussion on page 3 for
panel point requirement information.
** Heat Fire Mode is 135° F or 155° F, fixed or rate-of-rise.
† CO Toxic Gas operation is selectable as: Supervisory (which is NOT recommended if communicated off-site), Priority 2 (preferred
if communicated off-site), or Utility.
S4098-0053-3 6/2016
4
TrueAlarm Analog Sensor Features 4098-9754 Multi-Sensor (Continued)
Sealed against rear air flow entry Electronics are
EMI/RFI shielded Heat sensing:
Selectable rate compensated, fixed temperature
sensing with or without rate-of-rise operation
Rated spacing distance between sensors:
Fixed Temp. UL& ULC FM Spacing, Either Fixed
Setting Spacing Temperature Setting
Multi-Sensor on CO Sensor Base
135° F 60 ft x 60 ft 20 ft x 20 ft (6.1 m) for fixed
(57.2° C) (18.3 m) temperature only; RTI = Quick TrueSense analysis correlates thermal activity and
50 ft x 50 ft (15.2 m) for fixed smoke activity at a single multi-sensor location using an
155° F 40 ft x 40 ft temperature with either rate-of-rise extensively tested covariance relationship. As a result,
(68° C) (12.2 m) selection; RTI = Ultra Fast TrueSense detection improves response to conditions
Smoke Sensors: indicative of faster acting, hot flaming fires when
compared to the response of either photoelectric smoke
Photoelectric technology sensing activity or thermal activity alone.
360° smoke entry for optimum response
4098-9733 Heat Sensor
Built-in insect screens
TrueAlarm heat sensors are self-restoring and provide rate
4098-9714 Photoelectric Sensor compensated, fixed temperature sensing, selectable with
or without rate-of-rise temperature sensing. Due to its
TrueAlarm photoelectric sensors use a stable, pulsed small thermal mass, the sensor accurately and quickly
infrared LED light source and a silicon photodiode measures the local temperature for analysis at the fire
receiver to provide consistent and accurate low power alarm control panel.
smoke sensing. Seven levels of sensitivity are available
Rate-of-rise temperature detection is selectable at the
for each individual sensor, ranging from 0.2% to 3.7% per
control panel for either 15° F (8.3° C) or 20° F (11.1° C)
foot of smoke obscuration. Sensitivities of 0.2%, 0.5%,
per minute. Fixed temperature sensing is independent of
and 1% are for special applications in clean areas. rate-of-rise sensing and programmable to operate at
Standard sensitivities are 1.5%, 2.0%, 2.5%, 3.0%, and 135° F (57.2° C) or 155° F (68° C). In a slow developing
3.7%. Application type and sensitivity are selected and fire, the temperature may not increase rapidly enough to
then monitored at the fire alarm control panel. (For operate the rate-of-rise feature. However, an alarm will be
detailed application information about sensitivity initiated when the temperature reaches its rated fixed
selection, refer to Installation Instructions 574-709.) temperature setting.
The sensor head design provides 360° smoke entry for TrueAlarm heat sensors can be programmed as a utility
optimum smoke response. Due to its photoelectric device to monitor for temperature extremes in the range
operation, air velocity is not normally a factor, except for from 32° F to 155° F (0° C to 68° C). This feature can
impact on area smoke flow. provide freeze warnings or alert to HVAC system
problems.
S4098-0053-3 6/2016
5
Installation Reference
4" (102 mm) Square Box 4" (102 mm) Octagonal Box
Surface mount reference
1-1/4"
(31 mm)
LED status
CO sensor assembly
indicator
(CORC) shaded for reference
NOTES:
1. Sounder Base 4098-9773 requires flush mounting.
2. Review actual wire size, wire count and box type before determining box size.
3. Mounting to flush mounted box also fits single gang handy box, 2-1/8" (51 mm) deep if wiring allows.
4. Refer to Installation Instructions 574-707 for additional information.
5. Refer to CORC Replacement Instructions 579-791 for CO cartridge installation and replacement.
6. The 4098-9773 Sounder base can be mounted at 90 degrees rotation using a single gang box, consult your
local SimplexGrinnell contact for further information.
S4098-0053-3 6/2016
6
Specifications
General Operating Specifications
Communications and Sensor Supervisory Power IDNet communications, 1 address per base
Communications and Sounder Power Connections Screw terminals for in/out wiring, 18 to 14 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 2.08 mm2)
Current 1 mA typical supplied from communications, no impact to alarm current
Remote LED Alarm Indicator
LED Connections Color coded wire leads, 18 AWG (0.82 mm2 )
UL Listed Temperature Range 32° F to 100° F (0° C to 38° C)
S4098-0053-3 6/2016
7
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Features
TrueAlarm addressable sensor base with 520 Hz
sounder
TrueAlarm sensor bases with 520 Hz tone require a
TrueAlarm photoelectric, photo/heat or heat sensor
(ordered separately)
TrueAlarm sensor bases with 520 Hz tone are
multi-point devices, use a single IDNet address, and
receive communications and sensor power from the
IDNet channel (the sounder base requires separate
24 VDC system power or NAC connection)
IDNet circuit allows the sounder to be supervised and
coded by compatible NACs, allowing synchronized
temporal, march time, or other channel coding.
Sensor and sounder operation is listed to UL TrueAlarm Sensor Base with 520 hz sounder
Standard 268, UL Standard 464, and ULC Standard S529 4098-9772 with Heat Sensor installed
Sounder operation is also listed to UL Standard 464
as an audible notification appliance 520 Hz Sounder Base Features
Sensor base with photoelectric or photo/heat Base mounted address selection allows the address
sensor operation to remain with its programmed location when the sensor
Independent sensor operation or selectable multi-sensor is removed for service or type change.
modes for false alarm reduction or faster detection
Photoelectric, photo/heat, or heat sensors can be Automatic sensor type identification provides
analyzed to reject non-fire conditions that can trigger default sensitivity when substituting sensor types.
false alarms (steam, dust, etc) Different sensor types can be easily interchanged to meet
specific location requirements. This feature also allows
520 Hz Sounder base operation intentional sensor substitution during building
Low Frequency sound output (520Hz at 85 dBA) construction. Instead of covering the smoke sensors when
The base can supervise the sounder drive circuit when conditions are temporarily dusty, heat sensors may be
an AUX 24V power line is used for sounder power. installed without reprogramming the control panel.
Alternatively, base supervision can be disabled if a Integral red LED indicates power-on by pulsing, or
supervised NAC is needed to power the sounder for alarm or trouble when steady on. The exact status is
coded outputs. annunciated at the fire alarm control panel.
Sounder can be manually activated from the panel
Application Reference
Panel operation summary
Analog sensor information is digitally transmitted to the Determine sensor locations after careful consideration of the
host control panel via IDNet communications for physical layout and contents of the area to be protected.
processing to evaluate and track status For fire alarm applications:
General features Refer to NFPA 72, the National Fire Alarm and
Ceiling mount operation Signaling Code
Optional accessories include remote alarm LED and On smooth ceilings, smoke sensor spacing of 30 ft
mounting adapter plate (9.1 m) may be used as a guide.
Designed for EMI compatibility For detailed application information:
Magnetic test feature Refer to 4098 Detectors, Sensors, and Bases Application
Manual, Part Number 574-709.
* Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire
Protection Products.
S4098-0054-3 6/2016
Control Panel Operations TrueAlarm Analog Sensor Features
Smoke sensor features include: sensitivity Sealed against rear air flow entry Electronics are
monitoring satisfying NFPA 72 sensitivity testing EMI/RFI shielded Heat sensing:
requirements, automatic individual sensor calibration Selectable rate compensated, fixed temperature
checking to verify sensor integrity, automatic sensing with or without rate-of-rise operation
environmental compensation, available multi-stage alarm Rated spacing distance between sensors:
operation, display of sensitivity directly in percent per foot,
monitoring of peak activity per sensor, alarm set point, and Fixed Temp. UL& ULC FM Spacing, Either Fixed
time of day or multi-stage alarm selection. Setting Spacing Temperature Setting
135° F 60 ft x 60 ft 20 ft x 20 ft (6.1 m) for fixed
Sensor Alarm and Trouble LED Indications (57.2° C) (18.3 m) temperature only; RTI = Quick
The sensor base LED pulses to indicate communications 50 ft x 50 ft (15.2 m) for fixed
with the panel. If a sensor is in alarm, or has a trouble 155° F 40 ft x 40 ft temperature with either rate-of-rise
(68° C) (12.2 m) selection; RTI = Ultra Fast
condition, the status is annunciated at the control panel and
that base LED will turn on steady. During a system alarm, Smoke Sensors:
the panel will control LEDs such that a trouble indication
will return to pulsing to help identify the sensors in alarm. Photoelectric technology sensing
Multi-Point Allocation 4007ES, 4010ES, and 4100ES 360° smoke entry for optimum response
control panels require only one (1) point at the host panel per Built-in insect screens
sensor base. Depending on sensor base and sensor choice, up
to seven (7) points can be made public to a connected 4098-9714 Photoelectric Sensor
Simplex Fire Alarm Network. Each sensor base uses a single
address with “sub-points” layered underneath (such as 1-1-0, TrueAlarm photoelectric sensors use a stable, pulsed
1-1-1, 1-1-2, ….1-1-6). infrared LED light source and a silicon photodiode
For 4100U control panels, the requirement is three (3) points receiver to provide consistent and accurate low power
at the host panel per sensor base with the 4098-9754 smoke sensing. Seven levels of sensitivity are available
multi-sensor, and two (2) points for the other sensors. for each individual sensor, ranging from 0.2% to 3.7% per
Additional multi-point allocation detail is described in foot of smoke obscuration. Sensitivities of 0.2%, 0.5%,
reference data sheet S4090-0011. and 1% are for special applications in clean areas.
Standard sensitivities are 1.5%, 2.0%, 2.5%, 3.0%, and
Control Panel Operations (Continued) 3.7%. Application type and sensitivity are selected and
Sensor Base with 520 Hz Power Requirements Power then monitored at the fire alarm control panel. (For
for the sensor base is provided by IDNet communications. No detailed application information about sensitivity
additional wiring is required for upgrading of existing selection, refer to Installation Instructions 574-709.)
installed TrueAlarm sensor bases. Sensor sounder bases do The sensor head design provides 360° smoke entry for
require system supplied separate VDC (or NAC) wiring, the optimum smoke response. Due to its photoelectric
same as the standard sounder base. operation, air velocity is not normally a factor, except for
impact on area smoke flow.
Accessories
2098-9808, Remote red LED Alarm Indicator mounts on
a single gang box to provide status indications where the
sensor location may not be readily visible.
4098-9754 Multi-Sensor
TrueAlarm multi-sensors combine the performance of
TrueAlarm photoelectric smoke sensing with TrueAlarm
thermal sensing to provide both features in a single
assembly. Each sensing element provides data for
evaluation at the fire alarm control panel where the
following four independent detection modes are
evaluated:
2098-9808 Remote LED Alarm Indicator Fixed temperature heat detection
Rate-of-rise heat detection
TrueAlarm photoelectric smoke detection
And TrueSense correlation detection
S4098-0054-3 6/2016
2
4098-9754 Multi-Sensor (Continued) Install Reference
S4098-0054-3 6/2016
3
Sensors and Accessories Product Selection
TrueAlarm Sensor Base
Model Description
4098-9772 Sensor base with 520 Hz Sounder
TrueAlarm Sensors (select one per Sensor Base with 520 Hz Sounder)
Model Description
4098-9714 Photoelectric Smoke Sensor
Refer to selection table below for available operation
4098-9754 Multi-Sensor Photoelectric and Heat Sensing
modes
4098-9733 Heat Sensor
Accessories (ordered separately as required)
Model Description Mounting Requirements
Adapter Plate required for surface flush 4” square electrical
4098-9863 Refer to page 3, mounting reference
boxes.
Remote red LED Alarm Indicator on single gang stainless steel
2098-9808 Single gang box, 1-1/2” minimum depth
plate.
Note: Refer to Installation Instructions 574-707 and Application Manual 574-709 for additional information.
* NOTE: Duct detection modes are not applicable and are not available. Refer to the Multi-Point Allocation discussion on page 3 for
panel point requirement information.
** Heat Fire Mode is 135° F or 155° F, fixed or rate-of-rise.
S4098-0054-3 6/2016
4
Specifications
S4098-0054-3 6/2016
5
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Features
S4098-0032-3 10/2011
Installation Reference, Side View
2 S4098-0032-3 10/2011
Installation Reference, Front View Showing Preferred and Alternate Orientations
3 S4098-0032-3 10/2011
Application Reference, Ambient Temperature vs. Recommended Airflow Graph
The graph shown below presents the results of controlled laboratory testing performed on a typical 4098-9845 Weatherproof
Enclosure protecting an internally mounted duct sensor housing. The external ambient air temperature of the 4098-9845
Weatherproof Enclosure was varied throughout its UL listed operating temperature range. Temperatures were recorded
within the protected duct sensor housing with varying duct air velocities of air maintained between 68° and 74° F (20° to
23° C).
This graph illustrates how an increase in the test airflow velocity allows the airflow through the weatherproof enclosure to
maintain the duct sensor housing at its rated range as the ambient temperature of the weatherproof enclosure is varied
throughout temperatures anticipated for exterior air duct locations.
PLEASE NOTE that for typical external air duct applications, heating air would be hotter than 74° F and cooling air would
be lower than 68° F, extending the acceptable airflow range accordingly.
Weatherproof Enclosure External Ambient Air Temperature
158° F
(70 °C)
140°
(60° C)
122°
( 50° C)
Recommended airflow range with duct air
temperature between 68° to 74° F (20° to 23° C)
32°
( 0° C)
0°
(-18 ° C)
-20°
(-29° C)
-40°
(-40° C)
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. Weatherban and 3M are trademarks of
the Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing company (3M).
Features
Compatible Simplex® TrueAlarm sensors and
bases (ordered separately):
4098-9714, Photoelectric sensor
4098-9754, Multi-Sensor, Photoelectric and Heat
4098-9733, Heat Sensor
4098-9792, Standard Sensor Base
4098-9791, Relay Control Base
4098-9789, LED Output Base
4098-9793, IDNet Isolator Base
General features:
For ceiling or wall mounted sensor applications
Combines accurate, individually addressable analog
smoke and/or heat sensing with physical protection
TrueAlarm analog sensing provides compensation for
air flow restriction by providing maintained high
sensitivity
Photoelectric smoke sensitivity is selectable from 0.5
to 1.5%/ft at the fire alarm control panel
The host control panel automatically compensates for
sensitivity shifts caused by contamination and 4098-9846 TrueAlarm Sensor Guard Mounting Reference
(ceiling mount shown with optional surface mount
automatically reports dirty devices
extension, see page 2 for details)
UL listed to Standard 268 (URRQ) and 521 (UQKE)
Specifications
ULC listed to Standard S529 (URRQC) and S530
(UQKEC) Dimensions Refer to page 2
Mounting options: Single wall construction, 22 gauge
Grill Material
Standard mounting of 4098-9846 is for use with flush steel (0.025” thick, 0.64 mm)
mounted electrical boxes 1/4” (6.4 mm) hex holes staggered
Perforation Pattern on 1/4” (6.4 mm) centers,
Extension box 4098-9847 is required for mounting to reinforced at corners
surface mounted electrical box Color/Finish Tan, baked enamel
Tamper resistant design: Mounting Frame
Bolts, 1/4”, see page 2
Hardware
Heavy duty steel construction, single wall
Four tamper resistant screws,
Tamper resistant grill mounting screws Grill Mounting Screws recessed hex head, supplied with
guard
Description
4098-9823 Secure Hex Key,
Screw Removal Tool
Sensor Guard 4098-9846 combines the sensitivity ordered separately
and maintained accuracy of Simplex TrueAlarm sensors
with a rugged, tamper resistant enclosure. Typical Additional Reference:
applications are: Correctional/Detention facilities, Mental Product Data Sheet
Hospitals, Industrial areas, Educational facilities, TrueAlarm Sensors and Bases S4098-0019
Dormitories, and many other locations where the smoke Multi-Sensor 4098-9754 S4098-0024
sensor may be intentionally or accidentally subjected to TrueAlarm IDNet Isolator Base S4098-0025
abuse.
Location Reference. With this combination, the sensor
can be located directly in the ceiling of a detention cell or
similar area and can provide accurate and quick sensing * This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
of smoke and/or heat conditions. Additionally, after 7300-0026:244 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this
removing the tamper resistant hardware, the sensor is document. It is subject to re-examination, revision, and possible cancellation. This product
readily accessible for cleaning when the TrueAlarm was not approved by FM as of document revision date. Additional listings may be
applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and
system automatically identifies the need for maintenance. approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection
Products.
S4098-0035-5 12/2016
Mounting Information – IMPORTANT – See Warning and Installation Notes Below
Electrical box, 4" square or 4" octagonal (supplied
by others), see installation notes below for 4098-9832 Adapter Plate, ordered separately,
additional box information required when electrical box is surface
mounted
Seal box using 3M Weatherban #606 or equal
6-1/2"
6-1/2"
(165 mm)
(165 mm)
Per NFPA 72, the National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code, 1. For additional information, refer to Installation
Section 5.4.3 (2007 Edition): “Where subject to mechanical Instructions 579-116.
damage, an initiating device shall be protected. A mechanical 2. Ceiling mount is shown above for reference, if
guard used to protect a smoke, heat, or radiant energy–sensing appropriate, installations can be wall mounted.
detector shall be listed for use with the detector.” Sensor guard
4098-9846 is for use only with a Simplex 4098-9714 3. Flush mounted electrical box must be flush to surface
Photoelectric Sensor or a 4098-9754 Photo/Heat Sensor with or recessed no more than 1/4” (6.4 mm). Select box
a restricted sensitivity range of 0.5 to 1.5% per foot depth to accommodate selected base options.
obscuration; or with a 4098-9733 Heat Sensor; and for use 4. For surface electrical box mounting only, Extension
only with sensor bases 4098-9789, 4098-9791, 4098-9792, or Box 4098-9847 and Adapter Plate 4098-9832 are
4098-9793. This will ensure the sensor will activate within the
both required (ordered separately). Electrical box
UL listed obscuration range when mounted in the sensor guard.
must be 1-1/2” deep. NOTE: Do not use Extension
PLEASE NOTE: For proper performance, follow Box 4098-9847 with FLUSH mounted electrical
installation instructions and review sensor and guard boxes, sensor will not be properly positioned.
locations carefully. Wall mounting may not be appropriate 5. Installation to wall or ceiling requires solid
for institutional or detention applications. anchoring, use 1/4” bolts (by others). Hardware is
Maintenance Issue. The presence of debris on the sensor
included with the 4098-9847 Extension Box for
guard grill will significantly restrict airflow into the sensor. It is mounting the sensor guard frame.
recommended that increased visual maintenance be performed to
ensure proper operation.
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm
Code are trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). Weatherban and 3M are trademarks of the Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing company (3M).
Features
Provides Temporal Code 4 (TC4) NAC
(Notification Appliance Circuit) control for
Carbon Monoxide (CO) gas warning:
The TC4 CO gas warning is a repeated sequence of
four cycles of 100 msec on with 100 msec off,
followed by 5 seconds off per NFPA 720, Standard
for the Installation of Carbon Monoxide (CO)
Warning Equipment in Dwelling Units
Compatible appliances includes: CO Sounder Bases
4098-9771 and 4098-9798, 4901-9820 Horn (set for
free-run), 49CMT Series multi-tone horns (set for
free-run horn tones), and 4903 Series 4-wire A/V
appliances horn input (not compatible with SmartSync
horn control appliances) 4905-9835 Temporal Code 4 Module
Compatible Simplex® equipment NAC sources: (shown approximately 1/2 size)
4007ES Hybrid, 4010ES, 4100ES, and 4100U NAC
outputs Description (Continued)
4009 IDNet NAC Extender NAC outputs CO gas alarm, or fire alarm. Use of the 4905-9835
Each module requires an input NAC that powers the Temporal Code 4 Module allows the NFPA 720 Temporal
3A rated output NAC for control of compatible Code 4 signal to be generated using a standard Steady On
audible notification appliances only (not for strobes) audible appliance NAC input. Under the fire alarm panel’s
Three selectable operation modes: control, the audible notification signal can be selected for a
conventional fire pulse pattern for a fire alarm condition, or
Synchronized operation allows a separate and
the Temporal Code 4 pattern can be activated for a CO gas
dedicated control NAC to both activate and
alarm condition.
synchronize the Temporal Code 4 output timing of up
to 20, 4905-9835 modules Specifications
Unsynchronized operation also allows the separate
and dedicated control NAC to activate the Temporal For 24 VDC NACs, up to 3 A
Code 4 output timing of up to 20, 4905-9835 modules, maximum, limited by input NAC
but without synchronization between the modules NAC Control rating; for control of audible
Stand-Alone operation allows the input NAC in notification appliances compatible
with TC4 code pulse duty cycle
alarm to activate Temporal Code 4 timing for NACs
dedicated for CO gas alarm; no fire alarm signals are Input NAC Current Supervisory current = 0.18 mA
available, no control NAC is used Requirements Alarm current = 15 mA
For both Synchronized and Unsynchronized modes, Control NAC Current Supervisory current = 0 mA
when the control NAC is off, the module output NACs Requirements Alarm current = 3 mA
will follow the fire alarm signals of the input NAC
Mounting Distance Mount close-nippled, 20 ft (6 m)
NOTE: For TC4 output, both the input NACs and the to input NAC Source maximum distance
control NACs requires a Steady On signal
Screw terminals for in/out wiring,
Compact, sealed construction: Wire Connections 18 to 12 AWG wire
Mounts in standard 4” square electrical box (0.82 to 3.31 mm2 )
Compatible with Adapter Plate 4090-9813 to fit 4” x 4 ⅛” x 1 ⅜” D
Dimensions
4 11⁄16” (119 mm) square electrical boxes (102 mm x 105 mm x 35 mm)
Screw terminals for wiring connections Mounting Plate
Sheet metal, galvanized
Material
Listed to UL 864 and ULC S527
32° to 120° F (0° to 49° C),
Temperature Range
intended for indoor operation
Description Humidity Range Up to 93% RH at 100° F (38° C)
CO gas alarm warnings are required to be different from
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
fire alarm warnings. In the event of a CO gas alarm, the Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7300-0026:328
presence of a Temporal Code 4 audible signal pattern for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. This
product was not accepted by MEA (NYC) as of document revision date. Additional listings
identifies the type of condition to the responders to assist in may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings
determining the proper actions to be taken. and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection
Products.
S4905-0006-6 11/2014
System Connection Reference
Sounder Base*
24 VDC audible notification appliances
ON
ON
2
Mounting Reference
Additional Reference
Document Description Document Description
579-840 Installation Instructions S4010-0004 4010ES Control Panel
S4098-0052 CO Sensor Base data sheet S4901-0010 4901-9820 Horns
S4100-0031 4100ES Basic Reference S4903-0011 4903 Series 4-wire A/Vs
S4007-0001 4007ES Hybrid data sheet S49CMT-0001 49CMT Series Multi-Tone Horns
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA is a trademark of the National Fire
Protection Association.
Features
Normal building messages on video displays
Allows normal building video message displays to
VGA Switch
be controlled by a Simplex® 4100ES, 4010ES, or Message Control
Cafeteria is open until 2PM today
control panel
Upon receipt of an emergency condition, the information Emergency Message
from the ECDI Computer
provided to the ECDI Computer allows it to abort
normal building messages and switch to the programmed
emergency message
Standard messages are listed on page 4; custom
messages or images can be prepared, or the output can Fire alarm panel controlled Emergency
be connected to a pre-selected URL Communications message display
Operation includes control of the video feed using a
separate VGA switch, or providing an RSS message feed
to enable the desired action at the receiving controls, or
both can be provided
Operation requires Microsoft Windows XP or Fire Alarm Control
Windows 7 (32-bit) operating systems; computers Panel (4100ES shown)
require a serial port for control panel communications
and a second serial port for VGA Switch control; RSS
feed is via Ethernet port Control Building Communications Video Displays to
Link panel point activity to a website: Deliver Custom Emergency Communications Messages
Panel trigger points can be programmed to connect the
ECDI Computer to a specific website URL to send to the Description
building displays to view activity or take action (view
web cameras, broadcast messages, etc.) Fire Alarm Systems. Fire alarm systems normally
communicate information to their connected fire alarm
VGA message control:
notification appliances to advise building occupants of
Building display communications are connected through
emergency conditions and of the directed response.
a dual input, single output VGA Switch (see page 2)
However, many buildings also have non-emergency,
When an emergency is detected at the host control panel, non-fire alarm display equipment in place to advise of
point information is sent to the ECDI Computer allowing
normal conditions such as daily events, weather,
it to control the VGA Switch output to feed to its video
announcing special visitors, or maybe just the daily menu.
output for the duration of the message(s)
When the emergency is clear, communications revert Using the Fire Alarm System to Control other
back to the standard controller Systems. ECDI Software allows the information displays
RSS message control: used for normal building communications to distribute
For compatible building display controllers, the ECDI emergency information under the control of a Simplex
Computer functions as a web server to provide an RSS 4100ES, 4010ES, or 4100U fire alarm control panel. The
feed via LAN/WAN connection, sending out the software resides on a separate computer and controls the
programmed text associated to the selected panel building information equipment by either controlling a
activity; an Internet browser with functionality equal to VGA switch, or by sending RSS communications, or both
Internet Explorer 7 or above is required may be supplied.
For RSS feed only, ECDI software can reside on a
Applications Note. ECDI Software provides a variety
Simplex TrueSite Workstation computer if there is an
available Ethernet port and an available RS-232 port to of system connection options. Contact your local Simplex
connect to the host control panel product representative to have your specific building
The RSS feed may also be compatible with other requirements reviewed by our Solutions team.
building communications equipment such as power over For more information, refer to Installation Instructions
Ethernet (POE) message display products 579-952
– This product was not agency listed as of document revision date.
S4190-0019-2 9/2012
ECDI Software Video Switch Connection Reference
Normal building message display system (by others) Normal building message on video displays
Cafeteria is open until 2PM today Cafeteria is open until 2PM today
Video output as selected Video
Cafeteria is open until 2PM today Today's luncheon special is pepperoni Today's luncheon special is pepperoni
Today's luncheon special is pepperoni
and onion pizza by the ECDI Software Multiplexer and onion pizza and onion pizza
10:17:35 am
Wednesday July 25, 2012
57°partly cloudy
(by others) 10:17:35 am 10:17:35 am
Wednesday July 25, 2012 Wednesday July 25, 2012
57°partly cloudy 57°partly cloudy
Normal video feed
RS-232 serial port, Computer Port * Note: Run the ECDI program full
Protocol output to ECDI Software screen. Do not select a screen
Computer RS-232 serial port input saver. Set display and computer
timeout to never. (When the
ECDI computer takes control, its
monitor screen becomes the
Fire Alarm screen shown on the building
Network message displays)
Connection
Host Fire Alarm Control Panel, Fire alarm panel controlled Emergency Communications
4100ES, 4010ES, or 4100U message displays (with scrolling messages)
2 S4190-0019-2 9/2012
ECDI Software RSS Feed Connection Reference
Cafeteria is open until 2PM today Cafeteria is open until 2PM today
Cafeteria is open until 2PM today Video Today's luncheon special is pepperoni Today's luncheon special is pepperoni
Today's luncheon special is pepperoni and onion pizza and onion pizza
and onion pizza
10:17:35 am
Multiplexer
Wednesday July 25, 2012 10:17:35 am 10:17:35 am
57°partly cloudy
(by others) Wednesday July 25, 2012 Wednesday July 25, 2012
57°partly cloudy 57°partly cloudy
RSS compatible devices,
including other building
system display controllers
TrueSite Workstation The RSS feed provides a time stamp, and Title and
ECDI Software PC
Description as determined by ECDI programming
Alternate Hardware Connection (by others)
TrueSite Workstation Server or Remote
Client PC with ECDI Software OR
Note: For RSS operation only, ECDI ECDI Software loaded on PC and set to create RSS feed,
Software can be located on a Simplex requires connection of Security Service dongle (supplied)
TrueSite Workstation Server or Remote
Client PC; requires non-captive TrueSite
Workstation operation, one available
RS-232 port, and one available Ethernet
port RS-232 serial port, Computer Port Protocol
output to ECDI Software PC
3 S4190-0019-2 9/2012
Black Box VGA Switch Reference
Specification Summary
Size 1 ¼” H x 4 ¼” W x 2 ½” D (32 mm x 108 mm x 64 mm)
120 VAC, 60 Hz to power converter (supplied)
Power Requirements
Converter output is 6 VDC, 300 mA (center positive) to VGA switch
Resolution 1600 x 1200 maximum
Video Level 0 to 0.7 V p-p
Video Bandwidth 250 MHz
Video input: (2) HD15F
Video and Control Video cable is by others per system distance requirements
Video output: (1) HD15F
Connections
Serial input: (1) 3.5 mm F (RS-232), cable included
Distance 150 ft (45.7 m) maximum at XGA resolution
The following standard message screens are provided to coordinate with the standard Simplex LED Reader Board
messages. Custom messages can easily be created for local content. These messages require mapping to the selected
trigger points from the connected fire alarm control panel at the ECDI Computer.
Screen Color
Message Title Displayed Message
(with black text)
Bomb Threat
Bomb Threat Orange An emergency has been reported in the building. Please proceed to the nearest exit
and vacate the building.
Hostile Intruder
Hostile Intruder Orange An emergency has been reported in the building. Please secure your area and wait for
further instructions.
Shelter In Place
An emergency condition has been reported. Secure your windows and doors and
Shelter in Place Orange remain in the building. Unsafe conditions may exist outside. You will be notified when
further information is available.
Evacuate-Alternate
Alternate Exit Red An emergency condition has been discovered in the building. Proceed to your
alternate exit and vacate the building.
Weather Alert
Severe Weather Yellow A severe weather warning has been issued. Proceed to the designated shelter area
Alert and wait for further instructions.
All Clear
All Clear Green Attention please, the emergency condition has been cleared. You may return to your
normal activities
Evacuate
Evacuate Red A fire has been reported in the building. Proceed to the nearest exit and vacate the
building. Report to your designated assembly place outside the building.
Alert
Alert Yellow An emergency condition has been detected in another part of the building. Please
remain in your area. You will be notified if further action is required.
Live Voice
Live Voice Red A live voice announcement is currently being broadcast
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. Microsoft, and Windows are
trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries. Black Box is a trademark of Black Box Corporation.
Tr u eAle rt I solato r
+
+ - + -
PORT 2 PORT 1
0526-733 E
4905-9929 TRUEALERT ISOLATOR
Features
INST. INSTR. 574- 769 REV
DATE CO DE:
RELAY CONTACT S MODULE
3 AMP 30 VDC 15 mA MAX 24 VDC
INDOOR DRY APPLICATION
MADE IN CL FL A DDRESS
ON
SI MPLE X TI ME R EC OR D ER C O.
WES TMI NS TE R , MA 01441
MSB
0526-733 E
4905-9929 TRUEALERT ISOLATO R
INST. INSTR. 574-769 R EV
DATE CODE:
RELAY CONTACTS M ODULE
3 AMP 30 VDC 15 m A MAX 24 VDC
INDOOR DRY APPLIC AT ION
MADE IN CL FL ADDRESS
S IMP LEX TIME R EC OR DE R CO.ON
WE ST MIN STER , M A 01441
MSB
Tr u eAle rt I solato r
+
+ - + -
PORT 2 PORT 1
0526-733 E
4905-9929 TRUEALERT ISOLATO R
INST. INSTR. 574-769 R EV
DATE CODE:
RELAY CONTACTS M ODULE
3 AMP 30 VDC 15 m A MAX 24 VDC
INDOOR DRY APPLIC AT ION
MADE IN CL FL ADDRESS
IDNAC Repeaters**
Operation is also compatible with legacy TrueAlert
SLCs from TrueAlert Power Supplies (TPS) or
0526-733 E
4905-9929 TRUEALERT ISOLATOR
INST. INSTR. 574- 769 REV
DATE CO DE:
RELAY CONTACT S MODULE
3 AMP 30 VDC 15 mA MAX 24 VDC
INDOOR DRY APPLICATION
MADE IN CL FL A DDRESS
ON
SI MPLE X TI ME R EC OR D ER C O.
WES TMI NS TE R , MA 01441
MSB
TrueAlert Isolator
from the other when a short circuit occurs
+
Mounts in standard 4” (102 mm) square electrical box,
+ - + -
PORT 2 PORT 1
0526-733 E
4905-9929 TRUEALERT ISOLATOR
INST. INSTR. 574-769 REV
Status diagnostics:
4100ES Control Panel
On-board yellow LED provides module status, can with EPS Power Supply
indicate communications poll or be activated from
Typical TrueAlert Isolator+ Module Application
panel
One-Line Drawing Including Module Detail
Isolators report faults to the host control panel
(method varies with system connection type) Introduction
Information received at the control panel allows
identification of the short circuit location: IDNAC Addressable Notification SLCs (and legacy
TrueAlert SLCs) are internally isolated from each other. In
Simplex control panels providing IDNAC SLCs will
the event of a channel wiring short circuit, the channel will
be advised of individual appliances disabled due to
safely shut down and then monitor the wiring for
activated isolators; (also true of legacy panels with
restoration to normal when the short is repaired. However,
TPS or when connected to TrueAlert Addressable
within the branch and “T” tap wiring of an IDNAC channel,
Controller using RUI communications)
the use of 4905-9929 TrueAlert Isolator+ Modules can
Other control panels controlling TrueAlert provide additional isolation that can reduce the quantity of
Addressable Controllers do not recognize appliance TrueAlert addressable appliances impacted by a short
addresses but will receive a report of an open circuit circuit.
channel trouble due to activated isolators
Short Circuit Isolation. An internal isolation relay
Class B (Style 4) IDNAC SLC wiring:
allows the Isolator+ module to separate shorted and/or
Up to 12 Isolator+ modules can be connected per disabled wiring from functioning wiring to optimize the
IDNAC SLC and up to 6 Isolator+ modules can be available appliances. Isolator+ module status is
connected directly together in series on the same communicated to the control panel providing assistance in
branch identifying the shorted wiring location.
Class A (Style 6) IDNAC SLC wiring:
Convenient Location. The 4905-9929 Isolator+ Module
For Class A operation, up to 6 Isolator+ modules can
mounts in a standard 4” square, 2 ⅛” deep electrical box,
be connected per SLC loop
allowing isolators to be conveniently located on the IDNAC
General channel loading rules: SLC channel where the local wiring could most benefit.
Isolator+ modules require one address and are rated as
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
4 unit loads Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
TrueAlert addressable notification appliances are a 7300-0026:214 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in
this document. Accepted for use – City of New York Department of Buildings – MEA35-
single unit load 93E. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for
the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the
** Use of “TrueAlert” in this document refers to both TrueAlert and TrueAlert ES notification property of Tyco Safety Products Westminster.
appliances. Use of IDNAC SLCs also refers to operation of TrueAlert SLCs.
S4905-0001-7 6/2015
TrueAlert Isolator+ Example 1 Address Allocation. For the example shown below,
there are 18 notification appliances which would occupy a
Branch Protection. The diagram below illustrates the total of 18 addresses at the 4100ES control panel. There
addition of 4905-9929 Isolator+ Modules to IDNAC SLC are also 4 Isolator+ modules, each requiring an address.
wiring located at the start of each branch. With Isolator+ The total addresses count on this IDNAC SLC would be
modules added in these locations, there will be an 18 + 4 = 22 addresses.
increase in overall system operation in the event of a short
circuit. SLC Loading. Isolator+ modules are powered from the
IDNAC SLC and they require an additional loading factor
Branch Short Circuits. Without Isolator+ modules, if with each Isolator+ designated as four unit loads. Each
a short circuit occurred on a branch connection, the entire TrueAlert addressable appliance, whether strobe, horn, or
channel would be inoperative, the same as occurs with combination unit, is only one address and only one unit
conventional Notification Appliance Circuit (NAC) load. The total unit loads for this example is 18 appliances
operation. With the addition of Isolator+ modules, short + 4 Isolator+ modules (4 unit loads each) = 18 + 16 = 34
circuits would only disable those appliances connected unit loads.
electrically beyond the Isolator+ module. Since short Channel Capacity. Capacity may vary with IDNAC SLC
circuits are sometimes encountered during initial wiring control, but typically is up to 127 addresses and up to 139
installations, the use of Isolator+ modules can also assist unit loads. This example is not fully loaded and could
in finding those wiring faults, allowing a decrease in the probably accommodate additional appliances. However, the
total installation and checkout time. appliance currents also need to be considered. (EPS IDNAC
SLCs and legacy TPS SLCs are rated 3 A full load.
TrueAlert Addressable Controller channels are rated 2.5 A
full load.)
+ - + -
PORT 2 PORT 1
0526-733 E
Branch 3
T rue Alert Iso lator
+
+ - + -
PORT 2 PORT 1
0526-733 E
Branch 2
TrueAlert Iso lator
+
+ - + -
PORT 2 PORT 1
0526-733 E
Branch 1
T rue Alert Iso lator
+
+ - + -
PORT 2 PORT 1
0526-733 E
Channel 1
Channel 2
Channel 3
2 S4905-0001-7 6/2015
TrueAlert Isolator+ Example 2 TrueAlert Isolator+ Example 3
“T” Tap Level Isolation. The one-line diagram directly Class A Wiring Isolation. Example 3 (see TrueAlert
below shows Isolator+ modules located at the start of Isolator+ Example 3) illustrates an “optimized” Class A
each “T” tap on a single branch of a single IDNAC SLC, (Style 6) IDNAC SLC with each notification appliance
all wired Class B (Style 4). With this approach, each tap connected between an Isolator+ module. With this
is isolated from short circuits that may occur out on the connection, a single short circuit between Isolator+
other taps. modules would only disable one TrueAlert notification
appliance. (Please note that Isolator+ modules can be
Channel Loading. Total addresses: 15. Total unit applied as desired, the configuration shown is to illustrate
loads: 11 appliances + 4 Isolator+ modules (4 unit loads operation and is not required.)
each) = 11 + 16 = 27 unit loads.
Channel Loading. Total addresses = 11. Total unit
loads = 5 appliances + 6 Isolator+ modules (4 units loads
each) = 5 + 24 = 29 unit loads.
TrueAlert Isolator+ Example 2, One-Line Diagram Showing Individual “T” Tap Protection
To additional addressable
+ - + -
PORT 2 PORT 1
0526- 733 E
notification appliances
Tru eAlert Isolato r
+
+ - + - + - + - + - + -
PORT 2 PORT 1 PORT 2 PORT 1 PORT 2 PORT 1
0526- 733 E
0526- 733 E
0526- 733 E
4905- 9929 TRUEALER T ISOLATOR 4905- 9929 TRUEALERT ISOLATO R 4905- 9929 TRUEALERT ISOLATO R
INST. INSTR. 574- 769 R EV INST. INSTR. 574- 769 REV INST. INSTR. 574- 769 REV
DATE CODE: DATE CODE: DATE CODE:
RELAY CO NTACT S MODULE RELAY CONTACT S MO DULE RELAY CONTACTS MO DULE
3 AMP 30 VD C 15 mA MAX 24 VDC 3 AMP 30 VDC 15 mA MAX 24 VDC 3 AMP 30 VDC 15 mA MAX 24 VDC
INDOOR D RY APPLICATION INDO OR DRY APPLICATION INDO OR DRY APPLICAT ION
MADE IN CL FL ADDRESS MADE IN CL FL ADDRESS MADE IN CL FL ADDRESS
SIMPLEX TIME RECORDE R CO . ON S IM PLEX TIM E RECOR DER CO. ON S IM PLE X TIM E RECORDER CO. ON
WES TMINS TE R, M A 01441 MSB WE ST MINSTER , MA 01441 MSB WE STM INSTER , MA 01441 MSB
To IDNAC SLC
branch termination
cabinet
TrueAlert addressable
notification appliances shown
wired as Class B, "T" tapped
TrueAlert Isolator+ Example 3, One-Line Diagram Showing Class A/Style 6 with Isolators
+ - + - + - + - + - + -
PORT 2 PORT 1 PORT 2 PORT 1 PORT 2 PORT 1
0526- 733 E
0526- 733 E
0526- 733 E
+
+
0526-733 E
4905-9929 TRUEALERT ISOLATOR 4905-9929 TRUEALERT ISOLATOR INST. INSTR. 574-769 REV
INST. INSTR. 574-769 REV INST. INSTR. 574-769 REV DATE CODE:
DATE CODE: DATE CODE: RELAY CONTACTS MODULE
RELAY CON TACTS MODU LE RELAY CONTA CTS MODULE 3 AMP 30 VDC 15 mA MAX 24 V DC
3 AMP 30 V DC 15 mA MA X 24 VDC 3 AMP 30 VDC 15 mA MAX 24 VDC INDOOR DRY A PPLICATION
INDOOR DRY APPLICATION INDOOR DRY APPLICATION MADE IN CL FL AD DRESS
MADE IN CL FL ADDRESS MADE IN CL FL ADDRESS SIMPLEX TIME REC ORDER CO. ON
ON ON WESTMI NSTER, MA 01441
MSB
SIMPLEX TIM E RECORDER CO. SIMPLEX TIME R EC OR DER CO.
WESTMI NSTE R, MA 01441
MSB WESTMINSTER , MA 01441
MSB
3 S4905-0001-7 6/2015
TrueAlert Isolator+ Mounting Information
TrueAlert Isolator
+
+ - + -
PORT 2 PORT 1
0526-733 E
4905-9929 TRUEALERT ISOLATOR
INST. INSTR. 574-769 REV
DATE CODE:
RELAY CONTACTS MODULE
3 AMP 30 VDC 15 mA MAX 24 VDC
INDOOR DRY APPLICATION
MADE IN CL FL ADDRESS
SIMPLEX TIME RECORDER CO. ON
WESTMINSTER, MA 01441
MSB
Address setting
4905-9929 TrueAlert dipswitch
Isolator Module 4905-9929 TrueAlert
Isolator+ Module Front View
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.
White 49CMTC-WWFIRE White 49CMTC-WWFEU White 49CMTC-WWBLNG White 49CMTC-WWS White 49CMTC-WBLANK
NOTE: These covers are for use with Simplex® listed/approved audible, visible, or combination audible/visible notification appliances
as a direct mechanical replacement for the cover originally shipped with the product. Compatibility includes both fixed and
multi-candela products. White lettering is used on red covers and red lettering is used on white covers. Further agency
listings and approvals are not applicable
S4905-0002-7 11/2014
Multi-Tone Audible/Visible (A/V) (data sheet S49MTV-0001)
White 49CMTVC-WWFIRE White 49CMTVC-WWALT White 49CMTVC-WWFEU White 49CMTVC-WWBLNG White 49CMTVC-WWS
Features
Conventional
Converts a single TrueAlert addressable TrueAlert audible appliance
addressable
notification address into separate 24 VDC appliances
audible and visible notification outputs:
Power and communications are supplied by Simplex®
4100ES, 4010ES, and 4007ES fire alarm control TrueAlert Addressable
panels equipped with power supplies that provide Adapter
advanced addressable notification from IDNAC
Signaling Line Circuits (SLCs), and from 4009
IDNAC Repeaters**
Operation is also compatible with TrueAlert SLCs
Conventional
from TrueAlert Power Supplies (TPS) or TrueAlert visible appliance
Addressable Controllers (4009T)
Up to two TrueAlert Addressable Adapter Modules IDNAC SLC with Class B wiring
can be connected to one IDNAC SLC
Appliance control output features:
Operation modes are: visible and audible appliances
both on; or visible appliance only – with activation
determined by the control panel IDNAC SLC 4100ES Control Panel
On-board circuit limits appliance inrush current and with EPS Power Supply
provides self-resetting overcurrent protection
Wiring to audible and visible appliances is supervised
with conventional reverse polarity operation; opens or
shorts are reported to the control panel
Appliance output ratings:
TrueAlert Addressable Adapter Module,
Regulated 24 DC appliance power; audible output is
Typical One-Line Wiring Reference
rated for up to 30 mA, visible output is rated for up to
180 mA
Special Applications appliance ratings; audible output Introduction
is rated for up to 50 mA, visible output is rated for up Special Notification Requirements. IDNAC SLCs
to 250 mA activate addressable TrueAlert horns and/or strobes in
Status diagnostics: response to commands received from the IDNAC SLC.
A visible status LED can be programmed at the For applications where appliances other than the standard
connected control panel to indicate polling status and TrueAlert addressable appliances are required, the
can be activated per address for module testing TrueAlert Addressable Adapter Module provides a
General mechanical features: separate audible and visible output individually activated
by the IDNAC SLC.
Mounts in standard 4 11⁄16” (119 mm) square electrical
box Typical applications are for connection to special
Cover plates (required) are available for surface or weather-proof appliances, appliances with particular
flush mount, ordered separately sound output characteristics (special bells or chimes), or
for connection to appliances that are required to satisfy
Cover plates provide status LED viewing
specific aesthetic requirements.
Screw terminals for wiring connections
Maintains TrueAlert Addressable System
UL listed to Standard 864 Advantages. With the TrueAlert Addressable Adapter
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
Module, non-TrueAlert appliances can be controlled
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing while still benefiting from the TrueAlert addressable
7300-0026:315 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in system’s active supervision to the Adapter Module,
this document. Accepted for use – City of New York Department of Buildings – MEA35-
93E. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex® product supplier multiple diagnostic modes, and supporting of “T-tapped”
for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the Class B wiring of the IDNAC SLC connections.
property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
** Use of “TrueAlert” in this document refers to both TrueAlert and TrueAlert ES notification For additional information refer to Installation
appliances. Use of IDNAC SLCs also refers to operation of TrueAlert SLCs. Instructions 579-390.
S4905-0004-6 6/2015
Appliance Wiring Details
Compatibility with circuit protectors. When Provisions for shielded wire. For applications where
connected to remote appliances (up to 200 ft from the notification appliance wiring may be exposed to electrical
adapter) that exit the building and may be exposed to noise, twisted, shielded wiring is recommended. The
harsh electrical environments, the notification appliance adapter wiring terminal block has provisions for
wiring is compatible with Simplex circuit protectors. connecting the shield(s).
Compatible protectors are listed in Wiring Reference and
should be connected both where the wiring leaves the
building and where it connects to the appliances.
Status
indicating LED TrueAlert Addressable
Adapter Module Assembly
TrueAlert Addressable
Adapter Module Detail
TrueAlert Adaptor
-
SHLD PWR RET RET PWR SHLD
-
CONT
SLC
+
ON
FREE RUN
SYNC
Appliance mode
Holes for connecting ON
selection switch
to mounting box (4) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DISCONNECT POWER
BEFORE SERVICING
2 S4905-0004-6 6/2015
Specifications
Electrical and Operation Reference
IDNAC SLCs 23 to 31 VDC
Input Voltage Communications and power are supplied from the SLC
Legacy TrueAlert SLCs 17 to 31 VDC
Supervisory 1 unit load (1 unit load = 0.8 mA control panel current)
Input Current
Alarm 450 mA maximum, adapter and appliances
TrueAlert Address Requirements 1 Address per Adapter Module; limited to two Adapter Modules per SLC
Output Voltage 17.8 to 32 VDC; appliance inrush current is internally limited to 550 mA
Regulated 24 DC Audible Output = 30 mA
Output NAC Appliance Power Ratings Visible Output = 180 mA
Current Ratings Special Application Audible Output = 50 mA
Appliance Ratings Visible Output = 250 mA
Visible Output Mode Control Select for free-run or for Simplex strobe synch pulses synchronized to the SLC
Select for continuous on or to follow same pattern as the SLC; select continuous
Audible Output Mode Control
if appliance has its own pattern selection or if it has high repetitive inrush current
Compatibility with Power for appliances listed to UL Standard 1971 or UL Standard 464; use
Regulated 24 DC Appliances associated external synchronization modules where required
Compatible with Simplex horns and with the horn of 4-wire horn/strobes (A/V)
Audible Output
Compatibility with capable of free-run (not SmartSync) operation
Special Application Compatible with Simplex strobes and with the strobes of 4-wire horn/strobes
Simplex Appliances Visible Output (A/V) and 4-wire speaker/strobes (S/V); select output as sync mode
(Note: Speaker circuits require separate wiring)
IDNAC SLC Channel Loading Reference
TrueAlert Addressable Adapter Modules per SLC Two maximum
SLC addresses 127 maximum
SLC unit loading 139 maximum
Up to 63 addressable synchronized strobes maximum per IDNAC SLC
Synchronized SLC Strobe Loading Up to 46 addressable synchronized strobes maximum per TrueAlert SLC, refer
to individual appliance and control panel information for additional information
EPS+/ EPS Power Supply and 4009 IDNAC Repeater = 3 A maximum
SLC Current Rating Reference TrueAlert Power Supply = 3 A maximum
TrueAlert Addressable Controller = 2.5 A maximum
Wiring Reference
Appliance Distance from TrueAlert Addressable
200 ft maximum (61 m)
Adapter
10 k, ½ W; two required, one located at each remote appliance; use
Supervision Resistor
4081-9008 End-of-Line Resistor Harness (ref. 733-894), ordered separately
Wiring Connections Screw terminals for 18 to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2)
Compatible Circuit Protection 2081-9044, Overvoltage Protector, 200 mA maximum
(required when wiring leaves the building for
2081-9028, Isolated Loop Circuit Protector, 5 A maximum
outdoor appliances, mount one at each end of
wiring) 2081-9027, Isolated Loop Circuit Protector, 200 mA maximum
Installation Instructions 579-390
Mechanical and Environmental
Dimensions (adapter mounted in bracket, see
TrueAlert Addressable Adapter Installation 4 11⁄16” ½ H x 5” W x 1 9⁄32” D (119 mm x 127 mm x 33 mm)
Reference for reference drawing)
Mounting Plate Material Sheet metal, galvanized
Temperature Range 32° to 120° F (0° to 49° C), adapter is intended to be mounted indoors
Humidity Range 10% to 90% RH non-condensing at 90° F (32° C)
Panel Data Sheet Reference
4100ES with EPS S4100-0100
4010ES with ESS S4010-0011
4007ES with IDNAC SLCs S4007-0002
4009 IDNAC Repeater S4009-0004
3 S4905-0004-6 6/2015
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.
Features
Individually addressed and controlled
multi-candela V/O (visible only) notification
appliances provide:
Multi-candela xenon strobe with synchronized 1 Hz
flash rate and with intensity programmable from the
control panel or jumper selected as 15, 30, 75, or
110 cd
Advanced addressable notification controlled by IDNAC
SLCs providing regulated 29 VDC allowing strobes to
operate with lower current even under battery backup
Wiring supervision to each strobe allowing
Ceiling Mount Addressable V/Os
“T-tapped” connections for Class B circuits to
simplify wiring (Class A circuits require in/out
wiring) Description
TrueAlert Device Reports at the control panel Multi-Candela TrueAlert addressable strobes
detailing appliance point ID, custom label, type, and provide convenient installation to standard electrical
candela setting (see sample on page 2) boxes. The strobe is individually addressed and
Magnet test diagnostics to assist checkout and testing individually controlled with power, supervision, and
of appliances and wiring control supplied from a Simplex fire alarm control panel
providing IDNAC Signaling Line Circuits (SLCs). (See
Compatibility with ADA requirements compatibility list on page 3.)
Compatibility with legacy TrueAlert addressable
systems for upgrade and replacement (see page 3) Strobe Application Reference
UL listed to Standard 1971 and ULC-S526* Proper selection of visible notification is dependent on
occupancy, location, local codes, and proper applications
LED indicator and magnet test feature:
of: the National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code
Appliance LED can be selected to display each polling (NFPA 72), ANSI A117.1; the appropriate model
cycle to indicate appliance supervision building code: BOCA, ICBO, or SBCCI; and the
In diagnostic mode, the magnet test pulses the LED to application guidelines of the Americans with Disabilities
indicate appliance address AND pulses to indicate the Act (ADA).
intensity selection; a brief output of the strobe is also
selectable to confirm operation IDNAC SLC Operation Advantage
Product Selection
2 S4906-0004-4 2/2015
Ceiling Mount V/O and Guard Installation Reference
Specifications
3 S4906-0004-4 2/2015
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Features
Individually addressed and controlled
multi-candela A/V (audible/visible) notification
appliances provide:
Multi-candela xenon strobe with synchronized 1 Hz
flash rate and with intensity programmable from the
control panel or jumper selected as 15, 30, 75, or
110 cd
Advanced addressable notification controlled by IDNAC
SLCs providing regulated 29 VDC allowing strobes to
operate with lower current even under battery backup
Wiring supervision to each strobe allowing “T-tapped”
connections for Class B circuits to simplify wiring
(Class A circuits require in/out wiring)
TrueAlert Device Reports at the control panel
detailing appliance point ID, custom label, type, and
candela setting (see sample on page 2)
Magnet test diagnostics to assist checkout and testing
of appliances and wiring
Compatibility with ADA requirements Ceiling Mount Addressable A/Vs
Compatibility with legacy TrueAlert addressable
systems for upgrade and replacement (see page 4) Description
Strobe operation listed to UL Standard 1971 and ULC Multi-Candela TrueAlert addressable A/Vs provide
Standard S526 convenient installation to standard electrical boxes.
Horn operation listed to UL Standard 464 and ULC Operation is individually addressed and individually
Standard S525 controlled with power, supervision, and control supplied
LED indicator and magnet test feature: from a Simplex fire alarm control panel providing IDNAC
Appliance LED can be selected to display each polling Signaling Line Circuits (SLCs). (See compatibility list on
cycle to indicate appliance supervision page 3.)
In diagnostic mode, the magnet test pulses the LED to
indicate appliance address AND pulses to indicate the Strobe Application Reference
intensity selection; a brief output of the strobe and the Proper selection of visible notification is dependent on
horn is also selectable to confirm operation occupancy, location, local codes, and proper applications
Mechanical design features: of: the National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code
Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic (NFPA 72), ANSI A117.1; the appropriate model building
housings are available in red or white code: BOCA, ICBO, or SBCCI; and the application
Rear of housing does not extend into box and easily guidelines of the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA).
mounts to standard electrical boxes
Mounting options include red wire guards and
IDNAC SLC Operation Advantage
adapters for surface mount electrical boxes TrueAlert A/V Addressable Appliances on IDNAC
Audible notification appliance (horn): SLCs provide audible and visible notification using a
Low current electronic horn with harmonically rich single two-wire circuit that also confirms connection to
output sound for either coded or steady operation the individual notification appliance’s electronic circuit.
Horns sound as Temporal or March Time pattern This operation increases circuit supervision integrity by
(60 or 120 BPM), or on continuously, controlled providing supervision that extends beyond the appliance
separately from visible appliances on the same wiring connections.
two-wire circuit
Output is “high” or “low” (~5 dBA difference); * See page 2 for wire guard listings. This product has been approved by the California State
Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety
IDNAC SLC control selects output per device Code. See CSFM Listing 7125-0026:239 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning
material presented in this document. Accepted for use – City of New York Department of
Buildings – MEA35-93E. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex
product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder
Co. are the property of Tyco Safety Products Westminster.
S4906-0005-4 2/2015
IDNAC SLC Operation Advantage (Cont’d) TrueAlert Addressable Wiring Isolator
Reduced current allows efficient IDNAC SLC Isolator Model 4905-9929 is available for remote
operation. With IDNAC SLCs, a constant 29 VDC mounting on TrueAlert addressable circuits to isolate
source voltage is maintained, even during battery standby, short circuited wiring from functioning wiring. (Refer to
allowing strobes to operate at higher voltage with lower data sheet S4905-0001 for additional information.)
current and ensuring a consistent current draw and voltage
drop margin under both primary power and secondary TrueAlert Addressable Diagnostics
battery standby. Efficiencies include wiring distances up Test Features. Controllers can be selected to pulse each
to 2 to 3 times farther than with conventional notification, appliance’s LED when it receives a supervision poll.
or support for more appliances per IDNAC SLC, or use of When the controller is selected for diagnostic mode, the
smaller gauge wiring, or combinations of these benefits, appliance magnet test feature provides a response at the
all providing installation and maintenance savings with individual appliance being tested.
high assurance that appliances that operate during normal
system testing will operate during worst case alarm Silent Appliance Magnet Test. In this test mode, in
conditions. response to the magnet test, the appliance LED pulses
sequentially to conveniently indicate the appliance’s
Reducing Installation and Testing Time. With address.
separate controls on the same two-wire SLC, installation
time and expense for both retrofit and new construction Operational Appliance Testing. In this test mode,
can be significantly reduced. When Class B wiring is after the address is indicated by pulsing the appliance
used, wiring can be “T” tapped, allowing more savings in LED, the strobe will briefly flash and the horn will briefly
distance, wire, conduit (size and utilization), and overall sound to indicate proper operation.
installation efficiency. Use of the magnet test feature TrueStart Instrument Two (TSIT). The 2nd generation
improves installation efficiency. TrueAlert device reports of the Simplex TrueStart Test Instrument adds testing of
conveniently identify information about each connected IDNAC SLC wiring and TrueAlert (and TrueAlert ES)
appliance. appliances to its ability to test IDCs, NACs, and IDNet
communications before connection to the control panel.
Please contact your local Simplex representative for
additional information.
Product Selection
2 S4906-0005-4 2/2015
Ceiling Mount A/V and Guard Installation Reference
FACP
Intensity selection plug,
110
75
30
15
accessible only from rear of
lens housing; factory setting is
FACP, controlled by panel
LED indicator
Magnetic test area
Strobe housing straight-on view
Specifications
General Specifications (see page 2 for dimensions)
Environmental 32° to 122° F (0° to 50° C); 10% to 93%, non-condensing at 100° F (38° C)
Terminal blocks for 18 AWG to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2); two wires per
Connections
terminal for in/out wiring
Reference Installation Instructions 579-808
Electrical Specifications
Typical Operating Voltage Range 23 VDC to 31 VDC, Special Application (see page 4 for 17 VDC rating)
Supervisory Requirements 1 unit load (= 0.8 mA control panel current)
Flash Rate and Synchronized SLC Loading 1 Hz; with up to 46 synchronized strobes maximum per NAC
Candela Setting 15 cd 30 cd 75 cd 110 cd
Horn Output Selection High Low High Low High Low High Low
23 VDC RMS Current Ratings, for connection to
IDNAC Addressable SLCs, horn steady on 75 mA 70 m A 110 mA 105 mA 198 mA 193 mA 250 mA 245 mA
Horn Output Characteristics 2400 to 3700 Hz sweep, modulated at 120 Hz rate
Sound Type (see Note) Steady Coded
Setting High Low High Low
Horn Output Ratings
@ 10 ft (3 m) Reverberant Chamber,
84.6 dBA 79.1 dBA 80.6 dBA 75.5 dBA
UL 464 Test
Anechoic Chamber 90 dBA 84 dBA 86 dBA 80 dBA
Note: Coded horn values are typical of the output measured with a Temporal or March Time pattern and with a sound level meter
reading on a “fast” setting. Under the same test conditions, coded horn output “peak” sound level readings are typically 4
dBA higher.
3 S4906-0005-4 2/2015
TrueAlert Strobe LEGACY Compatibility Reference
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Features
Individually addressed and controlled
multi-candela S/V (speaker/visible) notification
appliances provide:
Multi-candela xenon strobe with synchronized 1 Hz
flash rate and with intensity programmable from the
control panel or jumper selected as 15, 30, 75, or
110 cd
Advanced addressable notification controlled by IDNAC
SLCs providing regulated 29 VDC allowing strobes to
operate with lower current even under battery backup
Wiring supervision to each strobe allowing “T-tapped”
connections for Class B circuits to simplify wiring
(Class A circuits require in/out wiring)
TrueAlert Device Reports at the control panel detailing
appliance point ID, custom label, type, and candela
setting (see sample on page 2)
Magnet test diagnostics to assist checkout and testing of
appliances and wiring
Compatibility with ADA requirements; (refer to
important installation information on page 3)
Compatibility with legacy TrueAlert addressable
systems for upgrade and replacement (see page 4)
Strobe operation is listed to UL 1971 and ULC-S526*
LED indicator and magnet test feature: Wall and Ceiling Mount S/Vs with Addressable Strobes
Appliance LED can be selected to display each polling
cycle to indicate appliance supervision Description
In diagnostic mode, the magnet test pulses the LED to Multi-Candela TrueAlert S/Vs with speaker and
indicate appliance address AND pulses to indicate the
addressable strobe provide convenient installation to
intensity selection; a brief output of the strobe is also
standard electrical boxes with extensions. The strobe is
selectable to confirm operation
individually addressed and individually controlled with
Mechanical design features: power, supervision, and control supplied from a Simplex
Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic fire alarm control panel providing IDNAC Signaling Line
housings are available for wall or ceiling mount Circuits (SLCs). (See compatibility list on page 4.)
Wall mount housings are available in red or white Speakers are wired separately.
Wall mount options include electrical box adapters,
separate covers to convert color, and red wire guards Strobe Application Reference
Ceiling mount housing is white Proper selection of visible notification is dependent on
Audible notification appliance (speaker): occupancy, location, local codes, and proper applications
High quality voice and tone reproduction with taps for of: the National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code
¼, ½, 1, or 2 W, at 25 or 70.7 VRMS (NFPA 72), ANSI A117.1; the appropriate model
Speakers have capacitor input for connection to DC building code: BOCA, ICBO, or SBCCI; and the
supervised NACs and are wired separately from strobes application guidelines of the Americans with Disabilities
Listed to UL 1480 and ULC S541* Act (ADA).
Compliant with NFPA 72, 520 Hz Low Frequency IDNAC SLC Operation Advantage
Signal Requirements for Sleeping Areas
TrueAlert S/V Appliances with Addressable
* See page 2 for additional listing details and wire guard listings. This product has been
approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the Strobes on IDNAC SLCs provide visible notification
California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7320-0026:322 for allowable values using a single two-wire circuit that also confirms
and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Accepted for use – City
of New York Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E. Additional listings may be applicable;
connection to the individual notification appliance’s
contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals electronic circuit. This operation increases circuit
under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products. supervision integrity by providing supervision that
extends beyond the appliance wiring connections.
S4906-0006-8 2/2015
IDNAC SLC Operation Advantage (Cont’d) TrueAlert Addressable Wiring Isolator
Reduced current allows efficient IDNAC SLC Isolator Model 4905-9929 is available for remote
operation. With IDNAC SLCs, a constant 29 VDC mounting on TrueAlert addressable circuits to isolate short
source voltage is maintained, even during battery standby, circuited wiring from functioning wiring. (Refer to data
allowing strobes to operate at higher voltage with lower sheet S4905-0001 for additional information.)
current and ensuring a consistent current draw and voltage TrueAlert Addressable Diagnostics
drop margin under both primary power and secondary
battery standby. Efficiencies include wiring distances up to Test Features. Controllers can be selected to pulse each
2 to 3 times farther than with conventional notification, or appliance’s LED when it receives a supervision poll. When
support for more appliances per IDNAC SLC, or use of the controller is selected for diagnostic mode, the appliance
smaller gauge wiring, or combinations of these benefits, all magnet test feature provides a response at the individual
providing installation and maintenance savings with high appliance being tested.
assurance that appliances that operate during normal system Silent Appliance Magnet Test. In this test mode, in
testing will operate during worst case alarm conditions. response to the magnet test, the appliance LED pulses
Reducing Installation and Testing Time. With sequentially to conveniently indicate the appliance’s address.
separate controls on the same two-wire SLC, installation Operational Appliance Testing. In this test mode, after
time and expense for both retrofit and new construction can the address is indicated by pulsing the appliance LED, the
be significantly reduced. When Class B wiring is used, strobe will briefly flash to indicate proper operation.
wiring can be “T” tapped, allowing more savings in
distance, wire, conduit (size and utilization), and overall TrueStart Instrument Two (TSIT). The 2nd generation
installation efficiency. Use of the magnet test feature of the Simplex TrueStart Test Instrument adds testing of
IDNAC SLC wiring and TrueAlert (and TrueAlert ES)
improves installation efficiency. TrueAlert device reports
conveniently identify information about each connected appliances to its ability to test IDCs, NACs, and IDNet
appliance. communications before connection to the control panel.
Please contact your local Simplex representative for
additional information.
Product Selection
Multi-Candela Addressable S/Vs
Model Lettering Listings Housing Color Mounting Dimensions Description
4906-9251 White FIRE Red 7 ¼” H x 5” W x 2 ⅝” D
UL & ULC Wall Multi-Tapped
4906-9253 Red FIRE White (184 mm x 127 mm x 67 mm)
Speaker with
4906-9254 Red FIRE Multi-Candela
7 ½” (191 mm) diameter speaker Addressable Strobe;
4906-9255 Blank UL housing, ½” (13 mm) deep; lens extends intensity selectable
White Ceiling
4906-9256 Red ALERT 2 ⅝” (67 mm) above housing; as: 15, 30, 75, or 110
extension into box = 2 ¾” (70 mm) candela
4906-9257 Red FIRE ULC
Wall Mount S/V Adapters, Replacement Covers, Wire Guard; Ceiling Mount Tile Bridge
Model Description Dimensions
4905-9946 Surface Mount Red Adapter Skirt Required when mounting to surface 7 ¾” H x 5 ⅜” W x 3 3⁄16” D
mounted electrical box, 4” square, 1 ½” (197 mm x 137 mm x 81 mm)
4905-9947 Surface Mount White Adapter Skirt deep with 1 ½” deep extension depth with S/V = 5 ⅞” (149 mm)
Adapter Plate, red, required to mount S/V on 2975-9145 mounting box 8 5⁄16" H x 5 ¾" W x 0.060” Thick
4905-9903
(typically for retrofit) (211 mm x 146 mm x 1.5 mm)
Mounting Box, red, for surface or flush mount, requires adapter plate 4905-9903 7 ⅞" H x 5 ⅛" W x 2 ¾" D
2975-9145
(this box may be available for retrofit applications) (200 mm x 130 mm x 70 mm)
4905-9996 Red Wall Mount S/V Replacement Cover with white “FIRE” lettering 7 ¼” H x 5” W x 1 ⅜” D
4905-9997 White Wall Mount S/V Replacement Cover with red “FIRE” lettering (184 mm x 127 mm x 35 mm)
Red Wire Guard for Wall Mount S/V; with mounting plate, compatible with surface 8 ⅜” H x 6 1⁄16” W x 3 ¼” D
4905-9998
and semi-flush boxes (UL listed by Space Age Electronics Inc.) (213 mm x 154 mm x 79 mm)
2905-9946 Tile Bridge for Ceiling Mount S/Vs See diagram on page 3
2 S4906-0006-8 2/2015
Wall Mount Installation Reference
Mounting to 2975-9145 Box Standard Electrical Box Mounting Speaker Directional Characteristics;
4" (102 mm) square box, 1-1/2" NOTE: Applicable for Wall Mount or Ceiling Mount S/V
(38 mm) deep, with a 4" square box
79
Wiring input 78
terminals and 77
4 kHz
speaker tap 76
selection are 75
accessible 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
23-11/16"
Magnetic test location Magnet (602 mm)
test
location
LED indicator
Bottom view
3 S4906-0006-8 2/2015
IDNAC SLC Controller Compatibility Reference
Data Sheet IDNAC SLC Output Appliance Voltage
Compatible Controllers Controller Output
Reference Voltage Design Reference
4100ES with EPS+ or EPS Power Supply S4100-0100
4009 IDNAC Repeater S4009-0004 29 VDC 23 VDC
IDNAC SLC
4007ES with IDNAC Notification S4007-0002 (regulated) (with 6 VDC drop)
4010ES with ESS Enhanced System Supply S4010-0011
S/V Specifications
Common Specifications (see page 2 for appliance dimensions)
Environmental 32° to 122° F (0° to 50° C); 10% to 93%, non-condensing at 100° F (38° C)
Terminal blocks for 18 AWG to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2); two wires per terminal for
Connections
in/out wiring
Installation Instructions 579-808
Speaker General Specifications
Input Voltage 25 or 70.7 VRMS, see Note 1 below
Power Taps ¼, ½, 1, and 2 W
Frequency Response Fire Alarm = 400 to 4000 Hz General Signaling = 125 to 12 kHz
Speaker Output Ratings @ 10 ft (3 m) (see Note below)
Wattage Tap ¼W ½W 1W 2W
UL Listed Models, Reverberant Chamber Test, per UL 1480 76 dBA 79 dBA 82 dBA 85 dBA
Wall Mount Models 4906-9251 and 4906-9253, Anechoic
77 dBA 80 dBA 83 dBA 86 dBA*
Chamber Test, per ULC-S541
Ceiling Mount Model 4906-9257, Anechoic 25 VRMS Input 81.6 dBA 84.3 dBA 87.1 dBA* 89.7 dBA*
Chamber Test per ULC-S541 70.7 VRMS Input 80.9 dBA 84.1 dBA 87.3 dBA* 90.2 dBA*
* NOTE: Select taps as indicated to satisfy the ULC fire alarm applications requirement of 85 dBA minimum
Polar Dispersion Reference (per ULC-S541 Anechoic Chamber Attenuation Angle Attenuation Angle
Testing) -3 dB +/- 30° off-axis -6 dB +/- 55° off-axis
Strobe Specifications
Typical Operating Voltage Range 23 VDC to 31 VDC, Special Application (see below for 17 VDC rating)
Supervisory Requirements 1 unit load (= 0.8 mA control panel current)
Flash Rate and Synchronized SLC Loading 1 Hz; with up to 46 synchronized strobes maximum per NAC
Candela Setting 15 cd 30 cd 75 cd 110 cd
Wall Mount
23 VDC RMS Current Ratings, for
Appliances 50 mA 75 mA 137 mA 190 mA
connection to IDNAC Addressable SLCs
Ceiling Mount 23 VDC RMS Current Ratings, for
60 mA 92 mA 180 mA 240 mA
Appliances connection to IDNAC Addressable SLCs
Note: Speakers are for connection to conventional fire alarm audio circuits. Anechoic speaker output ratings are typically more
representative of actual installed sound output.
Features
Individually addressed and controlled
multi-candela V/O (visible only) notification
appliances provide:
Amber lens with “ALERT” lettering produces a signal
unique from clear lens fire alarm evacuation strobes for
use with Emergency Communications Systems
Multi-candela xenon strobe with synchronized 1 Hz
flash rate and with intensity programmable from the
control panel or jumper selected as 15, 30, 75, or
110 cd
Ceiling Mount Addressable Amber Lens V/Os
Advanced addressable notification controlled by IDNAC
SLCs from Simplex® 4100ES fire alarm control panels
with EPS/EPS+ power supplies (and 4009 IDNAC
Repeaters) providing regulated 29 VRMS allowing
strobes to operate with lower current even under battery Description
backup Multi-Candela TrueAlert addressable amber lens
Separate device type allows connection on same SLC as strobes provide convenient installation to standard
clear lens strobes with independent operation; clear electrical boxes. The strobe is individually addressed and
strobes for Fire Alarm, amber strobes for Alert individually controlled with power, supervision, and
(Operation is clear/Fire OR amber/Alert, not both) control supplied from a Simplex fire alarm control panel
Wiring supervision to each strobe allowing “T-tapped” providing IDNAC Signaling Line Circuits (SLCs). (See
connections for Class B circuits to simplify wiring compatibility list on page 4.)
(Class A circuits require in/out wiring)
TrueAlert Device Reports at the control panel detailing These amber lens multi-candela strobes provide non-fire
appliance point ID, custom label, type, and candela alarm alert notification for use with Emergency
setting (see sample on page 3) Communications systems where additional response
Magnet test diagnostics to assist checkout and testing of information is provided by audio or textual appliances.
appliances and wiring
Compatibility with ADA requirements; (refer to Strobe Application Reference
important installation information on page 3) Amber strobes used as part of an Emergency
Compatibility with legacy TrueAlert addressable Communications system are located to provide the same
systems for upgrade and replacement (see page 4) area coverage as required of clear lens fire alarm strobes.
UL listed to Standard 1638 (due to non-white lens); Specific Emergency Communications requirements are
verified by UL testing to provide light dispersion discussed in detail in document UFC 4-021-01 (USA
patterns of UL Standard 1971 at rated candela (no Department of Defense, United Facilities Criteria) and in
derating necessary for amber lens) NFPA 72, Chapter 24 (2010 and 2013 editions).
ULC listed to Standard S526
Proper strobe coverage criteria is further described in the
LED indicator and magnet test feature: National Fire Alarm Code (NFPA 72), ANSI A117.1; the
Appliance LED can be selected to display each polling appropriate model building code: BOCA, ICBO, or SBCCI;
cycle to indicate appliance supervision and the application guidelines of the Americans with
In diagnostic mode, the magnet test pulses the LED to Disabilities Act (ADA).
indicate appliance address AND pulses to indicate the
intensity selection; a brief output of the strobe is also
selectable to confirm operation * See page 2 for wire guard listings. This product has been approved by the California State
Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety
Mechanical design features: Code. See CSFM Listing 7300-0026:325 for allowable values and/or conditions
concerning material presented in this document. FM approval and MEA acceptance are
Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic not applicable. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product
white housing supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are
the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
Rear of housing does not extend into box and easily
mounts to standard electrical boxes
Options include box adapters and red wire guards
S4906-0007-7 8/2014
IDNAC SLC Operation Advantage TrueAlert Addressable Diagnostics
TrueAlert V/O Appliances with Addressable Test Features. Controllers can be selected to pulse each
Amber Strobes on IDNAC SLCs provide visible appliance’s LED when it receives a supervision poll. When
notification using a single two-wire circuit that also the controller is selected for diagnostic mode, the appliance
confirms connection to the individual notification magnet test feature provides a response at the individual
appliance’s electronic circuit. This operation increases appliance being tested.
circuit supervision integrity by providing supervision that Silent Appliance Magnet Test. In this test mode, in
extends beyond the appliance wiring connections. response to the magnet test, the appliance LED pulses
Reduced current allows efficient IDNAC SLC sequentially to conveniently indicate the appliance’s
operation. With IDNAC SLCs, a constant 29 VRMS address.
source voltage is maintained, even during battery standby, Operational Appliance Testing. In this test mode, after
allowing strobes to operate at higher voltage with lower the address is indicated by pulsing the appliance LED, the
current and ensuring a consistent current draw and voltage strobe will briefly flash to indicate proper operation.
drop margin under both primary power and secondary
battery standby. Efficiencies include wiring distances up TrueStart Instrument Two (TSIT). The 2nd generation
of the Simplex TrueStart Test Instrument adds testing of
to 2 to 3 times farther than with conventional notification,
or support for more appliances per IDNAC SLC, or use of IDNAC SLC wiring and TrueAlert (and TrueAlert ES)
smaller gauge wiring, or combinations of these benefits, appliances to its ability to test IDCs, NACs, and IDNet
communications before connection to the control panel.
all providing installation and maintenance savings with
high assurance that appliances that operate during normal Please contact your local Simplex representative for
system testing will operate during worst case alarm additional information.
conditions. TrueAlert Addressable Wiring Isolator
Reducing Installation and Testing Time. With
separate controls on the same two-wire SLC, installation Isolator Model 4905-9929 is available for remote
mounting on TrueAlert addressable circuits to isolate
time and expense for both retrofit and new construction
can be significantly reduced. When Class B wiring is short circuited wiring from functioning wiring. (Refer to
used, wiring can be “T” tapped, allowing more savings in data sheet S4905-0001 for additional information.)
distance, wire, conduit (size and utilization), and overall
installation efficiency. Use of the magnet test feature
improves installation efficiency. TrueAlert device reports
conveniently identify information about each connected
appliance.
Product Selection
Multi-Candela Addressable Strobe with Amber Lens
Model Description Dimensions
Multi-Candela Addressable Ceiling Mount Strobe, white with red “ALERT” 4 ¾” x 2 5⁄16” x 2 ⅝” D
4906-9207 lettering with amber lens; intensity selectable as: 15, 30, 75, or 110
candela (121 mm x 75 mm x 67 mm)
2 S4906-0007-7 8/2014
Ceiling Mount V/O and Guard Installation Reference
Specifications
3 S4906-0007-7 8/2014
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code
are trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Features
Individually addressed and separately controlled
multi-candela V/O (visible only) notification
appliance with one amber ALERT strobe and one
clear lens FIRE strobe provides:
Combination unit allows mounting two visible
notification appliances at the same installation site
Multi-candela xenon strobes with synchronized 1 Hz
flash rate and with intensity programmable from the
control panel or jumper selected as 15, 30, 75, or
110 cd
Advanced addressable notification controlled by IDNAC
SLCs from Simplex® 4100ES fire alarm control panels
with EPS/EPS+ power supplies (and 4009 IDNAC
Repeaters) providing regulated 29 VRMS allowing
strobes to operate with lower current even under
battery backup
Amber lens with “ALERT” lettering produces a signal
unique from clear lens fire alarm evacuation strobes for Combination Clear/Amber Strobe Assembly (front and
use with Emergency Communications Systems side view shown, available with red or white housing)
Clear lens with “FIRE” lettering provides visible
notification for fire alarm conditions Mechanical design features:
Both strobes connect on same SLC, are separately Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic
addressed, and provide independent operation; housing for flush or surface wall mount; available
(Operation is clear/Fire OR amber/Alert, not both) with red or white housing
Individual strobe housings mount onto a common
Wiring supervision to each strobe allowing
bracket that does not extend into box and easily
“T-tapped” connections for Class B circuits to
mounts to standard electrical boxes
simplify wiring (Class A circuits require in/out
wiring) Wall mount wiring terminal access is from front of
housing to assist installation, inspection, and testing
TrueAlert Device Reports at the control panel
Mounting options include adapter skirts for surface
detailing appliance point ID, custom label, type, and
mounting and box adapter plates
candela setting (see sample on page 2)
Magnet test diagnostics to assist checkout and testing Description
of appliances and wiring Multi-Candela TrueAlert addressable combination
Compatibility with ADA requirements; (refer to strobes are individually addressed and individually
important installation information on page 3) controlled with power, supervision, and control supplied
Compatibility with legacy TrueAlert addressable from a Simplex fire alarm control panel providing IDNAC
systems for upgrade and replacement (see page 4) Signaling Line Circuits (SLCs). (See compatibility list on
Clear lens strobe is UL listed to Standard 1971, ULC page 4.) A single assembly provides an amber lens strobe for
listed to Standard S526 non-fire alarm, alert notification for use with Emergency
Amber lens strobe is UL listed to Standard 1638 (due to Communications Systems, and a clear lens strobe for fire
non-white lens); and provides light dispersion patterns of alarm notification.
UL Standard 1971; ULC listing is to Standard S526 Strobe Application Reference
LED indicator and magnet test feature:
Amber strobes used as part of an Emergency
Each appliance LED can be selected to display each Communications system are located to provide the same
polling cycle to indicate appliance supervision area coverage as required of clear lens fire alarm strobes.
In diagnostic mode, the magnet test pulses the LED to Specific Emergency Communications requirements are
indicate appliance address AND pulses to indicate the discussed in detail in document UFC 4-021-01 (USA
intensity selection; a brief output of the strobe is also Department of Defense, United Facilities Criteria) and in
selectable to confirm operation NFPA 72, Chapter 24 (2010 and 2013 editions).
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Proper strobe coverage criteria is further described in the
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7125-0026:235
for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. FM National Fire Alarm Code (NFPA 72), ANSI A117.1; the
approval and MEA (NYC) acceptance is not applicable. Additional listings may be applicable; appropriate model building code: BOCA, ICBO, or SBCCI;
contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under and the application guidelines of the Americans with
Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Safety Products Westminster.
Disabilities Act (ADA).
S4906-0009-3 3/2014
IDNAC SLC Operation Advantage TrueAlert Addressable Diagnostics
TrueAlert V/O Appliances with Addressable Test Features. Controllers can be selected to pulse each
Strobes on IDNAC SLCs provide visible notification appliance’s LED when it receives a supervision poll. When
using a single two-wire circuit that also confirms the controller is selected for diagnostic mode, the appliance
connection to the individual notification appliance’s magnet test feature provides a response at the individual
electronic circuit. This operation increases circuit appliance being tested.
supervision integrity by providing supervision that Silent Appliance Magnet Test. In this test mode, in
extends beyond the appliance wiring connections. response to the magnet test, the appliance LED pulses
Reduced current allows efficient IDNAC SLC sequentially to conveniently indicate the appliance’s
operation. With IDNAC SLCs, a constant 29 VRMS address.
source voltage is maintained, even during battery standby, Operational Appliance Testing. In this test mode, after
allowing strobes to operate at higher voltage with lower the address is indicated by pulsing the appliance LED, the
current and ensuring a consistent current draw and voltage strobe will briefly flash to indicate proper operation.
drop margin under both primary power and secondary TrueStart Instrument Two (TSIT). The 2nd generation
battery standby. Efficiencies include wiring distances up to of the Simplex TrueStart Test Instrument adds testing of
2 to 3 times farther than with conventional notification, or IDNAC SLC wiring and TrueAlert (and TrueAlert ES)
support for more appliances per IDNAC SLC, or use of appliances to its ability to test IDCs, NACs, and IDNet
smaller gauge wiring, or combinations of these benefits, all communications before connection to the control panel.
providing installation and maintenance savings with high Please contact your local Simplex representative for
assurance that appliances that operate during normal system additional information.
testing will operate during worst case alarm conditions.
TrueAlert Addressable Wiring Isolator
Reducing Installation and Testing Time. With
separate controls on the same two-wire SLC, installation Isolator Model 4905-9929 is available for remote
time and expense for both retrofit and new construction mounting on TrueAlert addressable circuits to isolate short
can be significantly reduced. When Class B wiring is circuited wiring from functioning wiring. (Refer to data
used, wiring can be “T” tapped, allowing more savings in sheet S4905-0001 for additional information.)
distance, wire, conduit (size and utilization), and overall
installation efficiency. Use of the magnet test feature TrueAlert Device Reports detail type, candela rating,
improves installation efficiency. TrueAlert device reports and location per appliance (see sample below, amber lens
conveniently identify information about each connected type is AMB).
appliance.
By providing an amber lens strobe with a clear lens
strobe, the combination strobe assembly allows a single
electrical installation to provide both types of visible
notification.
Product Selection
Housing
Model Description Dimensions
Color
4906-9208 Red Multi-Candela Addressable Combination Strobe assembly with
10 ¾” H x 5 ⅛” W x 3 15⁄16” D
amber lens, ALERT strobe on top and clear lens, FIRE strobe
4906-9211 White (273 mm x 130 mm x 100 mm)
on bottom; intensity selectable as: 15, 30, 75, or 110 candela
4905-9837 Red 10 ½” H x 5 ¼” W x 1 ¾” D
Surface Mount Adapter Skirt, use to cover surface mounted (267 mm x 133 mm x 44 mm)
electrical boxes Total depth with strobe assembly
4905-9847 White
= 5 ⅝” (143 mm)
Adapter Plate for mounting to installed Simplex Model 12 5⁄16 ” H x 5 ¾” W x 0.06 thick
4905-9840 Red
2975-9145 box; for flush mounted boxes only (313 mm x 146 mm x 1.5 mm)
2 S4906-0009-3 3/2014
Strobe Details and Mounting Height Reference
IMPORTANT!
Strobe Details
WALL MOUNT INSTALLATION HEIGHT REFERENCE
Hole for bracket
Transparent mounting Adapter skirt (shown
housing and lens for reference) 3-gang box outline,
assembly (clear 4
3 surface mount
for FIRE, amber
Clear/Amber
for ALERT) 4-gang box outline,
2
Strobe assembly
flush mount
1
81" (2.06 m)
LED indicator Bottom of FIRE lens is either
minimum for
even with, or slightly above
Address setting 4-gang flush
bottom of 4" square boxes and 80" (2.03 m)
DIP switch mount box
3-gang surface mount box minimum for
Hole for bracket mounting 4" square box
NFPA 72 requires that the and 3-gang surface
entire FIRE lens be not less mount box
Intensity selection plug, accessible than 80" and not greater
only from rear of housing; factory 110
75 than 96" above the finished
setting is FACP, controlled by panel 30
15 floor
FACP
Installation Reference
3 S4906-0009-3 3/2014
TrueAlert Strobe and IDNAC SLC Controller Compatibility Reference
Specifications
Note: Amber strobes and clear strobes provide notification for two different functions and are not activated at the same time.
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code
are trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Features
Custom message details:
High visibility, multi-color LED text message Advise of proper evacuation routes, relocate to a secure
board provides visible textual alarm notification area, take action due to severe weather conditions,
controlled from compatible Simplex® fire alarm defend in place, or other facility specific actions
control panels:
New messages can be created; factory pre-programmed
During alarm conditions, up to 32 pre-programmed
messages can be modified if needed
message selections can be activated in response to
pre-defined emergency situations or linked to specific Please note that the creation and modification of alarm
system point status conditions messages may trigger code-mandated retesting of the
fire alarm system and should be performed by authorized
Text messages provide textual alarm notification for
service personnel; non-alarm messages can be on-site
areas of high noise or with other audibility limitations
created using optional TrueAlert Messenger software
Text messages can duplicate a broadcasted audible
message or can provide more local detail per the Electrical requirements:
Emergency Communication Systems/Mass Notification Message board is powered by listed fire alarm power
plan supply providing 24 VDC with battery backup, typically
UL listed to Standard 1638, Textual Visible Appliance; provided by host control panel
ULC listed to S527, Miscellaneous Ancillary Device Mechanical features:
(refer to ULC message note requirement on page 3) Standard message board includes fixed brackets for wall
Compatible with the 4007ES, 4010, 4010ES, mounting and also includes 100 mm VESA (Video
4100ES, and 4100U Series fire alarm control panel Electronics Standards Association) mounting holes for
using IDNet communications use with listed wall or ceiling VESA mounting bracket
IDNet communications format emulates 4009 IDNet Optional wall mount adjustable brackets allow rotation
NAC Extender (4009A) controls for easy interfacing downward where required for improved viewing
4007ES, 4010ES, 4100ES, and 4100U IDNet SLCs Optional mounting box secures to wall (surface or
(signaling line circuit) can control up to 25 message flush); can also mount with 100 mm VESA bracket
boards with up to ten (10) 4009 IDNet NAC Extenders Ceiling mounting is available by cable suspension
4010 IDNet SLCs control up to five (5) total of either type connected to top mounted eyehooks
Large message presentation area provides long Additional (optional) operation mode:
distance, wide area (140°) viewing: Message boards can also display non-alarm information
Dual line, 2.3” (58 mm) high messages provide typical via local LAN Ethernet connection using separate
viewing distance of up to 100 ft (30.5 m) control software that is overridden during an Alarm or
Single line 4.7” (119 mm) high messages provide Alert condition (refer to details on page 2 and ULC
typical viewing distance of up to 200 ft (61 m) details on page 3)
LEDs are multi-color (red/yellow/green) to emphasize Additional message input options are available (contact
message content your local Simplex product representative for details)
Words can be upper or lower case, standard, bolded, Control panels will override non-alarm messages upon
condensed or expanded, with selectable sizes alarm; they can also be programmed to blank the display
Messages can be static, flashing, or scrolling with a during local power failure to conserve batteries
variety of appearance/transition options * This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7300-0026:324
IDNet communications control provides: for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. It is
Up to 32 available messages; 10 factory subject to re-examination, revision, and possible cancellation. Accepted for use – City of New
York Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E. This product was not approved by FM as of
pre-programmed messages are included document revision date. Additional listings may be applicable, contact your local Simplex
product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder
Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
S4907-0001-8 11/2014
Description
communicated to the Messaging Appliance via LAN
Text Messaging Appliances. Audible appliances and connection (local area network), if optionally connected.
strobes are commonly used to provide notification of alarm This connection can be used or left unconnected.
conditions, typically to signal the need for building
evacuation. However, when the required response is to Power Failure Mode. The host fire alarm panel can be
relocate, defend in place, or provide detailed information, programmed such that during a local power failure, the
TrueAlert Text Messaging Appliances display custom text blanking message is sent to reduce battery standby
messages with the instructions required per the local requirements. In the event of an alarm condition during
emergency communication systems/mass notification plan. power failure, the panel will use its battery backup to
fully power the appliance and display the appropriate
Alarm Mode. When alarm conditions occur, the fire alarm messages.
panel overrides optional non-alarm messaging and selects
the programmed messages pre-determined to be appropriate Message Control Process. The compatible fire alarm
for the reported conditions. In multiple alarm situations, up control panel activates the Messaging Appliances by
to 8 messages can be displayed in sequence. sending IDNet communications commands similar to
those used to control the 4009 IDNet NAC Extender.
Non-Alarm Mode (Optional). During non-alarm Commands include control of up to 8 NACs, and with
conditions, bulletin board messages can be scrolled for each NAC capable of up to 4 different control modes,
general information distribution. This information is resulting in a total of 32 commands available to select
custom messages and/or the blanking control.
Product Selection
Model Description
TrueAlert Messaging Appliance in dark gray housing; supplied with fixed mounting brackets for wall mounting;
4907-9001
includes holes for VESA bracket mounting, or for ceiling cable mounting
4907-9002 Optional Adjustable (Swivel) Mount Brackets (2) to allow wall mounted appliance to be tilted down where desired
4907-9005 Optional Ethernet Cable, 15 ft long (4.6 m); connect for non-fire alarm messaging input
Optional Mounting Box, lightweight aluminum painted dark gray; 30-5/16” W x 6-3/4” H x 1-3/8” D; shipped with
4907-9006
brackets for attaching messaging appliance; refer to details on page 4
Non-alarm messaging software allows site specific messages such as time, weather, announcements, menus,
—— etc. to be delivered during system idle time and is overridden during an Alarm or Alert condition. For details,
contact your local Simplex product supplier or email SimplexSales@InovaSolutions.com
2 S4907-0001-8 11/2014
Specifications
Power Requirements
UL ratings, 16 to 33 VDC; Special Application ratings see note below* Connect to fire alarm power
Input Voltage
ULC ratings, 20 VDC to 30 VDC supply with battery backup
Operating Mode Current at 16 VDC Reference, Current @ 24 VDC
Typical Message (Bomb Threat) 480 mA 318 mA
Input Current
Standby, Blank Display 256 mA 170 mA
Both lines all # characters 722 mA 477 mA
* “Special Application” refers to the operating category under UL Standard 1638, Visual Signaling Appliances –Private-Mode
Emergency and General Utility Signaling. The rated voltage range listed is the absolute operating range. Operation outside of this
range may cause permanent damage to the appliance. Please note that 16 VDC is the lowest operating voltage that is allowed at
the last appliance on the circuit under worst case conditions.
Communications
Address
One IDNet address per Text Messaging Appliance
Requirements
4007ES, 4010ES, 4100ES, and 4100U IDNet SLCs = up to 25 message boards (device type MSGBRD) and
IDNet Channel with up to ten (10) 4009 IDNet NAC Extenders
Capacity
4010 IDNet SLC = a combination of up to five (5) total message boards and/or 4009 IDNet NAC Extenders
Point Requirements Eight (8) system points per Text Messaging Appliance
Message Specifications
Message Length Up to 1024 characters maximum per message including spaces
NOTE: For ULC listed systems, a continuous message display is required; the default message “No Alerts,
Be Safe” is available to be displayed during standby, non-alarm conditions (it can be customized if desired);
ULC Listed Systems
Separate control software can be used if it provides a continuous message; refer to Installation Instructions
579-829 for details
Mechanical and Environmental
Dual line, 2.3” (58 mm) high messages provide typical viewing distance of up to 100 ft (30.5 m);
NOTE: This is the format for standard programmed messages
Viewing Distance
Single line 4.7” (119 mm) high messages provide typical viewing distance of up to 200 ft (61 m)
Recommended minimum viewing distance = 6 ft (2 m)
Viewing Angle 140°, symmetrical about on-axis, both horizontal and vertical viewing angle
Viewing area = 28-3/4” x 4-3/4” (730 mm x 120 mm)
LED Array
LED size and spacing = 0.2” (5 mm) diameter; spaced 0.3” (7.6 mm) apart (pitch)
Status LED are visible from the bottom of the appliance; functions include: IDNet Receive; IDNet Transmit;
Diagnostics
Power; CPU Power; diagnostics for optional Ethernet LAN connection
Temperature 32° to 120° F (0° to 49° C)
Humidity 93% RH, non-condensing at 90° F (32° C)
Pluggable terminal block for 18 AWG to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2); terminals provide convenient
Connections
in/out wiring with one wire per terminal
Mounting Reference
Standard: fixed brackets
Optional: adjustable brackets to swivel message board down
Optional: rear backbox for rigid conduit connection; for surface or flush box mounting as well as compatible
with VESA mount or eye bolt
Available Methods
Alternate: four mounting holes, 3.937” (100 mm) spacing, standard unit and on backbox for VESA mount to
listed VESA wall or ceiling mounting arm assembly
VESA Mount: refer to Peerless LCC-18 series for ceiling mount; go to www.peerlessmounts.com
Alternate: eye bolts can be attached to top for cable suspension ceiling mount of single appliance
Weight 8 lbs (3.6 kg) including backbox
Locate away from direct sunlight or direct local area lighting; avoid locating near heating or air conditioning
Location
ducts
Installation Refer to 579-829 for complete LED Text Messaging Appliance Instructions; mounting options are also
Instructions described in instructions 579-839
Non-Alarm LAN Interface Specifications
LAN Interface TCP/IP connectivity; supports DHCP addressing; 10/100 Base T Ethernet NIC
Connection RJ-45 jack connection located at the top of the electronics enclosure housing
3 S4907-0001-8 11/2014
Messaging Appliance Mounting Information
Adjustable bracket
depth = 3-1/4" (83 mm)
6-3/4"
(171 mm)
Side holes
Threaded inserts to mount optional Inside holes (4) for mounting on 4" square electrical connect to
adjustable brackets if desired; box; outside holes (4) threaded inserts (M4.0 x 0.7) brackets
center hole is for wall mounting for 4" (100 mm) VESA mount (supplied) that
7/8" (22 mm) knockouts, 3 places; 2 as shown, one mount to
located center of top of box messaging
appliance
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.
Features
Individually addressed and controlled low power
TrueAlert ES A/O (audible only) electronic horns:
Advanced addressable notification controlled by IDNAC
SLCs providing regulated 29 VDC allowing strobes on the
same SLC to operate with lower current even under battery
backup
Wiring supervision to each appliance allows
“T-tapped” connections for Class B circuits to
simplify wiring (Class A circuits require in/out
wiring)
Self-Test Mode allows an on-board sensor to detect
the horn output and then report its status to the control
panel
Horns are controlled separately from visible
appliances on the same SLC with control panel
selection of operation as: Temporal Code 3, March
Time (selectable as 20, 60, or 120 bpm), Continuous,
or Temporal Code 4
Output of “high” or “low” (~6 dBA difference) TrueAlert ES Addressable Horns are Available in Red with
selectable at the appliance or from the controller with White Lettering and White with Red Lettering
FACP mode selected at the appliance
Description
Unobtrusive Magnet Test diagnostics are available to
assist checkout and testing of appliances and wiring TrueAlert ES addressable horns are individually
Electrical test point access without removing cover addressed audible notification appliances that receive
Compatible with legacy TrueAlert addressable power, supervision, and control signals from a Simplex
systems for upgrade and replacement (see page 4) fire alarm control panel providing IDNAC Signaling Line
Listed to UL Standard 464 and ULC Standard S525 Circuits (SLCs). (See compatibility list on page 4.)
LED Indicator and Magnet Test feature:
TrueAlert ES Operation Advantage
Appliance LED can be selected to display each polling
cycle to indicate appliance supervision TrueAlert ES addressable appliances on IDNAC
When the controller is in diagnostic mode, the Magnet SLCs provide separate audible (and visible) notification
Test pulses the LED to indicate appliance address and using a single two-wire circuit that also confirms connection
is selectable to also briefly sound the horn to confirm to the individual notification appliance’s electronic circuit.
operation This operation increases circuit supervision integrity by
Mechanical design features include: providing supervision that extends beyond the appliance
Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic wiring connections.
housing in red with white letters or white with red Reduced current allows efficient IDNAC SLC
letters available with FIRE, FEU, or blank lettering operation. With IDNAC SLCs, a constant 29 VDC source
Separate covers are available to change application voltage is maintained, even during battery standby, allowing
type on-site or for replacement; covers can be easily strobes on the same SLC to operate at higher voltage with
removed without disturbing the connected housing lower current and ensuring a consistent current draw and
and avoiding trouble conditions voltage drop margin under both primary power and
A separate mounting plate allows wiring to be secondary battery standby. Efficiencies include wiring
completed before appliance is mounted; use with distances up to 2 to 3 times farther than with conventional
single gang, double gang, or 4-inch square box, flush notification, or support for more appliances per IDNAC
or surface mount SLC, or use of smaller gauge wiring, or combinations of
In/out wiring terminals for 18 AWG to 12 AWG these benefits, all providing installation and maintenance
Optional mounting adapters are available to cover savings with high assurance that appliances that operate
surface mounted electrical boxes and to adapt to during normal system testing will operate during worst case
Simplex 2975-9145 boxes alarm conditions.
Optional red wire guards (see page 2 for details) * These products have been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7135-0026:0372
for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document.
Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest
status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire
Protection Products.
S49AO-0001-6 11/2016
TrueAlert ES Operation Advantage (Cont’d) TrueAlert ES Diagnostics (Continued)
Reducing Installation and Testing Time. With Silent Appliance Magnet Test. In this test mode, in
separate controls on the same two-wire SLC, installation response to application of a magnet, the appliance LED
time and expense for both retrofit and new construction pulses sequentially to conveniently indicate the
can be significantly reduced. When Class B wiring is appliance’s address.
used, wiring can be “T” tapped, allowing more savings in
distance, wire, conduit (size and utilization), and overall Operational Appliance Magnet Test. In this test
installation efficiency. Use of Self-Test and Magnet Test mode, after the address is indicated by pulsing the
features improves installation efficiency. TrueAlert device appliance LED, the horn will briefly sound to indicate
reports conveniently identify information about each proper operation.
connected appliance.
TrueStart Instrument Two (TSIT). The 2nd
TrueAlert ES Diagnostics generation of the Simplex TrueStart Test Instrument adds
testing of IDNAC SLC wiring and TrueAlert ES
Test Features. When IDNAC SLCs are in diagnostic
appliances to its ability to test IDCs, NACs, and IDNet
mode, Self-Test and Magnet Test features provide individual
appliance testing. With the Self-Test feature, appliance communications before connection to the control panel.
operation can be confirmed without leaving the control panel. Please contact your local Simplex representative for
Additionally, each appliance’s LED can be selected to pulse additional information.
when it receives a supervision poll during normal operation. TrueAlert Addressable Wiring Isolator
Self-Test Details. Selecting Self-Test Mode from the
control panel allows on-board sensors, depending on the Isolator Model 4905-9929 is available for remote
device type, to detect its own strobe and/or horn output and mounting on TrueAlert addressable circuits to isolate
then report their status to the control panel. Operation is by short circuited wiring from functioning wiring. (See data
selected VNAC appliance groups and is either automatic (all sheet S4905-0001.)
briefly simultaneously activated) or individually activated by
applying a magnet. (Refer to control panel data sheet for more
Self-Test information, see list on page 4.)
Product Selection
TrueAlert ES Addressable Electronic Horns
Model* Cover Color Wording Description Dimensions with Cover
49AO-WRF(-BA) Red TrueAlert ES addressable AO
FIRE
49AO-WWF(-BA) White (audible only) horn appliance, 5 ⅛” H x 5” W x 1 ½” D
49AO-WRQ Red FEU includes cover and matching (130 mm x 127 mm x 38 mm)
mounting plate
49AO-WRS(-BA) Red Blank
49AO-APPLW(-BA) Select cover and mounting plate separately
Separate Mounting Plate (Required when ordering model 49AO-APPLW(-BA))
Model Color Description
49MP-AVVOWR Red
Mounting plate, select color to match cover
49MP-AVVOWW White
Separate Covers (Required when ordering model 49AO-APPLW(-BA))
Model* Color Wording Model* Color Wording
49AOC-WRFIRE Red 49AOC-WRBLNG Red FEU/FIRE
FIRE
49AOC-WWFIRE White 49AOC-WRS Red
Blank
49AOC-WRFEU Red 49AOC-WWS White
FEU
49AOC-WWFEU White
* Note: (-BA) indicates model is available either with or without the -BA suffix. Model numbers ending in -BA, APPLW models, and
separate mounting plates are assembled in the USA.
Mounting Adapters and Wire Guard
Model Color Description Dimensions
4905-9937 Red 5 ⅜” H x 5 ¼” W x 1 ⅝” D (136 mm x 133 mm x 41 mm)
Surface Mount Adapter Skirt
4905-9940 White Total depth with horn = 3 ⅛” (79 mm)
2 S49AO-0001-6 11/2016
TrueAlert Device Reports Reference
Service Port Page 1
REPORT 5 : TrueAlert Device Report 12:34:56am TUE 27 Jan-15
DEVICE
POINT ID CUSTOM LABEL TYPE CANDELA
T14-1-1 Location Label . . . up to 40 characters V/O 15
T14-1-2 Break Room 5 A/V 110
T14-1-3 Boiler Room A/V 75
T14-1-4 Elec. Room 7 A/V 135
Installation Reference
Optional
4905-9961
Wire Guard
TrueAlert ES
Addressable Horn
3 S49AO-0001-6 11/2016
IDNAC SLC Controller Compatibility Reference
Data Sheet IDNAC SLC Output Appliance Voltage
Compatible Controllers Controller Output
Reference Voltage Design Reference
4100ES with EPS+ or EPS Power Supply S4100-0100
4009 IDNAC Repeater S4009-0004 29 VDC 23 VDC
IDNAC SLC
4007ES with IDNAC Notification S4007-0002 (regulated) (with 6 VDC drop)
4010ES with ESS Enhanced System Supply S4010-0011
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code
are trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Features
Individually addressed and controlled low power
TrueAlert ES A/O (audible only) Notification
Appliances:
Advanced addressable notification controlled by IDNAC
SLCs.
IDNAC SLCs provide regulated 29 VDC allowing horns
to operate with lower current
Wiring supervision to each appliance allows
“T-tapped” connections for Class B circuits to
simplify wiring (Class A circuits require in/out
wiring)
Self-Test Mode allows an on-board sensor to detect
the horn output and then report its status to the control
panel
Horns are controlled separately from visible
appliances on the same SLC with control panel
selection of operation as: Temporal Code 3, March TrueAlert ES Addressable Horns are Available in Red with
Time (selectable as 20, 60, or 120 bpm), Continuous, White Lettering and White with Red Lettering
or Temporal Code 4
Output of “high” or “low” (~6 dBA difference) Description
selectable at the appliance or from the controller with TrueAlert ES addressable horns are individually
FACP mode selected at the appliance addressed audible notification appliances that receive
Unobtrusive Magnet Test diagnostics are available to power, supervision, and control signals from a Simplex
assist checkout and testing of appliances and wiring fire alarm control panel providing IDNAC Signaling Line
Electrical test point access by removing the cover Circuits (SLCs). (See compatibility list on page 4.)
Compatible with legacy TrueAlert addressable
systems for upgrade and replacement (see page 4) TrueAlert ES Operation Advantage
Listed to UL Standard 464 and ULC Standard S525 TrueAlert ES addressable appliances on IDNAC
LED Indicator and Magnet Test feature: SLCs provide separate audible (and visible) notification
Appliance LED can be selected to display each polling using a single two-wire circuit that also confirms connection
cycle to indicate appliance supervision to the individual notification appliance’s electronic circuit.
When the controller is in diagnostic mode, the Magnet This operation increases circuit supervision integrity by
Test pulses the LED to indicate appliance address and providing supervision that extends beyond the appliance
is selectable to also briefly sound the horn to confirm wiring connections.
operation
Reduced current allows efficient IDNAC SLC
Mechanical design features include:
operation. With IDNAC SLCs, a constant 29 VDC source
Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic voltage is maintained, even during battery standby, allowing
housing in red with white letters or white with red horns on the same SLC to operate at higher voltage with
letters available with FIRE, ALERT, FEU, or blank lower current and ensuring a consistent current draw and
lettering voltage drop margin under both primary power and
Separate covers are available to change application secondary battery standby. Efficiencies include wiring
type on-site or for replacement; covers can be easily distances up to 2 to 3 times farther than with conventional
removed without disturbing the connected housing notification, or support for more appliances per IDNAC
and avoiding trouble conditions SLC, or use of smaller gauge wiring, or combinations of
You can use a back box to mount the appliance these benefits, all providing installation and maintenance
assembly to the wall. Mount to a 4-inch (10.16 cm) savings with high assurance that appliances that operate
square electrical box In/out wiring terminals for 18 during normal system testing will operate during worst case
AWG to 12 AWG alarm conditions.
Optional wire guards (see page 2 for details)
* Additional listings may be applicable, contact your local Simplex® product supplier for the
latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co.
S49AOC-0001-3 5/2018
TrueAlert ES Operation Advantage (Cont’d) TrueAlert ES Diagnostics (Cont’d)
Reducing Installation and Testing Time. With Silent Appliance Magnet Test. In this test mode, in
separate controls on the same two-wire SLC, installation response to application of a magnet, the appliance LED
time and expense for both retrofit and new construction pulses sequentially to conveniently indicate the
can be significantly reduced. When Class B wiring is appliance’s address.
used, wiring can be “T” tapped, allowing more savings in
distance, wire, conduit (size and utilization), and overall Operational Appliance Magnet Test. In this test
installation efficiency. Use of Self-Test and Magnet Test mode, after the address is indicated by pulsing the
features improves installation efficiency. TrueAlert device appliance LED, the horn will briefly sound to indicate
reports conveniently identify information about each proper operation.
connected appliance.
TrueStart Instrument Two (TSIT). The 2nd
TrueAlert ES Diagnostics generation of the Simplex TrueStart Test Instrument adds
Test Features. When IDNAC SLCs are in diagnostic testing of IDNAC SLC wiring and TrueAlert ES
mode, Self-Test and Magnet Test features provide individual appliances to its ability to test IDCs, NACs, and IDNet
appliance testing. With the Self-Test feature, appliance communications before connection to the control panel.
operation can be confirmed without leaving the control panel. Please contact your local Simplex representative for
Additionally, each appliance’s LED can be selected to pulse additional information.
when it receives a supervision poll during normal operation.
TrueAlert Addressable Wiring Isolator
Self-Test Details. Selecting Self-Test Mode from the
control panel allows on-board sensors, depending on the Isolator Model 4905-9929 is available for remote
device type, to detect its own horn output and then report mounting on TrueAlert addressable circuits to isolate
their status to the control panel. Operation is by selected short circuited wiring from functioning wiring. (See data
VNAC appliance groups and is either automatic (all briefly sheet S4905-0001.)
simultaneously activated) or individually activated by
applying a magnet. (Refer to control panel data sheet for more
Self-Test information, see list on page 4.)
Product Selection
Ceiling Mount Addressable Audible Only A/O Appliances
TrueAlert ES Addressable A/O appliance dimensions with cover: 7 ⅛” H x 7 ⅛” W x 1 ¼” D ( 180 mm x 180 mm x 32 mm)
Model* Description
49AO-APPLC(-BA) AO appliance only. Select cover separately.
Back Boxes
Model Color Model Color
49WPBB-SOCR Red 49WPBB-SOCR White
Note: Use WP back boxes for surface mounting only. Using weatherproof back boxes does not make an appliance weatherproof.
Separate Covers (Required when ordering model 49AO-APPLC(-BA))
Model* Color Wording Model* Color Wording
49AOC-CRFIRE Red 49AOC-CRBAA Red
FIRE إن ذار/ ALERT
49AOC-CWFIRE White 49AOC-CWBAA White
49AOC-CRALT Red 49AOC-CRBAF Red
ALERT ح ريق/FIRE
49AOC-CWALT White 49AOC-CWBAF White
49AOC-CRFEU Red 49AOC-CK Black Blank
FEU
49AOC-CWFEU White 49AOC-CWCALT White 火警/FIRE
49AOC-CRBF Red 49AOC-CRS Red
FEU/FIRE Simplex logo only
49AOC-CWBF White 49AOC-CWS White
* Note: (-BA) indicates model is available either with or without the -BA suffix. Model numbers ending in -BA, APPLC models, and
separate mounting plates are assembled in the USA.
Wire Guards and Wire Guard Back Boxes
Model Description
49WG-SOCR SO Ceiling Mount Red Wire Guard
2 S49AOC-0001-3 5/2018
TrueAlert Device Reports Reference
Service Port Page 1
REPORT 5 : TrueAlert Device Report 12:34:56am TUE 27 Jan-15
DEVICE
POINT ID CUSTOM LABEL TYPE CANDELA
T14-1-1 Location Label . . . up to 40 characters V/O 15
T14-1-2 Break Room 5 A/V 110
T14-1-3 Boiler Room A/V 75
T14-1-4 Elec. Room 7 A/V 135
Installation Reference
3 S49AOC-0001-3 5/2018
IDNAC SLC Controller Compatibility Reference
Data Sheet IDNAC SLC Output Appliance Voltage
Compatible Controllers Controller Output
Reference Voltage Design Reference
4100ES with EPS+ or EPS Power Supply S4100-0100
4009 IDNAC Repeater S4009-0004 29 VDC 23 VDC
IDNAC SLC
4007ES with IDNAC Notification S4007-0002 (regulated) (with 6 VDC drop)
4010ES with ESS Enhanced System Supply S4010-0011
SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code are
trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
© 2018 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
TrueAlert Addressable Notification Appliances
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; Audible/Visible Notification Appliances, Wall Mount
FM Approved* Multi-Candela Horn/Strobe, Model Series 49AV
Features
Individually addressed and controlled multi-candela
TrueAlert ES A/V (audible/visible) notification
appliances provide:
Multi-candela xenon strobe with synchronized 1 Hz flash
rate and with intensity programmable from the control
panel or jumper selected as 15, 30, 75, 110, 135, or 185 cd
Advanced addressable notification controlled by IDNAC
SLCs providing regulated 29 VDC allowing strobes to
operate with lower current even under battery backup
Wiring supervision to each appliance allowing
“T-tapped” connections for Class B circuits to simplify
wiring (Class A circuits require in/out wiring)
Self-Test Mode allows on-board sensors to detect the
strobe and horn output and then report their status to the
control panel
TrueAlert Device Reports at the control panel detailing
appliance point ID, custom label, type, and candela
setting (see sample on page 3) TrueAlert ES Addressable A/Vs are Available in Red with
Magnet Test diagnostics to assist checkout and testing White Lettering and White with Red Lettering
of appliances and wiring
Electrical test point access without removing cover Features (Continued)
Compatibility with ADA requirements; (refer to Audible notification appliance (horn):
important installation information on page 3) Harmonically rich output sound for either coded or
Compatibility with legacy TrueAlert addressable steady operation
systems for upgrade and replacement (see page 4)
Horns sound as Temporal Code 3, March Time pattern,
Strobe operation is listed to UL Standard 1971 and ULC continuous; or Temporal Code 4, controlled separately
Standard S526; Horn operation is listed to UL Standard from visible appliances on the same two-wire circuit
464 and ULC Standard S525
Selectable March Time rates of 20, 60, or 120 beats per
LED Indicator and Magnet Test feature: minute
Appliance LED can be selected to display each polling Output is “high” or “low” (~5 dBA difference)
cycle to indicate appliance supervision selectable at the appliance or from the controller with
When the controller is in diagnostic mode, the Magnet FACP mode selected at the appliance
Test pulses the LED to indicate appliance address and
can be set to also briefly flash the strobe and sound the Description
horn
Mechanical design features include: TrueAlert ES addressable A/Vs are individually
addressed audible/visible notification appliances that
Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic receive power, supervision, and control signals from a
housing in red with white letters or white with red Simplex fire alarm control panel providing IDNAC
letters, with clear lens, available with FIRE, FEU, Signaling Line Circuits (SLCs). LED and Xenon tube
ALERT, FEU/FIRE, or blank lettering strobes devices are interoperable on the same IDNAC
Separate covers are available to change application type channel. (See compatibility list on page 4.)
on-site or for replacement
A separate mounting plate allows wiring to be Strobe Application Reference
completed before appliance is mounted; use with single Proper selection of visible notification is dependent on
gang, double gang, or 4-inch square box, flush or occupancy, location, local codes, and proper applications
surface mount of: the National Fire Alarm Code (NFPA 72), ANSI
Covers can be easily removed without disturbing the A117.1; the appropriate model building code: BOCA,
connected housing and avoiding trouble conditions ICBO, or SBCCI; and the application guidelines of the
In/out wiring terminals for 18 AWG to 12 AWG Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA).
Optional mounting adapters are available to cover
surface mounted electrical boxes and to adapt to * These products have been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM)
Simplex 2975-9145 boxes pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
7125-0026:0373 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in
Optional red wire guards (see page 2 for details) this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product
supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are
the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
S49AV-0001-6 11/2016
TrueAlert ES Operation Advantage TrueAlert ES Diagnostics
TrueAlert ES addressable appliances on IDNAC Test Features. When IDNAC SLCs are in diagnostic
SLCs provide separate visible and audible notification mode, Self-Test and Magnet Test features provide individual
using a single two-wire circuit that also confirms appliance testing. With the Self-Test feature, appliance
connection to the individual notification appliance’s operation can be confirmed without leaving the control panel.
electronic circuit. This operation increases circuit Additionally, each appliance’s LED can be selected to pulse
supervision integrity by providing supervision that when it receives a supervision poll during normal operation.
extends beyond the appliance wiring connections. Self-Test Details. Selecting Self-Test Mode from the control
Reduced current allows efficient IDNAC SLC panel allows on-board sensors, depending on the device type, to
operation. With IDNAC SLCs, a constant 29 VDC detect its own strobe and/or horn output and then report their
source voltage is maintained, even during battery standby, status to the control panel. Operation is by selected VNAC
allowing strobes to operate at higher voltage with lower appliance groups and is either automatic (all briefly
current and ensuring a consistent current draw and voltage simultaneously activated) or individually activated by applying
drop margin under both primary power and secondary a magnet. (Refer to control panel data sheet for more Self-Test
battery standby. Efficiencies include wiring distances up information, see list on page 4.)
to 2 to 3 times farther than with conventional notification, Silent Appliance Magnet Test. In this test mode, in
or support for more appliances per IDNAC SLC, or use of response to application of a magnet, the appliance LED pulses
smaller gauge wiring, or combinations of these benefits, sequentially to conveniently indicate the appliance’s address.
all providing installation and maintenance savings with Operational Appliance Magnet Test. In this test mode,
high assurance that appliances that operate during normal after the address is indicated by pulsing the appliance LED, the
system testing will operate during worst case alarm strobe will briefly flash and the horn will briefly sound to
conditions. indicate proper operation.
Reducing Installation and Testing Time. With TrueStart Instrument Two (TSIT). The 2nd generation of
separate controls on the same two-wire SLC, installation the Simplex TrueStart Test Instrument adds testing of IDNAC
time and expense for both retrofit and new construction SLC wiring and TrueAlert ES appliances to its ability to test
can be significantly reduced. When Class B wiring is IDCs, NACs, and IDNet communications before connection to
used, wiring can be “T” tapped, allowing more savings in the control panel. Please contact your local Simplex
distance, wire, conduit (size and utilization), and overall representative for additional information.
installation efficiency. Use of Self-Test and Magnet Test
features improve installation efficiency. TrueAlert device
TrueAlert Addressable Wiring Isolator
reports conveniently identify information about each Isolator Model 4905-9929 is available for remote mounting
connected appliance. on TrueAlert addressable circuits to isolate short circuited
wiring from functioning wiring. (See data sheet S4905-0001.)
Product Selection
TrueAlert ES Wall Mount Addressable Audible/Visible Appliances
TrueAlert ES addressable A/V appliances include cover and matching mounting plate except as noted;
Dimensions with Cover = 5 ⅛” H x 5” W x 2 ⅝” D (130 mm x 127 mm x 67 mm)
Model* Cover Color Wording Lens Color Model* Cover Color Wording Lens Color
49AV-WRF(-BA) Red 49AV-WRS(-BA) Red
FIRE Blank Clear
49AV-WWF(-BA) White Clear 49AV-WWS-BA White
49AV-WRQ Red FEU 49AV-APPLW(-BA) Select cover and mounting plate separately
Separate Mounting Plate
Model Color Model Color Note
49MP-AVVOWR Red 49MP-AVVOWW White Mounting Plate is required when ordering model 49AV-APPLW(-BA)
Separate Covers (Required when ordering model 49AV-APPLW(-BA))
Model* Color Wording Model* Color Wording
49AVC-WRFIRE Red 49AVC-WRFEU Red
FIRE FEU
49AVC-WWFIRE White 49AVC-WWFEU White
49AVC-WRALT Red 49AVC-WRBLNG Red
ALERT FEU/FIRE
49AVC-WWALT White 49AVC-WWBLNG White
49AVC-WRS Red Blank 49AVC-WWS White Blank
* Note: (-BA) indicates model is available either with or without the -BA suffix. Model numbers ending in -BA, APPLW models, and separate
mounting plates are assembled in the USA.
Mounting Adapters and Wire Guard
Model Color Description Dimensions
4905-9937 Red 5 ⅜” H x 5 ¼” W x 1 ⅝” D (136 mm x 133 mm x 41 mm)
Surface Mount Adapter Skirt
4905-9940 White Total depth with strobe = 4 ⅜” (111 mm)
Red Adapter Plate for mounting to Simplex 2975-9145 Box
4905-9931 8 5⁄16” x 5 ¾” x 0.060” Thick (211 mm x 146 mm x 1.5 mm)
(typically for retrofit, mount vertical or horizontal)
2975-9145 Red Mounting Box, requires 4905-9931 Adapter Plate 7 ⅞" x 5 ⅛" x 2 ¾" D (200 mm x 130 mm x 70 mm)
Red wire guard with mounting plate, compatible with semi-flush
4905-9961 6 1⁄16” H x 6 1⁄16” W x 3 ⅛” D (154 mm x 154 mm x 79 mm)
or surface mount boxes
2 S49AV-0001-6 11/2016
TrueAlert Device Reports Reference
Service Port Page 1
REPORT 5 : TrueAlert Device Report 12:34:56am TUE 27-Jan-15
DEVICE
POINT ID CUSTOM LABEL TYPE CANDELA
T14-1-1 Location Label . . . up to 40 characters V/O 15
T14-1-2 Break Room 5 A/V 110
T14-1-3 Boiler Room A/V 75
T14-1-4 Elec. Room 7 A/V 135
Installation Reference
Optional
4905-9961
Wire Guard
TrueAlert ES
Addressable A/V
3 S49AV-0001-6 11/2016
IDNAC SLC Controller Compatibility Reference
Data Sheet IDNAC SLC Output Appliance Voltage
Compatible Controllers Controller Output
Reference Voltage Design Reference
4100ES with EPS+ or EPS Power Supply S4100-0100
4009 IDNAC Repeater S4009-0004 29 VDC 23 VDC
IDNAC SLC
4007ES with IDNAC Notification S4007-0002 (regulated) (with 6 VDC drop)
4010ES with ESS Enhanced System Supply S4010-0011
Description
Ceiling Mount Addressable Visible (A/V)
Notification Appliances are individually addressed
audible/visible notification appliances that receive power,
supervision, and control signals from a Simplex fire alarm
control panel providing IDNAC Signaling Line Circuits (SLCs).
LED and Xenon tube strobes devices are interoperable on the
same IDNAC channel. (See compatibility list on page 4.)
Features
Individually addressed and controlled multi-candela
TrueAlert ES A/V (audible/visible) notification
appliances provide:
Multi-candela xenon strobe with synchronized 1 Hz flash rate and
with intensity programmable from the control panel or jumper
selected as 15, 30, 75 or 110cd on the AV model, or 110, 135 or
185 cd on the AVH model
Advanced addressable notification controlled by IDNAC
SLCs.
IDNAC SLCs provide regulated 29 VDC allowing horns to TrueAlert ES Addressable A/Vs are Available in Red with
operate with lower current White Lettering and White with Red Lettering
Wiring supervision to each appliance allowing “T-tapped”
connections for Class B circuits to simplify wiring (Class A Features (Cont’d)
circuits require in/out wiring)
Covers can be easily removed without disturbing the
Self-Test Mode allows on-board sensors to detect the strobe
connected housing and avoiding trouble conditions
and horn output and then report their status to the control
In/out wiring terminals for 18 AWG to 12 AWG
panel
Optional red wire guards (see page 2 for details)
TrueAlert Device Reports at the control panel detailing
Audible notification appliance (horn):
appliance point ID, custom label, type, and candela setting
(see sample on page 3) Harmonically rich output sound for either coded or steady
operation
Magnet Test diagnostics to assist checkout and testing of
appliances and wiring Horns sound as Temporal Code 3, March Time pattern,
Electrical test point access by removing the cover continuous; or Temporal Code 4, controlled separately from
visible appliances on the same two-wire circuit
Compatibility with ADA requirements; (refer to important
installation information on page 3) Selectable March Time rates of 20, 60, or 120 beats per minute
Compatibility with legacy TrueAlert addressable systems for Output is “high” or “low” (~5 dBA difference) selectable at the
upgrade and replacement (see page 4) appliance or from the controller with FACP mode selected at
Strobe operation is listed to UL Standard 1971 and ULC the appliance
Standard S526; Horn operation is listed to UL Standard 464
and ULC Standard S525
Strobe Application Reference
LED Indicator and Magnet Test feature: Proper selection of visible notification is dependent on occupancy,
Appliance LED can be selected to display each polling cycle location, local codes, and proper applications of: the National Fire
to indicate appliance supervision Alarm Code (NFPA 72), ANSI A117.1; the appropriate model
When the controller is in diagnostic mode, the Magnet Test building code: BOCA, ICBO, or SBCCI; and the application
pulses the LED to indicate appliance address and can be set to guidelines of the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA).
also briefly flash the strobe and sound the horn
* Additional listings may be applicable, contact your local Simplex® product supplier for the
Mechanical design features include: latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co.
Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic housing
in red with white letters or white with red letters, with clear
lens, available with FIRE, FEU, ALERT, FEU/FIRE, or
blank lettering
Separate covers are available to change application type on-
site or for replacement
You can use a back box to mount the appliance assembly to
the wall. Mount to a 4-inch (10.16 cm) square electrical box
S49AVC-0001-5 5/2018
TrueAlert ES Operation Advantage TrueAlert ES Diagnostics
TrueAlert ES addressable appliances on IDNAC SLCs Test Features. When IDNAC SLCs are in diagnostic mode,
provide separate visible and audible notification using a single Self-Test and Magnet Test features provide individual appliance testing.
two-wire circuit that also confirms connection to the individual With the Self-Test feature, appliance operation can be confirmed
notification appliance’s electronic circuit. This operation without leaving the control panel. Additionally, each appliance’s LED
increases circuit supervision integrity by providing supervision can be selected to pulse when it receives a supervision poll during
that extends beyond the appliance wiring connections. normal operation.
Reduced current allows efficient IDNAC SLC Self-Test Details. Selecting Self-Test Mode from the control panel
operation. With IDNAC SLCs, a constant 29 VDC source allows on-board sensors, depending on the device type, to detect its
voltage is maintained, even during battery standby, allowing own strobe and/or horn output and then report their status to the control
strobes to operate at higher voltage with lower current and panel. Operation is by selected VNAC appliance groups and is either
ensuring a consistent current draw and voltage drop margin automatic (all briefly simultaneously activated) or individually
under both primary power and secondary battery standby. activated by applying a magnet. (Refer to control panel data sheet for
Efficiencies include wiring distances up to 2 to 3 times farther more Self-Test information, see list on page 4.)
than with conventional notification, or support for more Silent Appliance Magnet Test. In this test mode, in response to
appliances per IDNAC SLC, or use of smaller gauge wiring, or application of a magnet, the appliance LED pulses sequentially to
combinations of these benefits, all providing installation and conveniently indicate the appliance’s address.
maintenance savings with high assurance that appliances that Operational Appliance Magnet Test. In this test mode, after the
operate during normal system testing will operate during worst address is indicated by pulsing the appliance LED, the strobe will
case alarm conditions. briefly flash and the horn will briefly sound to indicate proper
Reducing Installation and Testing Time. With separate operation.
controls on the same two-wire SLC, installation time and TrueStart Instrument Two (TSIT). The 2nd generation of the
expense for both retrofit and new construction can be Simplex TrueStart Test Instrument adds testing of IDNAC SLC wiring
significantly reduced. When Class B wiring is used, wiring can and TrueAlert ES appliances to its ability to test IDCs, NACs, and
be “T” tapped, allowing more savings in distance, wire, conduit IDNet communications before connection to the control panel. Please
(size and utilization), and overall installation efficiency. Use of contact your local Simplex representative for additional information.
Self-Test and Magnet Test features improve installation
efficiency. TrueAlert device reports conveniently identify
information about each connected appliance. TrueAlert Addressable Wiring Isolator
Isolator Model 4905-9929 is available for remote mounting on
TrueAlert addressable circuits to isolate short circuited wiring from
functioning wiring. (See data sheet S4905-0001.)
Product Selection
Ceiling Mount Addressable Audible/Visible (A/V) Appliances
TrueAlert ES Addressable A/V appliance dimensions with cover: 8 ⅛ ” H x 7 ⅛” W x 3” D ( 206 mm x 180 mm x 76 mm)
Model Lens Color Description
49AV-APPLC(-BA)
Clear
49AVH-APPLC(-BA)
AV appliance only. Select cover separately.
49AVH-APPLCA(-BA) Amber
49AVH-APPLCB(-BA) Blue
Back Boxes
Model Color Model Color
49WPBB-SVCR Red 49WPBB-SVCW White
Note: Use WP back boxes for surface mounting only. Using weatherproof back boxes does not make an appliance weatherproof.
Separate Covers (Required when ordering model 49AV-APPLC(-BA))
Model* Color Wording Model* Color Wording
49AVC-CRFIRE Red 49AVC-CRFEU Red
FIRE FEU
49AVC-CWFIRE White 49AVC-CWFEU White
49AVC-CRALT Red 49AVC-CRBAF Red
ALERT ح ريق/FIRE
49AVC-CWALT White 49AVC-CWBAF White
49AVC-CRBAA Red 49AVC-CRBF Red
49AVC-CWBAA White
إن ذار / ALERT
49AVC-CWBF White
FEU/FIRE
49AVC-CRS Red Simplex logo only 49AVC-CWS White Simplex logo only
49AVC-CK Black Blank 49AVC-CWCALT White 火警/FIRE
* Note: (-BA) indicates model is available either with or without the -BA suffix. Model numbers ending in -BA, APPLC models, and separate
mounting plates are assembled in the USA.
Wire Guards and Wire Guard Back Boxes
Model Description
49WG-SVWCR AV Ceiling Mount Red Wire Guard
49WGBB-SVCR-O AV Ceiling Mount Red Wire Guard Back Box
2 S49AVC-0001-5 5/2018
TrueAlert Device Reports Reference
Service Port Page 1
REPORT 5 : TrueAlert Device Report 12:34:56am TUE 27-Jan-15
DEVICE
POINT ID CUSTOM LABEL TYPE CANDELA
T14-1-1 Location Label . . . up to 40 characters V/O 15
T14-1-2 Break Room 5 A/V 110
T14-1-3 Boiler Room A/V 75
T14-1-4 Elec. Room 7 A/V 135
Installation Reference
3 S49AVC-0001-5 5/2018
TrueAlert ES A/V Specifications
Typical Operating
23 VDC to 30 VDC, Special Application
Voltage Range
Electrical
Supervisory
Ratings 1 unit load (= 0.8 mA control panel current)
Requirements
IDNAC SLC Loading Maximum of 127 addresses per SLC
Sound Output Ratings @ 10 ft (3 m) (with IDNAC SLCs)
Sound Type/Setting Voltage Steady/High Steady/Low Coded/High Coded/Low
23 89.0 dBA 83 dBA 85 dBA 80 dBA
Reverberant Chamber, UL 464 Test
31 91 dBA 85.5 dBA 87 dBA 82 dBA
23 97 dBA 92.5 dBA 97 dBA 92.5 dBA
Anechoic Chamber, ULC 525 Test
31 99 dBA 95 dBA 99 dBA 95 dBA
Sound Output Dispersion per ULC S541 Anechoic Testing
Horizontal -3 dBA @ 30° at both left and right from center; -6 dBA @ 80° from center
Vertical -3 dBA @ 25° above and 35° below center; -6 dBA @ 65° above and below center
Candela Setting
15 cd 30 cd 75 cd 110 cd 135 cd 185 cd
SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code are
trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Red 49AOC-WRFIRE Red 49AOC-WRFEU Red 49AOC-WRBLNG Red 49AOC-WRS Red 49AOC-RBLANK
White 49AOC-WWFIRE White 49AOC-WWFEU White 49AOC-WWBLNG White 49AOC-WWS White 49AOC-WBLANK
Strobe (V/O) (data sheet S49VO-0001, and S49LENS-0001 for ALERT and Blank)
Red 49VOC-WRFIRE Red 49VOC-WRALT Red 49VOC-WRFEU Red 49VOC-WRBLNG Red 49VOC-WRS
White 49VOC-WWFIRE White 49VOC-WWALT White 49VOC-WWFEU White 49VOC-WWBLNG White 49VOC-WWS
Audible/Visible (A/V) (data sheet S49AV-0001, and S49LENS-0001 for ALERT and Blank)
Red 49AVC-WRFIRE Red 49AVC-WRALT Red 49AVC-WRFEU Red 49AVC-WRBLNG Red 49AVC-WRS
White 49AVC-WWFIRE White 49AVC-WWALT White 49AVC-WWFEU White 49AVC-WWBLNG White 49AVC-WWS
Continued next page
NOTE: These appliance covers are for use with compatible Simplex® listed/approved audible, visible, or combination
audible/visible TrueAlert ES notification appliances. Some covers are also compatible with certain TrueAlert
non-addressable appliances. Refer to specific appliance data sheets for more information and compatibility.
They are available to be selected as part of a configured appliance order, or to change application type or color
on-site, or for cover replacement. White lettering is used on red covers and red lettering is used on white covers.
Further agency listings and approvals are not applicable.
S49CV-0001-2 9/2014
Weatherproof V/O (data sheet S49WP-0001, UL; S46WP-0002, ULC; S59VO-0001)
Red 49VOC-WRFIRE-O Red 49VOC-WRALT-O Red 49VOC-WRFEU-O Red 49VOC-WRBLNG-O Red 49VOC-WRS-O
White 49VOC-WWFIRE-O White 49VOC-WWALT-O White 49VOC-WWFEU-O White 49VOC-WWBLNG-O White 49VOC-WWS-O
Red 49AVC-WRFIRE-O Red 49AVC-WRALT-O Red 49AVC-WRFEU-O Red 49AVC-WRBLNG-O Red 49AVC-WRS-O
White 49AVC-WWFIRE-O White 49AVC-WWALT-O White 49AVC-WWFEU-O White 49AVC-WWBLNG-O White 49AVC-WWS-O
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.
Features
Individually addressed and controlled multi-candela
TrueAlert ES Emergency Communications
appliances provide:
Multi-candela xenon strobe with synchronized 1 Hz flash
rate and with intensity programmable from the control
panel or jumper selected
Standard strobe models with amber lens covers, available
with ALERT lettering or blank, and with red or white
covers, available with 15, 30, 75, 110, or 135 cd output
Separate lens covers are available in amber, blue, green,
and red to configure strobes (V/O) or audible/visible (A/V)
appliances (see ordering details on page 2 and candela
ratings on page 4)
Advanced addressable notification controlled by IDNAC
SLCs providing regulated 29 VDC allowing strobes to
operate with lower current even under battery backup
TrueAlert ES Notification Appliances for Emergency
Emergency Communications appliances are controlled Communications are available with ALERT or Blank
separately from fire alarm appliances but both can be on
the same IDNAC SLC; (only one type activates at a time, Description
ether fire alarm or notification, not both)
Wiring supervision to each appliance allowing TrueAlert ES addressable appliances are
“T-tapped” connections for Class B circuits to simplify individually addressed and receive power, supervision, and
wiring (Class A circuits require in/out wiring) control signals from a Simplex fire alarm control panel
providing IDNAC Signaling Line Circuits (SLCs). (See
Provides TrueAlert ES product features: compatibility list on page 4.)
Self-Test Mode using on-board sensors
TrueAlert Device Reports at the control panel Strobe Application Reference
Magnet Test diagnostics to assist checkout and test Proper selection of visible notification is dependent on
Compatibility with ADA requirements; (see page 3) occupancy, location, local codes, and proper applications
Compatibility with legacy TrueAlert addressable systems of: the National Fire Alarm Code (NFPA 72), ANSI
for upgrade and replacement (see page 4) A117.1; the appropriate model building code: BOCA,
Appliance LED can be selected to display polling ICBO, or SBCCI; and the application guidelines of the
UL listed to Standard 1638 (due to non-white lens); Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA).
verified by UL testing to provide light dispersion
patterns of UL Standard 1971 at rated candela (no TrueAlert ES Operation Advantage
derating necessary for amber or blue lens) TrueAlert ES addressable appliances on IDNAC
ULC listed to Standard S526 SLCs provide separate visible and audible notification using
Mechanical design features include: a single two-wire circuit that also confirms connection to the
Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic individual notification appliance’s electronic circuit. This
housing in red with white letters or white with red operation increases circuit supervision integrity by providing
letters, available with ALERT or blank lettering supervision that extends beyond the appliance wiring
Separate covers, optional mounting adapters and red connections.
wire guards are available
A separate mounting plate allows wiring to be completed Reduced current allows efficient IDNAC SLC
before appliance is mounted; use with single gang, double operation. With IDNAC SLCs, a constant 29 VDC source
gang, or 4-inch square box, flush or surface mount voltage is maintained, even during battery standby, allowing
In/out wiring terminals for 18 AWG to 12 AWG strobes to operate at higher voltage with lower current and
ensuring a consistent current draw and voltage drop margin
For clear lens TrueAlert ES appliances: under both primary power and secondary battery standby.
Refer to data sheet S49VO-0001 for strobes
Efficiencies include wiring distances up to 2 to 3 times
Refer to data sheet S49AV-0001 for A/Vs
farther than with conventional notification, or support for
* These products have been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant more appliances per IDNAC SLC, or use of smaller gauge
to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
7125-0026:0373 (for 49AV-APPLW(-BA)) and 7300-0026:0374 (for color lens products) for
wiring, or combinations of these benefits, all providing
allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. installation and maintenance savings with high assurance
Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the that appliances that operate during normal system testing
latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of
Tyco Fire Protection Products. will operate during worst case alarm conditions.
S49LENS-0001-4 11/2016
TrueAlert ES Operation Advantage (Cont’d) TrueAlert ES Diagnostics (Continued)
Reducing Installation and Testing Time. With Self-Test Details (Continued). Operation is by selected
separate controls on the same two-wire SLC, installation VNAC appliance groups and is either automatic (all briefly
time and expense for both retrofit and new construction can simultaneously activated) or individually activated by applying
be significantly reduced. When Class B wiring is used, a magnet. (Refer to control panel data sheet for more Self-Test
wiring can be “T” tapped, allowing more savings in information, see list on page 4.)
distance, wire, conduit (size and utilization), and overall Silent Appliance Magnet Test. In this test mode, in
installation efficiency. Use of Self-Test and Magnet Test response to application of a magnet, the appliance LED
features improves installation efficiency. TrueAlert device pulses sequentially to conveniently indicate the appliance’s
reports conveniently identify information about each address.
connected appliance. Operational Appliance Magnet Test. In this test mode,
TrueAlert ES Diagnostics after the address is indicated by pulsing the appliance LED,
the strobe will briefly flash to indicate proper operation.
Test Features. When IDNAC SLCs are in diagnostic
mode, Self-Test and Magnet Test features provide individual TrueStart Instrument Two (TSIT). The 2nd generation
appliance testing. With the Self-Test feature, appliance of the Simplex TrueStart Test Instrument adds testing of
operation can be confirmed without leaving the control panel. IDNAC SLC wiring and TrueAlert ES appliances to its
Additionally, each appliance’s LED can be selected to pulse ability to test IDCs, NACs, and IDNet communications
when it receives a supervision poll during normal operation. before connection to the control panel. Please contact your
local Simplex representative for additional information.
Self-Test Details. Selecting Self-Test Mode from the control
panel allows on-board sensors, depending on the device type, TrueAlert Addressable Wiring Isolator
to detect its own strobe and/or horn output and then report their
Isolator Model 4905-9929 is available for remote
status to the control panel.
mounting on TrueAlert addressable circuits to isolate short
circuited wiring from functioning wiring. (See data sheet
S4905-0001.)
Product Selection
Configured Appliance Selection (Lens covers include correct intensity selection plug)
Model* Description
49VO-APPLWE(-BA) V/O Housing for color lens Emergency Communications Appliances Order lens cover, housing cover,
49AV-APPLW(-BA) A/V Housing (has setting on-board for selecting color lens applications) and mounting plate separately
Color Lens Covers 49LENS-AMBER 49LENS-BLUE 49LENS-GREEN 49LENS-RED
2 S49LENS-0001-4 11/2016
TrueAlert Device Reports Reference
Service Port Page 1
REPORT 5 : TrueAlert Device Report 12:34:56am TUE 27-Jan-15
DEVICE
POINT ID CUSTOM LABEL TYPE CANDELA
T14-1-1 Location Label . . . up to 40 characters V/O 15
T14-1-2 Break Room 5 A/V 110
T14-1-3 Boiler Room A/V 75
T14-1-4 Elec. Room 7 A/V 135
Installation Reference
Bottom of lens is
LED indicator either even with, or
Wiring access hole slightly above bottom
location
of compatible boxes
80" (2.03 m)
minimum
NFPA 72 requires
Magnetic test location that the entire lens be
(bottom of housing) Mounting Holes:
not less than 80" and
Single gang (2)
not greater than 96"
Double gang (4) above the finished
110 4" square (4) floor (confirm with
Color lens cover 75 your local codes)
30 Intensity selection
Electrical test point access holes 15 plug, accessible
(on bottom) FACP from rear of
Strobe intensity viewing slot on housing; factory
side of appliance (not to scale, 135 setting is FACP,
amber/blue plug shown) 135 controlled by panel
3 S49LENS-0001-4 11/2016
IDNAC SLC Controller Compatibility Reference
Data Sheet IDNAC SLC Output Appliance Voltage
Compatible Controllers Controller Output
Reference Voltage Design Reference
4100ES with EPS+ or EPS Power Supply S4100-0100
4009 IDNAC Repeater S4009-0004 29 VDC 23 VDC
IDNAC SLC
4007ES with IDNAC Notification S4007-0002 (regulated) (with 6 VDC drop)
4010ES with ESS Enhanced System Supply S4010-0011
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code
are trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Features
Individually addressed and controlled TrueAlert ES
multi-tone electronic horns:
Advanced addressable notification controlled by IDNAC
SLCs providing regulated 29 VDC allowing strobes to
operate with lower current even under battery backup
Wiring supervision to each appliance allows “T-tapped”
connections for Class B circuits to simplify wiring
(Class A circuits require in/out wiring)
Self-Test Mode allows an on-board sensor to detect the
horn output and then report its status to the control panel
Per appliance tone selection of: 520 Hz Horn, Broadband
Horn, Bell, Chime, High/Low, Slow Whoop, or Siren;
programmable from the control panel, or selected using
an on-board DIP Switch (see sound output details on p. 4)
520 Hz tone is compliant with NFPA 72 Low Frequency
Signal Requirements for Sleeping Areas
Listed for wall or ceiling mount applications (blank
covers are recommended for ceiling mount applications) TrueAlert ES Multi-Tone Addressable Horns are Available
Horn, Bell, and High/Low tones can be controlled as: in Red with White Lettering and White with Red Lettering
Temporal Code 3, Temporal Code 4, March Time
(selectable as 20, 60, or 120 bpm), or Continuous Description
Slow Whoop, Siren, and Chime tone selections are TrueAlert ES multi-tone horns are individually
controlled as synchronized continuous operation addressed audible notification appliances that receive
Output of “high” or “low” (~6 dBA difference) power, supervision, and control signals from a Simplex
selectable at the appliance or from the controller with fire alarm control panel providing IDNAC Signaling Line
FACP mode selected at the appliance Circuits (SLCs). (See compatibility list on page 4.)
Unobtrusive Magnet Test diagnostics are available to
assist checkout and testing of appliances and wiring TrueAlert ES Operation Advantage
Electrical test point access without removing cover
TrueAlert ES addressable appliances on IDNAC
Listed to UL Standard 464 and ULC Standard S525
SLCs provide separate audible (and visible) notification
LED Indicator and Magnet Test feature: using a single two-wire circuit that also confirms connection
Appliance LED can be selected to display each polling to the individual notification appliance’s electronic circuit.
cycle to indicate appliance supervision This operation increases circuit supervision integrity by
When the controller is in diagnostic mode, the Magnet providing supervision that extends beyond the appliance
Test pulses the LED to indicate appliance address and is wiring connections.
selectable to also briefly sound the horn to confirm
operation Reduced current allows efficient IDNAC SLC
operation. With IDNAC SLCs, a constant 29 VDC source
Mechanical design features include:
voltage is maintained, even during battery standby, allowing
Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic strobes on the same SLC to operate at higher voltage with
housing in red with white letters or white with red letters lower current and ensuring a consistent current draw and
available with FIRE, FEU, FEU/FIRE or blank lettering voltage drop margin under both primary power and
Separate covers are available to change application type secondary battery standby. Efficiencies include wiring
on-site or for replacement; covers can be easily removed distances up to 2 to 3 times farther than with conventional
without disturbing the connected housing and avoiding notification, or support for more appliances per IDNAC
trouble conditions SLC, or use of smaller gauge wiring, or combinations of
A separate mounting plate allows wiring to be completed these benefits, all providing installation and maintenance
before appliance is mounted; use with single gang, double savings with high assurance that appliances that operate
gang, or 4-inch square box, flush or surface mount during normal system testing will operate during worst case
In/out wiring terminals for 18 AWG to 12 AWG alarm conditions.
Optional mounting adapters are available to cover * This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
surface mounted electrical boxes and to adapt to Simplex Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7135-0026:0379
2975-9145 boxes for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document.
Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest
status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire
Protection Products.
S49MT-0001-5 7/2016
TrueAlert ES Operation Advantage (Cont’d) TrueAlert ES Diagnostics (Continued)
Reducing Installation and Testing Time. With Silent Appliance Magnet Test. In this test mode, in
separate controls on the same two-wire SLC, installation response to application of a magnet, the appliance LED
time and expense for both retrofit and new construction pulses sequentially to conveniently indicate the
can be significantly reduced. When Class B wiring is appliance’s address.
used, wiring can be “T” tapped, allowing more savings in
distance, wire, conduit (size and utilization), and overall Operational Appliance Magnet Test. In this test
installation efficiency. Use of Self-Test and Magnet Test mode, after the address is indicated by pulsing the
features improves installation efficiency. TrueAlert device appliance LED, the horn will briefly sound to indicate
reports conveniently identify information about each proper operation.
connected appliance.
TrueStart Instrument Two (TSIT). The 2nd
TrueAlert ES Diagnostics generation of the Simplex TrueStart Test Instrument adds
testing of IDNAC SLC wiring and TrueAlert ES
Test Features. When IDNAC SLCs are in diagnostic
appliances to its ability to test IDCs, NACs, and IDNet
mode, Self-Test and Magnet Test features provide individual
appliance testing. With the Self-Test feature, appliance communications before connection to the control panel.
operation can be confirmed without leaving the control panel. Please contact your local Simplex representative for
Additionally, each appliance’s LED can be selected to pulse additional information.
when it receives a supervision poll during normal operation. TrueAlert Addressable Wiring Isolator
Self-Test Details. Selecting Self-Test Mode from the
control panel allows on-board sensors, depending on the Isolator Model 4905-9929 is available for remote
device type, to detect its own strobe and/or horn output and mounting on TrueAlert addressable circuits to isolate
then report their status to the control panel. Operation is by short circuited wiring from functioning wiring. (See data
selected VNAC appliance groups and is either automatic (all sheet S4905-0001.)
briefly simultaneously activated) or individually activated by
applying a magnet. (Refer to control panel data sheet for more
Self-Test information, see list on page 4.)
Product Selection
TrueAlert ES Addressable Multi-Tone Horns
Model* Cover Color Wording Description Dimensions with Cover
49MT-WRF(-BA) Red
FIRE TrueAlert ES addressable
49MT-WWF-BA White 5 ⅛” H x 5” W x 1 ½” D
multi-tone horns, includes cover
49MT-WRS-BA Red and matching mounting plate (130 mm x 127 mm x 38 mm)
Blank
49MT-WWS-BA White
49MT-APPLW(-BA) Select cover and mounting plate separately
Separate Mounting Plate (Required when ordering model 49MT-APPLW(-BA))
Model* Color Description
49MP-AVVOWR Red
Mounting plate, select color to match cover
49MP-AVVOWW White
* Note: (-BA) indicates model is available either with or without the -BA suffix. Model numbers ending in -BA, APPLW models, and
separate mounting plates are assembled in the USA.
Separate Covers (Required when ordering model 49MT-APPLW(-BA), uses same covers as 49AO Series fixed tone horns)
Model Color Wording Model Color Wording
49AOC-WRFIRE Red 49AOC-WRS Red
FIRE Logos Only
49AOC-WWFIRE White 49AOC-WWS White
49AOC-WRFEU Red 49AOC-RBLANK Red
FEU Blank
49AOC-WWFEU White 49AOC-WBLANK White
49AOC-WRBLNG Red
FEU/FIRE
49AOC-WWBLNG White
Mounting Adapters
Model Color Description Dimensions
4905-9937 Red 5 ⅜” H x 5 ¼” W x 1 ⅝” D (136 mm x 133 mm x 41 mm)
Surface Mount Adapter Skirt
4905-9940 White Total depth with horn = 3 ⅛” (79 mm)
2 S49MT-0001-5 7/2016
TrueAlert Device Reports Reference
Service Port Page 1
REPORT 5 : TrueAlert Device Report 12:34:56am TUE 10 Mar-15
DEVICE
POINT ID CUSTOM LABEL TYPE CANDELA
T14-1-1 Location Label . . . up to 40 characters MT AO NA
T14-1-2 Break Room 5 MT AV 110
T14-1-3 Boiler Room MT AO NA
T14-1-4 Elec. Room 7 A/V 135
Installation Reference
3 S49MT-0001-5 7/2016
IDNAC SLC Controller Compatibility Reference
Data Sheet IDNAC SLC Output Appliance Voltage
Compatible Controllers Controller Output
Reference Voltage Design Reference
4100ES with EPS+ or EPS Power Supply S4100-0100
4009 IDNAC Repeater S4009-0004 29 VDC 23 VDC
IDNAC SLC
4007ES with IDNAC Notification S4007-0002 (regulated) (with 6 VDC drop)
4010ES with ESS Enhanced System Supply S4010-0011
* Output ratings are at 10 ft (3 m); UL 464 ratings are per UL Reverberant Chamber testing; ULC S525 ratings are per ULC Anechoic
Chamber testing. The tone generator circuit is DC-DC converter powered and provides essentially constant output over the rated voltage
range.
** UL output ratings below 75 dBA are for NFPA 72 Private Mode applications.
†
ULC output ratings below 85 dBA are for use in applications per applicable local codes.
Sound Output Dispersion per Horizontal from Center -3 dBA @ ±34° -6 dBA @ ±37° -8.8 dBA @ ±90°
ULC S541 Anechoic Testing Vertical from Center -3 dBA @ -39°, +42° -6 dBA @ -54°, +50° -8.4 dBA @ ±90°
General Specifications
Temperature Range 32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C)
Humidity Range 10% to 93%, non-condensing @ 104° F (40° C)
Terminal blocks on mounting plate for 18 AWG to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2); two wires per
Connections
terminal for in/out wiring
579-1152 for 49MTV Series A/V appliances
Installation Instructions
579-1100 for 49MP Series mounting plates
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code
are trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Features
Individually addressed and controlled multi-tone
and multi-candela TrueAlert ES A/V (audible/visible)
notification appliances provide:
Multi-candela xenon strobe with synchronized 1 Hz flash
rate and with intensity programmable from the control
panel or jumper selected as 15, 30, 75, 110, 135, or
185 cd
Advanced addressable notification controlled by IDNAC
SLCs providing regulated 29 VDC allowing strobes to
operate with lower current even under battery backup
Wiring supervision to each appliance allowing
“T-tapped” connections for Class B circuits to
simplify wiring (Class A circuits require in/out
wiring)
Self-Test Mode allows on-board sensors to detect the
strobe and horn output and then report their status to TrueAlert ES Multi-Tone Addressable A/Vs are Available
the control panel in Red with White Lettering and White with Red Lettering
Per appliance tone selection of: 520 Hz Horn, Features (Continued)
Broadband Horn, Bell, Chime, High/Low, Slow
Mechanical design features include:
Whoop, or Siren; programmable from the control
Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic
panel, or selected using an on-board DIP Switch (refer
housing in red with white letters or white with red letters,
to sound output details on page 4) with clear lens, available with FIRE, FEU, ALERT,
520 Hz tone is compliant with NFPA 72 Low FEU/FIRE, or blank lettering
Frequency Signal Requirements for Sleeping Areas Separate covers are available to change application type
Horn, Bell, and High/Low tones can be controlled as: on-site or for replacement; covers can be easily removed
Temporal Code 3, Temporal Code 4, March Time without disturbing the connected housing and avoiding
(selectable as 20, 60, or 120 bpm), or Continuous trouble conditions
Slow Whoop, Siren, and Chime tone selections are A separate mounting plate allows wiring to be completed
before appliance is mounted; use with single gang, double
controlled as synchronized continuous operation
gang, or 4-inch square box, flush or surface mount
Output of “high” or “low” (~6 dBA difference) In/out wiring terminals for 18 AWG to 12 AWG
selectable at the appliance or from the controller with
Optional mounting adapters are available to cover
FACP mode selected at the appliance
surface mounted electrical boxes and to adapt to Simplex
TrueAlert Device Reports at the control panel 2975-9145 boxes
detailing appliance point ID, custom label, type, and
candela setting (see sample on page 3) Description
Magnet Test diagnostics to assist checkout and testing TrueAlert ES addressable multi-tone A/Vs are
of appliances and wiring individually addressed audible/visible notification
Electrical test point access without removing cover appliances that receive power, supervision, and control
Compatibility with ADA requirements; (refer to signals from a Simplex fire alarm control panel providing
important installation information on page 3) IDNAC Signaling Line Circuits (SLCs). (See
compatibility list on page 4.)
Strobe operation is listed to UL Standard 1971 and
ULC Standard S526; Horn operation is listed to UL Strobe Application Reference
Standard 464 and ULC Standard S525 Proper selection of visible notification is dependent on
LED Indicator and Magnet Test feature: occupancy, location, local codes, and proper applications
Appliance LED can be selected to display each polling of: the National Fire Alarm Code (NFPA 72), ANSI
cycle to indicate appliance supervision A117.1; the appropriate model building code: BOCA,
When the controller is in diagnostic mode, the Magnet ICBO, or SBCCI; and the application guidelines of the
Test pulses the LED to indicate appliance address and Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA).
can be set to also briefly flash the strobe and sound the * This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
horn 7135-0026:0380 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in
this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product
supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co.
are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
S49MTV-0001-6 7/2016
TrueAlert ES Operation Advantage TrueAlert ES Diagnostics
TrueAlert ES addressable appliances on IDNAC Test Features. When IDNAC SLCs are in diagnostic
SLCs provide separate visible and audible notification mode, Self-Test and Magnet Test features provide individual
using a single two-wire circuit that also confirms appliance testing. With the Self-Test feature, appliance
connection to the individual notification appliance’s operation can be confirmed without leaving the control panel.
electronic circuit. This operation increases circuit Additionally, each appliance’s LED can be selected to pulse
supervision integrity by providing supervision that when it receives a supervision poll during normal operation.
extends beyond the appliance wiring connections. Self-Test Details. Selecting Self-Test Mode from the control
Reduced current allows efficient IDNAC SLC panel allows on-board sensors, depending on the device type, to
operation. With IDNAC SLCs, a constant 29 VDC detect its own strobe and/or horn output and then report their
source voltage is maintained, even during battery standby, status to the control panel. Operation is by selected VNAC
allowing strobes to operate at higher voltage with lower appliance groups and is either automatic (all briefly
current and ensuring a consistent current draw and voltage simultaneously activated) or individually activated by applying
drop margin under both primary power and secondary a magnet. (Refer to control panel data sheet for more Self-Test
battery standby. Efficiencies include wiring distances up information, see list on page 4.)
to 2 to 3 times farther than with conventional notification, Silent Appliance Magnet Test. In this test mode, in
or support for more appliances per IDNAC SLC, or use of response to application of a magnet, the appliance LED pulses
smaller gauge wiring, or combinations of these benefits, sequentially to conveniently indicate the appliance’s address.
all providing installation and maintenance savings with Operational Appliance Magnet Test. In this test mode,
high assurance that appliances that operate during normal after the address is indicated by pulsing the appliance LED, the
system testing will operate during worst case alarm strobe will briefly flash and the horn will briefly sound to
conditions. indicate proper operation.
Reducing Installation and Testing Time. With TrueStart Instrument Two (TSIT). The 2nd generation of
separate controls on the same two-wire SLC, installation the Simplex TrueStart Test Instrument adds testing of IDNAC
time and expense for both retrofit and new construction SLC wiring and TrueAlert ES appliances to its ability to test
can be significantly reduced. When Class B wiring is IDCs, NACs, and IDNet communications before connection to
used, wiring can be “T” tapped, allowing more savings in the control panel. Please contact your local Simplex
distance, wire, conduit (size and utilization), and overall representative for additional information.
installation efficiency. Use of Self-Test and Magnet Test
features improve installation efficiency. TrueAlert device
TrueAlert Addressable Wiring Isolator
reports conveniently identify information about each Isolator Model 4905-9929 is available for remote mounting
connected appliance. on TrueAlert addressable circuits to isolate short circuited
wiring from functioning wiring. (See data sheet S4905-0001.)
Product Selection
TrueAlert ES Wall Mount Multi-Tone Addressable Audible/Visible Appliances
TrueAlert ES multi-tone addressable A/V appliances include cover and matching mounting plate except as noted;
Dimensions with Cover = 5 ⅛” H x 5” W x 2 ⅝” D (130 mm x 127 mm x 67 mm)
Model* Cover Color Wording Lens Color Model* Cover Color Wording Lens Color
49MTV-WRF(-BA) Red 49MTV-WRS-BA Red
FIRE Clear Blank Clear
49MTV-WWF(-BA) White 49MTV-WWS-BA White
49MTV-APPLW(-BA) Select cover and mounting plate separately
Separate Mounting Plate (Required when ordering model 49MTV-APPLW(-BA))
Model* Color Model Color Note
49MP-AVVOWR Red 49MP-AVVOWW White Mounting Plate, select color to match cover
* Note: (-BA) indicates model is available either with or without the -BA suffix. Model numbers ending in -BA, APPLW models, and separate
mounting plates are assembled in the USA.
Separate Covers (Required when ordering model 49MTV-APPLW(-BA), uses same covers as 49AV Series fixed tone A/Vs)
Model Color Wording Model Color Wording
49AVC-WRFIRE Red 49AVC-WRFEU Red
FIRE FEU
49AVC-WWFIRE White 49AVC-WWFEU White
49AVC-WRALT Red 49AVC-WRBLNG Red
ALERT FEU/FIRE
49AVC-WWALT White 49AVC-WWBLNG White
49AVC-WRS Red Logos Only 49AVC-WWS White Logos Only
Mounting Adapters
Model Color Description Dimensions
4905-9937 Red 5 ⅜” H x 5 ¼” W x 1 ⅝” D (136 mm x 133 mm x 41 mm)
Surface Mount Adapter Skirt
4905-9940 White Total depth with strobe = 4 ⅜” (111 mm)
Red Adapter Plate for mounting to Simplex 2975-9145 Box
4905-9931 8 5⁄16” x 5 ¾” x 0.060” Thick (211 mm x 146 mm x 1.5 mm)
(typically for retrofit, mount vertical or horizontal)
2975-9145 Red Mounting Box, requires 4905-9931 Adapter Plate 7 ⅞" x 5 ⅛" x 2 ¾" D (200 mm x 130 mm x 70 mm)
2 S49MTV-0001-6 7/2016
TrueAlert Device Reports Reference
Service Port Page 1
REPORT 5 : TrueAlert Device Report 12:34:56am TUE 10-Mar-15
DEVICE
POINT ID CUSTOM LABEL TYPE CANDELA
T14-1-1 Location Label . . . up to 40 characters MT AV 15
T14-1-2 Break Room 5 MT AV 110
T14-1-3 Boiler Room VO 75
T14-1-4 Elec. Room 7 AV 135
Installation Reference
TrueAlert ES
Multi-Tone
Addressable A/V
3 S49MTV-0001-6 7/2016
IDNAC SLC Controller Compatibility Reference
Data Sheet IDNAC SLC Output Appliance Voltage
Compatible Controllers Controller Output
Reference Voltage Design Reference
4100ES with EPS+ or EPS Power Supply S4100-0100
4009 IDNAC Repeater S4009-0004 29 VDC 23 VDC
IDNAC SLC
4007ES with IDNAC Notification S4007-0002 (regulated) (with 6 VDC drop)
4010ES with ESS Enhanced System Supply S4010-0011
Introduction Table 3: S/O Ceiling Mount Covers (Required when ordering APPLC models)
Ceiling mount Addressable Speaker (S/O) Notification Appliances Model Color Wording
are individually powered, addressed, and controlled from the Simplex
49SOC-CW White
fire alarm control panel IDNAC Signaling Line Circuit (SLC). Audio is
supplied from a separate compatible Simplex Fire Alarm Control Panel 49SOC-CRALT Red
ALERT
audio NAC. Wiring supervision is electronically monitored allowing audio 49SOC-CWALT White
and IDNAC wiring to be T-tapped for Class B wiring, reducing wiring costs 49SOC-CRFIRE Red
and wiring distances. FIRE
49SOC-CWFIRE White
Installation on standard 4 inch square 2 1/8 inch deep USA electrical 49SOC-CRS Red
boxes for flush installations (provided by others) or WP backboxes (order Simplex
49SOC-CWS White
below) for surface or WP installations.
Appliances are available in 400 - 4000 Hz and 200 – 10000 Hz high
fidelity models. Separate appliance and cover selection greatly simplifies Weatherproof Product Selection
the ordering and installation process. Model numbers ending in –BA are
Table 4: Weatherproof Back Boxes
assembled in the USA.
For more detailed information, please consult datasheet S49SWC-0001. SKU Color Description
Weatherproof back
49WPBB-SOCR Red
box in Red
Weatherproof back
49WPBB-SOCW White
box in White
SKU Description
Wire Guard Back Box, Ceiling, Red,
49WGBB-SOCR-O
WP
49WG-SOCR Wire Guard, Ceiling, Red
Product Selection
TrueAlert ES Addressable Ceiling Mount S/O appliance dimensions with
cover: 7 ⅛" H x 7 ⅛" W x 1 ¼" D ( 180 mm x 180 mm x 32 mm)
SKU* Description
49SO-APPLC S/O Appliance Only. Select cover and
weatherproof box (if required) separately.
49SO-APPLC-BA
SKU* Description
49HF-APPLC High Fidelity S/O Appliance Only. Select cover
and weatherproof box (if required) separately.
49HF-APPLC-BA
Table 3: S/O Ceiling Mount Covers (Required when ordering APPLC models)
* Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local product supplier for the latest status.
Specification Rating
Dimensions 7 1/8” H x 7 1/8” W x 1 1/4” D (180mm x 180mm x 32mm)
Environmental 32° to 120° F (0° to 49° C); 10% to 93%, non-condensing at 104° F (40° C)
2 2
Terminal blocks for 18 AWG to 12 AWG (0.82 mm to 3.31 mm ); two wires per terminal for
Connections
in/out wiring. Use Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) for IDNAC and audio wiring.
Installation Instructions 579-1203
Specification Rating
Input Voltage 25 or 70.7 Vrms
Power Taps ¼, ½, 1, and 2 W
Frequency Response 400 to 4000 Hz (S/O), 200 to 10000 Hz (H/F) General Signaling = 125 to 12 kHz
Wattage Tap ¼W ½W 1W 2W
Model S/O H/F S/O H/F S/O H/F S/O H/F
Reverberant Chamber Test, per UL 1480 (dBA) 79 77 83 81 86 84 90 87
Anechoic Chamber Test, per ULC-S541 (dBA)* 81 78 85 82 88 85 91 88
Note: * Select taps as indicated to satisfy the ULC fire alarm applications requirement of 85 dBA minimum
Attenuation Angle
-3 dB 70°
-6 dB 80°
Specification Rating
Typical Operating Voltage Range 23 VDC to 30 VDC, Special Application
Appliance voltage design reference 23VDC (with 6VDC drop)
Current consumption 9mA
Supervisory Requirements 1 unit load (= 0.8 mA control panel current)
Maximum of 127 addresses per SLC, 139 unit loads. See device and compatible fire panel
IDNAC SLC Loading
installation instructions for circuit current load limits.
UTP, unshielded twisted pair recommended
IDNAC SLC Wiring Specifications (refer to control Maximum wire length allowed with “T-Taps” for Class B wiring per SLC = 10,000 ft (3048 m)
panel installation instructions for more information) Maximum wire length to any appliance = 4000 ft (1219 m). This can be doubled to 8000ft
(2438m) by using a 4009 IDNAC Repeater.
© 2018 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision and are subject to change without
notice. Additional listings may be applicable, contact your local Simplex® product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co.
Simplex, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code are
registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
S49SOC-0001 Rev. 4 3/2018
TrueAlert Addressable Notification Appliances
UL, ULC Listed; FM Approved* Wall Mount Addressable Speaker (S/O) Notification Appliances
Installation
Model Description
instructions
S/O Appliance Only. Select
49SO-APPLW
cover, mounting plate, and
579-1190
49SO-APPLW-BA surface/WP box (if required)
separately.
Table 2: High Fidelity Appliances
Installation
Model Description
instructions
High fidelity S/O appliance
49HF-APPLW
only. Select cover, mounting
579-1190
49HF-APPLW-BA plate, and surface/WP box (if
required) separately.
* Additional listings may be applicable, contact your local Simplex® product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co.
Model Description
49WGBB-SOWR-O Wire Guard Back Box, Wall, Red, WP
49WG-SOWR Wire Guard, Wall, Red
Specification Rating
Dimensions 5 ½” H x 5” W x 1 ½” D (139 mm x 128 mm x 38 mm)
Environmental 32° to 120° F (0° to 49° C); 10% to 93%, non-condensing at 104° F (40° C)
2 2
Connections Terminal blocks for 18 AWG to 12 AWG (0.82 mm to 3.31 mm ); two wires per terminal for in/
out wiring. Use Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) for IDNAC and audio wiring.
Table 10: Speaker Audio Specifications
Specification Rating
Input Voltage 25 or 70.7 Vrms
Power Taps ¼, ½, 1, and 2 W
Frequency Response 400 to 4000 Hz (S/O), 200 to 10000 Hz (H/F) General Signaling = 125 to 12 kHz
Table 11: Speaker Output Ratings 25 or 70.7 Vrms @ 10 ft (3 m)
Wattage Tap ¼W ½W 1W 2W
Model S/O H/F S/O H/F S/O H/F S/O H/F
Reverberant Chamber Test, per UL 1480 (dBA) 79 76 83 80 87* 83 90* 86*
Anechoic Chamber Test, per ULC-S541 (dBA) 80 76 84 79 88* 82 91* 85*
* Select taps as indicated to satisfy the ULC fire alarm applications requirement of 85 dBA minimum
Table 12: Polar Dispersion Reference (per ULC-S541 Anechoic Chamber Testing)
Specification Rating
Typical Operating Voltage Range 23 VDC to 30 VDC, Special Application
Appliance Voltage Design Reference 23VDC (with 6VDC drop)
Current Consumption @ 23 VDC on IDNAC Addressable SLC 9mA
Supervisory Requirements 1 unit load (= 0.8 mA control panel current)
Maximum of 127 addresses per SLC, 139 unit loads. See device and compatible Fire Panel
IDNAC SLC Loading
Installation Instructions for circuit current load limits.
UTP, unshielded twisted pair recommended
IDNAC SLC Wiring Specifications (refer to
Maximum wire length allowed with “T-Taps” for Class B wiring per SLC = 10,000 ft (3048 m)
control panel installation instructions for more
information) Maximum wire length to any appliance = 4000 ft (1219 m). This can be doubled to 8000ft
(2438m) by using a 4009 IDNAC Repeater.
© 2018 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision and are subject to change without
notice. Additional listings may be applicable, contact your local Simplex® product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co.
Simplex, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code are
registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
S49SOW-0001 Rev. 5 5/2018
TrueAlert Addressable Notification Appliances
UL, ULC Listed; FM Approved* Ceiling Mount Addressable Speaker Visible (S/V) Notification Appliances
Product Selection
Table 1: Ceiling Mount Addressable Speaker S/V Appliances
Model Description
49SV-APPLC S/V appliance only. Select cover
and weatherproof box (if required)
49SV-APPLC-BA separately.
Table 2: High Fidelity Appliances
Model Description
49HFV-APPLC High Fidelity S/V appliance only.
Select cover and weatherproof box
49HFV-APPLC-BA (if required) separately.
Table 3: High Candela Appliances
Model Description
49SVH-APPLC-BA High Candela S/V appliance only.
Select cover and weatherproof box
49SVH-APPLC (if required) separately. FIRE
* Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire
49SVC-CWBC
49SVC-CRBF
49SVC-CWBF
49SVC-CRFEU
49SVC-CWFEU
49SVC-CRFIRE
49SVC-CWFIRE
49SVC-CRS
49SVC-CWS
49SVC-CK
White
Red
White
Red
White
Red
White
Red
White
Black
FIRE
火
/FIRE ALARM
FEU/FIRE
FEU
No logo or lettering
© 2018 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision and are subject to change without
notice. Additional listings may be applicable, contact your local Simplex® product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co.
Simplex, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code are
registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
S49SVC-0001 Rev. 5 3/2018
TrueAlert Addressable Notification Appliances
UL, ULC Listed; FM Approved* Wall Mount Addressable Speaker Visible (S/V) Notification Appliances
Installation
Lens Color
instructions
49LENS-AMBER Amber
49LENS-BLUE Blue
579-1192
49LENS-GREEN Green
49LENS-RED Red
Note: Use colored lenses only with indoor appliances.
Product Selection
Table 1: TrueAlert ES Wall Mount Addressable Speaker S/V Appliances
Installation
SKU** Description
instructions
Select cover, mounting
49SV-APPLW
plate, and surface/
579-1190
49SV-APPLW-BA WP box (if required)
separately.
Table 2: High Fidelity H/F Appliances
Installation
SKU** Description
instructions
High Fidelity S/V
49HFV-APPLW Appliance Only. Select
cover, mounting plate, 579-1190
49HFV-APPLW-BA and surface/WP box (if
required) separately.
*Additional listings may be applicable, contact your local Simplex ® product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co.
Model Description
49WGBB-SVWR-O Wire Guard Back Box, Wall, Red, WP
49WGBB-SVCR-O Wire Guard Back Box, Ceiling, Red, WP
49WG-SVWCR Wire Guard, Wall, Red
Table 9: S/V Wall Mount Back Plate
Wattage Tap ¼ W ½W 1W 2W
Model S/V H/F S/V H/F S/V H/F S/V H/F
Reverberant
Chamber Test,
79 76 83 80 86* 82 89* 86*
per UL 1480
(dBA)
Anechoic
Chamber Test,
81 78 84 81 88* 84 90* 87*
per ULC-S541
(dBA)
* Note: Select taps as indicated to satisfy the ULC fire alarm applications requirement of 85 dBA minimum
Table 13: Polar Dispersion Reference (per ULC-S541 Anechoic Chamber Testing)
© 2018 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision and are subject to change without
notice. Additional listings may be applicable, contact your local Simplex® product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co.
Simplex, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code are
registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
S49SVW-0001 Rev. 7 5/2018
TrueAlert Addressable Notification Appliances
UL, ULC Listed; FM Approved* Wall and Ceiling Mount Addressable Speaker
and Speaker Visible Notification Appliances
Features
Individually addressed and controlled Speaker
(S/O) and Speaker Visible (S/V) notification
appliances
Advanced addressable notification controlled by IDNAC
SLCs provides regulated 29 VDC for low current operation
even under battery backup.
Wiring supervision is electronically monitored and
allows audio wiring to be T-tapped for class B wiring,
reducing wiring costs and wiring distances.
Speaker selectivity is controlled by the panel. Only those
speakers that are needed are connected to the audio
NAC.
Separate appliance and cover selection greatly simplifies
the ordering and installation process.
Strobe intensity can be programmed from the control
panel or the device for S/V models.
Self-Test Mode allows on-board sensors to detect the
strobe and speaker output and then report their status to
the control panel.
Wiring terminals separate from the Audio terminals.
TrueAlert Device Reports at the control panel detailing Ceiling and Wall Mount Addressable Speaker Only and
appliance point ID, custom label, type, and candela Speaker Visible Strobes
setting.
Magnet test diagnostics to assist checkout and testing of Features (Continued)
appliances and wiring.
Speaker design features
Compatibility with ADA requirements.
High quality voice and tone reproduction with taps for
LED indicator and magnet test feature ¼, ½, 1, or 2 W, at 25 or 70.7 VRMS
Appliance LED can be selected to display each polling Speakers have capacitor input for connection to DC
cycle to indicate appliance supervision supervised NACs and are wired separately from strobes
In diagnostic mode, the magnet test pulses the LED to Listed to UL 1480 and ULC S541*
indicate appliance address and pulses to indicate the Compliant with NFPA 72, 520 Hz Low Frequency
intensity selection; a brief output of the strobe is also Signal Requirements for Sleeping Areas
selectable to confirm operation High and low frequency response models available,
Mechanical design features 200-10000 Hz and 400-4000 Hz respectively.
Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic Description
housings are available for wall or ceiling mount models
Covers are available in red or white with various Wall and ceiling mount addressable speaker and
lettering options speaker visible appliances provide convenient
Covers can be easily removed without disturbing the installation to standard electrical boxes. The speaker is
connected housing and avoiding trouble conditions individually addressed and individually controlled with
power, supervision, and control supplied from a Simplex
In/out wiring terminals for 18 AWG to 12 AWG fire alarm control panel IDNAC Signaling Line Circuit
Mounts to 4” square 2 ⅛” gang US electrical boxes (SLC). Audio is provided by a panel that supports audio
output or from a separate audio source. Appliances use a
multi-tapped speaker for audio/tone notification.
Strobe Application Reference
Proper selection of visible notification is dependent on
occupancy, location, local codes, and proper applications
of: the National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code
(NFPA 72), ANSI A117.1; the appropriate model
* Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for building code: BOCA, ICBO, or SBCCI; and the
the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the
property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
application guidelines of the Americans with Disabilities
Act (ADA).
S49SWC-0001-2 11/2016
IDNAC SLC Operation Advantage TrueAlert Addressable Wiring Isolator
TrueAlert Addressable speaker and speaker Isolator Model 4905-9929 is available for remote
visible appliances on IDNAC SLCs provide visible mounting on TrueAlert addressable circuits to isolate short
and audio notification using two separate two-wire circuited wiring from functioning wiring. Refer to data sheet
circuits that also confirms connection to the individual S4905-0001 for additional information.
notification appliance’s electronic circuit. This operation TrueAlert ES Diagnostics
increases circuit supervision integrity by providing
supervision that extends beyond the appliance wiring Test Features
connections. Controllers can be selected to pulse each appliance’s LED
Reduced current usage on IDNAC SLCs when it receives a supervision poll. When the controller is
A constant 29 VDC source voltage is maintained, even selected for diagnostic mode, the appliance magnet test
during battery standby. This allows appliances to operate feature provides a response at the individual appliance being
at higher voltage with lower current and ensuring a tested.
consistent current draw and voltage drop margin under Silent Appliance Magnet Test
both primary power and secondary battery standby. The appliance LED pulses sequentially to conveniently
Efficiencies include wiring distances up to 2 to 3 times indicate the appliance’s address when a magnet is applied.
farther than with conventional notification, support for Operational Appliance Testing
more appliances per IDNAC SLC, use of smaller gauge In this test mode, after the address is indicated by pulsing the
wiring, or combinations of these benefits. appliance LED, the strobe will briefly flash to indicate
proper operation.
Reducing Installation and Testing Time
With separate controls on the same two-wire SLC, TrueStart Instrument Two (TSIT)
installation time and expense for both retrofit and new The 2nd generation of the Simplex TrueStart Test
construction can be significantly reduced. When Class B Instrument adds testing of IDNAC SLC wiring and
wiring is used, wiring can be “T” tapped, allowing more TrueAlert (and TrueAlert ES) appliances to its ability to test
savings in distance, wire, conduit (size and utilization), and IDCs, NACs, and IDNet communications before connection
overall installation efficiency. Use of the magnet test feature to the control panel. Please contact your local Simplex
improves installation efficiency. TrueAlert device reports representative for additional information.
conveniently identify information about each connected
appliance.
2 S49SWC-0001-2 11/2016
IDNAC SLC Controller Compatibility Reference
Data Sheet IDNAC SLC Output Appliance Voltage
Compatible Controllers Controller Output
Reference Voltage Design Reference
4100ES with EPS+ or EPS Power Supply S4100-0100
4009 IDNAC Repeater S4009-0004
29 VDC 23 VDC
4100ES Flex 35, 50, and 100 Amplifiers IDNAC SLC
(regulated) (with 6 VDC drop)
4100ES Constant Supervision and Signal S4100-0034
Cards
Specifications
General Specifications (refer to individual model data sheets for further specifications, install and operation details)
Typical Operating Voltage Range 23 - 30 VDC, Special Application
Environmental 32° to 120° F (0° to 49° C); 10% to 93%, non-condensing at 104° F (40° C)
Terminal blocks for 18 AWG to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2); two wires per terminal
Connections
for in/out wiring. Use Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) for IDNAC and audio wiring.
IDNAC SLC Loading Maximum of 127 addresses per SLC, 139 unit loads. See device and compatible fire
panel installation instructions for circuit current load limits.
Speaker Specifications
Input Voltage 25 or 70.7 Vrms
Power Taps ¼, ½, 1, and 2 W
400 to 4000 Hz and 200 to 10000 Hz,
Frequency Response General Signaling = 125 to 12 kHz
respectively.
Strobe Specifications
Typical Operating Voltage Range 23 - 30 VDC, Special Application
Supervisory Requirements 1 unit load (= 0.8 mA control panel current)
Flash Rate 1 Hz
UTP, unshielded twisted pair recommended
IDNAC SLC Wiring Specifications Maximum wire length allowed with “T-Taps” for Class B wiring per SLC = 10,000 ft
(refer to control panel installation instructions for (3048 m)
more information) Maximum wire length to any appliance = 4000 ft (1219 m). This can be doubled to
8000ft (2438m) by using a 4009 IDNAC Repeater.
Note: Speakers are for connection to compatible fire alarm audio circuits only.
3 S49SWC-0001-2 11/2016
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Features
Individually addressed and controlled multi-candela
TrueAlert ES V/O (visible only) notification
appliances provide:
Multi-candela xenon strobe with synchronized 1 Hz flash
rate and with intensity programmable from the control
panel or jumper selected as 15, 30, 75, 110, 135, or 185 cd
Advanced addressable notification controlled by IDNAC
SLCs providing regulated 29 VDC allowing strobes to
operate with lower current even under battery backup
Wiring supervision to each appliance allowing
“T-tapped” connections for Class B circuits to simplify
wiring (Class A circuits require in/out wiring)
Self-Test Mode allows an on-board sensor to detect the
strobe output and then report its status to the control
panel
TrueAlert Device Reports at the control panel detailing TrueAlert ES Addressable Strobes are Available in Red with White
Lettering and White with Red Lettering
appliance point ID, custom label, type, and candela
setting (see sample on page 3) Description
Magnet Test diagnostics to assist checkout and testing of
appliances and wiring and Electrical test point access TrueAlert ES addressable strobes are individually
without removing cover addressed visible notification appliances that receive
Compatibility with ADA requirements; (refer to power, supervision, and control signals from a Simplex
important installation information on page 3) fire alarm control panel providing IDNAC Signaling Line
Compatibility with legacy TrueAlert addressable systems Circuits (SLCs). LED and Xenon tube strobes devices are
for upgrade and replacement (see page 4) interoperable on the same IDNAC channel. (See
compatibility list on page 4.)
Listed to UL Standard 1971 and ULC Standard S526
LED Indicator and Magnet Test feature: Strobe Application Reference
Appliance LED can be selected to display each polling Proper selection of visible notification is dependent on
cycle to indicate appliance supervision occupancy, location, local codes, and proper applications
When the controller is in diagnostic mode, the Magnet of: the National Fire Alarm Code (NFPA 72), ANSI
Test pulses the LED to indicate appliance address and A117.1; the appropriate model building code: BOCA,
can be set to also briefly flash the strobe ICBO, or SBCCI; and the application guidelines of the
Mechanical design features include: Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA).
Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic
housing in red with white letters or white with red TrueAlert ES Operation Advantage
letters, with clear lens, available with FIRE, ALERT, TrueAlert ES addressable appliances on IDNAC
FEU, FEU/FIRE, or blank lettering SLCs provide separate visible (and audible) notification
Separate covers are available to change appliance type using a single two-wire circuit that also confirms connection
on-site or for replacement; covers can be easily removed to the individual notification appliance’s electronic circuit.
without disturbing the connected housing and avoiding This operation increases circuit supervision integrity by
trouble conditions providing supervision that extends beyond the appliance
A separate mounting plate allows wiring to be completed wiring connections.
before appliance is mounted; use with single gang, double Reduced current allows efficient IDNAC SLC
gang, or 4-inch square box, flush or surface mount operation. With IDNAC SLCs, a constant 29 VDC source
In/out wiring terminals for 18 AWG to 12 AWG voltage is maintained, even during battery standby, allowing
Optional mounting adapters are available to cover strobes to operate at higher voltage with lower current and
surface mounted electrical boxes and to adapt to ensuring a consistent current draw and voltage drop margin
Simplex 2975-9145 boxes under both primary power and secondary battery standby.
Optional red wire guards (see page 2 for details) Efficiencies include wiring distances up to 2 to 3 times
* These products have been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant farther than with conventional notification, or support for
to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing more appliances per IDNAC SLC, or use of smaller gauge
7125-0026:0373 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this wiring, or combinations of these benefits, all providing
document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier
for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the installation and maintenance savings with high assurance
property of Tyco Fire Protection Products. that appliances that operate during normal system testing
will operate during worst case alarm conditions.
S49VO-0001-6 11/2016
TrueAlert ES Operation Advantage (Cont’d) TrueAlert ES Diagnostics (Continued)
Reducing Installation and Testing Time. With Self-Test Details (Continued). Operation is by selected
separate controls on the same two-wire SLC, installation VNAC appliance groups and is either automatic (all briefly
time and expense for both retrofit and new construction can simultaneously activated) or individually activated by applying
be significantly reduced. When Class B wiring is used, a magnet. (Refer to control panel data sheet for more Self-Test
wiring can be “T” tapped, allowing more savings in information, see list on page 4.)
distance, wire, conduit (size and utilization), and overall Silent Appliance Magnet Test. In this test mode, in
installation efficiency. Use of Self-Test and Magnet Test response to application of a magnet, the appliance LED
features improves installation efficiency. TrueAlert device pulses sequentially to conveniently indicate the appliance’s
reports conveniently identify information about each address.
connected appliance. Operational Appliance Magnet Test. In this test mode,
TrueAlert ES Diagnostics after the address is indicated by pulsing the appliance LED,
the strobe will briefly flash to indicate proper operation.
Test Features. When IDNAC SLCs are in diagnostic TrueStart Instrument Two (TSIT). The 2nd generation
mode, Self-Test and Magnet Test features provide individual of the Simplex TrueStart Test Instrument adds testing of
appliance testing. With the Self-Test feature, appliance IDNAC SLC wiring and TrueAlert ES appliances to its
operation can be confirmed without leaving the control panel. ability to test IDCs, NACs, and IDNet communications
Additionally, each appliance’s LED can be selected to pulse before connection to the control panel. Please contact your
when it receives a supervision poll during normal operation. local Simplex representative for additional information.
Self-Test Details. Selecting Self-Test Mode from the control TrueAlert Addressable Wiring Isolator
panel allows on-board sensors, depending on the device type,
to detect its own strobe and/or horn output and then report their Isolator Model 4905-9929 is available for remote
status to the control panel. mounting on TrueAlert addressable circuits to isolate short
circuited wiring from functioning wiring. (See data sheet
S4905-0001.)
Product Selection
TrueAlert ES Wall Mount Addressable Strobes
TrueAlert ES addressable VO (strobe) appliances include cover and matching mounting plate except as noted;
Dimensions with Cover = 5 ⅛” H x 5” W x 2 ⅝” D (130 mm x 127 mm x 67 mm)
Model* Cover Color Wording Lens Color Model* Cover Color Wording Lens Color
49VO-WRF(-BA) Red 49VO-WRQ Red
FIRE FEU
49VO-WWF(-BA) White 49VO-WWQ White
Clear Clear
49VO-WRA(-BA) Red 49VO-WRS(-BA) Red
ALERT Blank
49VO-WWA(-BA) White 49VO-WWS(-BA) White
49VO-APPLW(-BA) Select cover and mounting plate separately
Separate Mounting Plate
Model Color Note
49MP-AVVOWR Red
Mounting Plate is required when ordering model 49VO-APPLW(-BA)
49MP-AVVOWW White
Separate Covers (Required when ordering model 49VO-APPLW(-BA))
Model* Color Wording Model* Color Wording
49VOC-WRFIRE Red 49VOC-WRFEU Red
FIRE FEU
49VOC-WWFIRE White 49VOC-WWFEU White
49VOC-WRALT Red 49VOC-WRBLNG Red
ALERT FEU/FIRE
49VOC-WWALT White 49VOC-WWBLNG White
49VOC-WRS Red Blank 49VOC-WWS White Blank
* Note: (-BA) indicates model is available either with or without the -BA suffix. Model numbers ending in -BA, APPLW models, and
separate mounting plates are assembled in the USA.
Mounting Adapters and Wire Guard
Model Color Description Dimensions
4905-9937 Red 5 ⅜” H x 5 ¼” W x 1 ⅝” D (136 mm x 133 mm x 41 mm)
Surface Mount Adapter Skirt
4905-9940 White Total depth with strobe = 4 ⅜” (111 mm)
Red Adapter Plate for mounting to Simplex 2975-9145 Box
4905-9931 8 5⁄16” x 5 ¾” x 0.060” Thick (211 mm x 146 mm x 1.5 mm)
(typically for retrofit, mount vertical or horizontal)
2975-9145 Red Mounting Box, requires 4905-9931 Adapter Plate 7 ⅞" x 5 ⅛" x 2 ¾" D (200 mm x 130 mm x 70 mm)
Red wire guard with mounting plate, compatible with semi-
4905-9961 6 1⁄16” H x 6 1⁄16” W x 3 ⅛” D (154 mm x 154 mm x 79 mm)
flush or surface mount boxes
2 S49VO-0001-6 11/2016
TrueAlert Device Reports Reference
Service Port Page 1
REPORT 5 : TrueAlert Device Report 12:34:56am TUE 27-Jan-15
DEVICE
POINT ID CUSTOM LABEL TYPE CANDELA
T14-1-1 Location Label . . . up to 40 characters V/O 15
T14-1-2 Break Room 5 A/V 110
T14-1-3 Boiler Room A/V 75
T14-1-4 Elec. Room 7 A/V 135
Installation Reference
Optional
4905-9961
Wire Guard
TrueAlert ES
Addressable
Strobe
3 S49VO-0001-6 11/2016
IDNAC SLC Controller Compatibility Reference
Data Sheet IDNAC SLC Output Appliance Voltage
Compatible Controllers Controller Output
Reference Voltage Design Reference
4100ES with EPS+ or EPS Power Supply S4100-0100
4009 IDNAC Repeater S4009-0004 29 VDC 23 VDC
IDNAC SLC
4007ES with IDNAC Notification S4007-0002 (regulated) (with 6 VDC drop)
4010ES with ESS Enhanced System Supply S4010-0011
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code
are trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Description
Ceiling Mount Addressable Visible (V/O)
Notification Appliances are individually powered,
addressed, and controlled from a Simplex fire alarm
control panel IDNAC Signaling Line Circuit (SLC). V/O
notification appliances use a multi-candela strobe with
synchronized 1 Hz flash rate and selectable candela
rating. LED and Xenon tube strobes devices are
interoperable on the same IDNAC channel.
Separate appliance and cover selection greatly simplifies
the ordering and installation process.
Features
Individually addressed Visible Only (V/O)
notification appliances
Multi-candela LED strobe available in low (15, 30 75
and 110 cd) and high (110 , 135 and 185 cd) range
When the controller is in diagnostic mode, the
candela models
magnet test pulses the Indicator LED to indicate
Small compact design and low current draw due to
appliance address and can be set to also briefly flash
energy efficient Xenon tube strobes, with LED
indicators. the strobe LEDs
Advanced addressable notification controlled by IDNAC Mechanical design features
SLCs. Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic
IDNAC SLCs provide regulated 29 VDC allowing horns to housing in red and white colors
operate with lower current Various covers and lettering options available – Red
Electrical test point access by removing the cover with white letters or white with red letters
Strobe intensity can be programmed from the control Covers can be easily removed without disturbing the
panel or the device connected housing and avoiding trouble conditions
Wiring supervision to each appliance allows In/out wiring terminals for 18 AWG to 12 AWG
T-tapped connections for Class B circuits to simplify Mounts on 4” square or single gang USA electrical
wiring (Class A circuits require in/out wiring) boxes. Adapter plate required for mounting on single
Self-Test Mode allows on-board sensors to detect the gang electrical boxes.
strobe output and then report their status to the
Optional wire guards
control panel
TrueAlert Device Reports at the control panel detail Weatherproof back boxes are required for surface
appliance point ID, custom label, type, and candela mounting.
setting (see sample on page 3)
Magnet test diagnostics assist checkout and testing of Strobe Application Reference
appliances and wiring
Proper selection of visible notification is dependent on
Compatibility with ADA requirements
occupancy, location, local codes, and proper applications
Strobe operation is listed to UL Standard 1971 and
of: the National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code
ULC Standard S526
(NFPA 72), ANSI A117.1; the appropriate model
Synchronized strobe operation on its IDNAC building code: BOCA, ICBO, or SBCCI; and the
channel. application guidelines of the Americans with Disabilities
LED Indicator and Magnet Test Act (ADA).
Indicator LED indicates magnet test *Additional listings may be applicable, contact your local Simplex® product supplier for
acknowledgment, 3 digit IDNAC address, and the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co.
candela rating
Indicator LED can be configured to blink every
polling cycle to indicate appliance supervision
S49VOC-0001-5 5/2018
Product Selection
Ceiling Mount Addressable Visual Only V/O Appliances
Model Lens color Description
49VO-APPLC(-BA)
Clear VO appliance only. Select cover separately.
49VOH-APPLC(-BA)
Back Boxes
Model Color
S49VOC-0001 Red
Note: Use WP back boxes for surface mounting only. Using weatherproof back boxes does not make an appliance weatherproof.
Adapter plates
Model Description
49VO-APCS VO Ceiling Mount Adapter Plate. Required for mounting on a single gang electrical box.
V/O Covers (Required when ordering APPLC models)
Model Color Wording Model Color Wording
49VOC-CRALT ALERT 49VOC-CWALT ALERT
49VOC-CRBF FEU/FIRE 49VOC-CWBF FEU/FIRE
49VOC-CRFEU FEU 49VOC-CWFEU FEU
49VOC-CRF FIRE 49VOC-CWF FIRE
49VOC-CRS Red Simplex logo only 49VOC-CWS White Simplex logo only
Wire Guards
Model Description
49WG-VOCR VO Ceiling Mount Red Wire Guard
49WGBB-VOCR-O VO Ceiling Mount Wire Guard Back Box
* Note: (-BA) indicates model is available either with or without the -BA suffix. Model numbers ending in –BA are assembled in the USA
2 S49VOC-0001-5 5/2018
IDNAC SLC Controller Compatibility Reference
Installation Reference
3 S49VOC-0001-5 5/2018
TrueAlert ES V/O LEGACY Compatibility Reference
SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm
and Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Westminster, MA • 01441-0001 • USA S49VOC-0001-5 5/2018
www.simplex-fire.com
© 2018 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
TrueAlert Addressable Notification Appliances
UL, CSFM Listed; Wall Mount Weatherproof Notification Appliances
FM Approved* Visible Only (V/O) and Audible/Visible (A/V)
Features
Individually addressed and controlled multi-candela
TrueAlert ES weatherproof notification appliances
for extended temperature and humidity range
provide:
Multi-candela xenon strobe with synchronized 1 Hz flash
rate and with intensity programmable from the control
panel or jumper selected as 15, 75, WP 75, or WP 185 cd
Advanced addressable notification controlled by IDNAC
SLCs providing regulated 29 VDC allowing strobes to
operate with lower current even under battery backup
Wiring supervision to each appliance allowing
“T-tapped” connections for Class B circuits to simplify
wiring (Class A circuits require in/out wiring)
Self-Test Mode allows on-board sensors to detect the
strobe and horn output and then report their status to
Weatherproof A/V (top) and Strobe (bottom), side view of
the control panel A/V on Weatherproof Mounting Boxes (right)
TrueAlert Device Reports at the control panel detailing
appliance point ID, custom label, type, and candela For A/V Models with horn:
setting (see sample on page 3) Harmonically rich output sound for either coded or
Magnet Test diagnostics to assist checkout and testing steady operation
of appliances and wiring Horns sound as Temporal Code 3, March Time
Electrical test point access without removing cover pattern, continuous; or Temporal Code 4, controlled
LED Indicator and Magnet Test feature: separately from visible appliances on the same
Appliance LED can be selected to display each polling two-wire circuit
cycle to indicate appliance supervision Selectable March Time rates of 20, 60, or 120 beats
When the controller is in diagnostic mode, the Magnet per minute
Test pulses the LED to indicate appliance address and Output is “high” or “low” (~5 dBA difference)
can be set to also briefly flash the strobe and sound the selectable at the appliance or from the controller with
A/V horn FACP mode selected at the appliance
Mechanical design features include: Description
Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic
housing in red with white letters or white with red TrueAlert ES weatherproof addressable
letters, with clear lens appliances provide visible and audible/visible
Standard models are available with FIRE lettering or notification for indoor and outdoor, extended temperature
blank; configured models are available with additional and extended humidity applications. They are individually
lettering of FEU, FEU/FIRE, ALERT, and blank addressed and receive power, supervision, and control
Mounting is to matching weatherproof boxes (required), signals from a Simplex fire alarm control panel providing
ordered separately IDNAC Signaling Line Circuits (SLCs). (See
Separate covers are available to change application type compatibility list on page 4.)
on-site or for replacement
Strobe Application Reference
In/out wiring terminals for 18 AWG to 12 AWG
Enclosure is rated NEMA 3R Proper selection of visible notification is dependent on
Convenient wiring terminal access at front of housing occupancy, location, local codes, and proper applications
Agency listings reference: of: the National Fire Alarm Code (NFPA 72), ANSI
UL 1638 listed for outdoor applications with strobe A117.1; the appropriate model building code: BOCA,
rated at 75 cd (WP75) or 185 cd (WP185) ICBO, or SBCCI; and the application guidelines of the
UL 1971 listed for indoor applications with strobe Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA).
intensity selectable as 15 or 75 cd; indoor applications
are compatible with ADA requirements (refer to * This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
important mounting information on page 3) 7125-0026:0371 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in
Horn operation is listed to UL Standard 464 this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product
supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co.
Refer to data sheet S49WP-0002 for ULC listed models are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
S49WP-0001-5 11/2016
TrueAlert ES Operation Advantage TrueAlert ES Diagnostics
TrueAlert ES addressable appliances on IDNAC Test Features. When IDNAC SLCs are in diagnostic mode,
SLCs provide separate visible and audible notification Self-Test and Magnet Test features provide individual appliance
using a single two-wire circuit that also confirms testing. With the Self-Test feature, appliance operation can be
connection to the individual notification appliance’s confirmed without leaving the control panel. Additionally, each
electronic circuit. This operation increases circuit appliance’s LED can be selected to pulse when it receives a
supervision integrity by providing supervision that supervision poll during normal operation.
extends beyond the appliance wiring connections. Self-Test Details. Selecting Self-Test Mode from the
Reduced current allows efficient IDNAC SLC control panel allows on-board sensors, depending on the
operation. With IDNAC SLCs, a constant 29 VDC device type, to detect its own strobe and/or horn output and
source voltage is maintained, even during battery standby, then report their status to the control panel. Operation is by
allowing strobes to operate at higher voltage with lower selected VNAC appliance groups and is either automatic (all
current and ensuring a consistent current draw and voltage briefly simultaneously activated) or individually activated by
drop margin under both primary power and secondary applying a magnet. (Refer to control panel data sheet for
battery standby. Efficiencies include wiring distances up more Self-Test information, see list on page 4.)
to 2 to 3 times farther than with conventional notification, Silent Appliance Magnet Test. In this test mode, in
or support for more appliances per IDNAC SLC, or use of response to application of a magnet, the appliance LED
smaller gauge wiring, or combinations of these benefits, pulses sequentially to conveniently indicate the appliance’s
all providing installation and maintenance savings with address.
high assurance that appliances that operate during normal Operational Appliance Magnet Test. In this test
system testing will operate during worst case alarm mode, after the address is indicated by pulsing the appliance
conditions. LED, the strobe will briefly flash and the A/V horn will
briefly sound to indicate proper operation.
Reducing Installation and Testing Time. With
separate controls on the same two-wire SLC, installation TrueStart Instrument Two (TSIT). The 2nd generation
time and expense for both retrofit and new construction of the Simplex TrueStart Test Instrument adds testing of
can be significantly reduced. When Class B wiring is IDNAC SLC wiring and TrueAlert ES appliances to its
used, wiring can be “T” tapped, allowing more savings in ability to test IDCs, NACs, and IDNet communications
distance, wire, conduit (size and utilization), and overall before connection to the control panel. Please contact your
installation efficiency. Use of Self-Test and Magnet Test local Simplex representative for additional information.
features improves installation efficiency. TrueAlert device TrueAlert Addressable Wiring Isolator
reports conveniently identify information about each
connected appliance. Isolator Model 4905-9929 is available for remote
mounting on TrueAlert addressable circuits to isolate
short circuited wiring from functioning wiring. (Refer to
data sheet S4905-0001 for additional information.)
Product Selection
2 S49WP-0001-5 11/2016
TrueAlert Device Reports Reference
Service Port Page 1
REPORT 5 : TrueAlert Device Report 12:34:56am TUE 27-Jan-14
DEVICE
POINT ID CUSTOM LABEL TYPE CANDELA
T14-1-1 Location Label . . . up to 40 characters V/O 15
T14-1-2 Break Room 5 A/V 110
T14-1-3 Boiler Room A/V 75
T14-1-4 Elec. Room 7 A/V 135
5-17/32"
LED Indicator (140 mm)
total height
3 S49WP-0001-5 11/2016
IDNAC SLC Controller Compatibility Reference
Data Sheet IDNAC SLC Output Appliance Voltage
Compatible Controllers Controller Output
Reference Voltage Design Reference
4100ES with EPS+ or EPS Power Supply S4100-0100
4009 IDNAC Repeater S4009-0004 29 VDC 23 VDC
IDNAC SLC
4007ES with IDNAC Notification S4007-0002 (regulated) (with 6 VDC drop)
4010ES with ESS Enhanced System Supply S4010-0011
Specifications
Typical Operating Voltage Range 23 VDC to 31 VDC, Special Application
Supervisory Requirements 1 unit load (= 0.8 mA control panel current)
IDNAC SLC Loading Maximum of 127 addresses per SLC, 139 unit loads
UL 1971 Listed Rating 32° to 120° F (0° to 49° C); 15 or 75 cd setting
Temperature Range
UL 1638 Listed Rating -31°F to 150°F (-35° C to 66°C); WP75 or WP185 cd setting
UL 1971 Listed Rating 10% to 93%, at 100° F (38° C)
Humidity Range
UL 1638 Listed Rating up to 98%, at 104 °F (40° C)
IDNAC SLC Wiring Specifications UTP, unshielded twisted pair recommended
(refer to control panel installation instructions Maximum wire length allowed with “T-Taps” for Class B wiring per SLC = 10,000 ft (3048 m)
for more information) Maximum wire length to any appliance = 4000 ft (1219 m)
Terminal blocks for 18 AWG to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2); two wires per terminal for
Connections
in/out wiring
Installation Instructions 579-1032
A/V Horn Output Ratings @ 10 ft (3 m) @ 23 VDC
Sound Type (see Note) Steady/High Steady/Low Coded/High Coded/Low
Horn Output
Reverberant Chamber, UL 464 Test 81.3 dB 73.8 dB 76.4 dB 69.9 dB
Ratings
Anechoic Chamber, ULC 525 Test 87.4 dB 81.0 dB 87.2 dB 80.6 dB
Note: UL 464 test coded values are typical of the output measured with a Temporal or a March Time pattern and with a sound level meter
reading on a “fast” setting. Under the same test conditions, coded horn output “peak” sound level readings are typically 4 dBA
higher. Anechoic horn output ratings are typically more representative of actual installed sound output.
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Features
Individually addressed and controlled
multi-candela TrueAlert ES weatherproof
notification appliances for extended temperature
and humidity range provide:
Multi-candela xenon strobe with synchronized 1 Hz
flash rate and with intensity programmable from the
control panel or jumper selected as 20, 30, or 75 cd
Advanced addressable notification controlled by IDNAC
SLCs providing regulated 29 VDC allowing strobes to
operate with lower current even under battery backup
Wiring supervision to each appliance allowing
“T-tapped” connections for Class B circuits to simplify
wiring (Class A circuits require in/out wiring)
Self-Test Mode allows on-board sensors to detect the
strobe and horn output and then report their status to the
control panel Weatherproof A/V (top) and Strobe (bottom), side view of
A/V on Weatherproof Mounting Boxes (right)
TrueAlert Device Reports at the control panel detailing
appliance point ID, custom label, type, and candela
setting (see sample on page 3) For A/V Models with horn:
Magnet Test diagnostics to assist checkout and testing Harmonically rich output sound for either coded or
of appliances and wiring steady operation
Electrical test point access without removing cover Horns sound as Temporal Code 3, March Time pattern,
continuous; or Temporal Code 4, controlled separately
LED Indicator and Magnet Test feature:
from visible appliances on the same two-wire circuit
Appliance LED can be selected to display each polling Selectable March Time rates of 20, 60, or 120 beats per
cycle to indicate appliance supervision minute
When the controller is in diagnostic mode, the Magnet Output is “high” or “low” (~5 dBA difference) selectable
Test pulses the LED to indicate appliance address and at the appliance or from the controller with FACP mode
can be set to also briefly flash the strobe and sound the selected at the appliance
A/V horn
Mechanical design features include:
Description
Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic
housing with clear lens TrueAlert ES weatherproof addressable
Standard models are red and available with FIRE or appliances provide visible and audible/visible
FEU lettering; configured models are available with notification for indoor and outdoor, extended temperature
additional lettering of FEU/FIRE, ALERT, and blank, and extended humidity applications. They are individually
and in white with each lettering addressed and receive power, supervision, and control
signals from a Simplex fire alarm control panel providing
Mounting is to matching weatherproof boxes (required), IDNAC Signaling Line Circuits (SLCs). (See
ordered separately compatibility list on page 4.)
Separate covers are available to change application type
on-site or for replacement Strobe Application Reference
In/out wiring terminals for 18 AWG to 12 AWG Proper selection of visible notification is dependent on
Enclosure is rated NEMA 3R occupancy, location, local codes, and proper applications
of: the National Fire Alarm Code (NFPA 72), ANSI
Convenient wiring terminal access at front of housing
A117.1; the appropriate model building code: BOCA,
Agency listings reference: ICBO, or SBCCI; and the application guidelines of the
Strobe operation is listed to ULC-S526 Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA).
Horn operation is listed to ULC-S525
Refer to data sheet S49WP-0001 for UL listed models * Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the
latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property
of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
S49WP-0002-4 6/2015
TrueAlert ES Operation Advantage TrueAlert ES Diagnostics
TrueAlert ES addressable appliances on IDNAC Test Features. When IDNAC SLCs are in diagnostic
SLCs provide separate visible and audible notification mode, Self-Test and Magnet Test features provide
using a single two-wire circuit that also confirms individual appliance testing. With the Self-Test feature,
connection to the individual notification appliance’s appliance operation can be confirmed without leaving the
electronic circuit. This operation increases circuit control panel. Additionally, each appliance’s LED can be
supervision integrity by providing supervision that selected to pulse when it receives a supervision poll during
extends beyond the appliance wiring connections. normal operation.
Self-Test Details. Selecting Self-Test Mode from the
Reduced current allows efficient IDNAC SLC control panel allows on-board sensors, depending on the
operation. With IDNAC SLCs, a constant 29 VDC device type, to detect its own strobe and/or horn output and
source voltage is maintained, even during battery standby, then report their status to the control panel. Operation is by
allowing strobes to operate at higher voltage with lower selected VNAC appliance groups and is either automatic
current and ensuring a consistent current draw and voltage (all briefly simultaneously activated) or individually
drop margin under both primary power and secondary activated by applying a magnet. (Refer to control panel data
battery standby. Efficiencies include wiring distances up sheet for more Self-Test information, see list on page 4.)
to 2 to 3 times farther than with conventional notification,
Silent Appliance Magnet Test. In this test mode, in
or support for more appliances per IDNAC SLC, or use of
response to application of a magnet, the appliance LED
smaller gauge wiring, or combinations of these benefits, pulses sequentially to conveniently indicate the appliance’s
all providing installation and maintenance savings with address.
high assurance that appliances that operate during normal
system testing will operate during worst case alarm Operational Appliance Magnet Test. In this test
conditions. mode, after the address is indicated by pulsing the appliance
LED, the strobe will briefly flash and the A/V horn will
Reducing Installation and Testing Time. With briefly sound to indicate proper operation.
separate controls on the same two-wire SLC, installation TrueStart Instrument Two (TSIT). The 2nd generation
time and expense for both retrofit and new construction of the Simplex TrueStart Test Instrument adds testing of
can be significantly reduced. When Class B wiring is IDNAC SLC wiring and TrueAlert ES appliances to its
used, wiring can be “T” tapped, allowing more savings in ability to test IDCs, NACs, and IDNet communications
distance, wire, conduit (size and utilization), and overall before connection to the control panel. Please contact your
installation efficiency. Use of Self-Test and Magnet Test local Simplex representative for additional information.
features improves installation efficiency. TrueAlert device TrueAlert Addressable Wiring Isolator
reports conveniently identify information about each
connected appliance. Isolator Model 4905-9929 is available for remote
mounting on TrueAlert addressable circuits to isolate short
circuited wiring from functioning wiring. (Refer to data
Product Selection sheet S4905-0001 for additional information.)
2 S49WP-0002-4 6/2015
TrueAlert Device Reports Reference
Service Port Page 1
REPORT 5 : TrueAlert Device Report 12:34:56am TUE 27-Jan-15
DEVICE
POINT ID CUSTOM LABEL TYPE CANDELA
T14-1-1 Location Label . . . up to 40 characters V/O 15
T14-1-2 Break Room 5 A/V 110
T14-1-3 Boiler Room A/V 75
T14-1-4 Elec. Room 7 A/V 135
2
75 Intensity selection plug, accessible
30 only from rear of housing; factory
20
setting is FACP, selected from fire
FACP alarm control panel
5-17/32"
LED Indicator (140 mm)
total height
3 S49WP-0002-4 6/2015
IDNAC SLC Controller Compatibility Reference
Data Sheet IDNAC SLC Output Appliance Voltage
Compatible Controllers Controller Output
Reference Voltage Design Reference
4100ES with EPS+ or EPS Power Supply S4100-0100
4009 IDNAC Repeater S4009-0004 29 VDC 23 VDC
IDNAC SLC
4007ES with IDNAC Notification S4007-0002 (regulated) (with 6 VDC drop)
4010ES with ESS Enhanced System Supply S4010-0011
Specifications
* Note: Settings with ratings below 85 dB should not be used for Public Notification. Coded values are typical of the output measured
with a Temporal coded or a March Time coded pulse and with a sound level meter reading on a “fast” setting.
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Features
Individually addressable TrueAlert ES indoor and
weatherproof electronic horns
Advanced addressable notification controlled by IDNAC
SLCs providing regulated 29 VDC allow strobes on the
same Signaling Line Circuits (SLC) to operate with
lower current even under battery backup
Wiring supervision to each appliance allows
T-tapped” connections for Class B circuits to simplify
wiring (Class A circuits require in/out wiring)
Self-test mode detects the horn output and then reports
the status to the control panel
Separate control of horns from visible appliances on
the same SLC with control panel selection of
operation as: Temporal Code 3, March Time
(selectable as 20, 60, or 120 bpm), Continuous, or
Temporal Code 4
High and low outputs (~6 dBA difference), selectable
at the appliance or from the controller with FACP
mode selected at the appliance
Magnet test diagnostics to test appliances and wiring
Listed to UL Standard 464 and ULC Standard S525 TrueAlert ES 59AO series Addressable Horns are
Synchronized piezo operation on the same IDNAC Available in Red with White Lettering and
channel White with Red Lettering
* These products have been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM)
pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
7125-0026:0383 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in
this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product
supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are
the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
S59AO-0002-2 09/2016
TrueAlert ES Operation Advantage (Cont’d) TrueAlert ES Diagnostics (Continued)
Reduced Installation and Testing Time Magnet Test features indicate device location by pulsing the
Installation time and expense for retrofit or new construction is indicator LED briefly, and briefly sounding the horn. The
significantly reduced with separate controls on the same two-wire indicator LED can be pulsed sequentially to indicate appliance
SLC. When Class B wiring is used, wiring can be “T” tapped, address. The horn can also be briefly sounded to indicate proper
allowing more savings in distance, wire, conduit (size and operation.
utilization), and overall installation efficiency. Use of Self-Test TrueStart Instrument Two (TSIT) can be used to test
and Magnet Test features improves installation efficiency. IDNAC SLC wiring and TrueAlert ES appliances for before
TrueAlert device reports conveniently identify information about connecting the appliance to the control panel. Please contact
each connected appliance. your local Simplex representative for additional information.
TrueAlert ES Diagnostics TrueAlert Addressable Wiring Isolator
Self-Test allows appliance operation to be confirmed without Isolator Model 4905-9929 is available for remote
leaving the control panel. Operation is by selected VNAC mounting on TrueAlert addressable circuits to isolate short
appliance groups and is automatic or individually activated by circuited wiring from functioning wiring. See data sheet
applying a magnet. Refer to control panel data sheet for more self- S4905-0001.
test information, see list on page 4.
Indoor Product Selection
Indoor TrueAlert ES Addressable Electronic Horns
Appliance and cover
Model* Color Wording Description Dimensions with Cover
59AO-WRS(-BA) Red Indoor wall mounted TrueAlert ES addressable A/O horn 5 ¼” H x 3 ½ ” W x 1 ⅝” D (132
Logos only
59AO-WWS(-BA) White appliance, includes cover and matching mounting plate mm x 86 mm x 39 mm)
Appliance only (Select cover and mounting plate separately)
Model Color Model Color
59AO-APPLWR Red 59AO-APPLWW White
Separate Covers (Required when ordering model 59AO-APPLWR or 59AO-APPLWW)
Model Color Wording Model Color Wording
59AOC-WRF Red 59AOC-WRS Red
FIRE Logos only
59AOC-WWF White 59AOC-WWS White
59AOC-WWFQB White FEU/FIRE 59AOC-WRFQB Red FEU/FIRE
Separate European adapter back plate
Model Color Description
Wall mounting plate for mounting to UK (Deta DB164), Swiss (Kaiser 9063-01), or German (HSB, NIS Kombi 372501686)
59AP-EUROBB Black
back boxes.
* Note: (-BA) indicates model is available either with or without the -BA suffix. Model numbers ending in –BA are assembled in the USA.
2 S59AO-0002-2 09/2016
TrueAlert Device Reports Reference
Service Port Page 1
REPORT 5 : TrueAlert Device Report 12:34:56am FRI 09 May-15
DEVICE
POINT ID CUSTOM LABEL TYPE CANDELA
T14-1-1 Location Label . . . up to 40 characters AO ---
T14-1-2 Break Room 5 AV-H 110
T14-1-3 Boiler Room AV-L 75
T14-1-4 Elec. Room 7 AV-H 135
3 S59AO-0002-2 09/2016
IDNAC SLC Controller Compatibility Reference
Data Sheet IDNAC SLC Output Appliance Voltage
Compatible Controllers Controller Output
Reference Voltage Design Reference
4100ES with EPS+ or EPS Power Supply S4100-0100
4009 IDNAC Repeater S4009-0004 29 VDC 23 VDC
IDNAC SLC
4007ES with IDNAC Notification S4007-0002 (regulated) (with 6 VDC drop)
4010ES with ESS Enhanced System Supply S4010-0011
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code
are trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Features
Individually addressed multi-candela TrueAlert ES
LED A/V (audible/visible) notification appliances
Multi-candela LED strobe available in low (15, 30 and 75
cd) and high (110 , 135 and 185 cd) range candela models
Small compact design and low current draw due to
energy efficient strobe LEDs
Advanced addressable notification controlled by IDNAC
SLCs providing regulated 29 VDC allow strobes to operate
with lower current even under battery backup
Strobe intensity can be programmed from the control
panel or the device
Wiring supervision to each appliance allows “T-tapped”
connections for Class B circuits to simplify wiring
(Class A circuits require in/out wiring)
Self-Test Mode allows on-board sensors to detect the
strobe and horn output and then report their status to the
control panel
TrueAlert Device Reports at the control panel detail TrueAlert ES 59AV LED Addressable A/Vs are Available in
appliance point ID, custom label, type, and candela Red with White Lettering and White with Red Lettering
setting (see sample on page 3)
Magnet test diagnostics assist checkout and testing of Features (Continued)
appliances and wiring Audible notification appliance (horn)
Compatibility with ADA requirements Harmonically rich output sound for either coded or steady
Strobe operation is listed to UL Standard 1971 and ULC operation
Standard S526; Horn operation is listed to UL Standard Horns sound as Temporal Code 3, March Time pattern,
464 and ULC Standard S525 continuous; or Temporal Code 4, controlled separately
Synchronized LED strobe and piezo operation on the from visible appliances on the same two-wire circuit
same IDNAC channel Selectable March Time rates of 20, 60, or 120 beats per
LED Indicator and Magnet Test minute
Indicator LED indicates magnet test acknowledgment, Output is “high” or “low” (~5 dBA difference) selectable at
3 digit IDNAC address, and candela rating the appliance or from the controller with FACP mode
Indicator LED can be configured to blink every polling selected at the appliance
cycle to indicate appliance supervision Description
When the controller is in diagnostic mode, the magnet
test pulses the Indicator LED to indicate appliance TrueAlert ES 59 series LED addressable A/Vs are
individually addressed audible/visible notification
address and can be set to also briefly flash the strobe
appliances that receive power, supervision, and control
LEDs and sound the horn
signals from a Simplex fire alarm control panel providing
Mechanical design features IDNAC Signaling Line Circuits (See compatibility list on
Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic page 4). LED and Xenon tube strobes devices are
housing in red and white colors interoperable on the same IDNAC channel.
Various covers and lettering options available – Red Strobe Application Reference
with white letters or white with red letters
Covers can be easily removed without disturbing the Proper selection of visible notification is dependent on
connected housing and avoiding trouble conditions occupancy, location, local codes, and proper applications of:
In/out wiring terminals for 18 AWG to 12 AWG the National Fire Alarm Code (NFPA 72), ANSI A117.1; the
appropriate model building code: BOCA, ICBO, or SBCCI;
Mounts to single gang US electrical boxes and the application guidelines of the Americans with
Optional mounting adapter plate to adapt to European Disabilities Act (ADA).
electrical boxes
* These products have been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM)
pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
7125-0026:0383 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in
this document. Additional listings may be applicable, contact your local Simplex® product
supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co.
S59AV-0002-2+ 8/2017
TrueAlert ES Operation Advantage TrueAlert ES Diagnostics
Increased circuit integrity Magnet Test allows individual appliances to be tested when
TrueAlert ES A/V LED addressable appliances on IDNAC IDNAC SLCs are in diagnostic mode.
SLCs provide visible notification using a single two-wire Self-Test allows selected devices to detect their own strobe
circuit that also confirms connection to the individual and/or horn output and then report their status to the control
notification appliance’s electronic circuit. This provides panel. Operation is by selected VNAC appliance groups and is
supervision that extends beyond the appliance wiring either automatic (all briefly simultaneously activated) or
connections. individually activated by applying a magnet. Refer to control
Reduced current usage on IDNAC SLCs panel data sheet for more information on the Self-Test feature.
A constant 29 VDC source voltage is maintained, even Silent Appliance Magnet Test pulses the appliance
during battery standby. This allows strobes to operate at indicator LED sequentially in response to an applied magnet to
higher voltage with lower current and ensuring a consistent conveniently indicate the appliance’s address.
current draw and voltage drop margin under both primary Operational Appliance Magnet Test indicates device
power and secondary battery standby. Efficiencies include location by pulsing the indicator LED briefly and then flashes
wiring distances up to 2 to 3 times farther than with the strobe LEDs and sounds the horn to indicate proper
conventional notification, support for more appliances per operation.
IDNAC SLC, use of smaller gauge wiring, or combinations TrueStart Instrument Two (TSIT) can be used to test
of these benefits. IDNAC SLC wiring and TrueAlert ES appliance IDC, NAC,
Reduced installation and testing time and IDNet communications before connection to the control
Installation time and expense for retrofit or new panel. Please contact your local Simplex representative for
construction is significantly reduced with separate controls additional information.
on the same two-wire SLC. When Class B wiring is used, TrueAlert Addressable Wiring Isolator
wiring can be “T” tapped, allowing more savings in
Isolator Model 4905-9929 is available for remote mounting
distance, wire, conduit (size and utilization), and overall
on TrueAlert addressable circuits to isolate short circuited
installation efficiency. Use of Self-Test and Magnet Test wiring from functioning wiring. See data sheet 4905-0001 for
features improves installation efficiency. TrueAlert device more information.
reports conveniently identify information about each
connected appliance.
Product Selection
2 S59AV-0002-2+ 8/2017
TrueAlert Device Reports Reference
Service Port Page 1
REPORT 5 : TrueAlert Device Report 12:34:56am TUE 16-Mar-15
DEVICE
POINT ID CUSTOM LABEL TYPE CANDELA
T14-1-1 Location Label . . . up to 40 characters AV-LH 15
T14-1-2 Break Room 5 AV-L 110
T14-1-3 Boiler Room VO-LH 75
T14-1-4 Elec. Room 7 VO-LH 135
Installation Reference
3 S59AV-0002-2+ 8/2017
IDNAC SLC Controller Compatibility Reference
Data Sheet IDNAC SLC Output Appliance Voltage
Compatible Controllers Controller Output
Reference Voltage Design Reference
4100ES with EPS+ or EPS Power Supply S4100-0100
4009 IDNAC Repeater S4009-0004 29 VDC 23 VDC
IDNAC SLC
4007ES with IDNAC Notification S4007-0002 (regulated) (with 6 VDC drop)
4010ES with ESS Enhanced System Supply S4010-0011
Specifications
Electrical Ratings
Typical Operating Voltage Range 23 - 29.5 VDC, Special Application
Supervisory Requirements 1 unit load (= 0.8 mA control panel current)
IDNAC SLC Loading Maximum of 127 addresses per SLC, 139 unit loads
Sound Output Ratings @ 10 ft (3 m) @ 23 VDC (with IDNAC SLCs)
Sound Type/Setting Steady/High Steady/Low Coded/High Coded/Low
Reverberant Chamber, UL 464 Test 85.2 dBA 80.4 dBA 81.5 dBA 77.3 dBA
Anechoic Chamber, ULC 525 Test 91.5 dBA 86.2 dBA 91.2 dBA 85.9 dBA
Sound Output Dispersion per ULC S541 Anechoic Testing
Horizontal -3 dBA @ 50°; -6 dBA @ 63°; left and right from center
Vertical -3 dBA @ 20° above, 48° below; -6 dBA @ 65° above, 60° below; ref. to center
Candela Setting 15 cd 30 cd 75 cd 110 cd 135 cd 185 cd
23 VDC RMS Current Ratings, with horn
51 mA 63 mA 81 mA 143 mA
on continuous at high setting
Percentage of rated light output at room temperature
Vertical, Horizontal,
On-Axis
Angle Below Axis Left/Right of Axis
0° 45° 90° 45° 90°
UL required output 100% 34% 12% 75% 25%
Typical output 145% 84% 21% 102% 47%
General Specifications
2400 to 3700 Hz sweep, modulated at
Sound Characteristics
120 Hz rate
Terminal blocks on mounting plate for 18 AWG to
Temperature Range 32 to 120 F (0 to 49 C)
Connections 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2); two wires per
10% to 93%, non-condensing @ 104° terminal for in/out wiring
Humidity Range
F (40° C)
Installation Instructions 579-1162
IDNAC SLC Wiring Specifications UTP, unshielded twisted pair recommended
(refer to control panel installation Maximum wire length allowed with “T-Taps” for Class B wiring per SLC = 10,000 ft (3048 m)
instructions for more information) Maximum wire length to any appliance = 4000 ft (1219 m)
Note: UL 464 test coded values are typical of the output measured with a Temporal or a March Time pattern and with a sound level meter
reading on a “fast” setting. Under the same test conditions, coded horn output “peak” sound level readings are typically 4 dBA higher.
Anechoic horn output ratings are typically more representative of actual installed sound output.
SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code are
trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
© 2017 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
TrueAlert LED Notification Appliance Accessories
59 Series LED Appliance Cover Selection Reference
NOTE: These appliance covers are for use with Simplex listed/approved audible, visible, or combination audible/visible
®
TrueAlert ES notification appliances. They are available to be selected as part of a configured appliance order, or to change
application type or color on-site, or for direct cover replacement. White lettering is used on red covers and red lettering is used on
white covers. Further agency listings and approvals are not applicable.
S59CV-0001-1 5/2015
Weatherproof V/O (data sheet S59WP-0001)
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.
Features
Individually addressed and controlled
multi-candela TrueAlert ES V/O (visible only)
notification appliances
Multi candela LED strobe available in low (15, 30,
and 75 cd) and high (110, 135 and 185 cd) range
candela models
Small compact design and low current draw due to
energy efficient strobe LEDs
Advanced addressable notification controlled by
IDNAC SLCs providing regulated 29 VDC allows
strobes to operate with lower current even under
battery backup
Wiring supervision to each appliance allowing “T
tapped” connections for Class B circuits to simplify
wiring (Class A circuits require in/out wiring)
Self-Test Mode allows on-board sensors to detect the
LED strobe output and then report their status to the
control panel TrueAlert ES 59VO Series LED Addressable Strobes are
TrueAlert Device Reports at the control panel Available in Red with White Lettering and White with Red
detailing appliance point ID, custom label, type, and Lettering
candela setting (see sample on page 3) Description
Magnet Test diagnostics to assist checkout and testing
of appliances and wiring TrueAlert ES LED Addressable Strobes are
Compatibility with ADA requirements individually addressed visible notification appliances that
Strobe operation is listed to UL Standard 1971 and receive power, supervision, and control signals from a
ULC Standard S526 Simplex fire alarm control panel providing IDNAC
Synchronized LED strobe operation on the same Signaling Line Circuits. LED and Xenon tube strobes
IDNAC channel devices are interoperable on the same IDNAC channel.
S59VO-0002-2+ 8/2017
TrueAlert Operation Advantage (Cont’d) Diagnostics (Cont’d)
Reduced installation and testing time Silent Appliance Magnet Test pulses the indicator
Installation time and expense for retrofit or new LED sequentially in response to the application of a
construction can be significantly reduced with separate magnet to conveniently indicate the appliance’s address.
controls on the same two wire SLC. When Class B wiring
Operational Appliance Magnet Test briefly flashes the
is used, wiring can be “T” tapped, allowing more savings
strobe to indicate proper operation after the address is
in distance, wire, conduit (size and utilization), and indicated by pulsing the indicator LED.
overall installation efficiency. Use of Self-Test and
Magnet Test features improves installation efficiency. TrueStart Instrument Two (TSIT) helps with testing of
TrueAlert device reports conveniently identify IDNAC SLC wiring and TrueAlert ES appliances. Use it to
information about each connected appliance. test IDCs, NACs, and IDNet communications before
connection to the control panel. Please contact your local
TrueAlert ES Diagnostics Simplex representative for additional information.
Self-Test and Magnet Test diagnostic features provide TrueAlert Addressable Wiring Isolator
individual appliance testing for IDNAC SLCs. With the
Self-Test feature, appliance operation can be confirmed Isolator Model 4905-9929 is available for remote
without leaving the control panel. Additionally, each mounting on TrueAlert addressable circuits to isolate short
appliance’s indicator LED can be selected to pulse when it circuited wiring from functioning wiring. See data sheet
receives a supervision poll during normal operation. S4905-0001 for more information.
Product Selection
TrueAlert ES LED Wall Mount Addressable Strobe Appliances
Appliance and cover (dimensions with cover = 5 ¼” H x 3 ½ ” W x 1 ⅝” D / 132 mm x 86 mm x 39 mm)
Model* Color Wording Candela rating Model* Color Wording Candela rating
59VO-WRF (-BA) Red Low (15, 30 59VO-WRFH-BA Red High (110, 135
FIRE FIRE
59VO-WWF (-BA) White and 75 cd) 59VO-WWFH-BA White and 185 cd)
Appliance only
Model Color Candela rating Model Color Candela rating
59VO-APPLWR Red 59VO-APPLWRH Red
Low High
59VO-APPLWW White 59VO-APPLWWH White
Separate cover
Model Color Wording Model Color Wording
59VOC-WRF Red 59VOC-WWS White
FIRE Logos only
59VOC-WWF White 59VOC-WRS Red
59VOC-WRA Red ALERT 59VOC-WWA White ALERT
Separate European adapter back plate
Model Color Description
Wall mounting plate for mounting to UK (Deta DB164), Swiss (Kaiser 9063-01), or German (HSB, NIS
59AP-EUROBB Black
Kombi 372501686) back boxes.
* Note: (-BA) indicates model is available either with or without the -BA suffix. Model numbers ending in –BA are assembled in the USA.
2 S59VO-0002-2+ 8/2017
TrueAlert Device Reports Reference
Service Port Page 1
REPORT 5 : TrueAlert Device Report 12:34:56am TUE 16-Mar-15
DEVICE
POINT ID CUSTOM LABEL TYPE CANDELA
T14-1-1 Location Label . . . up to 40 characters AV-LH 15
T14-1-2 Break Room 5 AV-L 110
T14-1-3 Boiler Room VO-LH 75
T14-1-4 Elec. Room 7 VO-LH 135
Installation Reference
3 S59VO-0002-2+ 8/2017
IDNAC SLC Controller Compatibility Reference
Data Sheet IDNAC SLC Output Appliance Voltage
Compatible Controllers Controller Output
Reference Voltage Design Reference
4100ES with EPS+ or EPS Power Supply S4100-0100
4009 IDNAC Repeater S4009-0004 29 VDC 23 VDC
IDNAC SLC
4007ES with IDNAC Notification S4007-0002 (regulated) (with 6 VDC drop)
4010ES with ESS Enhanced System Supply S4010-0011
SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code are
trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
© 2017 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice.
TrueAlert LED Addressable Notification Appliances
UL, ULC, CSFM Listed* Weatherproof Notification Appliances, Wall Mount,
FM Approved* Visible Only, Audible/Visible, Model Series 59WP
Features
Individually addressable multi-candela TrueAlert ES
weatherproof notification appliances
Multi candela LED strobe available in low (15, 30 and
75 cd) and high (110, 135 and 185 cd) range candela
models
Available in Visible Only (V/O) and Audible/Visible
(A/V) models
Small compact design and low current draw due to energy
efficient strobe LEDs
Strobe intensity can be programmed from the control
panel or the device
Advanced addressable notification controlled by IDNAC
Signaling Line Circuits (SLCs) provides regulated 29
VDC which allows strobes to operate with lower current
even under battery backup
Wiring supervision to each appliance allows
“T-tapped” connections for Class B circuits to simplify
wiring (Class A circuits require in/out wiring)
Self-Test Mode allows on-board sensors to detect the TrueAlert ES 59WP Series LED Addressable Strobes are
strobe and/or horn output and then report their status to Available in Red with White Lettering and White with Red
the control panel Lettering
TrueAlert Device Reports at the control panel detail
appliance point ID, custom label, type, and candela Mechanical design features
setting (see sample on page 3) Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic
housing in red with white letters or white with red letters
Magnet Test diagnostics assist checkout and testing of
appliances and wiring Various covers options and lettering combinations are
available – red with white letters or white with red letters
Synchronized LED strobe and piezo operation on the
Surface mounts to a single gang weatherproof electrical
same IDNAC channel
box
Agency listings reference Covers can be easily removed without disturbing the
Meets environmental requirements for UL1638 and light connected housing and avoiding trouble conditions
distribution requirements for UL1971 In/out wiring terminals for 18 AWG to 12 AWG
UL 1638 listed for outdoor applications
Description
UL 1971 listed for indoor applications; indoor
applications are compatible with ADA requirements TrueAlert ES 59 Series weatherproof addressable
(refer to important mounting information on page 3) appliances provide visible only and audible/visible
Horn operation is listed to UL Standard 464 notification for indoor and outdoor, extended temperature
Strobe operation listed to UL Standard 1971 and ULC and extended humidity applications. They are individually
Standard S526 addressed and receive power, supervision, and control
signals from a Simplex fire alarm control panel IDNAC
LED Indicator and Magnet Test SLC. LED and Xenon tube strobes devices are interoperable
Indicator LED indicates magnet test acknowledgment, on the same IDNAC channel.
3 digit IDNAC address, and candela rating
Indicator LED can be configured to blink on every Strobe Application Reference
polling cycle to indicate appliance supervision Proper selection of visible notification is dependent on
When the controller is in diagnostic mode, the magnet occupancy, location, local codes, and proper applications of:
test pulses the LED to indicate appliance address and the National Fire Alarm Code (NFPA 72), ANSI A117.1;
can also briefly flash the strobe the appropriate model building code: BOCA, ICBO, or
A/V Models with horn SBCCI; and the application guidelines of the Americans
Horns controlled separately from visible appliances on with Disabilities Act (ADA).
the same two-wire circuit * These products have been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM)
Selectable March Time rates of 20, 60, or 120 BPM pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
7125-0026:0383 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in
Output is “high” or “low” (~5 dBA difference) this document. Additional listings may be applicable, contact your local Simplex® product
selectable at the appliance or from the controller supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co.
S59WP-0002-2+ 8/2017
TrueAlert ES Diagnostics
TrueAlert ES Diagnostics (Continued)
Magnet Test allows individual appliances to be tested when
IDNAC SLCs are in diagnostic mode. TrueStart Instrument Two (TSIT) can be used to test
Self-Test allows selected devices to detect their own strobe IDNAC SLC wiring and TrueAlert ES appliance IDC, NAC,
and/or horn output and then report their status to the control and IDNet communications before connection to the control
panel. Operation is by selected VNAC appliance groups and is panel. Please contact your local Simplex representative for
automatic or individually activated by applying a magnet. additional information
Silent Appliance Magnet Test pulses the appliance
indicator LED sequentially in response to an applied magnet TrueAlert Addressable Wiring Isolator
to conveniently indicate the appliance’s address.
Isolator Model 4905-9929 is available for remote
Operational Appliance Magnet Test indicates device mounting on TrueAlert addressable circuits to isolate short
location by pulsing the indicator LED briefly and then flashes the circuited wiring from functioning wiring. See data sheet
strobe LEDs and sounds the horn to indicate proper operation. 4905-0001 for more information.
Product Selection
TrueAlert ES 59 Series Weatherproof Appliances
(Requires surface mount box and gasket. Dimensions with cover = 5 ¼” H x 3 ½ ” W x 1 ⅝” D / 132 mm x 86 mm x 39 mm)
Audible/Visible
Model* Color Wording Candela rating Model* Color Wording Candela rating
59AV-WRFO (-BA) Low (15, 30 and 75 59AV-WWFO-BA
Red FIRE White FIRE Low
cd)
Visible Only
Model* Color Wording Candela rating Model* Color Wording Candela rating
59VO-WRFO(-BA) Red FIRE Low 59VO-WWFO-BA White FIRE Low
Appliance Only
Model Color Candela rating Model Color Candela rating
59AV-APPLWR-O Red 59VO-APPLWR-O Red
Low Low
59AV-APPLWW-O White 59VO-APPLWW-O White
59AV-APPLWRH-O Red 59VO-APPLWRH-O Red
High (110, 135 and 185 cd) High
59AV-APPLWWH-O White 59VO-APPLWWH-O White
Separate weatherproof covers (Required when ordering appliance only models)
Model Color Wording Description Model Color Wording Description
59AVC-WRFO Red 59VOC-WRFO Red
FIRE FIRE
59AVC-WWFO White 59VOC-WWFO White
59AVC-WRAO Red 59VOC-WRAO Red
ALERT Audible/Visual ALERT Visual Only
59AVC-WWAO White 59VOC-WWAO White
59AVC-WRSO Red 59VOC-WRSO Red
Logos only Logos only
59AVC-WWSO White 59VOC-WWSO White
Surface Mount Weatherproof Boxes (Required, ordered separately)
Model Color Description Dimensions
59WPBB-WR Red Surface mount weatherproof single-gang mounting box, includes weatherproof
gasket and painted versions of Model 72219K23 (below). Order from your Simplex
59WPBB-WW White product representative. See install instructions 579-1224 for more information. 4 ½” H x 2 ¾” W x 2“ D
(114 mm x 70 mm x 51
Surface mount weatherproof single-gang mounting box; Manufactured by mm)
7219K23 Gray order blank cover (below) to get matching weatherproof McMaster-Carr; order
gasket from electrical product
7219K5 Gray Blank cover with weatherproof gasket supplier N/A, cover is not used
Separate European adapter back plate
Model Color Description
Wall mounting plate for mounting to UK (Deta DB164), Swiss (Kaiser 9063-01), or German (HSB, NIS Kombi
59AP-EUROBB Black
372501686) back boxes.
* Note: (-BA) indicates model is available either with or without the -BA suffix. Model numbers ending in –BA are assembled in the USA
2 S59WP-0002-2+ 8/2017
TrueAlert Device Reports Reference
3 S59WP-0002-2+ 8/2017
IDNAC SLC Controller Compatibility Reference
Data Sheet IDNAC SLC Output Appliance Voltage
Compatible Controllers Controller Output
Reference Voltage Design Reference
4100ES with EPS+ or EPS Power Supply S4100-0100
4009 IDNAC Repeater S4009-0004 29 VDC 23 VDC
IDNAC SLC
4007ES with IDNAC Notification S4007-0002 (regulated) (with 6 VDC drop)
4010ES with ESS Enhanced System Supply S4010-0011
Specifications
Electrical Ratings
Typical Operating Voltage Range 23 VDC to 31 VDC, Special Application
Supervisory Requirements 1 unit load (= 0.8 mA control panel current)
IDNAC SLC Loading Maximum of 127 addresses per SLC, 139 unit loads
Temperature
-40° to 150° F (-40° to 66° C)
Range
Humidity Range 10% to 93%, non-condensing at 104° F (40° C)
UTP, unshielded twisted pair recommended
IDNAC SLC Wiring Specifications
Maximum wire length allowed with “T-Taps” for Class B wiring per SLC = 10,000 ft
(refer to control panel installation
(3048 m)
instructions for more information)
Maximum wire length to any appliance = 4000 ft (1219 m)
Terminal blocks for 18 AWG to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2); two wires per
Connections
terminal for in/out wiring
Installation Instructions 579-1182
A/V Horn Output Ratings @ 10 ft (3 m) @ 23 VDC
Sound Type (see Note) Steady/High Steady/Low Coded/High Coded/Low
Horn Output
Reverberant Chamber, UL 464 Test 85.2 dB 80.4 dB 81.5 dB 77.3 dB
Ratings
Anechoic Chamber, ULC 525 Test 91.5 dB 86.2 dB 91.2 dB 85.9 dB
Note: UL 464 test coded values are typical of the output measured with a Temporal or a March Time pattern and with a sound level
meter reading on a “fast” setting. Under the same test conditions, coded horn output “peak” sound level readings are
typically 4 dBA higher. Anechoic horn output ratings are typically more representative of actual installed sound output.
23 VDC RMS Current ratings (UL1971/ULCS526)
Model Temperature Candela 15 cd 30 cd 75 cd 110 cd 135 cd 185 cd
V/O 36 mA 50 mA 70 mA 143 mA
-40° to below 32° F (-40° to below 0° C)
A/V 58 mA 71 mA 91 mA 167 mA
V/O 31 mA 44 mA 60 mA 125 mA
32° F to 150° F (0° C to 66° C)
A/V 51 mA 63 mA 81 mA 143 mA
Percentage of rated light output at room temperature
Vertical, Horizontal,
On-Axis
Angle Below Axis Left/Right of Axis
0° 45° 90° 45° 90°
UL required output 100% 34% 12% 75% 25%
Typical output 145% 84% 21% 102% 47%
Level Decrease Vertical Angle Horizontal Angle
A/V Sound Dispersion per ULC-S525 +20° (above axis) +50° (to right)
-3 dB
Anechoic testing performed at 3 m (10 ft); -48° (below axis) -50° (to left)
referenced to on-axis = 0° +65° (above axis) +63° (to right)
-6 dB
-60° (below axis) -63° (to left)
SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and Signaling
Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Features
* This product was not ULC listed or approved by FM, MEA (NYC), or CSFM as of document
revision date. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product
supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are
the property of Tyco Safety Products Westminster.
S4903-0007-3 9/2004
4905-9921 Installation Reference
Wall Surface
Wall Surface
6” Bell Gong shown
for reference
Surface Mounted
2975-9145 Box, (ordered
separately or existing)
4905-9925
Modular Adapter
Tyco, Simplex, and the Simplex logo are trademarks of Tyco International Services AG or its affiliates in the U.S. and/or other countries.
Features
Wall mount audible/visible notification appliances
with efficient piezoelectric horn and high output
xenon strobe for 4-wire control applications
Xenon strobe visible notification appliance:
24 VDC operation with switch selection for free-run or
synchronized flash rate
Models available with 15, 75, or 110 candela
UL listed to Standard 1971
Compatible with ADA requirements (refer to important
installation information on page 4)
Strobe candela rating is clearly indicated on reflector
Electronic horn audible notification appliance:
Low current operation (25 mA @ 24 VDC)
Harmonically rich output sound suitable for either
coded or steady operation
UL listed to Standard 464
Available housing colors:
Red cover with white "FIRE" lettering
White cover with red "FIRE" lettering
Flexible, easy, and convenient semi-flush or
surface wall mounting:
TrueAlert Non-Addressable A/V Notification Appliances
Easily mounts to single gang, double gang, or 4-inch are available in Red with White Lettering and White with
square outlet box Red Lettering
Optional mounting adapters are available to cover
surface mounted electrical boxes and to adapt to Description
Simplex® 2975-9145 boxes
TrueAlert non-addressable audible and visible
Diode polarized inputs for connection to reverse
notification. For applications requiring audible/visible
polarity, supervised notification appliance circuit (NAC)
(A/V) notification with horn tones, these Simplex 4903
In/out wiring terminals for 18 AWG to 12 AWG, series appliances combine a high intensity strobe with a
accessible from front of housing, providing easy access low current electronic horn in a compact package that is
for installation, inspection and testing easy and quick to install. Each appliance can be controlled
Rear of housing assembly does not extend into box independently from each other using conventional reverse
Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic polarity NACs.
housing with optional covers available to convert Multiple models with flexible mounting choices.
housing color These 4-wire operation A/V appliances are available with
Optional UL listed red wire guard is available for semi- three strobe intensity levels (15, 75, or 110 cd) and with
flush or surface mounting red or off-white housings. Mounting can be semi-flush or
surface mount on a standard single or double gang, or 4”
square (102 mm) electrical box. Optional accessories are
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to available to increase mounting and application flexibility.
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
7125-0026:239 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this Strobe Selection
document. Accepted for use – City of New York Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E.
This product was not ULC listed as of document revision date. Additional listings may be Proper selection of visible notification is dependent on
applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and
approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection occupancy, location, local codes, and proper applications
Products. of: the National Fire Alarm Code (NFPA 72); ANSI
A117.1; the appropriate model building code, BOCA,
ICBO, or SBCCI, and the application guidelines of the
Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA).
S4903-0011-6 11/2014
Strobe Operation Horn Operation
TrueAlert non-addressable A/V strobes can be set TrueAlert non-addressable A/V horns provide an
for free-run operation or synchronized operation using an audible notification output that is a loud and penetrating,
on-board selection switch. When selected for harmonically rich sound capable of a continuous or coded
synchronized operation, flash operation is controlled output per the controlling NAC’s capabilities.
from:
Synchronized Flash Modules, 4905-9914 (Class B)
or 4905-9922 (Class A)
4006, 4007ES Hybrid, 4008, 4010, 4010ES, 4100ES,
and 4100U Fire Alarm Control Panels (refer to
individual product data sheets for details)
4009 IDNet NAC Extender, models 4009-9201 and
4009-9301 (refer to data sheet S4009-0002)
Product Selection
Adapters
Model Description Dimensions
4905-9937 Surface mount red adapter skirt Use to cover 1-1/2” 5-3/8” H x 5-1/4” W x 1-5/8” D
deep surface (136 mm x 133 mm x 41 mm)
4905-9940 Surface mount white adapter skirt mounted boxes Total depth with strobe = 4-3/8” (111 mm)
Red adapter plate, for mounting to Simplex 2975-9145 box 8-5/16” x 5-3/4” x 0.060” Thick
4905-9931
(typically for retrofit, may be mounted vertical or horizontal) (211 mm x 146 mm x 1.5 mm)
7-7/8" x 5-1/8" x 2-3/4" Deep
2975-9145 Red mounting box, requires 4905-9931 adapter plate
(130 mm x 200 mm x 70 mm)
Synchronized Flash Control Modules
Model Description Dimensions
Synchronized Flash Module, Epoxy encapsulated with
4905-9914
Class B operation in/out 18 AWG wire 1-3/8” W x 2-7/16” L x 13/16” H
Synchronized Flash Module, leads, rated for 2 A NAC, (35 mm x 62 mm x 20 mm)
4905-9922 requires 10 mA for power
Class A operation
Optional Covers and Guard
Model Description Dimensions
4905-9994 Red cover with white “FIRE” lettering 5-1/8” H x 5” W x 1-1/2” D
4905-9995 White cover with red “FIRE” lettering (130 mm x 127 mm x 38 mm)
Wire guard with mounting plate, red, compatible with surface 6-1/16” H x 6-1/16” W x 3-1/8” D
4905-9961*
or semi-flush mounted boxes (154 mm x 154 mm x 79 mm)
* UL listed by Space Age Electronics Inc.
2 S4903-0011-6 11/2014
Specifications
General Specifications
Strobe Specifications
Rated Voltage Range UL Listed Range Regulated 24 VDC; see Note 1 below
Flash Rate and Synchronized NAC Loading 1 Hz; with up to 35 synchronized strobes maximum per NAC
Horn Specifications
Rated Voltage Range UL Listed Range 16 VDC to 33 VDC, see Notes 3 and 4 below
Sound Output Characteristics 2400 to 3700 Hz sweep, modulated at 120 Hz rate
Voltage 16 VDC 24 VDC 33 VDC
Sound Type (see Note 5) Steady Coded Steady Coded Steady Coded
Sound Output and
Current Ratings Current 15 mA 10 mA 25 mA 15 mA 28 mA 20 mA
@ 10 ft (3 m) Reverberant Chamber,
85 dBA 82 dBA 88 dBA 84 dBA 91 dBA 87 dBA
UL 464 Test
Anechoic Chamber 90 dBA 86 dBA 91 dBA 86 dBA 91 dBA 87 dBA
NOTES:
1. “Regulated 24 VDC” refers to the voltage range of 16 to 33 VDC per UL Standard 1971, Signaling Devices for the
Hearing Impaired. This voltage range is the absolute operating range. Operation outside of this range may cause
permanent damage to the appliance. Please note that 16 VDC is the lowest operating voltage that is allowed at the last
appliance on the NAC under worst case conditions. The strobe of this A/V is field selectable for free-run or synchronized
operation.
2. The maximum RMS current listed is the device nameplate rating. Strobe designs are constant wattage and the maximum
RMS current rating occurs at the lowest allowable operating voltage. (RMS is root mean square and refers to the
effective value of a varying current waveform.)
3. Terminals are provided for wiring the horn and strobe of these A/Vs to separate NACs. Operation of the horn and strobe
is not separately controlled when they are both wired to the same NAC.
4. The rated voltage range listed is the absolute operating range. Operation outside of this range may cause permanent
damage to the appliance. Please note that 16 VDC is the lowest operating voltage that is allowed at the last appliance on
the notification appliance circuit under worst case conditions.
5. Coded values are typical of the output measured with a Temporal coded or a March Time coded pulse and with a sound
level meter reading on a “fast” setting. Under the same test conditions, coded horn output “peak” sound level readings
are typically 4 dBA higher.
3 S4903-0011-6 11/2014
Installation Reference, Surface or Semi-Flush Mounting
Strobe wiring
terminals NFPA 72 requires 80" (2.03 m)
Mounting Holes: that the entire lens minimum
4" square (4) be not less than
a
Single gang (2) 80" and not greater
Double gang (3) than 96" above the
finished floor
Transparent housing
and lens assembly
Removable cover
(tool required)
Optional
4905-9961
Wire Guard
A/V
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Features
Audible/visible notification appliance with
multi-tapped speaker and high intensity xenon
strobe
Speaker details:
High quality voice and tone reproduction with taps for
1/4, 1/2, 1, or 2 W, at 25 or 70.7 VRMS
Capacitor input for connection to supervised notification
appliance circuits
Speakers are wired separately from strobe wiring
Listed to UL 1480; and to ULC S541 with 2 W tap
(refer to page 4 for details)
Compliant with NFPA 72, 520 Hz Low Frequency
Signal Requirements for Sleeping Areas
TrueAlert Non-Addressable visible notification
appliance (strobe):
S/V Appliances are Available in Red with White
Models available with 15, 75, or 110 candela
Lettering and White with Red Lettering
24 VDC operation with switch selection for free-run or
synchronized flash rate
Listed to UL 1971 and ULC S526
Compatible with ADA requirements (refer to important Strobe Selection
installation information on page 3)
Proper selection of visible notification is dependent on
Strobe candela rating is clearly indicated on reflector occupancy, location, local codes, and proper applications
Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic of: the National Fire Alarm Code (NFPA 72), ANSI
housing available in red or white (covers are available A117.1; the appropriate model building code: BOCA,
separately to convert color) ICBO, or SBCCI; and the application guidelines of the
UL listed red wire guard is available for surface or Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA).
semi-flush mounting
Strobe Operation
Notification appliance design provides:
Flexible, easy, and convenient flush or surface wall box TrueAlert non-addressable S/V strobes can be set
mounting for free-run operation or synchronized operation using an
on-board selection switch. When selected for
Separate in/out wiring terminals for speaker and strobe,
synchronized operation, flash operation is controlled
18 AWG to 12 AWG
from:
Description Simplex® Fire Alarm Control Panels providing NACs
TrueAlert non-addressable speaker/visible (S/V) selected to product Simplex strobe synchronization
notification appliances combine a multi-tapped signals (refer to control panel data sheet for details)
speaker and a high intensity strobe to provide audio/tone Synchronized Flash Modules, 4905-9914 (Class B)
notification and visible notification from the same or 4905-9922 (Class A)
appliance. 4009 IDNet NAC Extender, models 4009-9201 and
Speakers and strobes are wired separately. The speaker is 4009-9301 (refer to data sheet S4009-0002)
multi-tapped with taps available for either 25 VRMS or
70.7 VRMS and the strobe is selectable for either free-run
or synchronized operation.
* Refer to page 2 for specific product listing details. This product has been approved by the
California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California
Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7320-0026:247 for allowable values and/or
conditions concerning material presented in this document. Accepted for use – City of
New York Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E. Additional listings may be applicable;
contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals
under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
S4903-0015-7 5/2014
Product Selection
4905-9946 Surface mount red adapter skirt Required when mounting to surface
7-3/4” H x 5-3/8” W x 3-3/16” D
mounted electrical box, 4” square,
(197 mm x 137 mm x 81 mm)
1-1/2” deep with 1-1/2” deep
4905-9947 Surface mount white adapter skirt depth with S/V = 5-7/8” (149 mm)
extension (not ULC listed)
8-5/16" H x 5-3/4" W x 0.060” Thick
4905-9903 Adapter Plate, red, required to mount S/V on 2975-9145
(211 mm x 146 mm x 1.5 mm)
Mounting box, red, for surface or flush mount, requires adapter plate 7-7/8" H x 5-1/8" W x 2-3/4" D
2975-9145
4905-9903 (this box may be available for retrofit applications) (200 mm x 130 mm x 70 mm)
2 S4903-0015-7 5/2014
Installation Reference
2975-9145 Box 4" (102 mm) square box, 1-1/2" (38 mm)
deep, with a 4" square box extension, 1-1/2"
deep, by others
4905-9903
Adapter Plate
Speaker assembly
Transparent housing
and lens assembly
Strobe assembly
Removable cover
(tool required)
CL
4" (102 mm) square box
4" (102 mm)
profile, 1-1/2" (38 mm)
deep with 1-1/2" extension
3 S4903-0015-7 5/2014
S/V Specifications
Strobe Specifications
Rated Voltage Range Regulated 24 VDC; see Notes 1 below
Flash Rate and Synchronized NAC Loading 1 Hz; with up to 35 synchronized strobes maximum per NAC
Speaker Specifications
Input Voltage 25 or 70.7 VRMS, see Note 3 below
Power Taps 1/4, 1/2, 1, and 2 W
Fire Alarm Frequency Response 400 to 4000 Hz
Wattage Tap 1/4 W 1/2 W 1W 2 W*
General Specifications
Housing Dimensions (including lens) 4-3/4” x 6-7/8” x 2-5/8” D (121 mm x 175 mm x 67 mm)
Depth into Box 2-3/4” (70 mm)
Speaker Tap Selection Single jumper wire with pressure connector, attaches to one of 8 terminals
Temperature Range 32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C)
Humidity Range 10% to 93%, non-condensing at 100° F (38° C)
Terminals for 18 to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2), separate terminals for
Connections
speaker and strobe connections
Installation Instructions 579-118
NOTES:
1. “Regulated 24 VDC” refers to the voltage range of 16 to 33 VDC per UL Standard 1971, Signaling Devices for the Hearing
Impaired. This voltage range is the absolute operating range. Operation outside of this range may cause permanent damage to
the appliance. Please note that 16 VDC is the lowest operating voltage that is allowed at the last appliance on the NAC under
worst case conditions. The strobe of this A/V is field selectable for free-run or synchronized operation.
2. The maximum RMS current listed is the device nameplate rating. Strobe designs are constant wattage and the maximum RMS
current rating occurs at the lowest allowable operating voltage. (RMS is root mean square and refers to the effective value of a
varying current waveform.)
3. Speakers are for connection to conventional fire alarm audio circuits.
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Features
Audible/visible notification appliances with
multi-tapped speaker and high intensity xenon
strobe
Xenon strobe visible notification appliance:
UL listed to Standard 1971
Models are available with 15, 30, or 110 candela
24 VDC operation with switch selection for free-run or
synchronized flash rate
Compatible with ADA requirements (refer to important
installation information on page 3)
Strobe candela rating is clearly indicated on reflector
Wiring terminals are separate from audible notification
appliance
Impact resistant polycarbonate lens
Audible notification appliance (speaker):
High quality voice and tone reproduction with taps for
1/4, 1/2, 1, or 2 W, at 25 or 70.7 VRMS
Speakers are wired separately from strobe wiring
UL listed to Standard 1480
Compliant with NFPA 72, 520 Hz Low Frequency
Signal Requirements for Sleeping Areas
Housing Options:
Red with white lettering, for horizontal or vertical FIRE
mounting
White with red lettering, for horizontal mounting Audible/Visible Notification Appliances with Speakers
are Available for Horizontal or Vertical Mounting
Description
Speaker/Visible (S/V) notification appliances
combine a multi-tapped speaker and a high intensity
Strobe Operation
strobe to provide audio/tone notification and visible
notification from the same appliance. S/V strobes can be set for free-run operation or
Speakers and strobes are wired separately. The speaker is synchronized operation using an on-board selection
multi-tapped with taps available for either 25 VRMS or switch. When selected for synchronized operation, flash
70.7 VRMS and the strobe is selectable for either free-run operation is controlled from:
or synchronized operation. Simplex® Fire Alarm Control Panels providing NACs
Strobe Selection. Proper selection of visible selected to product Simplex strobe synchronization
notification is dependent on occupancy, location, local signals (refer to control panel data sheet for details)
codes, and proper applications of: the National Fire Synchronized Flash Modules, 4905-9914 (Class B)
Alarm Code (NFPA 72), ANSI A117.1, the appropriate or 4905-9922 (Class A)
model building code, BOCA, ICBO, or SBCCI, and the 4009 IDNet NAC Extender, models 4009-9201 and
application guidelines of the Americans with Disabilities 4009-9301 (refer to data sheet S4009-0002)
Act (ADA).
* Refer to page 2 for wire guard listing information. This product has been approved by the
California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health
and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7320-0026:246 for allowable values and/or conditions
concerning material presented in this document. Accepted for use – City of New York
Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E. This product was not ULC listed or FM approved as
of document revision date. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local
Simplex® product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time
Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
S4903-0016-5 5/2014
Product Selection
Accessories
Adapter Plates, Gasket Kit, and Adapter Ring Box Extensions (see illustrations on pages 3 and 4)
Model Description Dimensions
5-3/4" x 8-5/16"
4905-9903 Red Adapter Plate, required to mount S/V on 2975-9145 Boxes
(146 mm x 211 mm)
Adapter Plate, zinc plated, required to mount on compatible surface 7” x 4-7/8"
4905-9939
mounted 4” square boxes or three gang surface mount weatherproof box (178 mm x 124 mm)
4905-9915 White Adapter Ring Box Extension Use to provide expanded depth when
4-3/4" x 6-7/8" x 1-1/2" D
1-1/2” deep, 4” square electrical box is
4905-9916 Red Adapter Ring Box Extension (121 mm x 175 mm x 38 mm)
mounted flush in wall
Red Box for vertical or horizontal mount, requires adapter plate 4905-9903 5-1/8" x 7-7/8" x 2-3/4" deep
2975-9145
(this box may be available for retrofit applications) (130 mm x 200 mm x 70 mm)
2 S4903-0016-5 5/2014
S/V with Speaker Specifications
Strobe Specifications
UL listed Voltage Range Regulated 24 VDC; see Note 1 below
Flash Rate and Synchronized NAC Loading 1 Hz; with up to 35 synchronized strobes maximum per NAC
Maximum RMS Current Rating per Strobe 15 cd 30 cd 110 cd
Output (see Note 2 below) 90 mA 128 mA 285 mA
Reference Currents 18 VDC 80 mA 114 mA 253 mA
at other voltages 24 VDC 60 mA 85 mA 190 mA
Speaker Specifications
Input Voltage 25 or 70.7 VRMS, see Note 3 below
Power Taps 1/4, 1/2, 1, and 2 W
Fire Alarm Frequency Response 400 to 4000 Hz
Speaker Output Ratings (dBA) @ 10 ft (3 m)
Wattage Tap 1/4 W 1/2 W 1W 2W
UL 1480 Reverberant Chamber Rating 80 83 86 89
General Specifications
Housing Dimensions (including lens) 7-1/4” H x 5” W x 2-5/8” D (184 mm x 127 mm x 67 mm)
Depth into Box 2-7/16” (57 mm)
Speaker Tap Selection Single jumper wire with pressure connector, attaches to one of 8 terminals
Temperature Range 32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C)
Humidity Range 10% to 93%, non-condensing at 100° F (38° C)
Terminals for 18 to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2), separate terminals for
Connections
speaker and strobe connections
Installation Instructions 579-236
NOTES:
1. “Regulated 24 VDC” refers to the voltage range of 16 to 33 VDC per UL Standard 1971, Signaling Devices for the Hearing Impaired.
This voltage range is the absolute operating range. Operation outside of this range may cause permanent damage to the appliance.
Please note that 16 VDC is the lowest operating voltage that is allowed at the last appliance on the NAC under worst case conditions.
The strobe of this A/V is field selectable for free-run or synchronized operation.
2. The maximum RMS current listed is the device nameplate rating. Strobe designs are constant wattage and the maximum RMS current
rating occurs at the lowest allowable operating voltage. (RMS is root mean square and refers to the effective value of a varying current
waveform.)
3. Speakers are for connection to conventional fire alarm audio circuits.
F 4905-9939
I Adapter Plate
R F
E I
Surface Mount with Optional Boxes R
4905-9923 or 4905-9924 E
Surface Mount Box
IMPORTANT ! INSTALLATION
MOUNTING HEIGHT REFERENCE
3 S4903-0016-5 5/2014
S/V with Speaker, Additional Mounting Reference
2975-9145 Box
Vertical Mount
(typical of retrofit)
4905-9903
FIRE Adapter plate
2975-9145 Box
Existing 4" square
box in wall
Note box
4905-9903 orientation
Adapter Plate
4905-9915
F F or 4905-9916
I I Adapter Ring
Box Extension
R R
E E
Surface Mount
4905-9903 (requires adapter plates as shown)
Adapter Plate
4905-9923 Box
4905-9928 2975-9145 Box
Semi-Flush Mount Adapter Plate
(no adapter plate required)
F F F
I I I
R R R
E E E
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Features
S4903-0017-5 11/2014
Application Reference
Proper selection of visible notification is dependent on ANSI A117.1, the appropriate model building code,
occupancy, location, local codes, and proper application BOCA, ICBO, or SBCCI, and the application guidelines
of the National Fire Alarm Code (NFPA 72), of the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA).
Product Selection
Accessories
Adapter Plates and Box Extension Rings (see illustrations on pages 3 and 4)
Model Description Dimensions
5-3/4" x 8-5/16"
4905-9903 Red Adapter Plate, required to mount on 2975-9145 box
(146 mm x 211 mm)
Adapter Plate, zinc plated; required for surface mounted three gang
Wiremold box no. V5744-3 (or equal) and for double gang boxes (typically for
retrofit applications); 7” x 4-7/8"
4905-9939
(178 mm x 124 mm)
NOTE: For surface mounted 4” square electrical boxes, either Adapter Plate
4905-9939 or an Adapter Ring Box Extensions is required (see below)
Red Adapter Ring Box Extension, use to mount onto, and cover surface mount 4-3/4" x 6-7/8" x 1-1/2" deep,
4905-9916
4” electrical box (121 mm x 175 mm x 38 mm)
Synchronized Flash Modules (Refer to data sheet S4905-0003 for additional details)
Model Description Dimensions
Synchronized Flash Module,
4905-9914 Epoxy encapsulated with in/out 18 AWG
Class B operation 1-3/8” W x 2-7/16” L x 13/16” H
(0.82 mm2 ) wire leads, rated for 2 A
Synchronized Flash Module, (35 mm x 62 mm x 20 mm)
4905-9922 NAC; requires 5 mA for power
Class A operation
2 S4903-0017-5 11/2014
A/V Accessories
Strobe Specifications
Rated Voltage Range UL Listed Range Regulated 24 VDC; see Note 1 below
Flash Rate and Synchronized NAC Loading 1 Hz; with up to 35 synchronized strobes maximum per NAC
Maximum RMS Current Rating per Strobe 15 cd 30 cd 110 cd
Output (see Note 2 below) 90 mA 128 mA 285 mA
Reference Currents 18 VDC 80 mA 114 mA 253 mA
at other voltages 24 VDC 60 mA 85 mA 190 mA
Horn Specifications (see Note 3)
Rated Voltage Range UL Listed Range 16 VDC to 33 VDC, see Note 3 below
Horn Current 13 mA @ 16 VDC 16 mA @ 33 VDC
Horn Output @ 10 ft per UL Standard 464
80.6 dBA @ 16 VDC 84.8 dBA @ 33 VDC
reverberant room testing
Frequency Output 2400 Hz to 3700 Hz sweep, modulated at 120 Hz rate
General Specifications
Housing Dimensions (with lens) 4-3/4” x 6-7/8” x 2-5/8” D (121 mm x 175 mm x 67 mm)
Depth into Box 11/16” (17 mm)
Connections Terminals for in/out wiring, 18 to 12 AWG (0.82 to 3.31 mm2) , separable if required
Operating Temperature Range 32° to 120° F (0° to 49 C)
Humidity Range 10% to 95%, Non-condensing at 86° F (30° C)
NOTES:
1. “Regulated 24 VDC” refers to the voltage range of 16 to 33 VDC per UL Standard 1971, Signaling Devices for the Hearing
Impaired. This voltage range is the absolute operating range. Operation outside of this range may cause permanent damage to
the appliance. Please note that 16 VDC is the lowest operating voltage that is allowed at the last appliance on the NAC under
worst case conditions. The strobe of this A/V is field selectable for free-run or synchronized operation.
2. The maximum RMS current listed is the device nameplate rating. Strobe designs are constant wattage and the maximum RMS
current rating occurs at the lowest allowable operating voltage. (RMS is root mean square and refers to the effective value of a
varying current waveform.)
3. Horns may be connected to either the same circuit as the strobe or may be separated for connection to separate NACs that
provide individual control.
Note box
orientation
4" square, 1-1/2" deep box,
RACO # 191 or equal,
(supplied by others)
Note box
orientation F
F I
I R
R E
E
Requires 4905-9939 Adapter Plate
IMPORTANT ! INSTALLATION
MOUNTING HEIGHT REFERENCE
2-gang outlet box, 2-1/2"
NFPA 72 requires that the entire deep, RACO # 518 or
lens be not less than 80" (2.03 equal, typical for retrofit
m) and not greater than 96"
(2.44 m) above the finished floor
F (supplied by others)
I
R Requires 4905-9939 Adapter
E Plate
3 S4903-0017-5 11/2014
A/V with Electronic Horn, Surface Mounting
2975-9145 Box
4905-9903 Adapter Plate 4905-9916
2975-9145 Box Existing 4" square Adapter Ring
outlet box on wall Note box
orientation
F F
I I A/V assembly
R R
E E 4" Square box
FIRE surface mounted
Surface Mount using 2975-9145 Box Surface Mount to 4" Box with Adapter Ring Extension
F F
I I
R R 4905-9939
E E Adapter Plate
Surface Mount
4905-9903 (requires adapter plates as shown)
Adapter Plate
4905-9923 Box
4905-9928 2975-9145 Box
Semi-Flush Mount Adapter Plate
(no adapter plate required)
F F F
I I I
R R R
E E E
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Features
S4903-0019-5 5/2014
Product Selection
Speaker/Visible Round Ceiling Mount Notification Appliances with TrueAlert Non-Addressable Strobes
Strobe Output Rating
Model Housing Color
15 cd 30 cd 110 cd
4903-9196
White with red
4903-9197
“FIRE” lettering
4903-9198
Accessories
Model Description Dimensions
2905-9946 Tile Bridge See diagram on page 4
Installation Reference
2 S4903-0019-5 5/2014
S/V Specifications
Strobe Specifications
UL Listed Range Regulated 24 VDC; see Notes 1 below
Rated Voltage Range
ULC Listed Range 20 VDC to 30 VDC per ULC S526-M87
Flash Rate and Synchronized NAC Loading 1 Hz; with up to 35 synchronized strobes maximum per NAC
Maximum RMS Current Rating per Strobe 15 cd 30 cd 110 cd
Output (see Note 2 below) 90 mA 128 mA 285 mA
Reference Currents 18 VDC 80 mA 114 mA 253 mA
at other voltages 24 VDC 60 mA 85 mA 190 mA
Speaker Specifications
General Specifications
NOTES:
1. “Regulated 24 VDC” refers to the voltage range of 16 to 33 VDC per UL Standard 1971, Signaling Devices for the
Hearing Impaired, changes effective May 1, 2004. This voltage range is the absolute operating range. Operation outside
of this range may cause permanent damage to the appliance. Please note that 16 VDC is the lowest operating voltage
that is allowed at the last appliance on the NAC under worst case conditions. The strobe of this A/V is field selectable for
free-run or synchronized operation.
2. The maximum RMS current listed is the device nameplate rating. Strobe designs are constant wattage and the maximum
RMS current rating occurs at the lowest allowable operating voltage. (RMS is root mean square and refers to the
effective value of a varying current waveform.)
3. Speakers are for connection to conventional fire alarm audio circuits.
3 S4903-0019-5 5/2014
2905-9946 Tile Bridge
1/2"
(13 mm) 13-3/8"
(340 mm)
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Features
24 VDC powered xenon flashtube visible
notification appliance (strobe) for wall mounting:
UL listed to Standard 1971
Models are available with 15, 75, or 110 candela
Strobe candela rating is clearly indicated on reflector
Compatible with ADA requirements (refer to important
installation information on page 2)
Diode polarized input for connection to reverse polarity,
supervised notification appliance
circuit (NAC)
In/out wiring is accessible from front of housing
providing easy access for installation, inspection, and
testing
Regulated circuit design ensures consistent output
Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic
housing available in red or white
Covers are available separately to convert housing color
TrueAlert notification appliance design provides
flexible, easy, and convenient semi-flush or
surface wall mounting:
Easily mounts to single gang, double gang, or 4-inch
square outlet box TrueAlert Non-Addressable Strobes are Available in Red
with White Lettering and White with Red Lettering
In/out wiring terminals for 18 AWG to
12 AWG wire
Rear of housing does not extend into box Description
Optional adapters and wire guard: TrueAlert non-addressable free-run strobes
Mounting adapters are available to cover surface provide quick and convenient installation using a flexible
mounted electrical boxes and to adapt to Simplex® mounting design. The strobe housing is a rugged,
2975-9145 boxes one-piece assembly (including lens) that mounts to single
gang, double gang, or 4” square standard electrical box.
UL listed red wire guard is available for semi-flush or Wiring terminals are accessible from the front of the
surface mounting housing, providing easy access for installation, inspection,
and testing. The cover can be quickly removed (a tool is
required) and when in place, the entire assembly is impact
and vandal resistant. Separate covers are available for
color conversion.
Strobe Selection
Proper selection of visible notification is dependent on
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing occupancy, location, local codes, and proper applications
7125-0026:235 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in of: the National Fire Alarm Code (NFPA 72), ANSI
this document. It is subject to re-examination, revision, and possible cancellation.
Accepted for use – City of New York Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E. Additional
A117.1; the appropriate model building code: BOCA,
listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest ICBO, or SBCCI, and the application guidelines of the
status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA).
Tyco Safety Products Westminster.
S4904-0005-5 9/2004
Product Selection
Free-Run Visible Notification Appliances (Strobes)
Strobe Output Rating
Model Number Housing Color
15 cd 75 cd 110 cd
4904-9168
4904-9169 Red with white “FIRE” lettering
4904-9170
4904-9171
4904-9172 White with red “FIRE” lettering
4904-9173
Adapters
Model Description Dimensions
Bottom of lens
is either even
with, or slightly Electrical
Wiring access hole above bottom box outline
2 of compatible
1
boxes
Wiring terminals
Mounting Holes:
4" square (4) NFPA 72 requires 80" (2.03 m)
Single gang (2) that the entire lens minimum
Double gang (3) be not less than
a
80" and not greater
than 96" above the
finished floor
Transparent housing
and lens assembly
Removable cover
(tool required)
2 S4904-0005-5 9/2004
Specifications
General Specifications
UL Listed Range Regulated 24 VDC; see Note 1 below
Rated Voltage Range
ULC Listed Range 20 VDC to 30 VDC per ULC S526-M87
Housing Dimensions (including lens) 5-1/8” H x 5” W x 2-3/4” D (130 mm x 127 mm x 70 mm)
Temperature Range 32° to 122° F (0° to 50° C)
Humidity Range 10% to 93%, non-condensing at 100° F (38° C)
Terminal blocks for 18 AWG to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2); two
Connections
wires per terminal for in/out wiring
Strobe Specifications
Flash Rate 1 Hz
Maximum RMS Current Rating per Strobe Output 15 cd 75 cd 110 cd
(see Note 2 below) 76 mA 192 mA 227 mA
Reference Currents 18 VDC 68 mA 171 mA 202 mA
at other voltages 24 VDC 51 mA 128 mA 151 mA
NOTES:
1. “Regulated 24 VDC” refers to the voltage range of 16 to 33 VDC per UL Standard 1971, Signaling Devices for the
Hearing Impaired, changes effective May 1, 2004. This voltage range is the absolute operating range. Operation outside
of this range may cause permanent damage to the appliance. Please note that 16 VDC is the lowest operating voltage
that is allowed at the last appliance on the NAC under worst case conditions.
2. The maximum RMS current listed is the device nameplate rating. Strobe designs are constant wattage and the maximum
RMS current rating occurs at the lowest allowable operating voltage. (RMS is root mean square and refers to the
effective value of a varying current waveform.)
Optional
4905-9961
Wire Guard
Strobe
3 S4904-0005-5 9/2004
Tyco, Simplex, the Simplex logo, and TrueAlert are trademarks of Tyco International Services AG or its affiliates in the U.S. and/or other countries. NFPA 72 and National Fire
Alarm Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Features
Xenon flashtube visible notification appliance
(strobe):
Models are available with 15, 30, or 110 candela
24 VDC operation with switch selection for
free-run or synchronized flash rate, also
compatible with SmartSync strobe operation
Compatible with ADA requirements (refer to
important installation information on page 3)
Strobe candela rating is clearly indicated on
reflector
Diode polarized input for connection to reverse
polarity, supervised Notification Appliance Circuit
(NAC)
Rugged, high impact, flame retardant
thermoplastic housing
UL listed to Standard 1971
Synchronized flash rate mode for use with:
Simplex® fire alarm control panel NACs that
provide strobe synchronization or SmartSync Wall Mount Strobes are Available in Red or White for
Vertical Mounting and in Red for Horizontal Mounting
notification appliance two-wire control
Separate Synchronization modules for Class B or
Class A operation
Synchronized Strobes
SmartSync Control Module 4905-9938
When multiple strobes and their reflections can be
Housing options: seen from one location, synchronized flashes reduce the
Red with white “FIRE” lettering for vertical or probability of photo-sensitive reactions as well as the
horizontal wall mount annoyance and possible distraction of random flashing. If
synch output NACs are not available, two-wire circuit
White with red “FIRE” lettering for vertical wall
Flash Synchronization Modules can be used to control
mount synchronized flash strobes. (Refer to data sheet
Red wire guard is available* S4905-0003 for additional details.) Free-run model
strobes will flash in a free-run mode when connected to a
Description synchronized NAC.
Simplex 4904 Series wall mount visible notification
Strobe Selection
appliances provide symmetrical light output in key axis
directions by utilizing a compound, multi-surface Proper selection of wall mount visible notification
reflector. The lens assembly fits securely into its housing, appliances is dependent on occupancy, location, local
providing a high integrity notification appliance that is codes, and proper applications of: the National Fire
impact and vandal resistant and suitable for a variety of Alarm Code (NFPA 72), ANSI A117.1, the appropriate
applications. model building code, BOCA, ICBO, or SBCCI, and the
application guidelines of the Americans with Disabilities
* Refer to page 2 for guard listing. This product has been approved by the California State Act (ADA).
Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety
Code. See CSFM Listing 7125-0026:248 for allowable values and/or conditions
concerning material presented in this document. Accepted for use – City of New York
Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E. This product was not ULC listed or FM approved
as of document revision date. Additional listings may be applicable, contact Simplex for
the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the
property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
S4904-0008-6 11/2014
SmartSync Control Reference SmartSync Control Sources
SmartSync operation mode allows a two-wire circuit to SmartSync two-wire control is available from:
provide the ability to activate both the horn and strobe on 4006, 4007ES Hybrid, 4008, 4010, 4010ES, 4100ES,
the same NAC and then allow the horn to be silenced and 4100U Fire Alarm Control Panels (refer to
while the strobe remains flashing. The horn operates as individual product data sheets for more information)
“on-until-silenced” while the strobe operation is
4009 IDNet NAC Extenders (refer to data sheet
“on-until-reset.”
S4009-0002)
SmartSync Control Module (SCM) Model 4905-9938
(refer to data sheet S4905-0003)
Product Selection
Adapter
Model Description Dimensions
4-7/8” x 3-1/8”
4905-9910 Surface mount adapter plate, zinc plated; see illustration on page 4
(124 mm x 79 mm)
4” x 4-1/8” x 1-1/4” D
4905-9938 SmartSync Control Module, Class A or Class B, installs in 4” square box
(102 mm x 105 mm x 32 mm)
2 S4904-0008-6 11/2014
Specifications
General Specifications
Rated Voltage Range Regulated 24 VDC; see Note 1 below
Housing Dimensions (including lens) 4-3/4” x 2-5/16” x 2-5/8” D (121 mm x 75 mm x 67 mm)
Temperature Range 32° to 122° F (0° to 50° C)
Humidity Range 10% to 93%, non-condensing at 100° F (38° C)
Terminal blocks for 18 AWG to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2); two
Connections
wires per terminal for in/out wiring
Strobe Specifications
Flash Rate and Synchronized NAC Loading 1 Hz; with up to 35 synchronized strobes maximum per NAC
NOTES:
1. “Regulated 24 VDC” refers to the voltage range of 16 to 33 VDC per UL Standard 1971, Signaling Devices for the
Hearing Impaired. This voltage range is the absolute operating range. Operation outside of this range may cause
permanent damage to the appliance. Please note that 16 VDC is the lowest operating voltage that is allowed at the last
appliance on the NAC under worst case conditions.
2. The maximum RMS current listed is the device nameplate rating. Strobe designs are constant wattage and the maximum
RMS current rating occurs at the lowest allowable operating voltage. (RMS is root mean square and refers to the
effective value of a varying current waveform.)
IMPORTANT ! INSTALLATION
MOUNTING HEIGHT REFERENCE
3 S4904-0008-6 11/2014
Surface Mounting Reference, Vertical Shown, Rotate for Horizontal Mount Models
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Features
Xenon flashtube visible notification appliance
(strobe):
UL listed to Standard 1971
Models are available with 15, 30, or 110 candela
24 VDC operation with switch selection for free-run
or synchronized flash rate, also compatible with
SmartSync strobe operation
Compatible with ADA requirements
Strobe candela rating is clearly indicated on reflector
Diode polarized input for connection to reverse polarity,
supervised Notification Appliance Circuit (NAC)
Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic
housing
Synchronized flash rate mode for use with:
Simplex® fire alarm control panel NACs that provide
strobe synchronization or SmartSync notification
appliance two-wire control Ceiling Mount Strobes are Available in Red with
White Lettering and White without Lettering
Separate Synchronization modules for Class B or
(side view and front view shown)
Class A operation
SmartSync Control Module 4905-9938 Synchronized Strobes
Housing options: When multiple strobes and their reflections can be
Red with white “FIRE” seen from one location, synchronized flashes reduce the
White without lettering probability of photo-sensitive reactions as well as the
Red wire guard is available* annoyance and possible distraction of random flashing. If
synch output NACs are not available, two-wire circuit
Description Flash Synchronization Modules can be used to control
synchronized flash strobes. (Refer to data sheet
Simplex 4904 Series ceiling mount visible
S4905-0003 for additional details.) Free-run model
notification appliances provide symmetrical light output
strobes will flash in a free-run mode when connected to a
in key axis directions by utilizing a compound,
synchronized NAC.
multi-surface reflector design. The lens assembly fits
securely into its housing, providing a high integrity SmartSync Control Reference
notification appliance that is impact and vandal resistant
and suitable for a variety of applications. When selected for synchronized flash mode, these strobes
may be controlled by either a synch strobe control or by
Strobe Selection SmartSync two-wire horn/strobe control.
Proper selection of ceiling mount visible notification SmartSync two-wire horn/strobe control, as well as
appliances is dependent on occupancy, location, local synch strobe only control, is available from:
codes, and proper applications of: the National Fire 4006, 4007ES Hybrid, 4008, 4010, 4010ES, 4100ES,
Alarm Code (NFPA 72), ANSI A117.1, the appropriate and 4100U Fire Alarm Control Panels (refer to
model building code, BOCA, ICBO, or SBCCI, and the individual product data sheets for details)
application guidelines of the Americans with Disabilities 4009 IDNet NAC Extenders, (refer to data sheet
Act (ADA). S4009-0002)
* Refer to page 2 for guard listing. This product has been approved by the California State
Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety SmartSync Control Module (SCM) 4905-9938, which
Code. See CSFM Listing 7125-0026:248 for allowable values and/or conditions provides a SmartSync interface to conventional NACs
concerning material presented in this document. Accepted for use – City of New York
Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E. This product was not ULC listed or FM approved
(refer to data sheet S4905-0003 for additional details)
as of document revision date. Additional listings may be applicable, contact Simplex for
the latest status. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex Additional SmartSync compatible products include
product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time separate horns and combination horn/strobe
Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
Audible/Visible notification appliances.
S4904-0009-5 11/2014
Product Selection
Ceiling Mount Visible Notification Appliances (Strobes)
Strobe Output Rating
Model Number Housing Color
15 cd 30 cd 110 cd
4904-9183
Red with white
4904-9184
“FIRE” lettering
4904-9185
4904-9345
White without lettering
4904-9346
Adapter
Model Description Dimensions
4-7/8” x 3-1/8”
4905-9910 Surface mount adapter plate, zinc plated, see illustration below
(124 mm x 79 mm)
2 S4904-0009-5 11/2014
Specifications
General Specifications
Rated Voltage Range Regulated 24 VDC; see Note 1 below
Housing Dimensions (including lens) 4-3/4” x 2-5/16” x 2-5/8” D (121 mm x 75 mm x 67 mm)
Temperature Range 32° to 122° F (0° to 50° C)
Humidity Range 10% to 93%, non-condensing at 100° F (38° C)
Terminal blocks for 18 AWG to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2); two
Connections
wires per terminal for in/out wiring
Strobe Specifications
Flash Rate and Synchronized NAC Loading 1 Hz; with up to 35 synchronized strobes maximum per NAC
NOTES:
1. “Regulated 24 VDC” refers to the voltage range of 16 to 33 VDC per UL Standard 1971, Signaling Devices for the
Hearing Impaired, changes effective May 1, 2004. This voltage range is the absolute operating range. Operation outside
of this range may cause permanent damage to the appliance. Please note that 16 VDC is the lowest operating voltage
that is allowed at the last appliance on the NAC under worst case conditions.
2. The maximum RMS current listed is the device nameplate rating. Strobe designs are constant wattage and the maximum
RMS current rating occurs at the lowest allowable operating voltage. (RMS is root mean square and refers to the
effective value of a varying current waveform.)
3 S4904-0009-5 11/2014
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Features
Convert conventional Notification Appliance
Circuits (NACs) into SmartSync circuits or
synchronized strobe circuits:
Simplex® SmartSync Control Modules combine
separate horn and strobe NAC inputs into a 2-wire
control that can silence horns while maintaining
synchronized strobe operation
Synchronized Flash Modules provide a 2-wire
synchronized strobe output that also operates
compatible 24 VDC conventional reverse polarity
notification appliances
SmartSync Control Module (SCM) provides 4905-9938 SmartSync Control Module (SCM),
two-wire control to separately activate horns and Shown Approximately 1/2 Size
strobes:
Operation allows “on-until-silenced” and
“on-until-reset” on the same two-wire pair while
maintaining supervision continuity
SmartSync horns sound as Temporal or March
Time pattern, or continuous, controlled separately
from strobes on the same circuit
Strobes on the same circuit operate at a
synchronized 1 Hz flash rate
Output is either Class B or Class A 4905-9922, Class A Synchronized Flash Module,
Conventional strobe synchronization models: Shown Approximately 1/2 Size
S4905-0003-4 11/2014
Additional SCM Features Synchronized Flash Modules
Multi-Sync Mode. Up to eight SCMs can be interconnected Model 4905-9914 and 4905-9922 add the required
to synchronize system notification. Interconnected SCMs are control to activate Simplex synchronized strobes for
supervised for proper circuit connection. The horn input NAC NACs that do not provide that control. Conventional
powers the Multi-Sync function. horns or other compatible 24 VDC notification appliances
Isolated NAC Inputs. Both NAC inputs are isolated on the same circuit ignore strobe synchronization and
from each other and can be supplied from different operate when the NAC is in alarm.
control panels. For additional information refer to Installation
Class B (Style Y) and Class A (Style Z) output Instructions 579-232.
operation are both supported.
Earth fault detection is provided by the strobe control
NAC during supervision mode.
For additional information refer to Installation
Instructions 574-719.
Product Selection
4905-9914 Class B Synchronized Flash Module Dimensions: 1-3/8” x 2-7/16” x 13/16” D (35 mm x 62 mm x 20 mm);
epoxy encapsulated with 8” (203 mm) in/out 18 AWG (0.82 mm2) wire
4905-9922 Class A Synchronized Flash Module leads; rated for 2 A NAC; requires 5 mA for power
4090-9813 Adapter plate to fit 4 11⁄16” (119 mm) square electrical box
Specifications
General Specifications
Temperature Range 32° to 122° F (0° to 50° C)
Humidity Range 10% to 93%, non-condensing at 100° F (38° C)
4905-9938 SmartSync NAC Modules (for use with SmartSync compatible appliances)
Input Voltage Range 16 VDC to 33 VDC; with a maximum ripple of 2 V peak-to-peak
2 A maximum; can be wired as Class A or Class B
Output Ratings Up to 35 maximum SmartSync appliances with strobes
Up to 40 maximum SmartSync horn-only appliances
Strobe Control NAC Input Current Output NAC current, plus 30 mA @ 24 VDC for SCM operating power
Horn Control NAC Current 4 mA @ 24 VDC
Class A Operation Mounting Requirement Mount SCM within 20 ft (6 m) of control panel, use metal conduit
2 S4905-0003-4 11/2014
NAC Capability Reference
Control Panels/NAC Source Available Output Additional Module Required/Function
4006, 4007ES Hybrid, 4008, 4010,
Class A or Class B Strobe Synchronization none
4010ES, 4100ES, and 4100U Series Fire
Alarm Control Panels; and
4009 IDNet NAC Extenders Class A or Class B SmartSync operation none
Model Series 4003, 4004, 4005, 4100, Conventional reverse polarity NACs, 4905-9914 for Class B synchronized strobes
4120, 4020, 4001, & 4002 Control Panels; additional modules are required to control
4905-9922 for Class A synchronized strobes
2190 Series Signal ZAMs; 4009 Series synchronized strobes and/or SmartSync
Conventional NAC Extenders appliances 4905-9938 for SmartSync control
Module Reference
Module Description
4905-9938 SmartSync Control Module, provides Class A or Class B SmartSync operation
4905-9914 Class B Strobe Synchronization Module
4905-9922 Class A Strobe Synchronization Module
3 S4905-0003-4 11/2014
SCM Installation Reference
4905-9938 SmartSync
Control Module (SCM)
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Features Conventional
TrueAlert audible appliance
®
Converts a Simplex SmartSync NAC non-addressable
(notification appliance circuit) into separate appliances
24 VDC audible and visible appliance outputs: SmartSync
Power and communications are supplied by the Adapter
S4905-0005-4 12/2014
Appliance Wiring Details
Compatibility with circuit protectors. When Provisions for shielded wire. For applications where
connected to remote appliances (up to 200 ft from the notification appliance wiring may be exposed to electrical
adapter) that exit the building and may be exposed to noise, twisted, shielded wiring is recommended. The
harsh electrical environments, the notification appliance adapter wiring terminal block has provisions for
wiring is compatible with Simplex circuit protectors. connecting the shield(s).
Compatible protectors are listed in Wiring reference and
should be connected both where the wiring leaves the
building and where it connects to the appliances.
Status
indicating LED
SmartSync Adapter
Module Assembly
-
SHLD PWR RET RET PWR SHLD
+ selection switch
FREE CONT
RUN
1 2
DISCONNECT POWER
BEFORE SERVICING
2 S4905-0005-4 12/2014
Specifications
Electrical
Input Voltage 16 to 33 VDC; see notes 1 and 2 below
Supervisory 100 µA maximum
Input Current
Alarm 450 mA maximum, adapter and appliances
Output Voltage 17 to 32 VDC; appliance inrush current is internally limited to 550 mA
Wiring Reference
Appliance Distance from SmartSync Adapter 200 ft maximum (61 m)
10 k, 1/2 W; two required, one located at each remote appliance; use
Supervision Resistor
4081-9008 End-of-Line Resistor Harness (ref. 733-894), ordered separately
Wiring Connections Screw terminals for 18 to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2)
Compatible Circuit Protection 2081-9044, Overvoltage Protector, 200 mA maximum
(required when wiring leaves the building for 2081-9028, Isolated Loop Circuit Protector, 5 A maximum
outdoor appliances, mount one at each end of
wiring) 2081-9027, Isolated Loop Circuit Protector, 200 mA maximum
NOTES:
1. The SmartSync adapter is required to be connected to a NAC that provides SmartSync two-wire operation.
2. The rated voltage range listed is the absolute operating range. Operation outside of this range may cause permanent damage
to the SmartSync adapter.
3 S4905-0005-4 12/2014
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.
Note: This is a general reference document. Please refer to the notification appliance data sheet and installation instructions
for specific product compatibility and additional information.
Adapter Plates
Model Color Description Reference Diagram
Adapter Plate (Cosmetic)
Use for wall mount
4905-9836 Red applications when replacing
rectangular housing A/V Mounting Note:
(horizontal or vertical) on NFPA 72 requires that
flush mounted, 4” square the entire lens be not
electrical box, with a TrueAlert less than 80” and not
A/V (or V/O if horn is no greater than 96” above
longer required) the finished floor.
4905-9839 White
Dimensions: 7.95” x 5.91” x
0.06” (202 mm x 150 mm x
1.5 mm)
Adapter Plate
Use to mount TrueAlert horn,
V/O, or A/V to Simplex®
2975-9145 box (typically for
4905-9931 Red retrofit, may be mounted
vertical or horizontal)
Dimensions: 8-5/16” x 5-3/4” x
0.060” (211 mm x 146 mm x
1.5 mm)
Adapter Plate
2975-9145
Use to adapt Simplex Box
2975-9145 box to mount
4905-9903 Red TrueAlert S/V wall mount, or
rectangular S/V (vertical or
horizontal mount), typically
used for retrofit
4905-9903
Adapter Plate
S4905-0008-1 6/2012
Adapter Plates (Continued)
Model Color Description Reference Diagram
Tile Bridge
2905-9946 Beige Use for 4902-9721 Speaker
(round, ceiling mounted)
Adapter Skirts
Model Color Description Reference Diagram
2 S4905-0008-1 6/2012
Adapter Skirts (Continued)
Model Color Description Reference Diagram
Surface mount conduit and
box shown for reference
4905-9946 Red Surface Mount (Deep)
Adapter Skirt for S/V 4" (102 mm) square box profile, 1-1/2"
Required when mounting (38 mm) deep with 1-1/2" extension
TrueAlert S/V to surface
mounted electrical box, 4”
square, 1-1/2” deep with Speaker/Strobe (S/V)
4905-9947 White 1-1/2” deep extension
Skirt depth: 3-3/16” (81 mm) Surface Mount Adapter Skirt
Mounting Boxes
Model Color Description Reference Diagram
Wire Guards
Model Color Description Reference Diagram
3 S4905-0008-1 6/2012
Wire Guards (Continued)
Model Color Description Reference Diagram
A/V assembly
4 S4905-0008-1 6/2012
Simplex Appliances and STI Covers, UL Listed Compatibility Reference
The following table summarizes the Simplex appliances that have been UL tested and listed with various STI polycarbonate
vandal covers. The products were tested and grouped together to provide the best performance, the loss values shown below are
significantly better than the generic de-rating (loss) factors.
More information on STI products can be found at www.sti-usa.com .
Appliance Back Box Required Surface
Simplex Model STI Cover
Mounting Light Loss Sound Loss Mount Adapter
Mounting Type Number Model Number
Type Skirt (see note 4)
Wall STI-1210D Surface NA 1.1 dBA 4905-9941
Speaker 4902-9716
(see note 5) STI-1210E Flush NA 2.9 dBA
None
Ceiling Speaker 4902-9721 STI-1217 Flush NA 5.4 dBA
Surface NA 3.1 dBA 4905-9937
Wall Horn 4901-9820 STI-1210D
Flush NA 6.1 dBA None
STI-1210D Surface 41.7% NA
4906-9101 STI-1210E Flush 31% NA 4905-9937 (red)
Wall V/O and STI-1215 Flush 33.3% NA or
4906-9103 STI-1217 4905-9940 (white)
Surface 30.7% NA
(see Note 3)
STI-1210D Surface 41.7% 3.7 dBA
4906-9127 STI-1210E Flush 31% 4.9 dBA 4905-9937 (red)
Wall A/V and STI-1215 Flush 33.3% 5.7 dBA or
4906-9129 STI-1217 4905-9940 (white)
Surface 30.7% 6.3 dBA
(see Note 3)
4906-9102 STI-1217 Surface 21.5% NA
Ceiling V/O and None
4906-9104 STI-1217 Flush 39.4% NA
4906-9151 STI-1210D Surface 34.3% 1.5 dBA 4905-9946 (red)
Wall S/V and or
4906-9153 STI-1210E Flush 31% 3.3 dBA 4905-9947 (white)
Ceiling S/V 4906-9154 STI-1217 Flush 23.6% 1.4 dBA None
Notes:
1. Covers are not listed for ULC applications.
2. Refer to the STI Installation Manuals packed with each cover for mounting and maintenance instructions.
3. STI adhesive backed spacer to mounting surface gasket required; cover to spacer gasket is not used
4. Surface mounted appliances require use of the appropriate Surface Mount Adapter Skirt as listed.
5. Speaker 4902-9716 is listed for both wall and ceiling mount with the STI covers as shown above.
5 S4905-0008-1 6/2012
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.
Features
Visible only (V/O) 24 VDC notification appliances
with high output xenon strobe, available for wall
or ceiling mount:
Intensity is selectable as 15, 30, 75, or 110 candela with
visible selection jumper secured behind strobe housing
Operation is compatible with ADA requirements (refer
to important installation information on page 3)
Polarized input allows connection to compatible reverse
polarity, supervised notification appliance circuit (NAC)
Regulated circuit design ensures consistent flash output Wall Mount Strobes
and provides controlled inrush current
Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic
housings are available in red or white with clear lens
Listed to UL 1971 and ULC S526
Strobes provide synchronized flash for use with:
Simplex® fire alarm control panels with NACs selected Ceiling Mount Strobes
to provide strobe synchronization or SmartSync
two-wire control Description
4009 IDNet NAC Extenders Multi-Candela TrueAlert synchronized strobes
Separate strobe Synchronization Modules that are provide convenient installation to standard electrical
available for Class B or Class A operation boxes. The enclosure designs are both impact and vandal
Separate SmartSync Control Modules (SCMs) that resistant and provide a convenient strobe intensity
provide Class B or Class A output from conventional selection. Since each model can be selected for intensity
NAC inputs output, on-site model inventory is minimized and changes
encountered during construction can be easily
Strobe housings provides flexible, easy, and accommodated.
convenient semi-flush or surface wall mounting:
Wall mount strobe housings are a one-piece assembly
Rear of housing does not extend into box (including lens) that mounts to a single or double gang, or
Wall mount strobes easily mount to single gang, double 4” square standard electrical box. The cover can be
gang, or 4-inch square outlet box quickly removed (a tool is required) and covers are
Ceiling mount strobes mount to single gang boxes available separately for color conversion.
Wall mount strobe features: Ceiling mount strobes install using standard single gang
electrical boxes. Color choice is determined by model
Wiring terminals are accessible from the front of the number.
housing providing easy access for installation,
inspection, and testing Strobe Intensity Selection
Covers are available separately to convert housing color During installation, a selection plug at the back of the
Optional adapters and wire guards: housing determines the desired strobe intensity. An
attached flag with black letters on a highly visible yellow
Wall mount strobe adapters are available to cover background allows the selected intensity to be seen at the
surface mounted electrical boxes and to adapt to side of the strobe lens.
Simplex 2975-9145 boxes
UL listed red wire guards are available for wall or
Strobe Application Reference
ceiling mount strobes* Proper selection of visible notification is dependent on
occupancy, location, local codes, and proper applications
of: the National Fire Alarm Code (NFPA 72), ANSI
* Refer to page 2 for guard listing. This product has been approved by the California State A117.1; the appropriate model building code: BOCA,
Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety
Code. See CSFM Listing 7125-0026:316 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning ICBO, or SBCCI; and the application guidelines of the
material presented in this document. Refer to page 2 for listing status of wire guards. Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA).
Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the
latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of
Tyco Fire Protection Products.
S4906-0001-5 11/2014
Synchronized Strobes SmartSync Control Sources
Multiple Strobes. When multiple strobes and their SmartSync two-wire control is available from:
reflections can be seen from one location, synchronized 4006, 4007ES Hybrid, 4008, 4010, 4010ES, 4100ES,
flashes reduce the probability of photo-sensitive reactions and 4100U Fire Alarm Control Panels (refer to
as well as the annoyance and possible distraction of individual product data sheets for more information)
random flashing. These multi-candela strobes are 4009 IDNet NAC Extenders (refer to data sheet
synchronized over a two-wire circuit when connected to S4009-0002)
compatible NACs, to compatible Synchronized Flash
Modules, or to SmartSync Control Modules. SmartSync Control Module (SCM) Model 4905-9938
(refer to data sheet S4905-0003)
SmartSync Two-Wire Control
Additional SmartSync compatible notification
Some applications desire the audible notification appliances include separate horns and combination
appliances to be capable of being silenced before the horn/strobe notification appliances.
alarm condition is reset (on-until-silenced) while the
visible notification appliances are kept activated until the
alarm condition is reset (on-until-reset). SmartSync
operation mode provides this function using a single
circuit (two-wire operation).
Product Selection
Multi-Candela Visible Notification Appliances (Strobes)
Model Mounting Housing Color “FIRE” Lettering Description
4906-9101 Red White
Wall Multi-candela strobe with intensity selectable as:
4906-9103 White Red
15, 30, 75, or 110 candela; synchronized flash rate;
4906-9102 Red White SmartSync two-wire control compatible
Ceiling
4906-9104 White Red
Wall Mount Strobe Adapters
Model Description Dimensions
4905-9937 Red 5-3/8” H x 5-1/4” W x 1-5/8” D
Surface Mount Adapter Skirt; use to cover 1-1/2” (38 mm)
(136 mm x 133 mm x 41 mm)
4905-9940 White deep surface mounted boxes
Total depth with strobe = 4-3/8” (111 mm)
Red Adapter Plate for mounting to Simplex 2975-9145 box (typically for 8-5/16” x 5-3/4” x 0.060” Thick
4905-9931
retrofit, may be mounted vertical or horizontal) (211 mm x 146 mm x 1.5 mm)
7-7/8" x 5-1/8" x 2-3/4" D
2975-9145 Red Mounting Box, requires Adapter Plate 4905-9931
(200 mm x 130 mm x 70 mm)
Ceiling Mount Strobe Adapter
Model Description Dimensions
Surface Mount Adapter Plate; zinc plated; required for mounting to 4-7/8” x 3-1/8” x 0.060” D
4905-9910
handy box; not needed when using 4905-9926 guard (124 mm x 79 mm x 1.5)
Synchronization Modules (refer to data sheet S4905-0003 for additional information)
Model Description Dimensions
4905-9914 Class B Synchronized Flash Module; epoxy encapsulated with
1-3/8” x 2-7/16” x 13/16”
in/out 18 AWG (0.82 mm2) wire leads, rated for 2 A NAC,
4905-9922 Class A (35 mm x 62 mm x 20 mm)
requires 5 mA for power
SmartSync Control Module with Class B or Class A output; mounts in 4” x 4-1/8” x 1-1/4” D
4905-9938
4” (102 mm) square box (102 mm x 105 mm x 32 mm)
2 S4906-0001-5 11/2014
Strobe Specifications
Wall Mount or Ceiling Mount, Common Specifications
Rated Voltage Range Regulated 24 VDC; see Note 1 below
Flash Rate 1 Hz
Synchronized NAC Loading Up to 35 synchronized strobes maximum per NAC
Temperature Range 32° to 122° F (0° to 50° C)
Humidity Range 10% to 93%, non-condensing at 100° F (38° C)
Terminal blocks for 18 AWG to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2); two wires per
Connections
terminal for in/out wiring
Housing Dimensions (with lens) 5-1/8” H x 5” W x 2-3/4” D (130 mm x 127 mm x 70 mm)
Maximum RMS Current Rating per 15 cd 30 cd 75 cd 110 cd
Wall Strobe Setting (see Note 2 below) 60 mA 94 mA 186 mA 252 mA
Mount
Reference RMS Currents 18 VDC 53 mA 84 mA 165 mA 224 mA
at other voltages 24 VDC 40 mA 63 mA 124 mA 168 mA
Housing Dimensions (with lens) 4-3/4” L x 2-5/16” W x 2-5/8” D (121 mm x 75 mm x 67 mm)
Maximum RMS Current Rating per 15 cd 30 cd 75 cd 110 cd
Ceiling Strobe Setting (see Note 2 below) 75 mA 125 mA 233 mA 316 mA
Mount
Reference RMS Currents 18 VDC 67 mA 111 mA 207 mA 281 mA
at other voltages 24 VDC 50 mA 83 mA 155 mA 211 mA
NOTES:
1. “Regulated 24 VDC” refers to the voltage range of 16 to 33 VDC per UL Standard 1971, Signaling Devices for the Hearing
Impaired. This voltage range is the absolute operating range. Operation outside of this range may cause permanent damage to
the strobe. Please note that 16 VDC is the lowest operating voltage that is allowed at the last appliance on the NAC under worst
case conditions.
2. The maximum RMS current listed is the device nameplate rating. Strobe designs are constant wattage and the maximum RMS
current rating occurs at the lowest allowable operating voltage. (RMS is root mean square and refers to the effective value of a
varying current waveform.)
Bottom of lens
is either even
with, or slightly Electrical
Wiring access hole above bottom box outline
2 of compatible
1
boxes
Wiring terminals
Mounting Holes:
4" square (4) NFPA 72 requires 80" (2.03 m)
Single gang (2) that the entire lens minimum
Double gang (3) be not less than
a
80" and not greater
than 96" above the
finished floor
Transparent housing
and lens assembly
3 S4906-0001-5 11/2014
Ceiling Mount Strobe Installation Reference
Strobe intensity
viewing slot
110 Intensity selection plug,
75
30
15
accessible only from rear of lens
housing; factory setting is 15 cd
Wall Mount Installation Reference; Adapter Plate, Guard, and Adapter Skirt
Optional
4905-9961
Wire Guard
Strobe
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Features
Audible/visible (A/V) notification appliances with
efficient electronic horn and high output xenon
strobe, available for wall or ceiling mount
Operation is compatible with ADA requirements (refer
to important installation information on page 3)
Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic
housings are available in red or white with clear lens
Operates over a two-wire SmartSync circuit to
provide:
Horns that are controlled separately from strobes on the
same two-wire circuit
“On-until-silenced” and “on-until-reset” operation on
the same two-wire pair
SmartSync horn activation of Temporal pattern, March
Time pattern (at 60 BPM), or on continuously
Strobe appliances on the same circuit operating at a
synchronized 1 Hz flash rate
Class B operation requires connection to a compatible
SmartSync NAC or to SmartSync Control Module
(SCM) 4905-9938 Wall and Ceiling Mount A/Vs
Class A operation when connected to the 4905-9938 Description
SCM or with 4100U series fire alarm control panel
NACs Multi-Candela TrueAlert A/Vs with horn and
synchronized strobe provide convenient installation
Wall mount A/Vs features: to standard electrical boxes. The enclosure designs are
Wiring terminals are accessible from the front of the both impact and vandal resistant and provide a convenient
housing providing easy access for installation, strobe intensity selection. Since each model can be
inspection, and testing selected for strobe intensity output, on-site model
Covers are available separately to convert housing color inventory is minimized and changes encountered during
Available UL listed sound damper for locations construction can be easily accommodated.
requiring attenuation of 5 to 6 dBA (stairwells, small
rooms, highly reverberant areas, etc.) Wall mount A/V housings are a one-piece assembly
(including lens) that mounts to a single or double gang, or
Optional adapters and wire guards: 4” square standard electrical box. The cover can be
Wall mount A/V adapters are available to cover surface quickly removed (a tool is required) and covers are
mounted electrical boxes and to adapt to Simplex® available separately for color conversion.
2975-9145 boxes
Ceiling mount A/Vs install using standard 4” electrical
UL listed red wire guards are available for wall or boxes. Color choice is determined by model number.
ceiling mount A/Vs
Visible notification appliance (strobe): Strobe Intensity Selection
24 VDC xenon strobe; intensity is selectable as 15, 30, During installation, a selection plug at the back of the
75, or 110 candela with visible selection jumper secured housing determines the desired strobe intensity. An
behind strobe housing attached flag with black letters on a highly visible yellow
UL listed to Standard 1971 background allows the selected intensity to be seen at the
Regulated circuit design ensures consistent flash output side of the strobe lens.
and provides controlled inrush current * This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
Audible notification appliance (horn): 7125-0026:317 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this
document. Accepted for use – City of New York Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E.
Low current, 24 VDC electronic horn with harmonically Refer to page 2 for listing status of wire guards. Additional listings may be applicable;
rich sound output suitable for either steady or coded contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals
under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
operation (Temporal or 60 BPM March Time pattern)
UL listed to Standard 464
S4906-0002-6 11/2014
Strobe Application Selection SmartSync Two-Wire Control
Proper selection of visible notification is dependent on SmartSync operation mode allows a two-wire circuit to
occupancy, location, local codes, and proper applications provide the ability to activate both the horn and strobe on
of: the National Fire Alarm Code (NFPA 72), ANSI the same NAC and then allow the horn to be silenced
A117.1; the appropriate model building code: BOCA, while the strobe remains flashing. The horn operates as
ICBO, or SBCCI; and the application guidelines of the “on-until-silenced” while the strobe operation is
Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). “on-until-reset.”
SmartSync operation
Mounting Holes:
4" square (4)
NFPA 72 requires 80" (2.03 m)
Single gang (2)
that the entire lens minimum
Double gang (3)
be not less than
a
80" and not greater
than 96" above the
Transparent housing
finished floor
and lens assembly
Ceiling reference, 4" (102 mm) square box, Optional 4905-9928 Adapter Plate,
surface mounted box 1-1/2" (38 mm) minimum depth required for surface mounted electrical box
Four mounting clamps included, two each side
Ceiling reference,
flush mounted box
Optional 4905-9927
Wiring terminals are
Red Wire Guard
located behind the housing
End View
110
Intensity selection plug,
75
30
15
accessible only from rear of lens
housing; factory setting is 15 cd
Wall Mount Installation Reference; Adapter Plate, Guard, and Adapter Skirt
Optional
4905-9961
Wire Guard
A/V
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Features
Speaker/visible (S/V) notification appliances with
multi-tapped speaker and multi-tapped high
intensity xenon strobe with synchronized flash:
Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic
housings are available for wall or ceiling mount
Operation is compatible with ADA requirements (refer to
important wall mount installation information on page 4)
Wall mount S/V features:
Housings are available in red or white with clear lens
with contrasting white or red “FIRE” lettering
Covers are available separately to convert housing color
Ceiling mount S/V features:
Housing is white with clear lens
Red “FIRE” lettering is printed on two sides
Audible notification appliance (speaker):
High quality voice and tone reproduction with taps for
¼, ½ , 1, or 2 W, at 25 or 70.7 VRMS
Capacitor input for connection to supervised notification
appliance circuits
Speakers are wired separately from strobe wiring
UL listed to Standard 1480 and ULC-S541*
Compliant with NFPA 72, 520 Hz Low Frequency
Signal Requirements for Sleeping Areas Wall and Ceiling Mount S/Vs
* See page 2 for additional listing details and wire guard listings. This product has been
Strobe Intensity Selection
approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the
California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7320-0026:247 for allowable values During installation, a selection plug at the back of the
and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. Accepted for use – City housing determines the desired strobe intensity. An
of New York Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E. Additional listings may be applicable; attached flag with black letters on a highly visible yellow
contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals
under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products. background allows the selected intensity to be seen at the
side of the strobe lens.
S4906-0003-8 5/2014
Synchronized Strobes Strobe Application Selection
Multiple Strobes. When multiple strobes and their Proper selection of visible notification is dependent on
reflections can be seen from one location, synchronized occupancy, location, local codes, and proper applications
flashes reduce the probability of photo-sensitive reactions of: the National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code
as well as the annoyance and possible distraction of (NFPA 72), ANSI A117.1; the appropriate model
random flashing. The multi-candela strobes of these S/Vs building code: BOCA, ICBO, or SBCCI; and the
are activated by NACs that provide the Simplex application guidelines of the Americans with Disabilities
synchronization format. For additional information, refer Act (ADA).
to data sheet S4905-0003.
Product Selection
4905-9946 Surface mount red adapter skirt Required when mounting to surface 7 ¾” H x 5 ⅜” W x 3 3⁄16 ” D
mounted electrical box, 4” square, (197 mm x 137 mm x 81 mm)
4905-9947 Surface mount white adapter skirt 1 ½” deep with 1 ½” deep extension depth with S/V = 5 ⅞” (149 mm)
* Refer to data sheet S4905-0003 for additional flash control module information
2 S4906-0003-8 5/2014
S/V Specifications
Common Environmental 32° to 122° F (0° to 50° C); 10% to 93%, non-condensing at 100° F (38° C)
Specifications Connections Terminal blocks for 18 AWG to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2); two wires per terminal for in/out wiring
Speaker Specifications
Input Voltage 25 or 70.7 VRMS, see Note 1 below
Power Taps ¼, ½, 1, and 2 W
Fire Alarm 400 to 4000 Hz
Frequency Response
General Signaling 125 to 12 kHz
Wattage Tap ¼W ½W 1W 2W
UL Listed Models, Reverberant Chamber Test, per UL 1480 76 dBA 79 dBA 82 dBA 85 dBA
Speaker Output
Wall Mount Models 4906-9151 and 4906-9153,
Ratings @ 10 ft (3 m) 77 dBA 80 dBA 83 dBA 86 dBA*
Anechoic Chamber Test, per ULC-S541
(see Note 1 below)
Ceiling Mount Model 4906-9157, 25 VRMS Input 81.6 dBA 84.3 dBA 87.1 dBA* 89.7 dBA*
per ULC-S541 70.7 VRMS Input 80.9 dBA 84.1 dBA 87.3 dBA* 90.2 dBA*
* NOTE: Select taps as indicated to satisfy the ULC fire alarm applications requirement of 85 dBA minimum
85
Sound Pressure Level (dB) at 10 ft (3 m)
84
83
82
81
80
79
78
77
76
75
90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Angular Displacement (Degrees) on Horizontal Axis
2kHz 4kHz
3 S4906-0003-8 5/2014
Ceiling Mount S/V Installation Reference and Tile Bridge Dimensions
2905-9946
1/2" (13 mm) Tile Bridge
23-11/16"
(602 mm)
1/4" diameter (6
mm) holes, 4 places
110
6-11/16"
75
30
15
(170 mm)
IMPORTANT ! INSTALLATION
Mounting to 2975-9145 Box Standard Electrical Box Mounting MOUNTING HEIGHT REFERENCE
4" (102 mm) square box, 1-1/2" 2975-9145
4" square box outline
2975-9145 Box (38 mm) deep, with a 4" square box box outline
extension, 1-1/2" deep, by others
CL
4" (102 mm)
Optional 4905-9998
Intensity selection 110
75 Wire Guard
Transparent plug, accessible only 30
Strobe intensity
viewing slot Surface mount adapter skirt, 3-3/16" (81 mm)
deep, required for this mounting method:
4905-9946, Red; 4905-9947, White (conduit
knockouts are provided on all four sides)
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Features
Visible only (V/O) 24 VDC wall mount notification
appliances with high output xenon strobe:
Amber lens with “ALERT” lettering produces a signal
unique from clear lens fire alarm evacuation strobes for
use with Emergency Communications Systems
Intensity is selectable as 15, 30, 75, or 110 candela with
visible selection jumper secured behind strobe housing
UL listed to Standard 1638 (due to non-white lens);
verified by UL testing to provide light dispersion
patterns of UL Standard 1971 at rated candela (no
derating necessary for amber lens)
ULC listed to Standard S526
Polarized input allows connection to compatible reverse
polarity, supervised notification appliance circuit (NAC)
Regulated circuit design ensures consistent flash output
and provides controlled inrush current
Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic
housings are available in red or white with amber lens
Refer to important installation information on page 3
Strobes provide synchronized flash for use with: Amber Lens Wall Mount Strobes
4100ES, 4100U, and 4010 Series fire alarm control Description
panels with NACs selected to provide strobe
synchronization or SmartSync two-wire horn/strobe TrueAlert amber lens multi-candela strobes
control provide non-fire alarm alert notification for use with
4009 IDNet NAC Extenders Emergency Communications systems where additional
Separate strobe synchronization modules that are response information is provided by audio or textual
available for Class B or Class A operation appliances.
Separate SmartSync Control Modules (SCMs) that Strobe housings are a one-piece assembly (including
provide Class B or Class A output from conventional lens) that mounts to a single or double gang, or 4” square
NAC inputs standard electrical box. The cover can be quickly
NOTE: Connect amber strobes to NACs dedicated for removed (a tool is required) and the enclosure design is
Emergency Communications operation, not for fire impact and vandal resistant.
alarm notification
Strobe housings provides flexible, easy, and Multi-Candela Output. During installation, a selection
convenient semi-flush or surface mounting: plug at the back of the housing determines the desired
strobe intensity. An attached flag with black letters on a
Rear of housing does not extend into box
highly visible yellow background allows the selected
Strobes easily mount to single gang, double gang, or intensity to be seen at the side of the strobe lens.
4-inch square outlet box
Wiring terminals are accessible from the front of the Strobe Application Reference
housing providing easy access for installation,
inspection, and testing Amber strobes used as part of an Emergency
Communications system are located to provide the same
Optional adapters and wire guard:
area coverage as required of clear lens fire alarm strobes.
Strobe adapters are available to cover surface mounted Specific Emergency Communications requirements are
electrical boxes and to adapt to Simplex® 2975-9145 discussed in detail in document UFC 4-021-01 (USA
boxes
Department of Defense, United Facilities Criteria) and in
UL listed red wire guard NFPA 72, Chapter 24 (2010 and 2013 editions).
* Refer to page 2 for listing status of wire guards. This product has been approved by the
California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health Proper strobe coverage criteria is further described in the
and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7300-0026:326 for allowable values and/or conditions National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code (NFPA 72),
concerning material presented in this document. It is subject to re-examination, revision, and
possible cancellation. FM approval and MEA acceptance are not applicable. Additional ANSI A117.1; the appropriate model building code:
listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. BOCA, ICBO, or SBCCI; and the application guidelines
Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Safety
Products Westminster.
of the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA).
S4906-0008-4 1/2013
Synchronized Strobes Additional Product Reference
Multiple Strobes. When multiple strobes and their
reflections can be seen from one location, synchronized Product Data Sheet
flashes reduce the probability of photo-sensitive reactions Multi-Candela Clear Lens Strobes
as well as the annoyance and possible distraction of
V/O (strobe) S4906-0001
random flashing. These multi-candela strobes are
synchronized over a two-wire circuit when connected to A/V (horn/strobe) S4906-0002
compatible NACs, to compatible Synchronized Flash S/V (speaker/strobe) S4906-0003
Modules, or to SmartSync Control Modules. Audible Notification
Horn S4901-0010
SmartSync Two-Wire Control Reference Speakers S4902-0003
Fire Alarm Operation. SmartSync two-wire control Control Modules and Panels
provides separate horn and strobe control over the same Synch and SmartSync Control Modules S4905-0003
wiring. This allows audible notification appliances to be
4009 IDNet NAC Extender S4009-0002
capable of being silenced before the alarm condition is
reset (on-until-silenced) while the visible notification 4010 Fire Alarm Control Panels S4010-0001
appliances are kept activated until the alarm condition is 4100ES Fire Alarm Panels S4100-0031
reset (on-until-reset). 4100ES Fire Alarm Audio Equipment S4100-0034
Alert Operation. When non-addressable amber strobes 4003 Series Emergency Voice/Alarm
Communications Equipment Panel S4003-0001
are used to provide alert indications, audible information (compatible with 4010 control panels)
is provided by a voice/audio system or other unique,
Installation Reference
non-fire alarm signaling. Refer to the Additional Product
Reference list to the right for associated products. Installation Instructions 579-848
Product Selection
Wire Guard
Model Description Dimensions
Red wire guard with mounting plate, compatible with semi-flush or 6-1/16” H x 6-1/16” W x 3-1/8” D
4905-9961*
surface mounted boxes (154 mm x 154 mm x 79 mm)
2 S4906-0008-4 1/2013
Strobe Specifications
Voltage Range Regulated 24 VDC; see Note 1 below
Flash Rate 1 Hz
Synchronized NAC Loading Up to 35 synchronized strobes maximum per NAC
Temperature Range 32° to 122° F (0° to 50° C)
Humidity Range 10% to 93%, non-condensing at 100° F (38° C)
Terminal blocks for 18 AWG to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2); two wires per
Connections
terminal for in/out wiring
Housing Dimensions (with lens) 5-1/8” H x 5” W x 2-3/4” D (130 mm x 127 mm x 70 mm)
Maximum RMS Current Rating per Strobe 15 cd 30 cd 75 cd 110 cd
Setting (see Note 2 below) 60 mA 94 mA 186 mA 252 mA
Reference RMS Currents at other 18 VDC 53 mA 84 mA 165 mA 224 mA
voltages 24 VDC 40 mA 63 mA 124 mA 168 mA
NOTES:
1. “Regulated 24 VDC” refers to the voltage range of 16 to 33 VDC per UL Standard 1638, Visual Signaling Appliances –
Private-Mode Emergency and General Utility Signaling. This voltage range is the absolute operating range. Operation outside of
this range may cause permanent damage to the strobe. Please note that 16 VDC is the lowest operating voltage that is allowed
at the last appliance on the NAC under worst case conditions.
2. The maximum RMS current listed is the device nameplate rating. Strobe designs are constant wattage and the maximum RMS
current rating occurs at the lowest allowable operating voltage. (RMS is root mean square and refers to the effective value of a
varying current waveform.)
Bottom of lens
is either even
with, or slightly Electrical
above bottom box outline
Wiring access hole of compatible
2 boxes
1
Wiring terminals
Transparent housing
and lens assembly
3 S4906-0008-4 1/2013
Installation Reference; Adapter Plate, Guard, and Adapter Skirt
Optional 4905-9961
Wire Guard
Strobe
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Features
Weatherproof 24 VDC notification appliances for
extended temperature and extended humidity
operation:
NEMA 3R rated enclosure with ratings for indoor or
outdoor applications
Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic
housings are available in red or white with clear lens
Red housings are for indoor or outdoor applications and
provide UV light stable color
White housings are for indoor applications with limited
UV light exposure
Mounting is to matching weatherproof boxes (required),
ordered separately
Wiring terminals are accessible from the front of the
housing providing easy access for installation,
inspection, and testing
Agency listings reference:
UL listed to Standard 1638 for outdoor applications with
strobe rated at 75 cd (WP75)
UL listed to Standard 1971 for indoor applications with
strobe intensity selectable as 15, 60, or 75 candela;
indoor applications are compatible with ADA
requirements (refer to important installation
information on page 4)
Separate models are ULC listed to Standard S526
(strobes) and S525 (horns) for outdoor applications
with strobe intensity selectable as 5, 20, or 30 candela Weatherproof A/V (top) and Strobe (middle), side view of
(available in red only) A/V on Weatherproof Mounting Boxes (bottom)
Operation details: Description
A visible intensity selection jumper is secured behind the
Weatherproof multi-candela TrueAlert appliances
strobe housing
provide V/O and A/V SmartSync operation for indoor and
Polarized input allows connection to compatible reverse outdoor, extended temperature and extended humidity
polarity, supervised notification appliance circuit applications. The enclosures are impact and vandal
(NAC) resistant and provide a convenient strobe intensity
Regulated circuit design ensures consistent flash output selection. Since each model can be selected for intensity
and provides controlled inrush current output, on-site model inventory is minimized and changes
A/V appliances have an efficient electronic horn encountered during construction can be easily
accommodated.
Synchronized strobe compatibility:
Simplex® fire alarm control panels and NAC Extenders Strobe Intensity Selection
when selected to provide strobe synchronization or
During installation, a selection plug at the back of the
SmartSync two-wire control
housing determines the desired strobe intensity. An
Separate strobe Synchronization Modules or SmartSync attached flag with black letters on a yellow background
Control Modules (SCMs) that convert conventional allows the selected intensity to be seen at the side of the
NAC inputs to a Smartsync output strobe lens.
SmartSync two-wire operation provides:
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
Horns controlled separately from strobes on the same Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
two-wire circuit, activated as Temporal pattern, March 7125-0026:331 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in
this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product
Time pattern (at 60 BPM), or on continuously supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co.
are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
S4906-0010-6 11/2014
Strobe Application Reference SmartSync Control Sources
Proper selection of weatherproof notification is dependent SmartSync two-wire control is available from:
on occupancy, location, local codes, and proper applications 4006, 4007ES Hybrid, 4008, 4010, 4010ES, 4100ES, and
of: the National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code 4100U Fire Alarm Control Panels (refer to individual
(NFPA 72), ANSI A117.1; the appropriate model building product data sheets for more information)
code: BOCA, ICBO, or SBCCI; and the application 4009 IDNet NAC Extenders (refer to data sheet
guidelines of the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). S4009-0002)
Requirements may differ from indoor appliance
SmartSync Control Module (SCM) Model 4905-9938
applications, contact your local authority having
(refer to data sheet S4905-0003)
jurisdiction (AHJ) to assist in determining requirements.
Additional SmartSync compatible notification appliances
SmartSync Two-Wire Control include separate horns and combination horn/strobe
notification appliances.
SmartSync operation mode allows a two-wire circuit to
provide the ability to activate both the horn and strobe on
the same NAC and then allow the horn to be silenced
while the strobe remains flashing. The horn operates as
“on-until-silenced” while the strobe operation is
“on-until-reset.”
Product Selection
Synchronization Module Reference (refer to data sheet S4905-0003 for additional information)
Model Description Dimensions
4905-9914 Class B Synchronized Flash Module; epoxy encapsulated with
1 ⅜” x 2 7⁄16” x 13⁄16”
in/out 18 AWG (0.82 mm2) wire leads, rated for 2 A NAC,
4905-9922 Class A (35 mm x 62 mm x 20 mm)
requires 10 mA for power
SmartSync Control Module with Class B or Class A output; mounts in 4” x 4 ⅛” x 1 ¼” D
4905-9938
4” (102 mm) square box (102 mm x 105 mm x 32 mm)
2 S4906-0010-6 11/2014
Specifications
Rated Voltage Range Regulated 24 VDC; see Note 1 below
Flash Rate 1 Hz; up to 24 synchronized strobes maximum per NAC
UL 1971 Listed Rating 32° to 122° F (0° to 50° C); selectable 15/30/75 cd
Temperature
UL 1638 Listed Rating -31°F to 150°F (-35° C to 66°C); 75 cd rating
Range
ULC S526 & S525 Listed Rating -40°F to 150°F (-40° C to 66°C); 5/20/30 cd rating
Humidity UL 1971 Listed Rating 10% to 93%, at 100° F (38° C)
Range UL 1638, ULC S526, & ULC S525 up to 98%, at 104 °F (40° C)
Terminal blocks for 18 AWG to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2); two wires per
Wiring Connections
terminal for in/out wiring
Horn Output; Models 4906-9131, 4906-9132, & 4906-9143; UL & ULC Ratings as noted
Output Sound Characteristics 2400 to 3700 Hz sweep, modulated at 120 Hz rate
Voltage 16 VDC 24 VDC 33 VDC
Horn Output
Ratings Sound Type (see Note 2) Steady Coded Steady Coded Steady Coded
@ 10 ft (3 m) UL 464 Reverberant Chamber 80 dBA 76 dBA 83 dBA 79 dBA 86 dBA 81 dBA
(see Note 2)
ULC S525 Anechoic Chamber 96 dBA 96 dBA 99 dBA 99 dBA 101 dBA 101 dBA
3 S4906-0010-6 11/2014
Weatherproof Appliance Installation Reference
NOTE: For detailed installation information, refer to Installation Instructions 579-857 for UL listed products,
and Installation Instructions 579-885 for ULC listed products.
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Features
24 VDC high intensity notification appliance
common features:
Xenon strobe with intensity selectable as 135, 177, or
185 candela; visible selection jumper is secured behind
strobe housing
Regulated circuit design ensures consistent flash output
and provides controlled inrush current
Control is compatible with Simplex® SmartSync
two-wire operation
Operation is compatible with ADA requirements (refer
to important installation information on page 3) Wall and Ceiling Mount High Intensity
Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic Strobes (top) and Horn/Strobes (bottom)
housings available in red or white with clear lens
Models are available for wall or ceiling mount Description
Strobe operation is UL listed to Standard 1971 Convenient Selection and Installation. TrueAlert
multi-candela high intensity appliances provide
Appliances with audible notification (horn):
convenient installation to standard electrical boxes. They
Low current electronic horn with harmonically rich are both impact and vandal resistant and provide a
sound output suitable for either steady or coded convenient strobe intensity selection. Since each model
operation (Temporal or 60 BPM March Time pattern) can be selected for strobe intensity output, on-site model
Horn operation is UL listed to Standard 464 inventory is minimized and changes encountered during
construction can be easily accommodated.
Strobes provide synchronized flash for use with:
Wall Mount. Housings are a one-piece assembly
Simplex fire alarm control panels and NAC Extenders
(including lens) that mounts to a single or double gang, or
when selected to provide strobe synchronization or 4” square standard electrical box. The cover can be
SmartSync two-wire control quickly removed (a tool is required) and covers are
Separate strobe Synchronization Modules or SmartSync available separately for color conversion.
Control Modules (SCMs) that convert conventional
NAC inputs to a Smartsync output Ceiling Mount. Strobe appliances install using standard
single gang electrical boxes. Horn/strobe appliances
SmartSync two-wire operation provides: install using standard 4” electrical boxes. Color choice is
Horns controlled separately from strobes on the same determined by model number.
two-wire circuit, activated as Temporal pattern, March Strobe Intensity Selection
Time pattern (at 60 BPM), or on continuously
During installation, a selection plug at the back of the
Wall mount appliance features: housing determines the desired strobe intensity. An
Wiring terminals are accessible from the front of the attached flag with black letters on a highly visible yellow
housing providing easy access for installation, background allows the selected intensity to be seen at the
inspection, and testing side of the strobe lens.
Covers are available separately to convert housing color Strobe Application Selection
A/V models have an available UL listed sound damper
Proper selection of visible notification is dependent on
for locations requiring attenuation of 5 to 6 dBA occupancy, location, local codes, and proper applications
(stairwells, small rooms, highly reverberant areas, etc.) of: the National Fire Alarm Code (NFPA 72), ANSI
Optional adapters and wire guards: A117.1; the appropriate model building code: BOCA,
ICBO, or SBCCI; and the application guidelines of the
Wall mount A/V adapters are available to cover surface
Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA).
mounted electrical boxes and to adapt to Simplex
2975-9145 boxes
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
UL listed red wire guards are available for wall or Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
ceiling mount A/Vs 7125-0026:333 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this
document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product
supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are
the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
S4906-0011-3 11/2014
SmartSync Two-Wire Control SmartSync Control Sources
SmartSync operation mode allows a two-wire circuit to SmartSync two-wire control is available from:
provide the ability to activate both the horn and strobe on 4006, 4007ES Hybrid, 4008, 4010, 4010ES, 4100ES,
the same NAC and then allow the horn to be silenced and 4100U Fire Alarm Control Panels (refer to
while the strobe remains flashing. The horn operates as individual product data sheets for more information)
“on-until-silenced” while the strobe operation is
4009 IDNet NAC Extenders (refer to data sheet
“on-until-reset.”
S4009-0002)
SmartSync Control Module (SCM) Model 4905-9938
(refer to data sheet S4905-0003)
Product Selection
Strobe (V/O)
Model Housing Lettering Mounting Description
4906-9109 Red White
Wall Multi-candela strobe with intensity selectable as: 135, 177, or
4906-9111 White Red
185 candela; synchronized flash rate; SmartSync two-wire control
4906-9110 Red White compatible
Ceiling
4906-9112 White Red
Horn/Strobe (A/V)
Model Housing Lettering Mounting Description
4906-9139 Red White
Wall Horn and multi-candela strobe with intensity selectable as: 135, 177, or
4906-9141 White Red
185 candela; synchronized flash rate; operates with SmartSync two-
4906-9140 Red White wire control
Ceiling
4906-9142 White Red
Wall Mount Common Accessories
Model Description Dimensions
4905-9937 Red 5-3/8” H x 5-1/4” W x 1-5/8” D
Surface Mount Adapter Skirt; use to cover 1-1/2” (38 mm) deep
(136 mm x 133 mm x 41 mm)
4905-9940 White surface mounted boxes
depth w/strobe = 4-3/8” (111 mm)
Red Adapter Plate for mounting to Simplex 2975-9145 box (typically for retrofit, 8-5/16” x 5-3/4” x 0.060” Thick
4905-9931
may be mounted vertical or horizontal) (211 mm x 146 mm x 1.5 mm)
A/V only; Optional Sound Damper; package of 20; field installed adhesive
backed horn output attenuator; reduces output 5 to 6 dBA 1-3/4” Diameter (44.5 mm)
4905-9838
NOTE: After Sound Damper installation, measure sound level to ensure with 0.31” (8 mm) sound opening
compliance with applicable code requirements
V/O Model A/V Model Description Dimensions
4905-9992 4905-9994 Red Wall Mount Replacement cover with white “FIRE” lettering 5-1/8” H x 5” W x 1-1/2” D
4905-9993 4905-9995 White Wall Mount Replacement cover with red “FIRE” lettering (130 mm x 127 mm x 38 mm)
Synchronization Module Reference (refer to data sheet S4905-0003 for additional information)
Model Description Dimensions
4905-9914 Class B Synchronized Flash Module; epoxy encapsulated with in/out
1-3/8” x 2-7/16” x 13/16”
18 AWG (0.82 mm2) wire leads, rated for 2 A NAC, requires 10 mA
4905-9922 Class A (35 mm x 62 mm x 20 mm)
for power; for use with V/O only when not supplied from panel
SmartSync Control Module with Class B or Class A output; mounts in 4” 4” x 4-1/8” x 1-1/4” D
4905-9938
(102 mm) square box; refer to data sheet S4905-0003 for details (102 mm x 105 mm x 32 mm)
Wire Guards and Adapters (see page 4 for reference diagrams)
Model Description Dimensions
A/V or V/O Wall Mount Red Wire Guard with Mounting Plate, for semi-flush or 6-1/16” H x 6-1/16” W x 3-1/8” D
4905-9961*
surface mounted boxes (154 mm x 154 mm x 79 mm)
V/O Ceiling Mount Red Wire Guard with Mounting Plate, for semi-flush or 6-1/8” x 4-3/8” x 2-7/8” deep
4905-9926
surface mounted boxes (156 mm x 111 mm x 73 mm)
A/V Ceiling Mount Red Wire Guard for mounting to flush mounted electrical 8-1/2” x 6-1/8” x 3”
4905-9927*
box (216 mm x 156 mm x 76 mm)
Red Adapter Plate, required to mount 4905-9927 guard to surface mounted
4905-9928* 9” x 7” (229 mm x 178 mm)
electrical box
Surface Mount Adapter Plate; zinc plated; required for mounting to handy 4-7/8” x 3-1/8” x 0.060” D
4905-9910
box; not needed when using 4905-9926 guard (124 mm x 79 mm x 1.5)
4905-9915 White Ceiling Mount A/V Surface Mount Adapter Box Extension, use to cover 4-3/4" x 6-7/8" x 1-1/2" deep,
4905-9916 Red 1-1/2” deep surface mounted boxes (121 mm x 175 mm x 38 mm)
* UL listed by Space Age Electronics Inc.
2 S4906-0011-3 11/2014
Specifications (refer to Instructions 579-859 for additional information)
UL Listed Rating Regulated 24 DC; see Note 1 below
Rated Voltage Range
ULC Listed Rating 20 VDC to 30 VDC per ULC S526-M878
Flash Rate and Synchronized NAC Loading 1 Hz; with up to 35 synchronized strobes maximum per NAC
Environmental; Temperature and Humidity 32° to 122° F (0° to 50° C); 10% to 93%, non-condensing at 100° F (38° C)
Screw Terminal Connections 18 AWG to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2); two wires per terminal for in/out wiring
A/V and V/O Wall Mount 5-1/8” H x 5” W x 2-3/4” D (130 mm x 127 mm x 70 mm)
Dimensions (with lens) V/O Ceiling Mount 4-3/4” L x 2-5/16” W x 2-5/8” D (121 mm x 75 mm x 67 mm)
A/V Ceiling Mount 4-3/4 L” x 6-7/8” W x 2-5/8” D (121 mm x 175 mm x 67 mm)
Horn Output Characteristics 2400 to 3700 Hz sweep, modulated at 120 Hz rate
Steady Sound Output Coded Sound Output (see Note 2)
A/V Horn Ratings, UL 464 Reverberant Wall Mount Ceiling Mount Wall Mount Ceiling Mount
dBA @ 10 ft (3 m); at Chamber 86 dBA 87 dBA 82 dBA 83 dBA
24 VDC (see Note 2) Anechoic Chamber 92 dBA 93 dBA 92 dBA 93 dBA
Angular Dispersion Per ULC S525; -3 dB at 45° off-axis for both wall and ceiling mount models
Visible Only (V/O) Audible/Visible (A/V)
Maximum RMS Current Rating per 135 cd 177 cd 185 cd 135 cd 177 cd 185 cd
Wall Strobe Setting (see Note 3 below) 314 mA 390 mA 409 mA 333 mA 418 mA 433 mA
Mount
Reference RMS Currents 18 VDC 279 mA 347 mA 364 mA 296 mA 372 mA 385 mA
at other voltages 24 VDC 209 mA 260 mA 273 mA 222 mA 279 mA 289 mA
Visible Only (V/O) Audible/Visible (A/V)
Maximum RMS Current Rating per 135 cd 177 cd 185 cd 135 cd 177 cd 185 cd
Ceiling Strobe Setting (see Note 3 below) 356 mA 431 mA 447 mA 389 mA 456 mA 463 mA
Mount
Reference RMS Currents 18 VDC 316 mA 383 mA 397 mA 346 mA 405 mA 412 mA
at other voltages 24 VDC 237 mA 287 mA 298 mA 259 mA 304 mA 309 mA
NOTES:
1. “Regulated 24 DC” refers to the voltage range of 16 to 33 VDC per UL Standard 1971, Signaling Devices for the Hearing Impaired. This
voltage range is the absolute operating range. Operation outside of this range may cause permanent damage to the appliance. Please
note that 16 VDC is the lowest operating voltage that is allowed at the last appliance on the NAC under worst case conditions.
2. Coded values are typical of the output measured with a Temporal pattern or a March Time coded pulse and with a sound level meter
reading on a “fast” setting. Under the same test conditions, coded horn output “peak” sound level readings are typically 4 dBA higher.
Anechoic horn output ratings are typically more representative of actual installed sound output.
3. Currents are with horn on steady. The maximum RMS current listed is the device nameplate rating. Strobe designs are constant wattage
and the maximum RMS current rating occurs at the lowest allowable operating voltage. (RMS is root mean square and refers to the
effective value of a varying current waveform.)
Mounting Holes:
4" square (4)
Single gang (2)
NFPA 72 requires 80" (2.03 m)
Double gang (3) that the entire lens minimum
be not less than
a
80" and not greater
than 96" above the
Transparent housing finished floor
and lens assembly
Strobe intensity
Removable cover, A/V Shown for Reference viewing slot
(tool is required to remove cover)
3 S4906-0011-3 11/2014
Ceiling Mount High Candela Appliances Installation Reference
V/O Reference
Optional 4905-9927
Red Wire Guard
Optional 4905-9926 wire
Ceiling mount strobe guard with mounting plate
Wiring terminals are located
behind the housing Ceiling mount A/V
Wall Mount Installation Reference; Adapter Plate, Guard, and Adapter Skirt
Optional
4905-9961
Wire Guard
A/V
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Features
Audible/visible notification appliances with
private mode electronic chime and high output
xenon strobe, available for wall or ceiling mount:
Operation is compatible with ADA requirements
(refer to important installation information on page 3)
Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic
housings are available in red or white with clear lens
Operates over a two-wire Simplex® SmartSync
circuit to provide:
Private mode chime tones controlled separately from
strobes on the same two-wire circuit
SmartSync chime activation of Temporal pattern,
March Time pattern (at 60 BPM), or on continuously
(at 60 BPM)
Strobe appliances on the same circuit operating at a
synchronized 1 Hz flash rate
Refer to page 2 for SmartSync control list and
additional operation information Wall and Ceiling Mount Chime/Strobes
Wall mount chime/strobes features: Description
Wiring terminals accessible from the front of the
housing providing easy access for installation, Multi-Candela TrueAlert chime/strobes provide
inspection, and testing private mode audible notification for applications requiring
notification of trained personnel instead of the general
Covers are available separately to convert housing color public. Typical applications would be in medical patient
Optional adapters and wire guards: areas where the softer chime tones are less disruptive than
Wall mount adapters are available to cover surface conventional fire alarm audible notification.
mounted electrical boxes and to adapt to Simplex
Enclosure designs are both impact and vandal resistant,
2975-9145 boxes
and provide a convenient strobe intensity selection. Since
UL listed red wire guards are available for wall or each model can be selected for strobe intensity output,
ceiling mount chime/strobes* on-site model inventory is minimized and changes
Visible notification appliance (strobe): encountered during construction can be easily
24 VDC xenon strobe; intensity is selectable as 15, 30, accommodated. Installation conveniently uses standard
75, or 110 candela with visible selection jumper electrical boxes.
secured behind strobe housing Wall mount chime/strobe housings are a one-piece
Regulated circuit design ensures consistent flash assembly (including lens) that mounts to a single or double
output and provides controlled inrush current gang, or 4” square standard electrical box. The cover can be
Listed to UL 1971 and to CSA standards for general quickly removed (a tool is required) and covers are
signaling use in Canada (non-fire alarm applications) available separately for color conversion.
Audible notification appliance (chime): Ceiling mount chime/strobe housings install using
Low current, 24 VDC electronic chime with volume standard 4” electrical boxes. Color choice is determined by
and tone frequency adjustment model number.
Listed to UL 464 for private mode signaling and to Strobe Intensity Selection
CSA standards for general signaling use in Canada
(non-fire alarm applications) During installation, a selection plug at the back of the
housing determines the desired strobe intensity. An
* Refer to page 2 for guard listing. This product has been approved by the California State
Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety
attached flag with black letters on a highly visible yellow
Code. See CSFM Listing 7135-0026:335 for allowable values and/or conditions background allows the selected intensity to be seen at the
concerning material presented in this document. Additional listings may be applicable; side of the strobe lens.
contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals
under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
S4906-0012-2 11/2014
Strobe Application Selection SmartSync Two-Wire Control
Proper selection of visible notification is dependent on SmartSync operation mode allows a two-wire circuit to
occupancy, location, local codes, and proper applications provide the ability to activate both the chime and strobe
of: the National Fire Alarm Code (NFPA 72), ANSI on the same NAC and then allow the chime to be silenced
A117.1; the appropriate model building code: BOCA, while the strobe remains flashing. The chime operates as
ICBO, or SBCCI; and the application guidelines of the “on-until-silenced” while the strobe operation is
Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). “on-until-reset.”
Multi-Candela Chime/Strobes
Model Mounting Housing Color “FIRE” Lettering Description
4906-9133 Red White
Wall Electronic chime with Multi-Candela Strobe; strobe intensity
4906-9134 White Red
selectable as: 15, 30, 75, or 110 candela; operates with
4906-9135 Red White SmartSync two-wire control
Ceiling
4906-9136 White Red
Wall Mount Chime/Strobe Accessories
Model Description Dimensions
4905-9937 Red 5-3/8” H x 5-1/4” W x 1-5/8” D
Surface Mount Adapter Skirt; use to cover 1-1/2” (38 mm) deep
(136 mm x 133 mm x 41 mm)
4905-9940 White surface mounted boxes
depth with strobe = 4-3/8” (111 mm)
Red Adapter Plate for mounting to Simplex 2975-9145 box (typically for 8-5/16” x 5-3/4” x 0.060” Thick
4905-9931
retrofit, may be mounted vertical or horizontal) (211 mm x 146 mm x 1.5 mm)
7-7/8" x 5-1/8" x 2-3/4" D
2975-9145 Red Mounting Box, requires Adapter Plate 4905-9931
(200 mm x 130 mm x 70 mm)
SmartSync Control Module
Model Description Dimensions
SmartSync Control Module with Class B or Class A output; mounts in 4” 4” x 4-1/8” x 1-1/4” D
4905-9938
(102 mm) square box; refer to data sheet S4905-0003 for details (102 mm x 105 mm x 32 mm)
Replacement Covers for Wall Mount Chime/Strobes
Model Description Dimensions
4905-9994 Red cover with white “FIRE” lettering 5-1/8” H x 5” W x 1-1/2” D
4905-9995 White cover with red “FIRE” lettering (130 mm x 127 mm x 38 mm)
2 S4906-0012-2 11/2014
Chime/Strobe Specifications
Wall Mount or Ceiling Mount, Common Specifications
Rated Voltage Range Regulated 24 DC; see Note 1 below
Flash Rate and Synchronized NAC Loading 1 Hz; with up to 35 synchronized strobes maximum per NAC
Environmental; Temperature and Humidity 32° to 122° F (0° to 50° C); 10% to 93%, non-condensing at 100° F (38° C)
Terminal blocks for 18 AWG to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2); two wires per
Connections
terminal for in/out wiring
Tone is adjustable from 750 Hz to 1300 Hz; factory setting is approximately 800 Hz
Chime Output Characteristics (see Note 2)
Sound output is adjustable from 34 dBA to 63 dBA; factory setting is 63 dBA
Sound Output Ratings per UL 464 Reverberant
63 dBA
Chamber test @ 10 ft (3 m)
Housing Dimensions (with lens) 5-1/8” H x 5” W x 2-3/4” D (130 mm x 127 mm x 70 mm)
Maximum RMS Current Rating per 15 cd 30 cd 75 cd 110 cd
Wall Mount Strobe Setting (see Note 3 below) 70 mA 105 mA 200 mA 265 mA
Reference RMS Currents 18 VDC 62 mA 93 mA 178 mA 236 mA
at other voltages 24 VDC 47 mA 70 mA 133 mA 177 mA
Housing Dimensions (with lens) 4-3/4 L” x 6-7/8” W x 2-5/8” D (121 mm x 175 mm x 67 mm)
Maximum RMS Current Rating per 15 cd 30 cd 75 cd 110 cd
Ceiling Strobe Setting (see Note 3 below)
Mount 85 mA 132 mA 254 mA 343 mA
Reference RMS Currents 18 VDC 76 mA 117 mA 226 mA 305 mA
at other voltages 24 VDC 57 mA 88 mA 169 mA 229 mA
NOTES:
1. “Regulated 24 DC” refers to the voltage range of 16 to 33 VDC per UL Standard 1971, Signaling Devices for the Hearing Impaired. This
voltage range is the absolute operating range. Operation outside of this range may cause permanent damage to the appliance. Please
note that 16 VDC is the lowest operating voltage that is allowed at the last appliance on the NAC under worst case conditions.
2. Factory settings are recommended for most applications. Always test installed sound level against local requirements.
3. Currents are with chime on steady. The maximum RMS current listed is the device nameplate rating. Strobe designs are constant
wattage and the maximum RMS current rating occurs at the lowest allowable operating voltage. (RMS is root mean square and refers to
the effective value of a varying current waveform.)
Bottom of lens
is either even
with, or slightly Electrical
above bottom box outline
of compatible
boxes
3 S4906-0012-2 11/2014
Ceiling Mount Chime/Strobe and Guard Installation Reference
Ceiling reference, 4" (102 mm) square box, Optional 4905-9928 Adapter Plate,
surface mounted box 1-1/2" (38 mm) minimum depth required for surface mounted electrical box
Four mounting clamps included, two each side
Ceiling reference,
flush mounted box
End View
110
Intensity selection plug,
75
30
15
accessible only from rear of lens
housing; factory setting is 15 cd
Wall Mount Installation Reference; Adapter Plate, Guard, and Adapter Skirt
Optional
4905-9961
Wire Guard
Chime/Strobe
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Features
Audible/visible wall mount notification appliances
with electronic multi-tone horn and high output
xenon strobe:
Strobe operation is compatible with ADA requirements
(refer to important installation information on page 3)
Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic
housings are available in red or white with clear lens
Operates over a two-wire Simplex® SmartSync
circuit to provide:
Horn tones controlled separately from strobes on the
same two-wire circuit with “on-until-silenced” and Multi-Tone Horn/Strobes
“on-until-reset” operation on the same two-wire pair Description
Strobe appliances on the same circuit operating at a
synchronized 1 Hz flash rate (refer to page 2 for Multi-Candela TrueAlert multi-tone horn/strobes
additional SmartSync control information and panel provide convenient wall mounted installation to standard
compatibility) electrical boxes. Tone selection and output level is set per
Audible notification appliance (multi-tone horn): appliance, allowing notification needs to be tailored to
specific area requirements. (Refer to tone output details on
Low current, 24 VDC electronic multi-tone horn with page 3.)
per appliance tone selection of: Horn, Bell, 500 Hz
Horn, Canadian Horn, Slow Whoop, Siren, or Hi/Lo; Local Tone Selection. DIP Switch selection determines
selected using an on-board DIP Switch the local tone choice. Selecting Canadian Horn allows the
Slow Whoop, Siren, and Hi/Lo tone selections sound SmartSync March Time pattern input to be produced as
their tones continuously, synchronized to each other, 20 BPM (typically required for Canadian two stage alarm
when receiving SmartSync continuous commands applications as the pre-signal, followed by the Temporal
Pattern). A separate DIP Switch position allows selection of
SmartSync March Time pattern produces a 60 BPM a standard or a high output sound level, selectable
output for the Horn, 500 Hz Horn, and the Bell tone; appropriate to the location. (See page 3 for sound output
Canadian Horn produces a 20 BPM output from the ratings.)
SmartSync March Time pattern command
Output level selectable as standard or high (refer to Enclosure designs are both impact and vandal resistant
sound output details on page 3) and provide a convenient strobe intensity selection. Since
each model can be selected for strobe intensity output and
Listed to UL 464 and ULC S525
specific tone output, on-site model inventory is minimized
Visible notification appliance (strobe): and changes encountered during construction can be easily
24 VDC xenon strobe; intensity is selectable as 15, 30, accommodated.
75, or 110 candela with visible selection jumper secured
behind strobe housing Wall mount multi-tone horn/strobe housings are a
one-piece assembly (including lens) that mounts to a single
Regulated circuit design ensures consistent flash output
or double gang, or 4” square standard electrical box. The
and provides controlled inrush current
cover can be quickly removed (a tool is required) and
Listed to UL 1971 and ULC S526 covers are available separately for color conversion.
Wall mount multi-tone horn/strobes features:
Wiring terminals are accessible from the front of the Strobe Intensity Selection
housing providing easy access for installation, During installation, a selection plug at the back of the
inspection, and testing housing determines the desired strobe intensity. An
Covers are available separately to convert housing color attached flag with black letters on a highly visible yellow
Optional UL/ULC listed sound damper for locations background allows the selected intensity to be seen at the
requiring attenuation of 5 to 6 dBA (stairwells, small side of the strobe lens.
rooms, highly reverberant areas, etc.)
Adapters are available to cover surface mounted * Refer to page 2 for guard listing. This product has been approved by the California State
electrical boxes and to adapt to Simplex 2975-9145 Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety
Code. It is subject to re-examination, revision, and possible cancellation. Additional
boxes listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest
UL listed red wire guards are available* status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of
Tyco Fire Protection Products.
S4906-0013-2 11/2014
Strobe Application Selection SmartSync Two-Wire Control
Proper selection of visible notification is dependent on SmartSync operation mode allows a two-wire circuit to
occupancy, location, local codes, and proper applications provide the ability to activate both the multi-tone horn
of: the National Fire Alarm Code (NFPA 72), ANSI and strobe on the same NAC and then allow the multi-
A117.1; the appropriate model building code: BOCA, tone horn to be silenced while the strobe remains flashing.
ICBO, or SBCCI; and the application guidelines of the The multi-tone horn operates as “on-until-silenced” while
Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). the strobe operation is “on-until-reset.”
Product Selection
Wire Guard
Model Description Dimensions
Wall mount red wire guard with mounting plate, compatible with semi-flush 6-1/16” H x 6-1/16” W x 3-1/8” D
4905-9961*
or surface mounted boxes (154 mm x 154 mm x 79 mm)
* UL listed by Space Age Electronics Inc.
2 S4906-0013-2 11/2014
Multi-tone Horn/Strobe Specifications
Common Specifications
Rated Voltage Range Regulated 24 DC; see Note 1 below
Flash Rate and Synchronized NAC Loading 1 Hz; with up to 35 synchronized strobes maximum per NAC
Environmental; Temperature and Humidity 32° to 122° F (0° to 50° C); 10% to 93%, non-condensing at 100° F (38° C)
Terminal blocks for 18 AWG to 12 AWG (0.82 mm2 to 3.31 mm2); two wires per
Connections
terminal for in/out wiring
Housing Dimensions (with lens) 5-1/8” H x 5” W x 2-3/4” D (130 mm x 127 mm x 70 mm)
Multi-Tone Horn Sound Output Characteristics (see notes as indicated)
Sound Output Ratings per UL 464 Sound Output Ratings per ULC S525
Reverberant Chamber test @ 10 ft (~3 m) Anechoic Chamber test @ 3 m (~10 ft)
Standard
Standard Output High Output High Output
Tone Description Output
Horn2 or
2400 to 3700 Hz sweep,
Canadian 77 dBA 86 dBA 92 dBA 102 dBA
modulated at 120 Hz rate
Horn2
1560 Hz modulated at 7 ms
Bell2 73 dBA* 87 dBA 84 dBA** 99 dBA
intervals
500 Hz Horn2 500 Hz tone 77 dBA 86 dBA 84 dBA** 99 dBA
3
Slow Whoop 500 Hz to 1200 Hz sweep 73 dBA* 83 dBA 90 dBA 103 dBA
600 Hz to 1200 Hz, 1 sec on
Siren3 67 dBA* 79 dBA 87 dBA 100 dBA
then repeat
Alternating tones of 1000 Hz
High/Low3 77 dBA 86 dBA 91 dBA 102 dBA
and 800 Hz, 250 ms duration
-3 dBA at +/-30° off-axis
Sound Dispersion per ULC S525 testing
-6 dBA at +/- 50° off-axis
Strobe Output Ratings (see notes as indicated)
* UL output ratings below 75 dBA are for NFPA 72 Private Mode applications.
** ULC output ratings below 85 dBA are for use in applications per applicable local codes.
Notes:
1. “Regulated 24 DC” refers to the voltage range of 16 to 33 VDC per UL Standard 1971, Signaling Devices for the Hearing
Impaired. This voltage range is the absolute operating range. Operation outside of this range may cause permanent damage to
the appliance. Please note that 16 VDC is the lowest operating voltage that is allowed at the last appliance on the NAC under
worst case conditions.
2. These tones are controlled by SmartSync commands to produce Temporal Pattern, March Time Pattern, or Continuous.
Selecting Horn, 500 Hz Horn, or Bell mode will produce a 60 BPM March Time Pattern; selecting Canadian Horn mode
(CA Horn) will produce a 20 BPM March Time Pattern, typically used for Canadian applications.
3. Slow Whoop, Siren, and High/Low tones are for use with SmartSync Continuous commands. As with the horn and bell tones,
they are synchronized to the controlling SmartSync timing commands, allowing synchronization across multiple NACs.
4. Currents are with multi-tone horn on steady. The maximum RMS current listed is the device nameplate rating. Strobe designs
are constant wattage and the maximum RMS current rating occurs at the lowest allowable operating voltage. (RMS is root mean
square and refers to the effective value of a varying current waveform.)
3 S4906-0013-2 11/2014
Installation Reference, Surface or Semi-Flush Mounting
For additional information, refer to Installation Instructions 579-907.
Bottom of lens
is either even
with, or slightly Electrical
above bottom box outline
of compatible
boxes
Wall Mount Installation Reference; Adapter Plate, Guard, and Adapter Skirt
Optional
4905-9961
Wire Guard
Multi-Tone
Horn/Strobe
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Features
Simplex® 24 VDC multi-tone multi-candela
horn/strobes provide:
Multi-candela xenon strobe with synchronized 1 Hz flash
rate jumper selected as 15, 30, 75, 110, 135, or 185 cd
Per appliance tone selection of: 520 Hz Horn, Broadband
Horn, Bell, Chime, High/Low, Slow Whoop, or Siren;
selected using an on-board DIP Switch (refer to sound
output details on page 4)
520 Hz tone is compliant with NFPA 72 Low Frequency
Signal Requirements for Sleeping Areas
Operation is selectable for SmartSync two-wire control
or free-run operation
Tone output level is selectable as high or low
Diode polarized input for connection to reverse polarity,
supervised Notification Appliance Circuits (NACs)
Compatibility with ADA requirements; (refer to
important installation information on page 3)
Electrical test point access without removing cover
SmartSync two-wire control of audible and visible TrueAlert Multi-Tone A/Vs are Available in Red with White
notification appliance provides: Lettering and White with Red Lettering
Control of Horn, Bell, and High/Low tones as
Temporal Pattern, March Time pattern, or on Description
continuously, controlled separately from visible TrueAlert non-addressable multi-tone
appliances on the same circuit multi-candela horn/strobes provide a flexible
Control of Slow Whoop, Siren, and Chime tones as selection of output tones and strobe intensity for fire
synchronized continuous signals when receiving alarm audible notification. Tone selection, output level,
SmartSync continuous commands
and strobe intensity is set per appliance, allowing
SmartSync March Time pattern is selectable per notification needs to be tailored to specific area
appliance to produce 60 BPM or 20 BPM
requirements. (Refer to tone output details on page 4.)
Visible appliances on the same SmartSync circuit operate
at a synchronized 1 Hz flash rate Local Tone Selection. DIP Switch selection
Refer to page 2 for SmartSync control list and additional determines the local tone choice. A separate DIP Switch
operation information position allows selection of a standard or a high output
Strobe operation is listed to UL Standard 1971 and sound level, selectable appropriate to the location. (See
ULC Standard S526 page 4 for sound output ratings.)
Horn operation is listed to UL Standard 464 and
Canadian two-stage alarm applications. A DIP
ULC Standard S525
Switch selection per appliance allows the SmartSync
Mechanical design features include: March Time pattern input to be produced as 60 BPM or
Rugged, high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic 20 BPM. The 20 BPM rate is typically required for
housing in red with white letters or white with red letters,
Canadian two-stage alarm applications as the pre-signal,
with clear lens, available with FIRE, FEU, ALERT,
FEU/FIRE, or blank lettering followed by the Temporal Pattern. Two-stage alarm
operation requires a 4010, 4010ES, 4100ES, or 4100U as
Separate covers are available to change application type
the control panel.
on-site or for replacement; covers can be easily removed
without disturbing the connected housing and avoiding Flexible mounting. Multi-tone horn/strobes can be
trouble conditions semi-flush or surface mounted on a standard single gang,
A separate mounting plate allows wiring to be completed double gang, or 4” square (102 mm) electrical box.
before appliance is mounted; use with single gang, double Optional accessories are available to increase mounting
gang, or 4-inch square box, flush or surface mount and application flexibility.
In/out wiring terminals for 18 AWG to 12 AWG
Optional mounting adapters are available to cover * This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
surface mounted electrical boxes and to adapt to Simplex 7135-0026:0380 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in
2975-9145 boxes this document. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product
supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co.
are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
S49CMTV-0001-4 7/2016
Strobe Application Selection SmartSync Two-Wire Control
Proper selection of visible notification is dependent on SmartSync operation mode allows a two-wire circuit to
occupancy, location, local codes, and proper applications provide the ability to activate both the multi-tone horn
of: the National Fire Alarm Code (NFPA 72), ANSI and strobe on the same NAC and then allow the multi-
A117.1; the appropriate model building code: BOCA, tone horn to be silenced while the strobe remains flashing.
ICBO, or SBCCI; and the application guidelines of the The multi-tone horn operates as “on-until-silenced” while
Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). the strobe operation is “on-until-reset.”
Mounting Adapters
Model Description Dimensions
4905-9937 Surface mount red adapter skirt 5 ⅜” H x 5 ¼” W x 1 ⅝” D
Use to cover 1-1/2” deep
(136 mm x 133 mm x 41 mm)
surface mounted boxes
4905-9940 Surface mount white adapter skirt Total depth with horn = 3 ⅛” (79 mm)
Adapter Plate, red, for mounting to Simplex 2975-9145 box 8 5⁄16” x 5 ¾” x 0.060” Thick
4905-9931
(typically for retrofit, may be mounted vertical or horizontal) (211 mm x 146 mm x 1.5 mm)
7 ⅞" x 5 ⅛" x 2 ¾" D
2975-9145 Red mounting box, requires Adapter Plate 4905-9931
(200 mm x 130 mm x 70 mm)
2 S49CMTV-0001-4 7/2016
Installation Reference
TrueAlert
Multi-Tone A/V
3 S49CMTV-0001-4 7/2016
Specifications
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm Code
are trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Features
Rechargeable, sealed lead-acid batteries:
Lead-calcium grid structure with immobilized
electrolyte in absorbent separator
Low maintenance with no need to add water
Low self-discharge characteristics
One-piece, high impact polystyrene cell cover with high
reliability dual seal construction
UL 924 recognized pressure relief valves
Available in a variety of capacities:
Batteries for internal mounting range from 6.2 Ah up to
50 Ah, depending on control panel cabinet size
Larger batteries, up to 110 Ah, mount in external battery
cabinets with models available with internal chargers
Battery cabinets with chargers:
Battery cabinets with charger communicate with their
connected fire alarm control panel and are available for
4100ES/4010ES/4100U Series and 4010 Series panels
Series Connections. These batteries are required to be Disposal. Battery chemicals and materials can be
connected in series to produce 24 V system voltage. recycled. Refer to information shipped with the battery or
Battery sets must be of identical voltage, model number, on its case. Return to the battery manufacturer or to a
appearance, and approximately the same date of similarly qualified battery processing facility for proper
manufacture for proper operation. disposal.
Testing. Battery capacity testing is recommended to be Seismic Activity Applications. Battery brackets are
performed by using a sealed lead-acid battery tester available for systems tested for compliance with specific
designed to withdraw a minimum of battery charge. The batteries. Please refer to data sheet S2081-0019 for
preferred tester applies a variety of amplitude and details.
duration controlled test pulses that compares terminal * Refer to details on page 4 and to the referenced individual product data sheets for agency
voltage against those predicted for the specific battery listing status of battery cabinets and chargers. The batteries detailed in this document
size. (Testing is available through your local Simplex meet the requirements of UL, ULC, and Factory Mutual for use with respective equipment
battery chargers as listed on page 3. Contact your local Simplex product supplier for
product supplier.) proper battery selection per system requirements. Listings and approvals under Simplex
Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
S2081-0006-22 10/2016
Battery Construction Reference
Cell group
Cell case (high impact
polystyrene)
* Dimensions and weight are per battery and are for reference only. Exact size may vary. Refer to the tables on page 3 for
mounting compatibility. These batteries are 12 V each and series connected for 24 V system use.
NOTE: When wired in series for 24 V output, these batteries are to be of identical voltage, appearance, model number, and
approximately the same date of manufacture.
2 S2081-0006-22 10/2016
Battery Compatibility for Fire Alarm Control Panel Mounting
NOTE: Refer to individual fire alarm control panel product data sheets for additional battery application information
Simplex Control Panel Model Series (see legend and notes below)
Battery
Capacity
Model 4007ES & 4006 & 4009 4100ES/ 4100 & 4120
4003EC 4004R 4010 4010ES
4005 4008 (all models) 4100U (2, 4 or 6-Unit)
2081-9272 6.2 Ah
2081-9274 10 Ah
2081-9288 12.7 Ah
2081-9275 18 Ah Ext Note 3 Ext Ext Note 2
2081-9287 25 Ah Ext Note 3 Ext Ext NA
2081-9271
33 Ah Ext Note 3 Ext NA NA Note 3 Ext
rectangular
2081-9276
33 Ah Ext Note 3 NA NA NA Note 3
“square”
2081-9296 50 Ah NA Note 3 NA NA NA Note 3 Note 6 2 or 3 bay Ext
2081-9279 110 Ah Requires external battery cabinet, compatible with 4100ES, 4010ES, 4100, and 4120 Series only
3 S2081-0006-22 10/2016
External Battery Cabinet Specification Reference
Chargers for use with 4010 Fire Alarm Control Panels and 4004R Suppression Release Systems
(refer to data sheet S4081-0001)
Model Color Input Voltage Description Dimensions
Battery cabinet with charger for the 4010 and
4081-9301 Beige 4004R fire alarm control panel; for up to 50 Ah
batteries; with front door 22-1/2” W x16-3/4” H x 8-3/8” D
120 VAC
(572 mm x 425 mm x 213 mm)
4081-9302 Red Listings include: UL, ULC, FM, CSFM, and MEA
(NYC), see data sheet for details
Battery Cabinet Without Charger for 110 Ah Batteries; for use with compatible panel mounted chargers
(refer to data sheet S2081-0012)
Model & Compatible
Color Cabinet Description Charger Description Dimensions
Listings Chargers
4010-9xxx 4010ES Main System Supply
Series (MSS)
4100-9xxx 4100ES/4100U System Power
Series Supplies (SPS)
Battery cabinet for 4100-5111
2081-9279, 110 Ah 4100-5112 4100ES/4100U Additional SPS
2081-9280 batteries; includes 4100-5113
Listings 80 A battery fuse, 4100-5125 26-1/2” W x 12” H x 12” D
Red 4100ES/4100U Remote Power
include: UL terminals and 4100-5126 (673 mm x 305 mm x 305 mm)
and CSFM battery connection Supply (RPS)
4100-5127
cables; see data
4100-5120
sheet for details 4100ES/4100U TrueAlert
4100-5121
Addressable Power Supply (TPS)
4100-5122
4100-0104
4100-0114 4100 Legacy power supplies
4100-0124
4100ES/4010ES/4100U Compatible Battery Cabinet With Charger for 110 Ah Batteries (for ULC listed systems
and for other applications unable to use panel mounted power supply charger; refer to data sheet S4081-0002)
Model Color Input Voltage Description Dimensions
Battery cabinet with charger for up to 110 Ah
4081-9306 Red 120 VAC batteries;
NOTE: Required for ULC listed charging of 27-7/8” W x 13-1/2” H x 14-5/8” D
110 Ah batteries; Listings include: UL, ULC, FM, (708 mm x 343 mm x 371 mm)
220/230/240 VAC,
4081-9308 Red CSFM, and MEA (NYC), see data sheet for
multi-tapped
details
4100-9837 Green LED Power-on Indicator Kit, required for ULC listing, mounts above access panel using knockout provided
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.
Features
2081-9279, 12 V, 110 Ah rechargeable sealed
lead-acid battery features:
Output terminals are high current posts; connecting
hardware is included with battery cabinet
UL, ULC, and FM fire alarm system requirements are
satisfied when these batteries are used with a
compatible charger and compatible battery cabinet
Batteries have UL 924 recognized pressure relief 2081-9279 Batteries, 2 required for 24 VDC system
valves (actual appearance may vary)
S2081-0012-5 6/2013
Specifications
To other panels
12" configured for external
(284 mm) batteries (optional)
Minimum
Maximum Distance per Battery Discharge Current Range
Wire Size
AWG mm2 0-15 A 16-20 A 21-30 A 31-40 A 41-55 A 56-70 A 71-79 A
14 2 26 ft (8 m)
12 3 41 ft (12.5 m) 31 ft (9.5 m)
10 5 66 ft (20 m) 50 ft (15 m) 33 ft (10)
8 8 106 ft (32 m) 80 ft (24 m) 52 ft (15.8 m) 39 ft (11.9 m)
6 13 168 ft (51 m) 126 ft (38 m) 83 ft (25 m) 63 ft (19 m) 45 ft (13.7 m)
4 19 268 ft (81.7 m) 201 ft (61 m) 132 ft (40 m) 100 ft (30.5 m) 72 ft (22 m) 56 ft (17 m)
2 32 426 ft (130 m) 320 ft (97.5 m) 211 ft (64 m) 160 ft (48.7 m) 115 ft (35 m) 89 ft (27 m) 80 ft (24 m)
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.
Features
Provide secured battery mounting for
geographical areas where seismic activity is
anticipated:
Available for use with compatible Simplex® fire alarm
control panel Model Series: 4100ES, 4010ES, 4100U,
4007ES, 4005, 4009 IDNet NAC Extender (4009A),
TrueAlert Addressable Controller (4009T), and
4009TPS
Available for use with EZCare 2-bay cabinet
5009-9724 with Ethernet Switches and related
equipment
Design was laboratory shake table tested and certified
to resist the maximum considered earthquake in the
United States
Install on-site to either surface mount or flush mount
backboxes (see installation reference below)
One bracket holds two (2) compatible batteries
Galvanized steel construction with insulation near
battery terminals
Refer to page 2 for selection information
Battery Bracket Shown in a 2 Bay 4100ES Cabinet
For additional information on seismically compliant
equipment under the State of California Statewide Office
of Housing and Development (OSHPD) Special Seismic
Certification (SSC) program guidelines, refer to Seismic Installation Reference
Applications Guide 579-1213
1. Important: Install bracket hardware into flush
Satisfies the following requirements: mounted boxes before box installation for easier
IBC 2012, International Building Code access.
CBC 2013, California Building Code 2. Always mount boxes solidly. Align mounting
hardware with wall studs. Refer to the product’s box
ASCE 7, categories A-F and all building heights installation instructions for additional information.
3. For additional battery bracket installation
Description information, refer to Installation Instructions
579-944.
Secured Battery Mounting. For geographic regions
where earthquake activity is a building design criteria,
these battery brackets will hold the system batteries
securely in place.
Laboratory Tested. Independent laboratory testing was
performed to ensure these battery brackets meet the
requirements of ASCE 7 (categories A through F) per the
following:
IBC 2012 and CBC 2013 Certified
ICC-ES AC156 Testing Standard
Importance Factor = 1.5 (the highest category)
Ss = 3.73 G
Sds = 2.5 G
z/h = 1.0
– This product was not agency listed as of document revision date.
S2081-0019-4 6/2015
Battery Bracket Selection Reference
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.
Features
Provides external battery cabinet with charger
for compatible systems requiring batteries larger
than the control panel cabinet capacity:
For use with Simplex® Model 4010 Fire Alarm
Control panel or Model 4004R Agent Release Control
panel BATTERY
CABINET
DISCONNECT
ordered separately)
POWER BEFORE
SERVICING
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
7315-0026:228 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in
this document. It is subject to re-examination, revision, and possible cancellation.
Accepted for use – City of New York Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E. This product
was not ULC listed as of document revision date. Additional listings may be applicable;
contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals
under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Safety Products Westminster.
S4081-0001-4 7/2009
Product Selection Information
* 2081-9287 Batteries will fit in the 4010 cabinet but are also compatible with these battery cabinets.
Installation Reference
8-3/8"
(213 mm)
7-11/16"
22-1/2" (572 mm) 7/8"
(195 mm)
(22 mm)
Tyco is a registered trademark of Tyco International Services GmbH and is used under license. Simplex and the Simplex logo are trademarks of Tyco International Ltd. and its
affiliates and are used under license.
Features
Remote battery cabinet with charger for use with
Simplex® model 4100ES, 4100U, and 4010ES
addressable fire alarm control panels:
For mounting and charging of sealed lead-acid
batteries up to 110 Ah (batteries are ordered
separately)
Enclosure is a surface mounted red cabinet that
mounts close-nippled to the control panel cabinet,
(within 20 ft [6 m] and connected with conduit)
Models are available for operation at 120 VAC or
220/230/240 VAC 4081-9306/9308, 4100ES/4100U/4010ES Compatible
Battery charger details: Battery Cabinet with Charger
Charger provides dual rate operation with temperature
compensation and dynamic battery testing to detect
for low voltage or missing battery
Battery voltage, charger voltage and current, and
charger status are all communicated to the control
panel and available for display
Earth fault detection and depleted battery cutout are
selectable 2081-9279 Batteries, 2 Required for 24 V System
Listings: (exact appearance may vary)
UL listed to Standard 864
Model Selection
ULC listed to Standard S527
External Battery Cabinet with Charger
Description Model Voltage Description
4081-9306 120 VAC Input 4100ES/4100U/4010ES
Simplex 4100ES, 4100U, and 4010ES fire alarm Compatible Remote
control panels accept batteries mounted within their 220/230/240 VAC Battery Cabinet with
4081-9308 Charger for up to
enclosures. For system applications requiring battery input, multi-tapped
110 Ah batteries
backup greater than the maximum Ah capacity of the
control panel enclosure, these battery cabinets with Accessories
battery charger can accommodate up to 110 Ah batteries.
Model Description
Monitoring and control of the remote charger is Green LED Power-on Indicator Kit, required
performed at the control panel allowing status conditions 4100-9837 for ULC listing, mounts above access panel
to be known and displayed as required. using knockout provided
Low Battery Cutout. For ULC listed systems, the low Battery Reference (ordered separately)
battery cutout feature disconnects the batteries when they
reach low voltage cutoff. Voltage per
Model Description Quantity
Battery
110 Ah Sealed 2
Additional Reference 2081-9279
Lead-Acid Battery
12 VDC
Required
Description Document
Installation Instructions 579-268 * This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant
to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
General Reference Battery Data Sheet S2081-0006 7165-0026:251 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in
this document. It is subject to re-examination, revision, and possible cancellation. UL and
Battery Cabinet without charger for up ULC fire alarm system requirements are satisfied when 2081-9279 batteries are used
S2081-0012
to 110 Ah Batteries with these remote battery cabinets and chargers. 2081-9279 batteries are equipped with
flame arrester vent caps in accordance with UL Standard 924 requirements. Additional
listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest
status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of
SimplexGrinnell LP, Westminster.
S4081-0002-5
Cabinet and Charger Specifications
General Specifications
Dual rate, temperature compensated, for batteries 55 Ah to 110 Ah; recharges
Charger Type depleted batteries within 48 hours per UL Standard 864 and to 70% capacity in
12 hours per ULC Standard S527
Battery Type and Capacity Sealed lead-acid, batteries ordered separately
Battery Output Voltage 24 VDC nominal
Charger Standby Current Requirement 50 mA
Battery Output Protection 80 A fast acting fuse, charger is reverse polarity protected
Input Power Requirements
Voltage 102 to 132 VAC, 60 Hz
120 VAC Input Models
Current 4 A maximum
Voltage 187 to 264 VAC, 50/60 Hz, (separate taps for 220/230/240 VAC)
220/230/240 VAC Input Models
Current 2 A maximum
Environmental and Mechanical
Temperature Range 32°F to 122°F (0° C to 50° C)
Humidity Range Up to 93% RH, non-condensing @ 100.4° F (38° C) maximum
AC Input Terminal block for 14 to 12 AWG
Wiring Connections
Battery Output Terminal block for 14 to 6 AWG wire, 5 terminals each for (+) and (–)
Distance from Control Panel 20 ft (6 m) maximum, in conduit
Terminals and cables to connect to 2081-9279, 110 Ah batteries;
Included Hardware and Cables communications harness, 20 ft long (6 m); Battery connection harness to
power distribution module (PDM)
Metric wire equivalents: 14 AWG = 2.08 mm2; 12 AWG = 3.31 mm; 6 AWG = 13.3 mm2
Side panel is
removable for
access to battery
connections and
charger assembly
13-1/2"
(343 mm)
Access cover
for AC input
Tyco is a registered trademark of Tyco International Services GmbH and is used under license. Simplex, and the Simplex logo are trademarks of Tyco International Ltd. and its
affiliates and are used under license.
Features
S2081-0007-8 12/2014
External Wiring Requirements
Fire alarm system wiring that is run external to the Overhead Wiring:
building and is protected by the use of 2081-9027 ILCPs
1. Wiring must be run on poles separate from those
shall be installed in accordance with the individual system
supporting any commercial power distribution
component’s installation instructions including properly
wiring.
grounded, twisted and shielded pairs, and observance of
the following precautions. 2. Wiring shall be run in parallel with the commercial
power distribution wiring and be separated by a
Location. To ensure optimized protection, the minimum distance of either 100 ft (30 m) or the
2081-9027 ILCPs shall be located as close as possible to maximum span between any two adjacent poles of
the point at which the circuits leave or enter the buildings either the system’s circuit or the commercial power
and installed in dedicated metallic electrical boxes. distribution circuit.
Wiring Distance. Wiring is limited to one contiguous Grounding Conductor. The grounding conductor shall be
property. The total maximum wire length is determined 12 AWG (3.31 mm2) with a maximum length of 28 ft
by the individual application’s allowable limit as (8.5 m), run in as straight a line as possible and connected
specified with ILCPs, but must not exceed 3270 ft (1 km). to the building grounding electrode system (unified earth
Underground Wiring. Wiring must be in a wiring ground) per NFPA 70, the National Electrical Code.
trough that is separate from commercial power
distribution wiring.
Application Reference
Typical Connection Reference (refer to Installation Instructions 574-803 for additional information)
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA and the National Electrical Code
are trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association.
Features
Isolated Loop Circuit Protector (ILCP) for up to
5 A of DC or audio current:
Low impedance design minimizes voltage drop
For internal or external applications (refer to page 2 for
external wiring requirements)
Refer to specific panel field wiring diagrams for
additional application information
Listed as an Isolated Loop Circuit Protector to UL 497B,
Protectors for Data Communications and Fire Alarm
Circuits
Listed as a Surge Suppressor to ULC-S527, Control 2081-9028 Isolated Loop Circuit Protector
Units for Fire Alarm Systems
See Note 1 below for additional application reference
For lower current ILCP applications (up to 200 mA), Specifications
refer to Model 2081-9027 on data sheet S2081-0007
Operation is compatible with: Operating Specifications
DC notification appliance circuits (NACs) Line-to-Line Rating
38 VDC, 28 VAC RMS
Speaker circuit NACs (25 VRMS) Line-to-Ground Rating
IDNAC SLCs, IDNAC SLCs, and TrueAlert SLCs Shield-to-Ground Rating 48 VDC, 33 VAC RMS
Continuous Current Rating 5A
Other circuit types (see Note 2 below)
Series Resistance 0.1 Ω/line
Multiple stages of protection for DC and audio Series Inductance 68 µH/line
circuits: Shunt Capacitance 0.017 µF
Line-to-Line Protection <1 Nanosecond (10-9)
Response Time
Line-to-Earth protection line-to-line and line-to-earth
Maximum Current
Rugged epoxy encapsulated package Line-to-Line and 2000 A (8 x 20 µsec pulse)
Line-to-Earth
Description Maximum Current
5000 A (10 x 50 µsec)
Electrical transients caused by lightning or by Shield-to-Earth
disturbances on high voltage power lines are conditions that Application Reference
require low voltage wiring circuits to be adequately Length is limited to 1000 ft (305 m)
IDNAC SLCs and
protected. This protection is most effective when placed at with a maximum of two (2)
TrueAlert SLCs
the location where such circuits leave or enter the building. 2081-9028 ILCPs per branch
Mechanical Specifications
Transient Protection. The 2081-9028 Isolated Loop
Circuit Protector (ILCP) is designed to protect Simplex® 3 ⅜” W x 2” D x 1” H
Dimensions
(86 mm x 50 mm x 25 mm)
Fire Alarm circuits from those electrical transients induced
Package Epoxy encapsulated, beige
on wire runs that are routed external to the building.
4” (102 mm) square box,
Because of its small package size, it can be easily mounted Electrical box requirement
2 ⅛” (54 mm) minimum depth
at the location that achieves maximum protection.
Color coded, 18 AWG (0.82 mm2),
Wire Leads
Note 1: Overvoltage Protector Applications. Model 8” long (203 mm)
2081-9028 is for use as an Isolated Loop Circuit Protector Installation Instructions 574-805
which is different from operation as an Overvoltage
Protector. For Overvoltage Protector applications, refer to
Overvoltage Protector model 2081-9044 which is listed to * This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to
UL 864, rated for up to 200 mA, and documented on data Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
7300-0026:171 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in
sheet S2081-0016. this document. This product was not FM or MEA (NYC) approved as of document
revision date. Additional listings may be applicable; contact your local Simplex product
Note 2: Operation with other Circuit Types. supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co.
Performance of the 2081-9028 ILCP has been quantified are the property of Tyco Safety Products Westminster.
for use with other circuit types for specific applications
where its low resistance is desired. Contact your local
Simplex product supplier for application guidance.
S2081-0008-8 5/2013
External Wiring Requirements
Fire alarm system wiring that is run external to the Overhead Wiring:
building and is protected by the use of 2081-9028 ILCPs
1. Wiring must be run on poles separate from those
shall be installed in accordance with the individual system
supporting any commercial power distribution
component’s installation instructions including properly
wiring.
grounded, twisted and shielded pairs, and observance of
the following precautions. 2. Wiring shall be run in parallel with the commercial
power distribution wiring and be separated by a
Location. To ensure optimized protection, the minimum distance of either 100 ft (30 m) or the
2081-9028 ILCPs shall be located as close as possible to maximum span between any two adjacent poles of
the point at which the circuits leave or enter the buildings either the system’s circuit or the commercial power
and installed in dedicated metallic electrical boxes. distribution circuit.
Wiring Distance. Wiring is limited to one contiguous Grounding Conductor. The grounding conductor shall be
property. The total maximum wire length is determined 12 AWG (3.31 mm2) with a maximum length of 28 ft
by the individual application’s allowable limit as (8.5 m), run in as straight a line as possible and connected
specified with ILCPs, but must not exceed 3270 ft (1 km). to the building grounding electrode system (unified earth
Underground Wiring. Wiring must be in a wiring ground) per NFPA 70, the National Electrical Code.
trough that is separate from commercial power
distribution wiring.
Typical Connection Reference (refer to Installation Instructions 574-805 for additional information)
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA and the National Electrical Code
are trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association.
Features
Designed specifically for protection of fire alarm
circuits including:
DC power (200 mA maximum)
Data communications
Local energy city circuit connections
Rugged epoxy encapsulated package
Refer to page 2 for application details
L OVERVOLTAGE PROTECTOR E
Multiple stages of protection include: MODEL NO. 2081-9044
I INDOOR DRY APPLICATION/SIGNALING DEVICE Q
Line-to-Line protection and Line-to-Earth protection N INSTALLATION INST. : 574-832
SIMPLEX TIME RECORDER CO.
WESTMINSTER, MA. 01441 U. S. A.
U
I
E
Listings Reference: P
Typical Connection Reference (refer to Installation Instructions 574-832 for additional information)
4" square box, 2-1/8" deep (54 mm)
Supplied separately Indoors Outdoors Indoors
2081-9044
Protected Equipment
Overvoltage Protector
Line A To the next
Line B connected
Shield protector
Note: Refer to
equipment Orange
Line A Brown Internal circuit
installation
instructions to Line B Violet Yellow
determine where to Shield
terminate shield Gray
Gray
Cable
shield
Ground Cable
screw Green
shield
Box ground screw
12 AWG min.
Note: Ground connections for the protected Local Ground connection, 12 AWG
equipment and the Overvoltage Protector must minimum, 28 ft (8.5 m) maximum
be part of the same Grounding Electrode System
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 70 and National Electrical Code
are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Features
Single or dual channel intrinsically safe,
transformer isolated barrier modules:
2081-9062, Single channel U.S.A.
Approved by
FM
APPROVED
* Refer to page 2 for listing exceptions. This application is FM approved only. Contact your
local Simplex product supplier for additional information. Listings and approvals under ** Refer to page 7 for listing of approved entity parameters and allowable wiring distances.
Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Safety Products Westminster.
S2081-0018-3 10/2003
Intrinsically Safe Barrier Module Compatibility
Simplex 2081-9062 and 2081-9063 Intrinsically Safe
Modules report alarms as a current limited condition. FM
Approval is for use with the Simplex fire alarm control NOTE: Intrinsically Safe applications are NOT
panels and peripheral devices described in the following COMPATIBLE with Alarm Verification
selection chart. operation.
Compatibility Reference
* Although the above listed peripheral model numbers are FM Approved as Intrinsically Safe (except as noted),
these peripheral devices and any simple apparatus must be selected for proper fire protection compatibility
with the dust content and corrosion potential of the atmosphere to be protected.
Installation Requirements
1. All equipment MUST be installed in accordance with 5. Maximum line resistance from the Fire Alarm panel to
the National Electrical Code, NEC ANSI/NFPA 70 the last device in the Hazardous location is 10 .
Article 504, and ANSI/ISA-RP 12.6-1987.
6. The 2975-9218 cabinet must be equipped with a safety
2. Cable and/or conduit from Non-Hazardous and ground per NEC Article 250-42. The grounding
Hazardous locations MUST enter the barrier enclosure conductor must be 12 AWG (3.31 mm2) minimum (the
from opposite sides and MUST be sealed per National barrier is not grounded).
Electrical Code, Article 504.
7. For additional wiring information, reference the
3. Intrinsically Safe circuits MUST NOT be installed in National Electrical Code, Articles 500 through 517 and
the same cable, conduit, or raceway with Simplex Control Drawing 842-070.
non-intrinsically safe circuits.
8. Refer to page 7 for approved entity parameter
4. Intrinsically Safe circuits are for indoor applications information reference.
only.
2 S2081-0018-3 10/2003
Installation Reference
2975-9218
Cabinet
Cabinet
ground
terminal
Approved by
U.S.A. FM
APPROVED
Conduit
from Conduit to
fire alarm Hazardous
panel area
3 S2081-0018-3 10/2003
National Electrical Code Hazardous Location Classifications*
4 S2081-0018-3 10/2003
Intrinsically Safe Manual Stations
Description
Single action stations require a firm downward pull to
break the plastic rod visible below the pull lever and
actuate a switch to sound the alarm. The front of the
station is hinged and must be opened to reset the station
and to replace the plastic rod.
Double action stations require that the hammer, hung
on the front of the station, be lifted and thrown downward
against the glass window, thus breaking it to expose the
recessed pull lever. As with the single action station, a
firm downward pull of the pull lever actuates and locks in
the alarm switch.
Single action station reset. To reset the single action
station, a key unlocks and opens the station which then 2099-9767 Intrinsically Safe
permits the handle to return to its normal position when Single Action Manual Station
the station is relocked. If a break-rod is used, it must be
replaced in order to complete the reset process.
Double action station reset. The double action FIRE ALARM
station is reset in a similar manner except that the glass
window must be replaced to restore operation. BREAK GLASS
Mounting Notes
1. For surface mounting, use a Simplex 2975-9178 red
steel back box or a 2975-9022 aluminum back box.
Do not substitute a box with a depth less than 2-3/16”
(56 mm). Refer to drawing below.
2. For semi-flush mounting, use a standard single gang
2-1/2” (64 mm) deep switch box. DO NOT RECESS
BOX, mount box flush or with 1/16” (2 mm)
maximum protrusion. Refer to drawing on page 6. 2099-9799 Intrinsically Safe
Double Action Breakglass Manual Station
3. For flush mounting, refer to drawing on page 6.
4. Wiring is 18 AWG minimum, 14 AWG maximum
(0.82 mm2 , 2.08 mm2 ).
2975-9178 Box
5-3/16"
FIRE ALARM (132 mm)
Station cover
hinges open for
5"
(127 mm)
PULL DOWN installation access
2-3/16"
(56 mm) 2975-9178 Box
5 S2081-0018-3 10/2003
Intrinsically Safe Manual Station Semi-Flush Mounting
Station
FIRE ALARM side view
8"
(203 mm)
Hole cutout must be a
minimum of 6" H by 5" W
6" (152 mm by 127 mm)
(152
mm)
6 S2081-0018-3 10/2003
Intrinsically Safe Product Selection
Barrier Modules
Model Description Notes
2081-9062 Single Channel Intrinsically Safe Barrier Module Each module requires an 2081-9061 installation kit,
2081-9063 Dual Channel Intrinsically Safe Barrier Module and a 2975-9218 cabinet
Entity Parameters and Maximum Total Wiring Lengths from Control Panel to Last Device in Hazardous Area*
Maximum Maximum Open Circuit Short Circuit
Group Capacitance Inductance Voltage (VOC) Current (ISC) 18 AWG 16 AWG 14 AWG 12 AWG
2000 ft
A, B 0.14 F 3.84 mH
(610 m)
781 ft 1250 ft 2000 ft
C, E 0.42 F 15.61 mH 28.4 V 97 mA (238 m) (381 m) (610 m) 3100 ft
(945 m)
D, F, G 1.11 F 31.49 mH
* Refer to Control Drawing 842-070 for complete information. Wiring distances provided are for individual conductors in conduit with
assumed parameters of 60 pF/ft and 0.2H/ft.
Metric wire equivalents: 18 AWG = 0.82 mm2; 14 AWG = 2.08 mm2; 12 AWG = 3.31 mm2
7 S2081-0018-3 10/2003
Tyco, Simplex, the Simplex logo, MAPNET II, and IDNet are trademarks of Tyco International Services AG or its affiliates in the U.S. and/or other countries. NEC, NFPA, and
National Electrical Code are trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association.
Features
Product Reference Images
Electromagnetic door holders from RSG (Reliable (shown without screw hole caps in place)
Security Group) with four mounting types:
Semi-flush wall mount for shallow box applications
Surface wall mount with matching box
Flush wall mount with recessed magnet for low profile
applications
Floor mount, for single or double doors
Multiple finish options:
High luster plating of chrome, brass, or dark bronze
Powdercoated in chrome or dark bronze
Low current, multi-voltage design reduces power
supply and battery demands:
Models are available for operation with 24 VDC,
24 VAC, or 120 VAC Semi-Flush Wall Mount Door Holder Magnet
Internal full wave rectifier allows AC or DC operation and Catch Plate Assembly
and provides switching transient suppression
Low residual magnetism allows easy door release for
compatibility with low pressure door closers
Rated holding force ranges from 20 lbs (9 kg)
minimum; to up to 110 lbs (49.8 kg)
Quick and easy installation:
Self-adjusting swivel catch plate adjusts to door
alignment changes
Adhesive mounting templates assure alignment
Required mounting hardware is supplied with each
door holder
Magnet catch plates can be screwed to wooden doors
or drilled through and attached to a mounting bracket Surface Wall Mount Door Holder Magnet
Floor mount door holders include drills and anchors with Supplied Box
for mounting to concrete floors and hardware for
mounting to wooden floors
Front plates provide convenient grounding screw
location
Optional accessories:
Extension rods are available in multiple lengths to
allow proper alignment, including a 4” (102 mm) long
pivoting rod
Drilling fixture for accurate repetitive installation
UL listed to Standard 228
S2088-0014-2 8/2012
Product Selection (see specifications on page 4 and part number selection below)
Mounting Type Hardware Included Electrical Box Requirement
Semi-flush Mount
Magnet assembly, catch plate with bracket, screw hole Single gang box, 1 ½” deep
(partially recessed
caps, and required mounting hardware minimum (supplied separately)
magnet)
Magnet assembly, catch plate with bracket, screw hole
Flush Mount Single gang box, 2 ¼” deep
caps, and required mounting hardware (not shown on
(fully recessed magnet) minimum (supplied separately)
page 1, refer to illustration on page 3)
Magnet assembly, catch plate with bracket, screw hole
Surface Mount caps, matching electrical box, and required mounting
hardware
Magnet assembly with electrical box, catch plate with
Floor (ground) Mount for
bracket, floor mounting bracket, screw hole caps, and Box is supplied with door holder:
single door with single
required mounting hardware including drills and anchors for 4 ¾” H x 2 ¾” W x 1 ½” D
magnet
concrete floors (117 mm x 70 mm x 54 mm)
Two surface mount magnet assemblies with electrical box,
Floor (ground) Mount for
each with electrical box; two catch plates with brackets,
double door with double
screw hole caps, and required mounting hardware including
magnets
drills and anchors for concrete floors
Optional Door Holder Accessories
Model
Powdercoat Description
Brass
Chrome
DHE1PC DHE1B Catch plate extender rod, 1” (25.4 mm) long
DHE1.5PC DHE1.5B Catch plate extender rod, 1 ½ ” (38 mm) long Each extender
rod includes two
DHE2PC DHE2B Catch plate extender rod, 2” (51 mm) long
DHW extension
DHE3PC DHE3B Catch plate extender rod, 3” (76 mm) long wrenches
DHE4APC DHE4AB Catch plate with adjustable extender rod, 4” (102 mm) long with center pivot
Model Description
DHDF Drilling Fixture, provides convenient alignment for repetitive installation
Extension Wrench for adding extender rod to catch plate (two are needed, two are shipped with each
DHW
extension)
2 S2088-0014-2 8/2012
Semi-Flush and Surface Mount Dimensions
15/16"
15/16" 1-1/8" (24 mm) 1-1/2"
(24 mm) (29 mm) (38 mm)
2-3/4"
(70 mm) 2-7/16"
(62 mm)
3" 1-13/16"
(76 mm) (46 mm)
4"
(102 mm)
3-5/16" 4-3/4"
(84 mm) (121 mm)
Single Door
3" (76 mm)
Double Door
5-7/16" (138 mm)
Flush Mount Front View Flush Mount
Side View Floor Mount Side View
3 S2088-0014-2 8/2012
Catch Plate and Mounting Bracket Dimensions
2-3/8"
3/16"
Screw holes (60 mm)
1-3/4" 2-1/4" (5 mm)
1-3/4"
(44 mm) (57 mm)
(44 mm) 7/8"
(22 mm)
1-3/4"
Magnet side Door side (44 mm)
Ball swivel 3/4"
(19 mm)
Threaded rod
extensions insert here
Specifications
Mechanical Specifications
Material Durable die-cast metal
Three position terminal block with provisions for in/out wiring; common (C), low voltage, high
Wiring Connections
voltage); 22 to 12 AWG (0.5 to 3.31 mm2)
Electrical Specifications and Performance
Model Voltage Current DC Current AC Terminals Holding
12 V 40 mA 38 mA C&L
1224 30 lbs (13.6 kg)
24 V 40 mA 36 mA C&H
1224 High Holding Force 24 V 85 mA 81 mA C&L 75 lbs (34 kg)
24 V 20 mA 19 mA C&L 40 lbs (18.1 kg)
24120
120 VAC – 20 mA C&H 35 lbs (15.8 kg)
24120 High Holding Force 120 VAC – 100 mA C&L 110 lbs (49.8 kg)
24 V 20 mA 19 mA C&L 20 lbs (9 kg)
24220
220 VAC – 15 mA C&H 22 lbs (9.8 kg)
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.
Features
Add digital voice message capability to non-voice
fire alarm control panels:
Remote booster amplifiers are available to expand
coverage area or extend to multiple notification areas
Activate up to 8 separate messages by direct
connection to fire alarm control panel NACs using the
NAC Interface Module option, or via supervised
connection to relay contact closures
4003EC Voice Control Panel status (alarm, system
trouble, or separate AC trouble) is via isolated contact
closure allowing compatibility with a wide range of
Simplex brand and other fire alarm systems
Multiple 4003EC control panels can be interconnected
for system-wide Emergency Communication Systems
(ECS)/Mass Notification Systems (MNS) message 4003EC Voice Control Panel
control using Simplex® fire alarm Network node
products Remote booster amplifier details (Continued):
Broadcast live messages using the internal microphone Wiring options allow limited or detailed control with
or by using a remote microphone; up to 18 remote respect to AC power failure and non-fire alarm
microphones are supported for compatibility with operation modes
UFC 4-021-01 (Unified Facilities Criteria) requirements Wiring options allow control of non-alarm audio
Select from 8 digitally pre-recorded messages using output when on battery standby and selection of
the control panel switches or controlled from the fire monitoring main trouble contacts or AC trouble contacts
alarm control panel; select a pre-tone and include a post Booster amplifiers support local connection of
tone if desired general paging microphones
Custom messages can be ordered separately (as Removable terminal blocks for easy wiring
custom chip sets), or recorded directly at the panel Beige or red cabinet for surface mounting
(requires external equipment – new messages override ULC listed models include low battery cutoff board
standard messages) Additional optional features:
4003EC control panel details: Upgrade kit to support ten minute message timeout
Efficient Class D amplifier design provides 40 W @ feature, for compatibility with the audible message
25 or 70.7 VRMS with power-limited output timeout specifications in UFC 4-021-01
One general alarm Class B audio NAC rated at 40 W; Supervised remote microphones with key switch
can be optionally expanded to 4, Class B NACs or 2, control, beige or red for alarm paging, black for general
Class A NACs using a Class A/B Splitter paging
One general alarm Class B, 2 A strobe NAC with Local Operating Console (LOC) providing enclosed
strobe output formatted to synchronize either Simplex microphone and switch control for the 8 panel messages;
or Cooper Notification (Wheelock) strobes (not mixed) meets UFC 4-021-01 requirements for local control
Internal push-to-talk microphone and individual Application Note: For control from a Wide Area
manual tone/message controls for convenient operator Notification System, connect audio (1 VRMS, 600Ω) and
control contact closure wiring to an available input port on a
Strobe circuit activation is DIP switch selectable for 4003-9834 Remote Microphone Expansion Module
each recorded message, for microphone use, and for Four circuit NAC module, Class A or Class B for
Auxiliary input boosters or control panel allows zone wiring separation
Multiple connections are available for auxiliary output Extensive non-fire alarm features are available for
power, 24 VDC, 1/2 A maximum night ringer tone activation, telephone page input, and
Internal battery charger for up to 12 Ah batteries in background music
cabinet or up to 33 Ah batteries in a separate cabinet Non-fire alarm paging includes zone control and zone
Removable terminal blocks for easy wiring volume adjustments that are bypassed when the panel is
Beige or red cabinet for surface mounting in alarm mode
ULC listed models include low battery cutoff board Models are available for 120 or 240 VAC input
* Refer to page 4 for CSFM models listed by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM)
Remote booster amplifier details: pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing
Remote booster amplifiers are available with 80 W 6911-0026:332 for allowable values and/or conditions concerning material presented in this
document. It is subject to re-examination, revision, and possible cancellation. This product
(with 2, 2 A strobe circuits), 160 W, and 320 W; each was tested and approved by FM Approvals against both standard FM testing referenced to
has an efficient Class D amplifier design NFPA 72, and ANSI/UL Standard 864, 9th Edition. Additional listings may be applicable,
contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status.
S4003-0002-8 8/2012
Introduction 4003EC Voice Control Module Features
When non-voice fire alarm control panels require the Selection of pre- and post audio tones. Pre-message
addition of voice and tone generation, Simplex 4003EC tones can be selected and if desired, the same tone can also
Emergency Communications Voice Control Panels be selected as a post message tone. Tones are switch
conveniently supply an extensive feature list. Available selected on-board and assigned per message pairs: IN1 and
equipment includes up to 18 remote microphones, up to IN2 message will have the same tone, IN3 and IN4 message
5000 W of distributed remote booster amplifiers, and will have the same tone, etc.
extensive non-fire alarm general paging controls
Available tones:
Manual Operation requires opening the locked 4003EC
cabinet door to access the 8 message selection switches, Temporal Pattern Bell; a digitally recorded mechanical
the local microphone, and status indicator LEDs. Control bell sound
of Remote Microphones is secured by use of a key switch Temporal Pattern Horn; 500 Hz tone
(refer to remote microphone illustrations on page 6). Slow Whoop, a slowly ascending tone
Typical applications: Wail, ascends, then descends between 600 to 940 Hz
Compatibility with UFC (Unified Facilities Criteria) Chime Tone
requirements for Mass Notification systems for Army Announcement Chime
and Air Force requiring an LOC within 200 ft (61 m)
High/Low, with high frequency of 750 Hz for 100 ms
horizontally of travel and no travel vertically to reach an
and low frequency of 500 Hz for 400 ms
LOC within a building; the Navy and Marines only
require a single LOC per structure (refer to GSA Tone, continuous 2000 Hz
UFC 4-021-01, 9 April, 2008 for details) Fast Whoop, a quickly ascending tone
Add audio operations to existing fire alarm control Horn Tone at 120 beats per minute
panels or non-audio panels Horn Tone at 20 beats per minute
Connect to fire alarm Network using the Network Bell Tone at 60 beats per minute
System Integrator (NSI) to provide network control of a
Temporal Pattern evacuation signal reference:
remote audio panel
1/2 sec on, 1/2 sec off, 1/2 sec on, 1/2 sec off, 1/2 sec on,
Allows the fire alarm Network to take control for
1-1/2 sec off.
Emergency Communications messages
Use of non-emergency operations is suspended during
battery standby operation and is overridden during
emergency conditions
Standard Messages and Input Priority List (custom messages and priorities are available, see Note below)
Priority Input
1 Panel push-to-talk microphone for on-site messages
Auxiliary input from one, or multiple remote microphones; or from a separate audio input with voltage
selectable as: 1, 25, or 70.7 VRMS; NOTE: Multiple microphones require use of 4003-9834 Microphone
2
Expansion Modules and each remote microphone input is prioritized by electrical wiring sequence. Operation
also requires a separate contact closure to enable the Auxiliary input.
Message Priority Message Type Voice Message
IN1 3 Fire Male “Attention! Attention! Attention! This is a fire alarm. Exit the building.”
“Attention! Attention! Attention! There is an armed intruder in the building.
IN2 4 Hostile Intruder Male
Immediately take cover.”
“We have received a bomb threat. The police have been notified and we are
IN3 5 Bomb Threat Male conducting a search of the building perimeter. Please standby for further
information.”
“A severe weather condition has been reported. Please go directly to the nearest
IN4 6 Weather/Shelter Male
shelter area and wait for further instructions.”
“Attention please! Severe weather has been reported in the vicinity. Please
IN5 7 Weather Male
proceed to a designated shelter area.”
“Attention! Attention! Attention! We have been alerted to a possible emergency
IN6 8 Alert Male situation. Please stay alert and you will be advised if emergency action is
required.”
“This is a drill. This is a drill. This is a drill. This is a building emergency drill. Walk
IN7 9 Drill Male
to the nearest exit and vacate the building.”
“Attention! Your attention please! The building emergency condition has been
IN8 10 All Clear Male
cleared. You may return to normal activities.”
Priority Non-Alarm Signal Inputs
11 Night Ring, contact closure plays bell tone to alert facility personnel of doorbell ringing, etc.
12 Telephone input, requires telephone page port, voice activated switch allows facility paging
13 Background Music (BGM), requires a line level input signal
NOTE: When the system is being used as an Emergency Communications System (ECS) or a Mass Notification System (MNS),
ECS or MNS messaging may take precedence over Fire Alarm Activation whether new or in process.
2 S4003-0002-8 8/2012
Custom Digitally Recorded Messages Non-Fire Alarm Operation Features
Messages can be reproduced from high quality Addressable Paging Splitters (Model 4003-9845) allow
customer supplied audio (professionally recorded to non-Alarm paging to be routed to zones as desired
customer requirements) or selected from the archived Supervised Volume Controls (Model 4003-9848) allow
message library non-Alarm paging and background music local volumes
To order Custom Messages, provide a CD or tape as to be adjusted as desired; during alarm conditions the
appropriate; a completed custom message volume controls are bypassed (Note: This is not a
questionnaire; and include an English language Non-Fire feature, it was specifically developed for
transcript (Internal Order Processing Note: Document Fire/ECS/MNS Applications)
this information using the FASTool configurator) Telephone Zone Controller (Model 4003-9835) allows
If supplied via CD, provide a WAV file format with phone control selection of zones for background music
44,100 HZ and 16 bit mono (contact your local or paging
Simplex product representative for details) Night ringer (telephone) and security alert modes allow
Custom messages can be recorded at the control panel; the 4003EC panel to provide system tones alerting of
(locally recorded messages overwrite the pre-recorded non-alarm conditions needing attention
messages and external equipment is required) In night ringer mode, an externally mounted switch
(such as a doorbell switch) can allow creation of a
Ten Minute Message Timeout Feature
specific tone to alert a security guard who may not be in
Upgrade kit allows 4003EC panel to be upgraded to normal hearing range of the daytime doorbell sound
support 10 minute message timeout feature
Power Supply/Battery Charger Features
Provides automatic deactivation of audible Fire and MNS
digital voice (DV) messages after 10 minutes for inputs Charges up to 33 Ah batteries; up to 12 Ah batteries for
1 – 6; DV messages 7 and 8 do not automatically timeout cabinet mounting, larger batteries are housed in a
Message activation is initiated manually by push button or separate close-nippled battery cabinet
via remote contact closure Green power-on LED, yellow trouble LED
Message LED blinks to indicate timeout status; timing is Earth fault detection; battery supervision circuitry;
extended if message is reactivated by either control power loss, and brownout voltage supervision
Message priorities remain in effect
Internal Control Panel Operator Controls
ALARM ACTIVE indicates microphone PTT
switch has been activated, or a voice message
input has been received, or an auxiliary input has
AC TROUBLE indicates primary been received
power is low or has failed and
panel is on secondary power
STROBE ACTIVE indicates
the strobe circuit is on MESSAGE LABELS indicate the specific
message associated with each button/indicator
SYSTEM TROUBLE is a (message shown are for reference only)
general trouble indication
SYSTEM
POWER ON AC ALARM
TROUBLE
POWER ON indicates TROUBLE ACTIVE
STROBE
ACTIVE
power from either AC or
batteries is present
MESSAGES
1 Bell- Fire Alarm
3 Bomb Threat
TROUBLE SILENCE
silences the audible trouble 4 Severe Weather
6
Tone- Attention
Emergency
Push-to-talk
RECORD
(PTT) switch
RECORD button and 7 Chime- Drill
3 S4003-0002-8 8/2012
4003EC Product Selection
Control Panels (* = CSFM listed models)
Model Cabinet/Listing Input Voltage Description
4003-9301 Beige
UL Emergency Communications Voice Control Panel with internal user control
4003-9302* Red 120 VAC, 60 Hz
panel and microphone, 40 W Class D amplifier with one audio NAC standard,
4003-9303 Beige ULC internal power supply/battery charger
4003-9304 Beige UL 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Remote Booster Amplifiers (* = CSFM listed models)
Model Cabinet/Listing Input Voltage Description
4003-9810 Beige
UL 80 Watt Remote Booster Amplifier with strobe power (APB/80); provides one
4003-9811* Red 120 VAC, 60 Hz
80 W audio NAC and two, 2 A strobe NACs; accepts one 4003-9840 Class
4003-9812 Beige ULC A/B Splitter (audio NAC expansion module); efficient Class D amplifier design
4003-9813 Beige UL 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz
4003-9814 Beige
UL 160 Watt Remote Booster Amplifier (APB/160); provides two, 80 W audio
4003-9815* Red 120 VAC, 60 Hz
NACs; allows up to two 4003-9840 Class A/B Splitters; (no strobe power);
4003-9816 Beige ULC efficient Class D amplifier design
4003-9817 Beige UL 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz
4003-9818 Beige 320 Watt Remote Booster Amplifier (APB/320); provides four, 80 W audio
UL
4003-9819* Red 120 VAC, 60 Hz NACs; allows up to four 4003-9840 Class A/B Splitters; (no strobe power);
4003-9820 Beige ULC contains dual power supplies, dual 160 W amplifiers, and requires dual battery
4003-9821 Beige UL 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz sets (4, 12 V batteries); efficient Class D amplifier design
Remote Microphone Controls and Associated Equipment (* = CSFM listed models)
Model Description
4003-9830 Surface mount
Local Operator Console (LOC) with built-in Remote Microphone Control; in white cabinet
4003-9831 Flush mount
Local Operator Console (LOC) HVAC Emergency Shut Off Kit; field installed behind door of either 4003-9830 or
4003-9849
4003-9831; red emergency shutoff button, push to activate; rated 3 A @ 240 VAC
4003-9832 (Beige) 4003-9833* (Red) Remote Microphone Control (RM), for fire alarm paging (see diagram on page 6)
Remote Non-Alarm Microphone Control (RM-GP) black mounting plate, connects at Remote Booster and is for
4003-9842*
general paging through that booster only
Remote Microphone Expansion Module (RMX) in black cabinet; expands panel remote microphone output to three
(3); up to 6 RMX modules can be connected for a total of 18 remote microphones per system;
4003-9834*
(NOTE: Only one 4003EC system microphone can page at time, priority of RMX connected microphones is
determined by wiring location); dimensions = 13” H x 7-3/4” W x 2-1/8” D (330 mm x 197 mm x 54 mm)
4003EC Accessories (* = CSFM listed models)
Model Description
Class A/B Splitter (SP4Z-A/B), audio NAC expansion module, 4 Class B zones or 2 Class A zones; requires one
dedicated NAC input; rated 40 W output maximum per zone (Class A or Class B operation); requires 4003-9841
4003-9840*
mounting bracket when mounted in booster cabinet; module dimensions = 4-1/2” H x 5-1/2” H x 1-1/2” D (114 mm x
140 mm x 38 mm)
Mounting bracket for (2), 4003-9840 or (2) 4003-9845 Splitters; required when splitter is mounted in an 80, 160, or
4003-9841*
320 W booster amplifier cabinet; (not required when mounting splitter in the control panel)
NAC Interface Module (NACIM); converts one NAC input to one contact closure for activating messages; one
4003-9850 required per message to be activated; mounts in the 4003EC control panel; 4 maximum;
dimensions = 2-1/2" H x 1-1/4" W x 1/2" D (64 mm x 32 mm x 13 mm)
4003-9851 End-of-Line Resistor Module Kit, quantity of 8, Agency listed; 10 k, 1/2 W
Battery Cabinet, beige (cabinet only, for use with panel mounted charger); dimensions = 9-1/2” H x 24” W x 9” D
4003-9860
(241 mm x 610 mm x 229 mm); Note: Battery Cabinet is available in red by special order (RPQ)
4003-9861 User Interface Chip Upgrade Kit for 10-Minute Message Timeout feature
Custom Message Ordering, select 4003-8801 and specify message type per the choices below:
4003-8801
4003-0204, from CD 4003-0205, from transcript 4003-0206, from message archive
4003-9836 Aftermarket Message Kit, 8 standard messages; (restores original messages if local changes are no longer wanted)
Non-Fire Alarm Accessories (* = CSFM listed models)
Model Description
Telephone Zone Controller (TZC); use to select zones connected to background music and for general paging;
4003-9835
cabinet; size: 13” H x 7-3/4” W x 2-1/8” D (330 mm x 197 mm x 54 mm)
4003-9847 Telephone Zone Controller Programming Cable; connects to service PC for programming selections
Addressable Paging Splitter (SP4-APS); 4 Class B, or 2 Class A output zones, plus 2 Expansion outputs; allows
Telephone Zone Controller to select non-alarm paging per zone; alarm paging connects to all zones; requires
4003-9845*
4003-9841 bracket when mounted in booster cabinet; 80 W max. input, 40 W max. output per zone; (same size as
4003-9840 Class A/B Splitter)
4003-9848* Supervised Volume Control Module (SP-SVC); for background music, disabled during alarm
CO Port Adapter (SP-COA); use to connect an unused CO Port (central office port) to the telephone input on the
4003-9843
4003EC panel; dimensions = 4-1/2" W x 5-1/2" H x 1-1/2" D (114 mm x 140 mm x 38 mm)
4 S4003-0002-8 8/2012
System Interconnection Reference
SYSTEM STATUS
NORMALTROUBLE ALARM
Operator Consoles
(Note: Additional Wiring Typical Speaker and
4003-9834
4003EC REMOTE MIC ROPHON E STATION
SYSTEM STATUS
ON
Expansion
ACTIVE
MESSAGES
6 wires to each
R ECORD
(RMX)
remote microphone
Optional 4003-9849
Synchronized strobe NAC, 2 A total
HVAC Cutoff Switch LOCAL OPERATING
(requires 2 additional
wires)
4003-9840, one maximum
16 wires to LOC(s) (requires 4003-9841 bracket)
Local Operating for message control
6 wires
Consoles (LOC) One, 80 W NAC
SYSTEM STATU S
NORMALTROUBLE ALARM
Remote Non-Alarm
Microphone Microphone Control
OFF
OPER ATIN G IN STRUC TIONS:
4003-9834
1. Turn k ey to ON position
ON
2. Pres s microphone button
and speak into mic rophone .
NORMALTROUBLE ALARM
ZONE 4
Maximum system audio power is
5000 W.
Four, 80 W NACs
(no strobe NACs)
4003EC Remote
Amplifier, 320 W total
5 S4003-0002-8 8/2012
Remote Microphone Control Reference
6 S4003-0002-8 8/2012
4003EC Control Panel Internal Reference
NOTE: Cabinet and door dimensions also apply to
the 80 W and 160 W Booster Amplifiers.
7 S4003-0002-8 8/2012
Reference Application 1, Generic Host Panel to 4003EC
Trouble Monitor
3 Bomb Threat
4 Severe Weather
Control Panel
5 Tone - Severe Weather
Tone - Attention
6
Emergenc y
7 Chime - Drill
Alarm Contact
AC Fail Monitor
N2 Communications
wiring
FIR E A LAR M
C ON TROL
4605-7401
POWER ON SYSTEM AC
ALARM
** S Y S TE M IS NORMA L ** TROUBLE
TROUBLE STROBE
ACTIVE
ACTIVE
12:02:15pm Mon 8-Mar-99
FIRE SYST EM SYSTEM ALARM AC
SUPERVISOR T ROUBL
ALARM Y E SIL ENCED POWER
MESSAGES
DISCO NNECT
PO WER BEF O RE TROUBLE
SERVICING SILENCE
RECORD
8 S4003-0002-8 8/2012
Reference Application 3, Host Panel to 4003EC with NSI Connection
SYSTEM
POWER ON AC ALARM
TROUBLE TROUBLE S TROBE
ACTIVE
ACTIVE
MESSAGES
Control Panel
SILENCE
1. Power is supplied by the Host Fire Alarm Control Panel (or the 4003EC).
2. NSI has seven (7) available separate, isolated contact closures controlled by
the Fire Alarm Network (a separate contact is dedicated to system trouble).
3. NSI has eight (8) isolated, polarized, separate inputs for information into the
Fire Alarm Network.
9 S4003-0002-8 8/2012
Specifications (refer to Installation Instructions for more information, see list on page 7)
Local Operator Console (LOC) (4003-9830, 4003-9831) Standby = 26 mA; Alarm/Paging = 38 mA select these values if only one
remote microphone is
Remote Microphone Controls for Alarm (RM) (4003-9832, connected to the 4003EC
Standby = 23 mA; Alarm/Paging = 30 mA control panel
4003-9833) and (RM-GP) (4003-9842)
Standby = 62 mA maximum; Alarm/Paging = 52 mA maximum; NOTE:
Remote Microphone Expansion Module (RMX)
includes attached remote microphones and/or LOCs; only one remote
(4003-9834)
microphone can page at a time
Class A/B Splitter (SP4Z-A/B) (4003-9840) Standby = Alarm = 15 mA
NAC Interface Module (NACIM) (4003-9850) NAC powered, no impact to panel power
Standby = 2 mA; with input = 49 mA;
CO Port Adapter (SP-COA) (4003-9843)
telephone input level = telephone output level = 500 mVRMS
120 mA; splitter uses 1.35 W of input power per output for operation, 8 W
Addressable Paging Splitter (SP4-APS) (4003-9845) maximum (6 total outputs available; Zones 1-4, and two Expansion
outputs)
Supervised Volume Control (SP-SVC) (4003-9848) 10 mA
Telephone Zone Controller (TZC) (4003-9835) 73 mA
Agency listed for battery charging up to 33 Ah; up to 12 Ah batteries can
Battery Charger Details for Voice Control Panel and
be cabinet mounted, larger batteries require a remote battery cabinet;
Booster Amplifiers (sealed lead-acid batteries)
see note above concerning 320 W Booster Amplifier batteries (4, 12 V)
Operating Temperature Range 32° to 120°F (0° to 49° C)
Environmental
Operating Humidity Range Up to 93% RH, non-condensing @ 90° F (32° C) maximum
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.
Features
Provides additional notification appliance circuit
(NAC) capacity with flexible operation modes and
power-limited design
Four, Class B NACs are standard:
Rated 2 A each for conventional reverse polarity
24 VDC notification appliances and providing
multiple operation modes
Can be selected to provide synchronization for
Simplex® visible notification strobe flashes CAUTI ON
DI SCO NNECT
PO W ER
PULL
ALARM
DOWN
1
3
1 + 24 V ZO NE PWR +
2 0V ZO NE PWR -
3 +I DNET I DC +
4 - I DNET I DC -
SIMPLEXT IMERECORDERCO.
4090- 91 01
MONITORZAM,CLASSB
5
6
7
8
* * SYSTEM I S NO RM AL * *
12: 02: 15pm M on 9- Feb- 98
F I R E S Y S T E M S Y S T E M A L A R M A C
A L A R M S U P E R V I STOR OR YU B LS EI L E N C EPDO W E R
A L A R M S U P V T R O U BAL LE A R M S Y S T E M
A C K A C K A C K S I L E N C ER E S E T
CAUTI O N
D I SCO NN ECT
IDNet communication fiber optic transmitters: * ULC listed model is 4009-9202CA. This product has been approved by the California
State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the California Health and
For applications requiring the data integrity available Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7300-0026:214 for allowable values and/or conditions
with fiber optic communications concerning material presented in this document. Accepted for use – City of New York
Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E. Additional listings may be applicable; contact
Available as Class B or Class X your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings and approvals under
Mounts in standard six-gang electrical box Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection Products.
External battery cabinet for 18 Ah batteries ** 4100U requires revision 11 software or higher for compatibility. 4010 requires revision 2
software or higher for compatibility.
S4009-0002-14 4/2018
Application and Operation Information
IDNet Addressable Communications Compatible. Hardwire Control Applications. For applications
Up to ten (10), 4009 IDNet NAC Extenders can be where an existing (or new) conventional NAC needs
controlled per 4007ES, 4010ES, 4100ES, or 4100U additional power, the 4009 IDNet NAC Extender can be
IDNet communications channel; up to five (5) can be controlled directly from the NAC. Either one or two
controlled on the 4010 IDNet communications channel. NACs, from either the same, or from different host fire
Each output NAC can be individually controlled for alarm control panels, can be connected to control the 4009
general alarm or selective area notification requiring only IDNet NAC Extender output NACs. Multiple control
one point address per Extender. Individual Extender selections provide flexible operation. (Refer to page 4 for
NACs can also be manually controlled from the host more detail.) Alarms from the host panel will activate the
panel. IDNet controlled extenders will inform the host four, 4009 IDNet NAC Extender NACs (or optionally,
panel of troubles via IDNet communications. 4007ES, eight NACs) to extend the alarm.
4010ES, 4100ES, and 4100U control panels control using
The 4009 IDNet Extender monitors itself and each of its
multi-point rules, refer to data sheet S4090-0011 for
output NACs for trouble conditions, including earth
details.
faults. Extenders wired to conventional NACs will
Optional IDNet Repeaters. IDNet communications can indicate a trouble by opening the path to the NAC’s
be repeated with the optional IDNet Repeater Module or end-of-line resistor, but retaining the ability to respond to
with the optional Fiber Optic Receiver Module. Up to 100 alarms. Individual troubles are also annunciated by LEDs
of the IDNet channel points can be repeated once (refer to located on the 4009 IDNet NAC Extender main circuit
pages 3 and 5 for details). Repeated IDNet communications board. (Refer to page 7 for more diagnostic information.)
also support the “device level” earth fault location utility of
the host panel.
Product Selection
Standard Models
Model Description
4009-9201**
120 VAC input
4009-9202CA* 4009 IDNet NAC Extender with 4, Class B NACs and 8 A power supply
4009-9301 240 VAC input
* ULC listed model
** 4009-9201 has been seismic tested and is certified to IBC and CBC standards as well as to ASCE 7
categories A through F, requires battery brackets as detailed on data sheet S2081-0019
Optional Modules (for on-site installation)
Model Description Comments
Additional four point NAC module, rated 1.5 A Special
4009-9807 Application appliances; 1 A for Regulated 24 DC appliance One maximum
power, Class B
4009-9808 Dual Class A adapter (for two NAC outputs) Select as required (4 maximum)
4009-9809 IDNet Repeater, output is Class A or Class B Select either an IDNet Repeater or a Fiber
4009-9810 Class B Optic Receiver as required; one transmitter
Fiber Optic Receiver can connect to one receiver
4009-9811 Class A (IDNet), Class X (fiber)
4009-9805 Red Appliqué for door Select if required
2975-9801 Beige trim 1-7/16” wide (78 mm), use if required for
Semi-Flush Trim Kit
2975-9802 Red trim semi-flush installations
1 5
PULL DOWN
2 6
F
I
R
E
CAUTI ON
DI SCO NNECT
PO W ER
BEFO RE
SERVI CI NG
F
I
R
E
1 5
PULL DOWN
2 6
3 SIMPL EX TIMERECORDERCO. 7
4090-9101
MONITORZAM,CLASSB
INSTAL.INST R.5 74 - 1 8 3
4 DATECODE: 8
1
CAUTI ON
DI SCO NNECT
PO W ER
BEFO RE
SERVI CI NG
NOTE: Up to ten (10) 4009 IDNet NAC Extenders may be connected per 4007ES, 4010ES, 4100ES, or
4100U IDNet channel, up to five (5) on the 4010 IDNet channel. IDNet communications can be
repeated only once (can pass through only one series connected repeater or one fiber optic
receiver).
CAUTI ON
DI SCO NNECT
PO W ER
BEFO RE
SERVI CI NG
FI RE ALARM
CO NTRO L
* * SYSTEM I S NO RM AL * *
12: 02: 15pm M on 9- Feb- 98
F I R E S Y S T E M S Y S T E M A L A R M A C
A L A R M S U P E R V I ST OR OR YU B LS EI L E N C EP DO W E R
A L A R M S U P V T R O U BA
L LE A R M S Y S T E M
A C K A C K A C K S I L E N C ER E S E T
CAUTI O N FIRE ALARM 1 + 24V ZO NE PW R +
2 0V ZO NE PW R -
3 +I DNET I DC +
4 - IDNET I DC -
5
6
7
8
1 5
PULL DOWN
2 6
DI S CO NN E C T 3 SIMPLEXTIMERECORDERCO. 7
4090- 9101
PO W E R BE FO R MONITORZAM,CLASSB
S E R V I CI NG 4
INSTAL.INSTR.574- 183
DATECODE: 8
1
1 5
PULL DOWN
2 6
3 SIMPLEXTIMERECORDERCO. 7
4090- 9101
MONITORZAM,CLASSB
INSTAL.INSTR.574- 183
4 DATECODE: 8
1
CAUTI ON
DI SCO NNECT
PO W ER
BEFO RE
SERVI CI NG
NOTE: Up to ten (10) 4009 IDNet NAC Extenders may be connected per 4007ES, 4010ES, 4100ES, or 4100U IDNet
channel, up to five (5) on the 4010 IDNet channel. IDNet communications can be repeated only once (can
pass through only one series connected repeater or one fiber optic receiver). Fiber optic transmitters connect
to only one receiver in a 4009 IDNet NAC Extender.
3 S4009-0002-14 4/2018
Hardwire Control Connection Information SmartSync Notification Appliance Control
NAC Input Selections. The 4009 IDNet NAC The TrueAlert Notification Appliance product line
Extender can be selected to: includes addressable and non-addressable operation.
Track input NAC operation or to provide a locally Non-addressable models are available with 2-wire
generated code, selectable per NAC input SmartSync operation or conventional 4-wire operation.
The following details apply to use with the 4009 IDNet
If selected for local coding, NAC outputs can be either
NAC Extender:
Temporal Coded or 60 Beats/min March Time Coded,
one code selection per extender (input NACs must be on TrueAlert non-addressable models with SmartSync
continuous with Alarm) operation allow audible notification to be separately
Additionally, NAC outputs can be selected to provide controlled over the same wire pair that controls visible
notification
the Simplex strobe synchronization signal. This signal
will synchronize the flashes of synchronized strobes but 4009 IDNet NAC Extenders can be selected to provide
will be ignored by free-run strobes and audible devices. SmartSync operation whether controlled by IDNet
(Strobes are for operation by noncoded NACs.) communications or conventional NACs
NAC input to NAC output control can be selected for IDNet control allows output NACs to be individually
standard and optional NACs per the following table: selected for conventional or SmartSync operation
Conventional NAC Output Operation Options With NAC input control, all output NACs are selected
Input A B C for either conventional or SmartSync operation
NAC 1 NACs 1 & 2, 5 & 6 NACs 1-4 NACs 1-8 Refer to data sheet S4009-0003 for TrueAlert
NAC 2 NACs 3 & 4, 7 & 8 NACs 5-8 None Addressable operation details, contact your local
SmartSync NAC Output Operation Simplex product supplier for further information on
specific TrueAlert notification appliances
Input NAC Control Function
NAC 1 Strobe Control
All NAC outputs (1-8)
NAC 2 Horn Control
NAC 1 input
(see Note 1)
Conventional NACs
CAUTI O N
With hardwire control,
NAC outputs are all
DI S CO NNE C T
PO W E R
BE F O RE
S E RV I CI NG
Notes:
1. For separate audible and visible output NAC control, or SmartSync NAC output operation, two (2) input NACs are required.
NAC 1 is "on-until-reset" and NAC 2 is "on-until-silenced."
2. To synchronize strobe flash outputs for up to four (4) 4009 IDNet NAC Extenders, use the synchronized strobe
output from a Synchronized Flash Module (4905-9914 for Class B operation, 4905-9922 for Class A operation) or,
if available, from a NAC selected to provide synchronized strobe flash output. NOTE: DO NOT USE a NAC selected
for SmartSync operation for this function.
Refer to Installation Instructions 574-181 for additional information and application guidance
4 S4009-0002-14 4/2018
4009 IDNet NAC Extender Specifications
Cabinet depth
16-1/4" (413 mm) 4-1/4" (108 mm)
NOTE: Recommended conduit entrance varies with module selection. Refer to general installation
instructions 574-181, specific module installation instructions, and to field wiring diagrams
842-068 before locating conduit entrance.
POWER
BEFORE
SERVICING
6 S4009-0002-14 4/2018
4090-9105/9107 IDNet Fiber Optic Transmitter Mounting Information
INSTALLATION NOTE:
Fiber optic cable bend radius should be 2" (51 mm)
minimum, or per Manufacturer's specification.
Service Diagnostic Features LED Status Indicators are provided for the following:
Power-up Self-Diagnostics. Upon power-up, the Each NAC (standard and optional) has a dedicated
4009 IDNet NAC Extender tests each module and yellow LED that:
performs earth fault diagnostics. Trouble conditions are – During supervision provides a slow flash to indicate
communicated to the host control panel and are also a short circuit condition and a fast flash to indicate
displayed on diagnostic status LEDs in the 4009 IDNet an open circuit
NAC Extender. When connected via IDNet – During an alarm, the LED follows the NAC output
communications, detailed status information is available (on steady or flashing with coded output)
at the host. When controlled with conventional NAC
inputs, common troubles are signaled by providing a Four, general status yellow LEDs provide nine
polarized open circuit that disconnects the NAC wiring separate indications listed in priority of urgency. As a
from its end-of-line resistor but still allows a reversed trouble is eliminated, any remaining trouble(s) will
polarity alarm to be received. then be indicated until the 4009 IDNet NAC Extender
is returned to normal operation.
Door Mounted Reference Label. The 4009 IDNet
NAC Extender has a detailed programming and AC power status is indicated by a green LED that is
diagnostic label inside the front door that provides a quick on when AC is normal. During low AC (brownout)
reference for both installation and checkout. conditions or with no AC, the LED is off. Additional
power and battery status is indicated by the general
status LEDs.
7 S4009-0002-14 4/2018
4009 IDNet NAC Extender Current Calculation Chart
Step 3. Calculate Actual NAC Loading (Limited to Available NAC Current per Step 2.)
NAC Alarm
NAC Type NAC Circuit #
Current
Circuit 1 +_______
Circuit 2 +_______
Standard Panel NACS, 2 A maximum per NAC
Circuit 3 +_______
Circuit 4 +_______
Circuit 5 +_______
Optional Four Point NAC Module, 1.5 A maximum Special Application rating, Circuit 6 +_______
1 A maximum Regulated 24 DC rating, per NAC Circuit 7 +_______
Circuit 8 +_______
Total Actual NAC Load Alarm Current = [A5] _______
Step 4. Calculate Total Supervisory Current
Total Supervisory Current = Basic Panel Current [S1] + IDNet Module Current [S2] = ________
Step 5. Calculate Total Alarm Current
Total Alarm Current = Basic Panel Current [A2] + IDNet Module Current [A3] + Actual NAC Current [A5] = ________
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.
4
1 + 24V ZO NE PWR +
2 0V ZO NE PWR -
3 +I DNET I DC +
4 - IDNET I DC -
SIMPLEX TIMERECORDERCO.
4090-9101
MONITORZAM,CLASSB
INSTAL.INSTR.5 7 4 -1 8 3
DATECODE:
1
5
6
7
8
FIRE ALARM
1 + 24V ZO NE PWR +
2 0V ZO NE PWR -
3 +I DNET I DC +
4 - IDNET I DC -
5
6
7
8
PULL DOWN
1
4
SIMPLEX TIMERECORDERCO.
4090-9101
MONITORZAM,CLASSB
INSTAL.INSTR.5 7 4 -1 8 3
DATECODE:
1
5
AL ARM
A CK
**SYSTEM I S NORMAL**
S Y S TE M
S U PV
ACK
S Y ST E M
S UP E R V I SO R Y T R O U B L E
T RO UBL E
ACK
A LA R M
S I L EN C E D
AL ARM
S I L EN C E
Fri 19- Feb-99
AC
PO W ER
S Y S T EM
RE S E T
A L A R M
A C K
* * SYSTEM I S NO RM AL * *
12: 02: 15pm
S Y S T E M S Y S T E M A L A R M
S U P V
A C K
T R O
A C K
A C
A L A R M S U P E R V I S TOR OR YU B LS EI L E N C EP DO W
U B AL LE A R M S Y S T E M
S I L E N C ER E S E T
E R
M on 9- Feb- 98
CAUTI O N
DI SCO NNECT
PO W ER BEFO
SERVI CI NG
R
control sources
Class B, “T-tapped” wiring advantages:
Less wiring distance is required since traditional
end-of-line Class B wiring supervision is not needed
With less wiring distance required, voltage drops can be TrueAlert Addressable Operation Reference Diagram
reduced, allowing more appliances per wire run
TrueAlert Addressable Controllers (Contd.)
UL listed to Standard 864*
Extensive internal diagnostics include:
4100ES TrueAlert Power Supplies (TPS) LED status indicators that identify channel and trouble
For mounting in 4100ES/4100U control panels: Support for host fire alarm control panel WALKTEST
Three, 3 A, SLCs (Special Application rating) system test with IDNet or RUI communications**
TrueAlert Addressable Controllers Status monitoring of battery, input power, and earth
faults
Remote mounted control panel that provides: Optional internal modules:
Three, 2.5 A, SLCs (Special Application rating)
Class A Three Channel Adapter Module
An 8 A power supply/battery charger for internal
IDNet Communications: Repeater or Fiber Optic
batteries up to 12.7 Ah or up to 18 Ah in external cabinet
Receiver/Repeater; models for Class A or Class B
Multiple communications formats are available:
External accessories:
Remote Unit Interface (RUI) communications
IDNet communication fiber optic transmitters
from Simplex® 4100ES/4010ES/4100U/4120/4100/4020
fire alarm control panels (4100U/4120/4100/4020 Remote TrueAlert communications isolator 4905-9929,
refer to data sheet S4905-0001 for details
requires rev. 9 software or higher) assigns an address
point with custom label to each appliance for individual External battery cabinet for 18 Ah batteries
trouble reporting * NOTE: Model 4009-9501 (240 VAC input) is not included in these listings. Refer to
page 2 for specific applicable listings by model. 4009-9401 (120 VAC input) has been
IDNet communications from Simplex 4010 fire alarm approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the
control panels provide individual or multiple channel California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7310-0026:214 for allowable values
and/or conditions concerning material presented in this document. 4009-9401 is accepted
control using a single IDNet address for use – City of New York Department of Buildings – MEA35-93E. Additional listings may
Wired control from conventional NACs connects with be applicable; contact your local Simplex product supplier for the latest status. Listings
and approvals under Simplex Time Recorder Co. are the property of Tyco Fire Protection
multiple options Products..
S4009-0003-10 4/2018
Introduction RUI Communications Control (Continued)
TrueAlert addressable notification appliances are Address points and custom labels are assigned to each
individually addressed and receive power, supervision, TrueAlert appliance allowing troubles to be reported
and control from a TrueAlert Signaling Line Circuit individually. Additionally, individual device types are
(SLC). For wired control systems, strobe flashes and horn assigned and audible appliance coding types are selectable
outputs are synchronized per controller. For RUI and for high or low output (~5 dBA difference) and with
IDNet communications control, controllers on the same operation as Temporal pattern, March Time pattern (60 or
host control panel are synchronized. (Combination 120 bpm), or Steady On (continuous).
speaker/strobe TrueAlert appliances receive audible
control from separate audio circuit wiring.) 4100ES and 4010ES VNAC Details
TrueAlert addressable operation allows strobes to Virtual NAC (VNACs) Operation Groupings
be wired onto the same two-wire SLC circuit as horns but provide control of TrueAlert appliances similar to
with separately controlled operation. Typical applications conventional NAC operation but VNACs include
are audible notification appliances activated as appliances across SLCs and across SLC sources within a
“on-until-silenced” and visible notification appliances 4100ES (or 4100U) or 4010ES controlled system.
activated as “on-until-reset.” VNACs require point allocation, can be declared “public”
for use in a Network fire alarm system, and can be
TrueAlert Addressable Controller diagnostics can manually controlled. (NOTE: The terms Virtual NAC,
be implemented from the control panel including: Silent VNAC, and TrueAlert Zone refer to the same feature and
or Active individual appliance magnet test, appliance are interchangeable.)
LED polling indication, or all appliance LEDs on.
Custom VNACs. For programming convenience, there
RUI Communications Control are default VNAC groups according to device type. Up to
56 custom VNACs (8 VNACs are system reserved) can
When used with fire alarm control panels that support RUI be created per 4100ES TPS or per TrueAlert Addressable
communications, the TrueAlert Addressable Controller can Controller connected to a 4100ES or 4010ES control
be connected to an RUI addressable communications panel. Appliances are able to be in up to three custom
channel along with other RUI addressable devices. The host VNACs. (NOTE: Appliances assigned to multiple
panel can control multiple TrueAlert Addressable VNACs will remain ON if any of the VNACs are ON.)
Controllers (maximum recommended is 20 per RUI
connection), (note: 4010ES system is limited to 20 internal 4100ES, 4100U, and 4010ES Fire Alarm Control Panels
and external card addresses per panel). Refer to the diagram can be programmed for up to 247 total custom VNACs
on page 3 for additional information. for increased selective signaling operation.
TrueAlert Addressable Controller Product Selection
Standard Models
Model Listings Input Voltage Description
4009-9401* UL, FM, CSFM, MEA (NYC) TrueAlert Addressable Controller with 3,
120 VAC input
4009-9402CA ULC (includes low battery cutout feature) Class B TrueAlert SLC channels and 8 A
4009-9501 Not agency listed 240 VAC input power supply
VNAC Zone 1
4905-9929 Isolator Modules:
NOTE: Refer to NFPA 72, the 1. Locate as required, each
National Fire Alarm Code, for takes one address and counts
+ - + -
P ORT 2 P ORT 1
57 6- 7 33
RELAY CONTA CTS MODULE
3 AMP, 30 VDC 15 mA MAX 24 VDC
AD DRES S
ON
Si m plex Tim e R ecorder Co. MS B
Gar dner, MA 014 41
TRUEALERT I SOLATOR
I NST. INSTR. 574-769 REV
57 6- 7 33
RE LAY CONTA CTS MODULE
3A MP, 30VDC 15 mA MAX 24 VDC
A D DRE S S
S i mpl ex Ti me Recor der Co. ON
MSB
G ardner , MA 01 441
SLC.
TrueAlert SLC Source
Internally mounted
4100ES TrueAlert Branch 4905-9929
+ -
PORT 2
TRUEALERT I SOLATOR + - + -
57 6- 7 33
P ORT 2 PORT 1
Addressable Power
RELAY CONTA CTS MODULE
3 AMP, 30 VDC 15 mA MAX 24 VDC 4905-9929 TRUEALERT I SOLATOR
I NST. INSTR. 574-769 REV
57 6- 7 33
A DDRE SS RELAY CONTA CTS MODULE
S im plex Ti me Recorder Co. ON
MSB 3 AMP, 30VDC 15 mA MAX 24 VDC
G ardner, M A 01 441
1
A D DRE S S
S i mpl ex Ti me Recor der Co. ON
MSB
G ardner , MA 01 441
Supply (TPS)
Branch
2
Terminal cabinet
(as required) VNAC
Zone 1
Channel 1
Channel 2
A DDRE S S
S im pl ex Ti me Recor der Co. ON
MSB
G ardner, M A 01 441
or RUI controlled Locate branch circuit 1. VNACs can contain appliances across
TrueAlert Addressable terminations within 10 ft multiple SLCs and across multiple
Controller (3 m) of TrueAlert
4905-9929
+ -
P ORT 2
TRUEALERT ISOLATOR
INST. INSTR. 574-769 REV
+ -
P ORT 1
4905-9929
+ -
P ORT 2
+ -
P ORT 1
TRUEALERT I SOLATOR
I NST. INSTR. 574-769 REV
4905-9929
+ -
PORT 2
+ -
P ORT 1
TRUEALERT ISOLATOR
INST. INST R. 574-769 REV
57 6-7 3 3
57 6-7 3 3
RELAY CONTACTS MODULE RELAY CONTA CTS MODULE RELAY CONTACTS MODULE
3 AMP, 30 VDC 15 mA MAX 24 VDC 3 AMP, 30V DC 15 mA MAX 24VDC 3 AMP, 30 VDC 15 mA MAX 24 VDC
+ - + -
PORT 2 PORT 1
PORT 2 PORT 1
RELAY CONTAC TS MOD ULE
3 AMP , 30 VD C 15 mA MAX 24 VDC 4905-9929 TRU EALER T ISOLATOR
INST. INSTR. 574-769 REV
576-733
ADDRESS
Si mpl ex Ti me Recorder Co. ON
MSB
Gardner, MA 01 441
CAUTION
DISCONNECT
POWER
BEFORE
SERVICING
SYSTEM IS NORMAL
12:35:15 am MON 22 NOV 99
FIRE PRIORITY 2 SYSTEM SYSTEM POWER ALARM
DISPLAY
SILENCED TIME
ALARM ALARM SUPERVISORY TROUBLE ON
3 S4009-0003-10 4/2018
IDNet Communications Input
IDNet Addressable Communications Compatible. Trouble Communications. The 4010 receives
For use with the Simplex 4010 Fire Alarm Control Panel, TrueAlert Addressable Controller troubles to include:
up to five TrueAlert Addressable Controllers can be device supervision (reported as a channel trouble), power
controlled on a single IDNet communications channel trouble, battery status, and earth detect.
with each requiring only one point address. Each
TrueAlert Addressable Controller SLC channel can be Optional IDNet Repeater Modules. IDNet
individually controlled by using 4010 custom control. communications can be repeated with the optional IDNet
Each TrueAlert SLC channel can provide horn control Repeater Module or with the optional Fiber Optic
selected as Temporal pattern, March Time pattern (60 or Receiver Module. Up to 100 of the IDNet channel points
120 bpm), or Steady On. can be repeated once (see illustrations below). Repeated
IDNet communications also support the “device level”
Manual Control. Individual TrueAlert SLC channels earth fault location utility of the host panel.
can be manually controlled from the 4010 for service
operations or for manual override.
FI RE AL ARM
CO NT RO L
FIRE ALARM 1 + 24V
2 0V
ZO NE PWR +
ZO NE PWR -
3 +I DNET I DC +
4 - I DNET I DC -
5
6
7
8
* * SYSTEM I S NO RM AL * *
1 5
12: 02: 15pm M on 9- Feb- 98
F I R E S Y S T E M SY S T E M A L A RM A C
PULL DOWN
A L A R M S U P E R V I STOR OR YU B LS EI L E N C EP DO W ER 2 6
3 SIMPLEXTIMERECORDERCO. 7
4090-9101
MONITORZAM,CLASSB
A L A R M S U P V T R O U BA
L LE A R M S Y S T E M IN S TA L.INST R.57 4 - 1 83
A C K A C K A C K S I L E N C ER E S E T 4 DATECODE: 8
CAUTI O N 1
DI SCO NNE CT
P O W ER B E F O RE
S ERV I CI NG
1 5
3 SIMPLEXTIMERECORDERCO. 7
4090-9101
MONITORZAM,CLASSB
INS TA L.INST R.5 74 - 1 83
4 DATECODE: 8
1
PO W ER
BEFO RE
SERVI CI NG
FI RE AL ARM
CO NTRO L
* * SYSTEM I S NO RM AL * *
12: 02: 15pm M on 9- Feb- 98
F I R E SY S T E M SY S T E M A L A R M A C
A L A R M S U P E R V I STOR OR YU B LS EI L E N C EP DO W E R
A L A R M S U P V T R O U BA
L LE A R M S Y S T E M
A C K A C K A C K S I L E N C ER E S E T
CAUTI O N
DI SC O N NE CT
FIRE ALARM
PO W ER BE FO RE
SE RV I C I NG 1 + 24V ZO NE PWR +
2 0V ZO NE PWR -
5
6
3 +I DNET I DC + 7
4 - I DNET I DC - 8
1 5
PULL DOWN
2 6
1 5
3 SIMPLEXTIMERECORDERCO. 7
4090-9101
MONITORZAM,CLASSB
IN STA L.INS T R.57 4- 1 83
4 DATECODE: 8
1
4 S4009-0003-10 4/2018
Wired NAC Input Connection Information Service Diagnostic Features
Wired Conventional NAC Input Compatible. For Power-up Self-Diagnostics. Upon power-up, the
applications where existing (or new) conventional TrueAlert Addressable Controller tests each module and
Notification Appliance Circuits (NACs) are available, the performs earth fault diagnostics. Trouble conditions are
TrueAlert Addressable Controller can be controlled communicated to the host control panel and are also
directly from the NACs. (Refer to diagram below.) displayed on internal LEDs.
Flexible Connection Choices. Two NACs, from System troubles via RUI or IDNet communications
either the same, or from different host fire alarm control are reported with detailed information concerning which
panels, can be connected to control the TrueAlert output TrueAlert Addressable Controller is involved and the
channels. Multiple control selections provide flexible nature of the trouble. Messages include power and battery
operation. (Refer to table below.) status, earth fault, channel troubles, address problems, and
other information.
NAC input to SLC output control is selectable per
the following table (configure NAC input as Steady On, System Troubles via Wired Control. When
uncoded): controlled with conventional NAC inputs, common
troubles are signaled by providing an open circuit that
Output SLC Control Options
Input NAC disconnects the NAC wiring from its end-of-line resistor
A B but still allows a reversed polarity alarm to be received.
Controls Controls audibles and
NAC 1 LED Status Indicators are provided for the following:
visibles visibles on Channel 1
Controls Controls audibles and Five yellow status LEDs provide 22 separate
NAC 2 indications listed in priority of urgency. As a trouble is
audibles visibles on Channels 2 and 3
eliminated, any remaining trouble(s) will then be
Strobe Output. TrueAlert Addressable Strobes are indicated until the TrueAlert Addressable Controller is
operated with synchronized flashes. returned to normal operation
Horn Output. TrueAlert Addressable Horn operation is Three separate yellow LEDs indicate which of
selectable per TrueAlert Addressable Controller as either: the three TrueAlert channels are involved for channel
Temporal pattern, March Time pattern at either 60 or specific troubles
120 bpm or Steady On. AC power status is indicated by a green LED that
Door Mounted Reference Label is on when AC is normal. During low AC (brownout)
conditions or with no AC, the LED is off. Additional
A detailed programming and diagnostic label is located power and battery status is indicated by the general
inside the front door providing a quick reference for both status LEDs
installation and checkout.
notification (on-until-silenced)
DISCONNECT
inputs POW ER
BEFORE
SERVICING
CAUTION
DISCONNECT
can be connected to
POW ER
BEFORE
SERVICING
POW ER
BEFORE
SERVICING
5 S4009-0003-10 4/2018
4090-9105/9107 IDNet Fiber Optic Transmitter Mounting Information
INSTALLATION NOTE:
Fiber optic cable bend radius should be 2" (51 mm)
minimum, or per Manufacturer's specification.
Cabinet depth
16-1/4" (413 mm) 4-1/8" (105 mm)
Non-power limited wiring area (AC input) Optional Semi-Flush Trim Kit
1-3/16" wide (30 mm),
3/8" (9.5 mm) thick
Wall surface reference for semi-flush mount
NOTE: Recommended conduit entrance varies with module selection. For models 4009-9401 and 4009-9402CA, refer to
Installation Instructions 574-762, specific option module installation instructions, and to Field Wiring Diagram 842-158
before locating conduit entrance. [NOTE: For model 4009-9501, refer to Installation Instructions 579-321 and Field
Wiring Diagram 842-244.]
6 S4009-0003-10 4/2018
TrueAlert Addressable Controller and 4100ES TPS Reference Specifications
NOTE: Refer to data sheet S4100-0065 for additional 4100ES TrueAlert Addressable Power Supply (TPS) specification details.
7 S4009-0003-10 4/2018
TrueAlert Addressable Controller Current Reference
IDNet Devices, 0.7 mA each, maximum of 100 total devices total devices
+ (A1) +
(see Procedure Note 5) x 0.7 mA each x 0.7 mA each
* Only one of these three modules can be chosen for a single TrueAlert Addressable Controller.
† NOTE: IDNet Fiber Optic Transmitter current is supplied from the host fire alarm control panel.
Procedure:
1. Calculate total panel supervisory current (A).
2. Calculate total panel alarm current (B1) [convert mA to A, example: 350 mA = 0.35 A]. Copy (B1) into block (B2).
3. Calculate total NAC loads alarm current from notification appliance ratings (C).
4. Add (C) + (B2) to determine total alarm current (D).
5. Total of IDNet Device Current (A1) + Auxiliary Power Output Current (A2) + SLC Loads Alarm Current (C) is 8 A
maximum.
6. Refer to Simplex battery selection document 900-012 for recommended battery size for specific standby requirements
(i.e., 24 hours supervisory, 5 minutes of alarm). Internal cabinet space is provided for batteries up to 12.7 Ah.
7. Most TrueAlert appliances/devices are one unit load, Isolators are 4 unit loads. Refer to Field Wiring Diagram 842-158.
TYCO, SIMPLEX, and the product names listed in this material are marks and/or registered marks. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited. NFPA 72 and National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Features
4009 IDNAC Repeaters provide enhanced power
delivery to TrueAlert/TrueAlert ES addressable
notification appliances controlled by IDNAC SLCs:
Output voltage in alarm is maintained by an efficient
switching regulator at 29 VDC during both AC input and
battery backup conditions allowing strobes to operate at
lower current Extended
distance and
With lower current strobes and regulated output voltage,
current
wiring distance can be extended 2 to 3 times that of
conventional notification, appliance loading can be
increased, or smaller wire gauge can be used, all resulting
Repeated IDNAC SLC
in installation savings with high assurance that appliances
that operate during normal system testing will operate
during worst case alarm conditions
4009 IDNAC Repeaters receive an IDNAC SLC input
CAUTION
DISCONNECT BATTERY
AND A.C. POWER
BEF ORE SERVICING
ATTENTION
DÉBRANCHER
L'AL IMENTATION EN C.A.
ET LA BATTERIE AVANT
D'EFFECTUER L'ENT RETIEN
4009 IDNAC
and provide a repeated 3 A SLC output to extend Repeater
SLC distance and power:
Appliance control and address limit remains with the
host IDNAC control panel. Repeater status is
communicated to the control panel for system Simplex Fire Alarm
diagnostics and also locally indicated Control Panel with
Repeater output extends supervisory capacity by up to IDNAC SLC (4100ES
139 additional unit loads or 3 A shown for reference)
Input SLC connection can be Class B or Class A
Repeater output can be a Class A loop or a Class B
output with internal connections for up to four (4)
T-tapped output branches (Class A output requires
4009-9814 Class A Adapter)
Operation requires one IDNAC SLC address; Repeaters
can be connected as one in series, or up to five (5) in IDNAC SLC
parallel
AC power input is 120 VAC or 220-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz,
auto-select
An on-board battery charger is provided with low AC
battery disconnect selectable per Repeater (required for 4009 IDNAC Repeater Extends Distance
ULC listed applications) and Current of IDNAC SLC
Operation is compatible with TrueAlert ES and
TrueAlert addressable notification appliances and Features (Continued)
accessories
Class A Adapter 4009-9814:
Available with platinum or red cabinet
Required when extending a Class A loop or to provide a
Listed to UL 864 and ULC S527
Class A local loop SLC output
Multiple wiring options are available: Operation provides short circuit isolation between input
Wiring options include Class B multiple branch (up to 4) and output terminals for improved IDNAC SLC
output, Class A loop extension, and Class A riser to survivability
Class B branches or a Class A loop output Built-in battery Charger
When the Repeater is part of a Class A loop from the Power supply charges up to 12.7 Ah batteries for in
IDNAC SLC source panel, up to twice the distance for cabinet mounting and up to 25 Ah batteries with model
the loop is available; (Class A loop repeating requires 4009-9801 external battery cabinet
4009-9814 Class A Adapter)
Available auxiliary output:
* This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the
California Health and Safety Code. See CSFM Listing 7165 0026:0378 for allowabl